(Bookflare - Net) - Harcourt Mathematics 12

HARCOURT MATHEMATICS 12
Advanced Functions and
Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus

Introductory Calculus
EDITORS AUTHORS
Ronald Dunkley Ruth Malinowski
Enzo Carli Dean Murray
Ronald Scoins Jeffrey Shifrin
Loraine Wilson
Harcourt Mathematics 12—Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus has been

designed to give students a solid foundation for university studies. This text offers a
balance of instructional and investigative lessons.
Concepts and skills are presented through worked examples and solutions, investiga-
tions, opportunities for communication, and the use of technology. Exercises are levelled
for difficulty.
The text guides students through a review of prerequisite skills, worked examples and
solutions, a performance-assessment format that builds investigation and inquiry skills
within a real-life application framework, chapter summaries, chapter tests, and cumu-
lative reviews to reinforce and build students’ understanding.
ISBN 0-7747-1454-9
Editors Authors
Loraine Wilson
Performance Assessment Contributors

Consultant Ray MacDonald
Richard Long Bluewater District School Board
Hastings and Prince Edward Gordon Nicholls
District School Board
Frank Rachich
C. Gary Reid
Technology Consultant
York Region District School Board
Atul Kotecha
Anita Santin
Limestone District School Board
Dan Schnabel
York Region District School Board
Copyright © Harcourt Canada Ltd.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing
from the publisher. Reproducing passages from this book without such written permission is an infringement of copyright law.
Requests for permission to photocopy any part of this work should be sent in writing to: Schools Licensing Officer, CANCOPY,
1 Yonge Street, Suite 1900, Toronto, ON, M5E 1E5. Fax: (416) 868-1621. All other inquiries should be directed to the
publisher.
Every reasonable effort has been made to acquire permission for copyright material used in this text, and to acknowledge such
indebtedness accurately. Any errors or omissions called to the publisher’s attention will be corrected in future printings.
Canadian Cataloguing in Publication Data

Main entry under title:
Harcourt advanced functions and introductory calculus
Includes index.
ISBN 0-7747-1454-9
1. Calculus. 2. Functions. I. Dunkley, Ronald G. II. Carli, E. G. III. Scoins, Ronald G.
QA303.H37 2002 515 C2002-900446-2
Project Manager: Deborah Davidson

Editor: Sasha Patton
Production Manager: Cheryl Tiongson
Production Editors: Sharon Dzubinsky, Jane A. Clark
Photo Researcher: Karen Becker
Cover and Interior Design: Sonya V. Thursby/Opus House Incorporated
Page Composition, Technical Art, and Illustrations: Brian Lehen • Graphic Design Ltd.
Printing and Binding: Friesens
Photo credits: Cover photo: Getty Images/Eyewire; Chapter 1 Chapter Opener: COMSTOCK IMAGES/Mike & Carol
Werner; Career Link: CP Picture Archive; Chapter 2 Chapter Opener: COMSTOCK IMAGES; Career Link: COMSTOCK
IMAGES; Chapter 3 Chapter Opener: Geostock/Getty Images Photodisc; Career Link: Superstock/ J. Silver;
Chapter 4 Chapter Opener: Ivy Images; Career Link: Corbis/Magma; Chapter 5 Chapter Opener: Getty Images Photodisc;
Career Link: CP Picture Archive/Aaron Harris; Chapter 6 Chapter Opener: COMSTOCK IMAGES; Career Link:
COMSTOCK IMAGES/Bruce Hands; Chapter 7 Chapter Opener: Superstock/Ron Brown; Career Link: Corbis/Magma;
Chapter 8 Chapter Opener: CP Picture Archive/Scott Macdonald; Career Link: Getty Images Photodisc/Ryan McVay;
Chapter 9 Chapter Opener: Superstock; Career Link: CP Picture Archive.
This book is printed in Canada on acid-free paper.

4 5 06 05 04
Acknowledgements
A special thanks to the reviewers listed below for their helpful observations and recommendations. Feedback from
reviewers has been extremely valuable in creating a text that fulfills the requirements of both teachers and students
in Ontario.
Michael Cafferata Ed D’Andrea Elizabeth Fraser

Head of Mathematics Head of Mathematics Mathematics Department Head
Agincourt Collegiate Institute Father John Redmond Catholic Glebe Collegiate Institute
Toronto District School Board Secondary School Ottawa-Carleton District School Board
Toronto Catholic District School Board
Atul Kotecha Mike McGibbon
Mathematics Teacher Stephanie Leonard Head of Mathematics
Frontenac Secondary School Mathematics Teacher Aurora High School
Limestone District School Board Napanee District Secondary School York Region District School Board
Limestone District School Board
David McKay Colleen Morgulis
Mathematics Teacher Henry Mengers Curriculum Chair of Mathematics
Westdale Secondary School Mathematics Teacher All Saints Catholic Secondary School
Hamilton-Wentworth District School Board John Diefenbaker Secondary School Durham Catholic District School Board
Bluewater District School Board
David Nicholson Susan Smith
Mathematics Teacher Linda Obermeyer Mathematics Teacher
St. Mary’s College Department Head of Mathematics Bramalea Secondary School
Huron-Superior Catholic District Notre Dame Secondary School Peel District School Board
School Board Halton Catholic District School Board
Paul Wren
Marjorie Tellis Joan Tomiuk Mathematics and Computer Teacher
Mathematics Teacher Mathematics Teacher Georgetown District High School
Norwood District High School Glebe Collegiate Institute Halton District School Board
Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board Ottawa-Carleton District School Board
Gene Yawny
Chair of Mathematics
St. Theresa’s High School
Simcoe Muskoka Catholic District
School Board
We gratefully acknowledge the following educators for participating in our mathematics discussion group meet-
ings throughout Ontario.
Jeff Anderson Ken Billey Chris Brady

Head of Mathematics Head of Mathematics Mathematics Teacher
Forest Heights Collegiate Institute Holy Names High School Sherwood Secondary School
Waterloo Region District School Board Windsor-Essex Catholic District Hamilton-Wentworth District School Board
School Board
Lorenzo Ciapanna Wendy Fitzsimmons
Head of Mathematics W.K. Dutton Mathematics Teacher
St. Jean de Brebeuf Catholic Secondary Mathematics Teacher Milton District Secondary School
School Lester B. Pearson High School Halton District School Board
Hamilton-Wentworth Catholic District Halton District School Board
School Board continued
iii
Michele Goveia Patrick Grew John C. Holden
Head of Mathematics Head of Mathematics Math Teacher
Father Henry Carr Frontenac Secondary School Ridgemont High School
Toronto Catholic District School Board Limestone District School Board Ottawa-Carleton District School Board
Garry Kiziak Mike Lawson Frank LoForte

Head of Mathematics and Science Head of Mathematics Head of Mathematics
Burlington Central High School Father Michael Goetz Secondary School Riverdale Collegiate Institute
Halton District School Board Dufferin-Peel Catholic District Toronto District School Board
School Board
Darren Luoma Bob McRoberts
Mathematics Teacher Glenn McDermott Head of Mathematics
Bear Creek Secondary School Head of Mathematics Dr. G.W. Williams Secondary School
Simcoe County District School Board Woodstock Collegiate Institute York Region District School Board
Thames Valley District School Board
Cheryl McQueen Peter O’Hara
Head of Mathematics Chris Monk Mathematics Teacher
Central Elgin Collegiate Institute Head of Mathematics Glendale High School
Thames Valley District School Board Marc Garneau Collegiate Thames Valley District School Board
Toronto District School Board
David Rushby
Mark Pankratz
Head of Mathematics
Math Teacher C. Gary Reid
Martingrove Collegiate Institute
Hillcrest High School Head of Mathematics
Toronto District School Board
Ottawa-Carleton District School Board Sutton District High School
York Region District School Board Jenny Stillman
John Santarelli Head of Mathematics
Head of Mathematics Dwight Stead Central Secondary School
Cathedral High School Head of Mathematics Thames Valley District School Board
Hamilton-Wentworth Catholic District Cardinal Leger Secondary School
School Board Dufferin-Peel Catholic District Jane Uloth
School Board Mathematics Teacher
Scott Taylor Lester B. Pearson High School
Head of Mathematics Joan Tomiuk Halton District School Board
Bell High School Mathematics Teacher
Ottawa-Carleton District School Board Glebe Collegiate Institute Beryl Wong
Ottawa-Carleton District School Board Mathematics Teacher
Peter Wei Holy Name of Mary Secondary School
Head of Mathematics Shelley Wilton Dufferin-Peel Catholic District
North Toronto Collegiate Institute Head of Mathematics School Board
Toronto District School Board Westminster Secondary School
Thames Valley District School Board
Laurie A. Zahnow
Head of Mathematics John Yakopich
Silverthorn Collegiate Institute Head of Mathematics
Toronto District School Board Sandwich Secondary School
Greater Essex County District
School Board
iv ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Contents
A Guided Tour of Your Textbook … ix
CHAPTER 1
Polynomial Functions 1
Review of Prerequisite Skills … 2

Career Link … 5
1.1 Graphs of Polynomial Functions … 6
1.2 Polynomial Functions from Data … 10
1.3 Division of Polynomials … 15
1.4 The Remainder Theorem … 20
Key Concepts Review … 26
Career Link Wrap-Up … 27
Review Exercise … 28
Chapter 1 Test … 30
CHAPTER 2
Polynomial Equations and Inequalities 31

Career Link … 34
2.1 The Factor Theorem … 35
2.2 The Factor Theorem Extended … 42
2.3 Solving Polynomial Equations … 45
2.4 Properties of the Roots of Quadratic Equations … 52
2.5 Solving Polynomial Inequalities … 57
2.6 Absolute Value Functions … 60
CHAPTER 3
Introduction to Calculus 71

Career Link … 74
What Is Calculus? … 75
3.1 The Slope of a Tangent … 76
Slopes and Lines … 76
The Slope of a Tangent at an Arbitrary Point … 79
v
3.2 Rates of Change … 87
An Alternative Form for Finding Rates of Change … 91
3.3 The Limit of a Function … 95
3.4 Properties of Limits … 100
3.5 Continuity … 108
CHAPTER 4
Derivatives 121

Career Link … 124
4.1 The Derivative Function … 125
The Derivative Function … 127
The Existence of Derivatives … 129
Other Notation for Derivatives … 130
4.2 The Derivatives of Polynomial Functions … 133
4.3 The Product Rule … 141
The Power of a Function Rule for Positive Integers … 143
4.4 The Quotient Rule … 147
Memory Aid for the Product and Quotient Rules … 147
4.5 Composite Functions … 151
4.6 The Derivative of a Composite Function … 154
Technology Extension … 160
Cumulative Review Chapters 1–4 … 168
CHAPTER 5
Applications of Derivatives 171

Career Link … 174
5.1 Implicit Differentiation … 175
5.2 Higher-Order Derivatives, Velocity, and Acceleration … 180
Higher-Order Derivatives … 180
Velocity and Acceleration—Motion on a Straight Line … 181
Motion Under Gravity Near the Surface of the Earth … 184
5.3 Related Rates … 189
vi CONTENTS
5.4 Maximum and Minimum on an Interval … 196
Checkpoint: Check Your Understanding … 197
5.5 Optimization Problems … 203
5.6 Optimizing in Economics and Science … 209
CHAPTER 6
The Exponential Function 225

Career Link … 228
6.1 Laws of Exponents … 229
6.2 Investigating f (x) 5 bx … 232
6.3 Investigating f (x) 5 abx 1 c … 236
6.4 Exponential Growth and Decay … 238
6.5 Modelling Data Using the Exponential Function … 244
CHAPTER 7
The Logarithmic Function and Logarithms 257

Career Link … 260
7.1 The Logarithmic Function … 261
The History of Logarithms … 265
7.2 Properties of Logarithms … 266
Basic Properties of Logarithms … 266
7.3 Solving Logarithmic Equations … 273
7.4 Where We Use Logarithms … 276
Logarithms and Earthquakes … 276
Logarithms and Sound … 277
Logarithms and Chemistry … 280
7.5 Change of Base … 283
CONTENTS vii
CHAPTER 8
Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 295

Career Link … 298
8.1 Derivatives of Exponential Functions … 299
8.2 The Derivative of the Natural Logarithmic Function … 305
8.3 Derivatives of General Exponential and Logarithmic Functions … 312
8.4 Optimization Problems … 318
8.5 Logarithmic Differentiation … 324
CHAPTER 9
Curve Sketching 335

Career Link … 338
9.1 Increasing and Decreasing Functions … 339
9.2 Critical Points, Relative Maxima, and Relative Minima … 345
9.3 Vertical and Horizontal Asymptotes … 352
Vertical Asymptotes and Rational Functions … 352
Horizontal Asymptotes … 354
9.4 Concavity and Points of Inflection … 363
9.5 An Algorithm for Graph Sketching … 372
Appendix A: Derivatives … 388

Appendix B: Antiderivatives … 406
Appendix C: Technical Assistance … 424
Appendix D: Performance Assessment and
Career Link Letterhead Tasks … 448
Glossary … 455
Answers … 462
Index … 481
viii CONTENTS
Using Advanced Functions
and Introductory Calculus
A GUIDED TOUR OF YOUR TEXTBOOK
CHAPTER OPENER
You will be introduced to each

chapter by reading about some
real-life applications of the Chapter 6
mathematical concepts that will THE EXPONENTIAL
be presented within the chapter. FUNCTION
A colourful image accompanies this
introduction. Are you thinking of buying a computer? Moore’s
Law suggests that the processing power of
computers doubles every eighteen months, which
means that in a year and a half from today,
computers will be twice as powerful as they are
now! This is an example of exponential growth. In
this chapter, you will study the exponential
functions that can be used to describe and make
predictions about the growth of biological
populations, including human populations and
populations of cancerous cells, the growth of
financial investments, the growth of the Internet,
and the decaying of radioactive substances.
Another application of exponential functions
occurs in psychology, where it has been noted
that, in certain circumstances, there is an
exponential relationship between the size of a
A list of skills identifies the stimulus and a nerve’s response to the stimulus.
The common feature in all these situations and
specific curriculum expectations many others is that the amount of growth or
decline at any point in time is directly
addressed in the chapter. proportional to the size of the thing that is
growing or declining.
CHAPTER EXPECTATIONS In this chapter, you will

References point you • identify key properties of exponential
to the section in which each functions, Section 6.1, 6.2
• determine intercepts and positions of the
expectation is addressed. asymptotes to a graph, Section 6.2, 6.3
• describe graphical implications of changes in
parameters, Section 6.3
• describe the significance of exponential
growth or decay, Section 6.4, 6.5
• pose and solve problems related to models of
exponential functions, Section 6.4, 6.5,
Career Link
• predict future behaviour by extrapolating from
a mathematical model, Section 6.5
A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K ix
REVIEW OF PREREQUISITE SKILLS
Narrative and exercises allow you

to review the knowledge and skills you
need in order to proceed successfully Review of Prerequisite Skills
to the new concepts introduced in the
chapter. Before beginning your study of Polynomial Functions, you may wish to review
the following factoring methods that you learned in previous courses.
Common Factor
• 4x2 8x 4x(x 2)
Grouping
• By grouping terms together it is often possible to factor the grouped terms.
Factor fully ax cx ay cy (ax cx) (ay cy)
x(a c) y(a c)
(a c)(x y)
Trinomial Factoring
• Factor fully 3x2 7x 4.
Solution 1 (by decomposition) Solution 2 (by inspection)

3x2 7x 4 3x2 3x 4x 4 3x2 7x 4 (x 1)(3x 4)
3x(x 1) 4(x 1)
(x 1)(3x 4)
Factor 12x2 x 20.
Solution
Create a chart using factors of 12 and –20.
12 6 4 20 – 20 10 – 10 5 –5 1 –1 2 –2 4 –4
1 2 3 –1 1 –2 2 –4 4 – 20 20 – 10 10 –5 5
Notice that what looks like a lot of work can be greatly simplified when numbers
From the numbers that remain, we see that 4 (4) 16, and 3 5 15 in the upper right that have common factors with 12, 6, and 4 are crossed out.
gives 16 15 1. Therefore, 12x2 x 20 (4x 5)(3x 4). The reduced chart is
Difference of Squares 12 6 4 5 –5 1 –1
• Because (a b)(a b) a2 b2, it is always possible to factor the difference 1 2 3 –4 4 – 20 20

between two perfect squares.
16x2 81 (4x 9)(4x 9)
2 CHAPTER 1
Special Cases
• Sometimes by grouping terms, the difference between squares can be created.
a2 p2 1 2a (a2 2a 1) p2
(a 1)2 p2
[(a 1) p][(a 1) p]
(a 1 p)(a 1 p)
Exercise
1. Factor fully.
a. p2 2pr r2 b. 16n2 8n 1 c. 9u2 30u 25
d. v2 4v 3 e. 2w2 3w 1 f. 3k2 7k 2
g. 7y2 15y 2 h. 5x2 16x 3 i. 3v2 11v 10
2. Factor fully.
a. 25x2 y2 b. m2 p2 c. 1 16r2
d. 49m2 64 e. p2r2 100x2 f. 3 48y2
g. (x n)2 9 h. 49u2 (x y)2 i. x4 16
3. Factor fully.
a. kx px – ky py b. fx – gy gx fy c. h3 h2 h 1
d. x – d (x d)2 e. 4y2 4yz z2 1 f. x2 y2 z2 2xz
REVIEW OF PREREQUISITE SKILLS 3
x A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K
LESSONS
Lessons and investigations provide

you with opportunities to explore Section 2.1 — The Factor Theorem
concepts independently or working with The Remainder Theorem tells us that when we divide x2 5x 6 by x 3, the
remainder is
f(3) (3)2 5(3) 6
others. 9 15 6
0.
Since the remainder is zero, x2 5x 6 is divisible by (x 3). By divisible, we
mean evenly divisible. If f(x) is divisible by x p, we say x p is a factor of
f(x). On the other hand, if we divide x2 5x 6 by (x 1), the remainder is
f(1) (1)2 5(1) 6
2.
The fact that the remainder is not zero tells us that x2 5x 6 is not evenly
divisible by (x 1). That is, (x 1) is not a factor of x2 5x 6.
The Remainder Theorem tells us that if the remainder is zero on division by
Many examples with solutions help (x p), then f (p) 0. If the remainder is zero, then (x p) divides evenly into
f(x), and (x p) is a factor of f(x). Conversely, if x p is a factor of f(x), then
you build an understanding of a the remainder f(p) must equal zero. These two statements give us the Factor
Theorem, which is an extension of the Remainder Theorem.
concept. Definitions and tips are The Factor Theorem

(x ⴚ p) is a factor of f(x) if and only if f(p) ⴝ 0.
easily found in highlighted boxes.
EXAMPLE 1 Show that x 2 is a factor of x3 3x2 5x 6.
Solution 1
f (2) 23 3(2)2 5(2) 6
0
Since f (2) 0, x 2 is a factor of x3 3x2 5x 6.
Solution 2
x2 x 3
Dividing x 2冄x苶3苶
苶x
3苶2苶苶x
5苶苶苶6
x3 2x2
x2 5x
x 2x
2
3x 6
3x 6
0
2 . 1 T H E FA C TO R T H E O R E M 3
EXERCISES
Exercises follow each lesson, and are

Exercise 2.5
organized by level of difficulty.
Questions allow you to master essential Knowledge/
Part A
1. Use the graphs of the following functions to state when
mathematical skills, communicate about Understanding

(i) f (x) 0
a. b.
(ii) f (x) 0
c.
mathematics, and attempt more

y y y
y = f(x)
y = f(x)
y = f(x)
x x x
challenging and thought-provoking –3 0 4 –2 01 4 –3 0 2 4
problems. Part B
2. Solve each of the following, x 僆 R.
a. x(x 2) 0 b. (x 3)(x 1) 0
c. x2 7x 10 0 d. 2x2 5x 3 0
e. x2 4x 4 0 f. x3 9x 0
g. x3 5x2 x 5 h. 2x3 x2 5x 2 0
Some questions are tagged with i. x3 10x 2 0 j. x2 1 0
categories from Ontario’s t chnology 3. The viscosity, v, of oil used in cars is related to its temperature, t, by the for-
e
mula v t 3 9t2 27t 21, where each unit of t is equivalent to 50°C.

a. Graph the function of v t3 9t2 27t 21 on your graphing
achievment chart, highlighting calculator.
b. Determine the value of t for v 0, correct to two decimal places.
knowledge/understanding; c. Determine the value of t for v 20, correct to two decimal places.
thinking/inquiry/problem solving; Application 4. A projectile is shot upwards with an initial velocity of 30 m/s. Its height at
time t is given by h 30t 4.9t2. During what period of time is the projec-
communication, and application. tile more than 40 m above the ground? Write your answer correct to two
decimal places.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 5. A rectangular solid is to be constructed with a special kind of wire along all
Problem Solving the edges. The length of the base is to be twice the width of the base. The
height of the rectangular solid is such that the total amount of wire used (for
the whole figure) is 40 cm. Find the range of possible values for the width of
Multiple opportunities occur for the base so that the volume of the figure will lie between 2 cm3 and 4 cm3.
Write your answer correct to two decimal places.
you to practise concepts 2 . 5 S O LV I N G P O LY N O M I A L I N E Q UA L I T I E S 59
introduced in each lesson. There

are many opportunities to use
technical tools.
A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K xi
CAREER LINK
The Career Link feature at the beginning

investigate
of each chapter presents a real-world C H A P T E R 8 : R AT E - O F - C H A N G E M O D E L S I N M I C R O B I O L O G Y
scenario and allows students the How would you find the slope of the function
5

(7x 3) 2 (3x 2)4
opportunity to apply their learning to y
3 兹苶2x 苶 6
using each of the Power, Product, Quotient, and Chain Rules? While this task
real issues. would be very difficult using traditional methods of differentiation, it will be pain-
free when you use the logarithmic and exponential differential calculus methods
of this chapter. In addition to developing ideas and skills, you will also take the
logarithmic and exponential models constructed in Chapters 6 and 7 and utilize
them in rate-of-change applications.
Case Study — Microbiologist
Microbiologists contribute their expertise to many fields, including
medicine, environmental science, and biotechnology. Enumerating, the
process of counting bacteria, allows microbiologists to build mathematical
models that predict populations. Once they can predict a population
accurately, the model could be used in
Discussion questions require medicine, for example, to predict the dose of
medication required to kill a certain bacterial
Time
(in hours)
Population
infection. The data set in the table was used by 0 1000

students to explain how a microbiologist to produce a polynomial-
based mathematical model to predict
0.5 1649
1.0 2718
mathematical principles will be population p(t), as a function of time t, in
hours, for the growth of a certain bacteria:
1.5 4482
2.0 7389
applied. You are encouraged to p(t) 1000 冢1 t 12 t2 16 t3 21 120 冣
1 5
4
t4 t
think about and use prior

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS
knowledge in math, and reflect on 1. How well does the equation fit the data set? Use the equation, a graph,
and/or the graphing calculator to comment on the “goodness of fit.”
your own life experiences to guide 2. What is the population after 0.5 h? How fast is the population growing at
this time? (Use calculus to determine this.) Complete these calculations for the
you through these investigations. 1.0 h point.

3. What pattern did you notice in your calculations? Explain this pattern by
examining the terms of this equation to find the reason why.
The polynomial function in this case is an approximation of the special function

in mathematics, natural science, and economics, f(x) e x, where e has a value
of 2.718 28…. At the end of this chapter, you will complete a task on rates of
change of exponential growth in a biotechnology case study. ●
298 C H A P T E R 8
CAREER LINK WRAP-UP
At the conclusion of the chapter,

investigate and apply
the Career Link Wrap-Up allows wrap-up
C H A P T E R 8 : R AT E - O F - C H A N G E M O D E L S I N M I C R O B I O L O G Y
you to combine the skills you To combat the widespread problem of soil and groundwater contamination,
scientists and engineers have investigated and engineered bacteria capable of
have learned through the chapter destroying environmental toxicants. The use of bacteria in environmental
clean-ups, known as bioremediation, has been proven effective in destroying
toxic compounds ranging from PCBs to gasoline additives such as benzene. An
exercises with the challenges of an environmental engineer conducting a lab study found the growth in mass of a
quantity of bioremediation bacteria follows a “logistic” growth pattern. The
logistic model is characterized by the familiar “S”-shaped graph and equation as
expanded version of the real-world follows:

m(t)
scenarios introduced earlier. mb (t)

Lm
L
1 冢 m 冣
0 Lkt
e
0
t
where mb(t) is the mass of bacteria at time t, L is bounded/maximum mass, k is

the growth constant, and m0 is the initial mass. The model can be constructed by
substituting values of m0, L, and a known ordered pair for (t, mb) into the
equation and solving for k.
The engineer conducting the study found that starting from an initial mass of
0.2 kg, the bacteria grow to a maximum mass of 2.6 kg following a logistic
growth pattern. The mass after five days for this experiment was 1.5 kg. The
engineer has modelled the mass of contaminant remaining in kilograms as
mc (t) log3(兹t苶 1) 2.5
where mc (t) is the mass of contaminant remaining (kilograms) in t days.
a. Develop the logistic growth function model for the bacterial mass.
b. Like humans, many bacteria also need oxygen to survive. The oxygen
demand for bacteria is
dm
DO2 10(mc )冢 d
t 冣
b
[litres per hour]
What is the oxygen demand after five days?

c. The experiment is re-inoculated (new bacteria added) when the amount of
contamination has reached 50% of the initial mass. When must the new
bacteria be added, and how quickly is the contamination being destroyed at
this time? ●
CAREER LINK WRAP-UP 329
xii A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K
TECHNOLOGY
Technology features are integrated

throughout in a flexible and optional Section 5.4 — Maximum and Minimum on an Interval
manner.
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to determine how the derivative can be used in
determining the maximum (largest) value or the minimum (smallest) value of
a function on a given interval.
1. For each of the following functions, determine, by completing the square, the
value of x that produces a maximum or minimum function value on the given
interval.
a. f(x) x2 6x 3, interval 0 x 5
b. f(x) x2 2x 11, interval 3 x 4
Technology icons highlight c. f(x) 4x2 12x 7, interval 1 x 4
opportunities for you to 2. For each function, determine the value of c such that f ’(c) 0.
choose to use calculators, 3. Compare the values obtained in Questions 1 and 2 for each function.
graphing calculators, and 4. Using your calculator, graph each of the following functions and determine all
t chnology
e
computers. APPENDIX P. 444
values of x that produce a maximum or minimum function value on the given
interval.
a. f(x) x3 3x2 8x 10, interval 2 x 4
Some icons have page references b. f(x) x3 12x 5, interval 3 x 3
that direct you to the technology c. f(x) 3x3 15x2 9x 23, interval 0 x 4
d. f(x) 2x3 12x 7, interval 2 x 2
appendix. e. f(x) x3 2x2 15x 23, interval 4 x 3
5. For each function in Question 4, determine all values of c such that f’(c) 0.
6. Compare the values obtained in Questions 4 and 5 for each function.
t chnology 7. From your conclusions in Questions 3 and 6, state a method for using the
e
derivative of a function to determine values of the variable that determine
maximum or minimum values of the function.
8. Repeat Question 4 for the following functions, using the indicated intervals.
b. f(x) 4x2 12x 7, interval 2 x 6
c. f(x) x3 3x2 9x 10, interval 2 x 6
d. f(x) x3 12x 5, interval 0 x 5.
e. f(x) x3 5x2 3x 7, interval 2 x 5
196 C H A P T E R 5
A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K xiii
KEY CONCEPTS REVIEW
At the end of each chapter, the

principles taught are clearly restated in Key Concepts Review
summary form. You can refer to this
summary when you are studying or In this chapter, you saw that calculus can aid in sketching graphs. Remember that
things learned in earlier studies are useful and that calculus techniques help in
sketching. Basic shapes should always be kept in mind. Use these together with
doing homework. the algorithm for curve sketching, and always use accumulated knowledge.
Basic Shapes to Remember

y y
4 4
y = x2 Cubic
3 3
2 2
1 1
x x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5
y y
4 y = ex 4
3 3 y = ln x
2 2
1 1
x x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5
y y 1
3 4 y=
1 x2 – k
2 y= 3
x
1 2
x
1
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3
x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4
376 C H A P T E R 9
REVIEW EXERCISE
The chapter Review Exercise addresses

and integrates the principles taught Review Exercise
throughout the chapter, allowing
you to practise and reinforce your 1. a. If f(3) 0, state a factor of f (x).
b. If f 冢 23 冣 0, find a factor of f (x), with integral coefficients.
understanding of the concepts and skills 2. a. Find the family of cubic functions whose x-intercepts are 4, 1, and 2.
you have learned. b. Find the particular member of the above family whose graph passes
through the point (3, 10).
3. a. Determine if x 2 is a factor of x5 4x3 x2 3.

b. Determine if x 3 is a factor of x3 x2 11x 3.
4. Use the Factor Theorem to factor x3 6x2 6x 5.
5. a. If x 1 is a factor of x3 3x2 4kx 1, what is the value of k?

b. If x 3 is a factor of kx3 4x2 2kx 1, what is the value of k?
6. Factor each of the following:

a. x3 2x2 2x 1 b. x3 6x2 11x 6
c. 8x3 27y3 d. 3(x 2w)3 3p3r3
7. Use the Factor Theorem to prove that x2 4x 3 is a factor of

x5 5x4 7x3 2x2 4x 3.
8. Use your graphing calculator to factor each of the following:

a. 2x3 5x2 5x 3 b. 9x3 3x2 17x 5
9. If f (x) 5x4 2x3 7x2 4x 8,

a. is it possible that f 冢 54 冣 0? b. is it possible that f 冢 45 冣 0?
10. Factor fully:

a. 3x3 4x2 4x 1 b. 2x3 x2 13x 5
c. 30x3 31x2 10x 1
11. Solve for x, x 僆 C.

a. x2 3x 10 0 b. x3 25x 0
c. x3 8 0 d. x3 x2 9x 9 0
e. x4 12x2 64 0 f. x3 4x2 3 0
REVIEW EXERCISE 67
xiv A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K
CHAPTER TEST
The Chapter Test allows you to

measure your understanding and Chapter 2 Test
allows you and your teachers to relate
results to the curriculum achievement
Achievement Category Questions
charts. Knowledge/Understanding 1, 2, 3, 4, 7
Thinking/Inquiry/Problem Solving 8
Communication 6
Application 5, 9
1. Without using long division, determine if (x 3) is a factor of

x3 5x2 9x 3.

a. x3 3x2 2x 2
The achievement chart indicates how b. 2x3 7x2 9

c. x4 2x3 2x 1
questions correlate to the achievement 3. Use your graphing calculator to factor 3x3 4x2 2x 4.
categories in Ontario’s Mathematics 4. Solve for x, x 僆 C.

a. 2x3 54 0 b. x3 4x2 6x 3 0
Curriculum. c. 2x3 7x2 3x 0 d. x4 5x2 4 0
5. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are each three greater than the roots
of x2 2x 5 0.
6. The Math Wizard states that the x-intercepts of the graph of

f (x) x3 9x2 26x 24 cannot be positive. Is the Math Wizard correct?
Explain.
7. Solve for x, x 僆 R.
a. (x 3)(x 2)2 0 b. x3 4x 0 c. 2x 5 9
CHAPTER 2 TEST 69
C U M U L AT I V E R E V I E W
This feature appears at the end of

chapters 4, 7, and 9. Cumulative Review
CHAPTERS 5–7
Concepts covered in the preceding
chapters are further practised dy
1. Find d
x
for the following:
a. x2 y2 324 b. 4x2 16y2 64 c. x2 16y2 5x 4y
through additional exercises and d. 2x2 xy 2y 5
1
e. 1x y 1 f. (2x 3y)2 10
2. Find an equation of the tangent to the curve at the indicated point.

word problems. a. x2 y2 13 at (2, 3) b. x3 y3 y 21 at (3, 2)
3x 9
2
c. xy2 x2y 2 at (1, 1) d. y2 at (1, 2)
7x2 4
3. Find f ‘ and f ” for the following:

2
a. f (x) x5 5x3 x 12 b. f (x)
x2
4
c. f (x) d. f (x) x4 x1 4
兹x苶
d 2y
4. Find for the following:
dx2
a. y x5 5x4 7x3 3x2 17 b. y (x2 4)(1 3x3)
5. The displacement at time t of an object moving along a line is given by

s(t) 3t3 40.5t2 162t for 0 t 8.
a. Find the position, velocity, and acceleration.
b. When is the object stationary? advancing? retreating?
c. At what time t is the velocity not changing?
d. At what time t is the velocity decreasing; that is, the object is decelerating?
e. At what time t is the velocity increasing; that is, the object is accelerating?
6. A particle moving on the x-axis has displacement

x(t) 2t3 3t2 36t 40.
a. Find the velocity of the particle at time t.
b. Find the acceleration of the particle at time t.
c. Determine the total distance travelled by the particle during the first three
seconds.
C U M U L AT I V E R E V I E W C H A P T E R S 5 – 7 291
A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K xv
APPENDICES
The Technical Assistance Appendix teaches

techniques for using the graphing calculator.
The Derivatives Appendix takes concepts
covered in the text and extends and applies DERI
VAT I V
ES OF Appen
them to the area of trigonometric functions. TRIGO
NOM
E
dix A
So far in TRIC
ou FUNC
exponenti r study of ca TION
lcu
modelli al, and logarithm lus, we have S
The Antiderivatives Appendix gives you the the rise
ng oscil
an
latory ph ic functions.
en
will deve d fall of tides, omena and pe
an
Tr
wo rked wi
igonome
riodic mo
th
tric
po
fu
lynomial
nctions
, rational,
ous prob
lop the
derivati d the current tio are centr power,
opportunity to “work backward,” applying lems. ves of the
trigono
in electr
ica
n, su ch as pla
ne
al in
metric fu l circuits. In thi tary orbits,
nctions s
and apply appendix, we
Review
the concepts of derivatives in order to of Basi
c Prop
erties
them in
vari-
Radian
determine the original functions. A radian
at the ce
Measu
is the me
re
asure of
ntr
to the rad e of a circle by an angle subte r r
ius of an arc eq nded

radian the ual in len
s 180° circle.
The Performance Assessment and Career The Sine
and Co
gth = 1 rad
ian
r
sine Fu
Link Appendix expands on the real-world Domain
Range x僆R
nctions
1
y
1 sin y = sin
x
applications of the Career Links with a series Periodic

ity
1 co x 1
sin(x
s x 1 0

2
2
cos(x ) sin x
–1
of “Letterhead Tasks” that present opportuni- 2 2

x
2
) co y = cos
x
Transfor sx
mations
For y of Sine
and Co
ties to apply calculus methodologies to solving the perio
a sin k(x
the ampli
tude is
p)
a,
d an d
sine Fu
y a co
nctions
s k(x

d is 2 p) d,
problems for government and corporate the phas
the verti
k ,
e shift is
cal trans
p, and
lation is
clients. d.
388 A
PPEND
IX A
Appendix C
T E C H N I C A L A S S I S TA N C E
OVERVIEW
This appendix provides an overview of the instructions for using a graphing cal-
culator. Use this appendix whenever you are not sure of the next step to take with
xB
your calculator. For more detailed information on using a graphing calculator,
ndi
you may wish to refer to a more comprehensive graphing calculator guidebook.
pe Contents
Ap they re
how they a g
are Instructions for the TI83 Plus Graphing Calculator
Home Screen
425
425
ons— d how oin Entering an Equation 425
ncti n re g
e s of fu lated, a ix, we a dix, it Changing the Viewing Window 426
tiv u d e n
riva are calc appen is app Displaying the Format Settings 427
S e de is th PER
V E ie d th ow they s. In th tle for Changing the Number of Decimal Places Displayed 427
TI CAR FORMA
d
stu on, h lem ative ti
I VA ave ti
we h terpreta pes of an altern
prob Plotting the Function 427
EER N
ER text, in
the metric ferent to give
ty Free-Moving Cursor 428
LIN CE AS App
TID out S
AN h ro ugh eir geo solve dif e were rds.”
th w a AT
IVE
Trace
Zoom
428
429 Adva
K L
ETT ESSM
S
end
T
ned,
p li th
help
defi ed—to process ing B
e o
. If
rk
ackw
T IDE
RIV Split Screens 432 En d of
nced
Fu
Chap nctions a
ERH
EADNT AN
E ix D
a p
vers
e
ed “
W A N Graphing a Family of Curves 433 This ter Ta nd
sk Ge Introdu TA S D
to re be call ING quir
e Establishing a Table of Values for a Function 434 st ud
forman ent rubr neric ctory KS
could IND 4x. we re ves R C
x2
ic ubric a
– F 3 then derivati a-
Calculating Roots and Zeroes of a Function 435 use ce re m
this ge lated to ay assist yo
lculu
s Stu
B1 f (x) nd, v Finding the Intersection of Functions 435 neral Car u dent
I O N e is to fi d for deri • iden rubric eer Link in unders Rubri
E CT ri vativ tr ying learne and the Exploring Function Transformations 436 tify w to Wrap- tandin c
S e re e
e a that w 3 is 3x , 2x2 . ha Up ta
d 437 • outline g
2 t to pa
hose at w Graphing Functions and Inverses sks an general as
x3
s y atte
on w on th the rule tive of
x
) 2 4
x. th
437 • help sp e criteria ntion d othe se
r mat ssment cr
ncti ncti Graphing Inequalities to;
a fu e fu . Using deriva then F(x x)
3x 438• deve
ot an cl
d solv early; hemat it
ics as eria and de
Find of th x e , Graphing Piecewise Functions and Exploring Continuity
n a me x2 4 that th x2 4x g e t F ‘( Drawing Line Segments 440
lop m
ore in
e wea
knesse
signm
ents. sired leve
e 3 w to Howev
1 tion F be th ‘(x) we kno x) 3 gF ), form s in yo You m ls
p le S o lu ‘( ti n f (x Drawing Tangents lop m er, it is im
441 ative ur ow ay wis of per-
Exa
m e let or F rds, if F ntia )ⴝ ore sp portan feedba n h to
If w ) f (x) backwa 4x. So y dif
fere F‘(x Using a Table of Values to Explore Limits of Functions 442
many ec t ck abou w or k and
that 4x. decisi ific coachi to note th
F ‘(x inking 2(2x) er b t st in
answ such x2 - Finding the Numerical Derivative at a Given Point 443
minin ons, in ng or e gene re ngths th e wor
th
and f 2x2 is our on F 3 n 444 g levels, de cluding de scoring ric nature and ar k of ot
eck ncti f (x) can co Calculating Max/Min Values
criteri eas th hers;
v e o c h fu e of e velopi fi ni ng of this at an
ti
W e ca
n
n fi nd a of f. e rivativ ? No, w Instructions for Zap-A-Graph 446
Asse
ng de a.
script quality, de Helpful ru rubric. You
ne ed im
provem
d
: e ca tiv e ti d 4 x Technology Extension for Section 8.1 447 ss ors, an te br
Note if w tideriva 2 is a
n an 3x2 llows: ero, so e that Cate ment
gory d tran rmining cr ics are clea n work w
ca ent.
(x) , as
on f, fo t is z slatin
ncti is an a
n 2x we sebe Know ite
g leve ria, weigh r rubrics an ith your te
x3 ve of f x, say G consta
n Unde ledge/
a fu fact, LEVE
ls to m d achers
(x) vati
n L1 in
f. In that ca arks or g criteria, therefore
F rstan
For y that 4 fa to deve
e, F antideri 3x2 vative o tive of
ding • A ma
v 4x x2 . the grades setting may -
nly f f (x) e deri tideriv 3x x3 2
we sa a b o a 2 generat matical mo LE VEL . a stan involve
a m ple e o o th n ) errors ed with sig del is 2 dard,
e ex3 2x2 th vative ow that other a of f (x stants to
nificant • A ma
th • De thema deter-
ri
From ) x r antide . We kn G is a rivative rent co
n s n 424 A P P E N D I X C C is mons generat tical
(x) ⴙ Thinki algorithmtrates, throu ed with model is LEVE
L3
(x e 1 d e at F underst ic work, gh • Demo minor
Is F t anoth 2x2 f (x), an f antid g) diffe y th
Prob ng/Inquiry anding a lim
of conc ited
ns
algorithmtrates, throu
errors • A co
rre
o n lem So model ct mathema
stru x3 2 4x umber btracti
c e sa nt. lving
/
• Lim epts underst ic work, gh is gene tic LEVE
) n su )), w a ited ma an so • Demo rated al L4
ite (or (x const reasonin thematic ding of co me
G(x ) 3x )=f
• A co
infin
ns
ing y g al ncepts algorithmtrates, throu rre
model ct mathema
G ‘(x are an by add F‘(x C is an • Sequ • Some conside ic work, gh
(i.e.,
en verified is generated tical
e with lim ces and sel ma
of conc rable unde
a
there d simply of f f , wher Com
mun ited eff ects too reasonin thematic
al epts rstandin and
tive icatio ectiven ls g • Demo
foun f • Sequ g
riva ative o
ess ns
e
n en • Co algorithmtrates, throu
d • Expla with so ces and sel nside
underst ic work, gh
anti deriv na
justifica tions and
me eff ec
ectiven ts tools
reasonin rable mathe
is an anti
g matical anding a tho
detail tions have ess • Sequ of conc rough
If F eneral and lac limited • Explana wi
ences
an
• Thoro
ug
epts
g • Infreq k clarity th co d selec reasonin h mathema
the ue
mathe ntly uses
justifica tions and effectiv nsiderable ts tools
eness general g extende tical
ma underst tions are pa case d to the
termino tical sym detail andable, wi rtially • Expla • Sequ
Appl bo
icatio correctl logy, and co ls, th some na
justifica tions and
en
efficie ces and sel
n y nventio • Uses ntly an ec
• Ap
ns mathe underst tions are cle d effec ts tools
plies termino ma tical an dable ar and • Explana tively
procedu concepts an correctl logy, and co symbols, • Uses
ma jus tions an
y some nv termino thematical tifica d
setting res in an un d of the entions clear an tions are pa
448 significa correctly on familiar • Ap
plies time correctl logy, and co symbols, d thorou rticularly
y most nv • Co
APPE nt assis ly with
tance procedu concepts an of the entions nsist ghly de
tailed
NDIX
D setting res in an un d time uses maently and me
assistan correctly wi familiar • Ind
epen termino thematical ticulously
ce th some concep dently appli correctl logy, and co symbols,
IX B correctl ts and proce es
y nventio
END ns
APP y
setting in an unfam res du • Ind
epen
406 iliar concep dently appli
an un ts and proce es
fam
new or iliar settin dures in
modif g using
ied str
ategie
s
xvi A G U I D E D TO U R O F YO U R T E X T B O O K
Chapter 1
P O LY N O M I A L
FUNCTIONS
Have you ever wondered how computer graphics

software is able to so quickly draw the smooth,
life-like faces that we see in video games and
animated movies? Or how in architectural projects
builders compensate for the fact that a horizontal
beam, fixed in position at both ends, will bend
under its own weight? Can you imagine how
computers mould automotive body panels?
Believe it or not, all three tasks are possible
thanks to polynomials! Polynomials are composed
by applying addition, subtraction, and
multiplication to numbers and variables. The
information needed to perform certain tasks like
the ones listed above is reduced to the
polynomial segments between key points. Much
like words in language, polynomials are the
vocabulary of algebra, and, as such, they are used
in a wide variety of applications by designers,
engineers, and others. Calculus, the study of
motion and rates of change, requires a clear
understanding of polynomials, so we’ll begin our
study there.

• determine properties of the graphs of
polynomial functions, Section 1.1
• sketch the graph of a polynomial function,
Section 1.1
• describe the nature of change in polynomial
functions, Section 1.2
• determine an equation to represent a given
graph of a polynomial function, Career Link
• understand the Remainder and Factor
Theorems, Section 1.3, 1.4
Review of Prerequisite Skills
Before beginning your study of Polynomial Functions, you may wish to review
the following factoring methods that you learned in previous courses.
Common Factor
• 4x2 8x 4x(x 2)
Grouping
• By grouping terms together it is often possible to factor the grouped terms.
Factor fully ax cx ay cy (ax cx) (ay cy)
x(a c) y(a c)
(a c)(x y)
Trinomial Factoring
• Factor fully 3x2 7x 4.
Solution 1 (by decomposition) Solution 2 (by inspection)

3x2 7x 4 3x2 3x 4x 4 3x2 7x 4 (x 1)(3x 4)
3x(x 1) 4(x 1)
(x 1)(3x 4)
Factor 12x2 x 20.
Solution
Create a chart using factors of 12 and –20.
12 6 4 20 – 20 10 – 10 5 –5 1 –1 2 –2 4 –4
1 2 3 –1 1 –2 2 –4 4 – 20 20 – 10 10 –5 5
Notice that what looks like a lot of work can be greatly simplified when numbers
in the upper right that have common factors with 12, 6, and 4 are crossed out.
The reduced chart is
12 6 4 5 –5 1 –1
1 2 3 –4 4 – 20 20
2 CHAPTER 1
From the numbers that remain, we see that 4 (4) 16, and 3 5 15
gives 16 15 1. Therefore, 12x2 x 20 (4x 5)(3x 4).
Difference of Squares
• Because (a b)(a b) a2 b2, it is always possible to factor the difference
between two perfect squares.
16x2 81 (4x 9)(4x 9)
Special Cases
• Sometimes by grouping terms, the difference between squares can be created.
a2 p2 1 2a (a2 2a 1) p2
(a 1)2 p2
[(a 1) p][(a 1) p]
(a 1 p)(a 1 p)
Exercise
1. Factor fully.
a. p2 2pr r2 b. 16n2 8n 1 c. 9u2 30u 25
d. v2 4v 3 e. 2w2 3w 1 f. 3k2 7k 2
g. 7y2 15y 2 h. 5x2 16x 3 i. 3v2 11v 10
2. Factor fully.
a. 25x2 y2 b. m2 p2 c. 1 16r2
d. 49m2 64 e. p2r2 100x2 f. 3 48y2
g. (x n)2 9 h. 49u2 (x y)2 i. x4 16
3. Factor fully.
a. kx px – ky py b. fx – gy gx fy c. h3 h2 h 1
d. x – d (x d)2 e. 4y2 4yz z2 1 f. x2 y2 z2 2xz

4. Factor fully.
a. 4x2 2x 6 b. 28s2 8st 20t2 c. y2 (r n)2
d. 8 24m 80m2 e. 6x2 13x 6 f. y3 y2 5y 5
g. 60y2 10y 120 h. 10x2 38x 20 i. 27x2 48
5. Factor fully.
a. 36(2x y)2 25(u 2y)2 b. g(1 x) gx gx2
c. y5 y4 y3 y2 y 1 d. n4 2n2w2 w4
e. 9(x 2y z)2 16(x 2y z)2 f. 8u2(u 1) 2u(u 1) 3(u 1)
g. p2 2p 1 y2 2yz z2 h. 9y4 12y2 4
i. abx2 (an bm)x mn j. x2 2 x12
4 CHAPTER 1
investigate
C H A P T E R 1 : M O D E L L I N G WAT E R D E M A N D
Imagine if you woke up one morning looking forward to a shower only to have
your mom tell you the local water utility ran out of water because they made a
mistake in predicting demand. That does not happen, in part, because water
utilities develop reliable mathematical models that accurately predict water
demand. Of particular use in mathematical modelling are the polynomial
functions that you will investigate in this chapter. You are already familiar with
two classes of polynomials: the linear (y mx b) and the quadratic (y ax2
bx c). You can find polynomial mathematical models in a multitude of places,
from computers (e.g., Internet encryption), to business (e.g., the mathematics of
investment), to science (e.g., population dynamics of wildlife).
Case Study — Municipal Engineer/Technologist
Civil Engineers and Technologists frequently model the relationship
between municipal water demand and time of day to ensure that
water supply meets demand plus a factor of safety for fire flows.
Water demand data for a city with a population of 150 000 is
presented in the table below.
Water
WaterDemand
Demand for
for Blueborough, Ontario
Blueborough, Ontario
Time of Day t Water Demand
(in hours) (in cubic metres per hour)
13:00 1 5103
14:00 2 4968
15:00 3 5643
16:00 4 7128
17:00 5 8775
18:00 6 9288
19:00 7 6723
1. Plot a rough sketch of the data in the table above. What kind of relationship,
if any, does the data show? Remember that you have been investigating
linear, quadratic, rational, and periodic functions. Does the hour-to-hour
trend in the data make sense? Explain.
2. Sketch the water demand over a 24-h period for your community. Use an
average daily demand of 600 L per capita and a peak hourly flow of about
2.5 times the average hourly flow. Explain the peaks and valleys.
3. Find out how much water costs in your community and estimate the cost per
hour of operating your community’s water distribution system at the peak
flow rate determined in Question 1.
At the end of this chapter you will develop and utilize a mathematical model for
the data presented in this case study. ●
CAREER LINK 5
Section 1.1 — Graphs of Polynomial Functions
The graph of a linear function of the form f (x) ax b has either one x-intercept
or no x-intercepts.
Function Graph Number of x-intercepts

f (x) 2x 1 1
y
f(x)
f (x) 2 No x-intercepts
y f(x)
1
x
1
By graphing a quadratic function of the form f (x) ax2 bx c, a 0, we can

determine the number of x-intercepts. Each x-intercept indicates a real root of the
corresponding quadratic equation.
Function Graph Number of x-intercepts

f (x) x2 7x 10 2
y f(x)
chart continued
6 CHAPTER 1
f (x) x2 6x 9 1
y
When a curve touches the
x-axis, there are two equal
x roots for the corresponding
f(x)
f (x) 2x2 3x 4 0
f(x) y There are no real roots.
INVESTIGATION 1: 1. Use a graphing calculator or a computer to graph each of the following cubic
CUBIC FUNCTIONS functions. Sketch each of the graphs in your notebook so that you can
make observations about the shapes of the graphs and list the number
t chnology of x-intercepts.
e
APPENDIX P. 427
a. y x3 b. y x3 2x
c. y x3 2x2 d. y 2x3 3
e. y 2x3 5x2 8x 12 f. y x3 3x 2
g. y 4x3 16x2 13x 3 h. y x3 5x2 2x 8
i. y (x 2)(x 1)(3x 1)
2. From your observations, list the possible numbers of real roots for a cubic
equation.
3. a. Explain how you would graph the cubic function y (x 2)(x 3)(x 4)
without using a graphing calculator.
b. Draw a sketch of the function in part a.
1 . 1 G R A P H S O F P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S 7
4. Sketch two possible general shapes for the graph of a cubic function that has
a coefficient of x3 that is positive.
5. For the functions in Question 1, change the coefficient of x3 from positive to

negative and redraw the graphs. For example, y x3 2x2 changes to
y x3 2x2. What observation do you make for the general shape of the
graph of a cubic function that has a coefficient of x3 that is negative?
INVESTIGATION 2: 1. Use a graphing calculator or a computer to graph each of the following

QUARTIC FUNCTIONS quartic functions. Sketch each of the graphs in your notebook so that you can
make observations about the shapes of the graphs and list the number
t chnology of x-intercepts.
e
a. y x4 b. y x4 4
c. y x4 3x3 d. y x4 3x3 12x2
e. y x4 3x3 6x2 2x 3 f. y (x 1)(x 2)(x 3)(2x 3)
2. From your observations, list the possible numbers of real roots for a quartic
equation.
3. a. Explain how you would graph the quartic function

y (x 3)(x 2)(x 1)(x 4) without using a graphing calculator.
b. Draw a sketch of the function in part a.
4. Sketch two possible general shapes for the graph of a quartic function that has
a coefficient of x4 that is positive.
5. For the functions in Question 1, change the coefficient of x4 from positive to

negative and redraw the graphs. For example, y x4 3x3 changes to
y x4 3x3. What observation do you make for the general shape of the
graph of a quartic function that has a coefficient of x4 that is negative?
INVESTIGATION 3 1. Use your graphing calculator to graph each of the following:

t chnology a. y x(x 3)2 b. y (x 1)(x 2)(x 1)2
e
c. y (x 2)2(x 2)2
Based on these graphs, draw a sketch of what you think the graph of
y (x 2)(x 1)2 looks like.
8 CHAPTER 1
2. Use your graphing calculator to graph each of the following:
a. y (x 2)3 b. y x(x 3)3 c. y (x 1)2(x 1)3
Based on these graphs, draw a sketch of what you think the graph of
y (x 1)(x 1)3 looks like.
Exercise 1.1
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. Check your conclusions about the shape of the graphs of functions by using
Understanding your graphing calculator to draw each of the following:
t chnology a. y x3 12x 16 b. y x3 x2 10x 15
e
c. y 2x3 11x 6 d. y 2x4 3x3 5

e. y (2x 3)(3x 1)(x 2)(x 3) f. y (x 1)(x2 3)(9x2 4)
g. y x5 2x4 4x3 4x2 5x 6 h. y x5 4x3 x2 3x 3
Part B
Application 2. Draw a rough sketch (without using your graphing calculator) of each
of the following:
a. y (x 1)(x – 2) b. y (x 2)(x – 1)(x 3)
c. y (x – 2)(x 3)(x 1)(x – 4) d. y (x – 1)(x 2)2
Communication 3. a. Draw as many different shapes as possible of a cubic function.

b. Draw as many different shapes as possible of a quartic function.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 4. You have investigated the general shape of the graphs of cubic and quartic func-
Problem Solving tions. Sketch a possible general shape for the graphs of each of the following:
a. A fifth-degree function that has a coefficient of x5 that is
(i) positive (ii) negative
b. A sixth-degree function that has a coefficient of x6 that is
(i) positive (ii) negative
1 . 1 G R A P H S O F P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S 9
Section 1.2 — Polynomial Functions from Data
In earlier courses, you used finite differences as a means of identifying

polynomial functions. If we have the right data we can obtain a sequence of first
differences, second differences, and so on. The purpose of the investigation in this
section is to determine the pattern of finite differences for given polynomials.
The table below lists finite differences for the linear function f(x) x.
x f(x) ∆f(x)
1 1 211
2 2 321
3 3 431
4 4

m1 m1 m (m 1) 1
m m m1m1
m1 m1
The set of first differences of a linear function is constant.
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to determine the pattern of finite

differences for quadratic and cubic functions.
1. For the function f(x) x2, copy and complete the table below, calculating first
differences, second differences, and so on, to determine whether or not the
sequence of entries becomes constant.
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x)* ∆3f(x)

first difference second difference third difference
1
2
3

m2
m1
m
m1
m2
*∆2 f (x) means second difference.
10 CHAPTER 1
2. For the function f(x) x3, copy and complete the table below, calculating first
differences, second differences, and so on, to determine whether or not the
sequence of entries becomes constant.
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x)* ∆3f(x)

first difference second difference third difference
1
2
3

m2
m1
m
m1
m2
*∆2 f (x) means second difference.

If the set {m 2, m 1, m, m 1, m 2} describes every set of five consecu-
tive x values, can you make a general statement about the pattern of successive
finite differences for polynomial functions?
EXAMPLE Given that the points (1,1), (2, 3), (3, 5), (4, 37), (5, 105), and (6, 221) lie on the
graph of a polynomial function, determine a possible expression for the function
t chnology having integer coefficients.
e
Solution
Input the data in your graphing calculator as follows:
1. Select the STAT function and press ENTER to select EDIT mode.
2. In the L1 column, input 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and for the L2 column,

input 1, 3, 5, 37, 105, 221.
LIST
3. Move the cursor to the L3 column. Select 2nd STAT for the LIST
function. Move the cursor to OPS and then select option 7:∆List(.
4. Enter L2 in the ∆List (L2) to obtain the first finite differences for L2.
5. Move the cursor to the L4 column. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to obtain the second
finite differences for L3. Note: Enter L3 in the ∆List (L3).
6. Move the cursor to the L5 column. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to obtain the third
finite differences for L3. Note: Enter L4 in the ∆List (L4).
1 . 2 P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S F R O M D ATA 11
If the first finite difference is constant, then f(x) is a linear function. If the second
finite difference is constant, then f(x) is a quadratic function.
The third finite difference in column L 5 is
constant. If f(x) is a polynomial function,
then it must be cubic, of the form
f(x) ax3 bx2 cx d. Use the CubicReg
function to obtain the following result. The
CubicReg function is located in the CALC
mode on the STAT key.
Note that c 2.4 1011 is a very small
number, so let c 0 and the required result
is f(x) 2x3 6x2 5.
A second method, using algebra, is as follows.
Let the function be f(x).
Using differences, we obtain the following:
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x) ∆3f(x)
1 1 4 12 12
2 3 8 24 12
3 5 32 36 12
4 37 68 48
5 105 116
6 221
From the data, ∆3 f(x) is constant. If f(x) is a polynomial, it must be cubic,

therefore f(x) must be of the form f(x) ax3 bx2 cx d.
Using the given ordered pairs, we get
f(1) a b c d 1
1
f(2) 8a 4b 2c d 3
2
f(3) 27a 9b 3c d 5
3
f(4) 64a 16b 4c d 37
4
12 CHAPTER 1
Solving these equations, we have
2 1 7a 3b c 4
5
3 2 19a 5b c 8
6
4 3 37a 7b c 32
7
6 5 12a 12b 12
8

7 6 18a 2b 24
9
9 8 6a 12
a 12
Substituting into
8 24 2b 12
b 6
Substituting into
5 14 – 18 c 4
c0
Substituting into
1 260d1
d5
Therefore, the function is f(x) 2x3 – 6x2 5.
Exercise 1.2
Part A
t chnology In each of the following, you are given a set of points that lie on the graph of a
e
function. Determine, if possible, the equation of the polynomial function using

a graphing calculator or the algebraic method.
Knowledge/ 1. (1, 0), (2, 2), (3, 2), (4, 0), (5, 4), (6, 10)
Understanding
2. (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 5), (4, 8), (5, 11), (6, 14)
3. (1, 4), (2, 15), (3, 30), (4, 49), (5, 72), (6, 99)
4. (1, 9), (2, 10), (3, 7), (4, 0), (5, 11), (6, 26)
5. (1, 12), (2, 10), (3, 18), (4, 0), (5, 56), (6, 162)
6. (1, 34), (2, 42), (3, 38), (4, 16), (5, 30), (6, 106)
7. (1, 10), (2, 0), (3, 0), (4, 16), (5, 54), (6, 120), (7, 220)
8. (1, 4), (2, 0), (3, 30), (4, 98), (5, 216), (6, 396)
9. (1, 2), (2, 4), (3, 6), (4, 8), (5, 14), (6, 108), (7, 346)
10. (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 4), (4, 8), (5, 16), (6, 32), (7, 64)
1 . 2 P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S F R O M D ATA 13
Part B
Application 11. The volume, V, of air in the lungs during a 5 s respiratory cycle is given
by a cubic function (with time t as the independent variable).
a. The following data was recorded:
t (in seconds) V (in litres)
1 0.2877
2 0.6554
3 0.8787
4 0.7332
t chnology Determine the cubic function that satisfies this data.

e
b. Using your graphing calculator, find the maximum volume of air in the
lungs during the cycle, and find when during the cycle this maximum
occurs.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. a. The population of a town is given by a polynomial function. Let time, t, be
Problem Solving the independent variable, t 0 in 1981, and use the data below to deter-
mine the function.
Year Population
1981 4031
1982 4008
1983 3937
1984 3824
1985 3675
1986 3496
b. The town seemed destined to become a “ghost town” until oil was
discovered there and the population started to increase. In what year did
this happen?
c. If the function continues to describe the population correctly, what will the
population be in 2030?
14 CHAPTER 1
Section 1.3 — Division of Polynomials
Division of polynomials can be done using a method similar to that used to divide
whole numbers. Since division of polynomials cannot be done on all calculators,
let’s first review the division process in arithmetic.
EXAMPLE 1 Divide 579 by 8.
Solution
72 Step 1: Divide 8 into 57, obtaining 7.
8579 Step 2: Multiply 8 by 7, obtaining 56.
56 Step 3: Subtract 56 from 57, obtaining 1.
19 Step 4: Bring down the next digit after 57.
16 Step 5: Repeat steps 14 using the new number, 19.
3 Step 6: Stop when the remainder is less than 8.
We can state the results in the form of the division statement 579 8 72 3.
Division with polynomials follows the same procedure. When you are performing
division, you should write both the divisor and dividend in descending powers of
the variable.
EXAMPLE 2 Divide x2 7x 10 by x 2.
Solution
x9 Step 1: Divide first term of the dividend (x2 7x – 10)
x2 x2
x
7
0
1 by the first term of the divisor [i.e., x2 x x].
x2 2x Step 2: Multiply (x(x 2) x2 2x), placing the terms
9x 10 below those in the dividend of the same power.
9x 18 Step 3: Subtract and bring down the next term.
8 Step 4: Repeat steps 13.
Step 5: Stop when the degree of the remainder is less
than that of the divisor.
We can express the results as x2 7x 10 (x 2)(x 9) 8.

Note: This is of the form dividend divisor quotient remainder
or f(x) d(x)q(x) r(x).
EXAMPLE 3 Perform the following divisions and express the answers in the form
f(x) d(x)q(x) r(x).
a. (2x3 3x2 4x 3) (x 3) b. (x3 x2 4) (x 2)
1 . 3 D I V I S I O N O F P O LY N O M I A L S 15
Solution
a. 2x2 – 3x 5 b. Insert 0x in the function so
x 3 2
x
3 x
32x43 that every term is present.
2x 6x2
3
x2 x 2
3x2 4x x – 2 x3–x2
x0–
4
3x2 9x x 2x
3 2
5x 3 x2 0x
5x 15 x2 2x
12 2x 4
Since the remainder, r(x) 12, is of a 2x 4
degree less than that of the divisor, the 0
division is complete. Since the remainder is 0, x 2
2x 3x 4x 3 (x 3)(2x 3x 5) 12 is a factor of x x 4.
3 2 2 3 2
The other factor is x2 x 2.
x3 x2 4 (x2)(x2 x 2)
EXAMPLE 4 Perform the following division and express the answer in the form
f(x) d(x)q(x) r(x).
(3x 4 2x3 4x2 7x 4) (x2 3x 1).
Solution
3x2 7x 22
x2 3x 1 3
x4x
234
x2
x
74
3x 9x 3x
4 3 2
7x3 x2 7x
7x3 21x2 7x
22x2 14x 4
22x2 66x 22
52x 18
Since the remainder, r(x) 52x 18, is of a lower degree than the divisor,
x2 3x 1, the division is complete.
3x 4 2x3 4x2 7x 4 (x2 3x 1)(3x2 7x 22) (52x 18)
EXAMPLE 5 Determine the remainder when 9x3 3x2 4x 2 is divided by:

a. 3x 2 b. x 23
16 CHAPTER 1
Solution
a. 3x2 x 23 b. 9x2 3x 2
3x 2 9
x3
x
32x
42 x 23 9
x3
x
32
x
4
2
9x3 6x2 9x3 6x2
3x2 4x 3x2 4x
3x2 2x 3x2 2x
2x 2 2x 2
2x 43 2x 43
2 2

3 3
The remainders are equal. Is this always true if a function is divided by px t and
by x pt? Suppose that f(x) divided by d(x) px t produces quotient q(x) and
remainder r(x). We can write f(x) (px t)q(x) r(x).
Now f(x) (px t)q(x) r(x)
px ptq (x) r(x)

x pt[p • q (x)] r(x).
From this it is clear that division by x pt produces a quotient greater by

a factor p than that of division by (px t), but the remainders are the same.
Exercise 1.3
Part A
1. Perform each of the following divisions and express the result in the form
dividend divisor quotient remainder.
a. 17 5 b. 42 7 c. 73 12
d. 90 6 e. 103 10 f. 75 15
Communication 2. a. In Question 1 a, explain why 5 is not a factor of 17.

b. In Question 1 b, explain why 7 is a factor of 42.
c. In Questions 1 d and 1 f, what other divisor is a factor of the dividend?
Communication 3. Explain the division statement f(x) d(x)q(x) r(x) in words.
Part B
Knowledge/ 4. For f(x) (x 2)(x2 3x 2) 5,
Understanding
a. identify the linear divisor d(x).
b. identify the quotient q(x).
c. identify the remainder r(x).
d. determine the dividend f(x).
5. When a certain polynomial is divided by x 3, its quotient is x2 5x 7

and its remainder is 5. What is the polynomial?
Application 6. When a certain polynomial is divided by x2 x 1, its quotient is

x2 x 1 and its remainder is 1. What is the polynomial?
7. In each of the following, divide f(x) by d (x), obtaining quotient q (x) and
remainder r. Write your answers in the form f(x) d (x)q (x) r(x).
a. (x3 3x2 x 2) (x 2) b. (x3 4x2 3x 2) (x 1)
c. (2x3 4x2 3x 5) (x 3) d. (3x3 x2 x 6) (x 1)
e. (3x2 4) (x 4) f. (x3 2x 4) (x 2)
g. (4x3 6x2 6x 9) (2x 3) h. (3x3 11x2 21x 7) (3x 2)
i. (6x3 4x2 3x 9) (3x 2) j. (3x3 7x2 5x 1) (3x 1)
Communication 8. For the pairs of polynomials in Question 7, state whether the second is
a factor of the first. If not, compare the degree of the remainder to the degree
of the divisor. What do you observe?
Knowledge/ 9. Perform the following divisions:

Understanding
a. (x4 x3 2x2 3x 8) (x 4) b. (2x4 3x2 1) (x 1)
c. (4x3 32) (x 2) d. (x5 1) (x 1)
10. One factor of x3 3x2 16x 12 is x 2. Find all other factors.
11. Divide f(x) x3 2x2 4x 8 by x 3.
12. Divide f(x) x4 x3 x2 x by d(x) x2 2x 1.
13. Divide f(x) x4 5x2 4 by d(x) x2 3x 2.
18 CHAPTER 1
Thinking/Inquiry/ 14. In f(x) d(x)q(x) r(x), what condition is necessary for d (x) to be
Problem Solving a factor of f(x)?
15. If f(x) d (x)q (x) r(x) and r(x) 0, given that the degree of d (x) is 2,
what are the possible degrees of r(x)?
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 16. If x and y are natural numbers and y x, then whole numbers q and r must
Problem Solving exist such that x yq r.
a. What is the value of r if y is a factor of x?
b. If y is not a factor of x, what are the possible values of r
if y 5, y 7, or y n?
17. a. Divide f(x) x3 4x2 5x 9 by x 2 and write your answer in the

form f(x) (x 2)q (x) r1. Now divide q(x) by x 1 and write your
answer in the form q (x) (x 1)Q(x) r2.
b. If f (x) is divided by (x 2)(x 1) x2 x 2, is Q(x) in part a the
quotient obtained? Justify your answer.
c. When f(x) is divided by (x – 2)(x 1), can the remainder be expressed in
terms of r1 and r2?
Section 1.4 — The Remainder Theorem
With reference to polynomial functions, we can express the division algorithm

as follows:
When a function f(x) is divided by a divisor d(x), producing a quotient q (x)

and a remainder r(x), then f(x) d (x)q (x) r(x), where the degree of r(x) is
less than the degree of d(x).
Note that if the divisor is a linear function then the remainder must be a constant.
INVESTIGATION The following investigation will illustrate an interesting way in which this
relationship can be used.
1. a. For the function f(x) x3 x2 7, use long division to divide

(x3 x2 7) by (x 2).
b. What is the remainder?
c. What is the value of f (2)?
2. a. Use long division to divide (x3 3x2 2x 1) by (x 1).

b. What is the remainder?
c. What is the value of f(1)?
3. a. What was the relationship between f(2) and the remainder in the first
division?
b. What was the relationship between f(1) and the remainder in the second
division?
c. Why do you think we chose the value 2 to use in Question 1 c?
d. Why do you think we chose the value 1 to use in Question 2 c?
Based on these examples, complete the following statement:
When f(x) is divided by (x 2), then the remainder r(2) f( ).

When f(x) is divided by (x 1), then the remainder r( ) f( ).
When f(x) is divided by (x a), then the remainder r( ) f( ).
20 CHAPTER 1
EXAMPLE 1 Show that for the function f(x) x3 x2 4x 2, the value of f(2) is equal to
the remainder obtained when f(x) is divided by (x 2).
Solution
f(2) (2)3 (2)2 4(2) 2
8 4 8 2
6
x2 – 3x 2
x2 x
3 –x–
2 x
4–
2
x3 2x2
3x2 4x
3x2 6x
2x 2
2x 4
6
Since the remainder is 6, then the remainder equals f(2).
It appears that there is a relationship between the remainder and the value of the
function. We now address this in general terms.
If the divisor is the linear expression x p, we can write the division statement as
f(x) (x p)q(x) r. This equation is satisfied by all values of x. In particular,
it is satisfied by x p. Replacing x with p in the equation we get
f(p) (p p)q(p) r
(0)q(p) r
r.
This relationship between the dividend and the remainder is called the
Remainder Theorem.
The Remainder Theorem If f(x) is divided by (x p), giving a quotient q (x)

and a remainder r, then r f(p).
The Remainder Theorem allows us to determine the remainder in the division of

polynomials without performing the actual division, which, as we will see, is a
valuable thing to be able to do.
1.4 THE REMAINDER THEOREM 21

EXAMPLE 2 Find the remainder when x3 4x2 5x 1 is divided by
a. x 2 b. x 1
Solution
Let f(x) x3 4x2 5x 1; therefore,
a. when f(x) is divided by x 2, the remainder is f(2).
r f(2)
(2)3 4(2)2 5(2) 1
1
b. when f(x) is divided by x 1, the remainder is f(1).
r f(1)
( 1)3 4(1)2 5(1) 1
11
What do we do if the divisor is not of the form (x p), but of the form (kx p)?
We have already seen that the remainder in dividing by (kx p) is the same as in
dividing by x pk, so there is no difficulty. In this case, r f pk.
EXAMPLE 3 Find the remainder when f(x) x3 4x2 5x 1 is divided by (2x 3).
Solution
To determine the remainder, we write 2x 3 2x 32 and calculate f 32.
3 2
The remainder is r f 32 32 432 532 1
49
28
7
4
15
1
2
78.
EXAMPLE 4 When x3 3x2 kx 10 is divided by x 5, the remainder is 15. Find the value
of k.
Solution
Since r 15 and r f(5), where f(5) 125 75 5k 10,
then 210 5k 15 (by the Remainder Theorem)
5k 195
k 39.
22 CHAPTER 1
We have noted that the remainder is always of a degree lower than that of the
divisor. In the examples so far, the divisor was a linear function, so the remainder
had to be a constant. In the next example, the divisor is a quadratic expression, so
the remainder can be a linear expression.
EXAMPLE 5 Find the remainder when x4 2x3 5x2 x 3 is divided by (x 2)(x 1).
Solution 1 Using Long Division

Expand (x 2)(x 1) x2 x 2.
x2 x 4
x2 x 2 x4x
23x
52x
3
x x 2x
4 3 2
x3 3x2 x
x3 x2 2x
4x2 3x 3
4x2 4x 8
7x 5
The remainder is 7x 5.
Solution 2 Using the Remainder Theorem

We have f(x) x4 2x3 5x2 x 3. 1
Then f(x) (x 2)(x 1)q(x) r(x) where r(x) is at most a linear expression.
Let r(x) Ax B.
Now f(x) (x 2)(x 1)q (x) (Ax B). 2
From 2 f(1) (3)(0)q(1) A B
A B.
From 1 f(1) 14 2(1)3 5(1)2 1 3 2.
So A B 2. 3
Similarly f(2) (0)(3)8(x) (2A B) 2A B
and f(2) (2)4 2(2)3 5(2)2 2 3 19
so –2A B 19. 4
We solve equations 3 and 4 for A and B.
AB2
2A B 19
Subtracting 3A 21
A 7 and B 5
Since r(x) Ax B, the remainder is 7x 5.

Exercise 1.4
Part A
Communication 1. Explain how you determine the remainder when x3 4x2 2x 5 is divided
by x 1.
2. What is the remainder when x3 4x2 2x 6 is divided by

a. x 2 b. x 1 2 c. x1 d. 2x 3
3. Determine the remainder in each of the following:

a. (x2 3) (x 3) b. (x3 x2 x 2) (x 1)
c. (2x3 4x 1) (x 2) d. (3x4 2) (x 1)
e. (x4 x2 5) (x 2) f. (2x4 3x2 x 2) (x 2)
Part B
Knowledge/ 4. Determine the remainder in each of the following using the Remainder
Understanding Theorem:
a. (x3 2x2 3x 4) (x 1) b. (x4 x3 x2 3x 4) (x 3)
c. (x3 3x2 7) (x 2) d. (x5 1) (x 1)
e. (6x2 10x 7) (3x 1) f. (4x3 9x 10) (2x 1)
g. (x3 3x2 x 2) (x 3) h. (3x5 5x2 4x 1) (x 1)
Application 5. Determine the value of k in each of the following:

a. When x3 kx2 2x 3 is divided by x 2, the remainder is 1.
b. When x4 kx3 2x2 x 4 is divided by x 3, the remainder is 16.
c. When 2x3 3x2 kx 1 is divided by 2x 1, the remainder is 1.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 6. If f(x) mx3 gx2 x 3 is divided by x 1, the remainder is 3. If f(x)

Problem Solving is divided by x 2, the remainder is 7. What are the values of m and g?
7. If f(x) mx3 gx2 x 3 is divided by x 1, the remainder is 3. If f(x)

is divided by x 3, the remainder is 1. What are the values of m and g?
24 CHAPTER 1
Part C
8. Determine the remainder when (x3 3x2 x 2) is divided by (x 3)(x 5).
9. Determine the remainder when (3x5 5x2 4x 1) is divided by

(x 1)(x 2).
Thinking/Inquiry/ 10. When x 2 is divided into f(x), the remainder is 3. Determine the remainder
Problem Solving when x 2 is divided into each of the following:
a. f(x) 1 b. f(x) x 2 c. f(x) (4x 7)
d. 2f(x) 7 e. [f(x)]2
11. If f(x) (x 5)q (x) (x 3), what is the first multiple of (x 5) greater
than f(x)?
12. The expression x4 x2 1 cannot be factored using known techniques.

However, by adding and subtracting x2, we obtain x4 2x2 1 x2.
Therefore, x4 2x2 1 x2 (x2 1)2 x2
(x2 x 1)(x2 x 1).
Use this approach to factor each of the following:
a. x4 5x2 9 b. 9y4 8y2 4
c. x4 6x2 25 d. 4x4 8x2 9

Key Concepts Review
After your work in this chapter on Polynomial Functions, you should be familiar
with the following concepts:
Factoring Types
You should be able to identify and simplify expressions of the following types:
• common
• trinomial
• grouping
• difference of squares
Sketching Polynomial Functions

• Make use of the relationships between x-intercepts and the roots of the corre-
sponding equation to sketch the graph of functions.
Division of Polynomials
Remainder Theorem
• If f(x) is divided by (x – a), giving a quotient q(x) and a remainder r, then r
f(a).
Polynomial Functions from Data

• The first differences of a linear function are constant.
• The second differences of a quadratic function are constant.
• The third differences of a cubic function are constant.
26 CHAPTER 1
wrap-up
C H A P T E R 1 : M O D E L S F O R WAT E R F L O W R AT E S
1. Using the data presented in the Career Link, develop and utilize a
polynomial mathematical model of the flow-rate and time relationship
[Q f(t)] by
a. determining the degree of the polynomial, then using the graphing

calculator to obtain an algebraic model for Q f(t) with the appropriate
polynomial regression function.
b. using the graphing calculator to determine the peak flow. When does this
occur? Is this a reasonable time for a peak daily flow? Explain.
c. determining an algebraic model for the velocity [V(t)] of the water in the
pipe (metres per hour) leaving the water plant if the cross-sectional area
[A(t)] of the pipe changes over time with the relationship:
A(t) 0.1t 0.4
where A(t) is cross-sectional area in square metres, t is time in hours,

and Q(t) A(t) V(t).
d. verifying that your model in part c is correct using the graphing calculator.
Explain how you did this.
2. Water travelling at high velocities can cause damage due to excessive

forces at bends (elbows) in pipe networks. If the maximum allowable
velocity in this specific pipe is 2.5 m/s, will the pipe be damaged at the
peak flow rate? ●

Review Exercise
1. Draw a sketch of each of the following without using your graphing calculator.
a. y (x 2)(x 3) b. y (x 3)2 1
c. y x(x 1)(x 3) d. y (x 2)(x 4)(x 2)
e. y (x 2)3 f. y (x 4)(x 1)(x 3)
g. y (x 2)2 (x 4) h. y (x 2)2(x 1)2
i. y x2(x 3)(x 2) j. y (x 4)(x 1)(x 2)(x 3)
k. y (x 2)3(x 3) l. y x(x 2)(x 3)
2. In each of the following, you are given a set of points that lie on the graph of
a polynomial function. If possible, determine the equation of the function.
a. (1, 27), (0, 11), (1, 5), (2, 3), (3, 1), (4, 13)
b. (0, 4), (1, 15), (2, 32), (3, 67), (4, 132), (5, 239)
c. (1, 9), (2, 31), (3, 31), (4, 51), (5, 299), (6, 821)
d. (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 5), (4, 16)
e. (2, 75), (1, 11), (0, 21), (1, 27), (2, 53)
3. Perform the following divisions:

a. (x3 2x2 3x 1) (x 3) b. (2x3 5x 4) (x 2)
c. (4x3 8x2 x 1) (2x 1) d. (x4 4x3 3x2 3) (x2 x 2)
4. Without using long division, determine the remainder when

a. (x2 x 1) is divided by (x 2).
b. (x3 4x2 2) is divided by (x 1).
c. (x3 5x2 2x 1) is divided by (x 2).
d. (x4 3x2 2x 3) is divided by (x 1).
e. (3x3 x 2) is divided by (3x 1).
28 CHAPTER 1
5. Divide each polynomial by the factor given, then express each polynomial in
factored form.
a. x3 2x2 x 2, given x 1 is a factor.
b. x3 3x2 x 3, given x 3 is a factor.
c. 6x3 31x2 25x 12, given 2x 3 is a factor.
6. a. When x3 3kx2 x 5 is divided by x 2, the remainder is 9.

Find the value of k.
b. When rx3 gx2 4x 1 is divided by x 1, the remainder is 12. When
it is divided by x 3, the remainder is 20. Find the values of r and g.
REVIEW EXERCISE 29
Chapter 1 Test
Knowledge/Understanding 1, 3, 5, 7b
Communication 4
Application 2, 6, 7a, 9

a. 18x2 50y2 b. pm3 m2 pm 1
c. 12x2 26x 12 d. x2 6y y2 9
2. Without using a graphing calculator, sketch the graph of

a. y (x 2)(x 1)(x 3) b. y x2(x 2)
3. Find the quotient and remainder when

a. x3 5x2 6x 4 is divided by x 2.
b. (x3 6x 2) is divided by (x 3).
4. Since f(1) 0 for f(x) 4x3 6x 2, do you think (x 1) is a factor of

f(x) 4x3 6x 2? Explain.
5. Without using long division, find the remainder when (x3 6x2 5x 2) is
divided by (x 2).
6. Find the value of k if there is a remainder of 7 when x3 – 3x2 4x k is

divided by (x – 2).
7. a. Do (1, 1), (2, 1), (3, 1), (4, 5) lie on the graph of a quadratic function?
b. Use your graphing calculator to find the simplest polynomial function that
contains the following points: (1, 4), (2, 6), (3, 34), (4, 92).
8. When x3 cx d is divided by x 1, the remainder is 3, and when it is

divided by x 2, the remainder is 3. Determine the values of c and d.
9. One factor of x3 2x2 9x 18 is x 2. Determine the other factors.
30 CHAPTER 1
Chapter 2
P O LY N O M I A L E Q U AT I O N S A N D I N E Q U A L I T I E S
It’s happened to everyone. You’ve lost your CHAPTER EXPECTATIONS In this chapter, you will
favourite CD, and your room is an unbelievable • understand the Remainder and Factor Theorems,
mess. Rather than attempting to sort through Section 2.1
everything, why not consider a few key places
where it could be, and examine these areas closely
• factor polynomial expressions, Section 2.2
until you find your CD. Similarly, if a manufacturer • compare the nature of change in polynomial
functions with that of linear and quadratic
discovers a flaw in her product, the key
intermediate assembly stages are examined
individually until the source of the problem is • determine the roots of polynomial equations,
found. These are two examples of a general Section 2.3
learning and problem solving strategy: consider a • determine the real roots of non-factorable
thing in terms of its component parts, without polynomial equations, Section 2.4
losing sight of the fact that the parts go together. • solve problems involving the abstract extensions
This problem solving strategy is a great way to of algorithms, Section 2.4
solve mathematical equations, as well. In this
• solve factorable and non-factorable polynomial
chapter, you will see that polynomial equations can inequalities, Section 2.5
be solved using the same strategy you might use
for finding a lost CD. Just examine the key
• write the equation of a family of polynomial
component factors until you solve the problem!
• write the equation of a family of polynomial
functions, Career Link
• describe intervals and distances, Section 2.6
To begin your study of Polynomial Equations and Inequalities in Chapter 2, you

should be familiar with the following skills:
Solving Linear Equations and Inequalities

• 4(2x 3) 2x 9 x • 2x 3 6x 13
8x 122x 9 x 2x6x 3 13
7x 21 4x 16
x3 4x 16
x 4.
Evaluating Polynomial Functions
• If f (x) 2x3 3x 7, then f (2) 2(2)3 3(2) 7
17.
Factoring Quadratic Polynomials
• x2 7x 12 (x 3)(x 4)
• 6x2 17x 14 (2x 7)(3x 2)
Solving Quadratic Equations by Factoring

• 3x2 5x 2 0 • 12x2 7x 10 0
(3x 1)(x 2) 0 (3x 2)(4x 5) 0
3x 1 0 or x 2 0 3x 2 0 or 4x 5 0
x 13 or x 2 x 23 or x 54
Solving Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula

b
b2 4ac

• For the equation ax2 bx c 0, x 2a
.
For 6x2 x 2 0, a 6, For 6x2 2x 3 0, a 6,
b 1, c 2. b 2, c 3.
1
1 4(6)(2)
2
4 4(6)(3)

x 12
x 12
17 2 76

12
12
2 219

x 23 or x 12 12
1 19

6
x 0.6 or 0.9 (correct to one decimal)
32 CHAPTER 2
Exercise
1. Solve.
a. 3x 1 x 5 b. 3(x 2) 7 3(x 7)
c. 7x 2(x 3) 9x 5 d. (x 3)(x 2) x2 5x
2. Solve and graph on the real number line.

a. 3x 2 2x 5 b. 5x 4 7x 8
c. 4x 5 2(x 7) d. 4x 7 9x 17
3. Evaluate each of the following for f(x) 2x2 3x 1.

a. f (1) b. f (2) c. f (3) d. f 12
4. Evaluate each of the following for f(x) x3 2x2 4x 5.

a. f (1) b. f (2) c. f (3) d. f 12
5. Factor each of the following fully.

a. x2 14x 48 b. y2 3y 2 c. 3x2 10x 7
d. 3x3 75x e. 6x2 7x 3 f. x3 x2 56x
g. 4x2 20x h. 3x3 12x i. 6x2 14x 12
6. Solve.
a. x(x 4) 0 b. (x 3)(x 2) 0 c. x2 5x 6 0
d. y2 9y 18 0 e. x2 2x 15 0 f. 7x2 3x 4 0
g. 3x2 10x 7 0 h. x3 9x 0 i. 3x2 13x 4 0
7. Recall that the quadratic formula to solve the quadratic equation

b b 4ac
2
ax2 bx c 0, x C is x 2a
.
Solve correct to one decimal place.
a. x2 4x 8 0 b. 3y2 5y 4 0 c. 3x2 x 3 0
d. x2 5x 4 0 e. 2x2 3 5x f. 6y2 5y 6
g. 2p2 3p 5 0 h. x2 5x 6 0
i. 2x(x 5)(x 2)(x 3)

investigate
C H A P T E R 2 : R E S E A R C H I N G D O S E – R E S P O N S E R E L AT I O N S H I P S
In response to the health concerns of Canada’s aging population, the
pharmaceutical industry has dramatically increased its investment in research over
the past ten years. A key component of the research process is the generation of
mathematical models that predict dose-response relationships. “Dose” refers to
the quantity of medication administered to a patient, and response refers to the
effect on the patient. For example, the dose-response relationship for asthma
medication may be in terms of the mass of drug administered versus the
percentage increase in lung capacity. Polynomial equations are often used to
model the dose-response relationship because they can be fit to a data set that
changes slope a number of times and may cross the x-axis multiple times (i.e., it
may feature multiple roots). In this chapter, you will develop the algebraic tools to
solve polynomial equations and inequalities, then you will investigate the
properties of polynomial roots and the absolute-value function.
Case Study — Pharmaceutical Researcher

Pharmaceutical companies are, of course, also interested
in modelling the side-effect responses of medication. For
example, the equation
R(t) 5t4 4t3 14t 32t
9 2
can be used to model the side-effect response [R(t)] in

degrees Celsius above or below the normal body
temperature (36.9°C) of an experimental drug t hours
after it was administered. The equation is valid for
0 t 2.2 hours. Due to the stress of temperature
change on the body, a second drug is administered at the
moment the patient’s temperature starts to exceed 36.9°C.
1. Within the context of the problem, what happens when R(t) crosses the t-axis?
2. Using your prior knowledge of linear and quadratic functions and your work
in Chapter 1, predict how many times the second drug will have to be
administered. (Hint: Think about the degree of the function.) Explain using a
rough sketch. Do not make a table of values or plot the graph.
3. Once again using your prior knowledge of linear and quadratic functions and
your work in Chapter 1, predict how many times the patient’s temperature
can “spike” (i.e., reach a maximum or minimum). Explain using a rough
sketch.
At the end of this chapter you will apply the tools of solving polynomial
equations and inequalities in assessing the performance of the experimental drug
introduced above. ●
34 CHAPTER 2
Section 2.1 — The Factor Theorem
The Remainder Theorem tells us that when we divide x2 5x 6 by x 3, the

remainder is
f(3) (3)2 5(3) 6
9 15 6
0.
Since the remainder is zero, x2 5x 6 is divisible by (x 3). By divisible, we
mean evenly divisible. If f(x) is divisible by x p, we say x p is a factor of
f(x). On the other hand, if we divide x2 5x 6 by (x 1), the remainder is
f(1) (1)2 5(1) 6
2.
The fact that the remainder is not zero tells us that x2 5x 6 is not evenly
divisible by (x 1). That is, (x 1) is not a factor of x2 5x 6.
The Remainder Theorem tells us that if the remainder is zero on division by
(x p), then f (p) 0. If the remainder is zero, then (x p) divides evenly into
f(x), and (x p) is a factor of f(x). Conversely, if x p is a factor of f(x), then
the remainder f(p) must equal zero. These two statements give us the Factor
Theorem, which is an extension of the Remainder Theorem.
The Factor Theorem

(x p) is a factor of f(x) if and only if f(p) 0.
EXAMPLE 1 Show that x 2 is a factor of x3 3x2 5x 6.
Solution 1
f (2) 23 3(2)2 5(2) 6
0
Since f (2) 0, x 2 is a factor of x3 3x2 5x 6.
Solution 2
x2 x 3
Dividing x 2x
3 x
32x
56
x3 2x2
x2 5x
x2 2x
3x 6
3x 6
0
Since the remainder is zero, x 2 is a factor of x3 3x2 5x 6. Both solu-
tions verify that x 2 is a factor. Note that Solution 2 tells us that the second
factor is x2 x 3.
EXAMPLE 2 Is (x 2) a factor of f(x) x3 3x2 5x 4?
Solution
We test if x 2 is a factor by evaluating f(2).
f (2) (2)3 3(2)2 5(2) 4
8 12 10 4
2
Since f (2)
0, (x 2) is not a factor of x3 3x2 5x 4.
In using the Factor Theorem, we must find a value p so that f(p) 0. We can then
say that (x p) is a factor, and by division we can determine the second factor.
The question is how to determine the value of p. This is partly a matter of guess-
ing, but we make the guessing easier by noting that there is a limited number of
possible values. In the function f(x) x3 4x2 3x 6, if there is a value for p
such that f(p) 0, then p3 2p2 3p 6 0. We are, of course, interested in
integer values for p. Note that p3 2p2 3p 6 means that
p(p2 2p 3) 6. If p is an integer, then p2 2p 3 is an integer, so the only
possible values for p are 1, 2, 3, 6, and we need to consider only these. In
other words, the only possible values for p are divisors of the constant term in
f(x).
EXAMPLE 3 Factor x3 x2 14x 24.
Solution
Possible values for p are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, and 24.
f(1) 1 114 24
0
f(1) 1 1 14 24
0
f(2) 8 4 28 24 0
Therefore (x 2) is a factor of f(x).
To find the other factor(s), one method is to use long division and divide
x3 x2 14x 24 by x 2 as follows:
x2 x 12
x 2x
3 x
2 41
x42
x 2x
3 2
x2 14x
x2 2x
12x 24
12x 24
0
36 CHAPTER 2
Factoring further, x2 x 12 (x 4)(x 3).
Therefore, x3 x2 14x 24 (x 2)(x 4)(x 3).
An alternative is to use the following method of comparing coefficients:
x3 x2 14x 24 (x 2)(x2 kx 12)
x3 kx2 12x 2x2 2kx 24
x3 (k 2)x2 (12 2k) x 24
Comparing the coefficients of x2, k 2 1, so k 1. A check can be obtained
by comparing the coefficients of x, which gives –12 2k 14 and k 1.
Therefore, x3 x2 14x 24 (x 2)(x2 x 12), and further factoring
gives x3 x2 14x 24 (x 2)(x 3)(x 4).
EXAMPLE 4 Factor f(x) x3 9x2 5x 18.
Solution
t chnology Possible values of p such that f(p) 0 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, and 18.
e
Checking all of these is time-consuming. We can help ourselves by using a calcu-

lator to sketch the graph y f(x). From the graph there are three potential integer
values: p 1, p 2, and p 8. But p 8 is impossible, since it is not a
divisor of 18.
Now f(1) 1 9 5 18
3
f(2) (2)3 9(2)2 5(2) 18
0.
Therefore x 2 is a factor of f (x). To find the
other factor(s), you can use long division or
you can compare coefficients.
x2 7x 9
x 2x3 x
92x58
1
x 2x2
3
7x2 5x
7x2 14x
9x 18
9x 18
0
Since x2 7x 9 cannot be factored further,
x3 9x2 5x 18 (x 2)(x2 7x 9).
EXAMPLE 5 Factor f(x) x4 3x3 13x2 3x 12.
Solution
Possible values of p such that f(p) 0 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 12. From
the graph, values to check are p 6, p 1, and p 1. Note that the fourth
x-intercept is between 2 and 3 and is not an integer. Graph y f (x) and use
t chnology the 1:value mode under the CALCULATE menu or substitute to evaluate f (6), f (1),
e
and f(1).
f(6) 64 3(6)3 13(6)2 3(6) 12
210
f(1) 1 3 13 3 12
0
f(1) 1 3 13 3 12
0
Therefore x 1 and x 1 are factors of f (x).
To determine the other factor(s), use the method
of comparing coefficients.
x4 3x3 13x2 3x 12 (x 1)(x 1)(x2 kx 12)
(x2 1)(x2 kx 12)
x4 kx3 12x2 x2 kx 12
x4 kx3 11x2 kx 12
Since kx3 3x3, k 3.
Now x4 3x3 13x2 3x 12 (x2 1)(x2 3x 12).
All examples considered here involve monic polynomials. A monic polynomial
has one as the coefficient of its highest degree term. In the next section, we will
consider the use of the Factor Theorem with polynomials having first-term coeffi-
cients other than one.
EXAMPLE 6 Factor x3 y3.
Solution
Consider this as a function of x. That is, f(x) x3 y3.
Since f(y) y3y3
0,
then, by the Factor Theorem, (x y) is a factor of x3 y3. Divide to obtain the
other factor(s).
x2 xy y2
x yx
3 x
0y
2 xy
0
2 y3
x xy
3 2
x2y 0xy2
x2y xy2
xy2 y3
xy2 y3
0
Therefore x y (x y)(x2 xy y2).
3 3
38 CHAPTER 2
The expression x3 y3 is referred to as a difference of cubes and it occurs often
enough that its factorization is worth memorizing:
x3 y3 (x y)(x2 xy y2).
Since x3 y3 x3 (y)3,
we have x3 y3 (x (y))(x2 x(y) (y)2
(x y)(x2 xy y2).
The expression x3 y3 is referred to as a sum of cubes. By the same process as
above, x3 y3 (x y)(x2 xy y2).
The Sum and Difference of Cubes

x3 y3 (x y)(x2 xy y2)
x3 y3 (x y)(x2 xy y2)
EXAMPLE 7 Factor 27u3 64.
Solution
Since 27u3 64 (3u)3 (4)3
(3u 4)((3u)2 (3u)(4) (4)2)
(3u 4)(9u2 12u 16).
Exercise 2.1
Part A
1. If (x 8) is a factor of f(x), then what is the value of f(8)?
Communication 2. a. If f(5) 0, state a factor of f(x).

b. Explain how you would find the other factors of f(x).
3. If f(x) x3 2x2 5x 6 is equal to 0 when x 1 or 2 or 3, what are

the factors of f(x)? Explain.
4. In each of the following, determine whether the binomial is a factor of f(x).

a. x 1; f(x) x2 7x 6 b. x 2; f(x) x2 8x 6
c. x 2; f(x) x3 3x2 4x 12 d. x 3; f(x) x3 6x2 2x 3
e. x 1; f(x) x3 5x2 4x 3 f. 2x 1; f(x) 4x3 6x2 8x 3
Part B
Knowledge/ 5. If f(x) x3 2x2 2x 3,
Understanding
a. show that f (3) 0.
b. what is a linear factor of f (x)?
c. find the quadratic factor by long division.
6. If g(x) x3 2x2 5x 6,
a. show that g(2) 0.
b. what is a linear factor of g(x)?
c. find the quadratic factor by the method of comparing coefficients.
Application 7. Completely factor the following:

a. x3 4x 3 b. x3 2x2 x 2
c. y3 19y2 19y 1 d. x3 2x2 5x 4
e. y3 y2 y 2 f. x3 9x2 22x 8
g. x4 8x3 3x2 40x 12 h. x4 6x3 15x2 6x 16
Thinking/Inquiry/ 8. If (x 1) is a factor of x3 2kx2 3x 1, what is the value of k?

Problem Solving
9. If x3 4x2 kx 5 is divisible by (x 2), what is the value of k?
Knowledge/ 10. Using the formulas for factoring the sum or difference of cubes, factor each of
Understanding the following:
a. x3 27 b. y3 8 c. 125u3 64r3
d. 2000w3 2y3 e. (x y)3 u3z3 f. 5u3 40(x y)3
Part C
11. Use the Factor Theorem to prove that x3 6x2 3x 10 is divisible by
x2 x 2.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. a. Show that x y is a factor of x4 y4.

Problem Solving
b. What is the other factor?
c. Factor x4 81.
13. a. Show that x y is a factor of x5 y5.

c. Factor x5 32.
40 CHAPTER 2
14. a. Show that x y is a factor of xn yn.
15. Prove that (x a) is a factor of (x a)5 (x c)5 (a c)5.
16. Prove that (x a) is a factor of x3 (a b c)x2 (ab bc ca)x abc.
17. If n N, under what conditions will (x y) be a factor of xn yn?
18. Factor x5 y5.
19. Does the expression x3 2x2 5x 12 have any rational factors? Explain.
Section 2.2 — The Factor Theorem Extended
We have seen that if an expression such as x3 4x2 5x 6 has a factor

(x k), where k is an integer, then k must be a divisor of 6. In order to determine
which, if any, of the divisors of 6 could be a value for k, we used a graphing cal-
culator to determine a suitable value. In this example, k 3 and
x3 4x2 5x 6 (x 3)(x2 x 2). What happens when the coefficient of
the highest-order term is an integer other than 1? Let’s consider an example.
EXAMPLE 1 Factor f (x) 3x3 19x2 27x 7.
Solution
If the factors have integers as coefficients, then the first terms must be 3x, x, and
x, and the second terms must be 7, 1, and 1, with the signs in the factors to be
determined. We might have a factor such as (3x 1) or (3x 7) or (x 7). Are
there other possibilities?
t chnology We draw the graph and search for possible

e
APPENDIX P. 428
values. The graph shown indicates three
intercepts, but it is not easy to determine
their values. Restricting the domain to
Xmin 1 and Xmax 5 shows more
clearly that there are three possible
values for k. They are approximately k 13,
k 53, and k 133, since the only denominator
we can use is 3 (because 3 and 1 are the only divisors of the coefficient of x3).
Of these, only 13 is a possible value for k, because the numerator must
be a divisor of 7. Since f 13 0, 3x 1 is a factor. By long division, or the
method of comparing coefficients,
3x3 19x2 27x 7 (3x 1)(x2 6x 7). Since x2 6x 7 has no
integer factors, we are done.
A function f (x) anxn an1xn1 … a0 has a factor (qx p), if f qp 0,
where q divides an and p divides a0.
42 CHAPTER 2
EXAMPLE 2 Factor f(x) 6x3 x2 9x 10.
Solution
t chnology A graph of the function shows that only one
e
value of k pq is possible, that it lies

between 1 and 2, and that it is close to 2.
Since p is a divisor of 10 and q is a
divisor of 6, a good guess for k is 53.
Evaluating, f 53 0, so
6x3 x2 9x 10 (3x 5)(2x2 3x 2).
EXAMPLE 3 Factor fully f(x) 6x4 17x3 7x2 x 10.
Solution
t chnology A graph of the function shows that k pq
e
can be between 1 and 0, or it can be

between 2 and 3. Since p divides 10 and q
divides 6, we try k 23 and k 52,
obtaining f 23 0 and f 52 0.
Therefore, two factors are (3x 2) and
(2x 5). The other factors can be
determined by division or by comparison.
Then 6x4 17x3 7x2 x 10 (3x 2)(2x 5)(x2 x 1), and the third
factor cannot be simplified in integers.
Exercise 2.2
Part A
Communication 1. For each of the following, explain how you could find the values pq of x that
potentially could make the polynomial have a value of zero. State all the
possible values of pq.
a. 2x2 9x 5 b. 3x3 4x2 7x 8
c. 4x3 3x2 11x 2 d. 8x3 7x2 23x 4
e. 6x3 7x2 4x 3 f. 2x3 8x2 5x 6
2 . 2 T H E FA C TO R T H E O R E M E X T E N D E D 43
Part B
Application 2. A cubic function f (x) with integral coefficients has the following properties:
f 32 0, (x 2) is a factor of f (x), and f (4) 50. Determine f (x).
3. A cubic function g(x) with integral coefficients has the following properties:
g(3) 0, g34 0, (x 2) is a factor of g(x), g(1) 84.
Determine g(x).
Knowledge/ 4. Factor fully the following polynomials:

Understanding
a. 2x3 x2 x 1 b. 5x3 3x2 12x 4
c. 6x3 17x2 11x 2 d. 6x3 x2 46x 15
e. 5x4 x3 22x2 4x 8 f. 18x3 15x2 x 2
g. 3x4 5x3 x2 4x 4 h. 4x4 19x3 16x2 19x 12
Part C
5. Factor fully the following expressions:

a. px3 (p q)x2 (2p q)x 2q
b. abx3 (a 2b ab)x2 (2b a 2)x 2
44 CHAPTER 2
Section 2.3 — Solving Polynomial Equations
In earlier grades, you learned to solve linear and quadratic equations. A quadratic
equation can be solved by factoring (if possible) or by the quadratic formula
b b 4ac
2
x 2a
. We now consider solutions to higher-order equations.
There are formulas for solving a general cubic equation and a general quartic
equation, but they are quite complicated. The following examples demonstrate
strategies that you can use in solving cubic, quartic, and other higher-order equa-
tions. Any equation of the form f(x) 0 can be solved if f(x) can be expressed as
a combination of linear and quadratic factors. The first strategy, then, is to factor
f(x). It may be possible to factor f(x) by familiar methods, such as grouping terms.
If not, we can employ the Factor Theorem.
We will assume that unless otherwise stated, we are to solve all equations using
the set of complex numbers, C, as the domain.
In general, if the domain is C, a polynomial equation of degree n has n roots.
EXAMPLE 1 Solve x3 x2 9x 9 0.
Solution
The pattern of coefficients (1, 1, 9, 9)
t chnology
e
suggests grouping the terms.

x3 x2 9x 9 0
x2(x 1) 9(x 1) 0
(x 1)(x2 9) 0
(x 1)(x 3)(x 3) 0
Then x1 0 or x 3 0 or x 3 0
so x 1 or x 3 or x 3.
Note that 1, 3, and 3 are the x-intercepts of the graph of the corresponding cubic
function y x3 x2 9x 9.
EXAMPLE 2 Solve x3 4x 5 0.
Solution
Since there is no obvious way of grouping, the Factor Theorem is employed.
The factors of 5 are 1, and 5.
If f(x) x3 4x 5,
then f(1) 1 4 5 0,
therefore (x 1) is a factor.
2 . 3 S O LV I N G P O LY N O M I A L E Q UAT I O N S 45
There are two methods we can use for finding the second factor:
Comparing Coefficients Using Long Division

x3 4x 5 (x 1)(x2 kx 5) x2 x 5
x3 kx2 5x x2 kx 5 x 1x3x
02x4
5
x3 x2(k 1) x(5 k) 5 x x
3 2
x2 4x
Therefore k 1 0 or 5 k 4 x2 x
k1 k1 5x 5
5x 5
0
The second factor is The second factor is

x2 x 5 = 0. x2 x 5 = 0.
Then x3 4x 5 (x 1)(x2 x 5)
The equation x3 4x 5 0
becomes (x 1)(x2 x 5) 0
Then x 1 0 or x2 x 5 0
1 1 20
x 1 or x 2
1 19
i

2
EXAMPLE 3 Solve x3 9x2 13x 5 0.
Solution
The graph of f(x) x3 9x2 13x 5
t chnology is shown. If there are integer roots, they must
e
be either 1 or 5. From the graph, one

possible root is 1. Checking, f(1) 0.
Then, by long division or the method of
comparison,
f(x) (x 1)(x2 8x 5).
Therefore, x3 9x2 13x 5 0
x2 8x 5
and (x 8x 5) 0
1)(x2 x 1x
3 x
923
1x
5
x 1 or x2 8x 5 0 x3 x2
x 8

44
2
8x2 13x
8x2 8x
8 211

2
5x 5
4 11 5x 5
The solutions are x 1, x 4 11
.
0
46 CHAPTER 2
EXAMPLE 4 Solve 6x3 13x2 x 2 0.
Solution
t chnology Let f (x) 6x3 13x2 x 2.
e
Since f(x) is not a monic polynomial,

non-integer rational roots are possible for
f(x) 0. Since p is a divisor of 6 and q is a
divisor of 2, the possible values for
q 1 1 1 2
are 1, 2, , , , and .
p 2 3 6 3
Graphing f(x) on a graphing calculator using Xmin
2 and Xmax 2 as our domain, we find that
one root of f(x) 0 lies in the interval .34 x .29, another lies in the
interval .46 x .51, and the third root appears to be 2.
q
Checking our list of values for p, we see that the only possible values are 13, 12,
and 2.
Checking, we find that f 13 f 12 f(2) 0.
Therefore f(x) (3x 1)(2x 1)(x 2) and the roots of f (x) 0 are 13, 12,
and 2.
EXAMPLE 5 a. Find the family of cubic functions whose x-intercepts are 2, 1, and 3.
b. Find the particular member of the above family whose graph passes through
the point (2, 20).
Solution
a. Since 2, 1, and 3 are x-intercepts, (x 2), (x 1), and (x 3) must be
factors of the cubic function. Therefore, y k(x 2)(x 1)(x 3), where k is
a constant, represents the family of cubic functions.
b. If (2, 20) lies on the graph of one member of the above family, then (2, 20)
must satisfy its equation. Substituting, we get 20 k(4)(1)(1) or k 5.
Therefore, the particular cubic function is y 5(x 2)(x 1)(x 3).
We frequently encounter equations that cannot be factored. In such situations, the

best we can hope for is to determine approximate values for the roots using a
graphing calculator. The following example illustrates this application.
EXAMPLE 6 Solve x3 5x2 11 0.
Solution
Can the expression be factored?
The only factors of 11 are 1 and 11, and none is a root of the equation.
Using a graphing calculator, graph f(x) x3 5x2 11. Using the ZDecimal
instruction in the ZOOM mode, note from the graph that there is a root slightly
to the left of 1.
t chnology
e
CALC
Press 2nd TRACE for the CALCULATE menu.
Select 2:zero and press ENTER .
Input 2 as the Left Bound.
Input 1 as the Right Bound.
Input 1 as the Guess.
The approximate root is 1.31935.
Referring back to the graph, you will notice that there is another root close to 2.
Use 1 and 3 as the left and right bounds and 2 as your guess.
The second root is approximately 1.87667.
Use a similar procedure for the other root between 4 and 5.
This third root is approximately 4.44268.
The roots of the equation are 1.3, 1.9, and 4.4, to one decimal place. Note that
this procedure will find approximate real roots but will not find the non-real roots
(if there are any) of a polynomial equation.
EXAMPLE 7 Solve: x4 24x2 25 0.
Solution
(x2 25)(x2 1) 0
x2 25 or x2 1
Then x 5 or x i.
Sometimes making a substitution assists in the solving of higher-order equations.
In Example 7, you could let y x2 to get the equation y2 24y 25. Solve for y
and then solve for x. In the next example, the substitution is more subtle.
48 CHAPTER 2
EXAMPLE 8 Solve (x2 5x 5)(x2 5x 3) 9.
Solution
Note the identical x2 5x in the two quadratic factors.
Let y x2 5x, so the equation becomes
(y5)(y3) 9
y2 2y 24 0
(y 6)(y 4) 0
y 6 or y 4.
Then x2 5x 6 or x2 5x 4
x2 5x 6 0 or x2 5x 4 0
(x 6)(x 1) 0 or (x 4)(x 1) 0
x 6 or –1 or 4 or 1.
Exercise 2.3
Part A
Communication 1. For the function f (x) x3 5x2 2x 8, explain how you determine which
integral values of x you would use to make f (x) 0.
2. Write a monic polynomial equation with roots 1, 2, and 4.
3. a. Find the family of cubic functions whose x-intercepts are 3, 0, and 2.
b. Find the particular member of the above family whose graph passes
5. a. Find the family of quartic functions whose x-intercepts are 2, 1, 1,
and 3.
6. Write a polynomial equation with integer coefficients that has the roots 1, 2,
and 35.
7. If 2 is a root of the equation 2x3 5kx2 7x 10 0, find the value of k.
Part B
Knowledge/ 8. Solve for x in each of the following, x C.
Understanding
a. x2 x 20 0 b. x2 2x 10 0
c. x(x 2)(x 5) 0 d. x (x2 4) 0
e. x3 x f. x4 1 0
g. x3 3x2 4x 0 h. 8x3 27 0
i. x3 3x2 4x 12 0 j. x3 9x2 26x 24
k. x3 3x 2 0 l. x3 2x2 15x 36 0
m. x3 8x 10 7x2 n. x3 3x2 16 6x
9. Solve for x in each of the following, x C.

a. 2x3 5x2 3x 4 0 b. 4x3 19x2 11x 4 0
c. 5x3 8x2 27x 18 0 d. 4x4 2x3 16x2 8x 0
e. x4 13x2 36 0 f. x4 7 6x2
g. 5(x 1)3 5 h. (x 1)(x 5)(x 3) 3
10. Solve for x in each of the following, x C.

a. x8 10x4 9 0 b. x6 7x3 8 0
2
c. (x2 x)2 8(x2 x) 12 0 d. x 1x 71
2
7
x 1x 10 0
e. (3x 5)(3x 1)2(3x 7) 68 0
f. (x2 6x 6)(x2 6x 8) 528
Application 11. A steel cube is uniformly coated with ice. The volume of ice is given by y
8x3 36x2 54x cm3, where x is the thickness of ice. Find the thickness of
the ice when its volume is 2170 cm3.
12. Find the approximate roots of the following equations, correct to three
decimal places, using a graphing calculator.
a. x2 7x 1 0 b. x3 2x2 8x 13 0
c. 2x3 6x2 4 0 d. 3x4 20x2 23 0
Application 13. The height, length, and width of a small box are consecutive integers with the
height being the smallest of the three dimensions. If the length and width are
increased by 1 cm each and the height is doubled, then the volume is increased
by 120 cm3. Find the dimensions of the original small box.
50 CHAPTER 2
Thinking/Inquiry/ 14. A silo has a cylindrical main section and a hemispherical roof. If the height of
Problem Solving the main section is 10 m, what should the radius be in order that the volume
of the silo (including the part inside the roof section) is 2000 m3? (You will
need to use your graphing calculator to find the approximate answer correct to
two decimal places.)
Part C
15. We start observing a rocket at time t 0, when it has a velocity of 4 km/s
(and its displacement is considered to be zero). Its acceleration is 2 km/s2, and
this acceleration is increasing at a rate of 0.6 km/s2. The displacement of the
rocket at time t (t 0) is represented by s 0.1t3 t2 4t. At what time
has the rocket travelled 25 km?
Section 2.4 — Properties of the Roots of Quadratic
Equations
Suppose you are asked to verify that 2 and 7 are the roots of the quadratic equa-
tion x2 9x 14 0. How would you do it? One way is to substitute each of
these values into the left side of the equation and show that the resulting value is
zero (the value of the right side). That will certainly work, but is there any other
way?
Suppose you are asked to find the quadratic equation whose roots are each five
more than the roots of the equation 2x2 17x 2 0. How could you do that?
One way would be to first solve this equation and find its roots. (In this particular
17273

case, the roots are not very pretty. They are 4
.) Then you would add 5 to
37273

each of these numbers (giving you 4
, which one still wouldn’t describe as
pretty) to get the roots of the required new equation. Then you could write the
37 273
new equation as x 4

x 37 273
4

= 0, and finally you could
multiply this out and simplify the result, ending with 2x2 37x 137 0. But
here’s the good news: there is another way to handle problems such as these,
because the roots of a quadratic equation ax2 bx c 0 are related to the
coefficients a, b, and c. The investigation below helps us to identify the relation-
ships.
INVESTIGATION For each equation, complete the table, then answer the questions below.
Equation a b c Roots Sum of Roots Product of Roots
x2 5x 6 0 1 5 6
x2 3x 28 0 1 3 28
3x2 19x 6 0 3 19 6
x2 4x 1 0 1 4 1
2x2 17x 2 0 2 17 2
5x2 x20 5 1 2
1. State a relationship between the sum of the roots of a quadratic equation and
the coefficients of the equation.
2. State a relationship between the product of the roots of a quadratic equation
and the coefficients of the equation.
The results you have noted are easy to prove in general. The quadratic equation
b
b2 4ac
b
b24ac
ax2 bx c 0 has roots x1 2a and x2 2a .
52 CHAPTER 2
b
b2 4ac
b
b2 4ac

x1 x2 2a
2a
2b
b2 4ac

b2 4ac

2a
ba
b
b 4ac
b
b 4ac
and x1x2

2 2
2a 2a
b (b 4ac)
2 2

4a2
4ac

4a2
ac
Also, if x1 and x2 are the roots of ax2 bx c 0, then this equation can be
written as (x x1)(x x2) 0, which, when simplified, becomes
x2 (x1 x2)x x1x2 0. However, ax2 bx c 0 can also be written as
x2 bax ac 0.
Then x2 (x1 x2)x x1x2 x2 bax ac, and we can conclude that
(x1 x2) ba or (x1 x2)ba and x1x2 ac.
The sum of the roots of ax2 bx c 0 is ba.

The product of the roots of ax2 bx c 0 is ac and
any quadratic equation can be written as
x2 (sum of the roots)x (product of the roots) 0.
EXAMPLE 1 Find the sum and product of the roots of 3x2 5x 8 0.
Solution
In this case, a 3, b 5, and c 8.
Therefore, the sum of the roots is ba 53, and the product of the roots is
c 8
.
a 3
EXAMPLE 2 Find the quadratic equation whose roots are 12 and 2.
Solution
The sum of the roots is 12 2 52 and the product of the roots is 12(2) 1.
The quadratic equation is x2 (sum of the roots) x (product of the roots) 0.
Therefore, the equation is x2 52x 1 0 or 2x2 5x 2 0. It is customary
to express the equation with integral coefficients.
2 . 4 P R O P E RT I E S O F T H E R O OT S O F Q UA D R AT I C E Q UAT I O N S 53
EXAMPLE 3 If 4 is one root of the equation x2 kx 24 0, determine the value of k.
Solution 1
Since 4 is a root, substitute x 4.
42 4k 24 0
16 4k 24 0
4k 8
k2
Solution 2
Let h represent the second root. The product of the roots is 4h.
Then 4h ac 24
so h 6,
and the sum of the roots is 6 4 ba k.
Therefore, k 2.
EXAMPLE 4 Find the equation whose roots are each three more than the roots of
x2 7x 2 0.
Solution
Let x1 and x2 represent the roots of the given equation.
Then x1 x2 7 and x1x2 2.
The roots of the required equation will be (x1 3) and (x2 3).
For the new equation, the sum of the roots is (x1 3) (x2 3) (x1 x2) 6
7 6
1
and the product of the roots is (x1 3)(x2 3) x1x2 3x1 3x2 9
x1x2 3(x1 x2) 9
2 3(7) 9
10.
Therefore, the required equation is x2 (1)x (10) 0 or x2 x 10 0.
EXAMPLE 5 Find the equation whose roots are the squares of the roots of 3x2 9x 4 0.
Solution
Let x1 and x2 represent the roots of the given equation.
Then x1 x2 3 and x1x2 43.
The roots of the required equation are x12 and x22.
The sum of these roots is (x12 x22) (x12 2x1x2 x22) 2x1x2
(x1 x2)2 2x1x2
(3)2 243
54 CHAPTER 2
9 83
139
and the product of these roots is (x12)(x22) (x1x2)2
2
43
196.
The required equation is x2 139x 196 0 or 9x2 57x 16 0.
Exercise 2.4
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. State the sum and product of the roots of the following equations:
Understanding
a. x2 5x 11 0 b. 2x2 5x 9 0 c. 3x2 7x 8 0
Application 2. Find a quadratic equation (with integral coefficients) whose roots have the
given sum and product.
a. sum is 3; product is 7 b. sum is 6; product is 4
c. sum is 15; product is 22
5
d. sum is 11
3
2
; product is 14
e. sum is 11; product is 23
Knowledge/ 3. Find a quadratic equation (with integral coefficients) having the given roots:
Understanding
a. 3, 7 b. 5, 8 c. 3, 13 d. 12, 34
e. 45, 23
5
f. 2i, 2i
Communication 4. If 5 is one root of the equation 2x2 kx 20 0, explain two methods that
you would use to find the value of k. Determine k.
Part B
5. If 7 is one root of the equation x2 x 2k 0, determine the other root
and the value of k.
6. Find the equation whose roots are each six more than the roots of
x2 8x 1 0.
7. Find the equation whose roots are each five more than the roots of
2x2 17x 2 0.
2 . 4 P R O P E RT I E S O F T H E R O OT S O F Q UA D R AT I C E Q UAT I O N S 55
Application 8. Find the equation whose roots are each three times the roots of
3x2 7x 3 0.
9. Find the equation whose roots are the squares of the roots of
4x2 9x 2 0.
10. Find the equation whose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of
5x2 10x 1 0.
11. Find the equation whose roots are the squares of the reciprocals of the roots
of x2 6x 2 0.
12. Find the equation whose roots are the cubes of the roots of 2x2 4x 1 0.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 13. A cubic equation may be expressed as ax3 bx2 cx d 0 or as
Problem Solving (x x1)(x x2)(x x3) 0 where x1, x2, and x3 are the roots of the
equation. Use this fact to find the values of (x1 x2 x3),
(x1x2 x1x3 x2x3), and (x1x2x3) in terms of a, b, c, and d.
14. Using the result of Question 13, find a cubic equation (with integral
coefficients) whose roots are 12, 2, and 4.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. Find the equation whose roots are each two more than the roots of
Problem Solving x3 4x2 3x 2 0.
16. Using the method employed in Question 13, find the relationship between the
coefficients in a quartic equation and the roots of that equation.
56 CHAPTER 2
Section 2.5 — Solving Polynomial Inequalities
When the equal sign in an equation is replaced by any of , , , or , the

equation becomes an inequality. You already know that linear inequalities can be
easily solved algebraically. Quadratic and especially cubic or quartic inequalities
are more easily solved with the help of a sketch or graph.
EXAMPLE 1 Solve x2 x 6 0.
Solution
t chnology Consider the graph of y x2 x 6
e
(x 3)(x 2).
The values of x that satisfy the inequality
x2 x 6 0 are the same values for which
the graph of y x2 x 6 is below the
x-axis. From the graph, x2 x 6 0
for –2 x 3.
EXAMPLE 2 Solve x3 5x2 2x 8 0.
Solution
t chnology We first graph y f (x) x3 5x2 2x 8.
e
From the graph it appears that

x3 5x2 2x 8 0 if x 1, 2, or 4.
Since f (1) f (2) f (4) 0, the
x-intercepts are 1, 2, and 4. The solution to
the inequality x3 5x2 2x 8 0 is the
set of values of x for which the graph of
y f (x) is on or above the x-axis.
The solution is –1 x 2 or x 4.
EXAMPLE 3 Solve 2x3 3x2 9x 5 0.
Solution
t chnology The solution to the inequality is the set of
e
values for which the graph of

f (x) 2x3 3x2 9x 5 is below the x-axis.
Using the graph and the TRACE function,
it appears that the x-intercepts are
approximately 1.8, 0.5, and 2.8.
2 . 5 S O LV I N G P O LY N O M I A L I N E Q UA L I T I E S 57
If q is a divisor of 2 and p is a divisor of 5, possible values of x are 12 and 52.
Use 1:value in the CALCULATE menu or substitution to obtain f 52 5
and f 12 0.
x2 x 5

Since f 12 0, 2x 1 is a factor. 2x
12x
3 x
32x
95
Then 2x3 3x2 9x 5 0 2x3 x2
(2x 1)(x2 x 5) 0 2x2 9x
2x2 x
121

x 12
or x 2
. 10x 5
Now, from the graph, 2x3 3x2 9x 5 0 10x 5
1 21
1 21
0
for x 2
or 12 x 2
.
If approximate answers are sufficient, then we can make conclusions without hav-
ing to solve the equation completely. In the above example, using only the TRACE
function, we might, depending on the given conditions, be satisfied with the solu-
tion x 1.8, or 0.5 x 2.8. In some situations an approximation is the best
we can hope to achieve.
EXAMPLE 4 Solve x4 3x3 7x2 16x 12 0.
Solution
t chnology The graph of f(x) x4 3x3 7x2 16x 12
e
is shown. From the graph, there are no

integer roots for the equation f(x) 0. This
means that there are no simple factors of the
expression and, in fact, it does not factor at all.
The best we can do is to approximate the
intercepts using the TRACE function. Then,
to one decimal place accuracy,
x4 3x3 7x2 16x 12 0
for x 2.2, or 0.6 x 2.5, or x 3.3.
58 CHAPTER 2
Exercise 2.5
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. Use the graphs of the following functions to state when
Understanding
(i) f (x) 0 (ii) f (x) 0
a. b. c.
y y y
y = f(x)
y = f(x)
y = f(x)
x x x
–3 0 4 –2 01 4 –3 0 2 4
Part B
2. Solve each of the following, x R.
a. x(x 2) 0 b. (x 3)(x 1) 0
c. x2 7x 10 0 d. 2x2 5x 3 0
e. x2 4x 4 0 f. x3 9x 0
g. x3 5x2 x 5 h. 2x3 x2 5x 2 0
i. x3 10x 2 0 j. x2 1 0
t chnology 3. The viscosity, v, of oil used in cars is related to its temperature, t, by the for-
e
mula v t 3 9t2 27t 21, where each unit of t is equivalent to 50°C.

a. Graph the function of v t3 9t2 27t 21 on your graphing
calculator.
b. Determine the value of t for v 0, correct to two decimal places.
c. Determine the value of t for v 20, correct to two decimal places.
Application 4. A projectile is shot upwards with an initial velocity of 30 m/s. Its height at
time t is given by h 30t 4.9t2. During what period of time is the projec-
tile more than 40 m above the ground? Write your answer correct to two
decimal places.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 5. A rectangular solid is to be constructed with a special kind of wire along all
Problem Solving the edges. The length of the base is to be twice the width of the base. The
height of the rectangular solid is such that the total amount of wire used (for
the whole figure) is 40 cm. Find the range of possible values for the width of
the base so that the volume of the figure will lie between 2 cm3 and 4 cm3.
Write your answer correct to two decimal places.
2 . 5 S O LV I N G P O LY N O M I A L I N E Q UA L I T I E S 59
Section 2.6 — Absolute Value Functions
In manufacturing, quality control is very important. If the piston in an engine is

too large, it will bind, and if it is too small, it will not work efficiently. The manu-
facturer might decide that a piston of radius 4 cm must not deviate more than
0.001 cm at this radius.
The margin of error, e, can be written as the inequality 0.001 e 0.001. This
inequality can be written by the absolute value statement e 0.001 and read as
“the absolute value of e is less than or equal to 0.001.”
A real number can be represented by a position on the number line. The absolute
value of such a number is the positive distance between the origin and the num-
ber. For example, 4 4, 3 3, 0 0, and so on.
When numbers are represented as points on a number line, x is the distance
(undirected) from x to 0 (the origin). So x 4 means that x is a number four
units distant from zero. If x 4, x is either 4 or 4.
x 4
4 units 4 units
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
EXAMPLE 1 Evaluate 5 9 35 12.
Solution
5 9 35 12 5 9 37
5937
17
EXAMPLE 2 Solve for x if x 7 3.
Solution
Since x 7 is three units from the origin, x 7 3 or x 7 3.
Therefore, x 10 or x 4.
EXAMPLE 3 Solve x 3.
60 CHAPTER 2
Solution
Using the geometric definition of absolute value, this statement says that x is less
than three units away from the origin. If we look at the real number line, this
means that x must lie in the interval between 3 and 3.
x x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Therefore, the values of x satisfying x 3 are –3 x 3, x R.
EXAMPLE 4 Solve x 3 5.
Solution
Using the geometric definition of absolute value, this statement says that x 3 is
more than five units away from the origin. Looking at the real number line, this
means that x 3 must lie in the interval to the right of 5 or in the interval to the
left of 5.
x–3 x–3
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Therefore, x 3 5 or x 3 5.
Solving these inequalities for x gives us x 8 or x 2.
We now summarize the preceding discussion by giving the definition of the
absolute value of any real number.
The Absolute Value of x, x R, is
x
{
x, if x 0.
x, if x 0.
EXAMPLE 5 Graph the absolute value function f(x) x, x R.
Solution
The graph of f(x) x is shown at the right
as it would appear on a graphing calculator
or a computer.
t chnology To graph f(x) x on your calculator, first
e
select Y = and then MATH .

In the MATH menu, move the cursor to
NUM and select 1:abs(, the absolute value
function.
Select ENTER to return to the y1 screen.
2 . 6 A B S O L U T E VA L U E F U N C T I O N S 61
Enter y1 abs(x) and press GRAPH .
You might also use the following method to graph f(x) x.
If x 0, x x and the graph is the line y x.
If x 0, x x and the graph is the line y x.
Another way of graphing f(x) x is to graph f(x) x,
then reflect the portion of the graph below the x-axis in the f(x)
x-axis, as illustrated, to obtain the required graph.
1
f(x) = x x
The definition of absolute value extends to
1
functions, and the algebraic definition can be used in
obtaining the graphs of such functions.
For a given function f(x),
f(x)
{
f(x), if f(x) 0.
f(x), if f(x) 0.
This means that in order to obtain the graph of y f(x), we can sketch the
graph y f(x) and reflect the portion(s) of the graph that are below the x-axis.
EXAMPLE 6 Graph y 2x 1, x R.
Solution
To graph y 2x 1, first graph y 2x 1. The y
portion of the graph below the x-axis is reflected in
the x-axis as illustrated, to obtain the required graph. y = 2x + 1
The graph y 2x 1 is shown. 1
x
Note that if x 1, y 3, and if x 2, y 3. 1
The graph of y 2x 1 contains the line
y 2x 1 for x 12, x R, and the line
y 2x 1 for x 12.
62 CHAPTER 2
EXAMPLE 7 Graph y x2 4, x R. y
y = x2 – 4
Solution
First graph the parabola y x2 4. Then reflect x
the portion of the graph that is below the x-axis in
the x-axis, as illustrated, to obtain the required graph.
Exercise 2.6
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. Evaluate each of the following:
Understanding
a. 3 7 b. 4 15
c. 3 5 3 9 d. 9 35337 12
2. Graph each of the following on the number line, for x R. Rewrite each
statement without the absolute value bars.
a. x 2 b. x 3 c. x 4 d. x 2
Application 3. Graph each of the following absolute value functions, x R.

a. f(x) x 3 b. g(x) x 5 c. h(x) 2x 5
d. m(x) 3x 6 e. f(x) 4 3x f. g(x) 1 2x
4. Graph each of the following absolute value functions, x R.

a. y x2 4 b. y x2 1 c. y x2 2x
d. y x2 4x e. y x3 1 f. y x3
Part B
Communication 5. In your notebook, describe how you would sketch the graph of the absolute
value of a function.
6. Graph each of the following functions:

a. y x2 x 6
b. y 2x2 4x 3
c. y x3 x
2 . 6 A B S O L U T E VA L U E F U N C T I O N S 63
7. Solve for x, x R.
a. 2x 1 7 b. 3x 2 6 c. x 3 9
d. x 4 5 e. 2x 3 4 f. x 5
Part C
t chnology 8. Use your graphing calculator to solve for x, x R.
e
a. x 3x 4 b. x 5 4x 1
c. 4x 8 2x d. x 1 x
e. 2x 4 12x f. 3x 1 53x 1 16
g. x 2 x 6 h. x 4 x 1 3
x x
Thinking/Inquiry/ 9. For which non-zero real numbers, x, is x
a positive integer?
Problem Solving
x x
10. Graph f(x) x
for x R.
64 CHAPTER 2
Key Concepts Review
Now that you have completed this chapter, you should be familiar with the fol-
lowing key concepts:
The Factor Theorem

• (x p) is a factor of f(x) if and only if f(p) 0.
Factor Theorem Extended

• A function f(x) anxn an1xn1 … a0 has a factor (qx p) if
f pq 0, where q divides an and p divides a0.
Solving Equations
• using grouping, using the Factor Theorem, using the graphing calculator and
the Factor Theorem
• finding approximate roots using the graphing calculator
• finding the family of polynomial functions given the x-intercepts of the graph
Properties of the Roots of a Quadratic Equation

• sum of the roots ba
• product of the roots ac
Solving Polynomial Inequalities

• consider when the graph of the polynomial function is above and below the
x-axis
Absolute Value
• x
{ x, if x 0
x, if x 0
• graphs of y f (x) lie entirely above (or on) the x-axis
KEY CONCEPTS REVIEW 65

wrap-up
C H A P T E R 2 : R E S E A R C H I N G D O S E – R E S P O N S E R E L AT I O N S H I P S
In this task, you will utilize the mathematical model used in the Career Link for
predicting the side-effect response to medication.
The model states
R(t) 5t4 4t3 14t 32t

9 2
where [R(t)] is the temperature in degrees Celsius above or below the normal
body temperature of 36.9°C caused by an experimental drug t hours after it was
administered. Remember that due to the stress of temperature change on the
body, a second drug is administered at the moment the patient’s temperature
starts to exceed 36.9°C. Complete the following questions:
a) Apply the Factor Theorem and the quadratic formula to determine the times
when the patient’s temperature is at the normal body temperature.
b) Predict when the second drug will be administered by applying your
knowledge of solving polynomial inequalities.
c) The company has stated the maximum deviation, above or below normal
body temperature, is 2.5°C. Express this statement in algebraic form using
absolute-value notation and explaining your work. Describe how you would
solve this on the graphing calculator. ●
66 CHAPTER 2
Review Exercise
1. a. If f(3) 0, state a factor of f (x).

b. If f 23 0, find a factor of f (x), with integral coefficients.
3. a. Determine if x 2 is a factor of x5 4x3 x2 3.

b. Determine if x 3 is a factor of x3 x2 11x 3.
4. Use the Factor Theorem to factor x3 6x2 6x 5.
5. a. If x 1 is a factor of x3 3x2 4kx 1, what is the value of k?

b. If x 3 is a factor of kx3 4x2 2kx 1, what is the value of k?

a. x3 2x2 2x 1 b. x3 6x2 11x 6
c. 8x3 27y3 d. 3(x 2w)3 3p3r3
7. Use the Factor Theorem to prove that x2 4x 3 is a factor of

x5 5x4 7x3 2x2 4x 3.
8. Use your graphing calculator to factor each of the following:

a. 2x3 5x2 5x 3 b. 9x3 3x2 17x 5
9. If f (x) 5x4 2x3 7x2 4x 8,

a. is it possible that f 54 0? b. is it possible that f 45 0?
10. Factor fully:

a. 3x3 4x2 4x 1 b. 2x3 x2 13x 5
c. 30x3 31x2 10x 1
11. Solve for x, x C.

a. x2 3x 10 0 b. x3 25x 0
c. x3 8 0 d. x3 x2 9x 9 0
e. x4 12x2 64 0 f. x3 4x2 3 0
REVIEW EXERCISE 67
g. x3 3x2 3x 2 0 h. x6 26x3 27 0
i. (x2 2x)2 (x2 2x) 12 0
t chnology 12. Use your graphing calculator to find the approximate roots of the following
e
equations (correct to three decimal places):

a. x2 2 b. x2 10x 2 0
c. x3 x2 4x 1 0 d. 2x3 x2 2 0
e. x410x2150 f. x6 11x5 x2 1 0
13. If 2 is one root of x2 kx 6 0, find the other root and the value of k.
14. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of
2x2 5x 1 0.
15. a. State the sum and product of the roots of 2x2 x 4 0.

b. Find a quadratic equation (with integral coefficients) whose roots have a
sum of 11
5
and a product of 12
5
.
c. Find a quadratic equation (with integral coefficients) whose roots are
3 2i and 3 2i.
d. If 2 is one root of the equation 3x2 4kx 4 0, find the other root and
the value of k.
e. Find an equation whose roots are each three less than the roots of
x2 5x 2 0.
f. Find an equation whose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of
2x2 x 4 0.

a. (x 2)(x 4) 0 b. x2 x 2 0 c. x3 3x 0
d. x3 2x2 x 20 e. x4 0 f. x4 5x2 2 0
g. x6 8x4 2 0 h. x9 2x7 1 0

a. 3x 1 11 b. x 1 3 c. 2x 3 5
18. Identical squares are cut from each corner of a rectan- 8 cm

gular sheet of tin 8 cm 6 cm. The sides are bent x x
upward to form an open box. If the volume of the box x x
x x 6 cm
is 16 cm3, what is the length of each side of the
squares cut from the original sheet? x x
68 CHAPTER 2
Chapter 2 Test

Knowledge/Understanding 1, 2, 3, 4, 7
Communication 6
Application 5, 9
1. Without using long division, determine if (x 3) is a factor of

x3 5x2 9x 3.

a. x3 3x2 2x 2
b. 2x3 7x2 9
c. x4 2x3 2x 1
3. Use your graphing calculator to factor 3x3 4x2 2x 4.
4. Solve for x, x C.
a. 2x3 54 0 b. x3 4x2 6x 3 0
c. 2x3 7x2 3x 0 d. x4 5x2 4 0
5. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are each three greater than the roots
of x2 2x 5 0.
6. The Math Wizard states that the x-intercepts of the graph of

f (x) x3 9x2 26x 24 cannot be positive. Is the Math Wizard correct?
Explain.
a. (x 3)(x 2)2 0 b. x3 4x 0 c. 2x 5 9
CHAPTER 2 TEST 69
8. What can you deduce about the zeros, the leading coefficient, and the least
degree of the polynomial functions represented by the following graphs?
a. b. c.
y y y
x x x
9. The free end of a diving board dips C centimetres when a diver of x kilograms
stands on it. The relation is C 0.0002x3 0.005x2 0.5x.
a. Calculate the amount of dip when a 95 kg diver stands on the board.
Give your answer to the nearest tenth of a centimetre.
b. Calculate the mass of a diver, correct to one decimal place, if the diving
board dips 40 cm.
70 CHAPTER 2
Chapter 3
INTRODUCTION TO CALCULUS
As a child, you learned how to communicate • understand the slope of the tangent to a curve,
through words. You saw the cookie in the jar, Section 3.1
pointed, and said, “Cookie!” Gradually, you learned
to compose these words into sentences to more
• pose problems and formulate hypotheses
regarding rates of change, Section 3.2,
clearly communicate your meaning. As you got
Career Link
older, you studied the rules of grammar, and you
learned that there was a correct way to form these • calculate and interpret average rates of change,
sentences, with rules to follow. Section 3.2
Calculus developed in a very similar way: Sir Isaac • estimate and interpret instantaneous rates of
Newton and Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibniz change, Section 3.2
independently organized an assortment of ideas • explain the difference between average and
and methods that were circulating among the instantaneous rates of change, Section 3.2
mathematicians of their time. As a tool in the • understand the slope of a secant on a curve and
service of science, calculus served its purpose very the slope of the tangent to a curve,
well, but it took over two centuries for Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4
mathematicians to identify and agree on its
underlying principles—its grammar. In this chapter, • make inferences from models of applications
and compare the inferences with the original
you will see some of the ideas that were brought
hypotheses regarding the rates of change,
together to form the underlying principles of
Section 3.2
calculus.
• understand the instantaneous rate of change of
CHAPTER EXPECTATIONS In this chapter, you will a function, Section 3.3, 3.4
• determine the equation of the tangent to a • determine properties of the graphs of
graph, Section 3.1 polynomial functions, Section 3.5
• identify discontinuous functions, Section 3.5
Before beginning this Introduction to Calculus chapter, you may wish to review
the following concepts from previous courses and chapters:
• Determining the slope of a line
• Determining the equation of a line
• Using function notation for substituting into and evaluating functions
• Simplifying a radical expression with a monomial or a binomial radical in the
denominator
• Factoring expressions
• Finding the domain of functions
Exercise
1. Determine the slope of the line passing through each of the following pairs of
points:
a. (2, 5) and (6, 7) b. (3, 4) and (1, 4)
c. (6, 1) and (5, 11) d. (0, 10) and (10, 0)
e. (3, 6) and (3, 2) f. (3, 6) and (6, 0)
g. though the origin and (1, 4) h. though the origin and (1, 4)
i. (0, 1) and (6, 6) j. (2, 4) and (6, 8)
k. (2.1, 4.41) and (2, 4) l. 34, 14 and 74, 34
2. Find the equation of a line determined by the given information.
a. slope 4, y-intercept 2 b. slope 2, y-intercept 5
c. slope 0, y-intercept 5 d. slope 23, y-intercept 4
e. through (1, 6) and (4, 12) f. through (2, 4) and (6, 8)
g. through (0, 2) and (1, 4) h. through the origin and (1, 4)
i. slope 7, through (4, 1) j. slope 3, through (1, 3)
k. vertical, through (3, 5) l. horizontal, through (3, 5)
3. The domain of a function f is the set of all numbers x, and its values are given
x
by f(x) . Find each of the following values:
2 x 4
a. f(10) b. f(3) c. f(0) d. f(10)
72 CHAPTER 3
4. A function f is defined for all x, and its values are given by
f(x) { 3 x, if x 0.

3 x, if x 0.

Compute each of the following:
a. f(33) b. f(0) c. f(78)

1
, if 3 t 0.
t
5. A function s is defined for t 3 by s(t) 5, if t 0.
Find each of the following: t3, if t 0.

a. s(2) b. s(1) c. s(0) d. s(1) e. s(100)
6. Rationalize each denominator.

5 6 2
4
2 3
a. b. c.
2
3
3

1 5 23

d. e. f.
3
3 74
32

53
32
2 5

g. h. i.
4
23 5
23 1
2 5
7. Rationalize each numerator.
2
3
4
7
a. b. c.
5 6 2
5
5
2 3 7
3 7
23
d. e. f.
32
4 5
a. x2 4 b. x3 x c. x2 x 6
d. 2x2 7x 6 e. x3 2x2 x f. x3 8
g. 27x3 64 h. x3 2x2 3x 6 i. 2x3 x2 7x 6
9. What is the domain of each of the following?

a. 3x 2y 7 0 b. y x2 c. y
x5
3
d. y x3 e. y
x1
f. y 4x 5
x2 4 4
g. y
x97 h. y
x
i. y
5x
7 6x
j. y
x2 3x 4
k. y
2x2 5x 3
(x 3)(x 4)
l. y
(x 2)(x 1)(x 5)

investigate
C H A P T E R 3 : A S S E S S I N G AT H L E T I C P E R F O R M A N C E
Differential calculus is fundamentally about the idea of instantaneous rate of
change. A rate of change familiar to us is “heart rate.” Elite athletes are keenly
interested in the analysis of heart rates. Obviously, sporting performance is
enhanced when an athlete is able to increase his or her heart rate at a slower
pace (i.e., get tired less quickly). Heart rate is the rate of change of the number of
heartbeats with respect to time. A heart rate is given for an instant in time. In
calculus terminology, heart rate at an instant in time is known as the
instantaneous rate of change of the number of heartbeats with respect to time.
When a nurse or doctor counts our heartbeats then divides by the time elapsed,
they are not determining the instantaneous rate of change but instead are
calculating the average heart rate over a period of time (usually ten seconds). In
this chapter, the idea of the derivative will be developed, progressing from the
average rate of change being calculated over a smaller and smaller interval until a
limiting value is reached at the instantaneous rate of change.
Case Study—Assessing Elite Athlete Performance

The table below shows the number of heartbeats of an athlete who
is undergoing a cardio-vascular fitness test. Complete the discussion
questions to determine if this athlete is under his or her maximum
desired heart rate of 65 beats per minute at precisely 30 seconds.
1. Graph the number of heartbeats versus time (in minutes) on
graph paper, joining the points to make a smooth curve. Draw a
second relationship on the same set of axes showing the resting
heart rate of 50 beats per minute. Use the slopes of the two
relationships graphed to explain why the test results indicate that
the person must be exercising.
2. Discuss how the average heart rate between two points in time
could be calculated on this graph. Explain your reasoning.
3. Calculate the athlete’s average heart rate at t = 30 s over the
intervals of [0 s, 60 s], [10 s, 50 s] and [20 s, 40 s]. Show the
Time Number of
progression of these average speed calculations on the graph as
(in seconds) Heartbeats
a series of secants.
10, 0.17 9
4. Use the progression of your average heart rate secants to make
20, 0.33 19
a graphical prediction of the instantaneous heart rate at t 30 s.
30, 0.50 31 Is the athlete’s heart rate less than 65 beats per minute at
40, 0.67 44 precisely t 30 s? Use this method to determine the heart rate
50, 0.83 59 after exactly 60 s. ●
60, 1.00 75
74 CHAPTER 3
What Is Calculus?
Two simple geometric problems originally led to the development of what is now
called calculus. Both problems can be stated in terms of the graph of a function
y f(x).
y
Slope = ?
• The problem of tangents: What is the
value of the slope of the tangent to the P y = f(x)
graph of a function at a given point P?
• The problem of areas: What is the area

under a graph of a function y f(x) Area = ?
between x a and x b? x
0 a b
Interest in the problem of tangents and the problem of areas dates back to scien-
tists such as Archimedes of Syracuse (287–212 B.C.), who used his vast ingenuity
to solve special cases of these problems. Further progress was made in the seven-
teenth century, most notably by Pierre de Fermat (1601–1665) and by Isaac
Barrow (1630–1677), Isaac Newton’s professor at the University of Cambridge,
England. Professor Barrow recognized that there was a close connection between
the problem of tangents and the problem of areas. However, it took the genius of
both Sir Isaac Newton (1642–1727) and Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibniz
(1646–1716) to show the way to handle both problems. Using the analytic geome-
try of René Descartes (1596–1650), Newton and Leibniz showed independently
how these two problems could be solved by means of new operations on func-
tions, called differentiation and integration. Their discovery is considered to be
one of the major advances in the history of mathematics. Further research by
mathematicians from many countries using these operations has created a problem-
solving tool of immense power and versatility, which is known as calculus. It is a
powerful branch of mathematics, used in applied mathematics, science, engineer-
ing, and economics.
We begin our study of calculus by discussing the meaning of a tangent and the
related idea of rate of change. This leads us to the study of limits and, at the end
of the chapter, to the concept of the derivative of a function.
W H AT I S C A L C U L U S ? 75
Section 3.1 — The Slope of a Tangent
You are familiar with the concept of a tangent to a curve. What geometric
interpretation can be given to a tangent to the graph of a function at a point P? A
tangent is the straight line that most resembles the graph near that point. Its slope
tells how steep the graph is at the point of tangency. In the figure, four tangents
have been drawn.
T2
T1
T3 y = f(x)
T4
The goal of this section is to develop a method for determining the slope of a tan-
gent at a given point on a curve. We begin with a brief review of slopes and lines.
Slopes and Lines

The slope m of the line joining points P1(x1, y1) and y
P2(x2, y2) is defined as P 2 (x 2 ,y 2 ) l
∆y y y
m ∆
x
2
1 .
x x y
2 1
The equation of the line l in slope-point form is P 1 (x 1 ,y 1)
yy x
1 m or y y1 m(x x1),
x x1 x
and in slope y-intercept form is y mx b, where b is
the y-intercept of the line.
To find the equation of a tangent to a curve at a given point, we first need to know
the slope of the tangent. What can we do when we only have one point? We pro-
ceed as follows:
Consider a curve y f(x) and a point P that lies on the y
Q Q
Q
curve. Now consider another point Q on the curve. The Tangent
line joining P and Q is called a secant. Think of Q as a at P
moving point that slides along the curve towards P, so secant

that the slope of the secant PQ becomes a progressive- P
ly better estimate of the slope of the tangent at P. y = f(x) x
This suggests the following definition of the slope of 0
the tangent:
76 CHAPTER 3
The slope of the tangent to a curve at a point P is the limiting slope of the
secant PQ as the point Q slides along the curve towards P. In other words,
the slope of the tangent is said to be the limit of the slope of the secant as Q
approaches P along the curve.
We will illustrate this idea by finding the slope of the tangent to the parabola
y x2 at P(3, 9).
INVESTIGATION 1 1. Find the y-coordinates of the following points that lie on the graph of the
parabola y x2.
a. Q1(3.5, ) b. Q2(3.1, ) c. Q3(3.01, ) d. Q4(3.001, )
2. Find the slopes of the secants through P(3, 9) and each of the points Q1, Q2,
Q3, and Q4.
3. Find the y-coordinates of each point on the parabola and then repeat step 2
using the points.
a. Q5(2.5, ) b. Q6(2.9, ) c. Q7(2.99, ) d. Q8(2.999, )
4. Use your results from steps 2 and 3 to estimate the slope of the tangent at point
P(3, 9).
5. Graph y x2 and the tangent to the graph at point P(3, 9).
In this investigation, you found the slope of the tangent by finding the limiting
value of the slopes of a sequence of secants. Since we are interested in points Q
that are close to P(3, 9) on the parabola y x2, it is convenient to write Q as
(3 h, (3 h)2), where h is a very small non-zero number. The variable h deter-
mines the position of Q on the parabola. As Q slides along the parabola towards
P, h will take on values successively smaller and closer to zero. We say that “h
approaches zero” and use the notation “h → 0.”
INVESTIGATION 2 1. Using technology or graph paper, draw the parabola f(x) x2.
2. Let P be the point (1, 1).
t chnology 3. Find the slope of the secant through Q1 and P(1, 1), Q2 and P(1, 1), and so on,
e
APPENDIX P. 440
for points Q1(1.5, f(1.5)), Q2(1.1, f(1.1)), Q3(1.01, f(1.01)),
Q4(1.001, f(1.001)), and Q5(1.0001, f(1.0001)).
4. Graph these secants on the same utility you used in step 1.
3 . 1 T H E S L O P E O F A TA N G E N T 77
5. Use your results to estimate the slope of the tangent to the graph of f at point P.
6. Draw the tangent at point P(1, 1).
INVESTIGATION 3 1. Find the slope of the secant PQ through points P(3, 9) and
Q(3 h, (3 h)2), h 0.
2. Explain how you could predict the slope of the tangent at point P(3, 9) to the
parabola f (x) x2.
The slope of the tangent to the parabola at point P is the limiting slope of the
secant line PQ as point Q slides along the parabola; that is, as h→0. We write
“lim ” as the abbreviation for “limiting value as h approaches 0.”
h→0
Therefore, from the investigation, the slope of the tangent at a point P is
lim (slope of the secant PQ).
h→0
EXAMPLE 1 Find the slope of the tangent to the graph of the parabola f(x) x2 at P(3, 9).
Solution
Using points P(3, 9) and Q(3 h, (3 h)2), h 0, the slope of the secant PQ is
∆y y2 y1

∆x x2 x1
(3 h) 9
2
3h3

9 6h h 9
2

h
h(6 h)

h
(6 h)
As h → 0, the value of (6 h) approaches 6 and thus lim (6 h) 6.
h→0
We conclude the slope of the tangent at P(3, 9) to the parabola y x2 is 6.
EXAMPLE 2 a. Use your calculator to graph the parabola y 18(x 1)(x 7) and plot the
points on the parabola from x 1 to x 6, where x is an integer.
t chnology b. Determine the slope of the secants using each point from part a and point
e
P(5, 1.5).
c. Use the result of part b to estimate the slope of the tangent at P(5, 1.5).
78 CHAPTER 3
Solution
a. Using the x-intercepts of 1 and 7, the equation of the axis of symmetry is
1 7
x 2
3, so the x-coordinate of the vertex is 3. Substitute x 3 into
y 18(x 1)(x 7) and we get y 18 (3 1)(3 7) 2.

Therefore, the vertex is (3, 2).
The y-intercept of the parabola is 78.
The points on the parabola are (1, 0), (0, 0.875), (1, 1.5), (2, 1.875), (3, 2),
(4, 1.875), (5, 1.5), and (6, 0.875).
Using graphing software, the parabola and the secants through each point and
point P(5, 1.5) are shown.
6 y
x
–8 –6 –4 –2 2 4 6 8
–2
1.5 0
b. Using points (1, 0) and P(5, 1.5), the slope is m 0.25.
5 (1)
Similarly, using the other points and P(5, 1.5), the slopes are 0.125, 0, 0.125,
0.25, 0.375, 0, and 0.625, respectively.
c. The slope of the tangent at P(5, 1.5) is between 0.375 and 0.625. It can be
determined to be 0.5 using additional points closer and closer to P(5, 1.5) for
values of x between 4 and 6.
The Slope of a Tangent at an Arbitrary Point

We can now generalize the method used
y
above to derive a formula for the slope
Q
of the tangent to the graph of any (a + h, f(a + h))
function y f(x). Tangent
y = f (x)
at P
Let P(a, f(a)) be a fixed point on the graph
of y f (x) and let Q(x, y) Q(x, f(x))
represent any other point on the graph. P(a, f(a))
If Q is a horizontal distance of h units
from P, then x a h and y f (a h). x
Point Q then has coordinates 0 h
Q(a h, f (a h)). The slope of the
secant PQ is
∆y f(a h) f (a) f(a h) f(a)
.
∆x aha h
This quotient is fundamental to calculus and is referred to as the difference
quotient. Therefore, the slope m of the tangent at P(a, f(a)) is lim (slope of the
h→0
f(a h) f(a)
secant PQ), which may be written as m lim h.
h→0
The slope of the tangent to the graph y f(x) at point P(a, f(a)) is
∆y f(a h) f(a)
m lim lim .
∆x → 0 ∆x h→0 h
EXAMPLE 3 a. Using the definition of a derivative, determine the slope of the tangent to the
curve y x2 4x 1 at the point determined by x 3.
b. Determine the equation of the tangent.
c. Sketch the graph of y x2 4x 1 and the tangent at x 3.
Solution
a. The slope of the tangent can be determined using the expression above. In this
example, f(x) = x2 4x 1 and a 3.
Then f(3) (3)2 4(3) 1 4
and f(3 h) (3 h)2 4(3 h) 1
h2 2h 4
The slope of the tangent at (3, 4) is

f(3 h) f(3)
m lim h
h →0
h 2h 4 4
2
lim h

h →0
h(h 2)
lim
h
h →0
lim (h 2)
h →0
2.
The slope of the tangent at x 3 is 2.

y4
b. The equation of the tangent at (3, 4) is 2, or y 2x 10.
x3
80 CHAPTER 3
c. Using graphing software, we obtain
y
10
x
–20 –15 –10 –5 5 10 15 20
–5
3x 6
EXAMPLE 4 Determine the slope of the tangent to the rational function f(x) at
x
point (2, 6).
Solution
Using the definition, the slope of the tangent at (2, 6) is
f(2 h) f(2)
m lim h
h→0
6 3h 6
6
2h
lim
h→0 h
12 3h 12 6h

2h
lim
h→0 h
3h 1
lim

2h h
h→0
3h
lim
h→0 h(2 h)
3
lim
h→0 (2 h)
1.5.
3x 6
Therefore, the slope of the tangent to f(x) at (2, 6) is 1.5.
x
EXAMPLE 5 Find the slope of the tangent to y f(x), where f (x) x, at x 9.
Solution
At x 9, f(9) 9 3.
At x 9 h, f(9 h)
9 h.
Using the limit of the difference quotient, the slope of the tangent at x 9 is
f (9 h) f (9)
m lim h Rationalizing the numerator of a quotient
h→0 often helps to simplify the calculation of
9
h3 some limits. When the numerator has two
lim
h terms, such as 9 h 3, we multiply
h→0
both the numerator and denominator by
9
h3 9h3

lim
the conjugate radical; that is, by
h→0 h 9h3
9 h 3.
(9 h) 9
lim
h→0
h( 9 h 3)
h
lim
h→0 h(
9 h 3)
1
lim
9h3
h→0
16.
Therefore, the slope of the tangent to the function f (x) x at x 9 is 16.
INVESTIGATION 4 A graphing calculator can help us “guess” the approximate value of the slope of a
tangent at a point, which can then be found using the definition of the slope of the
tangent, from first principles, developed in this section. For example, suppose we
wish to find the slope of the tangent to y f(x) x3 at x 1.
((x 0.01) x ) 3 3
1. Graph Y1 .
0.01
t chnology
e
WINDOW
Xmin 3
Xmax 3
Xscl 0.5
Ymin 0
Ymax 8
Yscl 1
2. Explain why the values for the WINDOW were chosen.

f(a h) f(a)
Looking at the graph, recognize Y1 as the difference quotient h for
f (x) x3 and h 0.01. Remember that this approximates the slope of the
tangent and not the graph of f (x) x3.
3. Use the TRACE function to find X 1.0212766, Y 3.159756. This means the
slope of the secant passing through the points where x 1 and
x 1 0.01 1.01 is about 3.2; this could be used as an approximation for
the slope of the tangent at x 1.
82 CHAPTER 3
4. Can you improve this approximation? Explain how you could improve your
estimate. Also, if you use different WINDOW values you can see a different-sized
or differently centred graph.
5. Try once again by setting Xmin 9, Xmax 10, and note the different appear-
ance of the graph. Use the TRACE function to find X 0.904 255 32,
Y 2.480 260 7, then X 1.106 383, Y 3.705 541 4. What is your guess for
the slope of the tangent at x 1 now? Explain why only estimation is possible.
6. Another way of using a graphing calculator to approximate the slope of the tan-
gent is to consider h as the variable in the difference quotient. For this example,
f (x) x3 at x 1, look at
f(a h) f(a) (1 h)3 13
.
h h
7. Trace values of h as h → 0. You can use the table or graph functions of your
(1 h) 1 3
calculator. Graphically, we say we are looking at h
in the neighbour-
(1 x)3 1
hood of h 0. To do this, graph y x and examine the value of the
function as x → 0.
Exercise 3.1
Part A
1. Find the slope of the line through each pair of points.
a. (2, 7), (3, 8) b. 12, 32, 72, 72 c. (6.3, 2.6), (1.5, 1)
2. What is the slope of a line perpendicular to the following?

a. y 3x 5 b. 13x 7y 11 0
3. State the equation and sketch the graph of the following straight lines:
a. passing through (4, 4) and 53, 53
b. having slope 8 and y-intercept 6
c. having x-intercept 5 and y-intercept 3
d. passing through (5, 6) and (5, 9)
4. Simplify each of the following: 1

1
(2 h)2 4 (5 h)3 125 (3 h)4 81 1h
a. h
b.
h
c. h
d.
h
3 3 1 1

3(1 h)2 3 (2 h)3 8 4h 4 2h 2
e.
h
f. h
g. h.
h h
5. Rationalize each of the following numerators to obtain an equivalent
expression.
16 h 4
h 5
2 h42 5
h 5

a. h
b. h
c. h
Part B
6. Find the slope m, in simplified form, of each pair of points.
a. P(1, 3), Q(1 h, f (1 h)) where f(x) 3x2
b. R(1, 3), S(1 h, (1 h)3 2)
9 h)
c. T(9, 3), U(9 h,
Knowledge/ 7. Consider the function f (x) x3.

Understanding
a. Copy and complete the following table of values; P and Q are points on
the graph of f(x).
P Q Slope of Line P Q Slope of Line
PQ PQ
(2, ) (3, ) (2, ) (1, )
(2, ) (2.5, ) (2, ) (1.5, )
(2, ) (2.1, ) (2, ) (1.9, )
(2, ) (2.01, ) (2, ) (1.99, )
b. Use the results of part a to approximate the slope of the tangent to the
graph of f(x) at point P.
c. Calculate the slope of the secant PR, where the x-coordinate of R is
2 h.
d. Use the result of part c to calculate the slope of the tangent to the graph of
f(x) at point P.
e. Compare your answers for parts b and d.
f. Sketch the graph of f(x) and the tangent to the graph at point P.
8. Find the slope of the tangent to each curve at the point whose x-value is
given.
a. y 3x2; (2, 12) b. y x2 x at x 3 c. y x3 at x 2
9. Find the slope of the tangent to each curve at the point whose x-value is given.
x 2; (3, 1)
a. y b. y
x 5 at x 9 c. y
5x 1 at x 2
10. Find the slope of the tangent to each curve at the point whose x-value is given.
a. y 8x; (2, 4) b. y 8
at x 1
3x
c. y 1
at x 3
x2
84 CHAPTER 3
Knowledge/ 11. Find the slope of the tangent to each curve at the given point.
Understanding
a. y x2 3x; (2, 2) b. f (x) 4x; (2, 2)
c. y 3x3 at x 1 d. y
x 7 at x 16
16 x, where y 5
e. f (x) f. y
25 x2; (3, 4)
4x 8
g. y at x 8
x 2
h. y at x 5
x 11

12. Sketch the graph of Question 11, part f. Show that the slope of the tangent can
be found using the properties of circles.
Communication 13. Explain how you would approximate the slope of the tangent at a point with-
out using first principles.
Communication 14. Sketch the graph of y 34

16 x2. Explain how the slope of the tangent at
P(0, 3) can be found without using first principles.
15. Copy the following figures. Draw an approximate tangent for each curve at
point P.
a. b.
P
P
c. d.
P
P
e. f.
20
Application 16. Find the slope of the demand curve D(p) , p 1, at point (5, 10).
p1

Application 17. It is projected that t years from now, the circulation of a local newspaper will
be C(t) 100t2 400t 5000. Find how fast the circulation is increasing
after 6 months. Hint: Find the slope of the tangent when t is equal to
6 months.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 18. Find the coordinates of the point on the curve f (x) 3x2 4x, where the
Problem Solving tangent is parallel to the line y 8x.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 19. Find the points on the graph of y 13x3 5x 4x at which the slope of the
Problem Solving tangent is horizontal.
Part C
20. Show that at the points of intersection of the quadratic functions
y x2 and y 12 x2, the tangents to each parabola are perpendicular.
86 CHAPTER 3
Section 3.2 — Rates of Change
Many practical relationships involve interdependent quantities. For example, the

volume of a balloon varies with its height above the ground, air temperature varies
with elevation, and the surface area of a sphere varies with the length of the
radius.
These and other relationships can be described by means of a function, often of
the form y f(x). The dependent variable, y, can represent price, air tempera-
ture, area, and so forth. The independent variable, x, can represent time, eleva-
tion, length, and so on.
We are often interested in how rapidly the dependent variable changes when there
is a change in the independent variable. This concept is called rate of change. In
this section, we show that a rate of change can be calculated by finding the limit
of a difference quotient, in the same way we find the slope of a tangent.
An object moving in a straight line is an example of a rate of change model. It is
customary to use either a horizontal or a vertical line with a specified origin to
represent the line of motion. On such lines, movement to the right (or upward) is
considered to be in the positive direction, and movement to the left (or down) is
considered to be in the negative direction. An example of an object moving along
a line would be a vehicle entering a highway and travelling north 340 km in 4 h.
340
The average velocity would be 85 km/h, since
4
change in distance
average velocity .
change in time
If s(t) gives the position of the vehicle on a straight section of the highway at time
t, then the average rate of change of the position of the vehicle over a time inter-
val is
average velocity ∆∆st .
INVESTIGATION You are driving with a broken speedometer on a highway. At any instant you do
not know how fast the car is going. Your odometer readings are the following:
t (in hours) 0 1 2 2.5 3
s(t) (in kilometres) 62 133 210 250 293
1. Determine the average velocity of the car over each interval.

2. The speed limit is 80 km/h. Do any of the results suggest that you were speed-
ing at any time? If so, when?
3 . 2 R AT E S O F C H A N G E 87
3. Explain why there may be other times when you were travelling above the
posted speed limit.
4. Compute your average velocity over the interval 4 t 7 if s(4) 375 km
and s(7) 609 km.
5. After 3 h of driving, you decide to continue driving from Goderich to
Huntsville, a distance of 330 km. Using the average velocity from Question 4,
how long would it take you to make this trip?
EXAMPLE 1 A pebble is dropped from a cliff with a height of 80 m. After t seconds, it is

s metres above the ground, where s(t) 80 5t2, 0 t 4.
a. Find the average velocity of the pebble between the times t 1 s and
t 3 s.
b. Find the average velocity of the pebble between the times t 1 s and
t 1.5 s.
c. Explain why the answers to parts a and b are different.
Solution
a. average velocity ∆∆st
s(1) 75
s(3) 35
s(3) s(1)
average velocity
31
Cliff
35 75

2
40

2
20 m/s
The average velocity in this 2 s interval is 20 m/s.
Falling Pebble
b. s(1.5) 80 5(1.5)2
68.75
s(1.5) s(1) Ground
average velocity
1.5 1
68.75 75

0.5
12.5 m/s
The average velocity in this 0.5 s interval is 12.5 m/s.
c. Since gravity causes the velocity to increase with time, the smaller interval of
0.5 s gives a lower average velocity, as well as giving a value closer to the actu-
al velocity at time t 1.
88 CHAPTER 3
The following table shows the results of similar calculations of the average velo-
city over successively smaller time intervals.
Time Interval Average Velocity
(in metres per second)
1 t 1.1 10.5
1 t 1.01 10.05
1 t 1.001 10.005
It appears that, as we shorten the time interval, the average velocity is approach-
ing the value 10 m/s. The average velocity over the time interval 1 t 1 h is
s(1 h) s(1)
average velocity
h
5(1 h) 5
2

h
5 10h 5h 5 2
h
10 5h, h 0.
If the time interval is very short, then h is small, so 5h is close to 0 and the
average velocity is close to 10 m/s. The instantaneous velocity when t 1 is
defined to be the limiting value of these average values as h approaches 0. There-
fore, the velocity (the word “instantaneous” is usually omitted) at time t 1 s is
v lim (10 5h) 10 m/s.
h→0
In general, suppose that the position of an object at time t is given by the function
s(t). In the time interval from t a to t a h, the change in position is
∆s s(a h) – s(a).
s
The average velocity over this time interval is Q
s(a + h)
∆s s(a h) s(a)
s = s(t)
∆t h
s
which is the same as the slope of the secant PQ.
P
The velocity at a particular time t a is calcu- s(a)
lated by finding the limiting value of the aver- h
t
age velocity as h → 0.
a a+h
The velocity of an object, with position function s(t), at time t a, is

v(a) = lim ∆∆st lim
s(a h) s(a)
.
h
t→0 h→0
Note that the velocity v(a) is the slope of the tangent to the graph of s(t) at
P(a, s(a)).
The speed of an object is the absolute value of its velocity. It indicates how fast
an object is moving, whereas velocity indicates both speed and direction (relative
to a given coordinate system).
3 . 2 R AT E S O F C H A N G E 89
EXAMPLE 2 A ball is tossed straight up so that its position s, in metres, at time t, in seconds, is
given by s(t) 5t 2 30t 2. What is the velocity of the ball at t 4?
Solution
Since s(t) 5t 2 30t 2,
s(4 h) 5(4 h)2 30(4 h) 2
5h2 10h 42
s(4) 5(4)2 30(4) 2
42.
The velocity at t 4 is
s(4 h) s(4)
v(4) lim
h
h→0
[10h 5h ] 2
lim h

h→0
h(10 5h)
lim h

h→0
lim (10 5h)
h→0
10.
Therefore, the velocity of the ball is 10 m/s downwards at t 4.
Velocity is only one example of the concept of rate of change. In general, sup-
pose that a quantity y depends on x according to the equation y f (x). As the
independent variable changes from a to a h, the corresponding change in the
dependent variable y is ∆y f (a h) f (a).
∆y f (a h) f (a)
The difference quotient ∆
x
h is called the average rate of
change of y with respect to x over the interval from x = a to x = a + h.
From the diagram, it follows that the y

Q
average rate of change equals the slope f(a + h)
of the secant PQ of the graph of f(x). y = f(x)
The rate of change of y with respect to x y

when x a is defined to be the limiting P
f(a)
value of the average rate of change as
h
h → 0. x
a a+h
Therefore, we conclude that the rate of change of y f(x) with respect

to x when x a is
lim ∆∆
y
x
f(a h) f(x)
lim , provided the limit exists.
h
∆x→0 h→0
90 CHAPTER 3
It should be noted that as with velocity, the rate of change of y with respect to x at
x a equals the slope of the tangent to the graph of y f (x) at x a.
EXAMPLE 3 The total cost of manufacturing x units of a product is given by

C(x) 10x $1000.
a. What is the total cost of manufacturing 100 items of the product?
b. What is the rate of change of the total cost with respect to the number of
units, x, being produced when x 100?
Solution
a. C(100) 10100
1000
1100
Therefore, the total cost of manufacturing 100 items is $1100.
b. The rate of change of the cost at x 100 is given by
C(100 h) C(100)
lim h
h→0
100 h 1000 1100
10
lim h
h→0
100 h – 100
10 100 h 100
10
lim
(Rationalizing the numerator)
h→0 h 100 h 100
10
100(100 h) 10 000
lim
100 h 100)
h→0 h(10
100h
lim
100 h 100)
h→0 h(10
100
lim
100 h 100)
h→0 (10
100

100 0 100)
(10
0.5.
Therefore, the rate of change of the total cost with respect to the number of items
being produced when that number is 100 is $0.50 per item.
An Alternative Form for Finding Rates of Change

In Example 1, we determined the velocity of the pebble at t 1 by taking the limit
of the average velocity over the interval 1 t 1 h as h approaches 0. We can
also determine the velocity at t 1 by considering the average velocity over the
interval from 1 to a general time t and letting t approach the value 1. Then,
s(1) 75
s(t) 80 5t2
s(t) s(1)
v(1) lim t1

t→1
3 . 2 R AT E S O F C H A N G E 91
5 5t 2
lim
t1
t→1
5(1 t)(1 t)
lim t1

t→1
lim5(1 t)
t→1
10.
s(t) s(a)
In general, the velocity of an object at time t a is v(a) lim ta
.
t→a
Similarly, the rate of change of y f(x) with respect to x when x a is
f(x) f (a)
lim .
xa
x→a
Exercise 3.2
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. The velocity of an object is given by v(t) t(t 4)2. At what times, in sec-
Understanding onds, is the object at rest?
Communication 2. Give a geometrical interpretation of the following, where s is a position

function.
s(9) s(2) s(6 h) s(6)
a. 7
b. lim
h
h→0
4h2

3. Give a geometrical interpretation of lim
h
.
h→0
4. Use the graph to answer each question.
B C y = f(x)
A D E
x
a. Between which two consecutive points is the average rate of change of the
function greatest?
b. Is the average rate of change of the function between A and B greater than
or less than the instantaneous rate of change at B?
c. Sketch a tangent to the graph between points D and E such that the slope
of the tangent is the same as the average rate of change of the function
between B and C.
92 CHAPTER 3
5. What is wrong with the statement “the speed of the cheetah was 65 km/h
north”?
6. Is there anything wrong with the statement “a school bus had a velocity of
60 km/h for the morning run and that is why it was late on arrival”?
Part B
7. A construction worker drops a bolt while working on a high-rise building
320 m above the ground. After t seconds, the bolt has fallen a distance of
s metres, where s(t) 320 5t2, 0 t 8.
a. Find the average velocity during the first, third, and eighth seconds.
b. Find the average velocity for the interval 3 t 8.
c. Find the velocity at t 2.
8. The function s(t) 8t(t 2) describes the distance s, in kilometres, that a car
has travelled after a time t, in hours, for 0 t 5.
a. Find the average velocity of the car during the following intervals:
i) from t 3 to t 4
ii) from t 3 to t 3.1
iii) 3 t 3.01
b. Use the results of part a to approximate the instantaneous velocity of the
car when t 3.
c. Find the velocity at t 3.
Application 9. Suppose that a foreign-language student has learned N(t) 20t t2

vocabulary terms after t hours of uninterrupted study.
a. How many terms are learned between time t 2 h and t 3 h?
b. What is the rate in terms per hour at which the student is learning at time
t 2 h?
Application 10. A medicine is administered to a patient. The amount, M, of the medicine, in

milligrams, in 1 mL of the patient’s blood t hours after the injection is given
by M(t) 13t2 t, where 0 t 3.
a. Find the rate of change of the amount, M, 2 h after the injection.
b. What is the significance of the fact that your answer is negative?
11. The time, t, in seconds, taken for an object dropped from a height of s metres
5. Determine the rate of

s
to reach the ground is given by the formula t
change of the time with respect to the height when the height of an object is
125 m above the ground.
3 . 2 R AT E S O F C H A N G E 93
12. Suppose that the temperature, T, in degrees Celsius, varies with the height h,
in kilometres, above the earth’s surface according to the equation
60
T(h) . Find the rate of change of temperature with respect to height at
h2
a height of 3 km.
13. A spaceship approaching touchdown on a distant planet has height h, in

metres, at time t, in seconds, given by h 25t2 100t 100. When and with
what speed does it land on the surface?
Application 14. A manufacturer of soccer balls finds that the profit from the sale of x balls per
week is given by P(x) 160x – x2 dollars.
a. Find the profit on the sale of 40 soccer balls.
b. Find the rate of change of the profit at the production level of 40 balls per
week.
t chnology c. Using a graphing calculator, graph the profit function and from the graph
e
determine for what sales levels of x the rate of change of profit is positive.
f (x) f (a)
15. Use the alternate definition lim to find the rate of change of f(x) at
xa
x→a
each of the given points.
a. f(x) x2 2x 3; (2, 5)
x
b. f(x) , where x 2
x1
x 1, where x 24
c. f(x)
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 16. Let (a, b) be any point on the graph of y 1x, x 0. Prove that the area of the
Problem Solving
triangle formed by the tangent through (a, b) and the coordinate axes is 2.
17. A manufacturer’s total weekly cost in producing x items can be written as

C(x) F V(x), where F, a constant, represents fixed costs such as rent and
utilities, and V(x) represents variable costs, which depend on production level
x. Show that the rate of change of the cost is independent of fixed costs.
18. A circular oil slick on the ocean spreads outward. Find the approximate rate
of change of the area of the oil slick with respect to its radius when the radius
is 100 m.
19. Show that the rate of change of the volume of a cube with respect to its edge
length is equal to half the surface area of the cube.
94 CHAPTER 3
Section 3.3 — The Limit of a Function
The notation lim f(x) L is read “the limit of f (x) as x approaches a equals L”
x→a
and means that the value of f(x) can be made arbitrarily close to L by choosing x
sufficiently close to a (but not equal to a). The limit lim f(x) exists if and only if
x→a
the limiting value from the left equals the limiting value from the right. We shall
use this definition to evaluate some limits.
Note: This is an intuitive explanation of the limit of a function. A more precise
definition using inequalities is important for advanced work but is not necessary
for our purposes.
INVESTIGATION 1 Find the limit of y x2 1, as x approaches 2.

1. Copy and complete the table of values.
x 1 1.5 1.9 1.99 1.999 2 2.001 2.01 2.1 2.5 3
y = x2 – 1
2. As x approaches 2 from the left, starting at x 1, what is the approximate

value of y?
3. As x approaches 2 from the right, starting at x 3, what is the approximate
value of y?
4. Graph y x2 1 using graphing software or graph paper.
5. Using arrows, illustrate that as we choose a value of x that is closer and closer
to x 2, the value of y gets closer and closer to a value of 3.
6. Explain why the limit of y x2 1 exists as x approaches 2, and give its
approximate value.
x –1 2
INVESTIGATION 2 Find lim by graphing.
x1
x→1
Solution
x2 1
On a graphing calculator, display the graph of f (x)
x1
, x 1.
The graph shown on your calculator is a straight line ( f(x) x 1) whereas it

t chnology
should be a line with the point (1, 2) deleted (f (x) x 1, x 1). The WINDOW
e
APPENDIX P. 434
is Xmin 10, Xmax 10, Xscl 10, and similarly for Y. Use the TRACE
function to find X 0.851 063 83, Y 1.851 063 8; X 1.063 829 8,
and Y 2.063 829 8.
3.3 THE LIMIT OF A FUNCTION 95

Click ZOOM ; select 4:ZDecimal, ENTER .
x2 1
Now, the graph of f(x) is displayed as a
x1
straight line with the point (1, 2) deleted. The
WINDOW has new values, too.
Use the TRACE function to find X 0.9,
Y 1.9; X 1, Y has no value given; and
X 1.1, Y 2.1.
We can estimate lim f(x). As x approaches 1

x→1
from the left, written as x → 1, we
observe that f (x) approaches the value 2 from
below, and as x approaches 1 from the right,
written as x → 1, f(x) approaches the value
2 from above.
We say that the limit at x 1 exists only if the value approached from the left is
the same as the value approached from the right. From this investigation, we
x 1
conclude that lim
x1
2
2.
x→1
x 1 2
EXAMPLE 1 Find lim by using a table.
x1
x→1
Solution
We select sequences of numbers for x → 1 and x → 1.
x approaches 1 from the left → ← x approaches 1 from the right
x 0 0.5 0.9 0.99 0.999 1 1.001 1.01 1.1 1.5 2
x2 – 1
1 1.5 1.9 1.99 1.999 undefined 2.001 2.01 2.1 2.5 3
x–1
1
x2 x21
f(x) approaches 2 from below → ← f(x) approaches 2 from above
x1 x1
x 1 2
This pattern of numbers suggests lim 2, as we found when graphing in
x→1 x 1
Investigation 2.
EXAMPLE 2 Sketch the graph of the function of

x 1, if x 1.
t chnology f(x) 1, if x 1.
e
APPENDIX P. 438
x 1, if x 1.
2
96 CHAPTER 3
Determine lim f (x).
x→1
Solution
The graph of the function f consists of the line y x 1 y
for x 1, the point (1, 1) and the square root function y = f(x)
y 2 x 1 for x 1. From the graph of f (x), 2
observe that the limit of f (x) as x → 1 depends on whether 1
x
x 1 or x 1. As x → 1, f (x) approaches the value of 0, –1 1
from below. We write this as lim f(x) lim(x 1) 0.
x→1 x→1
Similarly, as x → 1, f (x) approaches the value 2, from
above. We write this as lim f (x) lim (2 x 1) 2. (This is the same
x→1 x→1
value when x 1 is substituted.) These two limits are referred to as one-sided
limits, because in each case only values of x on one side of x 1 are considered.
However, the one-sided limits are unequal—lim f (x) 0 2 lim f(x)—or
x→1 x→1
more briefly, lim f (x) lim f (x). This implies that f (x) does not approach a
x→1 x→1
single value as x → 1. We say “the limit of f (x) as x → 1 does not exist” and
write “lim f(x) does not exist.” This may be surprising, since the function f(x) was
x→1
defined at x 1; that is, f(1) 1. We can now summarize the ideas introduced in
these examples.
We say that the number L is the limit of a function y f (x) as x approaches

the value a, written as lim f(x) L, if lim f (x) L lim f(x). Otherwise,
x→a x→a x→a
lim f (x) does not exist.
x→a
Exercise 3.3
Part A
1. What do you think is the appropriate limit of these sequences?
a. 0.7, 0.72, 0.727, 0.7272, …
b. 3, 3.1, 3.14, 3.141, 3.1415, 3.141 59, 3.141 592, …
Communication 2. Explain a process for finding a limit.
Communication 3. Write a concise description of the meaning of lim f (x) 10.

x→3

Knowledge/ 4. Calculate each limit.
Understanding
a. lim x b. lim (x 7) c. lim x2
x→5 x→3 x→10
d. lim (4 3x2) e. lim 4 f. lim 2x
x→2 x→1 x→3

1, x 4.
5. Find lim f (x), where f (x)
x→4
1, x 4.
Part B
6. For the function y f(x) in the graph below, find the following:
a. lim f (x) b. lim f (x) c. lim f (x) d. f(2)
x→–2 x→2 x→2
y
(2, 2)
D x
(–2, 0)
(2, –1)
Knowledge/ 7. Use the graph to find the limit, if it exists.

Understanding
a. lim f(x) b. lim f(x) c. lim f(x)
x→2 x→2 x→3
y y y
3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
x
x x
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
–1
8. Evaluate each limit.

x 20
a. lim (9 x2) b. lim
x1
c. lim
x→1 x→0 2x 5 x→5
9. Find lim (x2 1) and illustrate your result with a graph indicating the limiting
x→2
value.
Communication 10. i) Evaluate the limits.

ii) If the limit does not exist, explain why.
a. limx4 b. lim(x2 4) c. lim(x2 4)
x→0 x→2 x→3
1 1 1
d. lim e. lim f. lim
x→1 x 3 x→3 x 2 x→3 x 3
98 CHAPTER 3
Knowledge/ 11. In each of the following, find the indicated limit if it exists. Sketch the graph
Understanding of the function.
a. f(x)
x 2, x 1 ; lim f(x)
x 2, x 1
x→1 b. f(x)

x 4, x 2 ; lim f(x)
2x 6, x 2 x→2

4x, x 21 1, x 0.5
; lim f(x) ; lim f(x)
c. f(x) 1 d. f(x)
1 x→12
, x x2 0.25, x 0.5 x→0.5
x 2
Application 12. Sketch the graph of any function that satisfies the given conditions in each
case.
a. f(1) 1, lim f(x) 3, lim f(x) 2
x→1 x→1
b. f(2) 1, lim f (x) 0
x→2
c. f(x) 1, if x 1 and lim f(x) 2
x→1
d. f(3) 0, lim f (x) 0
x→3
Thinking/Inquiry/ 13. Let f(x) mx b, where m and b are constants.

Problem Solving
If lim f(x) 2 and lim f(x) 4, find m and b.
x→1 x→–1
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 14. Determine the real values of a, b, and c for the quadratic function
Problem Solving f(x) ax2 bx c, a 0, that satisfy the conditions f (0) 0, lim f(x) 5,
x→1
and lim f(x) 8.
x→2
15. The fish population (in thousands) in a lake at time t, in years, is modelled by
the function

3 11
2
t2, 0 t 6
p(t)
2 11
8
t2, 6 t 12.
This function describes a sudden change in the population at time t 6,
due to a chemical spill.
a. Sketch the graph of p(t).
b. Evaluate lim p(t) and lim p(t).
t→6 x→6
c. Determine how many fish were killed by the spill.
d. At what time did the population recover to the level before the spill?

Section 3.4 — Properties of Limits
The statement lim f(x) L says that the values of f(x) become closer and closer to
x→a
the number L as x gets closer and closer to the number a (from either side of a)
such that x a. This means that in finding the limit of f(x) as x approaches a,
there is no need to consider x a. In fact, f(a) need not even be defined. The only
thing that matters is the behaviour of f(x) near x a.
EXAMPLE 1 Find lim (3x2 4x 1).

x→2
Solution
It seems clear that when x is close to 2, 3x2 is close to 12, and 4x is close to 8.
Therefore, it appears that lim (3x2 4x – 1) 12 8 1 19.
x→2
In Example 1, the limit was arrived at intuitively. It is possible to evaluate limits
using the following properties of limits, which can be proved using the formal
definition of limits. This is left for more advanced courses.
Properties of Limits
For any real number a, suppose f and g both have limits at x a.
1. lim k k for any constant k

x→a
2. lim x a
x→a
3. lim [f(x) g(x)] = lim f(x) lim g(x)

x→a x→a x→a
4. lim [cf(x)] c( lim f(x)) for any constant c

x→a x→a
5. lim [f(x)g(x)] lim f(x) lim g(x)

x→a x→a x→a
lim f(x)
f(x) x→a
6. lim provided lim g(x) 0
x→a g(x) lim g(x) x→a
x→a
7. lim [f (x)]n lim f(x) n, for n a rational number

x→a x→a
EXAMPLE 2 Find lim (3x2 4x 1).

x→2
Solution
lim (3x2 4x – 1) lim (3x2) lim (4x) lim (1)
x→2 x→2 x→2 x→2
100 C H A P T E R 3
3lim (x2) 4lim (x) 1
x→2 x→2
3lim x 4(2) 1
2
x→2
3(2)2 8 1
19
Note: If f is a polynomial function, then lim f(x) f(a).

x→a
x2 5x 2
EXAMPLE 3 Evaluate lim .
x→1 x 3x 1
2 3
Solution 8lim (x2 5x 2)

x2 5x 2 x→1
lim
x→1 x 3x 1
2 3 lim (2x3 3x 1)
x→1
(1) 5(1) 2
2

2(1)3 3(1) 1
8

4
2

x 2
x→5 x 1
Solution

1
2
x x 2
lim x 1
lim
x

x→5 x→5

lim x2
x→5

lim (x 1)
x→5

25
4

52
Sometimes the limit of f(x) as x approaches a cannot be found by direct substitu-

tion. This is of special interest when direct substitution results in an
indeterminate form . In such cases, we look for an equivalent function that
0
0
agrees with f for all values except the troublesome value x a. Here are some
examples.
3 . 4 P R O P E RT I E S O F L I M I T S 101
x 2x 3
2
EXAMPLE 5 Find lim x3
.
x→3
Solution
If we try substitution, we obtain 00, an indeterminate form. The next step is to sim-
plify the function by factoring and reducing to see if the limit of the reduced form
can be evaluated.
x 2x 3
2 (x 1)(x 3)
lim lim lim (x 1)
x→3 x3 x3
x→3 x→3
This reduction is valid only if x 3. This is not a problem, since lim is concerned
x→3
with values as x approaches 3, not the value x 3. Therefore,
x 2x 3
2
lim lim (x 1) 4.
x→3 x3 x→3
EXAMPLE 6 A useful technique for finding limits is to rationalize either the numerator or the
denominator to obtain an algebraic form that is not indeterminate.
x11

Evaluate lim x
.
x→0
Solution
x11
x11
x11
x11

lim
x→0 x
lim x

x→0 x11

Multiplying by
x 1 1

x11
lim
x 1 1)
x→0 x(
x
lim
x 1 1)
x→0 x(
1
lim
x11
x→0
12
INVESTIGATION Here is an alternate technique for finding the value of a limit.

(x 1)
1. Find lim by rationalizing.
1
x→1 x
(x 1)
2. Let u x, and rewrite lim in terms of u. Since x u2, and x 0,
1
x→1 x
and u 0, it follows as x approaches the value of 1, u approaches the value of 1.
(u 1) 2
Use this substitution to find lim by reducing the rational expression.
u1
u→1
102 C H A P T E R 3
1

(x 8) 3 2
x→0 x
Solution
This quotient is indeterminate 00 when x 0. Rationalizing the term (x 8) 3 is
1
not so easy. However, the expression can be simplified by substitution.

1
Let u (x 8) 3 . Then u3 x 8 and x u3 8. As x approaches the value 0,
u approaches the value 2. The given limit becomes
1
(x 8) 3 2 u2
lim lim 3
x→0 x u→2 u 8
u2
lim
(u – 2)(u2 2u 4)
u→2
1
lim
u2 2u 4
u→2
112.
x 2
EXAMPLE 8 Evaluate lim . Illustrate with a graph.
x→2 x 2
Solution
Consider

x2 y
, if x 2
x 2 x2
f (x) (x 2)
x2 , if x 2 3
x2 2
1
1, if x 2.
1, if x 2. 1 2 3
x
Notice that f(2) is not defined and that we must consider left- and right-hand
limits.
lim f(x) lim1 (1) 1
x→21 x→2
lim f(x) lim1 (1) 1

x→21 x→2
Since the left- and right-hand limits are not the same, we conclude that
x 2
lim does not exist.
x→2 x 2
EXAMPLE 9 9 x2.
a. Evaluate lim
x→3
b. Explain why the limit as x approaches 3 cannot be determined.

9 x2?
c. What can you conclude about the lim
x→3
Solution
9 x2 is the semicircle y
a. The graph of f(x) 9 x2 as illustrated
below.
y
x
–3 3
From the graph, the left-hand limit at x 3 is 0. Therefore, lim

9 x2 0.
x→3
b. The function is not defined for x 3.
9 x2 does not exist because the function is not defined on both sides
c. lim
x→3
of 3.
In this section, we have learned the properties of limits and developed algebraic
methods for evaluating limits. The examples in this section have complemented
the table of values and graphing techniques introduced in previous sections. Five
techniques for evaluating simple limits that have indeterminate quotients were
illustrated:
• direct substitution
• factoring
• rationalizing
• change of variable
• one-sided limits
In each case, a graph can be utilized to check your result.
104 C H A P T E R 3
Exercise 3.4
Part A
1. Is there a different value for the answers among lim (3 x), lim 3 x, and
x→2 x→2
lim (x 3)?
x→2
Communication 2. How do you find the limit of a rational function?
Communication 3. Once you know the lim f(x) and lim f(x) at an interior point of the
x→a x→a
domain of f, do you then know lim f(x)? Give reasons for your answer.
x→a
4. Evaluate each limit.

1 2
a. lim 3x
2 b. lim (x4 x3 x2) c. lim x
x→2 x 2 x→1 x→9 x
x3
d. lim (x3 2x 5 3) e. lim 1 x f. lim

3

x→2 x→0 x→3 2x 4
Part B
Knowledge/ 5. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function and to estimate the limit. Then
Understanding find the limit by substitution.
x 3 2x
t chnology a. lim b. lim
x→2 x 2 x 1
x→1
e
t t 5t 3 2
6. Show that lim 1.
6 t2
t→1
Knowledge/ 7. Evaluate the limit of each indeterminate quotient.

Understanding 4x 2 4x 2 7x x 2
a. lim b. lim c. lim
x→2 2 x x→2 2 x x→0 x
2x2 5x 3 3x x 4
2 x 27
3
d. lim
x1
e. lim
3x 4
f. lim
x→1 x→3 x 3
x3 2x2 4x 8 2x3 5x2 3x 2 x11

g. lim h. lim i. lim
x→2 x2 2x 4 x→2 x→0 x
2 4x x 2 7 x
7x
j. lim k. lim l. lim
x→0 x x→4 x 4 x→0 x
5 x
3x 2 x 2 2
2x x
m. lim n. lim o. lim x
x→1 x1 x→4 3
2x 1 x→0 2 1
8. Evaluate the limit by change of variable.

1
x 2
3
27 x x 16
x→8 x 8 x→1 x 1
1

x→27 x 3 3
1 1
x 1
6 x 2 (x 8) 2 3
1

x→1 x 3 1
38
x→4 x x→0 x
9. Evaluate each limit, if it exists, using any appropriate technique.
16 x 2 x 16
2 x x 5x 3
3 2
a. lim 3 b. lim c. lim
x→4 x 64 x→4 x 5x 6 x2 2x 1
2
x→1
1
xx2 x2 5
x6 (2x 1) 1 3
x→1 x 1 x→6 x3 x→0 x
4x2 x12
x
9x 2
g. lim
1 1
h. lim
x3 i. lim
x→2 x→3 x→0 5x3 6x
x 2
x11
(x h) x
2 2
j. lim x k. lim
h
x→0 h→0
l. lim 1

1 2
x→1 x 1 x 3 3x 5
10. By using one-sided limits, determine whether the limit exists. Illustrate the
results geometrically by sketching the graph of each function.
x 5 2x 5(x 1)
a. lim b. lim
x→5 x 5 2x 5
x x2
2 (x 2) 3
c. lim d. lim
x→2 x 2 x→2 x 2
Application 11. Charles’ Law and Absolute Zero Jacques Charles (1746–1823) discovered
that the volume of gas at a constant pressure increases linearly with the tem-
perature of the gas. In the table, one mole of hydrogen is held at a constant
pressure of one atmosphere. The volume V is measured in litres and the tem-
perature T is measured in degrees Celsius.
T 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
V 19.1482 20.7908 22.4334 24.0760 25.7186 27.3612 29.0038
a. By finding a difference row, show that T and V are related by a linear rela-
tion.
b. Find the linear equation V in terms of T.
c. Solve for T in terms of V for the equation in part b.
d. Show that limT is approximately 273.15. Note: This represents the
V→0
approximate number of degrees on the Celsius scale of absolute zero on
the Kelvin scale (0 K).
e. Using the information found in parts b and d, draw a graph of V versus T.
106 C H A P T E R 3
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. Show, using the properties of limits, that if
Problem Solving x 4 2
lim f(x) 3, then lim 7.
f (x)
x→5 x→5
13. If lim f(x) 3, use the properties of limits to evaluate each limit.
x→4
[f (x)]2 x2
a. lim [f(x)]3 b. lim 3f(x)
c. lim 2x
x→4 x→4 f (x) x x→4
Part C
f(x)
14. If lim x 1 and g(0) 0, then evaluate each limit.
x→0
f(x)
a. lim f(x) b. lim
x→0 x→0 g(x)
f(x) g(x)
15. If lim x 1 and lim x 2, then evaluate each limit.
x→0 x→0
f(x)
a. lim f(x) b. lim g(x) c. lim
x→0 x→0 x→0 g(x)
x 1
2x 1
16. Evaluate lim of the indeterminate quotient.
3x 4 2x
x→0 4
x x 1 1
2
17. Does lim exist? Illustrate your result by sketching a graph of
x→1 x 1
the function.
x bx 3 2
18. For what value of b does lim x1
exist?
x→1
mx b 3

19. For what values of m and b is the statement lim 1?
x→0 x
Section 3.5 — Continuity
The idea of continuity may be thought of informally as the idea of being connect-
ed to one’s neighbours. The concept arose from the notion of a graph “without
breaks or jumps or gaps.”
When we talk about a function being continuous at a point, we mean that the
graph passes through the point without a break. A graph that is not continuous at
a point (sometimes referred to as being discontinuous at a point) has a break of
some type at the point. The following graphs illustrate these ideas.
a. Continuous for all values b. Discontinuous at x 1
of the domain
y 10 y
10
8 8
6 6
4 4
Hole
2 2
x x
–2 2 4 6 –2 2 4 6
c. Discontinuous at x 1 d. Discontinuous at x 1
10 y 10 y
8 8
6 6 Vertical
4 4 asymptote
2 2
x x
–2 2 4 6 –1 1 2 3
What conditions must be satisfied for a function f to be continuous at a?

First, f(a) must be defined. The curves in figure b and figure d are not continuous
at x 1 because they are not defined at x 1.
A second condition for continuity at a point x a is that the function makes no
jumps there. This means that if “x is close to a,” then f (x) must be close to f(a).
This condition is satisfied if lim f(x) f (a). Looking at the graph in figure c, we
x→a
see that lim f (x) does not exist and the function is therefore not continuous at
x→1
x 1.
108 C H A P T E R 3
We can now define the continuity of a function at a point.
y y = f(x)
The function f(x) is continuous at x = a if f (a) is f(x)
defined and if f(a) (a, f(a))
lim f(x) = f (a). f(x) x
x→a
x a x
Otherwise, f(x) is discontinuous at x = a.
The geometrical meaning of f being continuous at x a is that as x → a, the

points (x, f(x)) on the graph of f converge at the point (a, f(a)) ensuring the graph
of f is unbroken at (a, f(a)).
EXAMPLE 1
a. Graph the function f (x)
b. Find lim f (x).
x→1
x2 3, x 1
x 1, x 1.
c. Find f(1).
Solution
a. y
2
1
x
–1 1
(–1, –2)
b. From the graph lim f(x) 2. Note: Both the left-hand and right-hand limits
x→1
are equal.
c. f(1) 2
Therefore, f(x) is continuous at x 1.
EXAMPLE 2 Test the continuity of each of the following functions at x 2. If a function is not
continuous at x 2, give a reason why it is not continuous.
a. f (x) x3 x
x x2
2
b. g(x)
x2
x x2
2
c. h(x) , if x 2 and h(2) 3
x2
1
d. F(x)
(x 2)2
e. G(x)
4 x2, if x 2
3, if x 2
3.5 CONTINUITY 109
Solution
a. The function f is continuous at x 2 since f(2) 6 lim f(x). (Polynomial
x→2
functions are continuous at all real values of x.)
b. The function g is not continuous at x 2 because g is not defined at this point.
x x22 (x 2)(x 1)
c. Since lim lim
x→2 x–2 (x 2) x→2
lim (x 1)
x→2
3
h(2),
therefore, h(x) is continous at x 2.
d. The function F is not continuous at x 2 because F(2) is not defined.
e. Since limG(x) lim(4 x2)
x→2 x→2
0
and limG(x) lim(3)
x→2 x→2
3,
therefore, lim G(x) does not exist, since the function is not continuous at x 2.
x→2
INVESTIGATION To test the definition of continuity by graphing, investigate the following:

t chnology 1. Draw the graph for each function in Example 2.
e
2. Which of the graphs are continuous, contain a hole or a jump, or have a vertical
asymptote?
3. Given only the defining sentence of a function y f(x) such as
8x 9x 5
3
f(x) , explain why the graphing technique to test for continuity
x2 300x
on an interval may be less suitable.
8x 9x 53
4. Find where f(x) is not defined and the intervals where it is
x2 300x
continuous.
Exercise 3.5
Part A
Communication 1. How can looking at a graph of a function help you tell where the function is
continuous?
Communication 2. What does it mean for a function to be continuous over a given domain?
110 C H A P T E R 3
Knowledge/ 3. What are the basic types of discontinuity? Give an example of each.
Understanding
4. Find the value(s) of x at which the functions are discontinuous.
9x 2 7x 4 x 1
2
a. f (x)
x3
b. g(x)
x
c. h(x)
x3
x4
d. f(x)
x2 9
e. g(x) 13x

x2 x 6 x, x 3
f. h(x) 1 – x, x 3
Part B
Knowledge/ 5. Find all values of x for which the given functions are continuous.
Understanding
a. f(x) 3x5 2x3 x b. g(x) x2 4.2x 7
x2 16
c. h(x) d. f(x)
x2
2 x 5x
16
e. g(x) 10x f. h(x)
x2 25
6. Examine the continuity of g(x) x 3 at the point x 2.
7. Sketch a graph of h(x)

x 1, x 3
5 x, x 3
and determine if the function is continuous everywhere.
Knowledge/
Understanding
8. Sketch a graph of f(x)
x2, x 0.
3, x 0.
Is the function continuous?
Application 9. Recent postal rates for letter mail within Canada for non-standard and over-
sized items are given in the following table. Maximum dimensions for over-
sized letter mail are 380 mm
270 mm
20 mm.
100 g or Less Between 100 g Between 200 g
and 200 g and 500 g
$0.92 $1.50 $2.00
Draw a graph of the cost in dollars of mailing a non-standard envelope as a

function of its mass in grams. Where are the discontinuities of this function?
x x6 2
Knowledge/ 10. Determine whether f(x) is continuous at x 3.
x3
Understanding

x, if x 1.
11. Examine the continuity of the function f(x) 1, if 1 x 2.
3, if x 2.

x 3, x 3.
12. g(x) 2 k, x 3. Find k, if g(x) is continuous.
3.5 CONTINUITY 111

Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 13. Find constants a and b such that the function
Problem Solving

x, if 3 x 2
f(x) ax2 b, if 2 x 0
6, if x 0
is continuous for 3 x 0.

xx – 1
, if x 1.
x1
14. Consider the function g(x)
0, if x 1.
a. Evaluate limg(x) and limg(x), then determine whether lim g(x) exists.
x→1 x→1 x→1
b. Sketch the graph of g(x) and identify any points of discontinuity.
112 C H A P T E R 3
Key Concepts Review
We began our introduction to calculus by considering the slope of a tangent and

the related idea of rate of change. This led us to the study of limits and laid the
groundwork for Chapter 4 and the concept of the derivative of a function.
Consider the following brief summary to confirm your understanding of key con-
cepts covered in Chapter 3.
• Slope of the tangent is the limit of the slope of the secant, as Q approaches P
along the curve
• Slope of a tangent at an arbitrary point
• Rates of change, average velocity, and velocity
• The Limit of a Function exists when the limiting value from the left equals the
limiting value from the right
• Properties of Limits and indeterminate forms 00
• Continuity is described as a graph “without breaks or jumps or gaps”
Formulas
• The slope of the tangent to the graph y f(x) at point P(a, f(a)) is
∆y f (a h) f (a)
m lim ∆ lim h.
∆x→0 x h→0
change in distance
• average velocity
change in time
• The velocity (instantaneous) of an object, with position function s(t), at time

t a is
v(a) lim ∆∆st lim .
s(a h) s(a)
∆t→0 h→0 h
• If f is a polynomial function, then lim f(x) f(a).

x→a
• The function f(x) is continuous at x a if f(a) is defined and if lim f(x) f(a).
x→a

wrap-up
C H A P T E R 3 : A S S E S S I N G AT H L E T I C P E R F O R M A N C E
An Olympic coach has developed a six-minute fitness test for her team members
that sets target values for heart rates. The monitor they have available counts the
total number of heartbeats starting from a rest position at “time zero.” Results
for one of the team members are as follows:
Time Number
(in minutes) of Beats
0.0 0
1.0 55
2.0 120
3.0 195
4.0 280
5.0 375
6.0 480
a. The coach has established that each athlete’s heart rate must not exceed 100
beats per minute at exactly 3 min. Using a graphical technique, determine if
this athlete meets the coach’s criteria.
b. The coach also needs to know the instant in time when an athlete’s heart
rate actually exceeds 100 beats per minute. Explain how you would solve this
problem graphically. Would this be an efficient method? Explain. How is this
question different from part a?
c. Build a mathematical model with the total number of heartbeats as a
function of time (n f (t)) by first determining the degree of the polynomial
then using the graphing calculator to obtain an algebraic model.
d. Solve b algebraically by obtaining an expression for the instantaneous rate of
change of number of heartbeats, heart rate, as a function of time (r f (t))
using the methods presented in this chapter. Compare the accuracy and
efficiency of solving this question graphically and algebraically. ●
114 C H A P T E R 3
Review Exercise
1. Consider the graph of the function f(x) 5x2 8x.

a. Find the slope of the secant that joins the points on the graph given by
x 2 and x 3.
b. Determine the average rate of change as x changes from 1 to 4.
c. Find an equation for the line tangent to the graph of the function at x 1.
2. Find the slope of the tangent to the given function at the given point.
3
a. f (x) , P(2, 1)
x1
b. g(x)
x 2, x 1
2 5
c. h(x) , x 4 d. f(x) , x 4
x2
x5

4 x2, x 1
3. Find the slope of the graph of f (x) 2x 1, x 1 at each of the
following points:
a. P(1, 3) b. P(2, 5)
4. The height (in metres) that an object has fallen from a height of 180 m is
given by the position function s(t) 5t2 180, where t 0 and t is in
seconds.
a. Find the average velocity during each of the first two seconds.
b. Find the velocity of the object when t 4.
c. At what velocity will the object hit the ground?
5. After t minutes of growth, a certain bacterial culture has a mass in grams of

M(t) t2.
a. How much does it grow during the time 3 t 3.01?
b. What is its average rate of growth during the time interval 3 t 3.01?
c. What is its rate of growth when t 3?
6. It is estimated that t years from now, the amount of waste accumulated, Q, in

tonnes, will be Q(t) 104(t2 15t 70) tonnes, 0 t 10.
a. How much waste has been accumulated up to now?
b. What will be the average rate of change of this quantity over the next
three years?
REVIEW EXERCISE 115

c. What is the present rate of change of this quantity?
d. When will the rate of change reach 3.0
105 tonnes per year?
7. The electrical power p(t), in kilowatts,

p(t)
being used by a household as a function of
10
time t, in hours, is modelled by the graph,
where t 0 corresponds to 06:00.
The graph indicates peak use at 08:00 and 6
a power failure between 09:00 and 10:00.
a. Find lim p(t).
t→2
b. Determine lim p(t) and lim p(t).
t→4 t→4 t
c. For what values of t is p(t) 0 2 3 4 6
06:00 12:00
discontinuous?
8. Sketch a graph of any function that satisfies the given conditions in each case.
a. lim f(x) 0.5 and f is discontinuous at x 1.
x→1
b. f(x) 4 if x 3, f is an increasing function when x 3, lim f(x) 1.
x→3

x 1, x 1.
9. Sketch the graph of the function f(x) x 1, 1 x 1.
x 2, x 1.
a. Find all values at which the function is discontinuous.

b. Find the limits at those values, if they exist.
x x6
2
10. Determine whether f(x) is continuous at x 3.
x3
2x 2
11. Consider the function f(x) .
x2 x 2
a. For what values of x is f discontinuous?
b. At each point where f is discontinuous, determine the limit of f(x), if it
exists.
t chnology 12. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function and estimate the limits, if they
e
exist.
a. f(x) x12 , lim f(x)
x→0
b. g(x) x(x 5), lim g(x)
x→0
x3 27
c. h(x) , lim h(x) and lim h(x)
x2 9 x→4 x→3
116 C H A P T E R 3
13. Complete each table and use the result to estimate the limit. Use a graphing
t chnology calculator to graph the function to confirm your result.
e a. lim x2

x→2 x x 2
2
x 1.9 1.99 1.999 2.001 2.01 2.1

f(x)
x1
b. lim 2
x→1 x 1
x 0.9 0.99 0.999 1.001 1.01 1.1
f(x)
14. Complete the table and use the results to estimate the limit. Then determine
the limit using an algebraic technique and compare the answer with the esti-
mate.
x 3 3

lim
x→0 x
x 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.001 0.01 0.1

f(x)
x22

15 a. Complete the table to approximate the limit of f(x) as x → 2.
x2
x 2.1 2.01 2.001 2.0001

x+2–2
f(x) = x–2
t chnology b. Use a graphing calculator to graph f and use the graph to approximate the
e
limit.
c. Use the technique of rationalizing the numerator to find the
x22

lim .
x→2 x2
16. Evaluate the limit of each difference quotient. In each case, interpret the limit
as the slope of the tangent to a curve at a specific point.
(5 h) 25 2 4h2

a. lim h
b. lim
h→0 h→0 h
1 1
1
(4 h) 4 (343 h) 3 7
c. lim
h d. lim
h
h→0 h→0
17. Evaluate each limit using one of the algebraic methods discussed in the text,
if the limit exists.
x 7 2 1
a. lim 2 b. lim (5x2 3x 7) c. lim
x→2 x x x→a x→6 6 x
REVIEW EXERCISE 117

x 36 2 x2 12x 32
d. lim 10x e. lim f. lim
x→0 x→6 x 6 x→4 x4
x2 4 (x 4a)2 – 25a2 x 3x
2
g. lim 3 h. lim i. lim 2
x→2 x 8 x→a xa x→0 x 7x
3
x 1
2 n 5x 2x 3
2
j. lim 2 k. lim 24n l. lim
x→2 x 1 x→0 7x 4x 3
2
n→0
1 4
12 x x 5
5x
m. lim n. lim o. lim
1 1
x→3 x→0 x4 x→0 x
3 x
x 3x
2 x3 x2 8x 12 x3 x2 12
p. lim q. lim r. lim
x→3 x 3 x→2 x2 x2 x→2
64 x3
s. lim
x→4 4 x x→0

t. lim 1x 1
2x
1

2
108(x2 2x)(x 1)3
u. lim
x→1 (x 1) (x 1)
3 3
18. Explain why the given limit does not exist.

1
x3
a. lim b. lim
x→3 x2
x→2
x 4
2 x
c. lim d. lim x
x→2 x 4x 4
2
x→0
e. f(x)
5, x 1
2, x 1 ; x→1
lim f(x)

5x2, x 1
f. f(x) 2x 1, x 1 ; lim f(x)
x→1
19. Write an essay about Sir Isaac Newton and his discovery of calculus.
20. Write an essay about Gottfried Leibniz and his discovery of calculus.
21. Write an essay about the controversy surrounding the discovery of calculus by
Newton and Leibniz.
118 C H A P T E R 3
Chapter 3 Test
Knowledge/Understanding 5–9, 11–14
Thinking/Inquiry/Problem Solving 4, 17
Communication 1, 2, 3
Application 10, 15, 16
1. Explain how you find the limit of a polynomial function.
2. Explain how you find the limit of a rational function.

1
3. Explain why the lim does not exist.
x–1
x→1
4. Give an example for which neither lim f(x) nor lim g(x) exists, but
x→a x→a
lim [f(x) g(x)] does exist.
x→a
5. Consider the graph of the function f(x) 5x2 – 8x. Find the slope of the
secant that joins the points on the graph given by x 2 and x 1.
6. State the slope of the line perpendicular to y 34x 5.

x 100
2
7. State the y-intercept of the function f(x) 5
.
8. State the equation of the line through (0, 2) with a slope of 1.
9. For the function in the diagram, find the following:

a. lim f(x) b. lim f(x) c. lim f (x)
x→1 x→2 x→4
d. values of x for which f is discontinuous.
y
3
y = f(x)
2
1
x
0 1 2 3 4 5
CHAPTER 3 TEST 119

10. The population of a city grows from 100 000 people to an amount P given by
the formula P 100 000 4000t, where t is measured in years.
a. Find the number of people in the city in 20 years.
b. Determine the growth rate, in people per year, at t 10 years.
11. A weather balloon is rising vertically. After t hours, its distance, measured in
kilometres above the ground, is given by the formula s(t) 8t – t2.
a. Determine its average velocity from t 2 h to t 5 h.
b. Find its velocity at t 3 h.
x 11 with respect to x from

12. Find the average rate of change of f(x)
x 5 to x 5 h.
x
13. Find the slope of the tangent at x 4 for the function f(x) .
x2 15
14. Find the following limits:

4x 36
2 2x x 6
2
a. lim b. lim
x→3 2x 6 x→2 3x 7x 2
2
x5 x 1
3
c. lim d. lim 4
x12
x→5 x→1 x 1
1
(x 8) 3 2
e. lim 1

x2 9
6
f. lim
x→3 x 3 x→0 x

ax 3, if x 5
15. Find constants a and b such that the function f(x) 8, if x 5
x2 bx a, if x 5
is continuous for all x.
16. Sketch a graph of a function with the following properties:

a. f(0) 3 b. lim f(x) 3 c. lim f(x) 4 d. f(2) 1
x→1 x→1
17. For what value of k is the following a continuous function?

x2 2
, if x and x 2
f(x) 7x 2
6x 4 7
k, if x 2
120 C H A P T E R 3
Chapter 4
D E R I VAT I V E S
Imagine a person speeding down the highway • understand and determine derivatives of
reaching speeds of 140 km/h. He hears the police polynomial and simple rational functions from
siren in the distance, and his rear-view mirror is first principles, Section 4.1
suddenly full of flashing red lights. As he pulls over
and the police officer tells him he was going
• identify examples of functions that are not
differentiable, Section 4.1
140 km/h, he points out that because he has
travelled the 200 km from home in two hours, his • identify rate of change Section 4.2
average speed is within the 100 km/h limit. Nice try, • identify composition as two functions applied in
but we all know that police charge speeders based succession, Section 4.5
on their instantaneous speed, not their average • understand that the composition of functions
speed. Furthermore, in business, responding rapidly exists only when the ranges overlap,
to instantaneous changes is the key to success; Section 4.5
opportunities can pass you by if you wait to
observe long-term or average trends. In calculus, • determine the composition of two functions
expressed in notation, and decompose a given
the derivative is a tool for finding instantaneous
composite function into its parts, Section 4.5
rates of change. This chapter shows how the
derivative can be determined and applied in a • justify and use the rules for determining
great variety of circumstances. derivatives, Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6
• describe the effect of the composition of inverse
CHAPTER EXPECTATIONS In this chapter, you will functions, (f (f 1(x)) x), Section 4.5
• determine the limit of a function, and
• determine derivatives, using implicit
understand limits can give information about differentiation, Section 4.6
graphs of functions, Section 4.1
• make inferences from models of applications
and compare the inferences with the original
hypotheses, Section 4.1, 4.6
Before beginning your study of derivatives, it may be helpful to review the

following concepts from previous courses and chapters:
• Finding the properties of exponents
• Simplifying radical expressions
• Finding the slopes of parallel and perpendicular lines
• Simplifying rational expressions
• Expanding and factoring algebraic expressions
Exercise
1. Use the exponent laws to simplify each of the following expressions.

Express your answers with positive exponents.
a. 54 57 b. a5 a3 c. (49)2
4p7 6p9
d. (2a2)3 e. 2m6 3m7 f.
15
12p
(3a4)[2a3(b)3]
g. (a4b5)(a6b2) h. (3e6)(2e3)4 i.
5 2 12a b
2. Simplify and write each expression in exponential form.
3
a. x 2 x 3 b. 8x 6 3
1

2

2
a
a

c. 6
a

3. Determine the slope of a line perpendicular to a tangent that has the following
slopes:
a. 23 b. 12 c. 53 d. 1
4. Determine the equation of each of the following lines:

a. passing through points A(3, 4) and B(9, 2).
b. passing through point A(2, 5) and parallel to the line with equation
3x 2y 5.
c. perpendicular to the line having the equation y 34x 6, and passing
through point (4, 3).
122 C H A P T E R 4
5. Expand and collect like terms.
a. (x 3y)(2x y) b. (x 2)(x2 3x 4)
c. (6x 3)(2x 7) d. 2(x y) 5(3x 8y)
e. (2x 3y)2 (5x y)2 f. 3x(2x y)2 x(5x y)(5x y)
6. Simplify each expression.

3x(x 2)
5x 3 y (y 5)2
a.
2

2x(x 2)
b.
(y 2)(y 5)
x 4y3
4 9 (x y)(x y) (x y) 3
c. d.
(h k) 2(h k) 5(x y) 10
x7 5x x1 x2
e. f.
2x x1 x2 x3
7. Factor completely.
a. 10a2 6a b. 4k2 9 c. x 2 4x 32
d. y2 11y 42 e. 3a2 4a 7 f. 6y2 17y 10
g. x4 1 h. x3 y3 i. r 4 5r2 4
8. Use the Factor Theorem to factor the following:

a. a3 b3 b. a5 b5 c. a7 b7 d. an bn
9. Rationalize the denominator in each of the following:

3 4 2
2 32
43
32
a. b. c. d.
2
3
3 42
43
32

investigate
CHAPTER 4: THE ELASTICITY OF DEMAND
Have you ever wondered how businesses set prices for their goods and services?
One of the most important ideas in marketing is the elasticity of demand, or the
response of consumers to a change in price. Consumers respond very differently
to a change in price of a staple item, such as bread, as compared to a luxury item
such as jewellery. A family would probably still buy the same quantity of bread if
the price increased by 20%. This is called inelastic demand. If the price of a gold
chain, however, were increased by 20%, it is likely sales would decrease 40% or
more. This is called elastic demand. Mathematically, elasticity is defined as the
∆n
relative (percentage) change in the number demanded n divided by the
∆p
relative (percentage) change in the price p:
∆n

n
E .
∆p

p
For example, if a store increased the price of a CD from $17.99 to $19.99 and
the number sold per week went from 120 to 80, the elasticity would be
(80 120)

120
E 3.00.
(19.99 17.99)

17.99
The elasticity of 3.00 means that the change in demand is three times as large, in
percentage terms, as the change in price. The CDs have an elastic demand because
a small change in price can cause a large change in demand. In general, goods or
services with elasticities greater than one (E 1) are considered elastic (e.g., new
cars), and those with elasticities less than one (E 1) are inelastic (e.g., milk). In our
example, we calculated the average elasticity between two price levels, but in reality,
businesses want to know the elasticity at a specific or instantaneous price level. In
this chapter, you will develop the rules of differentiation that will enable you to
calculate the instantaneous rate of change for several classes of functions.
Case Study — Marketer: Product Pricing
In addition to developing advertising strategies, marketing departments also
conduct research into and make decisions on pricing. The demand–price
500
relationship for weekly movie rentals at a convenience store is n(p) p
,
where n(p) is demand and p is price.
1. Generate two lists, each with at least five goods and services that you have
purchased recently, classifying each of the goods and services as having
elastic or inelastic demand.
2. Discuss how elasticity might be used in a business to make decisions about
setting price levels. Give specific examples for elastic and inelastic goods.
3. Calculate and discuss the elasticity if the movie rental fee increases from
$1.99 to $2.99. ●
124 C H A P T E R 4
Section 4.1 — The Derivative Function
In this chapter, we will extend the concepts of the slope of a tangent and the rate
of change to introduce the derivative. We will be examining the methods of dif-
ferentiation, which we can use to determine the derivatives of polynomial and
rational functions. These methods include the use of the Power, Sum and
Difference, Product and Quotient Rules, as well as the Chain Rule for the compo-
sition of functions.
f(a h) f(a)
In the previous chapter, we encountered limits of the form lim h.
h→0
This limit has two interpretations: the slope of the tangent to the graph y f(x)
at the point (a, f (a)), and the rate of change of y f(x) with respect to x at
x a. Since this limit plays a central role in calculus, it is given a name and a
concise notation. The limit is called the derivative of f(x) at x = a. It is denoted
by f’(a) and is read as “f prime of a.”
The derivative of f at the number a is given by

f(a h) f(a)
f’(a) lim h
h→0
provided this limit exists.
EXAMPLE 1 Find the derivative of f(x) x2 at x 3.
Solution
Using the definition, the derivative at x 3 is given by
f(3 h) f(3)
f’(3) lim
h
h→0
(3 h) (3)
2 2
lim h
h→0
9 6h h 92
lim h
h→0
h(6 h)
lim h
h→0
lim (6 h)
h→0
6.
Therefore, the derivative of f(x) x2 at x 3 is – 6.

An alternative way of writing the derivative of f at the number a is
4 . 1 T H E D E R I VAT I V E F U N C T I O N 125
f(x) f (a)
f’(a) lim
xa
x→a
In applications where we are required to find the value of the derivative for a
number of particular values of x, using the definition repeatedly for each value
is tedious.
The next example illustrates the efficiency of calculating the derivative of f(x) at
an arbitrary value of x and using the result to determine the derivatives at a
number of particular x-values.
EXAMPLE 2 a. Find the derivative of f(x) x2 at an arbitrary value of x.

b. Determine the slopes of the tangents to the parabola y x2 at x 2, 0, and 1.
Solution
f(x h) f(x)
a. Using the definition, f’(x) lim h
h→0
(x h)2 x2
lim h
h→0
x 2hx h x
2 2 2
lim h
h→0
h(2x h)
lim h
h→0
lim (2x h)
h→0
2x.
The derivative of f(x) x2 at an arbitrary value of x is f’(x) 2x.

b. The required slopes of the tangents to y x2 are obtained by evaluating
the derivative f’(x) 2x at the given x-values. We obtain the slopes by
substituting for x:
f’(2) 4
f’(0) 0
f’(1) 2.
y
y = x2
The slopes are 4, 0, and 2, respectively.
The tangents to the parabola y x2 2
at x 2, 0, and 1 are shown. 1
x
1
126 C H A P T E R 4
INVESTIGATION 1. Find the derivative with respect to x of each of the following functions:
i) f(x) x 3 ii) f(x) x 4 iii) f(x) x
2. In Example 2, we showed that the derivative of f(x) x2 is f’(x) 2x.
Referring to step 1, what pattern do you see developing?
3. Use the pattern of step 2 to predict the derivative of f(x) x39.
4. What do you think f’(x) would be for f(x) xn, where n is a positive integer?
The Derivative Function

The derivative of f at x a is a number f’(a). If we let a be arbitrary and assume
a general value in the domain of f, the derivative f’ is a function. For example,
if f(x) x2, f’(x) 2x, which is itself a function.
The derivative of f(x) with respect to x is the function f’(x) where

f(x h) f(x)
f’(x) lim h,
h→0
provided this limit exists.
The limit f’(x) is read “f prime of x.” This notation was developed by Joseph
Louis Lagrange (1736–1813), a French mathematician.
In Chapter 3, we discussed velocity at a point. We can now define (instantaneous)
velocity as the derivative of position with respect to time. If a body’s position at
time t is s(t), then the body’s velocity at time t is
s(t h) s(t)
v(t) s’(t) lim h.
h→0
Likewise, the (instantaneous) rate of change of f(x) with respect to x is the

f(x h) f(x)
function f’(x), whose value is f’(x) lim h.
h→0
EXAMPLE 3 Find the derivative f’(t) of the function f(t) t, t 0.
Solution
f(t h) f(t)
Using the definition, f’(t) lim h
h→0
t h t

lim h
h→0
t h t t h t (Rationalizing
h→0

lim h
h t
t the numerator)
(t h) t
lim
h→0 h( t h t)

h
lim
t h t)
h→0 h(
1
lim
t h t
h→0
1
, for t 0.
2t
1
Note that f(t) t is defined for all t 0, whereas its derivative f’(t) is
2t
defined for only t 0. From this, we can see that a function need not have a
derivative throughout its entire domain.
EXAMPLE 4 Find an equation of the tangent to the graph of f(x) 1x at the point where x 2.
Solution
When x 2, y 12. The graph of y 1x, the point 2, 12, and the tangent at the
point are shown. First find f’(x).
f(x h) f(x) y
f’(x) lim h
h→0 y = 1x
1 1
Tangent
xh x
lim 1
(f(x) x; f(x h)
1
)
xh
2
(2, 12)
h→0 h x
x (x h)
lim (Simplify the fraction) –2 2
h→0 h(x h)x –2
1
lim
(x h)x
h→0
x12
The slope of the tangent at x 2 is m f’(2) 14. The equation of the tangent
is y 12 14(x 2), or in standard form, x 4y 4 0 .
EXAMPLE 5 Find an equation of the line that is perpendicular to the tangent to the graph of
f(x) 1x at x 2 and that intersects it at the point of tangency.
Solution y Normal
From Example 4, we found that the slope of the y = 1x
tangent is f’(2) 14 and the point of tangency is Tangent
2

2, 12 . The perpendicular line has slope 4, the (2, 12) x
negative reciprocal of 14. Therefore, the required
–2 2
equation is y 12 4(x 2) or 8x 2y 15 0. –2
128 C H A P T E R 4
The line we found in Example 5 has a name.
The normal to the graph of f at point P is the line that is perpendicular

to the tangent at P.
The Existence of Derivatives

A function f is said to be differentiable at a if f’(a) exists. At points where f is
not differentiable, we say that the derivative does not exist. Three common ways
for a derivative to fail to exist are shown.
y y y
[a, f (a)]
x x x
a a a
Cusp Vertical Tangent Discontinuity
EXAMPLE 6 Show that the absolute value function f(x) x is not differentiable at x 0.
Solution y
The graph of f(x) x is shown. Because the slope
for x 0 is 1 while the slope for x 0 is 1, 2
y = |x|
the graph has a “corner” at (0, 0), which prevents a unique x
tangent being drawn there. We can show this using the –2 2
definition of a derivative. –2
f(0 h) f(0)
f’(0) lim h
h→0
f(h) 0
lim h
h→0
h
lim h
h→0
Now, we will consider one-sided limits.

h h when h 0 and h h when h 0.
h h
limh lim lim(1) 1
h
h→0 h→0 h→0
h
limh limhh lim(1) 1
h→0 h→0 h→0
Since the left-hand and right-hand limits are not the same, the derivative does
not exist.
From Example 6, we conclude that it is possible for a function to be continuous
at a point and yet to be not differentiable at that point.
Other Notation for Derivatives

Symbols other than f’(x) are often used to denote the derivative. If y f(x), the
dy dy
symbols y’ and d
x
are used instead of f’(x). The notation d
x
was originally used
by Leibniz and is read “dee y by dee x.” For example, if y x2, the derivative is
dy
y’ 2x or, in Leibniz notation, d
x
2x. Similarly, in Example 4, we showed that
dy 1
if y 1x, then d
x
2 . The Leibniz notation reminds us of the process by which
x
the derivative is obtained — namely, as the limit of a difference quotient:
dy ∆y
lim .
dx ∆x→0 ∆x
By omitting y and f altogether, we can combine these statements and write

d
(x2) 2x, which is read “the derivative of x2 with respect to x is 2x.”
dx
dy
It is important to note that d
x
is not a fraction.
Exercise 4.1
Part A
1. State the domain on which f is differentiable.
a. y
b. y
2 2
x x
–2 2 –2 2
–2 –2
130 C H A P T E R 4
c. y d. y
2 2
x x
–2 2 –2 2
–2 –2
e. f.
y y
2 2
x x
–2 2 –2 2
–2 –2
Communication 2. Explain what the derivative of a function represents.
Communication 3. Illustrate two situations in which a function does not have a derivative at x 1.
Part B
Knowledge/ 4. For each function, find the value of the derivative f’(a) for the given value of a.
Understanding
a. f(x) x2; a 1
b. f(x) x2 3x 1; a 3
x 1; a 0
c. f(x)
5. Use the definition of the derivative to find f’(x) for each function.
3 1
a. f(x) x2 3x b. f(x)
x2
c. f(x)
3x 2 d. f(x) 2
x
dy
6. In each case, find the derivative d
x
.
x1
a. y 6 7x b. y
x1
c. y 3x2
7. Find the slope of the tangents to y 2x2 4x when x 0, x 1, and x 2.

Sketch the graph, showing these tangents.
Application 8. An object moves in a straight line with its position at time t seconds given by
s(t) t 2 8t where s is measured in metres. Find the velocity when t 0,
t 4, and t 6.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 9. Find an equation of the straight line that is tangent to the graph of
Problem Solving f(x) x 1 and parallel to x 6y 4 0.
dy
10. For each function, use the definition of the derivative to determine d
x
, where
a, b, c, and m are constants.
a. y c b. y x c. y mx b d. y ax2 bx c
Communication 11. Does the function f(x) x3 ever have a negative slope? If so, where?
Give reasons for your answer.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. Match each function in graphs a, b, and c with its corresponding derivative,
Problem Solving graphed in d, e, and f.
a. b. c.
y y y
2 2 2
x x x
–2 2 –2 2 –2 2
–2 –2 –2
y = f(x) y = f(x) y = f(x)
d. e. f.
y y y
2 2 2
x x x
–2 2 –2 2 –2 2
–2 –2 –2
y = f’(x) y = f’(x) y = f’(x)
13. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve 1x 1y 1 at the point (2, 2).
Part C
14. For the function f(x) xx, show that f ’(0) exists. What is the value?
f(a h)
Application 15. If f(a) 0 and f ’(a) 6, find lim 2
h
.
h→0
Thinking/Inquiry/ 16. Give an example of a function that is continuous on

x
but that is
Problem Solving not differentiable at x 3.
132 C H A P T E R 4
Section 4.2 — The Derivatives of Polynomial Functions
We have seen that derivatives of functions are of practical use because they
represent instantaneous rates of change.
Computing derivatives from the definition, as we did in Section 4.1, is tedious
and time-consuming. In this section, we will develop some rules that simplify the
process of differentiation.
We will begin developing the rules of differentiation by looking at the constant
function, f(x) k. Since the graph of any constant function is a horizontal line
with slope zero at each point, the derivative should be zero.
For example, if f(x) 4 then f ’(3) 0.
y
Alternatively, we can write ddx (3) 0. 2
x
–2 2
–2
Slope = 0
The Constant Function Rule

If f(x) k, where k is a constant, then f’(x) 0.
In Leibniz notation, ddx(k) 0.
Proof
f(x h) f(x)
f ’(x) lim h
h→0
kk
lim h
(Since f(x) k and f(x h) k for all h)
h→0
lim 0
h→0
0
EXAMPLE 1 a. If f(x) 5, f ’(x) 0.

b. If y 2, d
dy
x
0.
4 . 2 T H E D E R I VAT I V E S O F P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S 133
A power function is a function of the form f(x) xn, where n is a real number.
In the previous section, we observed that for f(x) x2, f ’(x) 2x;
1 1 1 1
for g(x) x x 2 , g’(x) 12x 2
; and for h(x) 2 x2,
2x x
h’(x) 2x3. We also hypothesized that ddx (xn) nxn1. In fact, this is true,
and is called the Power Rule.
The Power Rule

If f(x) x n, where n is a real number, then f’(x) nx n1.
In Leibniz notation, dd
x
(xn) nx n1.
EXAMPLE 2 a. If f(x) x7, then f ’(x) 7x6.

1 3
b. If g(x) 3 x3, then g’(x) 3x31 3x4 4 .
x x
3 1
c. If s t 2 , ddst 32t 2 32 t.
d. ddx (x) 1x11 x0 1
Proof of the Power Rule

(Where n is a positive integer.)
Using the definition of the derivative,
f(x h) f(x)
f ’(x) lim h, where f(x) x n
h→0
(x h) n x n
lim h
h→0
(x h x)(x h)n1 (x h)n2 x ... (x h)x n2 x n1 (Factoring a
lim difference of
h→0 h
nth powers)
lim (x h) n1 (x h) n2 x ... (x h)x n2 x n1 (Reduce the
h→0 fraction)
(x) n1 x n2 x ... (x)x n2 x n1
x n1 x n1 ... x n1 x n1 (Since there are n terms)
nx n1.
The proof for any real number n will be investigated in Chapter 8.
134 C H A P T E R 4
The Constant Multiple Rule
If f(x) kg(x), where k is a constant, then f ’(x) kg’(x).
dy
In Leibniz notation, ddx(ky) kd
x
.
Proof of the Constant Multiple Rule

Let f(x) kg(x). By the definition of the derivative,
f(x h) f(x)
f ’(x) lim h
h→0
kg(x h) kg(x)
lim h
h→0
g(x h) g(x)
lim k h
h→0
g(x h) g(x)
k lim h (Property of Limits)
h→0
kg’(x).
EXAMPLE 3 Differentiate the following:

a. f(x) 7x3
4

b. y 12x 3
Solution
a. f(x) 7x3
f ’(x) 7ddx (x3) 7(3x2) 21x2
4
b. y 12x 3

dy d 4 4 4 1 1
12 x 3 12 x 3 16x 3
dx dx 3
We conclude this section on Rules of Differentiation with the Sum and
Difference Rules.
The Sum Rule

If functions p(x) and q(x) are differentiable and f(x) p(x) q(x),
then f ’(x) p’(x) q’(x).
In Leibniz notation, ddx( f(x)) dd
x
(p(x)) dd
x
(q(x)).
Proof of the Sum Rule
Let f(x) p(x) q(x). By the definition of the derivative,
f(x h) f(x)
f’(x) lim h
h→0
[p(x h) q(x h)] [ p(x) q(x)]
lim
h
h→0
[ p(x h) p(x)] [q(x h) q(x)]
lim h h
h→0
[ p(x h) p(x)] [q(x h) q(x)]
lim h lim h (Sum Property of Limits)
h→0 h→0
p’(x) q’(x)
The proof of the Difference Rule is similar to that of the Sum Rule.
The Difference Rule

If f(x) p(x) q(x), then f ’(x) p’(x) q ’(x).
EXAMPLE 4 Differentiate the following functions:

a. f(x) 3x2 5x
b. y (3x 2)2
Solution
We apply the Constant Multiple, Power, Sum, and Difference Rules.
a. f(x) 3x2 5x
f’(x) ddx (3x 2) ddx 5x 2

1
3ddx (x2) 5ddx x 2

1
3(2x) 5 12x
1
2
1
6x 52x 2
b. We first expand y (3x 2)2.
y 9x2 12x 4
dy
18x 12
dx
136 C H A P T E R 4
EXAMPLE 5 Find the equation of the tangent to the graph of f (x) x3 3x2 2 at x 1.
Solution Solution Using the Graphing Calculator

t chnology The slope of the tangent to the graph Draw the graph using a graphing
e
of f at any point is given by the calculator and draw the tangent

derivative f ’(x). at x 1. The point is (1, 0). Input
For f(x) x3 3x2 2 y1 x3 3x2 2.
f ’(x) 3x2 6x Select ZOOM 4 .
Now, f ’(1) 3(1)2 6(1) DRAW
Select 2nd PRGM for the DRAW
3 6 program.
3.
Select 5:Tangent(.
The slope of the tangent at x 1 is 3.
The point of tangency is (1, f(1)) Select VARS and then Y-VARS
(1, 0). and 1:Function.
The equation of the tangent is
Press ENTER for the y1 function.
y 0 3(x 1) or y 3x 3.
Complete the instructions so the
window looks like Tangent (y1, 1).
Press ENTER to see the graph.
EXAMPLE 6 Find the points on the graph in Example 5 where the tangents are horizontal.
Solution
Horizontal lines have slope 0. We need to find the values of x that satisfy
f ’(x) 0.
3x2 6x 0
3x(x 2) 0
x 0 or x 2
The graph of f(x) x3 3x2 2 has horizontal tangents at (0, 2) and (2, 2).
Exercise 4.2
Part A
Communication 1. What rules do you know for calculating derivatives? Give examples of each.
2. Find f ’(x) for each of the following:

a. f(x) 4x 7 b. f(x) 7 c. f(x) 2x 2 x 5
d. f(x) x e. f(x) 4x3 2 f. f(x) x3 x 2
i. f(x) 14x 4
3
g. f(x) x 2 5x 8 h. f(x) x
j. f(x) (3x)2 k. f(x) 2x4 l. f(x) x3
Knowledge/ 3. Differentiate each function. Use either the Leibniz notation or prime notation,
Understanding depending on which is appropriate.
a. y x 2 3x 1 b. f(x) 2x 3 5x 2 4x 3.75
1
c. v(t) 6t3 4t 5 d. s(t) 2, t 0
t
e. f(x) (x3)2 f. h(x) (2x 3)(x 4)
4
g. s t 2(t 2 2t) h. g(x) 5
x
i. y 15x 5 13x 3 12x2 1 j. g(x) 5(x2)4
t 3t
5 2
k. s(t) , t 0
2t
l. g(x) 7 f(x) 5
3
m. h(x) 7 n. y mx b
x
4. Apply the differentiation rules of this section to find the derivatives of the
following:
1 5 3
a. f(x) 10x 5 b. y 3x 3 c. y 6x 2
2 1 1 1
6x

d. y x 8 x8 e. y 3x 3 6x 3 x 3
f. y 4x 2
6 2 3
g. y 3 2 3 h. y 9x2 3x i. y 20x5 3x 17
x x
1 x
x3 2 k. y x1.5 12x0.25
j. y x 6 l. y x
Part B
5. Let s represent the position of a moving object at time t. Find the velocity
v ddst at time t.
a. s 2t2 7t b. s 18 5t 13t 3 c. s (t 3)2
138 C H A P T E R 4
6. Find f ’(a) for the given function f(x) at the given value of a.
2
a. f(x) x3 x; a 4 b. f(x) 7 6x 5x 3 ; a 64
Application 7. Find the slope of the tangent to each of the curves at the given point.
1
a. y 3x 4 at (1, 3) b. y 5 at (1, 1)
x
c. y 2x at (2, 1) d. y
16x 3 at (4, 32)
8. Find the slope of the tangent to the graph of the function at the point whose
x-coordinate is given.
a. y 2x3 3x; x 1 b. y 2x 5; x 4
16
c. y
2
; x 2 d. y x3(x1 1); x 1
x
9. Write an equation of a tangent to each of the curves at the given point.
3 4
a. y 2x 1x at P(0.5, 1) b. y 2 3 at P(1, 7)
x x
c. y
3x 3 at P(3, 9)
d. y 1x x2 1x at P(1, 2)
e. y x 23x 8 at P(4, 0)

x 2
f. y
3 at P(1, 1)
x
Communication 10. What is a normal to the graph of a function? Find the equation of the normal
to the graph of the function in Question 9, part b at the given point.
3
Thinking/Inquiry/ 11. Find the values of x so that the tangent to the function y
3 is parallel to
x
Problem Solving the line x 16y 3 0.
Communication 12. Do the functions y 1x and y x3 ever have the same slope? If so, where?
13. Tangents are drawn to the parabola y x2 at (2, 4) and (18, 61
4
). Prove that
these lines are perpendicular. Illustrate with a sketch.
14. Find the point on the parabola y x 2 3x 4 where the slope of the
tangent is 5. Illustrate your answer with a sketch.
15. Find the coordinates of the points on the graph of y x 3 2 at which the
slope of the tangent is 12.
16. Show that there are two tangents to the curve y 15 x 5 10x that have a
slope of 6.
Application 17. Find the equations of the tangents to the curve y 2x 2 3 that pass through
the following:
a. point (2, 3) b. point (2, 7)
18. Find the value of a, given that the line ax 4y 21 0 is tangent to the
a
graph of y 2 at x 2.
x
Application 19. It can be shown that from a height of h metres, a person can see a distance
d kilometres to the horizon, where d 3.53h.
a. When the elevator of the CN Tower passes the 200 m height, how far can
the passengers in the elevator see across Lake Ontario?
b. Find the rate of change of this distance with respect to height when the
height of the elevator is 200 m.
20. A subway train travels from one station to the next in 2 min. Its distance, in
kilometres, from the first station after t minutes is s(t) t2 13t3. At what
times will the train have a velocity of 0.5 km/min?
21. A construction worker drops a bolt while working on a high-rise building

320 m above the ground. After t seconds, the bolt has fallen a distance of
s metres, where s(t) 5t2, 0 t 8. The function that gives the height of the
bolt above ground at time t is R(t) 320 5t2. Use this function to
determine the velocity of the bolt at t 2.
22. Tangents are drawn from the point (0, 3) to the parabola y 3x 2. Find the
coordinates of the points at which these tangents touch the curve. Illustrate
your answer with a sketch.
23. The tangent to the cubic function defined by y x3 6x2 8x at point

A(3, 3) intersects the curve at another point, B. Find the coordinates of B.
Illustrate with a sketch.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 24. Let P(a, b) be a point on the curve x y 1. Show that the slope of the
tangent at P is
Problem Solving b
.
a
Thinking/Inquiry/ 25. For the power function f(x) x n, find the x-intercept of the tangent to its
Problem Solving graph at point (1, 1). What happens to the x-intercept as n increases
without bound (n →
)? Explain the result geometrically.
Application 26. For each function, sketch the graph of y f(x) and find an expression for
f ’(x). Indicate any points at which f ’(x) does not exist.
a. f(x) x2, x 3
x 6, x 3
b. f(x) 3x 2 6 c. f(x) x 1
140 C H A P T E R 4
Section 4.3 — The Product Rule
In this section, we will develop a rule for differentiating the product of two
functions, such as f(x) (3x 2 1)(x 3 8) and g(x) (x 3) 3(x 2)2, without
first expanding the expressions.
You might suspect that the derivative of a product of two functions is simply the
product of the separate derivatives. An example shows that this is not so.
EXAMPLE 1 Let h(x) f(x)g(x), where f(x) (x2 2) and g(x) (x 5).
Show that h’(x) f ’(x)g’(x).
Solution
The expression h (x) can be simplified.
h (x) (x2 2)(x 5)
x3 5x2 2x 10
The derivative of h(x) is h’(x) 3x2 10x 2.
The derivatives of the functions f(x) and g(x) are
f ’(x) 2x and g’(x) 1.
The product f ’(x)g’(x) (2x)(1) 2x.
Since 2x is not the derivative of h (x), we have shown that h’(x) f ’(x)g’(x).
The correct method for differentiating a product of two functions uses the
following rule.
The Product Rule

If h(x) f(x)g(x), then h’(x) f ’(x)g(x) f(x)g’(x).
If u and v are functions of x, ddx(uv) ddu
x
v uddx
v
.
In words, the Product Rule says, “the derivative of the product of two functions is
equal to the derivative of the first function times the second function plus the first
function times the derivative of the second function.”
Proof of the Product Rule

h(x) f(x)g(x); then using the definition of the derivative,
f(x h)g(x h) f(x)g(x)
h’(x) lim
h
.
h→0
4.3 THE PRODUCT RULE 141

In Section 4.1, we saw that f ’(x) lim h ,
h→0
f(x h) f(x)

g(x h) g(x)
and g’(x) lim h . To evaluate h’(x) we subtract and add terms
h→0
in the numerator.
f(x h)g(x h) f(x)g(x h) f(x)g(x h) f(x)g(x)
Now h’(x) lim
h
h→0
lim
h→0 f(x h) f(x)
h g(x h) g(x)
g(x h) f(x)
h
h→0
f(x h) f(x) h→0
lim h lim g(x h) lim f(x) lim h
h→0 h→0
g(x h) g(x)
f ’(x)g(x) f(x)g’(x).
EXAMPLE 2 Differentiate h(x) (x2 3x)(x5 2), using the Product Rule.
Solution
h(x) (x2 3x)(x5 2)
Using the Product Rule, we get
h’(x) (2x 3)(x5 2) (x2 3x)(5x 4)
2x6 3x5 4x 6 5x6 15x 5
7x 6 18x5 4x 6.
We can, of course, differentiate the function after we first expand. The Product
Rule will be essential, however, when we work with products of polynomials such
as f(x) (x2 9)(x 3 5)4 or non-polynomial functions such as
f(x) (x2 9)x3 5.
It is not necessary to simplify the expression when you are asked to calculate the
derivative at a particular value of x. Because many expressions derived using
differentiation rules are cumbersome, it is easier to substitute, as in the preceding
example.
The next example can be determined by multiplying out the two polynomials and
then calculating the derivative of the resulting polynomial at x 1. Instead we
shall apply the Product Rule.
142 C H A P T E R 4
EXAMPLE 3 Find the value h’(1) for the function h (x) (5x3 7x2 3)(2x2 x 6).
Solution
h (x) (5x3 7x2 3)(2x2 x 6)
Using the Product Rule, we get
h’(x) (15x 2 14x)(2x 2 x 6) (5x3 7x 2 3)(4x 1)
h’(1) [15(1)2 14(1)][2(1)2 (1) 6] [5(1)3
7(1)2 3][4(1) 1]
(1)(7) (5)(3)
8.
The following example illustrates the extension of the Product Rule to more than
two functions.
EXAMPLE 4 Find an expression for p’(x) if p(x) f(x)g(x)h(x).
Solution
We temporarily regard f(x)g(x) as a single function.
p(x) [ f(x)g(x)]h(x)
By the Product Rule,
p’(x) [ f(x)g(x)]’h(x) [ f(x)g(x)]h’(x).
A second application of the Product Rule yields
p’(x) [ f ’(x)g(x) f(x)g’(x)]h(x) f(x)g(x)h’(x)
f ’(x)g(x)h(x) f(x)g’(x)h(x) f(x)g(x)h’(x).
This expression gives us the Extended Product Rule for the derivative of the
product of three functions. Its symmetric form makes it easy to extend the process
to the product of four or more functions.
The Power of a Function Rule for Positive Integers

Suppose that we now wish to differentiate functions such as
y (x2 3)4 or y (x 2 3x 5)6.
These functions are of the form y un, where n is a positive integer and u g(x)
is a function whose derivative we can find. Using the Product Rule, we can
develop an efficient method for differentiating such functions.

For the case n 2, h(x) [g(x)]2
h(x) g(x)g(x)
and using the Product Rule,
h’(x) g’(x)g(x) g(x)g’(x)
2g’(x)g(x).
Similarly, for n 3, we can use the Extended Product Rule.
Thus h(x) [g(x)]3
g(x)g(x)g(x)
h’(x) g’(x)g(x)g(x) g(x)g’(x)g(x) g(x)g(x)g’(x)
3[g(x)]2g’(x).
These results suggest a generalization of the Power Rule.
The Power of a Function Rule for Positive Integers

If u is a function of x, and n is a positive integer, then ddx(un) nun1 ddu
x
.
In function notation, if f(x) [g(x)]n, then f ’(x) n[g(x)]n1g’(x).
The Power of a Function Rule is a special case of the Chain Rule, which we will
discuss later in this chapter. We are now able to differentiate any polynomial,
such as h(x) (x2 3x 5)6 or h(x) (1 x2)4 (2x 6)3, without multiplying
out the brackets.
EXAMPLE 5 For h(x) (x2 3x 5)6, find h’(x).
Solution
Here h(x) has the form h(x) [g(x)]6, where the “inside” function is
g(x) x2 3x 5.
By the Power of a Function Rule, we get h’(x) 6(x2 3x 5)5 (2x 3).
EXAMPLE 6 The position s, in centimetres, of an object moving in a straight line is given by

s t(6 3t)4, t 0, where the time t is in seconds. Determine its velocity at
time t 2.
Solution
The velocity of the object at any time t 0 is v ddst .
144 C H A P T E R 4
v ddt t(6 3t 4)
(1)(6 3t)4 (t)ddt (6 3t)4 (Product Rule)
(6 3t)4 (t)4(6 3t)3(3) (Power of a Function Rule)
At t 2,
v 0 (2)[4(0)(3)]
0.
We conclude that the object is at rest at time t 2.
Notice that if the derivative is required at a particular value of the independent
variable, it is not necessary to simplify before substituting.
Exercise 4.3
Part A
1. Use the Product Rule to differentiate each function. Simplify your answers.
a. h(x) x(x 4) b. h(x) x 2(2x 1)
c. h(x) (3x 2)(2x 7) d. h(x) (8 x)(4x 6)
e. h(x) (5x7 1)(x2 2x) f. s(t) (t2 1)(3 2t2)
Knowledge/ 2. Use the Product Rule and the Power of a Function Rule to differentiate the
Understanding following. Do not simplify.
a. y (5x 1)3(x 4)
b. y (3x2 4)(3 x 3)5
c. y (1 x2)4(2x 6)3
Communication 3. When is it not appropriate to use the Product Rule? Give examples.
Part B
dy
4. Find the value of d
x
for the given value of x.
a. y (2 7x)(x 3), x 2
b. y (1 2x)(1 2x), x 12
c. y (3 2x x2)(x2 x 2), x 2
d. y 4x2 2x)(3 2x 5x2), x 0
e. y x3(3x 7)2, x 2

f. y (2x 1)5(3x 2)4, x 1
g. y x(5x 2)(5x 2), x 3
h. y 3x(x 4)(x 3), x 2
5. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y (x3 5x 2)(3x2 2x)
at the point (1, 2).
6. Find the point(s) where the tangent to the curve is horizontal.

a. y 2(x 29)(x 1) b. y (x2 2x 1)(x2 2x 1)
7. Use the Extended Product Rule to differentiate the following. Do not simplify.
a. y (x 1)3(x 4)(x 3)2 b. y x2(3x2 4)2(3 x3)4
Communication 8. Find the slope of the tangent to h(x) 2x(x 1)3(x2 2x 1)2 at x 2.
Explain how to find the equation of the normal at x 2.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 9. a. Find an expression for f ’(x) if f(x) g1(x)g2(x)g3(x) ... gn1(x)gn(x).
Problem Solving
b. If f(x) (1 x)(1 2x)(1 3x) … (1 nx), find f ’(0).
10. Determine a quadratic function f (x) ax2 bx c whose graph passes

through the point (2, 19) and that has a horizontal tangent at (1, 8).
11. Sketch the graph of f(x) x2 1.

a. For what values of x is f not differentiable?
b. Find a formula for f’ and sketch the graph of f’.
c. Find f’ at x –2, 0, and 3.
12. Show that the line 4x y 11 0 is tangent to the curve y 1x6

2 1.
146 C H A P T E R 4
Section 4.4 — The Quotient Rule
In the previous section, we found that the derivative of the product of two
functions is not the product of their derivatives. The Quotient Rule gives the
derivatives of a function that is the quotient of two functions. It is derived from
the Product Rule.
The Quotient Rule

f(x) f ’(x)g(x) f(x)g’(x)
If h(x) , then h’(x)
g (x)
, g(x) 0.
[g(x)]2
du dv
v u

In Leibniz notation, ddx uv
dx
v2
dx
.
Memory Aid for the Product and Quotient Rules

It is worth noting that the Quotient Rule is similar to the Product Rule in that both
have f ’(x)g(x) and f(x)g’(x). For the Product Rule, we put an addition sign ()
between both terms. For the Quotient Rule, we put a subtraction sign () between
the terms and then divide the result by the square of the original denominator.
Proof of the Quotient Rule

We wish to find h’(x), given that
f(x)
h(x) , g(x) 0.
g (x)
We rewrite this as a product:
h (x)g(x) f(x).
Using the Product Rule,

h’(x)g(x) h (x)g’(x) f ’(x).
Solving for h’(x), we get
f ’(x) h (x)g’(x)
h’(x)
g(x)
f(x)
f ’(x) g’(x)
g (x)

g(x)
f ’(x)g(x) f(x)g’(x)

2
.
[g(x)]
The Quotient Rule enables us to differentiate rational functions.
4 . 4 T H E Q U OT I E N T R U L E 147
3x 4
EXAMPLE 1 Find the derivative of h(x) .
2 x 5
Solution
f(x)
Since h(x) , where f(x) 3x 4 and g(x) x 2 5, we use the
g (x)
Quotient Rule to find h’(x).
(3)(x2 5) (3x 4)(2x)
Using the Quotient Rule, we get h’(x)
2 2 (x 5)
3x2 15 6x2 8x

2 2 (x 5)
3x2 8x 15
.
2 (x 5)
2
2x
EXAMPLE 2 Using a graphing calculator, graph y and the tangent to it at x 0.
2 x 1
Find the equation of the tangent.
t chnology Solution Solution Using the Calculator

e
The slope of the tangent to the Use the DRAW function to draw
graph of y at any point is given by the a tangent at the point (0, 0).
dy 2x
derivative d . In this case, input y1 .
x 2 x 1
By the Quotient Rule, Select ZOOM 4:ZDecimal for your
dy (2)(x2 1) (2x)(2x) domain and range.
.
dx (x2 1)2 Select GRAPH .
At x 0,
DRAW
dy (2)(0 1) (0)(0) Select 2nd PRGM and choose
2.
dx (0 1)2 5:Tangent( to obtain the graph window.
Since the slope of the tangent at x 0 Select x 0 and then press ENTER to
is 2 and the point of tangency is (0, 0), graph the tangent.
the equation of the tangent is y 2x.
148 C H A P T E R 4
2x 8
EXAMPLE 3 Find the coordinates of each point on the graph of f(x) where the
x
tangent is horizontal.
Solution
The slope of the tangent at any point on the graph is given by f ’(x).
Using the Quotient Rule,
(2)(x) (2x 8)12x 2
1

f ’(x) (x)2

2x 8
2x
2x

x
2x x 4

x
x

x
x4
3
.
x2
The tangent will be horizontal when f ’(x) 0, that is, when x 4. The point on
the graph where the tangent is horizontal is (4, 8).
Exercise 4.4
Part A
Communication 1. What are the Exponential Rules? Give examples of each rule.
2. Copy and complete the table without using the Quotient Rule.
Function Rewrite Differentiate and simplify, if necessary

2
x + 3x
f(x) x
, x 0
5

3x 3
g(x)
x
,x 0
1
h(x) 5 , x 0
10x
8x + 6x 3
y , x 0
2x
t 9
2
s , t 3
t3
Communication 3. What rule do we use to find the derivative of a rational function?
4 . 4 T H E Q U OT I E N T R U L E 149
Part B
Knowledge/ 4. Use the Quotient Rule to differentiate each function. Simplify your answers.
Understanding x x 2 2t 3
a. h(x)
x1
b. h(x)
x1
c. h(t)
t5

2x 1 x3 1
d. h(x)
x3
e. h(x) f. h(x)
2x 1
2 2x 3
x(3x 5) x2 x 1 x2 1
g. y h. y i. y
x(3x 1)
2 1x x2 3
dy
5. Find d
x
at the given value of x.
3x 2 x3
a. y x5
, x 3 b. y , x 1
x 9
2
x2 25 (x 1)(x 2)
c. y , x 2 d. y , x 4
(x 1)(x 2)
2 x 25
x3
6. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y at point (3, 9).
2x 6
3x
7. Find the points on the graph of y , where the slope of the tangent
x4
is 12
2
5
.
5x 2
Thinking/Inquiry/ 8. Show that there are no tangents to the graph of f(x)
x2
that have a
Problem Solving negative slope.
9. Find the point(s) at which the tangent to the curve is horizontal.

2x 2 x2 1
a. y
x4
b. y
2 x x2
Application 10. An initial population, p, of 1000 bacteria grows in number according to the
equation p(t) 1000 1 , where t is in hours. Find the rate at which
4t
2 t 50
the population is growing after 1 h and after 2 h.
x 1 2
Application 11. Determine the equation of the tangent to the curve y at x 2.
3x
12. A motorboat coasts toward a dock with its engine off. Its distance s, in
metres, from the dock t seconds after the engine is turned off is
10(6 t)
s(t) for 0 t 6.
t3
a. How far is the boat from the dock initially?
b. Find the boat’s velocity when it bumps into the dock.
Part C
ax b d
Thinking/Inquiry/ 13. Consider the function f(x) , x , where a, b, c, and d are
cx d c
Problem Solving
non-zero constants. What condition on a, b, c, and d ensures that each tangent
to the graph of f has positive slope?
150 C H A P T E R 4
Section 4.5 — Composite Functions
Many functions can be thought of as the combination of simpler functions.

If f(x) x3 and g(x) 2x, then h(x) x3 2x can be expressed as
h(x) f(x) g(x). It is often helpful to regard complicated functions as being
built from simpler ones.
For example, if
y h(x) (2x 1)5,
we can consider this as the fifth power of 2x 1. That is,
y u5, where u 2x 1.
If we let f(u) u5 and g(x) 2x 1,
then y h(x) f(g(x))
(2x 1).
As another example, consider
h (x)
25 x2,
which can be considered to be made up of
g(x) 25 x2 and f(x) x,
and once again,
h(x) f(g(x)) 25 x2.
This process of combining functions is called composition. We start with a
number x in the domain of g, find its image g(x), and then take the value of f at
g(x), providing g(x) is in the domain of f. The result is the new function
h(x) f(g(x)) which is called the composite function of f and g and is denoted
f º g.
Given two functions f and g, the composite function f º g is defined by

(f º g)(x) f(g(x)).
The domain of f º g is the set of all x in the domain of g such that g(x) is in the
domain of f. We say that g is the inner function and that f is the outer function.
A good way to picture the composition f º g is by imagining a machine.
x g g(x) f f (g(x))
(input) (output)
4.5 COMPOSITE FUNCTIONS 151

EXAMPLE 1 If f(x) x and g(x) x 5, find each of the following:
a. f(g(4)) b. g( f(4)) c. f(g(x)) d. g( f(x))
Solution
a. Since g(4) 9, we have f(g(4)) f(9) 3.
b. Since f(4) 2, we have g( f(4)) g(2) 7. Note: f(g(4)) g( f(4)).
c. f(g(x)) f(x 5)
x5
d. g( f(x)) g x x 5 Note: f(g(x)) g( f(x)).
1
EXAMPLE 2 We are given that h (x) f(g(x)) 2 .
1x
a. If f(x) 1x, what is g(x)?
b. If g(x) x2, what is f(x)?
Solution
1
a. Since f(x) 1x, then f(g(x)) 1
. We conclude that
g(x) 2 1x
g(x) 1 x2.
1
b. Since g(x) x2, then f(g(x)) f(x2) 2 . Since x2 has been substituted
1x
1
for x in f, we conclude that f(x) .
1x
Exercise 4.5
Part A
1. Given f(x) x and g(x) x 2 1, find the following:
a. f(g(1)) b. g(f(1)) c. g(f(0))
d. f(g(4)) e. f(g(x)) f. g(f(x))
2. For each of the following pairs of functions, find the composite functions
f º g and g º f. What is the domain of each composite function? Are the
composite functions equal?
a. f(x) x2 b. f(x) 1x c. f(x) 1x
g(x) x g(x) x2 1 g(x)
x2
Part B
1
3. Use the functions f(x) 3x 1, g(x) x3, h (x) , and u(x) x
x1
to
find expressions for the indicated composite function.
152 C H A P T E R 4
a. f º u b. u º h c. g º f
d. u º g e. h º u f. f º g
g. h º ( f º u) h. ( f º g) º u i. g º (h º u)
4. Express h as the composition of two functions f and g, such that

h(x) f(g(x)).
a. h(x) (2x2 1)4 b. h (x)
5x 1
1 5
c. h(x)
x4
d. h (x) (2 3x) 2
e. h(x) x 4 5x 2 6 f. h(x) (x 1)2 9(x 1)
5. If f(x)
2 x and f(g(x))
2 x3, then what is g(x)?
6. If g(x) x and f(g(x)) (x 7)2, then what is f(x)?
7. Let g(x) x 3. Find a function f so that f(g(x)) x 2.
8. Let f(x) x 2. Find a function g so that f(g(x)) x2 8x 16.
9. Let f(x) x 4 and g(x) (x 2)2. Find a function u so that

f(g(u(x))) 4x 2 8x 8.
1
10. If f(x) and g(x) 1 x, determine
1x
a. g(f(x)) b. f (g(x))
11. If f(x) 3x 5 and g(x) x2 2x 3, determine x such that

f(g(x)) g(f(x)).
12. If f(x) 2x 7 and g(x) 5 2x,

a. determine f º f 1 and f 1 º f.
b. show that (f º g)1 g1 º f 1.
4.5 COMPOSITE FUNCTIONS 153

Section 4.6 — The Derivative of a Composite Function
The Chain Rule tells us how to compute the derivative of the composite function
h(x) f(g(x)) in terms of the derivatives f and g.
The Chain Rule

If f and g are functions having derivatives, then the composite function
h(x) f(g(x)) has a derivative given by
h’(x) f ’(g(x))g’(x).
In words, the Chain Rule says, “the derivative of a composite function is the
product of the derivative of the outer function evaluated at the inner function and
the derivative of the inner function.”
Differentiate h(x) x2 x 2 .

3
EXAMPLE 1
Solution 3

The inner function is g(x) x 2 x and the outer function is f(x) x 2 .
The derivative of the inner function is g’(x) 2x 1.
1
The derivative of the outer function is f ’(x) 32x 2 .

The derivative of the outer function evaluated at the inner function g(x) is
f ’(x 2 x) 32x 2 x 2 .
1
By the Chain Rule,

h’(x) 32x 2 x 2 (2x 1).
1
Proof of the Chain Rule

f(g(x h)) f(g(x))
By the definition of the derivative, [ f(g(x))]’ lim h
.
h→0
Assuming g(x h) g(x) 0, then we can write
[ f(g(x))]’ lim

h→0 g(x h) g(x)

f(g(x h)) f(g(x)) g(x h) g(x)
h
lim g(x h) g(x) h→0 .

f(g(x h)) f(g(x)) g(x h) g(x)
lim h
h→0
(Property of Limits)
Since lim [g(x h) g(x)] 0, let g(x h) g(x) k and k → 0
h→0
as h → 0, we obtain
154 C H A P T E R 4
f(g(x) k)) f(g(x))
[ f(g(x))]’ lim
h→0 k g(x h) g(x)
lim
h→0 h .
Therefore, [ f(g(x))]’ f ’(g(x))g’(x).
This proof is not valid for all circumstances, since dividing by g(x h) g(x),
we assume g(x h) g(x) 0. A more advanced proof can be found in
advanced calculus texts.
The Chain Rule in Leibniz Notation

If y f(u), where u g(x), then y is a composite function and
dy dy du
.
dx du dx
If we interpret derivatives as rates of change, the Chain Rule states that if y is a

function of x through the intermediate variable u, then the rate of change of y with
respect to x is equal to the product of the rate of change of y with respect to u and
the rate of change of u with respect to x.
dy
EXAMPLE 2 If y u3 2u 1, where u 2x, find d
x
at x 4.
Solution
Using the Chain Rule,

dy dy du 1 1
3u2 2 2 x 2
dx du dx 2
3u2 2 .
1
x
It is not necessary to write the derivative entirely in terms of x.

When x 4, u 24 4 and
dy
dx 1
1
3(42) 2 (46) 23.
4 2
EXAMPLE 3 An environmental study of a certain suburban community suggests that the

average daily level of carbon monoxide in the air may be modelled by the formula
C(p) 0.5p2 17 parts per million when the population is p thousand. It is
estimated that t years from now, the population of the community will be
p(t) 3.1 0.1t2 thousand. At what rate will the carbon monoxide level be
changing with respect to time three years from now?
4 . 6 T H E D E R I VAT I V E O F A C O M P O S I T E F U N C T I O N 155
Solution
We are asked to find the value of ddC
t
, when t 3.
We can find the value of change by using the Chain Rule.
dC dC dP
Therefore,
dt dP dt

120.5p2 17 2 (0.5)(2p) (0.2t).
1
When t 3,
p(3) 3.1 0.1(3)2 4,

1
dC 1
so 0.5(4)2 17 2
(0.5)(2(4)) (0.2(3))
dt 2
0.24.
The carbon monoxide level will be changing at the rate of 0.24 parts per million.
This level will be increasing because the sign of ddC
t
is positive.
dy
EXAMPLE 4 If y (x2 5)7, find d
x
.
Solution
The inner function is g(x) x2 5 and the outer function is f(x) x7.
By the Chain Rule,
dy
7(x2 5)6 (2x)
dx
14x(x2 5)6.
Example 4 is a special case of the Chain Rule in which the outer function is a
power function of the form y [g(x)] n. This leads to a generalization of the
Power Rule.
Power of a Function Rule

If n is a real number and u g(x),
d du
then (un) nun1
dx dx
n n1
or d
[ ]
g(x) n g(x)
dx [ ]
g’(x).
8
EXAMPLE 5 Using graphing technology, sketch the graph of the function f(x) .
2 x 4
t chnology Find the equation of the tangent at the point (2, 1) on the graph.
e
156 C H A P T E R 4
Solution
From graphing technology, the graph is
The slope of the tangent at point (2, 1) is given by f ’(2).

We first write the function as f(x) 8(x2 4)1.
By the Power of a Function Rule, f ’(x) 8(x2 4)2(2x).
The slope at (2, 1) is f ’(2) 8(4 4)2(4)
32
2
(8)
0.5.
The equation of the tangent is y – 1 12(x 2) or x 2y 4 0.
dy
EXAMPLE 6 If y f(3x 4), and f ’(3) 4, find d
x
at x 1.
Solution
Here the inner function is g(x) 3x 4.

dy
By the Chain Rule, f ’(3x 4) 12x3 .
dx

dy
When x 1, f ’(3) 12(1)3
dx
(4)(12)
48.
x
EXAMPLE 7 Differentiate h(x) 3
. Express your answer in a simplified factored form.

1 2x
Solution
We write h(x)
1 2x
x 1 x 1
3 , where u is the inner function and u 3 is the
1 2x
outer function.
Then h’(x) 13

1 2x
x 1 1 d x
3 (Chain Rule)
dx 1 2x
13
1 2x
x

(1)(1 2x) (x)(2)
2
3
(1 2x) 2
(Quotient Rule)
1 2x (1 2x)
13
2
x 1
3 2
1
.
3x 3 1 2x 3
2 4
Exercise 4.6
Part A
Communication 1. What is the rule for calculating the derivative of the composition of two
differentiable functions? Give examples and show how the derivative is
determined.
2. Differentiate each function. Do not expand any expression before

differentiating.
a. f(x) (2x 3)4 b. y (5 x)6
c. g(x) (x2 4)3 d. y (7 x3) 5
e. h(x) (2x 2 3x 5) 4 f. y (5x x 2)5
g. f(x) ( 2 x 2) 3 h. y (1 x x 2 x3) 4
1
i. f(x) [(2 x) 4 16]3 j. g(x) (4x 1) 2
k. h(x)
5x 7 l. y
x2 3
1 1
m. f(x)
(x2 16)5
n. y
2 x 4

p. f(u) 1 u 3
1 1
6
o. h(x)
x 1
x2

3
q. y
(2x
5)3 r. y 3
x
Part B
Knowledge/ 3. Rewrite each of the following in the form y un or y ku n, and then
Understanding differentiate.
3 2 1
a. y 2 b. y 3 c. y
x1
x x
2
e. y 2x
1 3
d. y f. y 2
2x 4 9x
1 x

1 1 3
g. y h. y i. y 3
x2
5x x
2 2 (x x 1)
4
4. Differentiate each function. Express your answer in a simplified factored

form.
3x 5
a. f(x) (x 4)3(x 3)6 b. y 2
1x
3x 2x
2
c. g(x) (2x 1)4(2 3x)4 d. y
x2 1
(2x 1)2
e. h(x) x3(3x 5)2 f. y
(x 2)
3
x2 3 4
g. y x 4(1 4x2)3 h. y
2 x 3
158 C H A P T E R 4
x
i. y (x2 3)3(x 3 3)2 j. h(x) 2
1
x
1
x 2
k. s (4 3t3)4(1 2t)6 l. h(x) 1x
5. Find the rate of change of each function at the given value of t. Leave your
answers as rational numbers, or in terms of roots and the number .
t 3
b. s(t)
t 6
1 2 1
a. s(t) t 3 (4t 5) 3 , t 8 , t 2
6. For what values of x do the curves y (1 x 3)2 and y 2x 6 have the same
slope?
7. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y (3x x2)2 at 2, 14.
8. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y (x3 – 7)5 at x 2.

dy
9. Use the Chain Rule, in Leibniz notation, to find d
x
at the indicated value of x.
a. y 3u2 5u 2, u x2 1, x 2
b. y u3 5(u3 7u)2, u x, x 4
1
c. y 2u3 3u2, u x x 2 , x 1
d. y u(u2 3)3, u (x 3)2, x 2
u 3
e. y , u (x2 1)3, x 1
u1
1
f. y , u x 1, x 4
(1 u )
2 2
g. y u5 u3, u 3v 4v, v 3 x2, x 2

dy
10. Let y f(x2 3x 5). Find d
x
when x 1, given that f ’(1) 2.
. If g’ 2, find when x 3.

x 9 2 dy
Application 11. Let y g(h(x)) where h(x)
x2 5 dx
Application 12. Find h’(2) given that h (x) f(g(x)), f(u) u2 1, g(2) 3, and g’(2) 1.
Part C
Application 13. a. Write an expression for h’(x) if h (x) p(x)q(x)r(x).
b. If h(x) x(2x 7)4(x 1)2, find h’(3).
14. Show that the tangent to the curve y (x2 x 2)3 3 at the point (1, 3)
is also the tangent to the curve at another point.
x 2(1 x)3
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. Differentiate y .
Problem Solving
3(1 x)
Application 16. Use mathematical induction to prove that if u is a function of x and n is
a positive integer, then ddx (un) nun1 dd
u
x
.
17. If f(x) ax b and g(x) cx d, find the condition (involving a, b, c,

and d) such that f(g(x)) g( f(x)).
Technology Extension
Numerical derivatives can be approximated on a TI-83 Plus using nDeriv(.
2x
To approximate f ’(0) for f(x) :
2 x 1
Press MATH and scroll down to 8:nDeriv( under the MATH menu.
t chnology Press ENTER and the display on the screen will be nDeriv(.
e
To find the derivative, key in the expression, the variable, the value at
which we want the derivative, and a value for .
For this example, the display will be nDeriv( 2x/(x2 1), x, 0, .01).
Press ENTER and the value 1.9998002 will be returned.
Therefore, f ’(0) is approximately 1.999 800 02.
A better approximation can be found by using a smaller value for , for example,
0.0001. The default value for is 0.001.
a. Use the nDeriv( function on a graphing calculator to find the value of the
derivative of each of the following functions at the given point.
b. Determine the actual value of the derivative at the given point using the
Rules of Differentiation.
i) f(x) x2 at x 3 ii) f(x) x3 at x 1
iii) f(x) x 4 at x 2 iv) f(x) x3 6x at x 2
25 x2 at x 3
v) f(x) vi) f(x) (x2 1)(2x 1)4 at x 0
x2 1
vii) f(x) x2 1x6 4x at x 4 viii) f(x) at x 1
x x2
2
The TI-89 and TI-92 can find exact symbolic and numerical deriviatives. If you
have access to either model, try some of the above questions and compare your
answers to those found using a TI-83 Plus. Press DIFFERENTIATE under the
CALCULATE menu, key d(2x/(x2 1), x) x 0 and press ENTER .
160 C H A P T E R 4
Key Concepts Review
Now that you have completed your study of derivatives in Chapter 4, you should
be familiar with such concepts as derivatives of polynomial functions, the Product
Rule, the Quotient Rule, the Power Rule for Rational Exponents, and the Chain
Rule. Consider the following summary to confirm your understanding of key
concepts.
f(a h) f(a)
• The derivative of f at a is given by f ’(a) lim h or, alternatively,
h→0
f(x) f (a)
by f ’(a) lim .
xa
x→a
f(x h) f(x)
• The derivative function of f(x) with respect to x is f ’(x) lim h.
h→0
• The normal at point P is the line that is perpendicular to the tangent at point P.
• For two functions f and g, the composite function f º g is defined by

( f º g)(x) f (g(x)).
Summary of Differentiation Techniques

Rule Function Notation Leibniz Notation
d
Constant f(x) k, f’(x) 0 (k) 0
dx
d
Linear f(x) x, f’(x) 1 (x) 1
dx
d dy
Constant Multiple f(x) kg(x), f’(x) kg’(x) (ky) k
dx dx
d d d
Sum or Difference f(x) p(x) q(x), [f(x) g(x)] f(x) g(x)
dx dx dx
f’(x) p’(x) q’(x)
Product h(x) f(x)g(x)

d[f(x)g(x)] df(x) g(x) f(x) d g(x)
dx dx dx
h’(x) f ’(x)g(x) f(x)g’(x)
h(x)
f(x)
df(x)g(x) f(x)d g(x)

d f(x) dx dx
Quotient g (x)
dx (x) [g(x)]2
f ’(x)g(x) – f(x)g’(x)
h’(x)
[g(x)]2
dy dy dy du
Chain y f(g(x)),d
x
f ’(g(x))g’(x) , where u is a function of x.
dx du dx
dy dy
General Power y [f(x)]n, d
x
n[f(x)]n1f ’(x) y un, d
x
nun1ddu
x
,
where u is a function of x.

wrap-up
CHAPTER 4: THE ELASTICITY OF DEMAND
An electronics retailing chain has established the monthly price (p) demand
(nd ) relationship for a NintendoTM game as
4

(p 1) 3
nd (p) 1000 10
3 .

p
They are trying to set a price level that will provide maximum revenue (R). They
know that when demand is elastic (E 1), a drop in price will result in higher
overall revenues (R nd p) and that when demand is inelastic (E 1), an increase
in price will result in higher overall revenues. To complete the questions in this
task, you will have to use the elasticity definition of
∆nd

nd
E
∆p

p
∆
converted into differential
∆
n
p
ddnp notation.
a. Determine the elasticity of demand at $20 and $80, classifying these price
points as having elastic or inelastic demand. What does this say about where
the optimum price is in terms of generating the maximum revenue? Explain.
Also calculate the revenue at the $20 and $80 price points.
b. Approximate the demand curve as a linear function (tangent) at a price point
of $50. Plot the demand function and its linear approximation on the graphing
calculator. What do you notice? Explain this by looking at the demand
function.
c. Use your linear approximation to determine the price point that will generate
the maximum revenue. (Hint: Think about the specific value of E where you
won’t want to increase or decrease the price to generate higher revenues.)
What revenue is generated at this price level?
d. A second game has a price–demand relationship of
12 500
nd (p) .
p 25
The price is currently set at $50. Should the company increase or decrease
the price? Explain. ●
162 C H A P T E R 4
Review Exercise
1. Describe the process of finding a derivative using the definition for f ’(x).
2. Use the definition of the derivative to find f ’(x) of each of the following
functions:
x
i) y 2x2 5x ii) y
x6 iii) y
4x
3. Differentiate each of the following:

3
a. y x2 5x 4 b. y 8 x 3 c. f(x) x 4
7 1
d. y 5x4 e. y 4 f. y
x3
3x
1 3
g. y h. y i. y
2x
2 x 5 (3 x )
2 2
l. y x4 x 3 4
2
j. y
7x2
4x 1 k. y (5x4 )3 5
4. Find the derivative of the given function. In some cases, it will save time
if you rearrange the function before differentiating.
2x 3 1
a. f(x)
2
b. g(x) x (x3 x)
x
3 1x
8
c. h (x) d. y
3xx x
x
e. y
3x 5
f. y
x 1(x 1)
2

g. f(x) (x 2) 3
h. y
(x 3
)(x 3)
x 5x 4
2 x 27
3
i. y x4
j. y
x3
5. Find the derivative, and give your answer in a simplified form.

a. y x 4(2x 5)6 b. y x
x2 1
(2x 5)4 x
c. y d. y
3(x 1) 3 2
x 5

10x 1 (x2 1)3

e. y 3x 5
6
f. y 3
2(x 1)
x
g. y h. y (x 2)3(x2 9)4
2 x 1

i. y (1 x2)3(6 2x)3 j. y (3x2 2)2

x2 5
REVIEW EXERCISE 163

6. If f is a differentiable function, find an expression for the derivative of each
of the following functions:
a. g(x) f(x2) b. h (x) 2xf(x)
18 dy
7. a. If y 5u2 3u 1 and u , find when x 2.
2 x 5 dx
u4 x x dy
b. If y and u , find when x 4.
u4 10 dx
dy
c. If y f(
x2 9) and f ’(5) 2, find d
x
when x 4.
2
8. Find the slope of the line tangent to the graph of f(x) (9 x2) 3
at point (1, 4).
t chnology 9. For what values of x does the curve y x 3 6x2 have a slope of 12?
e
Of 15? Use a graphing calculator to graph the function and confirm your
results.
t chnology 10. a. Find the values of x where the given graph has a horizontal tangent.
e
i) y (x2 4)5 ii) y (x3 x)2

b. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function and its tangent at the point
to confirm your result.
11. Find the equation of the tangent to each function at the point given.
a. y (x2 5x 2)4 at (0, 16) b. y (3x2 2x3)5 at (1, 1)
12. A tangent to the parabola y 3x 2 7x 5 is perpendicular to

x 5y 10 0. Determine the equation of the tangent.
13. The line y 8x b is tangent to the curve y 2x2. Find the point of
tangency and the value of b.
x3
t chnology 14. a. Using a graphing calculator, graph the function f(x) .
e
2 x 6
b. Using the DRAW function or an equivalent function on your calculator or
graphing software, find the equations of the tangents where the slope is
zero.
c. Setting f ’(x) 0, find the coordinates of the points where the slope
is zero.
d. Find the slope of the tangent to the graph at (2, 4). Use the graph to veri-
fy that your answer is reasonable.
164 C H A P T E R 4
5 2

15. Consider the function f(x) 2x 3 5x 3 . y
a. Find the slope of the tangent at the point

where the graph crosses the x-axis.
x
b. Find the value of a.
0
(a, f (a))
16. A rested student is able to memorize M words after t minutes, where

M 0.1t 2 0.001t3.
a. How many words are memorized in the first 10 min? The first 15 min?
b. What is the memory rate at t 10? At t 15?
17. A grocery store determines that after t hours on the job, a new cashier can
30
ring up N(t) 20 2 items per minute.
9
t
a. Find N’(t), the rate at which the cashier’s productivity is changing.
b. According to this model, does the cashier ever stop improving? Why?
18. An athletic-equipment supplier experiences weekly costs of

C (x) 13x 3 40x 700 in producing x baseball gloves per week.
a. Find the marginal cost, C’(x).
b. Find the production level x, at which the marginal cost is $76 per glove.
19. A manufacturer of kitchen appliances experiences revenues from the sale of

2
x refrigerators per month of R(x) 750x x6 23x 3 dollars.
a. Find the marginal revenue, R’(x).
b. Find the marginal revenue when 10 refrigerators per month are sold.
20. An economist has found that the demand function for a particular new
20
product is given by D(p) , p 1. Find the slope of the demand
p1

curve at the point (5, 10).
REVIEW EXERCISE 165

Chapter 4 Test
Knowledge/Understanding 3–7
Communication 1, 2
Application 8–10
1. Explain when you need to use the Chain Rule.
2. The following graph shows the graphs of a function 4 y

and its derivative function. Label the graphs f and f ’
and write a short paragraph stating the criteria you 2
used in making your selection. x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4
–2
3. Use the definition of the derivative to find ddx (x x2).

dy
4. Find d
x
for each of the following:
a. y 13x 3 3x5 4
b. y 6(2x 9)5
2 x 3
c. y 6x
x 3
x2 6 5
d. y
3x 4
Leave your answer in a simplified factored form.
3
e. y x2
6x2 7 Simplify your answer.
4x5 5x 4 6x 2
f. y
4
Simplify your answer.
x
5. Find the slope of the tangent to the graph of y (x2 3x 2)(7 3x)
at (1, 8).
166 C H A P T E R 4
dy
6. Find d
x
at x 2 for y 3u2 2u and u
x2 5.
7. Find the equation of the tangent to y (3x2 2x3)5 at point (1, 1).
8. The amount of pollution in a certain lake is P(t) t 4 3 , where t is
1
3
measured in years, and P is measured in parts per million (p.p.m.). At what

rate is the amount of pollution changing after 16 years?
9. At what point on the curve y x 4 does the normal have a slope of 16?
10. Find the points on the curve y x 3 x 2 x 1 where the slope of the
tangent is horizontal.
11. For what values of a and b will the parabola y x2 ax b be tangent to

the curve y x3 at point (1, 1)?
CHAPTER 4 TEST 167

Cumulative Review
CHAPTERS 1–4
1. Sketch the graph of y (x 4)(x 1)(x 3).
2. Sketch the graph of y (x 1)2(x 2).
3. Find the polynomial function whose graph passes through the following
points: (1, 25), (2, 20), (3, 3), (4, 56), (5, 151).
4. a. Divide x3 3x2 4 by x 2.
b. Divide 3x3 4x2 11x 2 by x 3.
c. Divide x4 5x2 x 1 by x2 x 1.
5. Find the remainder when 2x3 x2 7x 1 is divided by x 2.
6. When 3x5 6x3 kx 2 is divided by x 1, the remainder is 5. Find the

value of k.
7. If x 3 is a factor of x3 kx2 4x 12, where k R, find the value of k.
8. Determine whether or not x 2 is a factor of x4 2x3 5x2 6x 8.
9. One factor of x3 2x2 5x 6 is x 2. Determine the other factors.
10. Factor fully.

a. x3 3x2 18x 40 b. x3 5x2 4x 20
c. 2x3 x2 8x 4 d. 5x3 8x2 21x 10
11. Solve for x (x C).

a. x3 3x2 4 0 b. x4 5x2 36 0
c. x3 4x2 x 6 0 d. 2x3 x2 2x 1 0
e. x3 x2 5x 3 0 f. 3x3 4x2 4x 1 0
12. Find the sum and product of the roots of 2x2 8x 5 0.
13. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are the squares of the roots of
x2 9x 2 0.
168 C H A P T E R 4
14. Solve each of the following, x R:
a. x2 x 6 0 b. (x 2)(x 1)(x 3) 0
15. Solve for x.

a. x 2 5 b. 2x 3 5 c. 3x 1 16
16. The displacement (in metres) of an object is given by s(t) 2t2 3t 1,

where t is the time in seconds.
a. Find the average velocity from t 1 to t 4.
b. Find the instantaneous velocity at t 3.
17. A cylinder has a volume of 200 cm3. Its height is 3 cm greater than its
radius. Determine the radius of the cylinder. (The volume of a cylinder is
V r2h.)
y
y = f(x)
18. a. Determine f (2).
4
b. Determine lim f (x).
x→2 3
c. Determine lim f (x). 2
x→2 1
x
d. Determine lim f (x).
x→6 2 4 6
e. Does lim f (x) exist? Justify your answer.
x→4
19. Sketch a function f (x) that satisfies the following conditions:

• f (x) is increasing;
• lim f (x) 5;
x→2
• lim f (x) 8.
x→2

20. x2 1, x 2
f (x) = 2x 1, x 2
x 5, x 2
Determine where f (x) is discontinuous and justify your answer.

x4 2x3 2x2 2x 3
21. Use your graphing calculator to estimate lim x2 2x 3
.
x→1
(4 h)3 64
22. If lim is the slope of the tangent to y f(x) at x = 4, what is
h→0 h
f (x)?
C U M U L AT I V E R E V I E W C H A P T E R S 1 - 4 169
23. Use algebraic methods to evaluate each of the following (if they exist):
1 1

2x2 1 1 x 3
x→0 x 5 x→5 x 5 x→3 x3
x 4x 2x
3 2 x2 x12

d. lim e. lim 3 f. lim
x→0 3x 2x x x→2 x 8 x3
5 3
x→3
24. Use the definition of derivative to find f ‘(x) if

a. f(x) 3x2 x 1. b. f(x) 1x.
25. Use any of the rules you have learned to find the derivatives of the following
functions:
a. y x3 4x2 5x 2 b. y
2x3 1
2x
c. y
x3
d. y (x2 3)2 (4x5 5x 1)
(4x2 1)5
e. y
(3x 2)3
f. y [x2 (2x 1)3]5
18
26. Find the equation of the tangent to y at point (1, 2).
(x 2)2
27. Find the equation of the tangent to y x2 4x 1 that is perpendicular to

the line with equation 3x 6y 2 0.
1 dy
28. If y 6u3 2u2 5u 2 and u , find .
x3 2 dx
29. Find the slope of the tangent to y x2 9x 9 at the point where the curve
intersects the line at y 3x.
30. In 1980, the population of Smalltown, Ontario, was 1100. After a time t, in
years, the population is given by p(t) 2t2 6t 1100.
a. Find p‘(t), the function that describes the rate of change of the population.
b. Find the rate of change of the population in 1990.
c. In what year is the rate of change of the population 94 people per year?
170 C H A P T E R 4
Chapter 5
A P P L I C AT I O N S O F
D E R I VAT I V E S
We live in a world that is always in flux. Sir Isaac

Newton’s name for calculus was “the method of
fluxions.” He recognized in the 17th century, as you
probably recognize today, that understanding
change is important. Newton was what we might
call a “mathematical physicist.” He developed his
method of fluxions as a means to better understand
the natural world, including motion and gravity. But
change is not limited to the natural world, and since
Newton’s time, the use of calculus has spread to
include applications in the social sciences. Psycho-
logy, business, and economics are just a few of the
areas in which calculus has been an effective
problem-solving tool. As we shall see in this chapter,
anywhere that functions can be used as models, the
derivative is certain to be meaningful and useful.

• justify the rules for determining derivatives,
Section 5.1
• determine derivatives of polynomial and
rational functions using rules for determining
derivatives, Section 5.1
• solve problems of rates of change, Section 5.1
• determine second derivatives, Section 5.2
• solve related-rates problems, Section 5.3
• determine key features of the graph of a
function, Section 5.4
• determine key features of a mathematical
model, pose questions, and answer them by
analyzing mathematical models, Section 5.5
• solve optimization problems, Section 5.5, 5.6,
Career Link
• communicate findings clearly and concisely,
Section 5.6
Now that you have developed your understanding of derivatives and differen-
tiation techniques in Chapter 4, we will consider a variety of applications of deriv-
atives. The following skills will help you in your work in this chapter:
• Graphing polynomial and simple rational functions

• Drawing circles, ellipses, and hyperbolas in both standard position and when
translated
• Solving polynomial equations
• Finding the equations of tangents and normals
• You should also be familiar with the following formulas:
Circle: C 2r, A r2
Right Circular Cylinder: S 2rh 2r2, V r2h
Sphere: S 4r2, V 43r3
Right Circular Cone: V 13r2h
Exercise
1. Sketch the graph of each function.
a. 2x 3y 6 0 b. 3x 4y 12 c. y x
d. y
x2 e. y x2 4 f. y x2 9
2. Draw each of the following circles:

a. x2 y2 9 b. (x 2)2 (y 3)2 9
c. (x 4)2 (y 1)2 49
3. Draw each of the following ellipses:

(x 4)2 (y 1)2
a. 4x2 9y2 36 b. x2 4y2 100 c. 1
49 4
4. Draw each hyperbola defined by the following equations:

a. xy 4 b. 4x2 9y2 36 c. x2 4y2 100
5. Solve x, t R.
x5
a. 3(x 2) 2(x 1) 6 0 b. 13(x 2) 25(x 3) 2

c. t 2 4t 3 0 d. 2t 2 5t 3 0
172 C H A P T E R 5
e. 6t 2t 4 f. x3 2x2 3x 0
g. x3 8x2 16x 0 h. 4t3 12t 2 t 3 0
i. 4t 4 13t 2 9 0
6. Solve each inequality, x R.

a. 3x 2 7 b. x(x 3) 0 c. x2 4x 0
7. Find the area of the figure described. Leave your answers in terms of .
a. Square: perimeter 20 cm
b. Rectangle: length 8 cm, width 6 cm
c. Circle: radius 7 cm
d. Circle: circumference 12 cm
8. Two measures of a right circular cylinder are given. Find the two remaining
measures.
Radius r Height h Surface Area Volume
S 2rh + 2r 2 V r2h
a. 4 cm 3 cm
b. 4 cm 96 cm3
c. 6 cm 216 cm3
d. 5 cm 120 cm2
9. One measure of a sphere is given. Find the two remaining measures.

Radius r Volume Surface Area
V 43 r 3 S = 4r 2
a. 9 cm
b. 3 cm
c. 36 cm3
d. 1000 cm2
10. Two measures of a right circular cone are given. Find the remaining measure.
r h V 13 r 2h
a. 4 cm 3 cm
b. 3 cm 27 cm3
c. 4 cm 27 cm3
11. Find the total surface area and volume of a cube with each of the following
dimensions:
a. 3 cm b. 5 cm c. 23 cm d. 2k cm

investigate
CHAPTER 5: MAXIMIZING PROFITS
We live in a world that demands we determine the best, the worst, the
maximum, and the minimum. Through mathematical modelling, calculus
can be used to establish optimum operating conditions for processes
that seem to have competing variables. For example, minimizing
transportation costs for a delivery truck would seem to require the driver
to travel as fast as possible to reduce hourly wages. Higher rates of
speed, however, increase the cost of gas consumption. With calculus, an
optimal speed can be established that minimizes the total cost of driving
the delivery vehicle considering both gas consumption and hourly
wages. In this chapter, calculus tools will be utilized in realistic contexts
to solve optimization problems from business applications (e.g.,
minimizing cost) to psychology (e.g., maximizing learning).
Case Study — Entrepreneurship

In the last ten years, the ($)
2400 TR
Canadian economy has seen
a dramatic increase in the 1800
number of small businesses. TC
TR, TC, TP
An ability to interpret the 1200

marginal profit on graphs,
a calculus concept, will help 600
an entrepreneur to make Boxes Sold/Week
0
good business decisions. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
A person with an old family
recipe for gourmet chocolates decides to open her own business. Her weekly total
revenue (TR) and total cost (TC) curves are plotted on the set of axes below.
Make a rough sketch of the graph in your notes and answer the following questions:
1. What range of sales would keep the company profitable? What do we call
these values?
2. Superimpose the total profit (TP) curve over the TR and TC curves. What would
the sales level have to be for maximum profits to occur? Estimate the slopes on
the TR and TC curves at this level of sales. Should they be the same?
Why or why not?
3. On a set of separate axes, draw a rough sketch of the marginal profit
MP ddTxP , the extra profit earned by selling one more box of chocolates.
What can you say about the marginal profit as the level of sales progress from
just less than the maximum to the maximum to just above the maximum? Does
this make sense? Explain. ●
174 C H A P T E R 5
Section 5.1 — Implicit Differentiation
In previous chapters, most functions were written in the form y f(x), in which
y is defined explicitly as a function of x. Examples of functions that are defined
7
explicitly include y x3 4x and y . However, functions can also be
x2 1
defined implicitly by relations such as the circle x2 y2 25.
Since there are x-values that correspond to two y-values, y is not a function of x
on the entire circle. Solving for y gives y 25 x2, where y 25 x2
represents the upper semicircle and y 25 x is the lower semicircle.
2
The given relation defines two different functions of x.

y y y
x x x
O 2 4 O O
2 4 2 4
x2 y2 25 y
25 x2 y
25 x2
Consider the problem of finding the slope of the tangent line to the circle
x2 y2 25 at the point (3, 4). Since this point lies on the lower semicircle,
we could differentiate the function y 25 x2 and substitute x 3.
An alternative, which avoids having to solve for y explicitly in terms of x, is to
use the method of implicit differentiation. Example 1 illustrates this method.
EXAMPLE 1 a. If x2 y2 25, find ddyx .

b. Find the slope of the tangent line to the circle x2 y2 25 at the point
(3, 4).
Solution
a. Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to x:
d d
(x2 y2) (25)
dx dx
d d d
(x2) (y2) (25)
dx dx dx
To find ddx (y2), use the Chain Rule.

d d dy
(y2) (y2) •
dx dy dx
dy
2y d
x
5 . 1 I M P L I C I T D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N 175
Therefore, ddx (x2) ddx (y2) ddx (25)
dy
2x 2yd
x
0
dy x
and .
dx y
The derivative in part a depends on both x and y. At the point (3, 4), x 3
and y 4.
The slope of the tangent line to x2 y2 25 y
dy 3 3
at (3, 4) is d
x

4 4 .
4
2
x
2 4
(3, –4)
In Example 1, the derivative could be found either by implicit differentiation or

by solving for y in terms of x and using the techniques introduced earlier in the
text. There are many situations in which solving for y in terms of x is very
difficult, and in some cases impossible. In such cases, implicit differentiation is
the only method available to us.
dy
EXAMPLE 2 Find d
x
for 2xy y3 4.
Solution
We differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to x as follows:
d d d
(2xy) – (y3) (4).
dx dx dx
Use the Product Rule to differentiate the first term and the Chain Rule for the
second.
ddx (2x) y 2x dx dy (y3) • dx dx (4)

dy d dy d
dy dy
2y 2x d
x
3y2 d
x
0
dy
(2x 3y2)d
x
2y
dy 2y
2
dx 2x 3y
176 C H A P T E R 5
Procedure for Implicit Differentiation
Suppose an equation defines y implicitly as a differentiable function of x.
dy
To find d
x
:
Step 1. Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to x.
Remember to use the Chain Rule when differentiating terms
containing y.
dy
Step 2. Solve for d
x
.
Note that implicit differentiation leads to a derivative whenever the derivative does
not have a zero in the denominator. The derivative expression usually includes
terms in both x and y.
EXAMPLE 3 Find the slope of the tangent to the ellipse x2 4y2 25 at the point (3, 2).
Illustrate the tangent on the graph of the ellipse.
Solution
Differentiating implicitly with respect to x, we obtain
2x 42y d
x
dy dy
0 or 2x 8y d
x
0.
At point (3, 2), y
dy
2(3) 8(2)d
x
0
(–3, 2) x 2 + 4y 2 = 25
dy 6

dx 16
x
38 .
Therefore, the slope of the tangent to the

ellipse at (3, 2) is 38.
t chnology Using your graphing calculator:

e
Step 1. To graph the ellipse, write x2 4y2 25 as

4y2 25 x2
25 x 2
y2 4

4
25 x2
y .

25 x2
First, graph y1 as
4
((25
x2) 4)
.

25 x2
Step 2. To graph y 4
, select y2 and then select the
VARS function.
Then select Y-VARS and press ENTER twice.
Then select GRAPH .
Use xmin 9.4, xmax 9.4, ymin 6.4, and ymax 6.4
as your window.
Step 3. To graph the tangent at (3, 2) from the GRAPH window, select
DRAW
2 nd PRGM to get the DRAW function. Select 5:Tangent(. Move
the cursor to (3, 2) and press ENTER to get the tangent.
Exercise 5.1
Part A
Communication 1. State the Chain Rule. Outline a procedure for implicit differentiation.
dy
Knowledge/ 2. Find d
x
for each of the following in terms of x and y using implicit
Understanding
differentiation.
a. x2 y2 36 b. y2 x2 16 c. 15y2 2x3
d. 3xy2 y3 8 e. 5y4 x3 13 f. 9x2 16y2 144
2 3y2
g. 1x6 13 1 h. 3x2 4xy3 9 i. x2 y2 5y 10
j. x3 y3 6xy k. x3y3 144 l. x y y5
m. xy3 x3y 2 n. x y 5 o. (x y)2 x2 y2
3. For each curve, find the equation of the tangent at the given point.
a. x2 y2 13 at (2, 3) b. x2 4y2 100 at (8, 3)
2 y2 2 5y2
c. 2x5 – 3
6
1 at (53, 12) d. 8x1 – 1 at (11, 4)
162
Part B
4. At what point is the tangent to the curve x y2 1 parallel to the line
x 2y 0?
178 C H A P T E R 5
5. The equation 5x2 6xy 5y2 16 represents an ellipse.
dy
a. Find d
x
at (1, 1).
b. Find two points on the ellipse at which the tangent is horizontal.
Application 6. Find the slope of the tangent to the ellipse 5x2 y2 21 at point A(2, 1).
7. Find the equation of the normal at (2, 3) to the curve x3 y3 3xy 17 at

point (2, 3).
x 3
8. Find the equation of the normal to y2 at point (1, 1).
2x
9. The equation 4x2y 3y x3 implicitly defines y as a function of x.

dy
a. Use implicit differentiation to find d
x
.
dy
b. Write y as an explicit function of x and compute d
x
directly. Show that the
results of parts a and b are equivalent.
t chnology
e
10. Graph each relation using a graphing calculator or a computer. For each
graph, decide the number of tangents that exist at x 1.
a. y
3x
b. y
5x
c. y x7 x
d. x3 4x2 (x 4)y2 0 (This curve is known as the strophoid.)
11. Show that for the relation xy

y dy y
10, x y 0, .
x dx x
Part C
12. Find the equations of the lines that are tangent to the ellipse x2 4y2 16
and that also pass through the point (4, 6).
13. The angle between two intersecting curves is defined as the angle between
their tangents at the point of intersection. If this angle is 90º, the two curves
are said to be orthogonal. Prove that the curves defined by x2 y2 k and
xy p intersect orthogonally for all values of the constants k and p. Illustrate
your proof with a sketch.
14. Let l be any tangent to the curve x y k. Show that the sum of the
intercepts of l is k.
15. Two circles of radius 32 are tangent to the graph y2 4x at point (1, 2).
Find the equations of these two circles.
Section 5.2 — Higher-Order Derivatives, Velocity, and
Acceleration
Derivatives arise in the study of motion. The velocity of a car represents the rate
of change of distance with respect to time.
Up to this point, we have developed the rules of differentiation and learned how
to interpret them at a point on a curve. We can now extend the applications of
differentiation to higher-order derivatives. This will allow us to discuss the
application of the first and second derivatives to rates of change as an object
moves in a straight line, either vertically or horizontally, such as a space shuttle
taking off into space or a car moving along a road.
Higher-Order Derivatives
The derivative of 10x4 with respect to x is 40x3. If we differentiate 40x3, we obtain
120x2. This new function is called the second derivative of 10x4.
dy
For y 2x3 5x2, the first derivative is d
x
6x2 10x and the second
d 2y
derivative is 12x 10.
dx2
Note the location of the superscripts in the second derivative. The reason for this
choice of notation is that the second derivative is the derivative of the first
d 2y
x dx
d dy
derivative; that is, we write d .
dx2
Other notations used to represent first and second derivatives of y f (x) are
dy d 2y
f’(x) y’ and f ’’(x) y’’
dx dx2
x
EXAMPLE 1 Find the second derivative of f (x) at x 1.
1x
Solution
x
Differentiate f(x) using the Quotient Rule.
1x
(1)(1 x) x(1)
f ’(x)
(1 x)2
1xx

(1 x)2
1

(1 x)2
(1 x)2
180 C H A P T E R 5
Differentiating again to determine the second derivative,
f ’’(x) 2(1 x)3(1) (Power of a Function Rule)
2
.
(1 x)3
2
At x 1, f ’’(1)
(1 1)3
2

8
14.
Velocity and Acceleration — Motion on a Straight Line

One reason for introducing the derivative is the need to calculate rates of change.
Consider the motion of an object along a straight line. Examples are a car moving
along a straight section of road, a ball being dropped from the top of a building,
and a rocket in the early stages of flight.
When studying motion along a line, we assume the object is moving along
a coordinate line, which gives us an origin of reference and positive and negative
directions. The position of the object on the line relative to the origin is a function
of time, t, and is denoted by s(t). The rate of change of s(t) with respect to time is
the object’s velocity, v(t), and the rate of change of the velocity with respect to
time is its acceleration, a(t). The absolute value of the velocity is called speed.
Motion on a Straight Line

An object that moves along a straight line with its position determined
by the function s(t) has a velocity of v(t) s’(t) and acceleration of
a(t) v’(t) s’’(t).
In Leibniz notation,
2
v ddst and a ddvt
ds
.
dt2
The speed of an object is v(t).
The dimensions of velocity are length divided by time; typical units are m/s.
The dimensions of acceleration are length divided by (time)2; typical units
are m/s2.
If v(t) 0, the object is moving to the right, and if v(t)
0, it is moving to the
left. If v(t) 0, the object is stationary, or at rest. The object is accelerating if the
product of a(t) and v(t) is positive and decelerating if the product is negative.
5 . 2 H I G H E R - O R D E R D E R I VAT I V E S, V E L O C I T Y, A N D A C C E L E R AT I O N 181
EXAMPLE 2 An object is moving along a straight line. s(t)
Its distance, s(t), to the right of a fixed point is
given by the graph shown.
When is the object moving to the right, when is it moving
to the left, and when is it at rest? t
1 2 3 4 5 6
Solution
The object is moving to the right whenever s(t) is increasing, or v(t) 0.
From the graph, s(t) is increasing for 0
t
2 and for t 6.
For 2
t
6, the value of s(t) is decreasing, so the object is moving to the left.
At t 6, the direction of motion of the object changes from left to right, so the
object is stationary at t 6.
The motion of the object along the distance lines can be illustrated by the
following diagram:
t=6
s=0 t=2
t=0 s=6
s=0 s
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
EXAMPLE 3 The position of an object moving on a line is given by s(t) 6t2 t 3, t 0,

where s is in metres and t is in seconds.
a. Find the object’s velocity and acceleration at t 2.
b. At what time(s) is the object at rest?
c. In which direction is the object moving at t 5?
d. When is the object moving in a positive direction?
e. When does the object return to its initial position?
Solution
a. The velocity at time t is
v(t) s’(t) 12t 3t2.
At t 2, v(2) 12(2) 3(2)2
12.
The acceleration at time t is
a(t) v’(t) s’’(t)
12 6t.
At t 2, a(2) 12 6(2)
0.
At t 2, the velocity is 12 m/s and the acceleration is 0.
182 C H A P T E R 5
We note that at t 2, the object is neither speeding up nor slowing down.
b. The object is at rest when the velocity is 0, that is, v(t) 0.
12t 3t2 0
3t(4 t) 0
t 0 or t 4
The object is at rest at t 0 s and at t 4 s.
c. v(5) 12(5) 3(52)
15
The object is moving in a negative direction at t 5.
d. The object moves in a positive direction when v(t) 0;
that is, when v(t) 12t 3t2 0
t2 4t
0, (Divide by –3)
therefore, 0
t
4.
The graph of the velocity function is a parabola 12
v(t)
opening downward, as shown.
From the graph, we conclude that v(t) 0 for
0
t
4.
The object is moving to the right during the t
2 4
interval 0
t
4.
e. At t 0, s(0) 0. Therefore, the object’s initial position is at 0.
To find other times when the object is at this point, we solve s(t) 0.
6t2 t3 0
t2(6 t) 0
t 0 or t 6
The object returns to its initial position after 6 s.
EXAMPLE 4 Discuss the motion of an object moving on a horizontal line if its position is given
by s(t) t 2 10t, 0 t 12, where s is in metres and t is in seconds. Include
the initial velocity, final velocity, and any acceleration in your discussion.
Solution
The initial position of the object occurs at time t 0. Since s(0) 0, the object
starts at the origin.
The velocity at time t is 14
v(t)
v(t) s’(t) 2t 10
v(t) = 2t – 10
2(t 5).
The object is at rest when v(t) 0.
t
2(t 5) 0
5 12
t5
v(t) 0 for 5
t 12, therefore the object is
moving to the right. –10
v(t)
0 if 0 t
5, therefore the object is
moving to the left.
The initial velocity is v(0) 10.
At t 12, v(12) 14.
The acceleration at time t is
a(t) v’(t) s’’(t) 2.
The object moves to the left for 0 t
5 and to the right for 5
t 12.
The initial velocity is 10 m/s, the final velocity is 14 m/s, and the acceleration is
2 m/s2.
The following diagram is a schematic of the motion. (The actual path of the
object is back and forth on a line.)
t=5 t = 12
s = –25 s = 24
t=0
s=0
s
–25 –20 –15 –10 –5 0 5 10 15 20 25
Motion Under Gravity Near the Surface of the Earth
EXAMPLE 5 A fly ball is hit vertically upward. The position function s(t), in metres, of the ball
is s(t) 5t2 30t 1 where t is in seconds.
a. Find the maximum height reached by the ball.
b. Find the velocity of the ball when it is caught 1 m above the ground.
Solution
a. The maximum height occurs when the velocity of the ball is zero, that is, when
the slope of the tangent to the graph is zero.
184 C H A P T E R 5
The velocity function is
v(t) s’(t)
10t 30.
On solving v(t) 0, we obtain t 3. Therefore, the maximum height
reached by the ball is s(3) 46 m.
b. When the ball is caught, s(t) 1. To find the time at which this occurs, solve
1 5t2 30t 1
0 5t(t 6)
t 0 or t 6.
Since t 0 is the time at which the ball left the bat, the time at which the ball
was caught is t 6.
The velocity of the ball when it was caught is v(6) 30 m/s.
This negative value is reasonable, since the ball is falling (moving in a negative
direction) when it is caught.
Note, however, that the graph of s(t) does not represent the path of the ball.
We think of the ball as moving in a straight line along a vertical s-axis, with the
direction of motion reversing when s 46.
(3, 46)
To see this, note that the ball is at the same 46
s(t)
height at time t 1, when s(1) 26, and
at time t 5, when s(5) 26. Position of
ball when 26
t = 1 and 5
Ground t
level 1 5 6
Exercise 5.2
Part A
Communication 1. Explain and discuss the difference in velocity at times t 1 and t 5 for
v(t) 2t t2.
2. Find the second derivative of each of the following:

a. y x10 3x6 b. f(x) x c. y (1 x)2
Knowledge/ 3. For the following position functions, each of which describes the motion of an
Understanding object along a straight line, find the velocity and acceleration as functions of
t, t 0.
a. s(t) 5t2 3t 15 b. s(t) 2t3 36t 10 c. s(t) t 8 6t
9t
d. s(t) (t 3)2 e. s(t)
t1 f. s(t)
t3
4. Consider the following positive time graphs.

i) When is the velocity zero?
ii) When is the object moving in a positive direction?
iii) When is the object moving in a negative direction?
a. b.
s s
2 2
1 1
t t
1 2 1 2
5. A particle moves along a straight line with the equation of motion

s 13t3 2t2 3t, t 0. Find the particle’s velocity and acceleration at any
time, t. When does the direction of the motion of the particle change? When
does the particle return to its initial position?
Part B
6. Each function describes the position of an object that moves along a straight
line. Determine whether the object is moving in a positive or in a negative
direction at time t 1 and at time t 4.
a. s(t) 13t2 t 4 b. s(t) t(t 3)2 c. s(t) t3 7t2 10t
7. Starting at t 0, a particle moves along a line so that its position after

t seconds is s(t) t2 6t 8, where s is in metres.
a. What is its velocity at time t?
b. When is its velocity zero?
8. When an object is launched vertically from the ground level with an initial
velocity of 40 m/s, its position after t seconds will be s(t) 40t 5t2 metres
above ground level.
a. When does the object stop rising?
b. What is its maximum height?
186 C H A P T E R 5
9. An object moves in a straight line, and its position, s, in metres after t seconds
is s(t) 8 7t t2.
a. Find the velocity when t 5.
b. Find the acceleration when t 5.
5

Application 10. The position function of a moving object is s(t) t 2 (7 t), t 0, in metres,
at time t in seconds.
a. Find the object’s velocity and acceleration at any time, t.
b. After how many seconds does the object stop?
c. When does the direction of motion of the object change?
d. When is its acceleration positive?
e. When does the object return to its original position?
11. A ball is thrown upwards so that its height, h, in metres above the ground
after t seconds is given by h(t) 5t2 25t, t 0.
a. Find the ball’s initial velocity.
b. Find its maximum height.
c. When does the ball strike the ground and what is its velocity at this time?
12. A dragster races down a 400 m strip in 8 s. Its distance, in metres, from the
starting line after t seconds is s(t) 6t2 2t.
a. Find the dragster’s velocity and acceleration as it crosses the finish line.
b. How fast was it moving 60 m down the strip?
13. For each of the following position functions, discuss the motion of an object
moving on a horizontal line where s is in metres and t is in seconds. Make
a graph similar to that in Example 4 showing the motion for t 0. Find the
velocity and acceleration, and determine the extreme positions (farthest left
or right) for t 0.
a. s 10 6t t2 b. s t3 12t 9
14. If the position function of an object is s(t) t5 10t2, at what time, t,

in seconds, will the acceleration be zero? Is the object moving towards or
away from the origin at that instant?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. The distance–time relationship for a moving object is given by

Problem Solving s(t) kt2 (6k2 10k)t 2k, where k is a non-zero constant.
a. Show that the acceleration is constant.
b. Find the time at which the velocity is zero, and determine the position of
the object when this occurs.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 16. Newton’s laws of motion imply simple formulas for s(t) and v(t), and the
Problem Solving functions of altitude (in metres) and vertical velocity (in m/s): altitude is
s(t) s0 v0t 5t2, and vertical velocity is v(t) v0 10t, where s0 is the
metres above ground, and v0 is the upward velocity at t 0. According to the
1998 Guinness Book of Records, the roof of the SkyDome in Toronto,
Ontario, is the world’s only retractable roof. It covers 3.2 ha (8 acres), spans
209 m at its widest point, and rises 86 m. It takes 20 min to retract the
roof fully.
Could a major-league pitcher hit the 86 m ceiling of the SkyDome?
Hint: Assume the pitcher can throw the ball horizontally at 50 m/s, at about
35 m/s straight up, and that he throws the ball from the pitcher’s mound.
Part C
17. An elevator is designed to start from a resting position without a jerk.
It can do this if the acceleration function is continuous.
if t
0
tion is continuous at t 0.
0,
{
a. Show that for the position function s(t) t3
t2 1
, if t 0
, the accelera-
b. What happens to the velocity and acceleration for very large values of t?
18. An object moves so that its velocity, v, is related to its position, s, according
to v b2 2gs, where b and g are constants. Show that the acceleration
of the object is constant.
19. Newton’s law of motion for a particle of mass m moving in a straight line
says that F ma, where F is the force acting on the particle and a is the
acceleration of the particle. In relativistic mechanics, this law is replaced by
m0 ddt v
F , where m0 is the mass of the particle measured at rest
1
vc
2
ma
and c is the velocity of light. Show that F
0
.
1 (c)
v 2 3 2
188 C H A P T E R 5
Section 5.3 — Related Rates
Oil spilled from a tanker spreads in a circle whose area increases at a constant rate
of 6 km2/h. How fast is the radius of the spill increasing when the area is
9 km2? Knowing the rate of increase of the radius is important in planning the
containment operation.
In this section, you will encounter some interesting problems that will help you to
understand the applications of derivatives and how they can be used to describe
and predict the phenomena of change. In many practical applications, several
quantities vary in relation to one another. The rates at which they vary are also
related to one another. With calculus, we can describe and calculate such rates.
EXAMPLE 1 When a raindrop falls into a still puddle, ripples spread out in concentric circles
from the point where the raindrop hits. The radii of these circles grow at the rate
of 3 cm/s.
a. Find the rate of increase of the circumference of one circle.
b. Find the rate of increase of the area of the circle that has an area
of 81 cm2.
Solution
The circumference of a circle is C 2r, and the area of a circle is A r2.
We are given that ddrt 3.
a. To find ddC
t
at any time, it is necessary to differentiate the equation
C 2r with respect to t.
dC dr
2
dt dt
dr
At time t, since 3,
dt
dC
2(3)
dt
6.
Therefore, the circumference is increasing at a constant rate of 6 cm/s.
b. To find ddAt , differentiate A r2 with respect to t.
dA dr
2r
dt dt
We know that ddrt 3, so we need to determine r.
5 . 3 R E L AT E D R AT E S 189
Since A 81 and A r2,
then r2 81
r2 81
r 9, r 0,
dA
and 2(9)(3)
dt
54.
The area of the circle is increasing at a rate of 54 cm2/s at the
given instant.
EXAMPLE 2 Many related-rate problems involve right triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem.
In these problems, the lengths of the sides of the triangle vary with time. These
quantities and related rates can be represented quite simply on the Cartesian
plane.
C
Natalie and Shannon start from point A and drive along
perpendicular roads AB and AC respectively as shown. S
Natalie drives at a speed of 45 km/h and Shannon travels r
y
at a speed of 40 km/h. If Shannon begins one hour before
Natalie, at what rate are their cars separating three hours A x N B
after Shannon leaves?
Solution
Let x represent the distance Natalie’s car has travelled along AB, and let y
represent the distance Shannon has travelled along AC.
Therefore ddxt 45 and ddyt 40.
Let r represent the distance between the two cars at time t.
Therefore, x2 y2 r2.
Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to time.
d d d
(x2) (y2) (r2)
dt dt dt
2xddxt 2y ddyt 2r ddrt
or xddxt yddyt rddrt

1
Natalie has travelled for 2 h or 2 45 90 km.

Shannon has travelled for 3 h or 3 40 120 km.
190 C H A P T E R 5
The distance between the cars is
902 1202 r2
r 150.
Substituting into equation
1,
x 90, ddxt 45, y 120, ddyt 40, and r 150

90 45 120 40 150ddrt .
Therefore, the distance between Natalie’s and Shannon’s cars is increasing at a
rate of 59 km/h after two hours.
EXAMPLE 3 Water is pouring into an inverted right circular cone at a rate of m3/min.
The height and the diameter of the base of the cone are both 10 m. How fast is the
water level rising when its depth is 8 m?
Solution
Let V denote the volume, r the radius, and h the height of water in the cone at
time t. The volume of water in the cone at any time is V 13 r2h.
Since we want to find ddht when h 8, we solve for r in terms of h from the ratio
determined from the similar triangles hr 15
0
or r 12h. 10
Substituting into V 13 r2h,

2
we get V 13 12h h r
V 13 14h2h
10
h
V 11
2
h3.
Differentiating with respect to time, we find
dV 1 dh
h2 .
dt 4 dt
At a specific time, when h 8 and ddVt ,
14(8)2 ddht
1 dh
.
16 dt
Therefore, at the moment when the depth of the water is 8 m, the level is rising
at 0.0625 m/min.
5 . 3 R E L AT E D R AT E S 191
EXAMPLE 4 A student 1.6 m tall walks directly away from a lamppost at a rate of 1.2 m/s.
A light is situated 8 m above the ground on the lamppost. Show that the student’s
shadow is lengthening at a rate of 0.3 m/s when she is 20 m from the base of the
lamppost.
Solution
Let x be the length of her shadow and y be the
distance she is from the lamppost, in metres,
as shown. Let t denote the time, in seconds.
dy
We are given that dt 1.2 m/s and we wish to
8
determine ddxt when y 20 m.
To find a relationship between x and y, use 1.6
similar triangles.
y x
xy x

8 1.6
1.6x 1.6y 8x
1.6y 6.4x
dy
Differentiating both sides with respect to t, 1.6 dt 6.4 ddxt .
dy
When y 20 and dt 1.2,
1.6(1.2) 6.4 ddxt
dx
0.3.
dt
Therefore, her shadow is lengthening at 0.3 m/s. (Note that the shadow is length-
ening at a constant rate, independent of her distance from the lamppost.)
Guidelines for Solving Related-Rate Problems

1. Make a sketch and label the quantities, if applicable.
2. Introduce variables to represent the quantities that change.
3. Identify the quantities to be determined.
4. Find an equation that relates the variables.
5. Implicitly differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to time t,
regarding all variables as functions of t.
6. Substitute into the differentiated equation all known values for the variables
and their rates of change.
7. Solve the equation for the required rate of change.
8. Write a conclusion that includes the units.
192 C H A P T E R 5
Exercise 5.3
Part A
Communication 1. Express the following statements in symbols:
a. The area, A, of a circle is increasing at a rate of 4 m2/s.
b. The surface area, S, of a sphere is decreasing at a rate of 3 m2/min.
c. After travelling for 15 min, the speed of a car is 70 km/h.
d. The x- and y-coordinates of a point are changing at equal rates.
e. The head of a short-distance radar dish is revolving at three revolutions
per minute.
Part B
200
2. The function T(x) represents the temperature in degrees Celsius
1 x2
perceived by a person standing x metres from a fire.
a. If the person moves away from the fire at 2 m/s, how fast is the
temperature changing when the person is 5 m away?
b. Using a graphing calculator, determine the distance from the fire when
the perceived temperature is changing the fastest.
c. What other calculus techniques could be used to check the result?
Knowledge/ 3. The side of a square is increasing at a rate of 5 cm/s. At what rate is the
Understanding area changing when the side is 10 cm long? At what rate is the perimeter
changing?
4. Each edge of a cube is expanding at a rate of 4 cm/s.

a. How fast is the volume changing when each edge is 5 cm?
b. At what rate is the surface area changing when each edge is 7 cm?
5. One side of a rectangle increases at 2 cm/s, while the other side decreases at
3 cm/s. How fast is the area of the rectangle changing when the first side
equals 20 cm and the second side equals 50 cm?
6. The area of a circle is decreasing at the rate of 5 m2/s when its radius is 3 m.
a. At what rate is the radius decreasing at that moment?
b. At what rate is the diameter decreasing at that moment?
Application 7. Oil spilled from a ruptured tanker spreads in a circle whose area increases at
a constant rate of 6 km2/h. How fast is the radius of the spill increasing when
the area is 9 km2?
5 . 3 R E L AT E D R AT E S 193
8. The top of a 5 m wheeled ladder rests against a vertical wall. If the bottom
of the ladder rolls away from the base of the wall at a rate of 13 m/s, how fast
is the top of the ladder sliding down the wall when it is 3 m above the base of
the wall?
9. How fast must someone let out line if the kite that she is flying is 30 m high,
40 m away from her horizontally, and continuing to move away from her
horizontally at the rate of 10 m/min?
10. If the rocket shown in the figure is rising

vertically at 268 m/s when it is 1220 m up,
e
how fast is the camera-to-rocket distance nc
dista
changing at that instant? t
ke
roc
to
ra
ame
C
Launching pad
915 m
11. Two cyclists depart at the same time from a starting point along routes making
an angle of
radians with each other. The first is travelling at 15 km/h, while
3
the second is moving at 20 km/h. How fast are the two cyclists moving apart
after 2 h?
12. A spherical balloon is being filled with helium at a rate of 8 cm3/s. At what
rate is its radius increasing
a. when the radius is 12 cm?
b. when the volume is 1435 cm3? (Your answer should be correct to the
nearest hundredth.)
c. when it has been filling for 33.5 s?
13. A cylindrical tank with height 15 m and diameter 2 m is being filled with
gasoline at a rate of 500 L/min. At what rate is the fluid level in the tank
rising? (1 L 1000 cm3). About how long will it take to fill the tank?
Communication 14. If V r2h, find ddVt if r and h are both variables. In your journal,
write three problems that involve the rate of change of the volume of a
cylinder such that
i) r is a variable and h is a constant;
ii) r is a constant and h is a variable;
iii) r and h are both variables.
15. The trunk of a tree is approximately cylindrical in shape and has a diameter
of 1 m when the height is 15 m. If the radius is increasing at 0.003 m per
194 C H A P T E R 5
annum and the height is increasing at 0.4 m per annum, find the rate of
increase of the volume of the trunk.
16. A conical paper cup of radius 5 cm and height 15 cm is leaking water at the
rate of 2 cm3/min. At what rate is the level of water decreasing when the
water is 3 cm deep?
17. Derive the formula for the volume of a trough whose cross-section is an
equilateral triangle and whose length is 10 m.
18. The cross-section of a water trough is an equilateral

triangle with a horizontal top edge. If the trough is 5 m
long and 25 cm deep, and water is flowing in at a rate of
0.25 m3/min, how fast is the water level rising when
the water is 10 cm deep at the deepest point?
19. The shadow cast by a man standing 1 m from a lamppost is 1.2 m long.
If the man is 1.8 m tall and walks away from the lamppost at a speed of
120 m/min, at what rate is the shadow lengthening after 5 s?
Part C
20. A railroad bridge is 20 m above, and at right angles to, a river. A person in a
train travelling at 60 km/h passes over the centre of the bridge at the same
instant that a person in a motorboat travelling at 20 km/h passes under the
centre of the bridge. How fast are the two people separating 10 s later?
21. Liquid is being poured into the top of a funnel at a steady rate of 200 cm3/s.
The funnel is in the shape of an inverted right circular cone with a radius
equal to its height. It has a small hole in the bottom where the liquid is
flowing out at a rate of 20 cm3/s. How fast is the height of the liquid changing
when the liquid in the funnel is 15 cm deep?
At the instant when the height of the liquid is 25 cm, the funnel becomes
clogged at the bottom and no more liquid flows out. How fast does the height
of the liquid change just after this occurs?
22. A ladder of length l standing on level ground is leaning against a vertical wall.
The base of the ladder begins to slide away from the wall. Introduce a coordi-
nate system so that the wall lies along the y-axis, the ground is on the x-axis,
and the base of the wall is the origin.
What is the equation of the path followed by the midpoint of the ladder? What
is the equation of the path followed by any point on the ladder? (Hint: Let k
be the distance from the top of the ladder to the point in question.)
23. A ball is dropped from a height of 20 m, 12 m away from the top of a 20 m

lamppost. The ball’s shadow, created by the light at the top of the lamppost,
is moving along the level ground. How fast is the shadow moving one second
after the ball is released?
5 . 3 R E L AT E D R AT E S 195
Section 5.4 — Maximum and Minimum on an Interval
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to determine how the derivative can be used in
determining the maximum (largest) value or the minimum (smallest) value of
a function on a given interval.
1. For each of the following functions, determine, by completing the square, the
value of x that produces a maximum or minimum function value on the given
interval.
c. f(x) 4x2 12x 7, interval 1 x 4
2. For each function, determine the value of c such that f ’(c) 0.
t chnology 4. Using your calculator, graph each of the following functions and determine all
e
APPENDIX P. 444
values of x that produce a maximum or minimum function value on the given
interval.
a. f(x) x3 3x2 8x 10, interval 2 x 4
c. f(x) 3x3 15x2 9x 23, interval 0 x 4
d. f(x) 2x3 12x 7, interval 2 x 2
5. For each function in Question 4, determine all values of c such that f’(c) 0.
t chnology 7. From your conclusions in Questions 3 and 6, state a method for using the
e
derivative of a function to determine values of the variable that determine

maximum or minimum values of the function.
8. Repeat Question 4 for the following functions, using the indicated intervals.
b. f(x) 4x2 12x 7, interval 2 x 6
c. f(x) x3 3x2 9x 10, interval 2 x 6
d. f(x) x3 12x 5, interval 0 x 5
196 C H A P T E R 5
9. In Questions 3 and 6, you saw that a maximum or minimum can occur at
points (c, f (c)) where f ’(c) 0. From your observations in Question 8, state
other values of the variable that can produce a maximum or minimum in a
given interval.
Checkpoint: Check Your Understanding

The maximum value of a function that has a derivative at all points in an interval
occurs at a “peak” (f ’(c) 0) or at an end point of the interval. The minimum
value occurs at a “valley” (f ’(c) 0) or at an end point. This is true no matter
how many peaks and valleys the graph has in the interval.
In the following three graphs, the derivative equals zero at two points.
y y y Max
Max Max
x x x
Min
Min
Min
Algorithm for Maximum or Minimum (Extreme Values)

If a function f(x) has a derivative at every point in the interval a x b,
calculate f(x) at
• all points in the interval a x b where f’(x) 0;
• the end points x a and x b.
The maximum value of f(x) on the interval a x b is the largest of
these values, and the minimum value of f(x) on the interval is the smallest
of these values.
EXAMPLE 1 Find the extreme values of the function f(x) 2x3 9x2 4 on the interval
1 x 5.
Solution
The derivative is f ’(x) 6x2 18x.
If we set f ’(x) 0, we obtain
6x(x 3) 0,
so x 0 or x 3.
Both values lie in the given domain.
5 . 4 M A X I M U M A N D M I N I M U M O N A N I N T E R VA L 197
We can then evaluate f(x) for these values and at the end points x 1
and x 5, to obtain
f(1) 15
f(0) 4
f(3) 31
f(5) 21.
Therefore, the maximum value of f(x) on the interval 1 x 5 is f(3) 31,
and the minimum value is f(5) 21.
EXAMPLE 2 The amount of current in an electrical system is given by the function

C(t) t3 t2 21t, where t is the time in seconds and 0 t 5. Determine
the times at which the current is maximal and minimal and the amount of current
in the system at these times.
Solution
The derivative is ddC
t
3t2 2t 21.
dC
If we set 0, we obtain
dt
3t2 2t 21 0
(3t 7)(t 3) 0,
therefore, t 73 or 3.
Only t 3 is in the given interval, so we evaluate C(t) at t 0, t 3, and t 5

as follows:
C(0) 0
C(3) 33 32 21(3) 45
C(5) 53 52 21(5) 5.
The maximum is 45 units at time t 3 s, and the minimum is zero units at time
t 0 s.
EXAMPLE 3 The amount of light intensity on a point is given by the function

t2 2t 16
I(t) t2
, where t is the time in seconds and 0 t 14.
Determine the time of minimal intensity.
Solution
Note that the function is not defined for t 2. Since this value is not in the
given interval, we need not worry about it.
The derivative is
198 C H A P T E R 5
(2t 2)(t 2) (t 2t 16)(1)
2
I(t) (t 2)2
2t 6t 4 t 2t 16
2 2
(t 2)2
t 4t 12
2
(t 2)2
.
If we set I’(t) 0, we obtain

t2 4t 12 0
(t 6)(t 2) 0
t 6 or t 2.
Only t 2 is in the given interval, so we evaluate I(t) for t 0, 2, and 14:
I(0) 8
4 4 16
I(2) 6
4
14 2(14) 16
2
I(14) 15.
16
Note that the calculation can be greatly reduced by rewriting the function,
as shown:
t 2t
2 16
I(t)
t2 t2
t 16(t 2)1.
Then I’(t) 1 16(t 2)2
16
1 .
(t 2)2
Setting I’(t) 0 gives
16
1
(t 2)2
t2 4t 4 16
t2 4t 12 0.
As before, t 6 or t 2.
The evaluations are also simplified:
I(0) 0 8 8
I(2) 2 14
6
6
I(14) 14 11
6
6
15.
Exercise 5.4
Part A
Communication 1. State, with reasons, why the maximum/minimum algorithm can or cannot
be used to determine the maximum and minimum values for the following:
a. y x3 5x2 10 on 5 x 5
3x
b. y on 1 x 3
x2
x
c. y on 0 x 5
x2 4
x 1
2
d. y on interval 2 x 3
x3
2. State the value of the maximum and the minimum for each function. In each
of the following graphs, the function is defined in the interval shown.
a. y b. g(x)
10 30
20
4
10
x
x
–4 2 4
–4 –4 –2 2 4
–10
–8
–20
–12
c. f(t)
d. h(x)
100
20
t 10
x
–10 10
–2 2
–10
–100
–20
200 C H A P T E R 5
Knowledge/ 3. Find the maximum or minimum value of each function on the given interval,
Understanding using the algorithm for maximum or minimum values. Illustrate your results
by sketching the graph of each function.
t chnology a. f(x) x2 4x 3, 0 x 3
e
b. f(x) (x 2)2, 0 x 2
c. f(x) x3 3x2, 1 x 3
d. f(x) x3 3x2, 2 x 1
e. f(x) 2x3 3x2 12x 1, 2 x 0
f. f(x) 13x3 52x2 6x, 0 x 4
Part B
4. Find the extreme values of each function on the given
interval, using the algorithm for maximum or minimum values.
a. f(x) x 4x, 1 x 10
b. f(x) 4x x, 2 x 9
1
c. f(x) , 0 x 2
x2 2x 2
d. f(x) 3x4 4x3 36x2 20, 3 x 4
4x
e. f(x) , 2 x 4
x2 1
4x
f. f(x) , 2 x 4
x2 1
5. a. An object moves in a straight line. Its velocity in m/s at time t is

4t2
v(t) , t 0. Find the maximum and minimum velocities over the
4 t3
time interval 1 t 4.
4t 2
b. Repeat part a if v(t) , t 0.
1 t2
Application 6. A swimming pool is treated periodically to control the growth of bacteria.

Suppose that t days after a treatment, the concentration of bacteria per cubic
centimetre is C(t) 30t2 240t 500. Find the lowest concentration of
bacteria during the first week after the treatment.
7. The fuel efficiency, E, (in litres per hundred kilometres) of a car driven at
1600v
speed v (in km/h) is E(v) .
v2 6400
a. If the speed limit is 100 km/h, find the legal speed that will maximize the
fuel efficiency.
b. Repeat part a using a speed limit of 50 km/h.
8. The concentration C(t) (in milligrams per cubic centimetre) of a certain
0.1t
medicine in a patient’s bloodstream is given by C(t) , where t
(t 3)2
is the number of hours after the medicine is taken. Find the maximum and
minimum concentrations between the first and sixth hours after the patient is
given the medicine.
9. Technicians working for the Ministry of Natural Resources have found that
the amount of a pollutant in a certain river can be represented by
1
P(t) 2t , 0 t 1, where t is the time (in years) since
(162t 1)
a clean-up campaign started. At what time was the pollution at its lowest
level?
10. A truck travelling at x km/h, where 30 x 120, uses gasoline at the rate
400 x
x. If fuel costs $0.45/L, what
1 4900
of r(x) L/km, where r(x)
speed will result in the lowest fuel cost for a trip of 200 km? What is the
lowest total cost for the trip?
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 11. In a certain manufacturing process, when the level of production is x units, the
Problem Solving cost of production (in dollars) is C(x) 3000 9x 0.05x2, 1 x 300.
C(x)
What level of production x will minimize the unit cost U(x) x
? Keep in
mind that the production level must be an integer.
12. Repeat Question 11 using a cost of production of C(x) 6000 9x 0.05x2,

1 x 300.
202 C H A P T E R 5
Section 5.5 — Optimization Problems
We frequently encounter situations in which we are asked to do the best we can.

Such a request is vague unless we are given some conditions. Asking us to mini-
mize the cost of making tables and chairs is not clear. Asking us to make
the maximum number of tables and chairs possible so that the costs of production
are minimized and given that the amount of material available is restricted allows
us to construct a function describing the situation. We can then determine the min-
imum (or maximum) of the function.
Such a procedure is called optimization. To optimize a situation is to realize the
best possible outcome, subject to a set of restrictions. Because of these
restrictions, the domain of the function is usually restricted. As you have seen
earlier, in such situations, the absolute maximum or minimum can be identified
through the use of calculus, but might also occur at the ends of the domain.
A farmer has 800 m of fencing and wishes to enclose a rectangular field. One side
of the field is against a country road which is already fenced, so the farmer needs
to fence only the remaining three sides of the rectangular field. The farmer wishes
to enclose the maximum possible area and wishes to use all of the fencing. How
does he determine the dimensions that achieve this?
The farmer can achieve his goal by determining a function that describes the area,
subject to the condition that the amount of fencing used is to be exactly 800 m,
and by finding the absolute maximum of the function. To do so, he would proceed
as follows:
Let the width of the enclosed area be x m. Then the
length of the area is (800 2x) m. The area of the field x x
can be represented by the function A(x) where
Road
A(x) x(800 2x)
800x 2x2.
The domain of the function is 0 x 400 since the amount of fencing is 800 m.
To find the minimum and maximum values, determine A’(x):
A’(x) 800 4x.
Setting A’(x) 0, we obtain 800 4x 0
x 200.
The minimum and maximum values can occur at x 200 or at the ends of the
domain, x 0 and x 400.
5 . 5 O P T I M I Z AT I O N P R O B L E M S 203
A(0) 0
A(200) 200(800 400)
80 000
A(400) 400(800 800)
0
The maximum area he can enclose is 80 000 m2, within a field 200 m by 400 m.
The procedure used here can be summarized as follows:
An Algorithm for Solving Optimization Problems

1. Understand the problem and identify quantities that can vary. Determine
a function that represents the quantity to be optimized. Be sure that this
function only depends on one variable.
2. Whenever possible, draw a diagram, labelling the given and required
quantities.
3. Determine the domain of the function to be optimized, using information
given in the problem.
4. Use the algorithm for extreme values to find the absolute maximum
or minimum function value on the domain.
5. Use the results of step 4 to answer the original problem.
EXAMPLE 1 A piece of sheet metal 60 cm by 30 cm is to be used to make a rectangular box

with an open top. Find the dimensions that will give the box with the largest
volume.
Solution
From the diagram, making the box requires that the 60 cm
four corner squares be cut out and discarded. Let each x x
x x
side of the squares be x cm. 30 cm
x x
x x
Therefore, height x
length 60 2x
width 30 2x.
Since all dimensions are non-negative, 0 x 15. x
30 – 2x
60 – 2x
204 C H A P T E R 5
The volume of the box is given by the function V(x), where
V(x) x(60 2x)(30 2x)
4x3 180x2 1800x
For extreme values, set V’(x) 0.
V’(x) 12x2 360x 1800
12(x2 30x 150)
Setting V’(x) 0, we obtain x2 30x 150 0.
30 300

x 2
15 53
x 23.7 or x 6.3
Since x 15, x 15 53 6.3.
To find the largest volume, substitute x 0, 6.3, and 15 in
V(x) 4x3 180x2 1800x.
V(0) 0
V(6.3) 4(6.3)3 180(6.3)2 1800(6.3)
5196
V(15) 0
The maximum volume is obtained by cutting out corner squares of side 6.3 cm.
The length of the box is 60 2 6.3 47.4 cm, the width is
30 2 6.3 17.4 cm, and the height is 6.3 cm.
EXAMPLE 2 Ian and Ada are both training for a marathon. Ian’s house is located 20 km north
of Ada’s house. At 9:00 one Saturday morning, Ian leaves his house and jogs
south at 8 km/h. At the same time, Ada leaves her house and jogs east at
6 km/h. When are Ian and Ada closest together, given that they both run
for 2.5 h?
Solution
If Ian starts at point I, he reaches point J after time t hours. Then I
IJ 8t km and JA (20 8t) km.
20
If Ada starts at point A, she reaches point B after t hours and J
AB 6t km. s
Now the distance they are apart is s JB, and s can be expressed
as a function of t by A B
s(t)
JA2
AB2

(20
8t)2
(6t)2

100t2
320t
400.
The domain for t is 0 t 2.5.
1
s’(t) 12 (100t2 320t 400)

2
(200t 320)
100t 160

100t
2
320t
400
To obtain a minimum or maximum value, let s’(t) 0.

100t 160
2
0
100t
320t
400
100t 160 0
t 1.6
Using the algorithm for extreme values,
s(0) 400

20
s(1.6) 6)2 320(1.
100(1. 6) 400

144
12
s(2.5) 225
15.
Therefore, the minimum value of s(t) is 12 km and occurs at time 10:36.
Exercise 5.5
Part A
1. A piece of wire 100 cm long is to be bent to form a rectangle. Determine the
rectangle of maximum area.
Communication 2. Discuss the result of maximizing the area of a rectangle given a fixed
perimeter.
Knowledge/ 3. A farmer has 600 m of fence and he wants to enclose a rectangular field
Understanding beside the river on his property. Find the dimensions of the field so that a
maximum area is enclosed. (Fencing is required only on three sides.)
Application 4. A rectangular piece of cardboard 100 cm by 40 cm is to be used to make a

rectangular box with an open top. Find the dimensions (to one decimal place)
for the box with the largest volume.
206 C H A P T E R 5
Part B
5. The volume of a square-based rectangular cardboard box is to be 1000 cm3.
Find the dimensions so that the quantity of material used to manufacture all 6
faces is a minimum. Assume that there will be no waste material. The
machinery available cannot fabricate material smaller in length than 2 cm.
6. Find the area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed inside a semicircle
with radius of 10 units. Place the length of the rectangle along the diameter.
Application 7. A cylindrical-shaped tin can is to have a capacity of 1000 cm3.

a. Find the dimensions of the can that require the minimum amount of tin.
(Assume no waste material.) The marketing department has specified that
the smallest can the market will accept has a diameter of 6 cm and a
height of 4 cm.
b. Express the answer for part a as a ratio of height to diameter.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 8. a. Find the area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed in a right
Problem Solving triangle with legs adjacent to the right angle of lengths 5 cm and 12 cm.
The two sides of the rectangle lie along the legs.
b. Repeat part a with the right triangle that has sides 8 cm by 15 cm.
c. Hypothesize a conclusion for any right triangle.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 9. a. An isosceles trapezoidal drainage gutter is to be made so

Problem Solving that the angles at A and B, in the cross-section ABCD are
5m
each 120º. If the 5-m-long sheet of metal that has to be
bent to form the open topped gutter has a width of D C
60 cm, then find the dimensions so that the cross-sec-
A B
tional area will be a maximum.
b. Calculate the maximum volume of water that can be held by this gutter.
10. A piece of window framing material is 6 m long. A carpenter A

wants to build a frame for a rural gothic style window where
∆ ABC is equilateral. The window must fit inside a space 1 m B C
wide and 3 m high.

a. Find the dimensions that should be used for the 6 pieces so
that the
maximum amount of light will be admitted. Assume no waste of material
for corner cuts, etc.
b. Would the carpenter get more light if he built a window in the shape of an
equilateral triangle only? Explain.
11. A train leaves the station at 10:00 and travels due south at a speed of 60 km/h.
Another train has been heading due west at 45 km/h and reaches the same
station at 11:00. At what time were the two trains closest together?
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. In Question 8, you looked at two specific right triangles and observed that the
Problem Solving rectangle of maximum area that could be inscribed inside the triangle always
had dimensions equal to half the lengths of the sides adjacent to the rectangle.
Prove that this is true for any right triangle.
13. Prove that any cylindrical can of volume k cubic units that is to be made using
a minimum amount of material must have the height equal to the diameter.
14. A piece of wire 100 cm long is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent to form
a square, and the other is bent to form a circle. How should the wire be cut so
that the total area enclosed is
a. a maximum?
b. a minimum?
15. Determine the minimal distance from point (3, 3) to the curve given by
y (x 3)2.
16. A chord joins any two points A and B on the parabola whose equation is
y2 4x. If C is the midpoint of AB, and CD is drawn parallel to the x-axis to
meet the parabola at D, prove that the tangent at D is parallel to chord AB.
17. A rectangle lies in the first quadrant with one vertex at the origin and two of
the sides along the coordinate axes. If the fourth vertex lies on the line defined
by x 2y 10 0, then find the maximum area of the rectangle.
18. The base of a rectangle lies along the x-axis, and the upper two vertices are on
the curve defined by y k2 x2. Find the maximum area of the rectangle.
208 C H A P T E R 5
Section 5.6 — Optimizing in Economics and Science
In the world of business, it is extremely important to manage costs effectively.

Good control will allow for a minimization of costs and a maximization of profit.
At the same time, there are human considerations. If your company is able to
maximize profit but antagonizes its customers or employees in the process, there
may be a very significant penalty to pay in the future. For this reason, it may be
important that, in addition to any mathematical constraints, you consider other,
more practical constraints on the domain when you are constructing a workable
function.
The following examples will illustrate economic situations and the domain con-
straints that you may encounter.
EXAMPLE 1 A cylindrical chemical storage tank with a capacity of 1000 m3 is to be

constructed in a warehouse that is 12 m by 15 m and has a height of 11 m. The
specifications call for the base to be made of sheet steel, which costs $100/m2,
the top of sheet steel, which costs $50/m2, and the wall of sheet steel costing
$80/m2.
a. Determine whether it is possible for a tank of this capacity to fit in the
warehouse. If it is possible, find the restrictions on the radius.
b. Determine, if the tank is possible, the proportions of the tank that meet the
conditions and that minimize the cost of construction.
All calculations should be accurate to two decimal places.
Solution
a. The radius of the tank cannot exceed 6 m, and the maximum height is 11 m.
The volume, using r 6 and h 11, is
V r2h
1244.
It is possible to build a tank of 1000 m3.
There are limits on the radius and the height.
Clearly, r 6.
Also, if h 11, then r2(11) 1000
r 5.38.
The tank can be constructed to fit in the warehouse. Its radius must be
5.38 r 6.
5.6 OPTIMIZING IN ECONOMICS AND SCIENCE 209

b. If the height is h m and the radius is r m, then
• the cost of the base is $100(r2),
• the cost of the top is $50(r2), and
• the cost of the wall is $80(2rh).
h
The cost of the tank is C 150r2 160rh.
Here we have two variable quantities, r and h.
r
However, since V r2h 1000,
1000
h .
2r
Substituting for h, we have a cost function in terms of r:
C(r) 150r2 160r
2
1000
r
160 000
or C(r) 150r2 .
r
From part a, we know that the domain is 5.38 r 6.
For critical points, set C’(r) 0.
160 000
300r
2
0
r
160 000
300r
2 r
1600
r 3
3
r 5.54
This value is within the given domain, so we use the algorithm for maximum
and minimum.
160 000
C(5.38) 150(5.38)2 43 380
5.38
160 000
C(5.54) 150(5.54)2 43 344
5.54
160 000
C(6) 150(62) 6
43 631
The minimal cost is $43 344 with a tank of radius 5.54 m and a height of
1000
10.37 m.
(5.54)2
EXAMPLE 2 A commuter train carries 2000 passengers daily from a suburb into a large city.
The cost to ride the train is $7.00 per person. Market research shows that 40 fewer
people would ride the train for each $0.10 increase in the fare, and 40 more
people would ride the train for each $0.10 decrease. If the capacity of the train is
2600 passengers, and contracts with the rail employees require that at least 1600
passengers be carried, what fare should the railway charge to get the largest
possible revenue?
210 C H A P T E R 5
Solution
In order to maximize revenue, we require a revenue function. We know that
revenue (number of passengers) (fare per passenger).
In forming a revenue function, the most straightforward choice for the independ-
ent variable comes from noticing that both the number of passengers and the fare
per passenger change with each $0.10 increase or decrease in the fare. If we let x
represent the number of $0.10 increases in the fare (e.g., x 3 represents a $0.30
increase in the fare, while x 1 represents a $0.10 decrease in the fare), then
we can write expressions for both the number of passengers and the fare per pas-
senger in terms of x, as follows:
the fare per passenger is 7 0.10x
the number of passengers is 2000 40x.
Since the number of passengers must be at least 1600, 2000 40x 1600, and
x 10, and since the number of passengers cannot exceed 2600,
2000 40x 2600, and x 15.
The domain is 15 x 10.
The revenue function is
R(x) (7 0.10x)(2000 40x)
4x2 80x 140 000.
From a practical standpoint, we also require that x be an integer, in order that the
fare only varies by increments of $0.10. We do not wish to consider fares that are
other than multiples of 10 cents.
Therefore the problem is now to find the absolute maximum value of the revenue
function.
R(x) (7 0.10x)(2000 40x)
4x2 80x 14 000
on the interval 15 x 10, where x must be an integer.
R’(x) 8x 80
R’(x) 0, when 8x 80 0
x 10
R’(x) is never undefined. The only critical point for R occurs at x 10, which is
in the domain. To determine the absolute maximum revenue, we evaluate
R(15) 4(15)2 80(15) 14 000
11 900
R(10) 4(10)2 80(10) 14 000
14 400
R(10) 4(10)2 80(10) 14 000
12 800.
Therefore, the maximum revenue occurs when there are 10 fare increases of
$0.10 each, or a fare decrease of 10(0.10) $1.00. At a fare of $6.00, the daily
revenue is $14 400 and the number of passengers is 2000 40(10) 2400.
EXAMPLE 3 In this example, we consider soot deposits from a smokestack. Suppose that a
smokestack deposits soot on the ground with a concentration that is inversely
proportional to the square of the distance from the foot of the stack (we ignore
the height of the stack). For an object located x km from a smokestack, the
k
concentration of soot is modelled by the function S(x) 2 , where k 0 is the
x
constant of proportionality that depends on the quantity of smoke emitted by
the stack.
If two smokestacks are located 20 km apart,
and one is emitting 7 times as much smoke
as the other, where on the (straight line)
road between the two stacks should a Stack 1 Stack 2
building be built so that the concentration
of soot deposit is minimal?
x 20 – x
Solution
Let the distance from the building to the stack with lesser emissions be x km.
Then the distance from the building to the second stack is (20 x) km.
Let the constant of proportionality of the first stack be k 0.
Then the constant of proportionality of the second stack (with greater emissions)
is 7 k.
k
The concentration of soot deposit from the first stack is 2 .
x
7k
The concentration of soot deposit from the second stack is .
(20 x)2
The total concentration is given by
k 7k
S(x) 2 2 ,
x (20 x)
and since the building is between the stacks, 0
x
20.
To find the critical points of S(x), set S’(x) 0.
2k 14k
S’(x) 3 3
x (20 x)
2k 14k
If S’(x) 0, 3 3 0
x (20 x)
7k k
or 3 3 (and k has no impact)
(20 x) x
212 C H A P T E R 5
7x3 (20 x)3
3
x 20 x
7
3
(1 7)x 20
20
x3
1 7

6.9.
There is one critical value at x 6.9.
Since there are no fixed domain end points, we use the first derivative test to
determine whether this gives a minimal value.
2k 14k
If 0
x
6.9, S’(x) 3 3
x (20 x)
1

2k 3 3
x
7
(20 x)

0.
Then S(x) is decreasing.
S’(x) 2k 3 3
1 7
If 6.9
x
20,
x (20 x)
0.
Then S(x) is increasing.
Then a relative minimum occurs at x 6.9, and by the test it is an absolute
minimum. The building should be 6.9 km from the smokestack with fewer
emissions.
In summary, when solving real-life optimization problems, there are often many
factors that can affect the required functions and their domains. Such factors may
not be obvious from the statement of the problem. We must do research and ask
many questions to address all of the factors. Solving an entire problem is a series
of many steps, and optimization using calculus techniques is only one step that is
used in determining a solution.
Exercise 5.6
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. The cost, in dollars, to produce x litres of maple syrup for the Elmira Maple
Understanding Syrup Festival is C(x) 75(x 10), x 400.
a. What is the average cost of producing 625 L?
b. The marginal cost is C’(x), and similarly, the marginal revenue is R’(x).
What is the marginal cost at 1225 L?
c. How much production is needed to achieve a marginal cost of $0.50/L?
Application 2. A sociologist determines that a foreign-language student has learned
N(t) 20t t2 vocabulary terms after t hours of uninterrupted study.
a. How many terms are learned between times t 2 and t 3 h?
b. What is the rate in terms per hour at which the student is learning at time
t 2 h?
c. What is the maximum rate in terms per hour at which the student is learning?
3. A researcher found that the level of antacid in a person’s stomach t minutes

6t
after a certain brand of antacid tablet is taken is found to be L(t) .
t2 2t 1
a. Find the value of t for which L‘(t) 0.
b. Find L(t) for the value found in part a.
c. Using your graphing calculator, graph L(t).
d. From the graph, what can you predict about the level of antacid in a
person’s stomach after 1 min?
e. What is happening to the level of antacid in a person’s stomach from
2 t 8 min?
4. The running cost, C, in dollars per hour for an airplane cruising at a height of
h metres and an air speed of 200 km/h is given by
C 4000 1h
5
15 000 000
h
for the domain 1000 h 20 000. Find the
height at which the operating cost is at a minimum and find the operating cost
per hour.
Application 5. A rectangular piece of land is to be fenced in using two kinds of fencing. Two
opposite sides will be fenced using standard fencing that costs $6/m, while
the other two sides will require heavy-duty fencing that costs $9/m. What are
the dimensions of the rectangular lot of greatest area that can be fenced in for
a cost of $9000?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 6. A 20 000 m 3 rectangular cistern is to be made from reinforced concrete so

Problem Solving that the interior length will be twice the height. If the cost is $40/m2 for the
base, $100/m2 for the side walls, and $200/m2 for the roof, then find the
interior dimensions (correct to one decimal place) that will keep the cost to a
minimum. To protect the water table, the building code specifies that no
excavation can be more than 22 m deep. It also specifies that all cisterns must
be at least 1 m in depth.
7. The cost of producing an ordinary cylindrical tin can is determined by the

materials used for the wall and the end pieces. If the end pieces are twice as
expensive per square centimetre as the wall, find the dimensions (to the
nearest millimetre) to make a 1000 cm3 can at minimal cost.
214 C H A P T E R 5
8. A lighthouse, L, is located on a small island 4 km west of point A on a
straight north-south coastline. A power cable is to be laid from L to the near-
est source of power at point B on the shoreline, 12 km north of point A. The
cost of laying cable under water is $6000/km and the cost of laying cable
along the shoreline is $2000/km. To minimize the cost, the power line will be
built from L underwater to a point C on the shoreline and then along the
shoreline from C to B. Find the location of point C (to the nearest metre) on
the shoreline where the power cable should enter the water.
9. A bus service carries 10 000 people daily between Cyberville and Steeptown,
and the company has space to serve up to 15 000 people per day. The cost to
ride the bus is $20. Market research shows that if the fare is increased by
$0.50, 200 fewer people will ride the bus. What fare should be charged to
get maximum revenue, given that the bus company must have at least
$130 000 in fares a day to cover operating costs.
10. The fuel cost per hour for running a ship is approximately one half the cube
of the speed plus additional fixed costs of $216 per hour. Find the most
economical speed to run the ship for a 500-nautical-mile trip. Note: This
assumes that there are no major disturbances such as heavy tides or
stormy seas.
11. A truck crossing the prairies at a constant speed of 110 km/h gets
8 km/L of gas. Gas costs $0.68/L. The truck loses 0.10 km/L in fuel
efficiency for each km/h increase in speed. Drivers are paid $35/h in wages
and benefits. Fixed costs for running the truck are $15.50/h. If a trip of
450 km is planned, what speed will minimize operating expenses?
Communication 12. Your neighbours operate a successful bake shop. One of their specialties is a
very rich whipped-cream-covered cake. They buy the cakes from a supplier
who charges $6.00 per cake, and they sell 200 cakes weekly at a price of
$10.00 each. Research shows that profit from the cake sales can be increased
by increasing the price. Unfortunately, for every increase of $0.50 cents,
sales will drop by seven.
a. What is the optimal sales price for the cake to obtain a maximal weekly
profit?
b. The supplier, unhappy with reduced sales, informs the owners that if they
purchase fewer than 165 cakes weekly, the cost per cake will increase to
$7.50. Now what is the optimal sales price per cake and what is the total
weekly profit?
c. Situations like this occur regularly in retail trade. Discuss the implications
of reduced sales with increased total profit versus greater sales with small-
er profits. For example, a drop in the number of customers means fewer
sales of associated products.

Part C
13. If the cost of producing x items is given by the function C(x), and the total
revenue when x items are sold is R(x), then the profit function is
P(x) R(x) C(x). Show that the profit function has a critical point when
the marginal revenue equals the marginal cost.
14. A fuel tank is being designed to contain 200 m 3 of gasoline; however, the
maximum length tank that can be safely transported to clients is 16 m long.
The design of the tank calls for a cylindrical part in the middle with
hemispheres at each end. If the hemispheres are twice as expensive per unit
area as the cylindrical wall, then find the radius and height of the cylindrical
part so that the cost of manufacturing the tank will be minimal. Give the
answer correct to the nearest centimetre.
15. The illumination of an object by a light source is directly proportional to the

strength of the source and inversely proportional to the square of the distance
from the source. If two light sources, one three times as strong as the other,
are placed 10 m apart, where should an object be placed on the line between
the two lights so as to receive the least illumination?
16. During a cough, the diameter of the trachea decreases. The velocity, v, of air
in the trachea during a cough may be modelled by the formula
v(r) Ar2 (r0 r), where A is a constant, r is the radius of the trachea
during the cough, and r0 is the radius of the trachea in a relaxed state. Find
the radius of the trachea when the velocity is the greatest, and find the
associated maximum velocity of air. Note that the domain for the problem is
0 r r0.
216 C H A P T E R 5
Key Concepts Review
In Chapter 5, you have considered a variety of applications of derivatives.

You should now be familiar with the following concepts:
• y f(x) defines y explicitly as a function of x. For example, y x3 4x 2.
• An equation involving both x and y, as in x y2 1, is said to define y implic-

itly as a function of x. For implicit differentiation, we differentiate both sides of
the equation with respect to x. The Chain Rule is used when
differentiating terms containing y.
• The position, velocity, and acceleration functions are s(t), v(t), and a(t)
respectively, where v(t) s’(t) and a(t) v’(t) s’’(t)
• The algorithm for maximum and minimum values
• Derivatives in the social sciences that involve cost, revenue, and profit
• Related-rate problems
• Optimization problems. Remember that you must first create a function to ana-
lyze and that restrictions in the domain may be crucial.

wrap-up
CHAPTER 5: MAXIMIZING PROFITS
A construction company has been offered a build-operate contract for
$7.8 million to construct and operate a trucking route for five years to transport
ore from a mine site to a smelter. The smelter is located on a major highway
and the mine is 3 km into the bush off the road.
10 km
Smelter Highway
3 km
Mine
Construction (capital) costs are estimated as follows:

• Upgrade to the highway (i.e., repaving) will be $200 000 /km.
• New gravel road from the mine to the highway will be $500 000 /km.
Operating conditions are as follows:

• There will be 100 return trips each day for 300 days a year for each
of the five years the mine will be open.
• Operating costs on the gravel road will be $65/h and average speed
will be 40 km/h.
• Operating costs on the highway will be $50/h and average speed
will be 70 km/h.
Use calculus to determine if the company will accept the contract and the
distances of the paved and gravel road sections producing optimum conditions
(maximum profit). What is the maximum profit? Do not consider the time value
of money in your calculations. ●
218 C H A P T E R 5
Review Exercise
dy
1. Find d
x
x1
a. x3 y5 6 b. x12 y12 5 c. y3
x1
2 3
d. x2y3 3 y e. y7 2x7y5 10 f. x 5 y 5 x
dy
2. Find d
x
at the indicated point.
a. x3 y3 18xy at (8, 4) b. (x2 y2)2 4x2y at (1,1)
3. Find the slopes of the lines tangent to the graph of x2y6 2y2 6 0
at the point (0.5, 1) and at the point (0.5, 1).
4. Find f ’ and f ’’, if f (x) x 4 x14 .

d 2y
5. For y x9 – 7x3 2, find .
dx2
21
6. For the relation 3x2 y2 7, show that y’’
3
.
y
7. Find the velocity and acceleration of an object that moves along a straight line
1
in such a way that its coordinate s(t) is s(t) t2 (2t 3) 2 .
8. Find the velocity and acceleration as functions of time, t,

for s(t) t 7 5t, t 0.
9. A pellet is shot into the air. Its position above the ground at any time, t, is
defined by s(t) 45t 5t2 metres. For what values of t seconds, t 0, is the
upward velocity of the pellet positive? Zero? Negative? Draw a graph to
represent the velocity of the pellet.
10. Determine the maximum and minimum of each function on the given interval.
a. f(x) 2x3 9x2, 2 x 4
b. f(x) 12x x3, 3 x 5
c. f(x) 2x 1x8, 1 x 5
REVIEW EXERCISE 219

11. A motorist starts braking when she sees a stop sign. After t seconds,
the distance (in metres) from the front of her car to the sign is
s(t) 62 16t t2.
a. How far was the front of the car from the sign when she started braking?
b. Does the car go beyond the stop sign before stopping?
c. Explain why it is unlikely that the car would hit another vehicle that is
travelling perpendicular to the motorist’s road when her car first comes
to a stop at the intersection.
12. Find the equation of the tangent to the graph y3 3xy 5 0

13. The position function of an object that moves in a straight line is

8
s(t) 1 2t , 0 t 2. Find the maximum and minimum
t2 1
velocities of the object over the given time interval.
14. Suppose that the cost (in dollars) of manufacturing x items is approximated by
C(x) 625 15x 0.01x2, for 1 x 500. The unit cost (the cost of
C(x)
manufacturing one item) would then be U(x) x
. How many items should
be manufactured in order to ensure that the unit cost is minimized?
15. For each of the following cost functions, find, in dollars,

a. the cost of producing 400 items.
b. the average cost of each of the first 400 items produced.
c. the marginal cost when x 400, as well as the cost of producing the
401st item.
i) C(x) 3x 1000
ii) C(x) 0.004x2 40x 8000
iii) C(x) x 5000
1
iv) C(x) 100x 2
5x 700
16. Find the production level that minimizes the average cost per unit for the cost
function C(x) 0.004x2 40x 16 000. Show that it is a minimum by
using a graphing calculator to sketch the graph of the average cost function.
17. a. The position of an object moving along a straight line is described by the
function s(t) 3t2 10 for t 0. Is the object moving away from or
towards its starting position when t 3?
b. Repeat the problem using s(t) t3 4t2 10 for t 0.
220 C H A P T E R 5
18. Sand is being poured onto a conical pile at the rate of 9 m3/h. Friction forces
in the sand are such that the slope of the sides of the conical pile is always 23.
a. How fast is the altitude increasing when the radius of the base of the pile
is 6 m?
b. How fast is the radius of the base increasing when the height of the pile
is 10 m?
19. Digging in his backyard, Dennis accidentally breaks a pipe attached to his
water-sprinkling system. Water bubbles up at a rate of 1 cm3/s, forming a
circular pond of depth 0.5 cm in his yard. How quickly is the surface area of
the pond covering his lawn?
20. The surface area of a cube is changing at a rate of 8 cm2/s. How fast is the
volume changing when the surface area is 60 cm2?
21. A coffee filter has the shape of an inverted cone. Water drains out of the filter
at a rate of 10 cm3/min. When the depth of water in the cone is 8 cm, the
depth is decreasing at 2 cm/min. What is the ratio of the height of the cone to
its radius?
22. A floodlight that is 15 m away and at ground level illuminates a building.

A man 2 m tall walks away from the light directly towards the building
at 2 m/s. Is the length of his shadow on the building increasing or decreasing?
Find the rate of change of the length of his shadow when he is 4 m from
the light.
23. A particle moving along a straight line will be s cm from a fixed

point at time t seconds, where t 0 and s 27t 3 1t6 10.
a. Find when the velocity will be zero.
b. Is this a maximum or a minimum velocity?
c. Is the particle accelerating? Explain.
24. A box with a square base and no top must have a volume of 10 000 cm3. If
the smallest dimension in any direction is 5 cm, then determine the
dimensions of the box that minimize the amount of material used.
25. An animal breeder wishes to create five adjacent rectangular pens, each with
an area of 2400 m2. To ensure that the pens are large enough for grazing, the
minimum for either dimension must be 10 m. Find the dimensions for the
pens in order to keep the amount of fencing used to a minimum.
REVIEW EXERCISE 221

26. You are given a piece of sheet metal that is twice as long as it is wide and
the area of the sheet is 800 square decametres. Find the dimensions of the
rectangular box that would contain a maximum volume if it were constructed
from this piece of metal. The box will not have a lid. Give your answer
correct to one decimal place.
27. A cylindrical can is to hold 500 cm3 of apple juice. The design must take into
account that the height must be between 6 and 15 cm, inclusive. How should
the can be constructed so that a minimum amount of material will be used in
the construction? (Assume that there will be no waste.)
28. In oil pipeline construction, the cost of pipe to go under water is 60% more
than the cost of pipe used in dry land situations. A pipeline comes to a 1-km-
wide river at point A, and it must be extended to a refinery, R, on the other
side that is 8 km down a straight river. Find the best way to cross the river so
that the total cost of the pipe is kept to a minimum. (Answer to the nearest
metre.)
29. A train leaves the station at 10:00 and travels due north at a speed of
100 km/h. Another train has been heading due west at 120 km/h and reaches
the same station at 11:00. At what time were the two trains closest together?
30. A store sells portable CD players for $100 each, and at this price the store
sells 120 CD players every month. The owner of the store wishes to increase
his profit, and he estimates that for every $2 increase in the price of CD
players, one less CD player will be sold each month. If each CD player costs
the store $70, at what price should the store sell the CD players to maximize
profit?
31. An offshore oil well, P, is located in the ocean 5 km from the nearest point on
the shore, A. A pipeline is to be built to take oil from P to a refinery that is 20
km along the straight shoreline from A. If it costs $100 000 per kilometre to
lay pipe underwater and only $75 000 per kilometre to lay pipe on land, what
route from the well to the refinery will be the cheapest? (Give your answer
correct to the nearest metre.)
222 C H A P T E R 5
Chapter 5 Test
Knowledge/Understanding All questions
Communication 5b
Application 4, 5, 6, 10
dy
1. Find d
x
if x2 4xy y2 8.
2. Find the equation of the tangent to 3x 2 4y 2 7 at P(1, 1).
3. An object starts at rest and moves along a horizontal trail. Its position, s,
in metres, after t seconds is given by s(t) t3 – 9t2 24t 5, t 0.
a. Find the average velocity from t 1 s to t 6 s.
b. At what time(s) is the object at rest?
c. Determine its acceleration after 5 s.
d. Is the object moving towards or away from the origin when t 3 s?
Justify your answer.
These formulas may be helpful for the following questions.

Sphere V 43r3, S 4r2 Cone V 13r2h
Cylinder V r2h, S 2rh 2r2 Circle C 2r, A r2
4. Assume that oil spilled from a ruptured tanker spreads in a circular pattern
whose radius increases at a constant rate of 2 m/s. How fast is the area of the
spill increasing when the radius of the spill is 60 m?
5. The radius of a sphere is increasing at a rate of 2 m/min.

a. Find the rate of change of the volume when the radius is 8 m.
b. Explain why the rate of change of the volume of the sphere is not constant
even though ddrt is constant.
CHAPTER 5 TEST 223

6. At a certain instant, each edge of a cube is 5 cm long and the volume is
increasing at a rate of 2 cm3/min. How fast is the surface area of the cube
increasing?
7. An inverted conical water tank has a radius of 10 m at the top and is 24 m

high. If water flows into the tank at a rate of 20 m3/min, how fast is the depth
of the water increasing when the water is 16 m deep?
x 1
2
8. Determine the extreme values of the function f (x) on the domain
x2
1 x 3.
9. A figure skater is directly beneath a spotlight 10 m above the ice. If she skates
away from the light at a rate of 6 m/s and the spot follows her, how fast is her
shadow’s head moving when she is 8 m from her starting point? The skater is
(almost) 1.6 m tall with her skates on.
10. A man has purchased 2000 m of used wire fencing at an auction. He and his
wife want to use the fencing to create three adjacent rectangular paddocks.
Find the dimensions of the paddocks so the fence encloses the largest possible
area.
11. An engineer working on a new generation of computer called The Beaver is

using very compact VLSI circuits. The container design for the CPU is to be
determined by marketing considerations and must be a rectangular solid in
shape. It must contain exactly 10 000 cm3 of interior space, and the length
must be twice the height. If the cost of the base is $0.02/cm2, the cost of the
side walls is $0.05/cm2, and the cost of the upper face is $0.10/cm2, find the
dimensions to the nearest millimetre that will keep the cost of the container to
a minimum.
224 C H A P T E R 5
Chapter 6
THE EXPONENTIAL
FUNCTION
Are you thinking of buying a computer? Moore’s

Law suggests that the processing power of
computers doubles every eighteen months, which
means that in a year and a half from today,
computers will be twice as powerful as they are
now! This is an example of exponential growth. In
this chapter, you will study the exponential
functions that can be used to describe and make
predictions about the growth of biological
populations, including human populations and
populations of cancerous cells, the growth of
financial investments, the growth of the Internet,
and the decaying of radioactive substances.
Another application of exponential functions
occurs in psychology, where it has been noted
that, in certain circumstances, there is an
exponential relationship between the size of a
stimulus and a nerve’s response to the stimulus.
The common feature in all these situations and
many others is that the amount of growth or
decline at any point in time is directly
proportional to the size of the thing that is
growing or declining.

• identify key properties of exponential
functions, Section 6.1, 6.2
• determine intercepts and positions of the
asymptotes to a graph, Section 6.2, 6.3
• describe graphical implications of changes in
parameters, Section 6.3
• describe the significance of exponential
growth or decay, Section 6.4, 6.5
• pose and solve problems related to models of
exponential functions, Section 6.4, 6.5,
Career Link
• predict future behaviour by extrapolating from
a mathematical model, Section 6.5
In this chapter, you will be studying the exponential function. You will require a
knowledge of rational exponents, such as the following:
• x0 1
• x–n x1n , x 0
p q q
• a q (a) p or
ap
In this chapter you will also be working with transformations.
Exercise
1. Find the value of each of the following:

2
a. 43 b. (3)2 c. 33 d. 34
2. Write the following with positive exponents:
2
a. x7 b. 5m2 c. (3b)3 d. 1

w5
e. 23
3. Evaluate the following:

1 3 21 22
a. 52 b. 23 c. 34 d.
3–1
4. Evaluate the following:

c. 18 3
1 1 1
a. 4 2 b. 27 3
5. a. Sketch the following functions on the same grid:

y1 x2, y2 x2 4, and y3 x2 3.
b. Describe
i) the transformation of the graph of y1 to y2.
ii) the transformation of the graph of y1 to y3.
c. Without sketching, describe the transformation of the graph of y x2 2
to the graph of y x2 2.
d. Describe what happens when a positive or negative constant is added to a
function.
226 C H A P T E R 6
y1 x2, y2 12x2, and y3 –2x2.
b. Describe
c. Without sketching, describe the transformation of the graph of y x2 to
the graph of y 3x2 25.
d. Describe what happens when a function is multiplied by a constant c,
where c 0, 0 c 1, and c 1.

y1 x2, y2 (x – 5)2, and y3 (x 3)2.
b. Describe
c. Without sketching, describe the transformation of the graph of y x2 to
the graph of y (x 6)2 – 7.
d. Describe what happens when a positive or negative constant is added to
the variable in a function.
REVIEW OF PREREQUSITE SKILLS 227

investigate
C H A P T E R 6 : D I S C O V E R I N G E X P O N E N T I A L G R O W T H PAT T E R N S
If you have suffered from the bacterial infection streptococcal pharyngitis, better
known as strep throat, you have had first-hand experience with exponential growth.
Not all applications of exponential growth are so negative, however. Bacteria are used
in a multitude of biotechnology applications, including the destruction of hazardous
wastes such as PCBs, toxins that otherwise would be very difficult to remove from
our natural environment. Other applications with exponential patterns include the
mathematics of investment (growth) and the carbon dating of archeological relics
(decay). In this chapter, you will investigate patterns in exponential graphs, solve
problems following exponential growth and decay patterns, and build and
manipulate mathematical models following exponential patterns.
Case Study — Agricultural Entomologist
Faced with changing weather patterns bringing more severe weather events,
Canada’s agricultural sector is attempting to create disease- and insect-resistant
crops that are adaptable to both dry and wet climates. As part of this process, the
population dynamics of insects are thoroughly investigated. An entomologist, an
insect researcher, is examining the birth and death patterns of an insect that
destroys soy crops. The researcher notices that if no deaths were to occur, the
population would grow by 50% each day. She has also observed that 10% of the
population, including the new births, dies every day. The starting population is 1000.
1. Complete a table showing the population dynamics to day 5 with the
following column headings, then draw a rough sketch of the Start-of-Day
versus End-of-Day Population.
Day Population Births Deaths Population
Start of Day End of Day
0 — — — 1000
1000
5
2. Considering the relationships you have studied to date (linear, quadratic,

higher-degree polynomial, periodic, rational, geometric series), what does this
pattern most closely resemble? Explain your reasoning.
3. For “steady-state” conditions to exist (no population growth or decline),
what percentage of the population would have to die each day? Explain.
4. Identify at least two other relationships in nature or technology that follow
exponential growth or decay patterns (that were not mentioned on this
page). Explain why these relationships follow exponential patterns.
At the end of this chapter, you will build, modify, and manipulate an algebraic
and graphical mathematical population dynamics model for two insects in an
ecosystem. ●
228 C H A P T E R 6
Section 6.1 — Laws of Exponents
Your study of calculus will require an ability to manipulate rational and negative
exponents. The exponent laws enable us to simplify and evaluate expressions
involving exponents. Here is a summary of the exponent laws.
Exponent Laws
am an amn x–n x1n , x 0
am 1

an
am–n, a 0 xn,
–n
x
x0
(am)n amn a n n

b
ba , a, b 0
(ab)m ambm p q q
a q (a)p or
ap
a m
b am
m
b
, b0
p
Alternatively, a q a q or (ap) q
p 1 1
x0 1
EXAMPLE 1 Evaluate each of the following:

3 1
5–2 21 41 42 83
a.
3–3
b.
32
c. 1

1

16 4 25 2
Solution 1 1
3 1
5–2 33 21 41 2 4 42 83 82
a. 2 b.
2 c. 1
3–3 5 3 1
1

16 25

4 2
25
32
3

2275 4

1
160

9
34 91 35
247
EXAMPLE 2 Simplify each of the following, using the laws of exponents.

3 1

3 a4 a3
b4 (b2)3
a. b. 1
a2
Solution 3 1

3 4 a4 a3 31 1

b4 (b2)3 b 3 b6
a. b. 1

a 4 3 2
a2
22 946

b 3
a 12
7
a 12
6.1 LAWS OF EXPONENTS 229
EXAMPLE 3 Simplify, using the laws of exponents.
2 4 (x2y xy2)3
a. x 3 x 3
b.
(xy)4
Solution
(x y xy )
2 2 3 [xy(x y)]3
x3 ( 3)
2 4 2 4
a. x 3 x 3
b. 4

(xy)4
(xy)
(xy)3(x y)3
x2
(xy)4
(x y)3
xy
Exercise 6.1
Part A
1. Evaluate each of the following, using the laws of exponents.
a. (73)2 74 b. (0.4)5 (0.4)3 c. (3)5 (3)3
3 2
d. 25 2
e. (8) 3
f. (2)3 (2)3
g. 42 81 h. (a4 a7) a3 i. (0.3)3 (0.3)5
j. (p2)3 (p3)2 k. (32)3 32 l. (31)3 32
m. (–2)3 2–4 n. (23)2 (22)2 o. (63)4 126
Knowledge/ 2. Simplify each of the following, using the laws of exponents.

Understanding x5y2 (3a2b)2
a.
x3y4
b. (xy2)(x3y2) c.
(ab2)3
23g2h4 (b2)3c4
d.
(gh2)3
e. (xy2)3 f.
(bc)5
5x3y4
x2y
g.
2x2y2
h.
4xy3
i. (5x2y)2
2 2
j. (a2bc1)3 k. (a2b1)3 l. (ab)4
b2
a

Knowledge/ 3. Simplify each of the following:

3 2
c.
x1
Understanding 1 1 x
a. (3x2y3)1 b. (a 4 b 3 )2
1 1
(4x2y 3 ) 2 (4a2)(2a3b2) (5x2y0)3
d. 1 1
e.
12a4b3
f. 1
(8xy ) 4 3
(25x2y) 2
230 C H A P T E R 6
Part B
4. Simplify, using the laws of exponents.
1 4 4
a. (64x4) 2 b.
163 c. (27) 3
1 3
3
d. 2a 2 32
a 4 e.
27p6 f.
5

32a10
3 4 3
g. a3.4 a2.6 52
h. 55 i. (t)2
t5
Application 5. Simplify, using the laws of exponents.

31 32 ab2c a2bc (p2q pq3)3
a.
33
b.
abc
c.
p3q4
x2 x3 3t 2t1 3p2 p3
d.
2x
e.
t3
f. p
4
Thinking/Inquiry/ 6. Simplify each of the following:

Problem Solving 3 1

x 2 x 2 x1 4 x x9 x1
a. b. c. d.
1
x 2
3
x2
1
x2 3 x x
1 1
Communication 7. Using the laws of exponents, explain why 64 6 8 3 .
6.1 LAWS OF EXPONENTS 231

Section 6.2 — Investigating f(x) = bx
In this section, you will be investigating the exponential function f (x) bx. Since
you will be drawing several curves on each grid, remember to label each curve
with its equation.
INVESTIGATION 1. a. Use your graphing calculator or graphing software to draw the graph of
y 2x. In your notebook, sketch y 2x, showing the scale on the axes.
t chnology b. Use the TRACE function to find the value of the y-intercept. Label the
e
y-intercept on your sketch.

c. Using the TRACE function, move the cursor left. Watch the y-values as the
cursor moves. What do you notice about these values? The graph approach-
es the x-axis for small values of x. The line the graph of a function
approaches is called an asymptote. Label the horizontal asymptote on your
sketch and write its equation.
d. What is the domain and range of y 2x?
e. Does the graph cross the x-axis?
Your finished sketch should look like this:
y
30 y = 2x
25
20
Domain is x R.
15
Range is y 0, y R.
y-intercept is 1 10
5
x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5
The horizontal asymptote is the line y = 0.
Notice that y 2x is an increasing function.

2. Using your graphing calculator or graphing software, investigate the function
y 5x as you did y 2x. Draw a sketch of y 5x, showing the scale, and
labelling the y-intercept and the horizontal asymptote. State the domain and
range of the function.
3. Use your graphing calculator or graphing software to graph y 2x, y 5x, and
y 10x. Sketch, labelling the functions carefully.
232 C H A P T E R 6
a. What are the common characteristics of these curves?
b. Predict where the graph of the curve y 7x will lie relative to the curves
graphed earlier. Check your prediction with your graphing calculator or
graphing software.
4. Write a general description of the graph of the exponential curve y bx, where
b 1. In this description include the y-intercept, horizontal asymptote, domain,
range, and a sketch.
x x
5. Investigate the function y 13 . Draw a sketch of y 13 , showing the scale,
and labelling the y-intercept and the horizontal asymptote. State the domain
and range of the function. Note that we can express this as y 3x rather than
x
y 13 .
x x x
6. Graph y 13 , y 15 , and y 110 . Sketch, labelling the functions
carefully.
a. What are the common characteristics of these curves?
x
b. Predict where the graph of the curve y 17 will be relative to the
curves graphed in part a of this question. Check your prediction with your
graphing calculator or graphing software.
7. Write a general description of the graph of the exponential curve y bx, where
0 b 1. In this description include the y-intercept, horizontal asymptote,
domain, range, and a sketch.
x
8. Graph y 3x and y 13 . Sketch, labelling the functions carefully.
x
a. What transformation on y 3x will give y 13 as its image?
b. How are the curves alike?
c. How are they different?
9. Graph y 3x and y 3x.

a. What transformation on y 3x will give y 3x as its image?
b. How are the curves alike?
c. How are they different?
6 . 2 I N V E S T I G AT I N G f ( x ) b x 233
Properties of the Exponential Function y bx
• The base b is positive.
• The y-intercept is 1.
• The x-axis is a horizontal asymptote.
• The domain is the set of real numbers, R.
• The range is the set of positive real numbers.
• The exponential function is always increasing if b 1.
• The exponential function is always decreasing if 0 b 1.
y y
x x
y bx, b 1 y bx, 0 b 1
The function is always increasing. The function is always decreasing.
Exercise 6.2
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. The graphs below have equations of the form y bx. Answer the following
Understanding questions about each of the functions:
a. b.
234 C H A P T E R 6
c. d.
i) What is the value of the y-intercept?

ii) Is the function always increasing or always decreasing?
iii) Is b 1 or is 0 b 1?
iv) What is the value of y when x 1 or x 1?
v) Use the information you gained in parts i to iv write the equation of the
function.
Part B
Application 2. If f is a function defined by f(x) bx, where b 0, what can be stated about
a. the sign of f(x)?
b. the growth behaviour of f ?
c. f(0)?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 3. If f is a function defined by f(x) bx, where 0 b 1, what can be stated

Problem Solving about
c. f(0)?
Communication 4. Describe how you determine the equation of a function of the form y bx,
b 0, if you are given its graph. You can use only your knowledge of
exponential functions and not your calculator. Include sketches to help you
describe the procedure you use.
6 . 2 I N V E S T I G AT I N G f ( x ) b x 235
Section 6.3 — Investigating f(x) = abx + c
You will be investigating the effect of different transformations on the exponential

function f(x) bx, b 0. Since you will be drawing several curves on each grid,
remember to label each curve with its equation. Some coloured pencils will also
be helpful. When you are describing transformations, remember to use correct
mathematical terms such as translation, reflection, or dilatation.
INVESTIGATION 1. a. Using your graphing calculator or graphing software, draw the graphs of
f(x) 2x, g(x) 2x 4, and h(x) 2x 3. Draw a sketch in your
t chnology notebook and label each function.
e
b. Describe the transformation of the graph of f (x) to g(x) and the transforma-
tion of f(x) to h(x). What is the effect of adding or subtracting a number
from the exponential function?
c. How is the horizontal asymptote of g(x) and h(x) related to the horizontal
asymptote of f(x)?
2. a. Using your graphing calculator or graphing software, draw the graphs of
f(x) 2x 4, g(x) 3(2x) 4, and h(x) 0.5(2x) 4. Draw a sketch in
your notebook and label each function.
b. Describe the transformation of the graph of f(x) to g(x) and the transforma-
tion of f(x) to h(x). What is the effect of multiplying the exponential func-
tion by a positive number, where the positive number is greater than one and
where the positive number is less than one?
c. How are the horizontal asymptotes of g(x) and h(x) related to the horizontal
asymptote of f (x)?
Exercise 6.3
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. For each of the following, state
Understanding
i) the equation of the horizontal asymptote,
ii) whether the function is increasing or decreasing,
iii) the y-intercept.
x
a. y 3x 5 b. y 2x 4 c. y 413
x x
d. y 12 2 e. y 2(5x) 1 f. y 523 1
236 C H A P T E R 6
Knowledge/ 2. For the curve y 3(4x) 5,
Understanding
a. determine
i) the horizontal asymptote,
ii) the y-intercept,
iii) whether the curve is increasing or decreasing,
iv) the domain and range.
Application b. Sketch the curve.
Part B
x
Knowledge/ 3. For the curve y 223 4,
Understanding a. determine
Application b. Sketch the curve.
Communication and 4. Describe how you can draw a quick mental picture of the graph for a function
Thinking/Inquiry/ of the form y abx c, b 0, by using your knowledge of the effect of
Problem Solving changing the parameters a, b, and c. Use specific equations and sketches to
help you describe the process.
6 . 3 I N V E S T I G AT I N G f ( x ) a b x + c 237
Section 6.4 — Exponential Growth and Decay
Exponential growth occurs when quantities increase or decrease at a rate propor-

tional to the quantity present. This growth or decay occurs in savings accounts,
the size of populations, and the quantity of decay that occurs in radioactive chemi-
cals. All situations of this type can be expressed using the exponential function.
Consider, for example, the population growth of a city. The population is currently
100 000 and is growing at the rate of 5% per year. This is exactly the same situa-
tion as the compound interest problems we dealt with in an earlier grade. Each
year the population increases by a factor of l.05, hence the population after one
year is 100 000(1.05). After two years, it is (100 000(1.05))1.05 or
100 000(1.05)2. In the same way, a population of 100 000 increasing at 5% for
n years grows to 1000 000(1.05)n people, and the function that expresses the popu-
lation after x years is f (x) 100 000(1.05)x.
EXAMPLE 1 An antique vase was purchased in 2000 for $8000. If the vase appreciates in value
by 6% per year, what is its estimated value in the year 2040, to the nearest
thousand dollars?
Solution
The value of the vase is given by f(x) 8000(1.06)x, where x is the time in years.
f(40) 8000(1.06)40
82 285.7435
In 2040 the vase will be worth approximately $82 000.
EXAMPLE 2 A very convenient measure of population growth is a doubling period. The popu-
lation of the world was 6 billion in 1999. This population is growing exponential-
ly and doubles every 35 years.
a. Estimate the world population in 2050, to the nearest half billion.
b. When will the population be 24 billion?
Solution
a. If the population doubles, the base for the function must be 2. However, the
time for doubling is 35 years, so the exponent must be of the form 3t
5
, where t
is the number of years. Then the function representing population after t years
is f(t) 62 35 . For the population in 2050, t 51.
t
f(51) 62 35 16.5

51

The population in 2050 will be approximately 16.5 billion.
238 C H A P T E R 6
b. To determine t such that f (t) 24, we write
62 35 24
t

t
2 35 4 22.
Then 3t5 2
t 70.
The population will be 24 billion in 2069.
EXAMPLE 3 We do not always know the rate of increase. In this case, we construct an expo-
nential function with an unknown base and determine the base from the given
information. The population of a town was 24 000 in 1980 and 29 000 in 1990.
a. Determine an expression for the population at the time t years after 1980.
b. Use this expression to estimate the population of the town in 2020.
Solution
a. Let the population in t years be P(t) P0bt, where P0 is the population at time
t 0, with t 0 in 1980. Then P(0) P0b0 P0 24, in thousands.
Now P(t) 24bt.
We are given that P(10) 29.
Then 24b10 29
b10 2294.
Taking roots on both sides,
b 22
4
1
9 10

1.019.
Now P(t) 24(1.019)t.
b. In the year 2020, t 2020 1980 40.
P(40) 24(1.019)40
51.16
The population in 2020 will be approximately 51 000.
EXAMPLE 4 Just as population growth and inflation can be described by an exponential growth
function, radioactive decay and depreciation can be described by an exponential
decay function. A car depreciates by 15% per year. If you buy a car for $15 000,
find the value of the car in three years.
Solution
The car depreciates by 15% per year, so the base for the exponential function is
(1 0.15) 0.85.
The value of the car when t 0 is 15 000.
The value of the car after t years is V(t) 15 000(0.85)t.
6 . 4 E X P O N E N T I A L G R O W T H A N D D E C AY 239
Then V(3) 15 000(0.85)3 9211.88.
After three years, the car is worth approximately $9200.
Scientists use the term “half-life” when discussing substances that are radioactive,
like polonium210. Polonium210 has a half-life of 140 d. This means that in 140 d,
half of the amount of polonium210 will have decayed to some other substance. If
we start with 10 g of polonium210, after 140 days we will have 5 g of polonium210
left. The other 5 g will have decayed to some other substance.
Energy is released and power is generated when a nucleus decays. Devices have
been built to extract this energy in a useful form, such as electricity. When a
nucleus decays, energy in the form of heat is also released. Devices that use that
heat to generate electricity are useful in specialized applications, such as
implantable heart pace-makers, power sources for lunar stations, and isolated
automated weather stations.
EXAMPLE 5 An isotope of radium is used by a hospital for cancer radiation. The half-life of
this radium is 1620 years. If the hospital initially had 10 mg, how much will they
have after 50 years?
Solution
Since the radium has a half-life of 1620 years, the base for the exponential
function is 12. After time t in years, the amount of radium A(t) is given by
A(t) A012 h , where A0 is the initial amount and h is the half-life.
t

The hospital initially had 10 mg of radium with a half-life of 1620 years.

Then A(t) 1012 1620 .
t

The amount left after 50 years is A(50) 1012 1620 9.79 mg.
50

Exercise 6.4
Part A
1. The population of a city is 810 000. If it is increasing by 4% per year, esti-
mate the population in four years.
2. A painting, purchased for $10 000 in 1990, increased in value by 8% per year.
Find the value of the painting in the year 2000.
3. A river is stocked with 5000 salmon. The population of salmon increases by

7% per year.
a. Write an expression for the population t years after the salmon were put
into the river.
240 C H A P T E R 6
b. What will the population be in
i) 3 years?
ii) 15 years?
c. How many years does it take for the salmon population to double?
Knowledge/ 4. A house was bought six years ago for $175 000. If real-estate values have
Understanding been increasing at the rate of 4% per year, what is the value of the house
now?
5. A used-car dealer sells a five-year-old car for $4200. What was the original
value of the car if the depreciation is 15% a year?
Knowledge/ 6. In the early 1990s, the Canadian dollar was declining in value due to inflation
Understanding at the rate of 8.3% per year. If the situation continued, what would the dollar
be worth five years later?
Part B
Application 7. To determine whether a pancreas is functioning normally, a tracer dye is
injected. A normally functioning pancreas secretes 4% of the dye each
minute. A doctor injects 0.50 g of the dye. Twenty minutes later, 0.35 g
remain. If the pancreas were functioning normally, how much dye should
remain?
8. If a bacteria population doubles in 5 d,

a. when will it be 16 times as large?
b. when was it 12 of its present population?
c. when was it 14 of its present population?
d. when was it 312 of its present population?
9. Inflation is causing things to cost roughly 2% more per year.

a. A bag of milk costs $3.75 now. Estimate its cost in five years.
b. i) A movie ticket costs $8.50 now. If inflation continues at 2% per year,
when will the ticket cost $10.00?
ii) How long ago did the movie ticket cost $4.25?
10. An element is decaying at the rate of 12%/h. Initially we have 100 g.

a. How much remains after 10 h?
b. How much remains after 30 h?
c. When will there be 40 g left?
Application 11. A research assistant made 160 mg of radioactive sodium (Na24) and found
that there was only 20 mg left 45 h later.
a. What is the half-life of Na24?
b. Find a function that models the amount A left after t hours.
c. If the laboratory requires 100 mg of Na24 12 h from now, how much Na24
should the research assistant make now? (Ignore the 20 mg she currently
has.)
d. How much of the original 20 mg would be left in 12 h?
12. A bacteria colony grows at the rate of 15%/h.

a. In how many hours will the colony double in size?
b. In 10 h the bacteria population grows to 1.3 103. How many bacteria
were there initially?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 13. People who work frequently in a radiation environment, such as X-ray techni-
Problem Solving cians, dentists, radiologists, or nuclear reactor operations staff, are limited to a
50 mSv (milli-sievert) whole-body radiation dose in any one given year. They
wear badges that measure the radiation to which they have been exposed. We
all receive radiation from many sources, both naturally occuring and artificial,
all the time. The North American average from all sources is approximately
2 mSv/year. We can find these levels increasing if we mountain climb or
smoke.
a. Calculate your own radiation exposure in a year, using the information
below.
Radiation Source Amount of Radiation
(in milli-sieverts per year)
Cosmic and terrestrial 0.8
Atmospheric fallout 0.05
Internal body 0.3
Living above sea level 0.02 for every 100 m above sea level
Chest or dental x-ray 0.1 for every x-ray
TV watching 0.003 for every 3 h/d
Housing 0.06 if house contains masonry
Flying 0.001 for every hour spent flying
Cigarette smoking (heavy smoker) 60
Communication b. How can you reduce your exposure to radiation?

Communication c. Is there anywhere that is radiation-free?
242 C H A P T E R 6
Application 14. The population of a city was estimated to be 125 000 in 1930 and 500 000 in
1998.
a. Estimate the population of the city in 2020.
b. If the population continues to grow at the same rate, when will the
population reach 1 million?
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. On the day his son is born, an excited father wants to give his new son a sea-
Problem Solving son’s ticket to watch the father’s favourite sports team. A season’s ticket costs
$900. The father realizes there is no point in buying tickets for a baby only a
few hours old, so he decides to put the money aside until the boy is six years
old. If inflation is assumed to be 3% per year, how much money should the
father put aside so that he can purchase the season’s ticket in six years?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 16. Two different strains of cold virus were isolated and put in cultures to grow.
Problem Solving Virus A triples every 8 h while virus B doubles every 4.8 h. If each culture
has 1000 viruses to start, which has more after 24 h?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 17. With exponential growth, a population will continue to double in equal inter-
Problem Solving vals of time. However, in a finite world, one population influences the growth
of another. A garden pond may have water lilies covering part of the surface.
Growing conditions are ideal and the number of water lilies doubles, and dou-
bles again. Then the gardener, realizing that the water lilies will soon cover the
whole pond, introduces a chemical to kill off many of the plants. The exponen-
tial growth pattern is disrupted. But this disruption in the exponential growth
pattern would occur without the intervention of the gardener. As the water
lilies covered more and more of the pond surface, the plants would compete
for food and light. The over-crowding of the plants would reduce the rate of
expansion. This levelling off occurs in every example of natural growth.
Below is a graph of the Canadian population between the years 1860 and 2000.
35
30
25
Population
20
15
10
5
0
1860
1900
1950
2000
Year
Communication a. Why do you think the population of Canada is not growing as fast now as
it was earlier in the twentieth century?
Communication b. Discuss the factors that affect the population of a country.
Section 6.5 — Modelling Data Using the Exponential
Function
At the turn of the last century, scientists discov-

ered that certain naturally occurring substances
emitted invisible and penetrating radiation. In
such substances, the nucleus spontaneously
undergoes a rearrangement that may include the
ejection of some nuclear particles and possibly
gamma rays. Strontium90 is such a substance.
Below is a set of measurements for the amount
of strontium90 remaining after several time
intervals have passed. You will be using your
graphing calculator to model this data.
INVESTIGATION Initially (at time zero) we have 500 mg of strontium90. Here are the results of
measuring the amount of strontium90 remaining after 6 time intervals have passed.
Number of Amount of
Time Intervals Strontium90
(in milligrams)
0 500
1 241
2 112
3 61
4 30
5 18
6 13
t chnology a. Use your graphing calculator to draw a

e
scatter plot of the data. Adjust your viewing

Number of Milligrams of
window so that the graph looks similar

Strontium90
to this. Sketch the graph in your notebook.

Remember to include the scale and the
labels on the axes.
Number of Time Intervals
244 C H A P T E R 6
Technical Help
To enter the data, press STAT . Under EDIT, select 1:Edit. Enter the values in
L1 and L2.
STATPLOT
To draw the scatter plot, turn off all functions in Y= . Press Y= to obtain
the STAT PLOT function. Select 1:Plot 1 and press ENTER . Turn plot 1
on, select scatter plot, and L1 and L2 for Xlist and Ylist. Press WINDOW to
t chnology adjust the viewing window. Press GRAPH to see the scatter plot.
e
b. We now want to model this data with a function. If you pictured a curve
passing through our points, it would be shaped somewhat like the exponential
curve. We will find the curve of best fit determined by your calculator. Use
the exponential regression calculation. To three decimal places, the equation
is y 431.856(0.536)x.
Technical Help
To use the exponential regression calculation, press STAT , then under
CALC, select 0:ExpReg. Press ENTER twice. The coefficient and the base of
t chnology the exponential regression equation are displayed.
e
c. Using the equation y 431.856(0.536)x, which we found as a model of the

data, estimate the amount of strontium90 remaining after 15 time intervals.
d. Using the equation y 431.856(0.536)x, estimate when there will be 0.5 mg of
strontium90 remaining.
Use the graphing calculator to draw the graph of
y 0.536x. We can use the TRACE feature of
the calculator to approximate the solution to
0.536x 0.0012.
The solution to 0.536x 0.0012 is
approximately x 10.766. There will be
0.5 mg of strontium90 remaining after approxi-
mately 10.8 time intervals. The accuracy of your
answer can be improved by using the ZOOM
feature of the calculator.
Alternately, you can guess-and-check using the power key on the calculator to
find the solution to 0.536x 0.0012.
0.53610 0.0020
0.53611 0.0010
The value of x must be between 10 and 11. Continue to experiment with values to
improve the accuracy of your approximation.
6 . 5 M O D E L L I N G D ATA U S I N G T H E E X P O N E N T I A L F U N C T I O N 245
Strontium90 has a half-life of 26.8 years. In one half-life, half of this radioactive
material will have decayed to some other substance. If we started with 10 g of
strontium90, after 26.8 years there should be 5 g left. In our calculations, each
time interval represented 26.8 years.
x
As the term “half-life” indicates, our expression should be of the form y a 12 .
Since we started with 500 g of strontium90, the expression should be
x
y 500 12 .
But things are never quite that precise when data is collected experimentally.
Using experimental data allows you to get close to the theoretical equation. The
more data points you have, and the more accurate the points are, the better the
actual situation will fit the mathematical model.
It is unusual to obtain a good function approximation using y bx. Most data sets
require an exponent of a more complicated form than x, such as 3x2 2x. Such
situations are beyond the scope of this text.
Exercise 6.5
Part B
Knowledge/ 1. A population of bacteria, initially 1000, is growing. The size of the population
Understanding is measured every hour. The results are shown in the table below.
Number of Bacteria
Time Intervals Population
0 1000
1 1135
2 1307
3 1490
4 1696
5 1957
6 2228
t chnology a. Use your graphing calculator to draw a scatter plot of the data. Sketch the
e
scatter plot in your notebook. Include the labels and scales on the axes.
b. Using the exponential regression calculation in your calculator, determine
the equation of the curve of best fit. Record this equation accurate to three
decimal places.
c. Using the equation of the curve of best fit, estimate the bacteria population
in 10 h.
246 C H A P T E R 6
d. Predict when there would be 10 000 bacteria. Hint: How many time inter-
vals will this take?
2. Below is a table showing the population of the world. This information came
from the United Nations Web site, www.un.org/popin. We will count in inter-
vals of 50 years from 1750.
Year Time Interval Population
(in billions)
1750 0 0.79
1800 1 0.98
1850 2 1.26
1900 3 1.65
1950 4 2.52
2000 5 6.06
Knowledge/ a. With your graphing calculator, draw a scatter plot of the data. Using the
Understanding exponential regression calculation in your calculator, determine the equa-
tion of the curve of best fit accurate to three decimal places.
b. Using your mathematical model, estimate the world population in 2050.
Thinking/Inquiry/ c. Predict when there would be 7 billion people on the earth.
Problem Solving
3. The table below shows the carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere in
parts per million. We will count in intervals of 20 years from 1860.
Year Time Carbon-Dioxide

Interval Concentration
(in parts per million)
1860 0 294
1880 1 296
1900 2 300
1920 3 307
1940 4 308
1960 5 319
1980 6 340
2000 7 377
a. With your graphing calculator, draw a scatter plot of the data. Using the
exponential regression calculation in your calculator, determine the equa-
b. Using your mathematical model, estimate the carbon-dioxide concentration
in 1930 and in 1990.
c. If the trend continues, predict when the concentration will be 390 parts per
million.
4. The table below shows the amount of stored nuclear waste in million curies.
We will count in intervals of five years from 1970.
Year Time Stored Nuclear

Intervals Waste
(in million curies)
1970 0 5
1975 1 30
1980 2 100
1985 3 210
1990 4 360
1995 5 660
b. Using your mathematical model, estimate the amount of nuclear waste
stored in 1983.
c. If this trend continues, predict when the amount of nuclear waste stored
will be 800 million curies.
5. Statistics Canada is a government agency that collects and analyzes data about
many aspects of life in Canada. On their Web site, www.statcan.ca, you can
find the population of the provinces for the last few years. Select one of the
provinces. Copy and complete the chart below using the data from the
Statistics Canada Web site. Count the time intervals of years from the first
entry in your chart.
Year Time Population

Intervals
248 C H A P T E R 6
b. Using your mathematical model, estimate the population of that province
in 1900.
c. Predict when the population of that province will be 10% greater than its
current level.
Communication 6. Given a set of data, describe how you can predict the algebraic form of a
mathematical model to fit the data. Use sketches to illustrate your answer.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 7. You have likely observed that the models obtained by using your calculator
Problem Solving provide a rather poor fit for the data. This is because your calculator uses only
one exponential function, namely f (x) Abx. By changing the exponent to
px2 qx, a much better fit of the data can be obtained. You may be interested
in using more sophisticated exponents with the data given in the problems of
this section to see whether you can determine functions that better describe
the situation. This will require a computer with algebraic capability.
Key Concepts Review
In Chapter 6, you learned how to identify key properties of exponential functions,

and to determine intercepts and positions of the asymptotes to a graph. You should
now know how to describe graphical implications of changes in parameters, as
well as how to describe the significance of exponential growth or decay. You
should not only be able to pose and solve problems related to models of exponen-
tial functions, but also to predict future behaviour by extrapolating from a mathe-
matical model. Here is a brief summary of the concepts covered in this chapter.
Exponent Laws
• am an amn • xn x1n , x 0
m
• aan amn, a 0 • 1
xn, x 0
xn
n n
• (am)n amn • ab ba , a, b 0
p q q
• (ab)m ambm • a q (a)p or
ap
m
• ab abm, b 0
m
Alternatively,
p
• a q a q or (ap) q
p 1 1
• x0 1
Properties of the Exponential Function y = bx

• The y-intercept is 1.
• The x-axis is a horizontal asymptote.
• The domain is the set of real numbers, R.
• The range is the set of positive real numbers.
• The exponential function is always increasing if b 1.
• The exponential function is always decreasing if 0 b 1.
y y
x x
y bx, b 1 y bx, 0 b 1
The function is always increasing. The function is always decreasing.
250 C H A P T E R 6
Exponential Growth and Decay
Exponential growth occurs when quantities increase or decrease at a rate pro-
portional to the quantity. This growth or decay occurs in savings accounts, the
size of populations, and the quantity of decay that occurs in radioactive chemi-
cals. All situations of this type can be expressed using the exponential function.
Data on savings accounts, population growth, or radioactive decay can be mod-
elled using an exponential function.

wrap-up
C H A P T E R 6 : D I S C O V E R I N G E X P O N E N T I A L G R O W T H PAT T E R N S
An entomologist is studying the predator–prey relationship for two colonies of
insects. She is investigating the possibility of introducing the predator insect in
corn farming areas to control the population of the prey insect, which is a
nuisance to corn crops.
a. In the experiment, the predator insect doubled in population every three days
and the prey insect quadrupled in nine days. The initial population of the
predator insect was 500 and the initial population of the prey insect was
1000. At what time were the two populations equal?
b. Once the populations are equal, the prey population depends on births
(which would still cause a doubling every three days if there were no
predator) and deaths caused by the predator, which amount to 5.0% of the
population per day. The researcher needs to develop a single algebraic model
to predict the population of the prey insect as a function of births and
deaths:
P Po (Exponential Growth Due to Births)(Exponential Decay Due to Deaths)
Expressed in doubling times format:
P(t) Po2kt,
where P(t) is the population at time t, in days, Po is the initial population,
and k is growth rate constant.
Hints: 1. Set t 0 for the time when the populations were equal as
determined in part a.
2. Convert growth expression to base of 2 with exponent laws.
3. Convert death expression to base of 2 using the graph of y 2x
and finding the value of x for 2x (1 Decay Rate).
c. The experiment will be considered a success if the population of the prey
insect is less than 6800 five days after the time the two populations were
equal, and if the doubling time of the prey is now more than seven days. Use
the expression developed in part b and the graphing calculator to judge the
experiment’s success. ●

Review Exercise
1. Evaluate each of the following:

3 3
a. (32 23)1 b.
31 32
3 8
c.
36 35
d. (53 52)(23 22)

3
b.
250 4 23
3 54 32 1
a. 32 5
c.
16
d. 41
3. Simplify each of the following:

1
x 3 x
a. ap2q2 ap2q2 b. 3

3
x2
(xab) ab
c.
xa
2 d. (16 pq)(8 pq)
4. Fully factor each of the following:

1 5

a. 1 8x1 15x2 b. x 2 x 2
3 1
c. x1 x2 12x3 d. x 2 25x 2
5. Following are the graphs of some exponential functions with equations of the
form y bx, b 0. Using what you have learned about exponential functions,
and without the aid of your calculator, write the equation of each function.
Each line on the graph represents one unit.
a. b.
6. For the curve y 2(5x) 6,

a. determine
iii) whether the curve is always increasing or always decreasing,
252 C H A P T E R 6
b. Sketch the graph of the function.
x
7. For the curve y 512 3,
a. determine
iii) whether the curve is always increasing or always decreasing,
b. Sketch the graph of the function.
8. For a biology experiment, there are 50 cells present. After 2 h there are 1600
bacteria. How many bacteria would there be in 6 h?
9. A laboratory has 40 mg of iodine 131. After 24 d there are only 5 mg remain-

ing. What is the half-life of iodine 131?
10. The chart below shows the population of Canada. This information is from
the Statistics Canada Web site at www.statcan.ca. The time intervals are in
years, from 1994.

Intervals (in millions)
1994 0 29 036.0
1995 1 29 353.9
1996 2 29 671.9
1997 3 30 011.0
1998 4 30 301.2
t chnology a. Using your graphing calculator, draw a scatter plot of this data. Use the
e
exponential regression function on your calculator to find the curve of best

fit for the data.
b. Using your mathematical model, estimate the population of Canada in
2010.
c. Predict when there will be 35 million people in Canada.
11. The following information is from the United Nations Web site,
www.un.org/popin.
a. The following chart gives the population of Europe.
REVIEW EXERCISE 253

Year Population
(in millions)
1750 163
1800 203
1850 276
1900 408
1950 547
1998 729
i) Find the average rate of change in population between 1750 and 1800.
ii) Find the average rate of change in population between 1950 and 1998.
iii) Compare the answers to parts i and ii.
b. The chart below gives the population of North America.
Year Population
(in millions)
1750 2
1800 7
1850 26
1900 82
1950 172
1998 305
i) Find the average rate of change in population between 1800 and 1850.
ii) Find the average rate of change in population between 1950 and 1998.
iii) Compare the answers to parts i and ii.
c. Between 1800 and 1850, the average rate of change in population in
Europe was greater than the average rate of change in population in North
America. However the change in the size of the population in North
America was far more dramatic. Explain.
254 C H A P T E R 6
Chapter 6 Test
Communication 4, 9c, 10b
Application 3, 4, 5b, 6, 7, 8, 9b

3
a. 4 2
1 1 1
b. (5 3 5 6 )12 c. 41 23 50
21 22
d. (2)3 (2)5 e.
23
f. (5)3 (5)2

a4 • a3
a.
a 2
b. (3x2y)2 c. (x4y2)2 • (x2y3)1
xp q

x • x
2 2 3
d. (xab)(xab) e.
xpq
f.
x1
x 16
3. Write 1
as a polynomial expression.
x2 4
4. If f is a function defined by f(x) bx, describe the growth behaviour of f (x).
Consider cases if required.
x
5. For the curve y 213 5,
a. determine
ii) the y-intercepts,
b. Sketch the curve.
6. An antique dresser was purchased for $3500 in 1985. The dresser increases in
value by 7% per year. Find the value of the dresser in 2002.
7. The population of a fishing village is decreasing by 8% per year. In 1998

there were 4500 people living in the village. Estimate the population in 2004.
CHAPTER 6 TEST 255

8. At the end of 14 min, 11
6
of a sample of polonium remains. Determine the
half-life of polonium.
t chnology 9. Below is a table showing the population of the world. This information came
e
from the United Nations Web site, www.un.org/popin. The data is in intervals
of 50 years from 1750, with 50 years considered as one time interval.
Intervals (in billions)
1750 0 0.79
1800 1 0.98
1850 2 1.26
1900 3 1.65
1950 4 2.52
2000 5 6.06
a. Use your graphing calculator to draw a scatter plot of the data. Using the
b. Using your mathematical model, estimate the world population in 2300.
c. If the habitable surface area of the earth is about 20 million hectares, what
will be the population density in the year 2300? (1 ha 10 000 m2)
d. Do you think the exponential model determined by the graphing calculator
is valid over an extended period? Explain your answer.
10. This graph has an equation of the form f (x) bx c.

a. Determine values for b and c.
b. Explain how you arrived at this answer.
256 C H A P T E R 6
Chapter 7
THE LOGARITHMIC
FUNCTION AND
LOGARITHMS
Did you know that the energy in the sound of a

jet aircraft engine is about one trillion times
greater than the energy you exert when you
whisper to your friend seated next to you on the
plane that you’re secretly afraid of flying? Rather
than dealing with such a wide range of values,
people who work with sound — whether they be
broadcasters, people in the recording industry, or
engineers trying to reduce engine noise inside an
airplane — all measure sound levels using the
more manageable decibel scale, which is an
example of a
logarithmic scale.
Other examples of
logarithmic scales include the
Richter scale for measuring the
intensity of earthquakes and
the pH scale for measuring the acid
content in a substance. These scales are used to
simplify certain phenomena that might vary by
large magnitudes, and the scales are all based on
logarithmic functions like those that are
studied in this chapter.

• define logarithmic function logax (a 1),
Section 7.1
• express logarithmic equations in exponential
form, Section 7.1
• simplify and evaluate expressions containing
logarithms, Section 7.2
• solve exponential and logarithmic equations,
Section 7.3, 7.5
• solve simple problems involving logarithmic
scales, Section 7.4, Career Link
In the last chapter, we examined the exponential function and its use in solving
equations. In this chapter, we will study the inverse of the exponential function.
This function is the logarithmic function.
To begin, we will review the important facts associated with the exponential
function:
• For y bx, b 1, the function is increasing, the y-intercept is 1, and the x-axis
is a horizontal asymptote.
• For y bx, 0 b 1, the function is decreasing, the y-intercept is 1, and the
x-axis is a horizontal asymptote.
• If a population is growing at the rate of i% per year, the function that expresses
the population after x years is f(x) P0(1 i)x, where P0 is the initial
population.
• If the population doubles, the base for the exponential function is 2. The func-
t
tion representing the population after t years is f(x) P02 d , where P0 is the
initial population and d is the doubling time.
Exercise
t chnology 1. Use your graphing calculator to sketch the graph of y 3x.

e
APPENDIX P. 427
a. State the domain and range.
b. How is the slope of the graph of y 3x related to the slope of the graph
of y x3?
x
c. How is the slope of the graph of y 13 related to the slope of the graph
1
of y x 3 ?
d. Explain how the answers to parts b and c are related.
2. If f is a function defined by f(x) bx, where b 1, what can be stated about

c. f(0)?
258 C H A P T E R 7
3. If f is a function defined by f(x) bx, where 0 b 1, what can be stated
about
c. f(0)?
4. The population of a town is 2400. If the population is predicted to grow at the

rate of 6% per year, determine the predicted population in 20 years.
5. A culture initially has 2000 bacteria. If the population doubles every 4 h,

determine when the population would be 512 000.
6. The half-life of radium is 1620 years.

a. If a laboratory initially had 5 g of radium, determine how much they
would have in 200 years.
b. How many years would it take until the laboratory had only 4 g of radium?

investigate
CHAPTER 7: MEASURING ON A LOGARITHMIC SCALE
We often hear the term “order of magnitude” when people are describing the
severity of an earthquake, the acidity of a solution, or the loudness of a sound. Order
of magnitude is actually a very simple concept. One order of magnitude means 10
times larger, two orders of magnitude mean 100 times larger, and so on.
Mathematically, the pattern is 100, 101, 102, 103, … 10n with the order of magnitude
as the exponent. This exponent is also known as the logarithm of the pattern. On a
number line, the intensity of an earthquake could be represented as follows:
Logarithm Notation 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Exponential Notation 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Standard Notation 1 10 100 1000 10 000 100 000 1 000 000 ...
The logarithmic notation on this number line for measuring earthquake intensity is
known as the Richter Scale and indicates that an earthquake of magnitude 5 is 100
times more intense than an earthquake of magnitude 3. Other examples of log
scales include the pH scale in chemistry and the bel or decibel scale for the
measurement of loudness. In this chapter, you will investigate the properties of the
logarithm function and its graph, utilize the rules of logarithms to solve exponential
equations, and model exponential and polynomial data using logarithms.
Case Study — Seismologist (Earthquake Geologist)

Seismologists play a critical role in assisting structural engineers to design
earthquake-proof buildings. Designing buildings to withstand earthquakes first
requires the seismologist to model the behaviour of earthquake shockwaves (e.g.,
magnitude and frequency). Only then can the engineer determine how the
beams and columns must be designed to withstand the tensional, compressive,
shearing (tearing), and torsion (twisting) forces the earthquake will cause. While
most people would identify Vancouver, B.C., as the city most prone to
earthquakes in Canada, there are others that might surprise you, such as Ottawa,
Ontario, which experiences earthquakes on a regular basis.
1. Why do you suppose a logarithmic scale is used to model the intensity of
earthquakes?
2. How much more intense would an earthquake of magnitude 7.8 be
compared to an earthquake of magnitude 4.5? Write down your calculations.
3. Identify at least two other situations when it would be practical to compare
events in terms of order of magnitude. Explain your reasoning with specific
examples.
At the end of this chapter, you have an opportunity to demonstrate your learning
in exponential and logarithmic functions by completing an analysis of a lake
damaged by acid rain. ●
260 C H A P T E R 7
Section 7.1 — The Logarithmic Function
y
We have been studying the exponential function f(x) b x, x
y=b,b>1
in which b 1. A typical example is shown. 1
x
–1 1
–1
y
The inverse of the exponential function is obtained by
x
interchanging the x- and y-coordinates. y=b,b>1
The inverse of y b x is x by. 1
x
The graph of the inverse is obtained by reflection in the –1 1
line y x. x=y
–1
x = by
y
Recall that if 0 b 1, the graph of f(x) b x and
its inverse, x by, is as shown. y = bx, 0 < x < 1
1 x
–1 1 y
–1 x=b
Since the exponential function y b x is only defined for b 0, it follows that the
inverse function, x by, is only defined for b 0. We can also see from the
graph that the domain of x by is x 0. We will call this inverse function the
logarithmic function and write it as y log b x. This is read as “y equals log of x
to the base b.” The function logbx is defined only for x 0.
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to examine the shape of the graph of
f(x) log b x. To do so, follow these steps.
Step 1: Consider the function f (x) b x, where b 2. Prepare a table of values

using integer values for the domain 3 x 4.
Step 2: Sketch the graph.
Step 3: Using the image line y x, sketch the graph of the inverse function
f(x) log b x.
7.1 THE LOGARITHMIC FUNCTION 261

Step 4: By reversing the entries in the table of values from Step 1, compile
a table of values for points on the graph f(x) logbx and determine
whether or not these points are on the graph of f (x) logb x.
Step 5: Repeat Steps 1 to 4 using b 3, b 12, and b 13.

As with the exponential function, there are two possible versions of the graph of
the logarithmic function:
y y
1 1
x x
–1 1 –1 1
–1 –1 x = by
y = logb x, b > 1
y = logb x, 0 < b < 1
Properties of the Logarithmic Function y log b x

• The x-intercept is 1.
• The y-axis is a vertical asymptote.
• The domain is the set of positive real numbers.
• The range is the set of real numbers.
• The function is increasing if b 1.
• The function is decreasing if 0 b 1.
While any number can be used as a base, the most common base used is 10.
Logarithms with base 10 are called common logarithms. Common logarithms
were used for complicated calculations before the invention of the hand-held
calculator in the 1970s. For convenience, log10 x is usually written as just log x,
and the base is understood to be 10. Calculators are programmed in base 10, and
with this base we can use the calculator to sketch the graph of y log x.
Exponential Form Logarithmic Form

x by y logb x b 0 and b 1
The logarithm of a number x with a given base is the exponent to which that
base must be raised to yield x.
262 C H A P T E R 7
EXAMPLE 1 Change to exponential form.
a. log381 4 b. log255 12
Solution 1
b. If log255 12, then 25 2 5.

a. If log381 4, then 34 81.
EXAMPLE 2 Change to logarithmic form.

a. 53 125 b. 123 8
Solution
b. If 12
3
a. If 53 125, then log5125 3. 8, then log1 8 3.
2
EXAMPLE 3 Use your calculator to find the value of the following:

a. log10500 b. log 4.6 c. log 0.0231
Solution
The answers are given to the accuracy of a calculator with a 10-digit display.
a. log10500 = 2.698 970 004
b. log 4.6 = 0.662 757 831
c. log 0.0231 = 1.636 388 02
EXAMPLE 4 Our first task is to gain an understanding of the arithmetic involving logarithms.
Many logarithmic expressions can be evaluated without the use of a calculator.
This is particularly useful when the base of the logarithmic function is a number
other than 10.
Evaluate the following:
a. log525 b. log327 c. log214 d. log127
3
Solution
a. Let log525 x. b. Let log327 x.
Then, by definition, 5x 25. Then, by definition, 3x 27.
Then x 2 and log525 2. Then x 3 and log327 3.
c. Let log214 x. d. Let log127 x.

3

x
Then 2x 14 212 22. Then 13 27 or (31) x 3x 27.

Then x 2 and log2 14 2. Then x 3 and log1 27 3.
3

Exercise 7.1
Part A
1. Write each of the following in logarithmic form.
c. 12 14
2
a. 32 9 b. 90 1
1 2
d. 36 2 6 e. 27 3 9 f. 23 18
Knowledge/ 2. Write each of the following in exponential form.

Understanding
a. log5125 3 b. log71 0 c. log 521
5
2
d. log717 1 e. log19 2 f. log927 32
3
3. Use your calculator to find the value of each of the following:

a. log1037 b. log 0.24 c. log 1000
d. log 52 e. log 1.35 f. log 52648
Part B
Application 4. On one grid, sketch the graphs of y 5x and y log5x.
5. On one grid, sketch the graphs of y 5x and y log1 x.

5
Knowledge/ 6. Evaluate each of the following:

Understanding
a. log28 b. log525 c. log381
d. log749 e. log218 f. log321
7
4
g. log55 h. log242 i. log232
Application 7. Evaluate each of the following:

a. log636 log525 b. log913 log319 log255
c. log636
e. log39 9
4 5 1
d. log327
f. log216 3
Thinking/Inquiry/ 8. Use your knowledge of logarithms to solve each of the following equations
Problem Solving for x.
a. log5x 3 b. log4x 2 c. logx27 3
d. log4614 x e. logx19 2 f. log1x 2
4
264 C H A P T E R 7
Communication 9. Explain how you find the value of a logarithm. Give specific examples to
illustrate your thought processes.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 10. Sketch the graph of y 3x 3x, 4 x 4. The resulting curve is called
Problem Solving a catenary.
11. For the function y log10x, where 0 x 1000, how many integer values of
y are possible if y 20?
The History of Logarithms

Scottish mathematician John Napier (1550 –1617) was the first to define
logarithms. Napier, realizing that the base of our number system is 10, used
10 as the base for his logarithms. These logarithms could then be used to
make calculations easier.
Henry Briggs (1561–1630) saw the practical applications of logarithms to
his investigations in trigonometry and astronomy. He spent nine years
laboriously calculating a partial table of common logarithms. There was
great excitement in the scientific community when this table was
published. It simplified the massive calculations of the great astronomers
of the day, Tycho Brahe and Johannes Kepler.
Until the mid-1970s, logarithms were used to simplify calculations. Text-
books had tables of common logarithms in the back. Now the hand-held
calculator is used instead of logarithms. However, the study of logarithms is
still important, because logarithms appear in scientific formulas and in the
study of calculus.

Section 7.2 — Properties of Logarithms
In order to simplify and evaluate expressions containing logarithms, we will start

to develop an arithmetic of logarithmic expressions by considering some basic
ideas.
BASIC PROPERTIES OF LOGARITHMS
1
x
–1 1
–1
y = logbx, b > 1
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to identify basic properties of logarithms.
1. In each of the following, use the definition of a logarithm as an exponent and

determine the value of the expression.
d. log41 e. log225 f. log334
g. log 103.6 h. log 105.78 i. 5log525
j. 4log 464 k. 10log6 l. 10log97
2. State a possible value for log b1.
3. State a possible value for log bb.
4. State a possible value for log bb x.
5. State a possible value for blog bx.
266 C H A P T E R 7
Basic Properties of Logarithms
log b1 0
log b b 1
log b b x x
blog b x x
The proofs of these four basic properties of logarithms are as follows:

1. logb1 0
Proof
Let log b1 y.
From the definition, by 1 b 0.
Then y 0 and log b1 0.
2. log b b 1
Proof
Let log b b y.
From the definition, by b b1.
Then y 1 and log b b 1.
3. log b b x x
Proof
Let log b b x y.
From the definition, by b x.
Then y x and log b b x x.
4. blog b x x
Proof
Let blog b x y.
From our knowledge of exponentials, we can write y b t for some value
of t.
Then blog b x bt.
Now logb x t.
From the definition, b t x y.
Then blog b x x.
Because logarithms are exponents, the Properties of Logarithms can be derived
from the Laws of Exponents. Three properties deal with the logarithm of
a product, a quotient, and a power.
7 . 2 P R O P E RT I E S O F L O G A R I T H M S 267
1. The logarithm of a product is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the
factors. That is,
logb xw logb x logbw, if x, w 0.
Let logb x s and logbw t.
Then x b s and w b t.
Therefore, logb xw logb(b s • b t)
logb b st
st
logb x logbw
2. The logarithm of a quotient is equal to the logarithm of the numerator minus
the logarithm of the denominator. That is,
logbwx logb x logbw.
Let logb x s and logbw t.
Then x b s and w b t.
Therefore, logbwx logbbbt
s
logbb s t
st
logb x logbw.
Note that if x 1, logb1 0 and log w1 logbw.
3. The logarithm of a number raised to a power is equal to the exponent of the

power multiplied by the logarithm of the number. That is,
logbx r rlogb x, when x 0 and r is a real number.
Let logb x s, so x bs.
Then logb x r logb(b s)r
logbb rs
rs
r logb x.
1
Note that logbx logb x r 1rlogbx.
r
Properties of Logarithms
When x 0, w 0, and r is a real number,
log a xw log a x log aw
log a wx log a x log aw
log a x r rlog a x.
These properties allow us to simplify expressions that might otherwise be

complicated.
268 C H A P T E R 7
EXAMPLE 1 Evaluate the following:
a. log10 (47 512) b. log3 (81 243) c. log 42 log 432
Solution
a. log10(47 512) 4.381 367 8 (by calculator)
b. log3(81 243) log381 log3(243) 4 5 9
c. log 42 log 432 log 4(2 32) log 464 3
EXAMPLE 2 Simplify the following:

a. log32871 b. log272
6
5
c. log248 log23 d. log545
Solution
a. log32871 log327 log381 3 4 1,
or log3287
1
log313 log3(31) 1
b. log27256 log275 log226
c. log248 log23 log2438 log216 4

d. log545 log5(5 9) log55 log59 1 log59
EXAMPLE 3 Write log ax3y 4 in terms of log a x and log a y.
Solution
log a x3y 4 log a x3 log a y 4
3 log a x 4 log a y
EXAMPLE 4 Write 3 log (x 3) 2 log (x 1) as a single logarithm.
Solution
3 log (x 3) 2 log (x 1) log (x 3)3 log (x 1)2
(x 3) 3
log
(x 1)2
1 log349
EXAMPLE 5 Evaluate 3 2
.
Solution
Consider the exponent first.
1
12 log349 log3(49) 2
log3(17)
1 log349 log3(17)
Now, 3 2
3
17.
EXAMPLE 6 Logarithms are particularly useful in solving exponential equations.
Solve each of the following, giving answers to two decimals.

a. 7x 400 b. 7(1.06x) 5.20
Solution
a. 7x 400
Taking logarithms of each side,
x log 7 log 400
log 400
x 3.08.
log 7
b. 7(1.06x) 5.20
Taking logarithms of each side,
log 7 x log 1.06 log 5.20
x log 1.06 log 5.20 log 7
log 5.20 log 7
x
log 1.06
5.10.
EXAMPLE 7 Describe the relation between the graph of y log2 x and the graph of each of the
following:
a. y log2 x2 b. y log2(4x)
Solution
a. Since log2 x2 2 log2 x, the graph of y log2 x2 is a vertical dilatation of y
log2 x by a factor of 2.
b. Since log24x log24 log2 x 2 log2 x, the graph of y log24x is a
vertical translation of the graph of y log2 x by 2 units upwards.
270 C H A P T E R 7
Exercise 7.2
Part A
1. Write each of the following as a sum of logarithms.
a. loga(xy) b. logm(pq)
2. Write each of the following as the logarithm of a product.

a. logax logaw b. logas logar
3. Write each of the following as a difference of logarithms.

a. logbyx b. logasr
Knowledge/ 4. Write each of the following in the form m log a p.

Understanding
1 3
a. log6134 b. log51.32 c. log7x 3 d. loga6 4
5. Use the properties of logarithms to write each of the following as a sum

and/or a difference of logarithms.
a. logbz b. logayxz
xy
Part B
Knowledge/ 6. On the same grid, sketch the graphs of
Understanding
a. y log3x b. y log3(9x) c. y log3(27x) d. y log33x
7. On the same grid, sketch the graphs of

a. y log3x b. y log3x2 c. y log3x3 d. y log3x

a. log3135 log35 b. log240 log245 c. log8640 log810
d. log5(2.5) log510 e. log2224 log27 f. log336 log334
Application 9. Evaluate each of the following:
a. log33 log51 b. log318 log332 c. log416 log41
d. log553 e. log240 log252 f. log444 log333
g. log214 log247 h. log5200 log58 i. log64 log654
10. Use the properties of logarithms to write each of the following in terms of
logax, logay, and logaw.
b. loga
x3y2
d. logaxy3 4
3 x3 y 4 5 1
a. loga
x2y4 c. loga
w

1 2
x4y3
11. Solve each of the following:
a. 102x 495 b. 103x 0.473 c. 10x 31.46
d. 7x 35.72 e. (0.6)4x 0.734 f. (3.482)x 0.0764
Application 12. Solve each of the following:

a. 122x3 144 b. 7x9 56 c. 53x4 25
d. 102x1 95 e. 6x5 71.4 f. 352x 875
13. Solve each of the following. Write your answers correct to two decimal
places.
a. 2 3x 7 5x b. 12x 4 82x
c. 4.6 1.062x3 5 3x d. 2.67 7.38x 9.365x2
e. 12 62x1 11x3 f. 7 0.432x 9 6x
g. 5x 32x 92 h. 4 5x 3(0.4)2x 11
Application 14. Write each of the following as a single logarithm.

a. 13 logax 14 logay 25 logaw b. (4 log5x 2 log5y)
3 log5w
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. Describe the transformation that takes the graph of the first function to that of
Problem Solving the second.
and Communication
a. y logx and y log(10x)
b. y log2x and y log2(8x2)
c. y log3x and y log3(27x3)
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 16. Evaluate each of the following:
Problem Solving 3 4
) log5(125 • 5
a. log3(27 • 81 ) log273
) b. log4(2 • 32
Communication 17. a. If y 3 log x, what happens to the value of y if

i) x is multiplied by 2?
ii) x is divided by 2?
b. If y 5 log x, what happens to the value of y if
i) x is replaced by 4x?
ii) x is replaced by 5x?
272 C H A P T E R 7
Section 7.3 — Solving Logarithmic Equations
The properties of logarithms we learned in the last section can help us solve
equations involving logarithmic expressions. We must remember that y log a x is
defined only for x 0. Some of the logarithmic equations we solve will appear to
have a root that is less than zero. Such a root is inadmissible. This means that
every time we solve a logarithmic equation, we must check that the roots obtained
are admissible.
EXAMPLE 1 Solve log6x 2.
Solution
log6 x 2
Then x 62
x 36.
The root of the equation is x 36.
Checking, log636 2, therefore the root is admissible.
EXAMPLE 2 Solve log6x log6(x 1) 1.
Solution
Simplifying, log6x log6(x 1)
log6(x(x 1))
log6(x2 x).
Then log6(x2 x) 1.
In exponential form, x(x 1) 61
x2 x 6 0
(x 3)(x 2) 0
x 3 or x 2.
The logarithm of a negative number is not defined.
Therefore, the root x 3 is inadmissible.
If x 2,
L.S. log6x log6(x 1) R.S. 1
log6(2) log6(3)
log6(2 3)
log66
1.
The only root of the equation is x 2.
7 . 3 S O LV I N G L O G A R I T H M I C E Q UAT I O N S 273
In the last chapter, we considered some problems involving the exponential func-
tion in which it was difficult to solve the resulting equation. Using logarithms
makes this process much easier.
EXAMPLE 3 Solve 3x 23.
Solution
Take the logarithm of each side.
log 3x log 23
Now use the logarithmic properties to simplify and isolate the variable x.
x log 3 log 23
log 23
x
log 3
This is the exact value of x. You can use your calculator to determine an
approximate value:
log 23
x 2.85
log 3
(Correct to two decimal places)
Exercise 7.3
Part B
1. Solve the following:
a. log2 x 2 log24 b. log3 x 4 log33
c. 2 log5 x log536 d. 2 log x 4 log 7
Knowledge/ 2. Solve the following. Give the answer correct to two decimal places.
Understanding
a. 3x 5 b. 5x 6 c. 2x 1 4 d. 7 12 4x
3. Solve for x.
a. logx 2 log3 3 log2 b. logx log3 log1 log4
c. logx2 3 log4 2 log2 d. logx log1 2 log3
1 1
e. logx logx log2
2 3
f. log4(x 2) log4(x 3) log49
Knowledge/ 4. Solve the following:

Understanding
a. log6(x 1) log6(x 2) 1
b. log7(x 2) log7(x 4) 1
274 C H A P T E R 7
c. log2(x 2) 3 log2x
d. log4x log4(x 6) 2
e. log5(2x 2) log5(x 1) log5(x 1)
Communication 5. Explain why there are no solutions to the equations log5(125) x

and log2 16 x.
Application 6. A car depreciates at 15% per year. How long is it until it is worth half its
original value?
7. Carbon taken from an old animal skeleton contains 34 as much radioactive
carbon14 (C14) as carbon taken from a present-day bone. How old is the
animal skeleton? (The half-life of carbon14 is 5760 years.)
Application 8. An isotope of cobalt, Co60, is used in medical therapy. When the radioisotope
activity has decreased to 45% of its initial level, the exposure times required
are too long and the hospital needs to replace the cobalt. How often does the
cobalt need to be replaced? (The half-life of Co60 is 5.24 years.)
9. A man wants to sell an old piece of wood to a museum. He claims it came

from the stable in which Christ was born 2000 years ago. The museum tests
the wood and finds that it contains 4.2 1010 atoms of C14 per gram. Carbon
from present-day wood contains 5.0 1010 atoms of C14 per gram. Determine
the approximate age of the wood. Do you think the relic is authentic? (The
half-life of C14 is 5760 years.)
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 10. If log2(log3a) 2, determine the value of a.
Problem Solving
Thinking/Inquiry/ 11. If log2n(1944) logn(4862), determine the value of n6.
Problem Solving
7 . 3 S O LV I N G L O G A R I T H M I C E Q UAT I O N S 275
Section 7.4 — Where We Use Logarithms
LOGARITHMS AND EARTHQUAKES
Earthquakes occur along a fault line, a line where two of the tectonic plates
forming the earth’s crust meet. Stress builds up between these plates. Eventually
the plates slip, resulting in a violent shaking at the earth’s surface.
Earthquakes can strike wherever a fault line is located, but the most severe
earthquakes occur around the Pacific Rim. Areas most prone to major earthquakes
are Japan, Alaska, Taiwan, Mexico, and the western coasts of the United States
and Canada.
In 1935, seismologist Charles F. Richter developed a scale to compare the
intensities of earthquakes. The amount of energy released in an earthquake is very
large, so to avoid using large numbers, a logarithmic scale is used to compare
intensities.
The formula Richter used to define the magnitude of an earthquake is

M logII,
0
where I is the intensity of the earthquake being measured,
I0 is the intensity of a reference earthquake, and
M is the Richter number used to measure the intensity of earthquakes.
On the Richter scale, the energy of the earthquake increases by powers of 10 in

relation to the Richter magnitude number. Earthquakes below magnitude 4 usually
cause no damage, and quakes below 2 cannot be felt. A magnitude 6 earthquake
is strong, while one of magnitude 7 or higher causes major damage. Below is a
list of the five deadliest earthquakes of the twentieth century.
Location Date Magnitude Death Toll

Tangshan, China July 28, 1976 7.8 to 8.2 240 000
Tokyo, Japan Sept. 1, 1923 8.3 200 000
Gansu, China Dec. 16, 1920 8.6 100 000
Northern Peru May 31, 1970 7.7 70 000
Northern Iran June 21, 1990 7.3 to 7.7 50 000
276 C H A P T E R 7
EXAMPLE 1 An earthquake of magnitude 7.5 on the Richter scale struck Guatemala on
February 4, 1976, killing 23 000 people. On October 2, 1993, an earthquake of
magnitude 6.4 killed 20 000 in Maharashtra, India. Compare the intensities of the
two earthquakes.
Solution
Let the intensity of the Guatemalan earthquake be IG and the intensity of the
Indian earthquake be II. We can use our formula to compare the intensity of the
Guatemalan earthquake to the intensity of a reference earthquake (I0).
7.5 logIG
I
0
First we solve the expression for IG :
I
G 107.5
I0
IG 107.5I0 .
We use the formula to compare the intensity of the Indian earthquake to the
intensity of the reference earthquake (I0).
6.4 logII
I
0
Then solve this expression for II :
I
I 106.4
I0
II 106.4I0 .
Now we can compare the intensity of the Guatemalan earthquake to the intensity
of the Indian earthquake.
I 107.5I0
G 6
II 10 .4I0
101.1
12.6
IG 12.6II
The intensity of the Guatemalan earthquake was 12.6 times the intensity of the
Indian earthquake.
LOGARITHMS AND SOUND
Our ear is divided into three connecting sections: the outer, middle, and inner
ear. The outer ear funnels noise to the eardrum. In the middle ear, three tiny bones
7.4 WHERE WE USE LOGARITHMS 277

transmit sound to the inner ear. In the inner ear, sound waves are converted to
readable nerve impulses by approximately 16 000 hair-like receptor cells, which
sway with the sound waves. These cells can be severely damaged by loud sounds,
resulting in permanent hearing loss. If you lose one third of these cells, your
hearing will be significantly impaired. Hearing loss is progressive. Some hearing
loss is inevitable with age, but we would lose much less if we protected our ears
at the appropriate times.
The loudness of any sound is measured relative to the loudness of sound at the
threshold of hearing. Sounds at this level are the softest that can still be heard.
The formula used to compare sounds is

L 10 log(II),
0
where I is the intensity of the sound being measured,
I0 is the intensity of a sound at the threshold of hearing, and
L is the loudness measured in decibels 110
of a bel.
At the threshold of hearing, the loudness of sound is zero decibels (0 dB).
EXAMPLE 2 A sound is 1000 times more intense than a sound you can just hear. What is the
measure of its loudness in decibels?
Solution
The loudness of a sound is calculated using the formula L 10 logII.
0
L is the loudness of the sound.
I0 is the intensity of a sound you can just hear.
I is the intensity of the sound being measured.
I 1000 I0
Substituting into the formula:
L 10 log I0
1000 I
0
10 log 1000
10 3
30.
The loudness of the sound is 30 dB.
278 C H A P T E R 7
This table shows the loudness of a selection of sounds.
30 dB Soft whisper
60 dB Normal conversation
80 dB Shouting
90 dB Subway
100 dB Screaming child
120 dB Rock concert
140 dB Jet engine
180 dB Space-shuttle launch
Exposure to sound levels of 85 dB during a 35 h work week will eventually cause

damage to most ears. The 120 dB volume of the average rock concert will cause
the same damage in less than half an hour. The higher the level, the less time it
takes before sound-receptor cells start dying and permanent hearing damage
occurs. At sound levels of 130 dB, after 75 s you are at risk of suffering
permanent damage to your hearing.
EXAMPLE 3 How many more times intense is the sound of normal conversation (60 dB) than
the sound of a whisper (30 dB)?
Solution
Let the intensity of the normal conversation be In and the intensity of the whisper
be Iw. We use our formula to compare the intensity of the normal conversation to
the intensity of a sound at the threshold of hearing (I0).
60 10 logIn
I
0
Now solve the expression for In.
6 logIn
I
0
I
n 106
I0
In 106I0
Now we use our formula to compare the intensity of the whisper to the intensity
of a sound at the threshold of hearing (I0).
30 10 logIw
I
0
Solve the expression for Iw.
3 logIw
I
0
I
w 103
I0
Iw 103I0
Now we can compare the intensity of normal conversation to the intensity
of a whisper.
I 106I0
n 3
Iw 10 I0
103
In 1000Iw
The intensity of normal conversation is 1000 times the intensity of a whisper.
L O G A R I T H M S A N D C H E M I S T RY
Chemists measure the acidity of a liquid by determining the concentration of the

hydrogen ion [H] in the liquid. This concentration is measured in moles per litre.
Since this is usually a very small number, a far more convenient measure uses
logarithms and is called the pH of a liquid.
Chemists define the acidity of a liquid on a pH scale,

pH log[H],
where [H] is the concentration of the hydrogen ion in moles per litre.
For distilled water, [H] 107 mol/L.

To find the pH of distilled water, we proceed as follows:
pH log[H]
log(107)
(7)
7.
A liquid with a pH lower than 7 is called an acid. A substance with a pH greater
than 7 is called a base. Chemists calculate the pH of a substance to an accuracy of
two decimal places.
EXAMPLE 4 Find the pH of a swimming pool with a hydrogen ion concentration of

6.1 108 mol/L.
Solution
pH log[H]
log(6.1 108)
7.21 (correct to two decimal places) (pH is given to two decimal places)
280 C H A P T E R 7
Alternate Solution
pH log(6.1 108)
(log 6.1 log 108)
(.79 8)
7.21
The pH of the pool is 7.21.
EXAMPLE 5 The pH of a fruit juice is 3.10. What is the hydrogen ion concentration of the fruit
juice?
Solution
pH log[H]
3.10 log[H]
log[H] 3.10
[H] 103.10
0.000 79
The hydrogen ion concentration is 7.9 104 mol/L.
Exercise 7.4
Part B
Communication 1. It is interesting to note the inclusion of the negative sign in the formula
for pH. Discuss reasons why this makes sense.
Knowledge/ 2. If one earthquake has a magnitude of 5 on the Richter scale and a second
Understanding earthquake has a magnitude of 6, compare the intensities of the two
earthquakes.
3. A sound is 1 000 000 times more intense than a sound you can just hear.
What is the loudness of the sound?
Knowledge/ 4. Find the pH of a liquid with a hydrogen ion concentration of

Understanding 8.7 106 mol/L.
Application 5. An earthquake of magnitude 2 cannot be felt. An earthquake of magnitude

4 will be noticed but usually causes no damage. Compare the intensities of
two such earthquakes.

Application 6. An earthquake in Gansu, China, on December 16, 1920, measured 8.6 on the
Richter scale and killed 100 000 people. An earthquake that usually causes no
damage measures 4 on the Richter scale. Compare the intensities of the two
earthquakes.
Communication 7. An earthquake in the Quetta area of Pakistan on May 31, 1935, measured 6.8
on the Richter scale. This quake killed 50 000 people. On October 2, 1987,
an earthquake of magnitude 6.1 shook Los Angeles, California, and killed six
people.
a. Compare the magnitude of the two earthquakes.
b. Why do you think the death toll was so much higher with the earthquake
in Pakistan?
8. On January 24, 1939, an earthquake measuring 8.3 occurred in Chillan, Chile,

killing 28 000 people. On September 21, 1999, an earthquake in Taiwan
measured 7.6 on the Richter scale and killed 2100 people. Compare the
intensities of these two earthquakes.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 9. Sasha needs a new muffler on her car. She has been told that the sound from
Problem Solving her car was measured at 120 dB. After installing the new muffler, the loudness
of her car is 75 dB. How many times more intense was the sound from her
defective muffler?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 10. Tania’s infant daughter has colic and cries during the night. The noise level in
Problem Solving the house at these times is 75 dB. When the baby finally falls asleep, the noise
level is 35 dB. How many times more intense is the noise level in the house
when the baby is crying?
11. How many times more intense is the sound of a space-shuttle launch (180 dB)
than the sound of a jet engine (140 dB)?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. Jonathan lives near a busy street. He has all the windows in his home open
Problem Solving and measures the noise level inside as 79 dB. He closes the windows and
finds the noise level is 68 dB. By what factor did the intensity of the noise
decrease when Jonathan closed the windows?
Application 13. Find the hydrogen ion concentration of milk, which has a pH of 6.50.
14. Find the hydrogen ion concentration of milk of magnesia, which has
a pH of 10.50.
282 C H A P T E R 7
Section 7.5 — Change of Base
We have avoided two types of questions so far, and there is a very good reason for
doing so. We can determine log264 because 26 64; however, we cannot easily
express 63 as a power of 2, which makes determining log263 more challenging.
We cannot use a calculator because the logarithm operation only determines
logarithms to base 10.
For a similar reason, we cannot easily use a calculator to obtain the graph of
y log5x.
What is to be done? It turns out that the solution lies in our ability to use the
properties of logarithms so that we can always use base 10.
EXAMPLE 1 Determine log263.
Solution
t chnology Let log263 y.
e
Then 2y 63.
Taking logarithms of both sides,
log 2y log 63 (using base 10)
y log 2 log 63
log 63
y .
log 2
log 63
Then log263 5.977 (correct to three decimals).
log2
Can this be done in any situation? Let’s consider a general case and prove that
log x
logbx
a
log b
, where a 0.
a
Proof
Let logb x y.
From the definition, by x.
Taking logarithms of both sides, using base a,
logaby loga x
y logab loga x
log x
y
a
log b
.
a
loga x
Then logb x .
loga b
7.5 CHANGE OF BASE 283

Since this is true for any base a, it is certainly true for the particular base 10, and
we can use this to determine logarithms given any base.
Change of Base Formula

log x
logbx
a
log ba
EXAMPLE 2 Use your calculator to find the value of log323, correct to two decimal places.
Solution
log 23
log323
log 3
2.8540
Correct to two decimal places, log323 2.85.
1
EXAMPLE 3 Prove that logt b .
log tb
Proof
log b
logt b
log t
1
log t

log b
1

log t b
1
logt b
logb t
1 1 1
EXAMPLE 4 Show that .
log a log a
3 log a
4 12
Solution
1 1
loga3 loga4
log3a log4a
loga12
1

log a
12
1 1 1
Therefore, .
log a 3log a log a
4 12
284 C H A P T E R 7
ab
EXAMPLE 5 If a2 b2 14ab, where a 0, b 0, show that log4
1
(log a log b).
2
Solution
Since a2 b2 14ab
a2 2ab b2 16ab
(a b)2 16ab
ab 2
4
ab.
Taking logarithms of both sides,
ab
2 log4
log(ab)
log a log b.
ab
Then
log 4
1
(log a log b).
2
We noted at the beginning of this discussion that the graph of y logbx is not
immediately accessible by calculator. Using the change of base formula, it is easy
to use a graphing calculator to obtain such a graph.
EXAMPLE 6 Use a graphing calculator to graph each of the following:

a. y log5x b. y log0.5 x
Solution
t chnology log x 1
a. log5x log x
e
log 5 log 5
1
Input y log x and graph the
log 5
function.
log x 1
b. log0.5x log x
log 0.5 log 0.5
1
Input y log x and graph the
log 0.5
function.
7.5 CHANGE OF BASE 285

Exercise 7.5
Part B
Knowledge/ 1. Use your calculator to find the value of each of the following, correct to three
Understanding decimal places.
a. log521 b. log7124
c. log63.24 d. log44.7
Application 2. Show that each of the following statements is true.

1 1 1 1 1 1
a. b.
log5a log3a log15a log8a log2a log4a
2 1 2 4 1
c. d.
log6a log36a log8a log2a log4a
Application 3. Sketch the graph of each of the following:

a. y log3x b. y 4 log2 x
c. y log0.5x d. y log0.2 x2
Communication 4. Describe the changes to the graph of y log3x when x is replaced by x2.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 5. For a 1, b 1, show that (logab)(logba) 1.

Problem Solving
Part C
ab
6. If a2 b2 23ab, where a 0, b 0, show that log 5
1
(loga log b).
2
Thinking/Inquiry/ 7. For a 0, a 1, x 0, prove that loga1x log1x.

a
Problem Solving
8. If logab p3 and logba p42 , show that p 14.
9. If a3 b3 3a2b 5ab2, where a 0, b 0, show that

ab
log2
1
(log a 2 log b).
3
286 C H A P T E R 7
Key Concepts Review
In Chapter 7, you have learned that the logarithmic function is the inverse of the
exponential function, and that the logarithmic function is usually written as
y logb x. You should now know how to solve logarithmic equations as well as
where we use logarithms. You should also be familiar with Change of Base for-
mulas. Here is a brief summary of key chapter concepts.
The Logarithmic Function
Exponential Form Logarithmic Form

xb y y log b x b 0 and b 1
The logarithm of a number x with a given base is the exponent to which that
base must be raised to yield x.
As with the exponential function, there are two possible versions of the graph of
the logarithmic function:
y y
1 1
x x
–1 1 –1 1
–1 –1 x = by
y = logb x, b > 1
y = logb x, 0 < b < 1
Basic Properties of Logarithms

• log b1 0
• log b b 1
• log b b x x
• blog b x x
For x 0, w 0, and r a real number:
• log a xw log a x log aw
• log awx log a x log aw
• loga x r r log a x
Change of Base Formulas
log x
• log b x
a
log b a
1
• log b x
log x b
wrap-up
CHAPTER 7: MEASURING ON A LOGARITHMIC SCALE
Many Northern Ontario communities are familiar with the devastation acid rain
can bring to lake ecosystems. While the major contributors to acid rain are oxides
of sulfur and nitrogen generated in industrial processes, carbon dioxide, the so-
called “greenhouse gas” that is thought by many to cause global warming, also
can contribute to acid rain. Carbon dioxide can acidify water in the atmosphere
just as it acidifies the water used to make our favourite soft drinks when it is
bubbled through liquids to make carbonated beverages.
Acidity is measured on the pH scale, which is defined as
pH log[H]
where [H] is the concentration of the hydrogen ion in moles per litre. The
hydrogen ion, which causes acidity, is a function of the percentage of carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere, an amount that can be elevated through the
combustion of fossil fuels, shown by
[H]2
K,
(CO2)
where CO2 is the percentage of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere and K is a
constant (1.52 1010).
1
a. Use log rules to show that pH 2[log(CO2) log(K)] and determine the
change in pH if the percentage of CO2 increases from 0.03% to 0.06%.
Is this a significant change? Explain.
b. Aquatic toxicologists conduct research on the response of fish and other
aquatic species to the environmental contamination of their ecosystem. The
data in the table was collected in a lab study to examine the effect of pH
on a fish population.
Obtain an algebraic expression for population pH Population
as a function of pH by linearizing the
4.0 250
population data in the table and obtaining an
equation of the form P 10k(pH)d, where k is 4.5 353
the growth rate factor and d is a constant. 5.0 500
Verify your equation by looking at doubling 5.5 707
patterns in the table and plotting both 6.0 1000
equations on the graphing calculator.
c. An environmental assessment has established that a 25% decline in a
population due to decreased pH is tolerable. Use your model from part b to
determine how low the pH can drop. What percentage of carbon dioxide does
this correlate to? The initial pH is 6.0 and the initial population is 1000. ●
288 C H A P T E R 7
Review Exercise

1 3
a. log327 b. log5
125
c. log 432 d. log 636


a. log 69 log64 b. log23.2 log2100 log25
3
log327
c. log525 d. 7log 75
3. Solve each of the following equations:

a. 3 log2 1y b. log(x 3) log x 1
log(35 x3)
c. log5(x 2) log5(x 1) 2 log53 d. 3
log(5 x)
4. Compare the intensities of an earthquake of magnitude 7.2 on the Richter
scale that occurred in Kobe, Japan, on January 17, 1995, to an earthquake of
magnitude 6.9 that occurred in northwest Armenia on December 7, 1988.
5. The noise in the school cafeteria is recorded at 50 dB at 10:00. At 12:00 the

noise is found to be 100 dB. By what factor does the intensity of the sound
increase at lunchtime?
6. A liquid has a pH of 5.62. Find the hydrogen ion concentration [H].
7. Describe the transformation that takes the graph of y log 4 x to the graph of
y log 4(16x2).
t chnology 8. Use your calculator to find the value of each of the following, correct to three
e
decimal places.
a. log19264 b. log534.62
2 1 3
9. Show that .
log a 9log a3log a 3
t chnology 10. Use a graphing calculator to graph each of the following:

e
a. y log7x b. y 2 log6(6x)
REVIEW EXERCISE 289

Chapter 7 Test
Thinking/Inquiry/Problem Solving 8, 10, 11
Communication 3, 5
Application 2, 4, 6, 7, 9

1
6
4 1
d. log525
e. log28 log39 f. log39 3

8
a. log25 log210 b. log6108 log63
3. Describe the effect on the graph of y log5 x when x is replaced by 25x2.

4. Solve the following equations:
a. 2 log x 3 log 4 b. log x log 3 log 12
c. log 2(x 2) log 2 x 3 d. log2(x 2) log2(x 1) 2
5. Explain why there are no solutions to the equation log3(9) x.

6. A radioactive substance decays from 20 g to 15 g in 7 h. Determine the
half-life of the substance.
7. An earthquake of magnitude 8.3 on the Richter scale killed 200 000 in Tokyo,
Japan, on September 1, 1923. On February 4, 1976, an earthquake of magnitude
7.5 killed 23 000 in Guatemala. Compare the intensity of these earthquakes.
8. Kendra is talking to her friend on the subway platform, where the noise level
is 60 dB. When a subway train enters the station, Kendra can no longer hear
her friend. The noise level from the train is 90 dB. How many times more
intense is the noise level in the station when the train enters?
9. A liquid has a pH of 8.31. Find the hydrogen ion concentration [H].
3 1
10. Show that the following statement is true: .
log2a log8a
11. If logab 1x and logba 3x2, show that x 16.
290 C H A P T E R 7
Cumulative Review
CHAPTERS 5–7
dy
1. Find d
x
for the following:
a. x y2 324
2 b. 4x2 16y2 64 c. x2 16y2 5x 4y
1
d. 2x2 xy 2y 5 e. 1x y 1 f. (2x 3y)2 10
2. Find an equation of the tangent to the curve at the indicated point.

a. x2 y2 13 at (2, 3) b. x3 y3 y 21 at (3, 2)
3x 9
2
c. xy2 x2y 2 at (1, 1) d. y2 at (1, 2)
7x2 4
3. Find f ‘ and f ” for the following:

2
a. f (x) x5 5x3 x 12 b. f (x)
x2
4
c. f (x) d. f (x) x4 x14
x
d 2y
4. Find for the following:
dx2
a. y x5 5x4 7x3 3x2 17 b. y (x2 4)(1 3x3)
5. The displacement at time t of an object moving along a line is given by

s(t) 3t3 40.5t2 162t for 0 t 8.
a. Find the position, velocity, and acceleration.
b. When is the object stationary? advancing? retreating?
c. At what time t is the velocity not changing?
d. At what time t is the velocity decreasing; that is, the object is decelerating?
e. At what time t is the velocity increasing; that is, the object is accelerating?
6. A particle moving on the x-axis has displacement

x(t) 2t3 3t2 36t 40.
a. Find the velocity of the particle at time t.
b. Find the acceleration of the particle at time t.
c. Determine the total distance travelled by the particle during the first three
seconds.
7. For each of the following cost functions, in dollars, find
a. the cost of producing 900 items.
b. the average cost of each of the first 900 items produced.
c. the marginal cost when x 900, and the cost of producing the 901st item.
i) C(x) 5x 100 ii) C(x) x 8000
8. The total cost of producing x units of a certain commodity is given by the

function C(x) 3x2 x 48.
a. Determine the average cost of 3, 4, 5, and 6 units of the commodity.
b. Using a graphing utility, show that the minimum average cost is $25 when
4 units are produced.
9. Find the indicated rate for each of the following:

dy
a. Find dt , where x2 y2 36 and ddxt 4, when x 3.
dy
b. Find dt , where 5x2 y 100 and ddxt 10, when x 10.
10. An environmental study of a suburban community suggests that t years from

now, the average level of carbon monoxide in the air will be
q(t) 0.05t2 0.1t 3.4 parts per million.
a. At what rate will the carbon monoxide level be changing with respect to
time one year from now?
b. By how much will the carbon monoxide level change in the first year?
11. Suppose a spherical piece of ice is melting at a rate of 5 cm3/min and retains
its spherical shape at all times. How fast is the radius changing at the instant
when the radius is 4 cm? How fast is the surface area of the sphere changing
at the same instant?
12. Sand is being dumped on a pile in such a

way that it always forms a cone whose
radius equals its height. If the sand is
being dumped at a rate of 10 m3/h, at
what rate is the height of the pile increas-
ing when there are 1050 m3 of sand in
the pile?
t chnology 13. Graph each of the following:

e
a. y 2x b. y 10x 1 c. y 5x2 3
1 x3
d. y 2 e. y 3ex1 2 f. y 8 ex
292 C H A P T E R 7
1
(27) 3 • 42
a. b. 4 • 2x1 • e5
c. e25
48
3 e3e2x
d. 913 e.
ex
f. (e4x)3
15. Solve each equation, if possible.

a. 52x9 125 b. 3x 3 81x
2
1 x3 1 x1
c. 4 8 d. 22x 12(2x) 32 0
e. ex 1 f. e2x ex 2 0
16. Digital cable is being introduced into a certain city. The number of
80 000
subscribers t months from now is expected to be N(t) .
1 10e0.2t
a. How many subscribers will there be after six months?
b. How many subscribers will there eventually be?
17. A rumour spreads through a school. After the rumour has begun,
50
N(t) people have heard the rumour where t is in hours.
1 49et
How many people have heard it after 4 h?
18. Assume that the annual rate of inflation will average 5% over the next ten
years.
a. Write an equation to represent the approximate cost, C, of goods or
services during any year in that decade.
b. If the price of a mechanical inspection for your car is presently $39.95,
estimate the price ten years from now.
c. If the price of an oil change ten years from now is $40.64, determine the
price of an oil change today.
19. The value of a new car depreciates at a rate of 25% per year.
a. Write an equation to represent the approximate value, V, of a car pur-
chased for $30 000.
b. Determine the value of the car two years after it is purchased.
c. Approximately how many years will it take until the car is worth $3000?
t chnology 20. Find an exponential function modelled by the experimental data collected
e
over time t.
t 0 1 2 3 4
y 1200 720 432 259.2 155.52
21. Graph each of the following:
a. y log2x b. y log x c. y 3 log(2 x)
22. Find the value of each of the following:

a. log100 b. log216 c. log3243 d. log0.001
e. log82
f. log4 18 g. log10 h. log2.2
i. loga a12 j. 4log47 k. 1010log3 l. a8loga a
23. Use the properties of logarithms to write each expression as a sum, difference,
and/or multiple of logarithms.
xy
a. log23 b. logz c. log15
x1 x 4 4
d. log
e. log x5
2
f. loga4a5
x1
24. Write the expression as a logarithm of a single quantity.
a. log(x 4) log(3 x) b. 3log2x 2log2y 4log2z
c. 2log 3 12log(x2 1) d. log x 4log(x 5) 23log
x1
logx
25. Use the formula logax to determine the value of each of the following
loga
logarithms:
a. log212 b. log3 12 c. log38
d. log8 4 e. log46 f. log 12 15
26. Solve each of the following equations:

a. x log5125 b. x log5 225 log5 9
c. x 3log3 243 = 4 log2512
d. log5(2x 5) 2
e. 2 log3(4x 1) 4 f. log12x log12(x 2) 1 2
g. 2x 7 h. log10 x 1
i. log(x 4) 1 j. (log x)2 3log x 10 0
27. The level of sound in decibels is SL 10log(I 1012) where I is the intensity
of the sound in watts per square metre (W/m2). A decibel, or dB, named for
Alexander Graham Bell, is the smallest increase of the loudness of a sound
that is detectable by the human ear.
a. What is the sound level when the intensity is 2.51 105 W/m2?
b. The threshold of pain is 120 dB. A room with appliances on has an intensity
of 6.31 104. Is the sound level in the room bearable to the human ear?
c. Write the intensity of sound of normal conversation, 50 dB, in scientific
notation.
d. Calculate the intensity of the sound at a rock concert where the sound level
is 110 dB.
294 C H A P T E R 7
Chapter 8
D E R I VAT I V E S O F E X P O N E N T I A L A N D
LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS
The world’s population experiences exponential CHAPTER EXPECTATIONS In this chapter, you will
2
growth, which means that the rate of growth • identify e as lim 1 n1 and approximate the
becomes more rapid as the size of the population n→
limit, Section 8.1
increases. But how do we explain this in the
language of calculus? Well, the rate of growth of • define e and the derivative of y = e x,
the population is described by an exponential Section 8.1
function, and the derivative of the population with • define the logarithmic function logax (a 1),
respect to time is a constant multiple of the Section 8.2
population. But there are other examples of
• determine the derivatives of exponential and
growth that require not just exponential functions, logarithmic function, Section 8.2, 8.3,
but compositions of exponential functions with Career Link
other functions. These examples include electronic
signal transmission with amplification, the “bell • determine the derivatives of combinations of
the basic functions, Section 8.3
curve” used in statistics, the effects of shock
absorbers on car vibration, or the function • solve optimization problems using exponential
describing population growth in an environment and logarithmic functions, Section 8.4
that has a maximum sustainable population. By • make inferences from models of applications
combining the techniques in this chapter with and compare the inferences with the original
other rules for derivatives, we can find the hypotheses regarding the rates of change,
derivative of an exponential function that is Section 8.1, 8.2
composed with other functions. Logarithmic
functions and exponential functions are inverses of
• compare the key features of a mathematical
model with the features of the application it
each other, and in this chapter, you will see how represents, Section 8.3, 8.4
their derivatives are also related to each other.
In Chapter 8, you will be studying two classes of functions that occur frequently
in calculus problems: the derivatives of logarithmic and exponential functions. To
begin, we will review some properties of exponential and logarithmic functions.
• logb(pq) logb p logbq
• logbq logb p logbq
p
• logb(pr) rlogb p
• logb(br) r
Properties of Exponents
• bmbn bmn
m
• bbn bmn
• (bm)n bmn
• blogb(m) m
The Graphs of y = logb x and y = bx

y y
y = bx
y = bx
x x
y = logb x y = logb x
for b 1 for 0 b 1
• If bm n for b 0, then logb n m.

log p
• If y log a p, then y
b
log a
for any a, b 0.
b
296 C H A P T E R 8
Exercise

232
2 2

a. 32 b. 32 5 c. 27 3
d.
2. In each of the following, change to the equivalent logarithmic form.

a. 54 625 b. 42 11
6
c. x3 3
d. 10w 450 e. 38 z f. ab T
3. Express each of the following in an equivalent exponential form.

a. log11(121) 2 b. log125(x) 13 c. loga1296 4 d. logbA W

a. log 232 b. log100.0001 c. log1020 log105
f. log3539325
3
d. log220 log25 e. 32log3 5 2
5. In each of the following, use the change of base formula to express the given
logarithm in terms of the base b, and then use a calculator to evaluate to three
decimal places.
a. log2(80), b e b. 3log522 2log515, b 10
6. Sketch the graph of each function and find its x-intercept.

a. y log10(x 2) b. y 5x3

investigate
How would you find the slope of the function
5
(7x 3) 2 (3x 2)4
y
3 2x 6
using each of the Power, Product, Quotient, and Chain Rules? While this task
would be very difficult using traditional methods of differentiation, it will be pain-
free when you use the logarithmic and exponential differential calculus methods
of this chapter. In addition to developing ideas and skills, you will also take the
logarithmic and exponential models constructed in Chapters 6 and 7 and utilize
them in rate-of-change applications.
Case Study — Microbiologist

Microbiologists contribute their expertise to many fields, including
medicine, environmental science, and biotechnology. Enumerating, the
process of counting bacteria, allows microbiologists to build mathematical
models that predict populations. Once they can predict a population
accurately, the model could be used in
medicine, for example, to predict the dose of Time Population
medication required to kill a certain bacterial (in hours)
infection. The data set in the table was used by 0 1000
a microbiologist to produce a polynomial- 0.5 1649
based mathematical model to predict 1.0 2718
population p(t), as a function of time t, in
1.5 4482
hours, for the growth of a certain bacteria:
2.0 7389
p(t) 1000 1 t 12t2 16t3 21

4 120
t4 1 5
t
1. How well does the equation fit the data set? Use the equation, a graph,
and/or the graphing calculator to comment on the “goodness of fit.”
2. What is the population after 0.5 h? How fast is the population growing at
this time? (Use calculus to determine this.) Complete these calculations for the
1.0 h point.
3. What pattern did you notice in your calculations? Explain this pattern by
examining the terms of this equation to find the reason why.
The polynomial function in this case is an approximation of the special function

in mathematics, natural science, and economics, f(x) e x, where e has a value
of 2.718 28…. At the end of this chapter, you will complete a task on rates of
change of exponential growth in a biotechnology case study. ●
298 C H A P T E R 8
Section 8.1 — Derivatives of Exponential Functions
We are familiar with the properties of the exponential function f(x) bx, where
b 0. In trying to compute its derivative, we note that the Power Rule developed
earlier does not apply, since the base of the exponential function is constant and
the exponent varies. By using the definition of a derivative, we obtain
f(x h) f(x)
f’(x) lim h
h→0
b b
xh x
lim
h
h→0
b •b b
x h x
lim h
(Properties of the exponential function)
h→0
bx (bh 1)
lim h. (Common factor)
h→0
The factor bx is constant as h→0 and does not depend on h.

b 1h
f’(x) b x lim h

h→0
b 1
h
In fact, f’(0) b0 lim h

h→0
b 1
h
lim h
.
h→0
Therefore if f(x) bx,

f’(x) bx • f’(0)
or f’(x) f(x)f’(0).
Here we have a surprising result. The derivative at any point is the product of the
value of the function at that point and a constant. This constant is the value of the
slope of the function at x 0, namely f’(0). In other words, the slope of the
tangent line at a given point is proportional to the y-coordinate at that point.
It is clear that as b changes, the value of f’(0) will change. Is there any value of b
that gives a particularly useful result? The following investigation addresses this
question.
b 1 h
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to examine the value of f’(0) lim h

h→0
for different values of b.
b 1 h
1. Using h 0.0001, determine the value of lim for b 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
h→0 h
and 6.
2. What happens to the value of the expression as b increases?
8 . 1 D E R I VAT I V E S O F E X P O N E N T I A L F U N C T I O N S 299
b 1 h
3. a. What is the maximum value of b so that the lim 1?
h
h→0
b 1 h
b. What is the minimum value of b so that the lim 1?
h
h→0
bh 1
4. What is the implication of lim 1 in calculating f’(x) f(x) f’(0)?
h→0 h
5. Repeat Question 1 of this Investigation using b 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, and 2.8.
6. By further investigation, determine, correct to three decimal places, the value

for b that gives a value of the limit closest to 1.
y
The exact number for which f’(0) 1 is given
the name “e,” after the mathematician Euler y = 3x
(pronounced “oiler”). The approximate value of

y = 2x
e is 2.718281. Its exact value cannot be determined,
since e is an irrational number, as is . With this y = ex
number as base, we have the exponential function 1
x
f(x) ex with a particular property.
1
For the function f(x) ex, f’(x) ex.
This function is its own derivative. The value of the y Slope of

t chnology
e
slope of the tangent, at any point on the curve of tangent

is e x
y ex, is equal to the value of the y-coordinate at
ex (x,e x )
that point. There is a LN button on your
y = ex x
calculator. This button can be used to obtain the
graph of y ex. Also note that entering e1 yields
2.718281…, which is an approximation of the
value of e. When we look at the graph of y ex,
we see that the slopes of the tangents increase as
x increases.
Technology Extension: Using a Spreadsheet Approach
t chnology
To try this Investigation utilizing a spreadsheet option, please refer to page 447 of
e
APPENDIX P. 447 the Technical Assistance Appendix.
EXAMPLE 1 Find derivatives of the following functions:

a. f(x) x2ex b. g(x) ex x
2
300 C H A P T E R 8
Solution
a. Using the Product Rule,
f’(x) 2xex x2e x
ex(2x x2).
b. If we let u x2 x and use the Chain Rule,
g(u) eu
dg dg du
•
dx du dx
eu(2x 1)
ex x (2x 1).
2
In general, if f(x) e g(x), then f’(x) eg(x) g’(x) by the Chain Rule.
EXAMPLE 2 Given f(x) 3ex , determine f’(1).

2
Solution
f’(x) 3ex (2x)2
6xex 2
Then f’(1) 6e.

Answers are usually left in this form. If desired, numeric approximations can be
obtained from a calculator. Here f’(1) 16.31 correct to two decimals.
EXAMPLE 3 Determine the equation of the line tangent to the graph of y xex at the point
where x 2.
Solution
When x 2, y 2e2, so (2, 2e2) is the point of contact of the tangent.
y’ ex xex
ex(1 x)
When x 2, y’ 3e2.
The equation of the tangent is y 2e2 3e2(x 2)
or 3e2x y 4e2 0.
ex
EXAMPLE 4 Determine the equation of the line tangent to the graph of y 2 , x 0, at the
x
point where x 2.
Solution
Using the Quotient Rule,
dy exx2 ex(2x)
2
dx (x )2
e x(x 2)
x

x4
e (x 2)
x
, x 0.
x3
dy
t chnology When x 2, d 0, and the tangent is
e
x
horizontal. Therefore, the equation of
2
the required tangent is y e4. A calculator
ex
yields this graph for y 2 , and we
x
see the horizontal tangent at x 2.
We will return to the problem of finding the derivative of the general exponential
function f(x) b x in Section 8.3.
Exercise 8.1
Part A
1. If f(x) e x, compare the graphs of y f(x) and y f’(x).
Communication 2. Why can you not use the Power Rule for derivatives to differentiate y 2x?
3. Use the Chain Rule and the new Exponential Derivative Rule to find the
derivative for each of the following:
a. y e3x b. s e3t5 c. y 2e10t
d. y e3x e. y e 56xx 2
f. y e x
Knowledge/ 4. Use the Exponential Derivative Rule in conjunction with other appropriate
Understanding derivative rules to differentiate each of the following:
x 3
e e3t 2
a. y 2ex 3
b. y xe3x c. f(x) x
d. s t2
e2t
e. f(x) xex f. h(t) et 3et g. p e(we )
2 w
h. g(t)
1e
2t
302 C H A P T E R 8
5. a. If f(x) 13(e3x e3x), find f ’(1).
1
b. If f(x) e ( x1 ), find f’(0).

c. If h(z) z2(1 ez ), determine h’(1).

2e x
t chnology 6. a. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y
1 ex
e

b. Use technology to graph the function in part a and draw the tangent at
(0, 1).
c. Compare the equation in part a to the computer equation.
Part B
Application 7. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y ex that is
perpendicular to the line defined by 3x y 1.
8. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y xex at the point
A(1, e1).
9. Find all points at which the tangent to the curve defined by y x2ex is
horizontal.
10. If y 52 e 5 e , then prove that y’’ 25 .

x x
5
y
dy d2y d 3y
11. a. For the function y e3x, determine d, and
x dx2
.
dx3
dny
b. From the pattern in part a, state the value for .
dxn
12. For each of the following, determine the equation of the tangent at the
given point.
a. For the curve defined by y exy 0 at A(0, 1).
b. For the curve defined by x2ey 1 at B(1, 0).
c. Explain why these relations cannot easily be graphed using a calculator.
Application 13. The number, N, of bacteria in a culture at time t in hours is

N 100030 e .
t
30
a. What is the initial number of bacteria in the culture?

b. Find the rate of change of the number of bacteria at time t.
c. How fast is the number of bacteria changing when t 20 h?
d. Find the largest number of bacteria in the culture during the interval
0
t
50.
14. The distance (in metres) fallen by a skydiver t seconds after jumping
(and before her parachute opens) is s 160 14t 1 e .
t
4
a. Find the skydiver’s velocity, v, at time t.

b. Show that her acceleration is given by a 10 14v.
c. Find vT lim v. This is the “terminal” velocity, the constant velocity
t→
attained when the air resistance balances the force of gravity.
d. At what time is the skydiver’s velocity 95% of the terminal velocity?
How far has she fallen at that time?
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. Use the definition of the derivative to evaluate each limit.
Problem Solving e 1h e2h e2
a. lim h
b. lim h
h→0 h→0
16. For what values of m does the function y Aemt satisfy the following
equation?
d2y dy

dx2
d
x
6y 0
17. The hyperbolic functions are defined as sinh x 12(ex ex) and
cosh x 12(e x ex).
a. Prove Dx sinh x cosh x.
b. Prove Dx cosh x sinh x.
1 sinh x
c. Prove Dx tanh x 2 , if tanh x .
cosh x
(cosh x)
Graphing the Hyperbolic Function

1. Use a calculator or computer to graph y cosh x by using the definition
cosh x 12(ex ex).
t chnology
e
CATALOG
2. Press 2nd 0 for the list of CATALOG items and select cosh( to investigate
if cosh is a built-in function.
3. On the same window, graph y 1.25x2 1 and y 1.05x2 1. Investigate
changes in the coefficient a in the equation y ax2 1 to see if you can
create a parabola that will approximate the hyperbolic cosine function.
304 C H A P T E R 8
Section 8.2 — The Derivative of the Natural
Logarithmic Function
The logarithmic function is the inverse of the exponential function. For the partic-
ular exponential function y ex, the inverse is x ey or y loge x, a logarithmic
function where e 2.719281. This logarithmic function is referred to as the “nat-
ural” logarithmic function, and is usually written as y ln x (pronounced “lon
x”). The functions y ex and y ln x are inverses of each other. This means that
the graphs of the functions are reflections of each other in the line y x, as
shown.
y y = ex
t chnology There is a LN key on your calculator that is
e
useful for sketching the graph of y ln x.

This key can also be used to determine the numeric
x
value of the natural logarithm of a number.
For example, log 12 1.079, while ln(12) 2.485. y = ln x
What is the derivative of this logarithmic function?
For y ln x, the definition of the derivative yields
dy ln(x h) ln(x) y =x
lim .
dx h→0 h
dy
We could investigate this limit in order to determine the value of d
x
,
an investigation we will consider later. First, we can determine the derivative of
the natural logarithm function using the derivative of the exponential function we
developed in the previous section.
Given y ln x, we can rewrite this as ey x. Differentiating both sides of this
equation with respect to x, and using implicit differentiation on the left side,
yields
dy
ey d
x
1
dy 1
y
dx e
1x.
The derivative of the natural logarithmic function y ln x is

dy 1
, x 0.
dx x
8 . 2 T H E D E R I VAT I V E O F T H E N AT U R A L L O G A R I T H M I C F U N C T I O N 305
This fits nicely with the graph of y ln x. The function y
is defined only for x 0, and the slopes are all positive.
dy
We see that as x → , d
x
→ 0. As x increases, the slope y = ln x
1
of the tangent decreases. x
1
We can apply this new derivative, along with the
Product, Quotient, and Chain Rules to find derivatives of
fairly complicated functions.
dy
EXAMPLE 1 Find d
x
for the following functions:
ln x
a. y ln(5x) b. y
3
c. y ln(x2 e x)
x
Solution
a. y ln(5x)
Solution 1 Solution 2
Using the Chain Rule, y ln(5x) ln(5) ln(x)
dy 1 dy 1
(5) 0
dx 5x dx x
1x 1x
ln x
b. y
3x
Using the Quotient and Power Rules,
d d
(ln(x)) • x3 ln(x)(x3)
dy dx dx

dx (x3)2
1
• x3 ln(x) • 3x2
x

6 x
x2 3x2ln(x)

x6
1 3ln(x)

4
.
x
c. y ln(x2 ex)
dy 1
d (x2 ex)
dx (x2 ex) dx
2x ex
.
2 (x e )
x
306 C H A P T E R 8
1
If f(x) ln(g(x)), then f’(x) g’(x), by the Chain Rule.
g(x)
ln x 2
EXAMPLE 2 Determine the equation of the line tangent to y 3x
at the point where x 1.
Solution
ln l 0, so y 0 when x 1, and the point of contact of the tangent is (1, 0).
dy
The slope of the tangent is given by d
x
.
3x2 2x 3ln x2
1
dy x

dx 9x2
6 3ln x 2

9x2
dy
When x 1, d
x
23.
The equation of the tangent is y 0 23(x 1), or 2x 3y 2 0.
EXAMPLE 3 a. For the function f(x) x ln x, x 0, use your graphing calculator to
determine the value of x at a point on the graph that minimizes the function.
b. Use calculus methods to determine the exact solution.
Solution
a. The graph of f(x) x ln x is shown.
Use the minimum value function, 3:minimum,
t chnology in the CALCULATE mode of your calculator to
e
APPENDIX P. 444
find the minimum value of f(x). The minimum
value occurs at x 4.
b. f(x) x ln x
To minimize f(x), set the derivative equal to
zero.
1
f’(x) 1x
2x
1 1
0
2x x
1 1

2x x
x 2x
x2 4x
x(x 4) 0
x 4 or x 0
But x 0 is not in the domain of the function, so x 4.
Therefore, the minimum value of f(x) occurs at x 4.
We now look back at the derivative of the natural logarithm function using the
definition.
For the function f(x) ln(x),
ln(x h) ln(x)
f’(x) lim h
h→0
and, specifically,
ln(1 h) ln(1)
f’(1) lim h
h→0
ln(1 h)
lim h
h→0
1 1
lim ln(1 h) h , since 1hln(1 h) ln(1 h) h .
h→0
However, since we know that f’(x) 1x, f’(1) 1.

1
Then lim ln(1 h) h 1.
h→0
Since the natural logarithm function is a continuous and a one-to-one function,
(meaning that for each acceptable value of the variable, there is exactly one func-
tion value), we can rewrite this as
ln lim (1 h) h 1.
1
h→0
Since ln e 1,
ln lim (1 h) h ln e.
1
h→0
1
Therefore, lim (1 h) h e.
h→0
Earlier in this chapter, the value of e was presented as e 2.718281. We now

have a means of approximating the value of e using the above limit.
h 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001

1
h
(1 h) 2.59374246 2.704813829 2.71692393 2.7181459268
From the table, it appears that e 2.718281 is a good approximation as h

approaches zero.
308 C H A P T E R 8
Exercise 8.2
Part A
Communication 1. Distinguish between natural logarithms and common logarithms.
2. At the end of this section, we found that we could approximate the value of e,
1
Euler’s constant, using e lim (1 h) h . By substituting h 1n, we can

h→0

n
express e as e lim 1 1n . Justify the definition by evaluating the limit
n→
for increasing values of n.
3. Use the Chain Rule in conjunction with the Logarithm Derivative Rule to find
the derivative for each of the following:
a. y ln(5x 8) b. y ln(x2 1) c. s 5ln t3
d. y ln
x1 e. s ln(t3 2t2 5) f. w ln
z2 3z
Knowledge/ 4. Use the Logarithm Derivative Rule in conjunction with other appropriate
Understanding derivative rules to differentiate each of the following:
ln x
a. f(x) xln x b. y
x2
c. y e ln(x)
d. y [ln x]3 e. v et ln t f. g(z) ln (ez zez)
x 1
et
i. f(x) ln
x1
2
g. s
ln t
h. h(u) e ln u
t chnology 5. a. If g(x) e2x1 ln (2x 1), evaluate g’(1).

e
t1
b. If f(t) ln
3t 5
, evaluate f’(5).
c. Check the above calculations using either a calculator or a computer.
6. For each of the following functions, solve the equation f’(x) 0.

a. f(x) ln (x2 1)
1
b. f(x) (ln x 2x) 3
c. f(x) (x2 1)1 ln (x2 1)
3
lnx
t chnology 7. a. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by f(x) at the
e
x
point where x 1.
b. Use technology to graph the function in part a, and then draw the tangent
c. Compare the equation in part a to the equation obtained on the calculator
or computer.
Part B
Application 8. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y ln x 1 that is
parallel to the straight line with equation 3x 6y 1 0.
9. a. If f(x) (xln x)2, then find all points at which the graph of f(x) has
a horizontal tangent line.
t chnology b. Use a calculator or a computer to check your work in part a.
e
c. Comment on the efficiency of the two solutions.
10. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y ln(1 ex)
Application 11. The velocity in kilometres per hour of a car as it begins to slow down is given
by the equation v(t) 90 30 ln(3t 1), where t is in seconds.
a. What is the velocity of the car as the driver begins to brake?
b. What is the acceleration of the car?
c. What is the acceleration at t 2?
d. How long does it take the car to stop?
12. The pH value of a chemical solution measures the acidity or alkalinity of the
solution. The formula is
pH log10(H)
ln (H)

ln (10)
(Using the Change of Base identity)
where H is the concentration of hydrogen ions in the solution (in moles per
litre).
a. Tomatoes have H 6.3 105. Find the pH value.
b. Recipe ingredients are being added to a bowl of tomatoes, so that the
concentration of hydrogen ions in the whole mixture is given by
H(t) 30 5t 25e 1 moles per litre, where t is measured in
t
5
seconds. Determine the rate of change of the pH value with respect to

time after 10 s.
13. If a force F is defined by F k(eS 6e2S), where S is the distance

d F 2
between two objects, then prove F 18ke2S.
dS 2
14. For each of the following, find the slope of the tangent.
a. For the curve defined by xey yln x 2, at (1, ln2).
0, at the point , 3.
1
b. For the curve defined by lnxy 3
310 C H A P T E R 8
Part C
ln(2 h) ln(2)
Thinking/Inquiry/ 15. Use the definition of the derivative to evaluate lim .
h
Problem Solving h→0
16. One definition for e is e lim 1 n . 1 n

n→
a. Use the Binomial Theorem to expand 1 1n and then evaluate the limit.
n
Show that the value of e can be calculated from the series

e 1 1 21! 31! 41! 51! ....
b. For the above series calculate the following partial sums: S3, S4, S5, S6,
and S7.
17. Recall that x x if x 0 and x x if x 0.

a. Find the derivative of y lnx.
b. Find the derivative of y ln2x 1.
c. Find the derivative of y x2 lnx.
Section 8.3 — Derivatives of General Exponential and
Logarithmic Functions
In finding the derivative of the general exponential function f(x) bx in Section 8.1,
we obtained the expression f’(x) b x f’(0). We saw that there is a problem in
determining f’(0) for different values of the base b. We can avoid this problem
by using the fact that ddx ex ex together with the properties of logarithmic and
exponential functions.
First, note that eln (p) p. Then for f(x) bx, we can write
f(x) bx
eln (b )
x
exln b. (Property of Logarithmic Functions)
Since ln b is a constant for any value of b, we differentiate f(x) exln b using the
Chain Rule and get
f’(x) exln (b)ddx (xln b)
exln (b) ln b
eln (b ) ln b
x
bxlnb.
What happens if the exponent is g(x)? Then we have f(x) bg(x). Now we let
u g(x) and use the Chain Rule on f(u) bu, as follows:
df df du
• .
dx du dx
df
Then d
u
bulnb and dd
u
x
g’(x).
df
bg(x)lnb[g’(x)]
dx
For f(x) bg(x), f’(x) bg(x)lnb(g’(x)).

If g(x) x and f(x) bx, then f’(x) bx lnb.
The derivative of f(x) 2x is f’(x) 2x ln(2), and the derivative of g(x) 3x is

g’(x) 3x ln(3). (Check on your calculator to verify that ln 2 0.69 and
ln 3 1.09, which match the values estimated in Section 8.1.)
Note that the derivative of f(x) ex is a special case of this general derivative.
If we apply the general formula, we get f’(x) exln(e) ex, since lne 1.
312 C H A P T E R 8
Find the derivative of the function f(x) 3x 2.
2
EXAMPLE 1
Solution
We have f(x) 3g(x) with g(x) x2 2.
Then g’(x) 2x.
Now, f’(x) 3x 2 (ln 3)2x.
2
We can use these derivatives to solve problems.
EXAMPLE 2 On January 1, 1850, the population of Goldrushtown was 50 000. Since then the
size of the population has been modelled by the function P(t) 50 000(0.98)t,
where t is the number of years since January 1, 1850.
a. What was the population of Goldrushtown on January 1, 1900?
b. At what rate was the population of Goldrushtown changing on January 1,
1900? Was it increasing or decreasing at that time?
Solution
a. January 1, 1900 is exactly 50 years after January 1, 1850, so we let t 50.
P(50) 50 000(0.98)50
18 208.484
The population on January 1, 1900 was approximately 18 208.
b. To determine the rate of change of the population, we require the derivative of P.
P’(t) 50 000(0.98)t ln(0.98)
P’(50) 50 000(0.98)50 ln(0.98)
367.861
Hence, after 50 years, the population was decreasing at a rate of approximately
368 people per year. (We expected the rate of change to be negative, as the
original population function was a decaying exponential function with a base
less than 1.)
We can now determine the derivative of the general logarithmic function, that is
y logbx, for any base b 0. We use the fact that this logarithmic function can
be written as b y x. Differentiating both sides implicitly with respect to x yields
dy
by lnb d
x
1
dy 1

dx byln b
1
.
xln b
For the special case of the natural logarithm function, that is, y loge x ln x,
dy 1 1
this becomes d
x
.
xlne x
8 . 3 D E R I VAT I V E S O F G E N E R A L E X P O N E N T I A L A N D L O G A R I T H M I C F U N C T I O N S 313
In the general case, for y logbg(x), by g(x), from the definition of logarithms.
dy
Taking derivatives bylnb d
x
g’(x),
dy g’(x) g’(x)
.
dx byln b g(x)ln b
dy 1
For y logbx, dx
xlnb .
dy 1
For y logex, dx x.
dy g’x
For y logbg(x), dx
g(x)lnb .
EXAMPLE 3 Find the value of g’(2) for the function g(x) x3log2
x2 4.
Solution
Using the Product and Chain Rules,
g’(x) 3x2log2
x2 4 x3
1 2x

2 x 4 ln (2) 2

2 x 4
3x2log2
x2 4 x 4
.
(x2 4)ln2
16
Then g’(2) 12 log2
44
(4 4)ln (2)
16
12 log28
8ln 2
3
2

12 log22 2
ln 2
12 32 2 2
18 .
ln 2 ln 2
EXAMPLE 4 If I0 is the intensity of barely audible sound, then the decibel (dB) measure of the
loudness, L, of a sound of intensity I is given by L log10 II.
0
a. What is the loudness, in dB, of a sound of intensity I0? 100 I0?
b. If the intensity of a siren is 7000 units and is increasing at 100 000 units per
second, what is the accompanying rate of change of the loudness of the sound?
Solution
a. A sound of intensity I0 has loudness
L log10I0
I
0
log101
0 dB.
314 C H A P T E R 8
A sound of intensity 100 I0 has loudness
L log10 I0
100I
0
log10(100)
2 dB.
b. We know that ddIt 100 000 and we wish to find ddLt .
L log10 II
0
Differentiate both sides of the equation implicitly with respect to time, t, and get
dL 1 1 dI

dt I I0 dt Note: ddt II I1 ddIt
0 0
ln10
I0
Iln10 I dt
I 1 dI

0
0
1 dI
.
Iln (10) dt
When I 7000 and ddIt 100 000, we get

dL 1
(100 000)
dt 7000ln (10)
6.2.
Therefore, the loudness of the siren is increasing at approximately 6.2 dB
per second.
In this section, we learned the derivatives for the general exponential and
logarithmic functions y bx and y logb(x). Many students will wish to compile
a list of formulas and memorize them. However, there is no need to do so. You
can always use identities to convert general exponential and logarithmic functions
to exponential and logarithmic functions with base e, and then use the specific
derivatives of y ex and y ln(x) along with the Chain Rule.
Exercise 8.3
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. Use the Chain Rule in conjunction with the Exponential or Logarithm
Understanding Derivative Rule to find the derivative for each of the following:
a. y 23x b. y 3.1x x3 c. s 103t5
1x
d. w 10(56nn ) e. y log5(x3 2x2 10) f. y log10
1 x

2
g. f(x) 7x h. v log2
t2 3t i. y 3x 3
2 2
2. Find the derivative function for each of the following:
t
a. v 2t b. y 2xlog2(x4) c. p 2log3(5s) log3(4s)

3x log (3x2)
d. s t 2log10(1 t) e. f(x) f. y
5
2
x x1
t1
3. a. If f(t) log2
2t 7
, evaluate f’(3).
b. If h(t) log3[log2(t)], determine h’(8).
4. If f(t) 103t5 • e2t , then find the values of t so that f’(t) 0.

2
Communication 5. a. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by

y 102x9 log10(x2 3x) at the point where x 5.
b. Use technology to graph the function and the tangent defined in part a.
t chnology c. Compare the equation determined by the calculator with the theoretical
e
result. If you did not have the theoretical equation, explain how you would
know when the equation provided by the calculator (or computer) is
accurate to three decimal places.
Part B
t
6. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y 20 10( 10 )
5

at the point where the curve crosses the y-axis.
Communication 7. Let f(x) log2(log2(x)).

a. Find the domain of f(x).
b. Find the slope of the tangent to the graph of f(x) at its x-intercept.
c. Explain why it is extremely difficult to check this result on a calculator.
8. A particle moves according to the formula s 40 3t 0.01t2 ln t,

where t is measured in minutes and s in centimetres from an initial point I.
a. Find the velocity after 20 min.
b. Determine how long it takes before the acceleration of the particle
is 0.01 cm/min2.
9. Historical data shows that the amount of money sent out of Canada for
interest and dividend payments during the period 1967 to 1979 can be
approximated by the model P 0.5(109)e0.20015t, where t is measured in
years, (t 0 in 1967) and P is the total payment in Canadian dollars.
a. Determine and compare the rates of increase for the years 1968 and 1978.
b. Assume the model remained accurate until the year 2002. Compare the
rate of increase for 1988 to the increase in 1998.
c. Investigate: Check the Web site of Statistics Canada to see if the rates of
increase predicted by this model were accurate for 1988 and 1998.
316 C H A P T E R 8
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 10. An earthquake of minimal intensity, I0, is given a value 0 on the Richter scale.
An earthquake of intensity I has a magnitude R log10II on the Richter
Problem Solving
0
scale.
a. Show that increasing the intensity of the earthquake by a factor of 10 will
increase the Richter magnitude by 1.
b. If the intensity I of a large earthquake is increasing at a rate of 100 units
per second, at what rate is the Richter magnitude increasing when I 35?
11. In this section, we used an identity property to rewrite b x as e xln (b). This
allowed us to easily determine the derivative of b x using the known derivative
of e x. This alternate expression for b x is also useful when we are asked to
sketch a graph of y b x. Since our calculator does not have exponential keys
for a general base b, we rewrite y e xln (b) and use the e x key to sketch the
graph.
a. On your calculator, sketch the graph of y e x.
b. On the same set of axes, use your calculator to sketch the graph of
y 7x.
c. Give a graphical interpretation of the factor ln 7 in the expression
7x e xln(7).
ln x
12. The change of base formula allows us to rewrite log b x as . Again, this is
ln b
useful when graphing y log b(x) on a calculator, since calculators do not
have logarithmic keys for a general base b.
a. On your calculator, sketch the graph of y ln x.
b. On the same set of axes, use your calculator to sketch the graph
of y log5 x.
1
c. Give a graphical interpretation of the factor in the expression
ln 5
ln x
log5(x) .
ln 5
Section 8.4 — Optimization Problems
In earlier chapters, you considered numerous situations in which you were asked
to optimize a given situation. Recall that to optimize means to determine values
of variables so that a function that represents cost, area, number of objects, or
other quantities can be minimized or maximized.
Here we will consider further optimization problems, using exponential and
logarithmic functions.
EXAMPLE 1 The effectiveness of studying for a test depends on how many hours a student
studies. Some experiments showed that if the effectiveness, E, is put on a scale
of 0 to 10, then E(t) 0.510 te , where t is the number of hours spent
t
20
studying for an examination. If a student has up to 30 h that he can spend

studying, how many hours should he study for maximum effectiveness?
Solution
We wish to find the maximum value for the function E(t) 0.510 te 20 on the
t
interval 0
t
30.
First find critical points by determining E’(t).
E’(t) 0.5e t 210e
t t
20 20
(Using the Product and Chain Rules)
1 2t0
t

0.5e 20
t
E’ is never undefined, and e 20
0 for all values of t. Then, E’(t) 0 when
1 2t
0
0
t 20.
To determine the maximum effectiveness, we use the algorithm for extreme
values.
E(0) 0.510 0e0 5
E(20) 0.510 20e1 8.7
E(30) 0.510 30e1.5 8.3
Therefore, the maximum effectiveness measure of 8.7 is achieved when a student
studies 20 h for the exam.
318 C H A P T E R 8
EXAMPLE 2 A mathematical consultant determines that the proportion of people who will have
responded to the advertisement of a new product after it has been marketed for
t days is given by f(t) 0.71 e0.2t. The area covered by the advertisement
contains 10 million potential customers, and each response to the advertisement
results in revenue to the company of $0.70 (on average), excluding the cost of
advertising. The advertising costs $30 000 to produce and a further $5000 per
day to run.
a. Find lim f(t) and interpret the result.
t→
b. What percentage of potential customers have responded after seven days of
advertising?
c. Write the function P(t) that represents the profit after t days of advertising.
What is the profit after seven days?
d. For how many full days should the advertising campaign be run in order to
maximize the profit? Assume an advertising budget of $180 000.
Solution
a. As t→, e0.2t →0, so lim f(t) lim 0.71 e0.2t 0.7. This result means
t→ t→
that if the advertising is left in place indefinitely (forever), 70% of the
population will respond.
b. f(7) 0.71 e0.2(7) 0.53
After seven days of advertising, 53% of the population has responded.
c. The profit is the difference between the revenue received from all customers
responding to the ad minus the advertising costs. Since the area covered by the
ad contains 10 million potential customers, the number of customers
responding to the ad after t days is
1070.71 e0.2t 7 1061 e0.2t.
The revenue to the company from these respondents is
R(t) 0.77 106 1 e0.2t 4.9 106 1 e0.2t.
The advertising costs for t days are C(t) 30 000 5000t.
Therefore, the profit to the company after t days of advertising is given by
P(t) R(t) C(t)
4.9 106 1 e0.2t 30 000 5000t.
After seven days of advertising, the profit is
P(7) 4.9 106 1 e0.2(7) 30 000 5000(7)
3 627 000.
d. If the total advertising budget is $180 000, then we require that
30 000 5000t
180 000
5000t
150 000
t
30.
We wish to maximize the profit function P(t) on the interval 0
t
30.
For critical points, determine P’(t).
P’(t) 4.9 1060.2e0.2t 5000
9.8 105e0.2t 5000
P’(t) is never undefined. Let P’(t) 0.
9.8 10 5e0.2t 5000 0
5000
e0.2t
9.8 105
e0.2t 0.005102041
0.2t ln(0.005102041)
t 26
To determine the maximum profit, we evaluate
P(26) 4.9 1061 e0.2(26) 30 000 5000(26)
4 713 000
P(0) 4.9 1061 e0 30 000 0
30 000 (they’re losing money!)
P(30) 4.9 1061 e0.2(30) 30 000 5000(30)
4 708 000.
The maximum profit of $4 713 000 occurs when the ad campaign runs
for 26 days.
Exercise 8.4
Part A
t chnology 1. Use your calculator to graph each of the following functions. From the graph,
e
find the absolute maximum and absolute minimum values of the given
functions on the indicated intervals.
a. f(x) ex e3x on 0
x
10
et
b. g(t) on 1
t
12
1 ln t
c. m(x) (x 2)e2x on 4
x
4
t2 1
d. s(t) ln 6 ln t on 1.1
t
10
t 1
2
2. a. Use the maximum and minimum algorithm to determine the absolute

maximum and minimum values for the functions in Question 1.
b. Explain which approach is easier to use for the functions that were given
in Question 1.
320 C H A P T E R 8
3. A small self-contained forest was studied for squirrel population by a
biologist. It was found that the forest population, P, was a function of time, t,
20
where t was measured in weeks. The function was P
0.02t
.
1 3e
a. Find the population at the start of the study when t 0.
b. The largest population the forest can sustain is represented mathematically
by the limit as t→. Determine this limit.
c. Determine the point of inflection.
d. Graph the function.
e. Explain the meaning of the point of inflection in terms of squirrel
population growth.
Part B
4. The net monthly profit from the sale of a certain product is given (in dollars)
by the formula P(x) 1061 (x 1)e0.001x, where x is the number of
items sold.
a. Find the number of items that yield the maximum profit. At full capacity,
the factory can produce 2000 items per month.
b. Repeat part a, assuming that, at most, 500 items can be produced per
month.
5. Suppose the revenue (in thousands of dollars) for sales of x hundred units of
an electronic item is given by the function R(x) 40x2e0.4x 30, where the
maximum capacity of the plant is eight hundred units. Determine the number
of units to produce so the revenue is a maximum.
6. In a telegraph cable, the speed of the signal is proportional to R

v(x) x2 ln1x, where x is the ratio of the radius r of the r
cable’s core to the overall radius R. Find the value of x that
maximizes the speed of the signal. For technical reasons, it is
required that 1R0
r
91R0.
7. A student’s intensity of concentration, on a scale of 0 to 1, is given by

C(h) 1 h(ln h)2, where h is the time of the study session in hours, and
where 0
h
1. For a student involved in a 45-minute study session,
at what time is the intensity of study at its lowest level?
8. A rumour spreads through a population in such a way that t hours after its
beginning, the percentage of people involved in passing on the rumour is
given by P(t) 100(e1 e4t). What is the highest percentage of people
involved in spreading the rumour within the first 3 h? When does this occur?
9. Small countries trying to rapidly develop an industrial economy often try to
achieve their objectives by importing foreign capital and technology. Statistics
Canada data shows that when Canada attempted this strategy from 1867 to
1967, the amount of U.S. investment in Canada increased from about
$15 106 to $280 305 106. This increase in foreign investment can be
represented by the simple mathematical model C 0.015 109e 0.07533t,
where t represents the number of years starting with 1867 as zero and C
represents the total capital investment from U.S. sources.
a. Graph the curve for the 100-year period.
b. Compare the growth rate of U.S. investment in 1947 to 1967.
c. Find the growth rate of investment in 1967 as a percentage of the amount
invested.
t chnology d. If this model is used up to 1977, calculate the total U.S. investment and
e
the growth rate.

e. Use the Internet to determine the actual amount of total U.S. investment
in 1977, and calculate the error in the model.
f. If the model is used up to 2007, calculate the expected U.S. investment
and the expected growth rate.
10. If a drug is injected into the body, the concentration C in the blood at time t
ba
eat ebt, where a, b(b a), and k
k
is given by the function C(t)
are positive constants that depend on the drug. At what time does the largest
concentration occur?
t
11. A colony of bacteria in a culture grows at a rate given by N 2 5 , where N is
the number of bacteria t minutes from time of starting. The colony is allowed
to grow for 60 min, at which time a drug is introduced that kills the bacteria.
t
The number of bacteria killed is given by K e 3 , where K bacteria are killed
at time t minutes.
a. Determine the maximum number of bacteria present and the time at which
this occurs.
b. Determine the time at which the bacteria colony is obliterated.
12. A student is studying for two different exams. Because of the nature of the
courses, the measure of study effectiveness for the first course is
0.5 10 te while the measure for the second course is 0.6 9 te .
t t
10 20
The student is prepared to spend 30 h in total in preparing for the exams.

If E1 is the first measure and E2 is the second, then f (t) E1 E2, where
E1 0.69 te 20 and E2 0.510 te 10 . How should this time be
t t
allocated so as to maximize total effectiveness?
322 C H A P T E R 8
Part C
13. Suppose that in Question 12 the student has only 25 h to study for the two
exams. Is it possible to determine the time to be allocated to each exam?
If so, how?
14. Although it is true that many animal populations grow exponentially for a
period of time, it must be remembered that eventually the food available to
sustain the population will run out and at that point the population will
decrease through starvation. Over a period of time, the population will level
out to the maximum attainable value, L. One mathematical model that will
describe a population that grows exponentially at the beginning and then
levels off to a limiting value L is the logistic model. The equation for this
aL
model is P kLt
, where the independent variable t represents
a (L a)e
the time and P represents the size of the population. The constant a is the
size of the population at time t 0, L is the limiting value of the population,
and k is a mathematical constant.
a. Suppose a biologist starts a cell colony with 100 cells and finds that the
limiting size of the colony is 10 000 cells. If the constant k 0.0001, draw
a graph to illustrate this population, where t is in days.
b. At what point in time does the cell colony stop growing exponentially?
How large is the colony at this point?
c. Compare the growth rate of the colony at the end of day 3 to the end
of day 8. Explain what is happening.
Section 8.5 — Logarithmic Differentiation
The derivatives of most functions involving exponential and logarithmic expres-

sions can be determined with the techniques we have developed. However, a func-
tion such as y xx poses new problems. The Power Rule cannot be used because
the exponent is not a constant.
The method of determining the derivative of an exponential function also can’t be
used because the base isn’t a constant. What can be done?
It is frequently possible in functions presenting special difficulties to simplify the
situation by employing the properties of logarithms. We say that we are using
logarithmic differentiation.
dy
EXAMPLE 1 Determine d
x
for the function y xx, x 0.
Solution
Take natural logarithms of each side: ln y x ln x.
dy
Differentiate each side: 1y d
x
x1x ln x 1 ln x.
dy
Then d
x
y(1 ln x)
xx(1 ln x).
This technique of logarithmic differentiation also works well to help simplify a
function with many factors and powers before the differentiation takes place.
We can use logarithmic differentiation to prove the Power Rule, ddx (xn) nxn1,
for all real values of n. (In previous chapters, we proved this rule for positive inte-
ger values of n and we have been cheating a bit in using the rule for other values
of n.)
dy
Given the function y xn, for any real values of n, determine d
x
. To solve this,
we take the natural logarithm of both sides of this expression and get
ln y ln xn
n ln x.
Differentiating both sides with respect to x, using implicit differentiation and
remembering that n is a constant, we get
1 dy 1
n
y dx x
dy 1
ny
dx x
nx 1x
n
nxn1.
Therefore, ddx (xn) nxn1 for any real value of n.
324 C H A P T E R 8
dy
EXAMPLE 2 For y (x2 3)x, find d
x
.
Solution
Here we can use logarithmic differentiation again. Take the natural logarithm of
both sides of the equation:
y (x2 3)x
ln y ln(x2 3)x
x ln(x2 3).
Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to x, using implicit differenti-
ation on the left side and the Product and Chain Rules on the right side.
1 • ln(x2 3) x (2x)
dy
Therefore, 1y d
x
1
x2 3

dy 2x
y ln(x2 3) x
dx x2 3
(x2 3)x ln(x2 3) x
x2 3
2x
.
Logarithmic differentiation is useful when the function that we wish to differenti-

ate contains a power with variables in both the base and the exponent.
You will recognize logarithmic differentiation as the method used in the previous
section, and its use makes memorization of many formulas unnecessary. It also
allows for complicated functions to be handled much more easily.
(x 1)
4 x2 dy
EXAMPLE 3 Given y
(2x2 2x 1)
, determine d
x
at x 1.
Solution
dy
While it is possible to find d
x
using a combination of the Product, Quotient, and
Chain Rules, this process is awkward and time-consuming. Instead, before differ-
entiating, we take the natural logarithm of both sides of the equation.
(x 1)
4 x2
Since y
(2x2 2x 1)
,
(x 1) x2
ln y ln
(2x2 2x 1)
4
ln(x4 1) ln
x 2 ln(2x2 2x 1)
ln(x4 1) 12ln(x 2) ln(2x2 2x 1).
The right side of this equation looks much simpler. We can now differentiate both
sides with respect to x, using implicit differentiation on the left side.
1 dy 1 1 1 1
(4x3) (4x 2)
y dx x4 1 2 x2 2x2 2x 1
4x 2

dy 4x3 1
y
dx x4 1 2(x 2) 2x2 2x 1
(x 1) x 2 4x 4x 2
(2x2 2x 1) x4 1 2x2 2x 1
4 3 1

2(x 2)

8 . 5 L O G A RT I H M I C D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N 325
While this derivative is a very complicated function, the process of finding the
derivative is straightforward, using only the derivative of the natural logarithm
function and the Chain Rule.
We do not need to simplify this in order to determine the value of the derivative at
x 1.
(1 1)1 4 4 2
(2 2 1) 1 1

dy 1
For x 1, d
x
2(1 2) 221
22 12 2
1.
Exercise 8.5
Part A
1. Differentiate each of the following.
a. y x 10
3 b. f(x) 5x 32 c. s t d. f (x) xe ex
Knowledge/ 2. Use the technique of Logarithmic Differentiation to find the derivative for
Understanding each of the following:
(x 1)(x 3) 2
a. y x lnx b. y
(x 2)3
t
c. y x x d. s 1t
3. a. If y f(x) xx, evaluate f ‘(e).

b. If s et t e, find ddst when t 2.
(x 3)
2x13
c. If f(x) (x 4)5
, determine f ‘(7).
4. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y x(x ) at the point
2
where x 2.
Part B
1
5. If y
(x 1)(x 2)(x 3)
, find the slope of the tangent to the curve at the
point where x 0.
1
Application 6. Determine the points on the curve defined by y x x , x 0, where the slope
of the tangent is zero.
326 C H A P T E R 8
7. If tangents to the curve defined by y x2 4 ln x are parallel to the line
defined by y 6x 3 0, find the points where the tangents touch the
curve.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 8. The tangent at point A (4, 16) to the curve defined by y x x is extended to
Problem Solving cut the x-axis at B and the y-axis at C. Determine the area of ∆OBC where O
is the origin.
Part C
1
9. The position of a particle that moves on a straight line is given by s(t) t t for
t 0.
a. Find the velocity and acceleration.
b. At what time, t, is the velocity zero? What is the acceleration at that time?
Thinking/Inquiry/ 10. Without using a calculator, determine which number is larger, e or e.
Problem Solving (Hint: Question 9 can help.) Verify your work with a calculator.
8 . 5 L O G A RT I H M I C D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N 327
Key Concepts Review
In this chapter, we introduced a new base for exponential and logarithmic

functions, namely e, where e 2.718281. Approximations to the value of e
can be calculated using one of the following two limits:
1
• e lim (1 h) h
h→0
• e lim 1 1n
n
n→
New Derivative Rules for Exponential and

Logarithmic Functions
• ddx (ex) ex
• ddx ln x 1x, x 0
• ddx (b x) bx ln b
• ddx bg(x) bg(x)(ln b)g’(x)
• ddx (logbx) 1

xln b
g’(x)
• ddx (logb g(x))
g(x)ln b
The only rules that need to be memorized are those in the shaded area. The other
rules can be determined from the first two, using properties of exponential and
logarithmic functions along with logarithmic differentiation.
328 C H A P T E R 8
wrap-up
To combat the widespread problem of soil and groundwater contamination,

scientists and engineers have investigated and engineered bacteria capable of
destroying environmental toxicants. The use of bacteria in environmental
clean-ups, known as bioremediation, has been proven effective in destroying
toxic compounds ranging from PCBs to gasoline additives such as benzene. An
environmental engineer conducting a lab study found the growth in mass of a
quantity of bioremediation bacteria follows a “logistic” growth pattern. The
logistic model is characterized by the familiar “S”-shaped graph and equation as
follows:
m(t)
L
mb (t)
L m0 Lkt
1 e
m0
t
where mb(t) is the mass of bacteria at time t, L is bounded/maximum mass, k is

the growth constant, and m0 is the initial mass. The model can be constructed by
substituting values of m0, L, and a known ordered pair for (t, mb) into the
equation and solving for k.
The engineer conducting the study found that starting from an initial mass of
0.2 kg, the bacteria grow to a maximum mass of 2.6 kg following a logistic
growth pattern. The mass after five days for this experiment was 1.5 kg. The
engineer has modelled the mass of contaminant remaining in kilograms as
mc (t) log3(t 1) 2.5
where mc (t) is the mass of contaminant remaining (kilograms) in t days.
a. Develop the logistic growth function model for the bacterial mass.
b. Like humans, many bacteria also need oxygen to survive. The oxygen
demand for bacteria is
dm
DO2 10(mc )d
t
b
[litres per hour]
What is the oxygen demand after five days?

c. The experiment is re-inoculated (new bacteria added) when the amount of
contamination has reached 50% of the initial mass. When must the new
bacteria be added, and how quickly is the contamination being destroyed at
this time? ●

Review Exercise
1. Use the Chain Rule and the appropriate derivative rule for a logarithmic or
exponential function to find the derivative for each of the following:
a. y e2x3 b. s ln(t3 1) c. f(x) ln(x3 3x2 6x)
d. y e3x 5x e. y ln(ex ex) f. y 2e
2 x
2. Use the appropriate derivative rules to find the derivative for each of the
following. If necessary, use logarithmic differentiation.
xln x
a. y xex b. y
ex
(x 2)(x 4)5
c. s
t4 2 • ln(3t) d. y
3 2(2x 1)
et 1
f. y
x2 3
ex
e. s
e 1
t

g. y 3x0
2x
h. e xy ln(x y)
3. For each of the following functions, solve the equation f’(x) 0.

4
b. f(x) ln(3x2 6x)
x
a. f(x) ex
4. a. If g(t) 10t log10t, then evaluate g’(10).

b. If f(x) xe2x, then find f’12.
5. Find the second derivative for each of the following:

a. s tlnt b. y xe10x
ln x 2
6. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y x
at the point
where x 4.
e2x 1 dy
7. If y , prove that 1 y2.
e 1
2x dx
8. Find the value of k in the equation y e kx so that y is a solution of
a. y’ 7y 0. b. y’’ 16y 0.
c. y’’’ y’’ 12y’ 0.
330 C H A P T E R 8
9. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y x ex that is
parallel to the line represented by 3x y 9 0.
e x
10. Find an equation for the normal line to the curve defined by y at the
1 ln x
point where x 1.
11. The number, N, of bacteria in a culture at time t is given by

N 200030 te .
t
20
a. When is the rate of change of the number of bacteria equal to zero?

b. If the bacterial culture is placed into a colony of mice, the number of mice,
M, that become infected is related to the number of bacteria present by the
3
equation M N 10 00. After ten days, how many mice are becoming
infected per day?
12. The measure of effectiveness of a medicine on a scale of 0 to 1 is given by
ln (t3)
g(t) 2
t
, where t is the time in hours after administering the medicine and
t 1. Determine the maximum measure of effectiveness of this medicine and
the time at which it is reached.
13. Some psychologists model a child’s ability to memorize by a function of the

form m(t) tln(t) 1 for 0 t
4, where t is time, measured in years.
Determine when a child’s ability to memorize is highest and when it is lowest.
14. The concentrations of two medicines in the blood stream t hours after
injection are c1(t) tet and c2(t) t2et.
a. Which medicine has the larger maximum concentration?
b. Within the first half-hour, which medicine has the larger maximum
concentration?
15. One model of a computer disk storage system uses the function
T(x) N k cx px for the average time needed to send a file correctly by
modem (including all re-transmission of messages in which errors were
detected), where x is the number of information bits, p is the (fixed)
probability that any particular file will be received correctly, and N, k, and c
are positive constants. Use the values p 0.9, N 10, and c 1 to answer
the following questions:
a. Find T’(x).
b. For what value of x is T(x) minimized?
REVIEW EXERCISE 331

16. In a telegraph cable, the speed of the signal is given R
by v(x) kx2
ln 1x , where k is a positive constant
and x is the ratio of the radius r of the cable’s core
to the overall radius R.
a. For k 2, determine the speed of the signal if
x 12.
b. For k 2, at what rate is the speed changing r
when x 12?
17. The function C(t) K e2t e5t, where K is a positive constant, can be
used to model the concentration at time t, in days, of a drug injected into the
bloodstream.
a. Evaluate lim C(t).
t→
b. Find C ’(t), the rate at which the drug is cleared from circulation.
c. When is this rate equal to zero?
332 C H A P T E R 8
Chapter 8 Test
Communication 8
Application 3, 5, 6, 7, 8
dy
1. Find the derivative d
x
a. y e2x b. y ln(x2 6) c. y 3x 3x
2 2
e e 3x 3x ln(x 4)
d. y 2
e. y (4x3 x)log10(2x 1) f. y x
3
2. If f(t) ln(3t 2 t), determine f ’(2).
3. If y xlnx, x 0, find the slope of the tangent when x e.
dy
4. Determine d
x
for the relation x2y xln x 3y, where x 0.
dy
5. If e xy x, determine d
x
at x 1.
6. For what values of A does the function y e Ax satisfy the equation

y’’ 3y’ 2y 0?
7. Find the equation of the straight line that is normal to the curve defined by
y 3x xln x at point A(1, 3).
8. The velocity of a particular particle that moves in a straight line under the
influence of forces is given by v(t) 10ekt, where k is a positive constant
and v(t) is in cm/s.
a. Show that the acceleration of this particle is proportional to (a constant
multiple of) its velocity. Explain what is happening to this particle.
b. At time t 0, what is the initial velocity of the particle?
CHAPTER 8 TEST 333

c. At what time is the velocity equal to half of the initial velocity?
What is the acceleration at this time?
9. A manufacturer can produce jackets at a cost of $50 per jacket. If he produces

p jackets weekly and all the jackets are sold, the revenue is
R(p) 4000[e 0.01(p100) 1]. Weekly production must be at least 100 and
cannot exceed 250.
a. At what price should the manufacturer sell the jackets to maximize profit?
b. What is the maximum weekly profit?
334 C H A P T E R 8
Chapter 9
CURVE SKETCHING
If you are having trouble figuring out a mathema- • determine properties of the graphs of
tical relationship, what do you do? Many people polynomial functions, Section 9.1, 9.5
find that visualizing mathematical problems is the
best way to understand them and communicate
• describe key features of a given graph of a
function, Section 9.1, 9.2, 9.4
them more meaningfully. Graphing calculators and
computers are powerful tools for producing visual • determine intercepts and positions of the
information about functions. Similarly, since the asymptotes to a graph, Section 9.3
derivative of a function at a point is the slope of • sketch the graph of a function, Section 9.4
the tangent to the function at that point, the • determine key features of the graph of a
derivative is also a powerful tool for providing function, Section 9.5, Career Link
information about the graph of a function. It
should come as no surprise then that the Cartesian • sketch, by hand, the graph of the derivative of a
given graph, Section 9.2
coordinate system in which we graph functions,
and the calculus that we use to analyze functions • determine from the equation of a simple
were invented in close succession, in the combination of polynomial, rational, or
seventeenth century. In this chapter, you will see exponential functions e.g., f(x) x2 + 1x the key
how to draw the graph of a function using the features of the graph of the combination of
methods of calculus, including the first and second functions, using the techniques of differential
derivatives of the function. calculus, and sketch the graph by hand,
Section 9.4
• compare rates of change of graphs of functions,
Section 9.1
When we are sketching the graph of a function, there are many features that we
can analyze in order to help us create the sketch. For example, we can try to
determine the x- and y-intercepts for the graph, we can test for horizontal and ver-
tical asymptotes using limits, and we can use our knowledge of certain kinds of
functions to help us determine ranges, domains, and possible symmetries.
In this chapter, we will use what we have learned about the derivatives of func-
tions, in conjunction with all the things mentioned above, to learn more about
functions and their graphs. In approaching these concepts, you should first
• be able to solve simple equations and inequalities.
• know how to sketch graphs of basic functions and simple transformations of
these graphs (including parabolas, and logarithmic and exponential functions).
• understand the intuitive concept of a limit of a function and be able to evaluate
simple limits.
• be able to find the derivatives of functions using all known rules.
• understand the intuitive concept of a limit of a function and be able to evaluate
simple limits.
Exercise
1. In the following, solve the given equation.

a. 2y2 y 3 0 b. x2 5x 3 17
c. 4x2 20x 25 0 d. y3 4y2 y 6 0
2. In the following, solve the given inequality.

a. 3x 9 2 b. 5(3 x) 3x 1
c. t2 2t 3 d. x2 3x 4 0
3. In the following, sketch the graph of the given function.

a. f(x) (x 1)2 3 b. f(x) x2 5x 6
c. f(x) 1 2x d. f(x) log10(x 4)
336 C H A P T E R 9
4. In the following, evaluate the given limits.
x2 3x 10
a. lim (x2 4) b. lim
x→2 x→2 x2
c. lim x23x d. lim log5(x 1)
x→0 x→2
5. In the following, find the derivative of the given function.

1 1 x1
a. f(x) x 4 2x3 b. f(x)
4 x 2 x 3
c. f(x) ex d. f(x) x5 ln(x)
2
6. Divide each of the following and write your answer in the form
r 7
ax b . For example, (x2 4x 5) (x 2) x 6 .
q(x) x2
a. (x2 5x 4) (x 3) b. (x2 6x 9) (x 1)

investigate
C H A P T E R 9 : P R E D I C T I N G S T O C K VA L U E S
Stock-market analysts collect and interpret vast amounts of

information and then predict trends in stock values. Stock analysts
are broken down into two main groups, the fundamentalists who
predict stock values based on analysis of the companies’ economic
situations, and the technical analysts who predict stock values based
on trends and patterns in the market. Technical analysts spend a
significant amount of their time constructing and interpreting
graphical models that are used to find undervalued stocks that will
give returns in excess of what the market predicts. In this chapter,
your skills in producing and analyzing graphical models will be
extended through the use of differential calculus.
Case Study: Technical Stock Analyst

In order to raise money to expand operations, many
privately owned companies give the public a chance to
own a part of their company through purchasing stock.
Price
Those who buy ownership anticipate obtaining a share in
future profits of the company. Some technical analysts
believe that the greatest profits to be had in the stock Time
market are through buying brand new stocks and selling
them quickly. A technical analyst predicts that a stock’s price over its first several
weeks on the market will follow the pattern shown on the graph. The technical
analyst is advising a person who purchased the stock the day it went on sale.
Make a rough sketch of the graph and answer the following questions:
1. When would you recommend the owner sell her shares? Mark this point on
your graph with an “S.” What do you notice about the slope, or
instantaneous rate of change, of the graph at this point?
2. When would you recommend the owner get back into the company and buy
shares again? Mark this point on your graph with a “B.” What do you notice
about the slope, or instantaneous rate of change, of the graph at this point?
3. A concave-down section of a graph is one that opens down, and similarly,
concave up opens up. Mark a “C” on the graph when the concavity changes
from concave down to concave up. A fellow analyst says that a change in
concavity from concave down to concave up is a signal that a selling
opportunity will soon occur. Do you agree with your fellow analyst? Explain.
At the end of this chapter, you will have an opportunity to apply the tools of
graph sketching to create, evaluate, and apply a model that will be used to
provide advice to clients on when to buy, sell, and hold new stocks. ●
338 C H A P T E R 9
Section 9.1 — Increasing and Decreasing Functions
The graph of the function f(x) x2 is a parabola. If we

y
imagine a particle moving along this parabola from left
to right, we can see that while the x-coordinates of the
y = x2
ordered pairs steadily increase, the y-coordinates of the
ordered pairs along the particle’s path first decrease 1 x
then increase. Determining intervals in which a func-
1
tion increases or decreases is of great use in under-
standing the behaviour of the function. The following
statements give a clear picture:
We say that a function, f, is decreasing on an interval if, for any x1 < x2

in the interval, f(x1) > f(x2).
Similarly, we say that a function, f, is increasing on an interval if,
for any x1 < x2 in the interval, f(x1) < f(x2).
For the parabola with equation y x2, the change from decreasing y-values to
increasing y-values occurs at the vertex of the parabola, which is (0, 0). The func-
tion f(x) = x2 is decreasing on the interval x 0 and is increasing on the interval
x 0.
If we examine a line tangent to the parabola anywhere on the interval where the
y-values are decreasing (i.e., on x 0), we see that all of these tangents have neg-
ative slopes. Similarly, the slopes of lines tangent to the increasing portion of the
graph are all positive.
tangent
1
x
For functions that are both continuous and differentiable, we can determine inter-
vals of increasing and decreasing y-values using the derivative of the function. In
dy dy
the case of y x2, d
x
2x. For x 0, d
x
0, and the slopes of the tangents are
negative. The interval x 0 corresponds to the decreasing portion of the graph of
9.1 INCREASING AND DECREASING FUNCTIONS 339

dy
the parabola. For x 0, d
x
0 and the slopes of the tangents are positive
on the interval where the graph is increasing.
We summarize this as follows:
For a continuous and differentiable function f, the function values (y-values)

are increasing for all x-values where f ‘(x) 0, and the function values
(y-values) are decreasing for all x-values where f ‘(x) 0.
EXAMPLE Use your calculator to obtain graphs of the following functions. Use the graph to
estimate the values of x for which the function (y-values) is increasing, and for
which values of x the function is decreasing. Verify your estimates with an analy-
tic solution.
a. y x3 3x2 2 b. y x2ex
Solution
t chnology a. Using a calculator, we obtain the graph
e
of y x3 3x2 2. Using the TRACE

key on the calculator, we estimate that the
function values are increasing on x 2,
decreasing on 2 x 0, and increasing
again on x 0. To verify these estimates
with an analytic solution, we consider the
slopes of the tangents.
The slope of a general tangent to the graph of y x3 3x2 2 is given by

dy dy
3x2 6x. We first determine values of x for which 0. These values
dx dx
tell us where the function has a maximum or minimum value.
dy
Setting d
x
0, we obtain 3x2 6x 0
3x(x 2) 0
x 0, x 2
These values of x locate points on the graph at which the slope of the tangent is
zero (i.e., horizontal).
dy dy
Since d
x
is defined for all values of x, and since d
x
0 only at x 2 and
x 0, it must be either positive or negative for all other values of x. We consi-
der the intervals x 2, 2 x 0, and x 0.
340 C H A P T E R 9
Value of x Value of Slope of Tangent y-Values Increasing
dy
3x(x 2) or Decreasing
dx
dy
x 2 0
dx
positive increasing
dy
2 x 0 0
dx
negative decreasing
dy
x0 0
dx
positive increasing
Then y x3 3x2 2 is increasing on the intervals x 2 and x 0 and is

decreasing on the interval 2 x 0.
b. Using a calculator, we obtain the graph of
y x2ex. Using the TRACE key on the
calculator, we estimate that the function
values (y-values) are decreasing on x 0,
increasing on 0 x 2, and decreasing
again on x 2.
We analyze the intervals of increasing/
decreasing y-values for the function by
dy
determining where d
x
is positive and where it is negative.
dy
2xex x2ex(1)
dx
xex(2 x)
dy
Since ex 0 for all values of x, d
x
0 when x 0 or x 2, and we consider
intervals x 0, 0 x 2, and x 2.
Value of x Value of Graph Increasing or

dy
= xex(2 x) Decreasing
dx
dy
x0 0
dx
decreasing
dy
0x2 0
dx
increasing
dy
x2 0
dx
decreasing
Then y x2ex is increasing on the interval 0 x 2 and is decreasing on the

intervals x 0 and x 2.

Exercise 9.1
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. Determine the points at which f‘(x) 0 for each of the following functions:
Understanding
a. f(x) x3 6x2 1 b. f(x)
x2 4
2
c. f(x) (2x 1)2(x2 9) d. f(x) x 3 (2x 5)
Communication 2. Explain how you would determine when a function is increasing or decreasing.
3. For each of the following functions, determine the direction of the curve by
evaluating the derivative for a suitably large positive value of x.
3t
a. y x7 430x6 150x3 b. s
1 t2
c. y xln x x4 d. y 10xex x2ln x
4. For each of the following graphs, state:

i) the intervals where the function is increasing.
ii) the intervals where the function is decreasing.
iii) the points where the tangent to the function is horizontal.
a. y b. y
4 4
2 2
x x
–4 –2 2 4 –4 –2 2 4
c. y d. y
4 4
2 2
x x
–4 –2 2 4 –4 –2 2 4
t chnology 5. Use a calculator to graph each of the following functions. Inspect the graph to
e
estimate where the function is increasing and where it is decreasing. Verify

your estimates with an analytic solution.
a. f(x) x3 3x2 1 b. f(x) x5 5x4 100
x1
c. f(x) x 1x d. f(x)
x2 3
e. f(x) xln(x) f. f(x) xex
342 C H A P T E R 9
Part B
6. Suppose that f is a differentiable function with derivative
f ‘(x) (x 1)(x 2)(x 3). Determine where the function values of f are
increasing and where they are decreasing.
Application 7. Suppose that g is a differentiable function with derivative
g‘(x) (3x 2)ln (2x2 3x 2). Determine where the function values of f
are increasing and where they are decreasing.
Application 8. Sketch a graph of a function that is differentiable on the interval 2 x 3
and that satisfies the following conditions:
• The graph of f passes through points (1, 0) and (2, 5).
• The function f is decreasing on 2 x 1, increasing on 1 x 2,
and decreasing again on 2 x 5.
9. Find constants a, b, and c that guarantee that the graph of

f (x) x3 ax2 bx c will increase to the point (3, 18), then decrease to
the point (1, 14), then continue increasing.
10. Sketch a graph of a function f that is differentiable and that satisfies the
following conditions:
• f ‘(x) 0, when x 5.
• f ‘(x) 0, when 5 x 1 and when x 1.
• f ‘(5) 0 and f ‘(1) 0.
• f(5) 6 and f(1) 2.
11. Each of the following graphs represents the derivative function f ‘(x) of a
function f(x). Determine
i) the intervals where f(x) is increasing.
ii) the intervals where f(x) is decreasing.
iii) the x-coordinate for all local extrema of f(x).
iv) Assuming that f(0) 2, make a rough sketch of the graph of each
function.
a. y b. y y = f‘(x) c. y y = f‘(x)
4 4 4
y = f‘(x)
2 2 2
x x x
–4 –2 2 4 –4 –2 2 4 –4 –2 2 4
f ‘(x) is a quadratic f ‘(x) is a quadratic

function function

12. Use calculus techniques to show that the graph of the quadratic function
f(x) ax2 bx c, a 0, is decreasing on the interval x 2ba and
increasing on the interval x 2b
a
.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 13. Let f and g be continuous and differentiable functions on the interval
Problem Solving a x b. If f and g are both strictly increasing on a x b, and if f(x) 0
and g(x) 0 on a x b, show that the product fg is also strictly increasing
on a x b.
14. Let f and g be continuous and differentiable functions on the interval

a x b. If f and g are both strictly increasing on a x b, and if
f(x) 0 and g(x) 0 on a x b, is the product fg strictly increasing on
a x b, strictly decreasing, or neither?
344 C H A P T E R 9
Section 9.2 — Critical Points, Relative Maxima, and
Relative Minima
We saw in an earlier chapter that a maximum or minimum function value might

be determined at a point (c, f(c)) if f ‘(c) 0. Combining this with the properties
of increasing and decreasing functions, we have a First Derivative Test for local
extrema.
Test for local minimum and local maximum points. Suppose f ‘(c) 0.
y y (c, f (c))
(c, f (c))
x x
f‘ < 0 f‘ > 0 f‘ > 0 f‘ < 0
If f ‘(x) changes sign from negative to If f ‘(x) changes sign from positive to
positive at x c, then f(x) has a negative at x c, then f (x) has
local minimum at this point. a local maximum at this point.
There are possible implications of f ‘(c) 0 other than the determination of maxi-
ma or minima. There are also simple functions for which the derivative does not
exist at certain points. In Chapter 4, we demonstrated three different ways that
this could happen.
EXAMPLE 1 For the function y x4 8x3 18x2, determine all values of x such that
f ‘(x) 0. For each of these values of x, determine whether it gives a relative max-
imum, a relative minimum, or neither for the function.
Solution
dy
First determine d
x
.
dy
4x3 24x2 36x
dx
4x(x2 6x 9)
4x(x 3)2
dy
For a relative maximum or minimum, let d
x
0.
4x(x 3)2 0
x 0 or x 3
9 . 2 C R I T I C A L P O I N T S, R E L AT I V E M A X I M A , A N D R E L AT I V E M I N I M A 345
Both values of x are in the domain of the function. There is a horizontal tangent at
each of these values of x. To determine which of the values of x yield relative
maximum or minimum values of the function, we use a table to analyze the
dy
behaviour of d
x
and y x4 8x3 18x2.
x<0 0<x<3 x>3

dy 0 0 0

dx
y = x4 – 8x3 + 18x2 decreasing increasing increasing
Shape of the Curve
Using the information from the table, we see that at x 0, there is a relative mini-
mum value of the function, since the function values are decreasing before x 0
and increasing after x 0. We can also tell that at x 3 there is neither a relative
maximum nor minimum value, since the function values increase towards this
point and increase away from it.
t chnology A calculator gives this graph for
e
y x4 8x3 18x2, which verifies our

analysis.
EXAMPLE 2 Determine whether or not the function f(x) x3 has a maximum or minimum at
(c, f(c)) where f ‘(c) 0.
y
Solution
The derivative is f ‘(x) 3x2. y = x3
Setting f ‘(x) 0 gives

1
3x2 0 x
x 0. 1
From the graph, it is clear that (0, 0) is neither a

maximum nor a minimum value of the function.
Note that f ‘(x) 0 for all values of x other
than 0.
From this example, we can see that it is possible f ‘(c) 0, but there is no maxi-
mum or minimum point at (c, f(c)). It is also possible for a maximum or mini-
mum to occur at a point at which the derivative does not exist.
346 C H A P T E R 9
2
EXAMPLE 3 For the function f(x) (x 2) 3 , determine values of x such that f ‘(x) 0.
Use your calculator to sketch a graph of the function.
Solution
t chnology First determine f ‘(x).
e
1
f ‘(x) 23(x 2) 3
2
1

3
3(x 2)
Note that there is no value of x for which f ‘(x) 0, and f ‘(x) is undefined for
x 2.
2 2
However, x 2 is in the domain of y (x 2) 3 , since y (2 2) 3 0.
Therefore, this function has one critical point, when x 2. The slope of the tan-
gent is undefined at this point. We determine the slopes of tangents for x values
close to 2.
x 2 x 2
f ‘(x) 1 f ‘(x) 2
3(x 2) 3 3(x 2) 3
2.1 1.43629 1.9 1.43629
2.01 3.09439 1.99 3.09439
2.001 6.6667 1.999 6.66667
2.00001 66.6667 1.99999 66.6667
In this example, the slopes of the tangents to the left of x 2 are approaching

, while the slopes to the right of x 2 are approaching
. Since the
slopes on opposite sides of x 2 are not tending towards the same value, there
is no tangent at x 2 even though there is a point on the graph.
A calculator gives the following graph of
2

y (x 2) 3 . There is a cusp at (2, 0).
If a value c is in the domain of a function f(x), and if this value is such

that f‘(c) 0 or f‘(c) is undefined, then (c, f (c)) is called a critical point
of the function f.
Notice that in the case of f ‘(x) 0 at a critical point, the slope of the tangent is
zero at that point and the tangent to the graph of y f(x) is horizontal.
dy
In summary, critical points that occur when dx
0 give the locations of horizon-
dy
tal tangents on the graph of a function. Critical points that occur when d
x
is
undefined give the locations of either vertical tangents or cusps (where we say
that no tangent exists). Besides giving the location of interesting tangents, critical
points also determine other interesting features for the graph of a function.
The value c determines the location of a relative (or local) minimum

value for a function f if f(c) f(x) for all x near c.
Similarly, the value c determines the location of a relative (or local)
maximum value for a function f if f(c) f(x) for all x near c.
Together, relative maximum and minimum values of a function are
called relative (or local) extrema.
Note that a relative minimum value of a function does not have to be the smallest
value on the entire domain, just the smallest value in its neighbourhood. Similarly,
a relative maximum value of a function does not have to be the largest value on
the entire domain, just the largest value in its neighbourhood. Relative extrema
occur graphically as peaks or valleys. The peaks can be either smooth or sharp.
Let’s now reconsider the graphs of two of the functions that we have already
analyzed in applying this reasoning.
Here is the graph of y x2ex :
The function f(x) x2ex has a relative maximum value at x 2, since

f(2) e42 is the largest value in its neighbourhood. However, f(2) e42 is not the
largest function value on the entire domain. The function f(x) x2ex also has a
relative minimum value at x 0, since f (0) 0 is the smallest value in its neigh-
bourhood. This value also happens to be the smallest on the entire domain.
348 C H A P T E R 9
2

Here is the graph of y (x 2) 3 :
2

The function f (x) (x 2) 3 has a relative minimum value at x 2, which also
happens to be a critical value of the function.
Every relative maximum or minimum value of a function occurs at a

critical point of the function.
In simple terms, peaks or valleys occur on the graph of a function at places where
the tangent to the graph is horizontal, vertical, or does not exist.
How do we determine whether a critical point yields a relative maximum or mini-
mum value of a function without examining the graph of the function? We use the
first derivative to analyze whether the function is increasing or decreasing on
either side of the critical point.
Algorithm for finding relative maximum and minimum values of a

function f:
1. Find critical points of the function; that is, determine where f ’(x) 0
and where f ’(x) is undefined, for x values in the domain of f.
2. Use the first derivative to analyze whether f is increasing or
decreasing on either side of each critical point.
3. Conclude that each critical point locates either a relative maximum
value of the function f, a relative minimum value, or neither.
Exercise 9.2
Part A
Communication 1. Explain what it means to determine the critical points of the graph of a given
function.
Knowledge/ 2. a. For the function y x3 6x2, explain how you would find the critical
Understanding points.
b. Determine the critical points for y x3 6x2 and then sketch the graph.
3. For each of the following, find the critical points. Use the first derivative test
to determine whether the critical point is a local maximum, local minimum, or
neither.
2x
a. y x4 8x2 b. f(x)
x2 9
c. y xe4x d. y ln(x2 3x 4)
4. For each of the parts in Question 3, find the x- and y-intercepts and then
sketch the curve.
5. Find the critical points for each of the following. Determine whether the criti-
cal point is a local maximum or minimum and whether or not the tangent is
parallel to the horizontal axis.
a. h(x) 6x3 18x2 3 b. s t2e3t
1 1

c. y (x 5) 3
d. f(x) (x2 1) 3
1
e. g(t) t5 t3 f. y x2 12x 3
t chnology 6. Use a technology of your choice to graph the functions in Question 5.

e
Part B
Knowledge/ 7. Find the critical points for each of the following functions, and determine
Understanding whether the function has a relative maximum value, a relative minimum
value, or neither at the critical points. Sketch the graph of each function.
a. f(x) 2x2 8x 13 b. f(x) 13x3 9x 2
c. f(x) 2x3 9x2 12x d. f(x) 3x3 5x
x2 2
e. f(x) x2 f. f(x) 3x4 4x3
g. f(x) ex h. f(x) x2ln x
2
8. Suppose f is a differentiable function with derivative

f ‘(x) (x 1)(x 2)(x 6). Find all critical numbers of f and determine
whether each corresponds to a relative maximum, a relative minimum, or
neither.
Application 9. Sketch a graph of a function f that is differentiable on the interval

3 x 4 and that satisfies the following conditions:
• The function f is decreasing on 1 x 3 and increasing elsewhere on
3 x 4.
350 C H A P T E R 9
• The largest value of f is 6 and the smallest is 0.
• The graph of f has relative extrema at (1, 6) and (3, 1).
10. Find values for a, b, and c such that the graph of y ax2 bx c has a
relative maximum at (3, 12) and crosses the y-axis at (0, 1).
11. For each of the following graphs of the function y f(x), make a rough
sketch of the derivative function f ‘(x). By comparing the graphs of f(x) and
f ‘(x), show that the intervals for which f(x) is increasing correspond to the
intervals where f ‘(x) is positive. Also show that the intervals where f(x) is
decreasing correspond to the intervals for which f ‘(x) is negative.
a. y b. y
4 4
2 2
x x
–4 –2 2 4 –4 –2 2 4
f(x) is a linear function. f(x) is a quadratic function.

c. y d. y
4 4
2 2
x x
–4 –2 2 4 –4 –2 2 4
f(x) is a cubic function. f(x) is a quartic function.
12. For the function f(x) 3x4 ax3 bx2 cx d,

a. find constants a, b, c, and d that guarantee that the graph of f will have
horizontal tangents at (2, 73) and (0, 9).
b. there is a third point that has a horizontal tangent. Find this point.
c. For all three points, determine whether each corresponds to a relative max-
imum, a relative minimum, or neither.
Part C
13. For each of the following polynomials, find the local extrema and the direc-
tion the curve is opening for x 100. Use this information to make a quick
sketch of the curve.
a. y 4 3x2 x4 b. y 3x5 5x3 30x
14. Suppose that f(x) and g(x) are positive functions such that f(x) has a local
f(x)
maximum and g(x) has a local minimum at x c. Show that h(x) has a
g(x)
local maximum at x c.
Section 9.3 — Vertical and Horizontal Asymptotes
In sketching the graph of the exponential function y ex, you saw that the x-axis
is a horizontal asymptote. In graphing y ln x, you saw that the y-axis is a
vertical asymptote.
y y
y = ex y = lnx
x x
horizontal
asymptote vertical
asymptote
Asymptotes play a significant role in curve sketching. In this section, we will con-
sider vertical and horizontal asymptotes of rational functions and expand our
understanding of asymptotes of exponential and logarithmic functions.
Vertical Asymptotes and Rational Functions
INVESTIGATION The purpose of this investigation is to examine the occurrence of vertical asymp-
totes for rational functions.
1
1. Use your graphing calculator to obtain the graph of f(x) and the table
xk
of values for each of the following: k 3, 1, 0, 2, 4, and 5.
2. Describe the behaviour of each graph as x approaches k from the right and
from the left.
x3
3. Repeat Questions 1 and 2 for the function f(x) , using the same values
xk
of k.
1
4. Repeat Questions 1 and 2 for the function f(x) , using the
x2 x k
following values: k 2, 6, and 12.
5. Make a general statement about the existence of a vertical asymptote for a
p(x)
rational function of the form y if there is a value c such that q(c) 0
q(x)
and p(c) 0.
We use the notation x → c to indicate that x approaches c from the right.
Similarly, x → c means that x approaches c from the left.
352 C H A P T E R 9
You can see from this investigation that as x → c from either side, the function
values get increasingly large and positive or negative depending on the value of
p(c). We say that the function values approach
(positive infinity) or
(neg-
ative infinity). These are not numbers. They are symbols that represent the value
of a function that increases or decreases without limits.
Because the symbol

is not a number, the limits
1 1
lim x
and lim
c x c
x→c x→c
do not exist. However, for convenience, we use the notation

lim 1
and lim 1
.
x→c x c x→c x c
In similar fashion, and for the same reason, we also write
lim ln x
.
x→0
These three limits form the basis for determining asymptotes to simple functions.
p(x)
A rational function of the form f(x) has a vertical asymptote
q(x)
x c if q(c) 0 and p(c) 0.
x
EXAMPLE 1 Determine any vertical asymptotes of the function f(x) , and describe
x2 x 2
the behaviour of the graph of the function for values of x near the asymptotes.
Solution
First determine the values of x for which f(x) is undefined by solving
x2 x 2 0
(x 2)(x 1) 0
x 2 or x 1.
Neither of these values for x makes the numerator zero, so both of these values for
x give vertical asymptotes. The asymptotes are x 2 and x 1.
To determine the behaviour of the graph near the asymptotes, it can be helpful to
use a chart.
x-values x x2 x1 f(x) limf(x)
x→c
x→ 2 0 0 0 0
x→ 2 0 0 0 0
x → 1 0 0 0 0
x→ 1 0 0 0 0
9 . 3 V E RT I C A L A N D H O R I Z O N TA L A S Y M P TOT E S 353
The behaviour of the graph can be illustrated as follows:
y
x = –2 x=1
x
–3 –1 2 3
To proceed beyond this point, we require additional information.
Vertical Asymptotes
The graph of f(x) has a vertical asymptote x c if one of the following
limit statements is true:
lim f (x) lim f (x) lim f(x) lim f(x)
x→c x→c x→c x→c
The following graphs correspond to each limit statement.

y y
x x
c c
lim f (x)
lim f (x)
x→c x→c
y y
x x
c c
lim f (x)
lim f (x)
x→c x→c
Horizontal Asymptotes
p(x)
Consider the behaviour of rational functions f(x) as x increases without
q(x)
bound, in both the positive and negative directions. The following notation is used
to describe this behaviour:
lim f (x) and lim f (x).
x→
x→
The notation x →
is read as “x tends to positive infinity” and means that the
values of x are positive and growing without bound. Similarly, the notation
354 C H A P T E R 9
x →
is read as “x tends to negative infinity” and means that the values of
x are negative and growing in magnitude without bound.
The value of these limits can be determined by making two observations. The first
is a list of simple limits parallel to those used in determining vertical asymptotes.
1 1
lim 0 and lim x 0
x→
x x→
As observed earlier, for the exponential function f(x) ex,

lim ex 0.
x→
The second observation is that a polynomial can always be written so that the
term of highest degree is a factor.
EXAMPLE 2 Write each of the following so that the term of highest degree is a factor.
a. p(x) x2 4x 1 b. q(x) 3x2 4x 5
Solution
a. p(x) x2 4x 1 b. q(x) 3x2 4x 5

x2 1 4x x12 3x2 1 34x
3x2
5

The value of writing a polynomial in this form is clear. It is easy to see that as x
becomes large, either positive or negative, the value of the second factor always
approaches 1.
We can now determine the limit of a rational function in which the degree of p(x)
is equal to or less than the degree of q(x).
EXAMPLE 3 Determine the value of each of the following:

2x 3 x 2x 3 2
a. lim b. lim 2 c. lim
x→
x 1 x→
x 1 x→
3x x 4
2
Solution
2x 3 2x 2x 1 3
x
a. f (x)
x1
b. g(x)
x2 1
x 1 1 x x(1)

21 23x 1
x2 1 x2

1 1x 1
lim g(x)
x→
1
lim x • lim 1 x2
2 lim 1 23x x→
x→
x→
lim f(x)
x→
lim 1 1x lim 1x
x→
x→
2(1 0) 0
10

2 9 . 3 V E RT I C A L A N D H O R I Z O N TA L A S Y M P TOT E S 355
2x 3
2
c. p(x)
3x2 x 4
Alternate Solution
2x21 2 x2
3
Divide the numerator and denominator by
the largest power of x, that is, x2.
3x21 31x 3 x2
4

2 x32
p(x)
21 2 x2
3
3 1x x42

31 31x 3 x2
4
lim 2 x32
x→+
lim p(x)
lim 1 3
x→
lim 3 1x x42
2 x2 x→+
lim p(x) 23

x→
x→
lim 1 3x
1 4
3 x2
23
x→
(1 0)
23
(1 0 0)
23
When lim f (x) k or lim f (x) k, the graph of the function is approaching
x→
x→
the line y k. This line is a horizontal asymptote of the function. In Example 3,

2x 3
y 2 is a horizontal asymptote of f(x) .
x1
From the solution above, you can see that
2 lim 1 3
2x 3 x→
x
lim

x→
x 1 1
lim 1 x
x→
2
and, therefore, y 2 is an asymptote for large positive x-values and also for large
negative x-values.
In order to use this knowledge in sketching the graph for this function, we need to
know whether the curve approaches the asymptote from above or from below.
This is answered by considering f (x) k where k is the limit determined. This is
illustrated in the following examples.
EXAMPLE 4 Determine the equations of any horizontal asymptotes of the function

3x 5
f(x) , and state whether the graph approaches the asymptote from above
2x 1
or below.
Solution
3x 5 3x
3x 1 5
f(x)
2x 1 2x 1 1 2x
356 C H A P T E R 9
31 35x

21 21x
3 lim 1 35x
x→
lim f (x)
x→
2 lim 1 21x
x→
32
Similiarly, we can show lim f (x) 32. Then y 32 is a horizontal asymptote of
x→
the graph f (x) for both large positive and negative values of x. To determine
whether the graph approaches the asymptote from above or below, we consider
very large positive and negative values for x.
3005
If x is large and positive, for example, if x 1000, f (x) , which is greater
1999
than 32. Therefore, the graph approaches the asymptote y 32 from above.
2995
If x is large and negative, for example, if x 1000, f(x) , which is less
2000
than 32. This graph approaches the asymptote y 32 from below, as illustrated
in the diagram.
y
1
x
1
3x
EXAMPLE 5 For the function f(x) , determine the equations of all horizontal or
x2 x 6
vertical asymptotes and illustrate the behaviour of the graph as it approaches the
asymptotes.
Solution
For vertical asymptotes
x2 x 6 0
(x 3)(x 2) 0
x 3 or x 2
There are two vertical asymptotes at x 3 and x 2.
x-values x x3 x2 f(x) limf(x)
x→c
x→ 3 0 0 0 0
x → 3 0 0 0 0
x→ −2 0 0 0 0
x → −2 0 0 0 0
For horizontal asymptotes,

3x
f(x)
x2 x 6
3x

1 6
x21 x x2
3

1 6
x1 x x2
lim f (x) lim 3x 0.

x→
x→
Similarly, we can show lim f (x) 0. Therefore, y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote

x→
of the graph of f (x) for both large positive and negative values of x.
As x becomes large positively, f(x) 0, so the graph is above the asymptote.
As x becomes large negatively, f (x) 0, so the graph is below the asymptote.
This diagram illustrates the behaviour of the graph as it nears the asymptotes:
y
x = –2
x
–2 –1 1 2 y=0
x=3
Horizontal Asymptotes
If lim f(x) L or lim f(x) L, we say that the line y L is a horizontal
x→
x→
asymptote of the graph of f(x).
358 C H A P T E R 9
The following graphs illustrate some typical situations:
y y y y
y=L y=L
y=L y=L
x x x x
f (x) L for large x f (x) L for large x

In addition to vertical and horizontal asymptotes, it is possible for a graph to have
oblique asymptotes. These are straight lines that are not parallel to the axes and
that the curve approaches infinitely closely. They occur with rational functions in
which the degree of the numerator polynomial exceeds the degree of the denomi-
nator polynomial by exactly one. This is illustrated in the following example.
2x 3x 1 2
EXAMPLE 6 Determine the equations of all asymptotes of the graph of f(x) .
x1
Solution
Since x 1 0 for x 1 and 2x2 3x 1 0 for x 1, then x 1 is a
vertical asymptote.
2x2 3x 1 2 x 2 x2
2x2 1 3 1
Now lim lim
x→
x 1 x→
x(1 x)
lim 2x.
x→
This limit does not exist, and by a similar calculation, lim f(x) does not exist,
x→
so there is no horizontal asymptote.

After dividing the numerator by the denominator,
2x 1
x 12
x2x
31
2x2 2x
x1
x1
2
2
we can write f(x) in the form f (x) 2x 1 .
x1 y
Now consider the straight line y 2x 1 and the P
graph of y f (x). For any value of x, we determine Q

point P(x, 2x 1) on the line and Q x, 2x 1 2

x1 y= f(x)
x
on the curve.
Then the vertical distance QP from the curve to the
line is QP 2x 1 2x 1
x 1
2

2
.
x1
2
Then lim QP lim
x1
x→
x→
0.
That is, as x gets very large, the curve approaches the line but never touches it.
Therefore, the line y 2x 1 is an asymptote of the curve.
2
Since lim 0, the line is also an asymptote for large negative values of x.
x→
x 1
2x 3x 1
2
In conclusion, there are two asymptotes of the graph of f (x) . They
x1
are y 2x 1 and x 1.
2x 3x 1
2
t chnology Use the graphing calculator to obtain the graph of f(x) .
x1
e
Note that the vertical asymptote x 1 appears on the graph on the left, but the
oblique asymptote y 2x 1 does not. Use the Y2 function to graph the oblique
asymptote y 2x 1.
The techniques for curve sketching developed to this point are described in the
following algorithm. As we develop new ideas, the algorithm will be extended.
Algorithm for Curve Sketching

To sketch a curve, apply the following in the order shown. Add the information
to the diagram step by step.
Step 1: Check for any discontinuities in the domain. Determine if there are
vertical asymptotes and the direction at which the curve approaches
these asymptotes.
Step 2: Find the y-intercept.
Step 3: Find any critical points.
Step 4: Use the first derivative test to determine the type of critical points
that may be present.
Step 5: Extremity tests: Determine lim f(x), lim f(x).
x→
x→
360 C H A P T E R 9
Exercise 9.3
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. State the equations of the vertical and horizontal asymptotes of the curves
Understanding shown.
a. b.
y y
3 3
2 2
1 x 1 x
–3 –1 1 3 –3 –1 1 3
–2 –2
–3 –3
Communication 2. Under what condition does a rational function have vertical, horizontal, and
oblique asymptotes?
3. Evaluate lim f(x) and lim f(x), using the symbol “

” when appropriate.
x→
x→
2x 3 5x 3 2
a. f(x)
x1
b. f(x)
x2 2
5x 3x
2 2x 3x 5
5 2
c. f(x)
2x2 5
d. f(x)
3x4 5x 4
4. For each of the following, check for discontinuities and state the equation of
any vertical asymptotes. Conduct a limit test to determine the behaviour of the
curve on either side of the asymptote.
x x2 1
a. y
x5
b. f(x)
x2
c. s
(t 3)2
x x6
2 1
d. y
x3
e. g(x)
ex 2
f. y xln x
5. For each of the following, determine the equations of any horizontal asymp-
totes and state whether the curve approaches the asymptote from above or
below.
x 2x
a. y
x4
b. f(x)
x2 1
3t 4
2 3x 8x 7
2
c. g(t)
t2 1
d. y
x4
Part B
t chnology 6. For each of the following, check for discontinuities and then use at least two
e
other tests to make a rough sketch of the curve. Verify on a calculator.

x3 5 t 2t 15
2
a. y
x5
b. f(x)
(x 2)2
c. g(t)
t5
15 (2 x)(3 2x) 10
d. p(x)
6 2ex
e. y
(x2 3x)
f. P
n2 4
7. Find the equation of the oblique asymptote for each of the following:
3x 2x 17
2 2x 9x 2
2
a. f(x) x3
b. f(x)
2x 3
x 1
3 x x 9x 15
3 2
c. f(x)
x2 2x
d. f(x)
x2 4x 3
8. a. In Question 7 a, determine whether the curve approaches the asymptote

from above or below.
b. In Question 7 b, determine the direction from which the curve approaches
the asymptote.
Application 9. Use the algorithm for curve sketching to sketch the following:
3x
a. f(x)
2x 5
b. h(t) 2t3 15t2 36t 10
20
c. y
x2 4
d. s(t) t 1t
2x 5x 2
2 t 4t 21
2
e. g(x)
x3
f. s(t) , t 7
t3
ax b
10. For the function y , where a, b, c, and d are constants, a 0, c 0,
cx d
a. determine the horizontal asymptote of the graph.
b. determine the vertical asymptote of the graph.
Part C
Thinking/Inquiry/ 11. Find constants a and b that guarantee that the graph of the function defined by
Problem Solving ax 5
f(x) will have a vertical asymptote at x 5 and a horizontal
3 bx
asymptote at y 3.
12. This question will illustrate that we cannot work with the symbol “
”
x 1
2
as though it were a real number. Consider the functions f (x) and
x1
x 2x 1
2
g(x) x1
.
a. Show that lim f(x)

and lim g(x)
.
x→
x→
b. Evaluate lim [ f(x) g(x)] and show that the limit is not zero.
x→
13. Use the algorithm for curve sketching to sketch the function
2x2 2x
f(x) .
x2 9
x 3x 7
2
14. Determine the oblique asymptote of the graph of y x2
.
362 C H A P T E R 9
Section 9.4 — Concavity and Points of Inflection
In Chapter 5, you saw that the second derivative of a function has applications in
problems involving velocity and acceleration, or in general rates of change prob-
lems. Here we examine the use of the second derivative of a function in curve
sketching.
INVESTIGATION 1 The purpose of this investigation is to examine the relationship between tangent
slopes and the second derivative of a function.
1. Sketch the graph of f(x) x2.

2. Determine the slope of the tangent to the curve at each of the points having
x 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and sketch each of these tangents.
3. Are the tangents above or below the graph of y f(x)?
4. Describe the change in the slopes as x increases.
5. Determine f ”(x) and compare it with your answer in Question 3.
6. Repeat Questions 2, 3, and 4 for the graph of f (x) x2.
7. How does the value of f ”(x) relate to the way in which the curve opens?
INVESTIGATION 2 The purpose of this investigation is to extend the results of Investigation 1 to other
functions.
1. Sketch the graph of f (x) x3.

2. Determine all values of x for which f ‘(x) 0.
3. Determine intervals of the domain of the function such that f ”(x) 0,
f ”(x) 0, and f ”(x) 0.
4. For values of x such that f ”(x) 0, how does the shape of the curve compare
to your conclusions in Investigation 1?
5. Repeat Question 4 for values of x such that f ”(x) 0.
6. What happens when f ”(x) 0?
7. Using your observations from this investigation, sketch the graph of
y x3 12x.
From these investigations, we can make a summary of the behaviour of the
graphs.
9 . 4 C O N C AV I T Y A N D P O I N T S O F I N F L E C T I O N 363
1. The graph of y f(x) is concave up on an interval a x b in which its
slopes are increasing. On this interval, f ”(x) exists and f ”(x) 0. The graph of
the function is above the tangent at every point in the interval.
y y
x x
a b a b
2. The graph of y f (x) is concave down on an interval a x b in which its

slopes are decreasing. On this interval, f ”(x) exists and f ”(x) 0. The graph of
the function is below the tangent at every point in the interval.
y y
x x
a b a b
3. If y f (x) has a critical point at x c, with f ‘(c) 0, then:

a. the graph is concave up and x c is the location of a y
relative minimum value of the function if f ”(c) 0.
relative minimum
f”(c) > 0 x
b. the graph is concave down and x c is the location of y

a relative maximum value of the function if f ”(c) 0.
relative maximum
f”(c) < 0 x
c. the nature of the critical point cannot be determined if f ”(c) 0 without

further work.
364 C H A P T E R 9
4. A point of inflection occurs at (c, f(c)) on the graph of y f(x) if f ‘‘(x) changes
sign at x c. That is, the curve changes from concave down to concave up, or
vice versa.
y y
(c, f(c)) (c, f(c))
x x
c c
f”< 0 → ←f”> 0 f”> 0 → ←f”< 0
d2 y
5. All points of inflection of the graph of y f (x) must occur either for 0
dx2
d2y
or , undefined.
dx2
In the following examples, we can use these properties to sketch graphs of other
functions.
EXAMPLE 1 Sketch the graph of y x3 3x2 9x 10.
Solution
dy
3x2 6x 9
dx
dy
Setting d
x
0, we obtain 3(x2 2x 3) 0
(x 3)(x 1) 0
x 3 or x 1.
d2y

dx2
6x 6
d2y
Setting 0, we obtain 6x 6 0
dx2
x 1.
Now determine the sign of f ”(x) in the intervals determined by x 1.
Interval x1 x=1 x1

f“(x) 0 0 0
Graph of f(x) concave down point of inflection concave up
Sketch of f(x)
Using x 3, we obtain the local minimum point, (3, 17).

Using x 1, we obtain the local maximum point, (1, 15) .
The graph can now be sketched.
y
(–1, 15)
y = x3 – 3x2 – 9x + 10
1 x
(3, –17)
EXAMPLE 2 Sketch the graph of f (x) x4.
Solution
t chnology The first and second derivatives of f (x) are f ‘(x) 4x3 and f ”(x) 12x2.
e
Setting f ”(x) 0, we obtain 12x2 0

x 0.
But x 0 is also obtained from f ‘(x) 0.
Now determine the sign of f ”(x) in the intervals determined by x 0.
Interval x0 x=0 x0
f“(x) 0 =0 0
Graph of f(x) concave up ? concave up
Sketch of f(x)
We conclude that the point (0, 0) is not an inflection point because f ”(x) does not
change sign at x 0.
366 C H A P T E R 9
1
EXAMPLE 3 Sketch the graph of the function f (x) x 3 .
Solution
t chnology The derivative of f(x) is
e
1 2

f ‘(x) 3x 3
1
23 .
3x
Note that f ‘(0) does not exist, so that x 0 is a critical value of f(x). It is impor-
tant to determine the behaviour of f ‘(x) as x → 0. Since f ‘(x) 0 for all x 0 and
the denominator of f ‘(x) is zero when x 0, we have
lim f ‘(x)
.
x→0
This means that there is a vertical tangent at x 0. In addition, f(x) is increasing

for x 0 and x 0.
The second derivative of f(x) is
5
f ”(x) 29x 3 .
5 5
Since x 3 0 if x 0 and x 3 0 for x 0, we obtain the following table:
Interval x0 x=0 x0

f“(x) does not exist
f (x)
The graph has a point of inflection when x 0,

even though f ‘(0) and f ”(0) do not exist. Note
that the curve crosses its tangent at x 0.
1
EXAMPLE 4 Determine any points of inflection in the graph of f(x) .
x2 3
Solution
1
The derivative of f(x) (x2 3)1 is
x2 3
f ‘(x) 2x(x2 3)2.
The second derivative is y
f ”(x) 2(x2 3)2 4x(x2 3)3(2x) 1
2 8x2

(x2 3)2

(x2 3)3 y= 1
x2 + 3
2(x2 3) 8x2

(x2 3)3
x
–1 1
6x2 6
.
(x2 3)3
Setting f ”(x) 0 gives 6x2 6 0

x 1.
Determine the sign of f ”(x) in the intervals determined by x 1 and x 1.
Interval x 1 x = 1 1 x 1 x=1 x1
f“(x) 0 =0 0 =0 0
Graph of concave up point of concave point of concave up
f (x) inflection down inflection
Therefore, 1, 14 and 1, 14 are points of inflection in the graph of f (x).
EXAMPLE 5 Determine any points of inflection in the graph of f(x) xex.
Solution y
The derivative of f(x) xex is
f ‘(x) ex xex. y = xe x
2
The second derivative is 1
x
f ”(x) ex ex xex
1 2
ex(2 x).
Setting f ”(x) 0 gives ex(2 x) 0
x 2 0 (since ex 0 for any x)
x 2.
Determine the sign of f ”(x) in intervals determined by x 2.
Interval x 2 x = 2 x 2
f“(x) 0 =0 0
Graph of f (x) concave down point of inflection concave up
Therefore, 2, e22 is a point of inflection in the graph of f(x).
368 C H A P T E R 9
Exercise 9.4
Part A
Knowledge/ 1. For each of the following functions, state whether the value of the second
Understanding derivative is positive or negative at each of points A, B, C, and D.
a. A f(x) b. g(x)
B
x C x
C D
D A B
c. h(x) C
d.
B
D
A D
x x
A
C
B
2. Find the critical points for each of the following, and use a second derivative
test to decide if the point is a local maximum, a local minimum, or neither.
25
a. y x3 6x2 15x 10 b. y
x2 48
c. s t t1 d. y (x 3)3 8
3. For Question 2, determine the points of inflection for each of the given func-
tions. In each case, conduct a test to determine the change of sign in the sec-
ond derivative.
4. Find the value of the second derivative at the value indicated. Determine
whether the curve lies above or below the tangent at this point.
a. f(x) 2x3 10x 3 at x 2 b. g(x) x2 1x at x 1
w
c. s et ln t at t 1 d. p at w 3
2 w 1

Part B
5. Each of the following graphs represents the second derivative, f ”(x), of a
function f(x).
i) y ii) y
y = f”(x) y = f”(x)
x x
1 2
f ”(x) is a linear function f ”(x) is a quadratic function

a. On which intervals is the graph of f (x) concave up, and on which is the
graph concave down?
b. List the x-coordinates of all points of inflection.
c. Make a rough sketch of a possible graph of f (x), assuming that f(0) 2.
Communication 6. Describe how you would use the second derivative to determine the local min-
imum or maximum.
7. In the algorithm for curve sketching on page 360, reword Step 4 to include
the use of the second derivative to test for local minimum or maximum val-
ues.
8. For each of the following functions,

i) determine any points of inflection, and
ii) use the results of part i along with the revised algorithm to sketch each
function.
a. f(x) x4 4x3 b. y x ln x
4w2 3
c. y ex ex d. g(w)
3 w
9. Sketch the graph of a function with the following properties:
• f ‘(x) 0 when x 2 and when 2 x 5
• f ‘(x) 0 when x 5
• f ‘(2) 0 and f ‘(5) 0
• f ”(x) < 0 when x 2 and when 4 x 7
• f ”(x) 0 when 2 x 4 and when x 7
• f (0) = 4
10. Find constants a, b, and c so that the function f(x) ax3 bx2 c will have
a relative extremum at (2, 11) and a point of inflection at (1, 5). Sketch the
graph of y f (x).
370 C H A P T E R 9
Part C
b
x 1 has a
11. Find the value of the constant b so that the function f(x)
x
point of inflection at x 3.
Thinking/Inquiry/ 12. Show that the graph of f(x) ax4 bx3 has two points of inflection. Show
Problem Solving that the x-coordinate of one of these points lies midway between the
x-intercepts.
13. a. Use the algorithm for curve sketching to sketch the function
x3 2x2 4x
y .
2 x 4
b. Explain why it is difficult to determine the oblique asymptote using a
graphing calculator.
Section 9.5 — An Algorithm for Graph Sketching
You now have the necessary skills to sketch the graphs of most elementary func-
tions. However, you might be wondering why you should spend time developing
techniques for sketching graphs when you have a graphing calculator. The answer
is that, in doing so, you develop an understanding of the qualitative features of the
functions you are analyzing. In this section, you will combine the skills you have
developed. Some of them use the calculus properties. Others were learned earlier.
Putting them all together allows you to develop an approach that leads to simple,
yet accurate, sketches of the graphs of functions.
The algorithm for curve sketching now reads:
An Algorithm for Sketching the Graph of y f(x)

Note: As each piece of information is obtained, make use of it in building the
sketch.
Step 1: Determine any discontinuities or limitations in the domain. For dis-
continuities, investigate function values on either side of the disconti-
nuity.
Step 2: Determine any vertical asymptotes.
Step 3: Determine any intercepts.
dy
Step 4: Determine any critical points using d
x
0.
Step 5: Test critical points to see whether they are local maxima, local
minima, or neither.
Step 6: Determine the behaviour of the function for large positive and large
negative values of x. This will identify horizontal asymptotes if they
exist.
Step 7: Test for points of inflection.
Step 8: Determine any oblique asymptotes.
Step 9: Complete the sketch.
In using this algorithm, keep two things in mind:

1. You will not use all steps in every situation. Use only those that are essential.
2. You are familiar with the basic shapes of many functions. Use this knowledge
when possible.
INVESTIGATION Use the algorithm for curve sketching to sketch the graphs of
y 3x3 2x2 5x and y x4 3x2 2x.
372 C H A P T E R 9
x4
EXAMPLE 1 Sketch the graph of f(x) .
x2 x 2
Solution
The function is not defined if x2 x 2 0.
or (x 2)(x 1) 0
or x 2 or x 1.
There are vertical asymptotes at x 2 and x 1.
x4
Using f(x) , we examine function values near the asymptotes.
(x 2) (x 1)
lim f(x)
lim f(x)
x→1 x→1
lim f(x)
lim f(x)
x→2 x→2
The x-intercept is 4 and the y-intercept is 2.
Sketch the information you have to this point, as shown.

Now determine the critical points.
(1)(x x 2) (x 4)(2x 1)
2
f ‘(x) (x2 x 2)2
y
x 8x 6
2

(x2 x 2)2 (0, 2)
f ‘(x) 0 if x2 8x 6 0 x
(4, 0)
8 210
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3
x
2
4 10

Since we are sketching, approximate values 7.2 and 0.8 are acceptable. These
values give the points (7.2, 0.1) and (0.8, 1.5).
From the information we already have, we can see that (7.2, 0.1) is probably a
local maximum and (0.8, 1.5) is probably a local minimum. Using the second
derivative test to verify this is a difficult computational task. Instead, we can verify
using the first derivative test, as in the following chart:
x 0 0.8 1 7 7.2 8
f‘(x) 0 0 1 0 0 0
x 0.8 gives the local minimum. x 7.2 gives the local maximum.
Now check for large values of x.
x4
lim 0, but y 0 always;
x→
x2 x 2
x4
lim 0, but y 0 always.
x→
x2 x 2
Therefore, y 0 is a horizontal asymptote. The curve approaches y 0 from
above on the right and below on the left.
9.5 AN ALGORITHM FOR GRAPH SKETCHING 373
There is a point of inflection beyond x 7.2 since the curve opens down at that
point but changes as x becomes very large. The amount of work necessary to
determine the point is greater than the information we gain, so we leave it undone
here. (If you wish to check it, it occurs for x 10.4). The finished sketch is given
below, and because it is a sketch, it is not to scale.
y
(0, 2)
(0.8, 1.5)
(7.2, 0.1)
–1 2 4 7 x
(4, 0)
x2 2
EXAMPLE 2 Sketch the graph of y , showing all asymptotes of the curve.
x
Solution
Since y is undefined for x 0, there is a vertical asymptote at x 0.
2
Checking values near x 0, we rewrite the function as y x .
x
lim x
lim x
2 2
x→0 x x→0 x
If y 0, x2 2 0 and x 2, so the x-intercepts are 2 and 2. There
is no y-intercept.
Now determine the critical points.
dy 2 x2 2
1
dx x2 x2
dy
0 if x2 2 0.
dx
There are no real solutions of x, and therefore no critical values.
For large values of x, we examine y x 2x.
lim 2 0 but 2x 0.
x→
x
Hence y x 2x approaches y x but is below the line.
lim 2 0 but 2x 0.
x→
x
Hence y x 2x approaches y x but is above the line.
Therefore, y x is an oblique asymptote.
The sketch can now be completed as shown.
374 C H A P T E R 9
Exercise 9.5
Part B
Knowledge/ 1. Use the algorithm for curve sketching to sketch the following:
Understanding
a. y x3 9x2 15x 30 b. f(x) 4x3 18x2 3
1
c. y 3
(x 2)2
d. f(x) x4 4x3 8x2 48x
x2
f. y e 2
2x 1
e. y
x2 25 2
6x 2
2 50
g. y
x3
h. s , t 0
1 5e0.01t
x3 x2 3x 6
i. y
x2 4
j. y
x1
k. c tet 5 l. y x(ln x)3
Application 2. Determine the constants a, b, c, and d so that the curve defined by

y ax3 bx2 cx d has a local maximum at the point (2, 4) and a point
of inflection at the origin. Sketch the curve.
8e x
3. Sketch the function defined by g(x) .
e2x 4
4. Sketch the graph of y ex 1x.
Part C
kx
5. Sketch the graph of f(x) , where k is any positive constant.
k2 x2
1 2
6. Sketch the curve defined by g(x) x 3 (x 3) 3 .
7. Find the horizontal asymptotes for each of the following:

x
a. f(x) t2 4t
b. g(t) t2 t
2 1
x
Thinking/Inquiry/ 8. Show that for any cubic function of the form y ax3 bx2 cx d, there is
Problem Solving a single point of inflection where the slope of the curve at that point is
b2
c .
3a
9.5 AN ALGORITHM FOR GRAPH SKETCHING 375
Key Concepts Review
In this chapter, you saw that calculus can aid in sketching graphs. Remember that
things learned in earlier studies are useful and that calculus techniques help in
sketching. Basic shapes should always be kept in mind. Use these together with
the algorithm for curve sketching, and always use accumulated knowledge.
Basic Shapes to Remember

y y
4 4
y = x2 Cubic
3 3
2 2
1 1
x x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5
y y
4 y = ex 4
3 3 y = ln x
2 2
1 1
x x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5
y y 1
3 4 y=
1 x2 – k
2 y= 3
x
1 2
x
1
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3
x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4
376 C H A P T E R 9
wrap-up
C H A P T E R 9 : P R E D I C T I N G S T O C K VA L U E S
In the Career Link earlier in the chapter, you investigated a graphical model used
to predict stock values for a new stock. A brand new stock is also called an Initial
Public Offering, or IPO. Remember that in this model, the period immediately
after the stock is issued offers excess returns on the stock (i.e., the stock is selling
for more than it is really worth). One such model for a class of Internet IPOs
predicts the percentage overvaluation of a stock as a function of time, as
2
R (t) 250et3t ,
where R(t) is the overvaluation in percent and t is the time in months after issue.
Use the information provided by the first derivative, second derivative, and
asymptotes to prepare advice for clients as to when they should expect a signal
to prepare to buy or sell (inflection point), the exact time when they should buy
or sell (max/min), and any false signals prior to an asymptote. Explain your
reasoning. Make a sketch of the function without using a graphing calculator. ●

Review Exercise
1. Determine the derivative and the second derivative for each of the following:
1
a. y enx b. f(x) ln(x 4) 2
e 1
t
c. s
et 1
d. g(t) ln(t
1 t2)
2. For each of the following graphs, state:

i) the intervals where the function is increasing,
ii) the intervals where the function is decreasing,
iii) the points where the tangent to the function is horizontal.
a. y b. g(x)
(1, 20)
4
15
5 x x
–4 4
–4 4 8 (7, –1)
–4 (1, –1)
3. Is it always true that an increasing function is concave up in shape? Explain.
4. Find the critical points for each of the following. Determine whether the criti-
cal point is a local maximum or local minimum and whether or not the tan-
gent is parallel to the horizontal axis.
e 2t
a. f(x) 2x3 9x2 20 b. g(t)
t2
x3
c. h(x)
x2 7
d. k(x) ln(x3 3x2 9x)
5. The graph for the function y f(x) has relative extrema at points A, C, and E
and points of inflection at B and D. If a, b, c, d, and e are the x-coordinates
for the points, then state the intervals in which each of the following condi-
tions are true:
a. f ‘(x) 0 and f ”(x) 0 b. f ‘(x) 0 and f ”(x) 0
c. f ‘(x) 0 and f ”(x) 0 d. f ‘(x) 0 and f ”(x) 0
C f (x)
B
D
A
a b c d e x
378 C H A P T E R 9 E
6. For each of the following, check for discontinuities and state the equation of
any vertical asymptotes. Conduct a limit test to determine the behaviour of the
curve on either side of the asymptote.
2x x5
a. y
x3
b. g(x)
x5
5 x 2x 15
2
c. s
2ex 8
d. f (x)
x3
7. Determine the points of inflection for each of the following:

ln w 2
a. f(w) w
b. g(t) tet
8. Sketch a graph of a function that is differentiable on the interval 3 x 5

and satisfies the following conditions:
• local maxima at (2, 10) and (3, 4),
• the function f is decreasing on the intervals 2 x 1 and 3 x 5,
• the derivative f ‘(x) is positive for 3 x 2 and for 1 < x < 3,
• f (1) 6.
9. Each of the graphs below represents the second derivative g”(x) of a function
g(x).
i) g‘‘(x) ii) g‘‘(x)
x x
–1 0 1 3 –8 –4 –2 0 2 4 6
g‘‘(x) is a quadratic function g‘‘(x) is a cubic function

a. On what intervals is the graph of g(x) concave up and on what intervals is
the graph concave down?
b. List the x-coordinates of the points of inflection.
c. Make a rough sketch of a possible graph for g(x), assuming that
g(0) 3.
ax b
10. a. If the graph of the function g(x) has a horizontal tangent
(x 1)(x 4)
at point (2, 1), then determine the values of a and b.
b. Sketch the function g.
11. Find the equation of the oblique asymptote in the form y mx b for each
of the following, and then show that lim [y f (x)] 0 for each of the
x→
functions given.
REVIEW EXERCISE 379

2x 7x 5
2 4x3 x2 15x 50
a. f(x) 2x 1
b. f(x) x2 3x
12. Sketch the following using suitable techniques.

3x 1
a. y x4 8x2 7 b. f(x)
x1
x 1
2
c. g(x)
4x2 9
d. y 3x2ln x
x t 3t 2
2
e. h(x)
x2 4x 4
f. f(t) t3

100
g. s te3t 10 h. P
1 50e0.2t
13. The population, P, of a laboratory colony of bacteria is given by the formula

P 104te0.2t 100 where t is the time in days since the creation of the
colony.
a. Find the maximum number of bacteria the colony will sustain and when
this maximum is reached.
b. Find the time when the rate of change of the growth rate of the colony
starts to increase.
c. Sketch the curve for the first 15 days.
x 1
14. Prove the second derivative of the function y ln
x2 1
2
is positive for all
real values of x except x 1.
2x 4
15. a. Find the conditions on parameter k so that the function f(x) will
x2 k2
have critical points.
b. Select a value for k that satisfies the constraint established in part a and
sketch the section of the curve that lies in the domain x k.
380 C H A P T E R 9
Chapter 9 Test

Knowledge/Understanding 1, 2, 4, 8, 10
Thinking/Inquiry/Problem Solving 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10
Communication 1, 9
Application 3, 6, 9
1. A function y f(x) is defined in the following graph.

a. State the intervals where the function is increasing.
b. State the intervals where f ‘(x) 0.
c. Write the coordinates for the critical points.
d. Write the equations for any vertical asymptotes.
e. What is the value of f ”(x) on the interval 3 x 3?
f. If x 6, state the intervals where f ‘(x) 0 and f ”(x) 0.
g. Identify a point of inflection and state the approximate ordered pair for the
point.
y
x
–12 –8 –4 0 4 8 12
–4
2. a. Find the critical points for the function g(x) 2x4 8x3 x2 6x.
b. Determine the type of each critical point in part a.
3. Sketch the graph of a function with the following properties:

• There are relative extrema at (1, 7) and (3, 2).
• There is a point of inflection at (1, 4).
CHAPTER 9 TEST 381

• The graph is concave down only when x 1.
• The x-intercept is 4 and the y-intercept is 6.
x 7x 10
2
4. Check the function g(x) for discontinuities. Conduct appropri-
(x 3)(x 2)
ate tests to determine if asymptotes exist at the discontinuity values. State the
equations of any asymptotes.
5. Find the critical points for the function g(x) e2x(x2 2), and determine the
type of critical point by using an appropriate test.
6. Use at least five curve-sketching techniques to explain how to sketch the

2x 10
graph of the function f(x) . Sketch the graph on squared paper.
x2 9
d2y 33 4
7. The function y kx2 ln(kx) has when x . Determine the
dx2 16 11
value of k.
8. The function f(x) x3 bx2 c has a critical point at (2, 6).

a. Find the constants b and c.
b. Sketch the graph of f(x) using only the critical points and the second
derivative test.
2
9. Use appropriate techniques to sketch the function y x 3 (x 5). Explain your
work.
10. For the function y x2 ekx p, the slope of the tangent is zero when x 23
(k and p are parameters).
a. Determine the value of k.
b. Describe the role of p in this function.
382 C H A P T E R 9
Cumulative Review
CHAPTERS 3–9
1. Write the first four terms for the sequences defined by the given function and
then find the limit for term tn in the sequence as n →
.
a. f (n) 2 51n b. g(k) 1

k(k 1)
2. Evaluate each of the following limits:

x 4x 3
2 x x 8 3
a. lim b. lim 2 c. lim
x→1 x 5x 4 x→0 2x x x→2 x 2
2
1
5 2x 2
2 n 3n 2 x 2

x→
3x 5x
2 2n 2x
x→
x→0
4t 3t 2
2 x h x
x h 3xh h
2 2 3
g. lim h. lim i. lim
t→0 t 2t 6 2xh 5h2
3 h
h→0 h→0
f(x h) f (x)
3. If f (x) x3 5x2 10x, find lim h.
h→0
4. Use the method of first principles to find the derivative function of each of the
following:
2x
a. s t2 10t b. y
x2
5. Use either the Product Rule or the Quotient Rule to find the derivative of each
of the following:
x 3x3
a. s (t2 5t)(5t3 2t 7) b. y
x2 2x 5
e et t
c. v ew(1 w) d. s
et et
e. y (ex)(ln x) f. s (ln t et)t
6. Use the Chain Rule to find the derivative of each of the following:
a. s(t) et 5t b. y ln(x2 x 1)
2
c. w 3x

1x
d. g(t) 3e(2tln t)
e. p loga(2r) 3 ln(5r) f. exy xy
1

g. y (a2 x2) 2
h. ln(x2y) 2y
7. Find the slope of the tangent to the circle defined by x2 y2 100 at the
point (6, 8).
8. Use the appropriate derivative rule to find the derivative of each of the
following. In all cases, the values a, b, and c are constants.
a. w r(2r) r2e2r b. z w
a bw
2 3t

c. s 3
2 3t
d. y ex 2ex
dy
e. Find d
x
for b2x2 a2y2 a2b2.
dy
f. Find d
x
for x3 3x2y y3 c3.
9. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by s tet at the point
2
where t .
10. Find the value of k in the equation y ekx so that y is a solution of each of the
following:
a. y” 3y‘ 2y 0 b. y”‘ y” 4y‘ 4y 0
11. Use implicit differentiation to find the second derivative of the relation
x2 6xy y2 10.
12. Find the slope of the tangents to the curve defined by y2 e2x 2y e at
the point where y 2.
13. Find the equation of any tangent to the curve represented by

x2 xy 3y2 132 that is parallel to the straight line defined by x y 2.
14. Find the equations of the straight lines through point A(3, 2) that are tangent
to the curve defined by y x2 7.
15. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve defined by y x ln x that is
perpendicular to the line defined by 3x 9y 8.
16. A parachutist jumps out of an airplane. The distance, s, (in metres), through
6t
which she falls in t seconds is given by s(t) 10t . Determine
t1
a. the distance through which she falls in the first second.
b. the velocity of the parachutist at t 1 and t 2.
c. the acceleration of the parachutist at t 1 and t 2.
d. Find the limit of the velocity as t →
. This limit is known as the
“terminal velocity.”
17. As a particle travels in a linear direction, the distance s from the origin is
given by s 8 7t t2, where t is in seconds and s is in millimetres.
a. Find the velocity after 3 s.
384 C H A P T E R 9
b. Find the average velocity in the fourth second.
c. Find the acceleration after 3 s.
18. a. The radius of spherical soap bubble is expanding at the rate of 2 mm/s.
At what rate is the surface of the soap bubble increasing when the radius
is 7 mm?
b. Repeat part a for the situation where the rate of expansion is 1 mm/s.
19. A kite 50 m high is being blown parallel

to the ground at a rate of 3 m/s. The
person flying the kite is standing still.
How fast is the kite string running out at
the instant when exactly 100 m of string
are out?
20. A conical cistern 5 m deep and 8 m across the top is being filled with water
flowing in at a rate of 10 000 cm3/min.
a. Explain the significance of the derivatives ddvt , ddrt , and ddth.
b. Use the geometry of the configuration to find a formula for the volume of
the water in terms of the radius of the surface of the water, r.
c. At what rate is the water rising in the cistern when the depth is 3 m?
21. The equation of motion of a particle moving in a straight line is s kv2 ln v,

where k is a constant and v is the velocity. Find an equation that expresses the
acceleration in terms of velocity.
22. A car leaves a small town at 13:00 and travels due south at a speed of
80 km/h. Another car has been heading due west at 100 km/h and reaches the
same town at 15:00. At what time were the two cars closest together?
23. Find the local extreme points and the points of inflection for each of the fol-
lowing:
100
a. y 2x3 3x2 36x 10 b. w 4
z2 25
c. f (x) x2ln x d. y x3e2x
x
2
e. y 5xe 4
f. n 10pep 2
24. For each of the following, determine the equations of any horizontal, vertical,
or oblique asymptotes and find any local extremes.
8 4x 3
a. y
x2 9
b. y
x2 1
25. Use the curve-sketching techniques that you think are appropriate to sketch
each of the following:
10n 2
a. p
n2 25
b. y x ln(3x)
2
3x x
c. y
x2 4
d. y 10 4
26. A farmer has 750 m of fencing and wants to enclose a rectangular area on all
four sides, then divide it into four pens with fencing parallel to one side of the
rectangle. What is the largest possible area of the four pens?
27. A metal can is made to hold 500 mL of soup. Find the dimensions of the can
that will minimize the amount of metal required. (Assume that the top and
sides of the can are made from metal of the same thickness.)
28. A cylindrical box of volume 4000 cm3 is being constructed to hold Christmas
candies. The cost of the base and lid is $0.005/cm2 and the cost of the side
walls is $0.0025/cm2. Find the dimensions for the cheapest possible box.
29. An open rectangular box has a square base with each side x cm.
a. If the length, width, and depth have a sum of 140 cm, find the depth.
b. Find the maximum possible volume you could have when constructing a
box with these proportions, and find the dimensions to make this maxi-
mum volume.
30. The price of x items of a certain type of product is p(x) 50 x2, where
x N. If the total revenue R(x) is given by R(x) xp(x), find the value of x
that corresponds to the maximum possible total revenue.
31. A fish biologist introduced a new species of fish into a northern lake and
studied the growth of the population over a period of ten years. The mathe-
matical model that best described the size of the fish population was
4000
p , where t is in years.
1 3e0.1373t
a. Find the maximum population that the biologist expects in the lake.
b. Find the year when the rate of change of the growth rate started to
decrease.
c. Sketch the curve for the ten-year period.
d. For how many more years must the biologist collect data to be sure the
mathematical model is valid?
32. Determine values for a, b, c, and d that guarantee that the function
f (x) ax3 bx2 cx d will have a relative maximum at (1, 7) and a
point of inflection at (2, 11).
386 C H A P T E R 9
33. Sketch a graph of a function f that has the following properties:
• f ‘(x) 0, when x 2 • f ‘(x) 0, when x 2
• f ”(x) 0, when x 2 • f ”(x) 0, when x 2
34. Determine the extreme values of each function on the given interval.
1
a. f (x) 1 (x 3)2, 2 x 6 b. f (x) x , 1 x 9
x
e x
c. f (x) , 0 x 4
1 ex
d. f (x) x ln(x), 1 x 5
35. A travel agent booking a tour currently has 80 people signed up. The price of
a ticket is $5000 per person. The agency has chartered a plane seating
150 people at a cost of $250 000. Additional costs to the agency are incidental
fees of $300 per person. For each $30 that the price is lowered, one new per-
son will sign up. How much should the price per person be lowered in order
to maximize the profit to the travel agent?
36. Find the equations of the tangents to the curve defined by x2 xy y2 19

at the points on the curve where y 2.
37. Use the techniques of curve sketching that you think are appropriate to sketch
4
the curve defined by y
x2 4.
38. The Coast Guard is monitoring a giant iceberg in the approximate shape of a
rectangular solid that is five times as long as the width across the front face.
As the iceberg drifts south, the height above water is observed to decrease at
the rate of two metres per week, and the width across the front is shrinking at
three metres per week. Find the rate of loss of volume above water when the
height is 60 m and the width of the face is 300 m.
39. Determine values for a, b, c, and d that guarantee that the function
f (x) ax3 bx2 cx d has a relative maximum value of 3 when x 2
and a relative minimum value of 0 when x 1.
40. Find the equation of the normal to each of the curves defined below, at the
point specified.
a. y x3 2x2 5x 2, when x 1
1 1
b. y x 2 x 2
at (4, 2.5)
Appendix A
D E R I VAT I V E S O F T R I G O N O M E T R I C F U N C T I O N S
So far in our study of calculus, we have worked with polynomial, rational, power,
exponential, and logarithmic functions. Trigonometric functions are central in
modelling oscillatory phenomena and periodic motion, such as planetary orbits,
the rise and fall of tides, and the current in electrical circuits. In this appendix, we
will develop the derivatives of the trigonometric functions and apply them in vari-
ous problems.
Review of Basic Properties

r r
Radian Measure
r
A radian is the measure of an angle subtended = 1 radian
at the centre of a circle by an arc equal in length
to the radius of the circle.
radians 180°
y
y = sin x
The Sine and Cosine Functions 1
Domain xR
0 3 2 x
Range 1 sin x 1 –1
2 2
1 cos x 1 y = cos x
Periodicity sin(x 2) sin x

cos(x 2) cos x
Transformations of Sine and Cosine Functions

For y a sin k(x p) d and y a cos k(x p) d,
the amplitude is a,
the period is 2k,
the phase shift is p, and
the vertical translation is d.
388 A P P E N D I X A
Trigonometric Identities
Reciprocal Identities Pythagorean Identities

1
csc
sin
sin2 cos2 1
1 tan2 1 sec2
sec
cos 1 cot2 csc2
1
cot
tan
Quotient Identities Reflection Identities

sin
tan
cos
sin( ) sin
cos
cos( ) cos
cot
sin
Exercise
1. With reference to the diagram, state the values of y P(x, y)

a. sin . r
b. cos . x
c. tan .
2. Convert the following angles to radian measure.

a. 360º b. 45º c. 90º d. 30º
e. 270º f. 120º g. 225º h. 330º
3. With reference to the diagram, state the values of y

(0, 1)
a. sin . b. tan . (b, a)
c. cos . d. sin 2 .

(a, b)

e. cos 2 .
x
f. sin(). (1, 0)
4. The value of sin , cos , or tan is given. Find the values of the other two
functions if lies in the given interval.
a. sin 153, 2 b. cos 23, 32
c. tan 2, 32 2 d. sin 1, 0
D E R I VAT I V E S O F T R I G O N O M E T R I C F U N C T I O N S 389
5. State the period and amplitude for each of the following:
a. y cos 2x b. y 2sin 2x c. y 3sin(x) 1
d. y 27 cos(12x) e. y 5sin 6 f. y 3sin x
6. Sketch the graph of each function over two complete periods.

a. y sin 2x 1 b. y 3cos x 2
7. Prove the following identities:

sin x
a. tan x cot x sec x csc x b. tan x sec x
1 sin2x
1 tan x
c. sin4x cos4x 1 2cos2x d. sec2x
1 sin x cos x
8. Solve each of the following equations, where 0 x 2.

a. 6 sin x 3 1 2 sin x b. cos2 x cos x 0
c. 2 sin x cos x 0 d. 2 sin2x sin x 1 0
e. sin x 3 cos x 0 f. 2sin2x 3 cos x 0
SECTION A1 — COMPOUND ANGLE IDENTITIES
Our goal is to find the derivatives of the trigonometric functions. Since none of
the differentiation rules apply, we must use the definition of the derivative.
For f(x) sin x,
f (x h) f (x)
f ‘(x) lim
h
h→0
sin(x h) sin x
lim h
,
h→0
and for f(x) cos x,
cos(x h) cos x
f ‘(x) lim h
.
h→0
In order to simplify these limits, we need to derive expansions for sin(x h) and
cos(x h). After doing so, we will establish the derivatives in the next section.
Our intuition is of no help in finding an expansion for cos(A B). A check with
values for A and B shows that
cos(A B) cos A cos B.
For example, if A 4 and B 6, the left side is cos 512 0.2588, whereas
the right side is cos 4 cos 6 0.7071 0.5 1.2071.
Theorem cos(A B) cos A cos B sin A sin B
Proof y
Consider a circle, with centre (0, 0) and M(cos(A + B), sin(A + B))
N(cos A, sin A)
radius 1, containing angles of measure A+ B
1
A, A B, and B, as drawn. By the
definition of sine and cosine, the points A P(1, 0) x
M, N, P, and Q have coordinates as shown 0
–B
in the diagram. Since ∠MOP and ∠NOQ
have equal measure (A B) by construction, and
OM OP ON OQ 1, Q(cos(–B), sin(–B))
∆NOQ is congruent to ∆MOP.
Then MP NQ.
Using the distance formula,
[cos(A
B)
1]2
sin2
(A B) cos
[cos A [sin
(B)]2 A sin(B
)]2.
On squaring both sides and expanding the brackets, we obtain
cos2(A B) 2 cos (A B) 1 sin2(A B)
cos2A 2 cos A cos(B) cos2(B) sin2A 2sin Asin(B) sin2(B).
Since sin2x cos2x 1, cos(x) cos x, and sin(x) sin x, the equation can
be simplified to
1 2 cos(A B) 1 1 2cos Acos B 1 2sin Asin B.
Therefore, cos(A B) cos A cos B sin A sin B.
Using the same method and Addition Identities, others follow easily. In the
following examples, proofs are provided for some. Once you have seen how one
or two are developed, you will see how others can be done.
Addition Identities
cos(A B) cos A cos B sin A sin B
cos(A B) cos A cos B sin A sin B
sin(A B) sin A cos B cos A sin B
sin(A B) = sin A cos B cos A sin B
tan A tan B
tan(A B)
1 tan A tan B
Complementary Identities
cos2 A sin A
sin2 A cos A
Double-Angle Identities
cos2A cos2 A sin2 A
sin2A 2sin A cos A
2tan A
tan2A
1 tan2 A
Example 1 Show that cos(A B) cos A cos B sin A sin B.
Solution
cos(A B) cos(A (B))
cos A cos (B) sin A sin (B)
cos A cos B sin A sin B
Example 2 Show that cos2 A sin A.

Solution
cos2 A cos 2 cos A sin 2 sin A
0.cos A 1.sin A
sin A
Example 3 Show that sin(A B) sin A cos B cos A sin B.

Solution
We know that sin A cos2 A.
Then sin(A B) cos2 (A B)
cos2 A B
cos2 A B
cos2 Acos B sin2 Asin B

sin A cos B cos A sin B.
tan A tan B
Example 4 Show that tan(A B) .
1 tan A tan B
Solution
tan A tan B
L.S. tan(A B) R.S.
1 tan A tan B
sin(A B)

cos(A B) sin A

sin B
co s A co s B
sin A cos B cos A sin B

sin A sin B
1
co s A co s B

cos A cos B


cos A cos B

L.S.
Therefore, L.S. R.S., and the identity is true.
Example 5 If tan A 32, where 0º A 90º, and cos B 35, where 180º B 270º,
determine the exact value of sin(A B) without finding the measures of ∠A and
∠B.
Solution y
P(2, 3)
y
Since tan A x 32, let point P be (2, 3).
A
4 9 13
Then OP . x
3 2
Therefore, sin A and cos A .
13
13

3
Since cos B xr ,
5
9 y2 25 y
y
4.
Since 180º B 270º, Q is (3, 4).
4 x
Then sin B 5
.
5
Q(–3, –4)
Using the addition identity, sin(A B) sin A cos B cos A sin B,

3 4
5

3 2
13
5 13

9 8

513

17

513
Example 6 Prove tan 2 cot 2 2csc .
Solution
Whenever half angles appear in a problem, it is a good strategy to use a
substitution to remove them. In this case, let 2 W and separate the problem into
two parts, as shown:
L.S. tan W cot W R.S. 2csc2W
2
sin W
cos W

sin2W
cos W sin W
2
sin W cos W
2 2

sin W cos W
2sinW cosW
1
1
L.S.
sinW cosW
sin W cos W
Since L.S. R.S., the statement is true.
Exercise A1
Part A
1. a. Show that sin(90º W) cos W.
b. Prove cos(90º W) sin W.
2. a. Expand and simplify cos32 R.

b. Show that sin(270º R) cos R.
3. If sin W 35 and cos T 1123, where both W and T are acute angles, then
a. find the exact value of sin(W T).
b. show that cos(W T) sin(W T).
Part B
4. Prove that sin(A B) sin A cos B cos A sin B by replacing B by B in
the expression for sin(A B).
5. a. Prove cos2A cos2A sin2A.

b. Prove cos2A 2 cos2A 1.
c. Show that cos2A can be expressed as an identity in terms of sinA.
6. Show that sin(45º x) cos(45º x) 2cos x.
7. Determine the exact value for each of the following:

a. cos 75º b. sin 15º c. cos 105º d. sin 255º
8. Express each quantity in terms of sin x and cos x.

a. sin3 x b. cosx 34 c. cos4 x d. sin(2 x)
9. If cos A 13, with 0 A 2, and sin B 14, with 2 < B , calculate
each quantity.
a. cos(A B) b. sin(A B) c. cos 2A d. sin 2B
10. If tan A 13 and A 32, calculate each quantity. In what quadrant does
the angle 2A lie?
a. sin2A b. cos2A
11. Prove that each of the following is an identity.
a. cos4A sin4A cos2A
b. 1 sin2α (sin α cos α)2
c. sin(A B) • sin(A B) sin2A sin2B
cos W sin2W
d.
cos2W sinW 1
cot W
sin2
e. 2csc2 tan
1 cos2
f. tan2 sin

1 cos
12. Simplify the function f(x) sin 3x csc x cos 3x sec x.
13. Prove that each of the following is an identity.

1 sin cos cos2W cot W 1
a. tan b.
1 sin cos 2 1 sin2W cot W 1
c. sin 3 3sin 4sin3 d. cos 3 4cos3 3cos
Part C
14. For 0 β 2, determine all solutions of sin β cos β sin β cos β.
15. In any acute-angled ∆ABC, prove that b2 sin 2C c2 sin 2B 2bc sin A.
sin Q
16. a. Use the identity tan Q to help prove the identity
cos Q
tan A tan B
tan(A B) .
1 tan A tan B
1 tan
2 sec tan .
b. Prove that

1 tan 2
c. Find an identity for tan (2A).
17. Use the identities for sin(A B) and sin(A B) to help prove each of the
following:
xy xy
a. sin x sin y 2sin2cos2
xy xy
b. sin x sin y 2cos2sin2
AB
2sinCsin
ab 2 2
18. In any ∆ABC, prove that b
.
sin B
S E C T I O N A 2 — T H E D E R I VAT I V E S O F T H E S I N E
AND COSINE FUNCTIONS
INVESTIGATION 1 1. Using your graphing calculator, draw a graph of y sin x with the following
WINDOW settings: Xmin 0, Xmax 9.4, Ymin 3.1, Ymax 3.1.
dy dy
t chnology 2. Use the CALC function (with d selected) to compute y and d , respectively, for
e
x x
y sin x, and record these values in a table such as the following (correct to
four decimal places):
d
x sin x sin x
dx
0
.5
1.0

6.5
3. Using your graphing calculator, draw a graph of y cos x with the following
WINDOW settings: Xmin 0, Xmax 9.4, Ymin –3.1, Ymax 3.1.
4. Use the TRACE or CALC function to compute the values of cos x for
x 0, 0.5, 1.0, …….., 6.5, correct to four decimal places, and record them in a
table.
5. Compare the tables that you have computed and make a conclusion.
INVESTIGATION 2 1. Using your graphing calculator, draw a graph of y cos x with the following
dy dy
t chnology 2. Use the CALC function (with d selected) to compute y and d , respectively,
e
x x
for y = cos x, and record these values, correct to four decimal places, in a table
such as the following:
d
x cos x cos x
dx
0
.5
1.0

6.5
3. Using your graphing calculator, draw a graph of y sin x with the following
4. Use the TRACE function to compute the values of sin x for x 0, 0.5, 1.0,
…, 6.5, correct to four decimal places, and record them in a table of values.
5. Compare the tables that you have computed and make a conclusion.
We will now confirm the conjectures made in the Investigations using the
definition of the derivative. For f(x) sin x,
f(x h) f(x)
f ‘(x) lim h
h→0
sin(x h) sin x
lim h

h→0
sin x cos h cos x sin h sin x
lim h
(Using the addition identity
h→0 sin(A B) with A x and B h)
cos x sin h sin x(cos h 1)
lim h
h→0
cos h 1
lim cos x h
sin x
sin h
h
h→0
sin h cos h 1
cos x lim h
sin x lim .
h (Properties of limits sin x and
h→0 h→0
cos x are constants since x does
not vary as h→0)
sin h cos h 1
To proceed further, we need the values of the limits lim h
and lim .
h
h→0 h→0
sin x
INVESTIGATION 3 1. On your graphing calculator, graph y x
from x 1 to x 1.
(Let Ymin 0.8 and Ymax 1.1.)
t chnology
e
2. Using the TRACE function, determine what happens to the value of the func-
tion as x gets closer and closer to zero (approaching from the negative and pos-
itive sides). Confirm your conclusion by using the TRACE function.
sin x
3. What appears to be the value of lim x
?
x→0
cos x 1
4. On your graphing calculator, graph y x
from x 1 to x 1.
(Let Ymin – 0.5 and Ymax 0.5.)
5. Using the TRACE function, determine what happens to the value of the func-
tion as x gets closer and closer to zero (approaching from the negative and pos-
itive side). Confirm your conclusion by using the TABLE function.
cos x 1
6. What appears to be the value of lim x
?
x→0
From Investigation 3, it appears that

sin x cos x 1
lim 1 and lim 0.
x→0 x x→0 x
By substituting these limits in the expression for the derivative of f(x) sin x, we
obtain
f ‘(x) (cos x)(1) (sin x)(0)

cos x.
d
(sin x) cos x
dx
dy
Example 1 Find d
x
for each function.
a. y sin x2 b. y sin2x
Solution
a. To differentiate this composite function, we use the Chain Rule with
y sin u, where u x2.
dy dy du
Then d
x
d
u dx
(cos u)(2x)
2x cos x2.
b. Since y sin2x (sin x)2, we use the Chain Rule with y u2, where u sin x.
dy dy du
Then d
x
d
u dx
(2u)(cos x)
2sin x cos x.
With practice, you can learn to apply the Chain Rule without the intermediate
step of introducing the variable u. For y sin x2, for example, you can skip this
step and immediately write
dy
(cos x2)(2x).
dx
We now use the identities

sin 2 x cos x and cos 2 x sin x
to find the derivative of f(x) cos x.
f(x) cos x
sin 2 x

f ‘(x) cos 2 xddx 2 x
(sin x)(1)
sin x.
d
(cos x) sin x
dx
Example 2 Find the equation of the tangent to the graph of y xcos2x at x 2.
Solution
When x 2, y 2 cos 2.
The point of tangency is 2, 2.
The slope of the tangent at any point on the graph is given by
dy
(1)(cos2x) x(sin2x)(2). (Product and Chain Rules)
dx
At x 2, d
dy
x
cos (sin)
1.
The equation of the tangent is
y 2 x 2 or y x.
dy
Example 3 Find d
x
for y tan x.
Solution
y tan x
sin x

cos x
dy (cos x)(cos x) (sin x)(sin x)
(Using the Quotient Rule)
dx (cos x)2
cos x sin x
2 2

cos2x
1

cos2x
sec2x
dy
Example 4 Find d
x
for y (sin x tan x)4.
Solution
y (sin x tan x)4
dy
4(sin x tan x)3(cos x sec2x) (Using the Chain Rule)
dx
Exercise A2
Part A
dy
1. Determine d
x
a. y sin 2x b. y x2 cos x sin4
c. y cos2x d. y sin(x3 2x 4)
e. y 2cos( 4x) f. y x cos x
g. y tan 3x h. y 3sin(3x 2)
i. y sin2x cos2x j. y sin1x
k. y cosx l. y 2x3sin x 3x cos x
cos2x
m. y 2sin x cos x n. y
x
sin x
o. y cos(sin 2x) p. y
1 cos x
q. y tan2(x3) r. y ex(cos x sin x)
Part B
2. Find an equation for the tangent at the given point for each of the following
functions:
a. f(x) sin x, x 3 b. f(x) tan x, x = 4
c. f(x) x sin x, x 0 d. f(x) sin 2x cos x, x 2
e. f(x) cos2x 3, x 4
dy
3. Find d
x
for each of the following implicitly defined functions:
a. x sin y b. sin(x y) 1
c. tan 2x cos 3y d. y cos(xy)
e. x sin y cos(x y) 0
4. Derive the result that ddx cos x sin x using the definition of a derivative.
5. Find expressions for the derivatives of csc x, sec x, and cot x by first using
identities to write them in terms of sine or cosine or both.
6. a. Repeat Investigation 3 of this section with the measure of the angle in

degrees rather than radians.
b. What modifications would have to be made to the derivatives
d d
sin x cos x and cos x sin x if x were the measure of an angle
dx dx
in degrees instead of radians?
S E C T I O N A 3 – A P P L I C AT I O N S O F T R I G O N O M E T R I C
FUNCTIONS
In the previous section, we learned how to differentiate trigonometric functions. In

this section, we will apply this knowledge.
Example 1 Find the maximum and minimum values of the function f(x) cos2x on the
interval 0 x 2.
Solution
By the Algorithm for Extreme Values, the maximum and minimum values occur
at a point on the graph where f ‘(x) 0, or at an end point of the interval. The
derivative of f(x) is
f ‘(x) 2(cos x)(sin x)
2sin x cos x
sin 2x.
Solving f ‘(x) 0 yields
sin 2x 0
2x 0, , 2, 3, or 4
and x 0, 2, , 32, or 2.
We evaluate f(x) at the critical numbers and at the end points of the interval.
3
x 0
2

2
2 f(x)
1
f(x) 1 0 1 0 1 x
0 3 2
2 2
–1
The maximum value is 1 when x 0, , or 2, and the minimum value is 0 when
x 2 or 32.
Example 2 The top end of a 4 m ladder is sliding down a vertical wall

Ladder Wall
at a rate of 0.25 m/s. If is the angle formed by the ladder and
4
the floor, what is the rate of change of , in radians per second, y
at the instant the top of the ladder is 3 m above the floor?

Floor
Solution
Let the distance from the top of the ladder to the floor at any time t seconds be
y metres.
dy
We are given that dt 0.25 m/s
14 m/s.
We want to determine the value of ddt when y 3. From the diagram we get
y
sin,
4
so y 4sin.
Differentiating implicitly with respect to t, 4
dy d 3
4cos .
dt dt
7
dy
When y 3, cos
4
, and dt 14.
7
7 d
Therefore, 14 4
4 dt
d 1
.
dt 47
1
Therefore, the angle is decreasing at the rate of rad/s.
47

Example 3 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle is 12 cm in length. Find the measures

of the remaining angles in the triangle that maximize its perimeter.
Solution
Let the base angle be , 0 2, and let the sides of
the triangle have lengths x and y, as shown. Let the perimeter 12
y
of the triangle be P cm.

y
Now, 1x2 cos and 12 sin x
so x 12cos and y 12sin.

Therefore, P 12 12cos 12sin
and ddP 12sin 12cos.
For critical values, 12sin 12cos 0
sin cos
tan 1
4, since 0 2.
When 4, P 12
12 12
2
2

24
12
2

12 122.
As → 0, cos → 1, sin → 0, and P → 12 12 0 24.

As → , cos → 0, sin → 1 and P → 12 0 12 24.
2
Therefore, the maximum value of the perimeter is 12 122 cm, and occurs
when the other two angles are each 4 rad, or 45º.
Example 4 A line, L, through point (0, 1) is rotating about point (0, 1) at the rate of one revo-
lution per minute in a clockwise direction. At what rate is the point of intersection
of L and the x-axis moving along the x-axis when x 5?
Solution
Let , in radians, be the angle between the line L y
and the y-axis, and x be the distance from the origin
(0, 1)
to the point of intersection of L and the x-axis, P, L
1 P x
at any time t minutes, as shown. 0 x
By convention, since rotation in a counter-clockwise direction is positive, we are

given that ddt 1 revolution/min or 2 rad/min.
We want to determine ddxt when x 5.
From the diagram,
tan 1x x.
We differentiate this implicitly with respect to t as follows:
(sec2)ddt ddxt .
1
When x 5, sec
cos y
11
(0, 1)
L 26
1 P x

26 0 5
26
.
Upon substitution in (sec2)ddt ddxt ,

dx
)2(2)
(26 dt
52 ddxt .
When P is 5 units to the right of the origin, it is approaching the origin at the rate
of 52 units/min.
Exercise A3
Part B
1. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y cos x at 2, 0.
2. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve cos x sin y 1 at the point
3, 56.
3. Find the local maximum and minimum value of each function on the given
interval. (Verify your results by graphing the functions on a graphing calcula-
tor.)
a. y cos x sin x, 0 x 2 b. y x 2cos x, x
4. An object is suspended from the end of a spring. Its displacement from the
equilibrium position is s 8sin(10t). Calculate the velocity and
ds2
acceleration of the object at any time t, and show that 1002s 0.
dt2
5. The motion of a particle is given by s 5cos 2t 4. What are the
maximum values of the displacement, the velocity, and the acceleration?
6. An irrigation channel is constructed by bending a

sheet of metal that is 3 m wide, as shown in the 1m 1m
diagram. What angle will maximize the
cross-sectional area (and thus the capacity) 1m
of the channel?
7. A fence is 1.5 m high and is 1 m from a wall. A ladder must start from the
ground, touch the top of the fence, and rest somewhere on the wall. Find the
minimum length of such a ladder.
8. A lighthouse is 1 km off shore. A marathoner is running along the shore. The

search light on the lighthouse is rotating at a rate of 16 revolution per minute
when the runner is 3 km from the point on the shore that is closest to the
lighthouse. The runner is illuminated by the beam. How fast is the beam of
light moving along the shore at this moment?
2
9. An isosceles triangle is inscribed in a circle of radius R.
Find the value of that maximizes the area of the
triangle.
Part C
10. A man 2 m tall is watching a street light 6 m high as he jogs toward it at a
rate of 2 m/s. How fast is the angle of elevation of the man’s line of sight
increasing at the instant that he is 3 m from the base of the light?
11. A thin rigid pole is to be carried horizontally around
a corner joining two corridors of width 1 m and 0.8 y
0.8 m, respectively. Find the length of the longest
x
pole that can be transported in this manner.

1
12. When the rules of hockey were developed, Canada didn’t use the metric sys-
tem. Thus the distance between the goal posts was designated to be six feet
(slightly less than two metres). If Paul Kariya is on the goal line, three feet
outside one of the goal posts, how far should he go out (perpendicular to the
goal line) in order to maximize the angle in which he can shoot at the goal?
Hint: Find the values of x that maximize . 6 3
x

Appendix B
A N T I D E R I VAT I V E S
Throughout the text, we have studied the derivatives of functions—how they are
defined, their geometric interpretation, how they are calculated, and how they are
applied—to help solve different types of problems. In this appendix, we are going
to reverse the process. If we were to give an alternative title for this appendix, it
could be called “Working Backwards.”
S E C T I O N B 1 – F I N D I N G A N T I D E R I VAT I V E S
Example 1 Find a function whose derivative is f (x) 3x2 4x.
Solution
If we let F be the name of the function that we are trying to find, then we require
F ‘(x) f (x) or F ‘(x) 3x2 4x. Using the rules that we learned for derivatives
and thinking backwards, we know that the derivative of x3 is 3x2, and the deriva-
tive of 2x2 is 2(2x) 4x. So if F ‘(x) 3x2 4x, then F(x) x3 2x2.
Note: We can check our answer by differentiating F to get F ‘(x) 3x2 4x.
For a function f, if we can find a function F such that F‘(x) f(x),

we say that F is an antiderivative of f.
From the example above, F(x) x3 2x2 is an antiderivative of f (x) 3x2 4x.
Is F(x) x3 2x2 the only antiderivative of f (x) 3x2 4x? No, we can con-
struct another antiderivative of f (x) 3x2 4x, say G, as follows:
G(x) x3 2x2 1. We know that the derivative of a constant is zero, so
G‘(x) 3x2 4x f (x), and G is another antiderivative of f. In fact, we see that
there are an infinite number of antiderivatives of f (x) 3x2 4x that can be
found simply by adding (or subtracting) different constants to x3 2x2.
If F is an antiderivative of f (i.e., F‘(x) = f(x)), we say that F(x) C is

the general antiderivative of f, where C is any constant.
406 A P P E N D I X B
Basic Antiderivatives
x n1
• F ‘(x) xn, then F(x) C, n 1
n1
kx
• F ‘(x) ekx, then F(x) ek C, k 0
• F ‘(x) 1x, then F(x) ln x C, x 0
• F ‘(x) cosx, then F(x) sin x C
• F ‘(x) sinx, then F(x) cos x C
Finding antiderivatives is mainly a process of taking the rules for derivatives and
using them backwards.
Example 2 Find the general antiderivative for each of the following functions:
a. f(x) ex 2x5
b. g(x) 4 x12
Solution
a. Since ddx (ex) ex, it follows that the function ex is its own antiderivative. Also,
since ddx (x6) 6x5, the antiderivative of 2x5 is 13x6. Hence, the general
antiderivative of f(x) ex 2x5 is F(x) ex 13x6 C.
We check our answer using derivative rules. If F(x) ex 13x6 C, then
F‘(x) ex 13(6x5)
ex 2x5
f(x).
b. The antiderivative of 4 is 4x. To determine the antiderivative of x12 , it is
easier to rewrite this term as x2. Working backwards using the Power Rule for
1
derivatives, the antiderivative of x2 must be x1, or . Hence, the general
x
antiderivative of g(x) 4 x12 is G(x) 4x 1x C.
Again, we can check our answer using the derivative rules.
If G(x) 4x 1x C, then
1
G‘(x) 4
x2

4 x12
g(x).
A N T I D E R I VAT I V E S 407
The general antiderivative of a function f contains a constant, C. To determine the
graphical significance of this constant, consider the function f(x) 3x2. The gen-
eral antiderivative is F(x) x3 C.
y y = x3 + 3
If we sketch the general antiderivative for some specific
values of C, we notice that these graphs are simply
y = x3
vertical translations of one another. The graphs of
y x3, y x3 3, and y x3 1 are shown here.
x
Since these graphs are vertical translations of one
another, then, for any value of x, the slope of the
tangent to each of these graphs will be the same.
Sometimes a question arises from a context that requires y = x3 – 1
us to determine not just the general antiderivative, but
a specific antiderivative. In such cases, an extra piece of information is required.
Example 3 The graph of a function f passes through point (0, 4), and the slope of the tangent
at any point on the graph is given by f ‘(x) x ex. Determine the function f.
Solution
We first determine the general antiderivative of
f ‘(x) x ex, which would be
2
f(x) x2 ex C.
This function must pass through point (0, 4),
so f(0) 4. This gives
2
4 02 e0 C
C 3.
2
The required function is f(x) x2 ex 3.
The graph is shown.
Example 4 The rate of change of the cost per metre of drilling a well x metres deep is given
2
by the expression 400 54x 3 . If it costs $5000 to drill a well that is 8 m deep,
determine the cost of drilling a well that is 27 m deep.
Solution
We wish to determine a function C(x) that relates the cost, C, to the depth of the
well, x. We are given information that relates the rate of change of the cost (the
cost per metre) to the depth of the well. The function C(x) relates cost to depth,
while C‘(x) relates the rate of change of cost to depth.
2
Using C‘(x) 400 54x 3 , we can determine C(x), the general antiderivative.

C(x) 400x 5435x 3 D

5
5
400x 34x 3 D
Note: We use D to represent the constant in the general antiderivative, so as not to
confuse this quantity with the C used for cost in this example.
In order to find the specific cost function, we use the fact that it costs $5000 to
drill a well that is 8 m deep.
C(8) 5000
5
400(8) 34(8) 3 D 5000
3200 34(32) D 5000
D 1776
Hence, the cost of drilling a well that is x m deep is given by the function
5
C(x) 400x 34x 3 1776,

and the cost of drilling a well 27 m deep is

5
C(27) 400(27) 34(27) 3 1776
$12 758.25.
The process of finding antiderivatives is often quite complicated. Many antideriva-
tives are not recognizable simply by a backward application of the rules for differ-
entiation. In future courses in calculus, you will learn techniques that can be used
to find the antiderivatives of complicated functions. For now, we will stick to
functions whose antiderivatives can be found using a backward application of the
derivative rules with which you are familiar. You should always remember to
check your answer by differentiating, to make sure that you have found the cor-
rect antiderivative.
Example 5 Find antiderivatives for the following functions:

2x
a. f (x)
x2 5
x
b. g(x) cosx
2 x 1

Solution
2x
a. To find the antiderivative of f (x) , we note that the numerator of this
x2 5
fraction is the derivative of the denominator. We know that when we differenti-
ate the natural logarithm function using the Chain Rule, we obtain a similar
type of fraction.
Therefore, the antiderivative is F(x) ln(x2 5) C.
1 2x
We check our answer and find: F‘(x) (2x)
x2 5
f(x).
x2 5
x
b. To find the antiderivative of g(x) cosx, we note that this function
x2 1

can be rewritten as
1
2x
cosx 12(x2 1) 2 (2x) cosx.

g(x)
x 1
2
2
The antiderivative G is
1

G(x) (x2 1) 2 sin x C
x2 1 sinx C.
Now we differentiate to check our answer:
1 x
G‘(x) 12(x2 1) 2 (2x) cosx cosx g(x).
1
x
2
Finally, we prove that any two different antiderivatives of the same function
differ at most by a constant. From our earlier examples, we know that
y x3 and y x3 4 are both antiderivatives of the function f(x) 3x2.
We see that these two antiderivatives differ by a constant of 4. We now prove
this result for a general function f.
Given a function f and two different antiderivatives, say F and G, show that F
and G differ only by a constant.
Proof
Since F and G are both antiderivatives of f, we know that F‘(x) f(x) and
G‘(x) f(x). Subtracting these two equations gives F‘(x) G‘(x) 0. Using
our rules for derivatives, we know that F‘(x) G‘(x) (F(x) G(x))‘.
However, if (F(x) G(x))‘ 0, we have a function F(x) G(x) whose deriva-
tive is always zero. This function must be a constant. Thus, F(x) G(x) C,
or F(x) G(x) C, and these two antiderivatives of f differ by only a
constant.
Exercise B1
Part A
1. In the following, determine the general antiderivative of the given function.
a. f(x) 2 b. f(x) 3x 4
c. f(x) 4x3 x2 d. f(x) 2x
e. f(x) 6x3 x f. f(x) x12 x13 x14
g. f(x) 2sin(2x) h. f(x) xex
2
cosx
i. f(x) x2
x3 1 j. f(x)
sinx
2. In the following, determine the specific antiderivative of the given function.

a. f(x) 12x2 24x 1, F(1) 2
b. f(x) 3x sin x, F(0) 0
c. f(x) 4
3
x, F(8) 12
d. f(x) e3x 21x , F(1) e3
x 2
e. f(x) , F(0) 4
3 x 1

f. f(x) cosx sin4x, F(0) 1
Part B
3. It is estimated that t months from now, the population of a certain small town
1

will be changing at the rate of 3 4t 3 people per month. If the current popu-
lation is 10 000, what will the population be six months from now?
4. Water leaks out of a tank at a rate of 5t

0
L/min. If the tank contains 400 L at
time t 0, when will the tank be empty?
5. If the water supply in a house is unsoftened, calcium compounds are deposit-

ed on the inner walls of water pipes, thereby reducing the flow of water.
Suppose that the inner radius of a water pipe decreases at a rate of
0.02e0.002t cm per year owing to this process.
a. Find the inner radius at time t of a pipe whose inner radius is initially
(at t 0) 1 cm.
b. Find the inner radius of the pipe after three years.
c. When will the pipe be completely blocked?
20
6. A certain type of tree grows at a rate of m per year, starting from a
t 30
height of 3 m when it was planted. Find its height ten years later.
SECTION B2 – MOTION WITH GIVEN VELOCITY OR

A C C E L E R AT I O N
In an earlier chapter, we saw that if we had an object moving in a straight line and
we knew its position as a function of time, s(t), then the velocity of the object at
any time is v(t) ddst , and the acceleration of the object at any time is
2
a(t) ddvt
ds
. In many situations, it is more likely that we know the accelera-
dt2
tion and we wish to determine velocity and position as functions of time.
Given an acceleration function with respect to time, we know that velocity is an
antiderivative of acceleration, and position is an antiderivative of velocity. Usually
there is enough physical information known in the context of the problem for us
to determine specific values of the constants at each stage, so we are able to find
specific velocity and position functions. We apply these principles in the next
example.
Example 1 An object moves along the x-axis with velocity v(t) 6t 3t2, for t 0. If it
starts at the origin, determine its position when t 2 and when it returns to its
initial position.
Solution
Let the position of the object at any time t be s(t).
We are given v(t) s‘(t) 6t 3t2,
so s(t) 3t2 t3 c.
Since the object starts at the origin, s 0 when t 0.
Thus, s(0) 0
00c0
c 0.
The position of the object at any time t 0 is
s(t) 3t2 t3.
When t 2, s(2) 3(2)2 23
4.
To determine when the object returns to the origin, we solve
s(t) 0
3t2 t3 0
t2(3 t) 0
t 0 or t 3.
The object returns to the origin when t 3.
Example 2 Two rocks fall straight to the earth. If air resistance is ignored, the only accelera-
tion is due to the force of gravity and is equal to 9.81 m/s2. If the first rock is
dropped from a height of 45 m and the second rock is thrown down from a height
of 60 m with an initial velocity of 20 m/s, which rock hits the ground first?
Solution
Let s1(t) and s2(t) be the positions of the rocks above the ground at any time t sec-
onds, where t 0 when both rocks are released. We need to determine the time at
which each rock has reached ground level: s1(t) 0 and s2(t) 0. We will con-
sider the behaviour of each rock separately and compare the times.
Since the only acceleration is due to the force of gravity, we know that
a1(t) 9.81 v1‘(t).
The velocity, v1, of the first rock is the antiderivative of its acceleration, so
v1(t) 9.81t C.
We are told that the first rock is dropped, not thrown, so we know that the initial
velocity is 0 m/s.
v1(0) 0
9.81(0) C 0
C0
Hence, the velocity of the first rock, at any time t, is v1(t) 9.81t.
The position, s1, of the first rock is the antiderivative of its velocity, so
s1(t) 9.81t2 D
2
4.905t2 D.
We know that the first rock is initially located 45 m above the ground, so
s1(0) 45
4.905(0) D 45
2
D 45.
Thus, the position of the first rock at any time t is s1(t) 4.905t2 45.
To determine when the first rock hits the ground, solve s1(t) 0.
4.905t2 45 0
t2 9.174
t 3.03
Therefore, the first rock hits the ground approximately 3 s after it is dropped.
Now let’s consider the second rock. We know that a2(t) 9.81, so the velocity
of the second rock is v2(t) 9.81t K. Since the second rock is thrown down-
wards with an initial velocity of 20 m/s, we know that v2(0) 20, so
20 9.81(0) K and K 20. Therefore v2(t) 9.81t 20. (If the sec-
ond rock had been thrown upwards with an initial velocity of 20 m/s, we would
have v2(0) 20.)
The position function of the second rock is s2(t) 4.905t2 20t M. Using
the fact that s2(0) 60, we find M 60, so the position function is
s2(t) 4.905t2 20t 60.
This second rock hits the ground when
4.905t2 20t 60 0
20 4(4.905)
(20)2 60
t
2(4.905)
t 6.09 or 2.01
The second rock hits the ground after approximately 2 s. Even though the second
rock was initially farther from the ground, it reaches the ground first.
In this question, we ignored any air resistance that might affect the acceleration
of the rocks. It is possible to include a factor for air resistance when setting up
the initial acceleration function, but in such cases the antiderivative becomes
much more difficult to find. These antiderivatives for velocity and position are
often solved using a differential equation. The solving and application of differ-
ential equations is a very large branch of calculus. We cover one basic type of dif-
ferential equation in the next section of this appendix, but we will barely scratch
the surface of this important branch of mathematics.
Example 3 A boat is anchored near the shoreline on a breezy day, bobbing up and down on
the waves. Its vertical acceleration at any time, t, is a(t) 2cos( t) m/s2.
a. Determine the velocity, v, and position, s, of the boat at any time, t. (The posi-
tion is measured from sea level on a calm day, with positive positions above
sea level and negative positions below sea level.) Assume that the initial
velocity of the boat is 0 m/s and the initial position of the boat is 22 m below
sea level.
b. Determine the position of the boat after 2 s and after 3.5 s.
c. How long does it take for the boat to go from the crest (top) of a wave to the
trough (bottom) of a wave?
Solution
a. Velocity is an antiderivative of acceleration, so the velocity of the boat is
v(t) 2 sin( t) C. We know that v(0) 0, so
0 2sin(0) C
C 0.
Hence, the velocity function is v(t) 2 sin( t).
Similarly, position is an antiderivative of velocity, so the position of the boat is
2
s(t) 22 cos( t) D. We know that s(0) , so
2
2

2
22 cos(0) D
D 0.
Hence, the position function is s(t) 22 cos( t).
b. The boat’s position is determined as follows:

2
s(2) cos(2 )
2
2

2
0.20264.
After 2 s, the boat is approximately 20 cm below sea level.
2
s(3.5) cos(3.5 )
2
0
After 3.5 s, the boat is at sea level.
2
c. The position function s(t) cos( t) is periodic, with period 2. Hence, it
2
takes 2 s for the boat to go from crest to crest and 1 s for the boat to go from
crest to trough.
Exercise B2
Part A
1. In the following, find the position function of an object moving with the given
velocity. The initial position is given. (Assume that the object is moving in a
straight line.)
1
a. v(t) 4t, s(0) 4 b. v(t) 3et , s(0) 2
t1
c. v(t) 21
(t 1)2
1
, s(0) 0 d. v(t) 3cos( t), s(0) 1
2. In the following, find the velocity and position functions of an object moving
with the given acceleration. The initial velocity and position are given.
(Assume that the object is moving in a straight line.)
a. a(t) 2, v(0) 10, s(0) 0
3t 1, v(0) 0, s(0) 0
b. a(t)
c. a(t) cos(t) sin(t), v(0) 3, s(0) 0
4
d. a(t) , v(0) 0, s(0) 8
(1 2t)2
Part B
3. The upper observation deck of the CN Tower is 450 m above the ground. If a
stone is dropped from this upper deck,
a. determine the position of the stone above ground level at time t.
b. how long does it take the stone to reach the ground?
c. what is the velocity of the stone when it strikes the ground?
4. Repeat Question 3 assuming that the stone is thrown downward with an

initial velocity of 10 m/s.
5. Repeat Question 3 assuming that the stone is thrown upward with an initial
velocity of 10 m/s.
6. During take-off, an airplane has a constant acceleration while moving down

the runway from its initial resting position. What is the acceleration of the
plane at lift-off if the plane requires 300 m of runway before lifting off at
28 m/s (approximately 100 km/h)?
7. What constant acceleration is required to increase the speed of a car from

80 km/h to 100 km/h in 5 s?
8. A car brakes with constant deceleration of 10 m/s2 before coming to a stop,

producing skid marks that are 50 m long. How fast was the car travelling
when the brakes were first applied?
9. A stone is dropped off a building and hits the ground with a speed of 50 m/s.
What is the height of the building?
SECTION B3 – EXPONENTIAL GROWTH AND

D E C AY M O D E L L I N G P O P U L AT I O N G R O W T H
There are many naturally occurring quantities that grow (or decay) at a rate that is
proportional to their size. For example, if y f (t) is the number of humans in a
population (or animals, or bacteria in a culture, etc.), it seems reasonable to
expect the relative rate of change of the population to be constant. That is,
dy

dx
k
y
for some constant k. Another way to say this is that the rate of growth (or decay)
of the population is proportional to the population itself, or
dy
ky.
dt
dy
If the constant k is positive, then the population is increasing, since dt 0
(we assume that y 0 for a population). If the constant k is negative, then the
dy
population is decreasing, since dt
0. The equation above is called a differential
dy
equation because it involves an unknown function y and its derivative dt .
Differential equations (DEs) often occur when describing natural phenomena.
The DEs do not always take the same form as the one above. For example, the
d2 y dy
equation 2 3y 0 is another DE, where the solution y f(t) is an
dt2 dt
unknown function. Large branches of calculus have come about as people use
DEs to describe situations and then search for the function that is a solution of the
equation. It is not our purpose here to learn techniques for solving DEs. The only
DE that we will study has a solution that is fairly easy to guess.
dy
What function y f(t) is a solution to the differential equation dt ky? That is,
what function y f(t) has a derivative that is a constant multiple k of itself? We
know that the exponential function occurs as part of its own derivative, so we
dy
guess that y ekt is a solution to the differential equation dt ky. We verify our
dy
guess by finding dt kekt ky. Hence, y ekt is a function whose derivative is
proportional to itself.
However, y ekt is not the only possible solution to the differential equation
dy
ky. We note that y Cekt is also a solution, for any constant C, since
dt
dy
kCekt ky. Hence, the general function whose derivative is k times itself is
dt
y Cekt. Further study on solving differential equations will prove that this
dy
general function is the only solution to the differential equation dt ky.
If k 0, the function y Cekt models a population with exponential growth.

If k
0, the function y Cekt models a population with exponential decay.
Example 1 A bacterial culture starts with 2000 bacteria, and after three hours there are 7500
bacteria. Assuming that the culture grows at a rate proportional to its size,
a. find the population at any time t.

b. find the number of bacteria present after ten hours.
Solution
Let P represent the population of the bacterial culture after t hours. We are told
that ddPt kP, where k is positive (the culture is growing).
a. The population at any time, t, is given by the function P(t) Cekt. There are
two unknown constants in this equation, k and C. However, we are given some
information about the population at various times. We know P(0) 2000, so
2000 Cek(0) C, and the population function becomes P(t) 2000ekt.
We also know that P(3) 7500, so
7500 2000ek(3)
e3k 3.75
3k ln(3.75)
ln(3.75)
k 3
0.44.
Therefore the population at any time t is given by the function

P(t) 2000e0.44t.
b. The number of bacteria present after ten hours is

P(10) 2000e0.44(10) 162 900.
Example 2 After three days, a sample of radon-222 has decayed to 60% of its original
amount. If radon-222 decays at a rate proportional to its size,
a. find an expression for the amount of radon-222 present at any time t.
b. what is the half-life of radon-222? (That is, how long does it take a sample of
radon-222 to decay to 50% of its original amount?)
Solution
a. If R is the amount of radon-222 present at any time t, then we know that
dR
kR, where k will be negative (since the sample is decaying). The general
dt
solution to this differential equation is R(t) Cekt, where both C and k must be
determined. We are not told the amount of radon-222 that is present initially;
we will call this quantity R0. Hence, we know that R(0) R0, so
R0 Cek(0) C
and the function becomes R(t) R0ekt.
We also know that after three days, the radon-222 has decayed to 60% of its
original quantity. This means R(3) 0.6R0, and
0.6R0 R0ek(3)
0.6 e3k
3k ln(0.6)
ln(0.6)
k 0.17
3
Therefore, the amount of radon-222 present at any time, t, is R(t) R0e0.17t.
Notice that we were not able to calculate the exact amount of radon-222 pres-
ent without knowing the initial amount (R0), but we were able to determine the
value of k without knowing R0.
b. The half-life of radon-222 (or any radioactive element) is the amount of time
that it takes for a sample to decay to half of its original amount. Since we do
not know the initial amount, R0, we wish to find t so that R(t) 0.5R0.
0.5R0 R0e0.17t
0.5 e0.17t
0.17t ln(0.5)
ln(0.5)
t 4.077
0.17
Therefore, the half-life of radon-222 is approximately four days. Notice that we
were able to calculate the half-life without knowing the value of R0.
Newton’s Law of Temperature Change

According to Newton’s law of temperature change, the rate of cooling (or heating)
of an object is proportional to the difference between the temperature of the object
and the temperature of the surrounding medium. If T is the temperature of an
object in degrees Celsius at any time t, and the temperature of the surrounding
medium is S ºC, then we write the following differential equation to describe the
situation:
dT
k(T S).
dt
The general solution for this differential equation is T(t) S Cekt. We can veri-
fy the general solution as follows:
L.S. ddTt R.S. k(T S)
Ckekt k(S Cekt S)
kCekt L.S.
When we use exponential growth to model the growth of a population of humans,
bacteria, etc., we are assuming that the population has enough food and living
space to continue to grow unchecked. However, in practice, food and living space
are often factors that restrict the expansion of a population. If this occurs, the
growth of the population is not purely exponential.
The Logistic Model

To construct a population model that takes into account the effect of limited
resources and space, we assume that the population has an upper bound of M,
called the carrying capacity. If this is true, then the relative rate of change in a
population is proportional to the difference between the carrying capacity and the
population, or
dy

dt
k(M y).
y
dy
We rearrange this expression to get the differential equation dt ky(M y).
M
The general solution to this differential equation is y , where C is an
1 CeMkt
unknown constant, M is the limiting value of the population, and k is the constant
of proportionality. (Further study in calculus will teach you how to find this solu-
tion to the differential equation yourself.)
Example 3 A population of animals on Pelee Island is limited by the amount of food avail-
able. Studies show that there were 2000 animals present in 1990 and 2500 in
1997, suggesting that a maximum of 6000 animals can be supported by the con-
ditions present on the island. Use the logistic model to predict the animal popula-
tion in the year 2005.
Solution
Using the given information, we construct the differential equation
dP
kP(6000 P),
dt
where P is the number of animals present on the island after t years. For conven-
ience, we begin measuring time in 1990; that is, t 0 in 1990. (As an exercise,
redo this question with t 0 for any year of your choosing. Verify that the choice
of year for t 0 does not affect the calculations.)
The solution to this differential equation has the general form
6000
P(t) ,
1 Ce6000kt
where we must determine the values of C and k. We know that P(0) 2000, so
6000
2000
1 Ce6000k(0)
1C3
C 2.
6000
The population equation becomes P(t) . We also know that
1 2e6000kt
P(7) 2500, so
6000
2500
1 2e6000k(7)
1 2e42 000k 2.4
e42 000k 0.7
42 000k ln(0.7)
ln(0.7)
k 8.492 261 106.
42 000
Therefore, the population equation is
6000
P(t)
1 2e6000(8.492 261 10 )t
6
6000
.
1 2e0.051t
In the year 2005, t 15 and the animal population on Pelee Island will be
6000
P(15) 3108.
1 2e0.051(15)
Example 4 A thermometer is taken from a room where the temperature is 22ºC to the out-
doors, where the temperature is 8ºC. After one minute, the thermometer reads
15ºC.
a. What is the temperature T shown on the thermometer as a function of time t?
b. What will the reading on the thermometer be after one more minute?
c. When will the thermometer read 10ºC?
Solution
a. Using the given information, we can write the differential equation
dT
k(T 8), where 8ºC is the temperature of the air surrounding the
dt
thermometer. The general solution to this differential equation is
T(t) 8 Cekt. We must determine the values of C and k. We know that
T(0) 22, since the thermometer was taken from a room where the tempera-
ture was 22ºC, so
22 8 Cek(0)
22 8 C
C 14.
The temperature function becomes T(t) 8 14ekt. We also know that
T(1) 15, so
15 8 14ek(1)
ek 0.5
k ln(0.5) 0.69.
Therefore, the temperature function is T(t) 8 14e0.69t. Notice that the
value of k is negative, which corresponds to the fact that the temperature is
decreasing over time.
b. After one more minute, the reading on the thermometer will be

T(2) 8 14e0.69(2) 11.5ºC.
c. We wish to find t so that T(t) 10.
8 14e0.69t 10
e0.69t 17
0.69t ln17
ln17
t
0.69
2.8
Therefore, the temperature on the thermometer will read 10ºC after approxi-
mately 2.8 min.
Exercise B3
Part A
1. A bacterial culture starts with 200 bacteria and the population triples every
half-hour. Assuming that the rate of increase is proportional to the number of
bacteria present,
a. find an expression for the number of bacteria present after t hours.
b. find the number of bacteria present after 20 min.
c. when will the bacteria population reach 10 000?
2. A city had a population of 150 000 in 1980 and 250 000 in 2000. Assuming
that the rate of increase is proportional to the population,
a. find an expression for the population of the city after t years.
b. what will the population of the city be in 2010?
3. Polonium-210 has a half-life of 140 days and eventually decays into lead. If a
sample has a mass of 200 mg and we assume that the rate of decay is propor-
tional to the amount of polonium present,
a. find a formula for the mass that remains after t days.
b. find the mass after 50 days.
c. when will the mass be reduced to 5 mg?
Part B
4. The growth rate of the population of Central America is 3.5% per year (one
of the highest in the world). How long does it take the population to double
in size?
5. The population of a small town was 10 000 in 1950 and 12 000 in 1970.
Assuming a lack of housing and services will allow a maximum population of
16 000, what will the population be in 2005?
6. The number of rabbits on Easter Island was estimated to be 20 000 in 1995

and 22 000 in 1998. Assuming that the rabbit population can grow no larger
than 25 000 due to the scarcity of food and abundance of predators, find an
equation for the population of rabbits at any time t.
7. A hot potato at a temperature of 80ºC cools to 40ºC in 15 min when the room
temperature is 20ºC. If hot food tastes best when its temperature remains
above 50ºC, how long does a restaurant server have to get the potato to a cus-
tomer’s table? Use Newton’s law of temperature change.
8. When a coil of steel is removed from an annealing furnace, its temperature is

684ºC. Four minutes later, its temperature is 246ºC. How long will it take to
reach 100ºC? Apply Newton’s law of temperature change, given that the tem-
perature of the surrounding medium is 27ºC.
Appendix C
T E C H N I C A L A S S I S TA N C E
OVERVIEW
This appendix provides an overview of the instructions for using a graphing cal-
culator. Use this appendix whenever you are not sure of the next step to take with
your calculator. For more detailed information on using a graphing calculator,
you may wish to refer to a more comprehensive graphing calculator guidebook.
Contents
Instructions for the TI83 Plus Graphing Calculator 425
Home Screen 425
Entering an Equation 425
Changing the Viewing Window 426
Displaying the Format Settings 427
Changing the Number of Decimal Places Displayed 427
Plotting the Function 427
Free-Moving Cursor 428
Trace 428
Zoom 429
Split Screens 432
Graphing a Family of Curves 433
Establishing a Table of Values for a Function 434
Calculating Roots and Zeroes of a Function 435
Finding the Intersection of Functions 435
Exploring Function Transformations 436
Graphing Functions and Inverses 437
Graphing Inequalities 437
Graphing Piecewise Functions and Exploring Continuity 438
Drawing Line Segments 440
Drawing Tangents 441
Using a Table of Values to Explore Limits of Functions 442
Finding the Numerical Derivative at a Given Point 443
Calculating Max/Min Values 444
Instructions for Zap-A-Graph 446
Technology Extension for Section 8.1 447
424 A P P E N D I X C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE TI-83 PLUS GRAPHING CALCULATOR
The TI-83 Plus has a colour-coded keyboard.
The secondary function on each key is printed in yellow above the key. When you
press the yellow 2nd key, the character, abbreviation, or word printed in yellow
above the other keys becomes active.
ANGLE B
For example: 2nd APPS displays the ANGLE menu.
The alpha function of each key is printed in green above the key. When you press
the green ALPHA key, the alpha character printed in green above the other keys
becomes active for the next keystroke.
ANGLE B
For example: ALPHA APPS enters the letter B on your screen.
HOME SCREEN
The home screen is the primary screen. Use this screen to enter instructions and
expressions you want to evaluate. The answer is displayed on the same screen.
QUIT
To return to the home screen from any other screen, press 2nd MODE .
ENTERING AN EQUATION
Press Y= . The Y= editor screen is where you define functions for tables and
graphing.
A highlighted = sign indicates that a function is selected. Use CLEAR and ,
, , and to clear any unwanted equations.
Y1 is not selected
Y2 and Y3 are selected
If any of Plot 1, Plot 2, or Plot 3 at the top of the screen are highlighted,
press and to place the cursor on Plot 1, Plot 2, or Plot 3 and then
press ENTER to change the on/off status of the stat plot.
T E C H N I C A L A S S I S TA N C E 425
If any of Plot 1, Plot 2, or Plot 3 at the top of the screen are highlighted,
press and to place the cursor on Plot 1, Plot 2, or Plot 3 and then
press ENTER to change the on/off status of the stat plot.
Plot 1 and Plot 3 are highlighted.

Plot 2 is not highlighted.
Place the cursor beside Y1=. Enter the equation using X.T.A.n to enter the
variable, for multiplication, for division, and ^ to indicate an
exponent. Remember to use ( ) to enter a negative sign. The – key is used for
the operation of subtraction.
If you wish to enter more than one equation, move the cursor to Y2= and repeat
the procedure. The calculator stores up to ten functions in the Y= editor to the
variables Y1 through Y9 and Y0.
CHANGING THE VIEWING WINDOW

Press WINDOW to display the window editor, where you can view and edit the
values of the window variables.
Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, and Ymax define the
boundaries of the display.
Xscl and Yscl define the distance between
tick marks on the x- and y-axes. To turn off
tick marks, set Xscl 0 and Yscl 0.
Xres sets the pixel resolution (1 through 8)
for function graphs only. The default value
is l. At Xres 1, functions are evaluated
and graphed at each pixel on the x-axis.
At Xres 8, functions are evaluated at every eighth pixel along the x-axis. Small
Xres values improve graph resolution but may cause the calculator to draw graphs
more slowly.
DISPLAYING THE FORMAT SETTINGS
FORMAT
To display the format settings, press 2nd ZOOM . The default settings are high-
lighted in the screen below.
Sets cursor coordinates as rectangular or polar.

Sets coordinates display on or off.
Sets grid off or on.
Sets axes on or off.
Sets axes labels off or on.
Sets expression display on or off.
Use , , , , and ENTER to change the highlighted settings.
CHANGING THE NUMBER OF DECIMAL PLACES DISPLAYED

Press MODE . The screen displays the current
mode settings. Float (Floating) decimal mode
displays up to ten digits plus a sign and decimal
point.
Press to move the cursor to Float.
Use to move the cursor to the number of
digits (0 through 9) to be displayed to the right
of the decimal place. Press ENTER .
PLOTTING THE FUNCTION

Press Y= to display the Y= editor.
A function is selected if the sign is
highlighted.
To select or deselect a function in the Y= editor, press or to move the

cursor to the function you want to select or deselect.
Press to place the cursor on the function’s
sign. Press ENTER to change the selection
status.
Press GRAPH . The graph of the function will
now appear.
You may wish to change the viewing window.

See “Changing the Viewing Window” or
“Zoom.”
FREE-MOVING CURSOR
When a graph is first displayed, no cursor is visible. Pressing , , , or
causes the cursor to move from the centre of the viewing window.
Pressing , , , or will move the

cursor around the window. The coordinate
values of the cursor location are displayed at
the bottom of the screen if the CoordOn
format is selected. The Float/Fix decimal
mode setting determines the number of decimal
digits displayed for the coordinate value.
The free moving cursor moves from pixel to pixel on the screen. You can move
the cursor so that it appears to be on the function, but the cursor may be on a pixel
that is near the function, yet not actually on the function. The coordinate value
displayed at the bottom of the screen may not be a point on the function. To move
the cursor along a function, use TRACE .
To display the graph with no cursor and no coordinate value, press CLEAR or
ENTER .
TRACE
Use the TRACE function to move the cursor from one plotted point to another
along a function.
To begin TRACE, press TRACE . A flashing trace cursor appears on the first select-
ed function in the Y= editor at the middle x value on the screen. The x- and y-coordi-
nates of this point on the curve appear at the bottom of your screen if the CoordOn
format is selected. The equation of the function is displayed in the top-left corner of
the screen if the ExprOn format is selected. To display the coordinates,
FORMAT
press 2nd ZOOM and select CoordOn.
Pressing or moves the cursor along
the curve. As the cursor moves, the x- and y-
coordinates at the bottom of the window
change to the corresponding values.
To move the trace cursor to any valid x-value on the current function, enter the
value and then press ENTER . This feature is particularly useful when you are look-
ing for the maximum or minimum values of a function or the zeros of a function.
To move the trace cursor from function to function, press or . The cursor
follows the order of the selected functions in the Y= editor.
If you move the trace cursor beyond the top or bottom of the screen, the coordi-
nate values at the bottom of the screen continue to change. The plot function
must be deselected to scroll beyond the screen.
If you move the trace cursor beyond the left or right side of the screen, the view-
ing window automatically passes to the left or right. Xmin and Xmax are updat-
ed to correspond to the new viewing window. The plot function must be
deselected to scroll beyond the screen.
While tracing, you can press ENTER to adjust the viewing window so that the
cursor location becomes the centre of a new viewing window, even if the cursor is
above or below the display.
ZOOM
To help you find maximum, minimum, roots,
and intersections of functions, you can magnify
the viewing window at a specific location using
the ZOOM menu.
To display the ZOOM menu, press ZOOM .
You can adjust the viewing window in several
ways.
Zbox allows you to define a box on your
graphing screen that will become the new
enlarged window.
Select 1:Zbox from the ZOOM menu. The zoom cursor is displayed at the centre
of your screen. Move the cursor to the upper left corner of your desired box.
Press ENTER .
Use and to move the cursor to the lower right corner of your desired box.
You will see the box growing on the screen.
Press ENTER to replot the graph. The

zoom cursor is still active, so you can
draw a new box within this window
and zoom again.
To cancel Zbox, press CLEAR .
Zoom In, Zoom Out

Zoom In magnifies the part of the graph that surrounds the cursor location. Zoom
Out displays a greater portion of the graph, centred on the cursor location. Select
Zoom In or Zoom Out from the ZOOM menu. Move the zoom cursor to the
desired location in the window and press ENTER . The functions are replotted
centred on the cursor location.
ZDecimal
ZDecimal updates the window variables to the preset values shown below.
Xmin 4.7 Ymin 3.1
Xmax 4.7 Ymax 3.1
Xsci 1 Ysci 1
These values set ∆X and ∆Y each equal to 0.1. The X- and Y-value of each pixel
is one decimal place. The graph is redrawn immediately with the new window
variables. You now have pixels centred at 4.7, 4.6, . . . , 4.7. This is useful if
you want to place the cursor at any of these specific x-values.
ZSquare
ZSquare changes the viewing window so that ∆X ∆Y, which makes the graph
of a circle look like a circle. ZSquare adjusts only one direction. The midpoint of
the current graph is the midpoint of the new graph. The graph is redrawn immedi-
ately with the new window variables.
ZStandard
ZStandard updates the window variables to the preset values shown below.
Xmin 10 Ymin 10
Xmax 10 Ymax 10
Xsci 1 Ysci 1
This allows you to return quickly to a standard grid setting. The graph is redrawn
immediately with the new window variables.
ZTrig
ZTrig updates the window variables to preset values that are appropriate for plot-
ting trig functions. These values are shown below in radian mode.
Xmin 6.152285 Ymin 4
Xmax 6.152285 Ymax 4
Xsci 1.5707963 Ysci 1
The graph is redrawn immediately with the new window variables.
ZInteger
ZInteger sets the distance between the centre of adjacent pixels at 1. To use
ZInteger, move the cursor to the point that you want to be the centre of the new
window and press ENTER . ZInteger updates the window variables to the preset
values shown below.
X 1 Y 1
Xsci 10 Ysci 10
The graph is redrawn immediately with the new window variables.
ZoomFit
ZoomFit recalculates Ymax and Ymin to include the maximum and minimum Y-
values of the selected functions between the current Xmin and Xmax. The graph
is redrawn immediately with the new window variables. Look at the following
screens to see how ZoomFit works.
Here are the window variables. This is the function we are
graphing.
Here is the graph. We

cannot see the maximum
or minimum values of the
function.
Press ZOOM and select ZoomFit. A new graph is drawn immediately.
To create
ticks on the
y-axis that
are more
useful, try
setting Yscl=
100 or 200.
You can now see the maximum The window variables are updated.
and minimum values of the
function.
SPLIT SCREENS
You can split the screen horizontally to display both a graph and its table or the
Y= editor screen.
You can split the screen vertically to display a graph and its table simultaneously.
To split a screen, press MODE . Move the cursor
to the bottom line of the mode screen.
Full screen mode uses the entire screen to dis-
play a graph or edit screen. Each split screen
mode displays two screens simultaneously.
GRAPHING A FAMILY OF CURVES

If you enter a list as an element of an expression, the calculator plots the function
for each value on the list.
{1, 2, 3} sin x graphs three functions:
sin x
2 sin x
3 sin x
Make sure you use the

correct style of
brackets.
(x {0,2,4})2 graphs three functions:

x2
(x 2)2
(x 4)2
ESTABLISHING A TABLE OF VALUES FOR A FUNCTION
Press Y= . The Y= editor screen is where you define functions for tables and
graphing.
Enter and/or highlight the function for which you wish a table of values.
TBLSET
Press 2nd WINDOW for TABLE SETUP. In the
TABLE SETUP window, enter the starting value for
the x-coordinate (TblStart= ) and the incre-
ments by which the x-coordinate is to increase
(∆Tbl= ). Be sure that Auto is highlighted in
the last two lines.
TABLE
Press 2nd GRAPH for TABLE. The table of values will appear. You can use
and to scroll up and down the table.
If more than one function is selected in the Y= editor, there will be a list of y-
values in the table for each selected function.
Here we have the table for Y3 1x. The table abbreviates the values if necessary.
Dependent variables in
the other columns.
Independent variable in
the first column.
We tried to divide by
zero.
Current cell’s full value.
CALCULATING ROOTS AND ZEROS OF A FUNCTION
Functions can have more than one zero or x-intercept. The operation zero finds
the x-intercept closest to your guess. The more accurate your guess, the less time
the calculation takes.
CALC
Press 2nd TRACE and select 2:zero. The cur-
rent graph is displayed with Left Bound?
in the lower corner. Use or to move the
cursor onto the function for which you are seek-
ing a zero. Use or to select the left
bound of the interval. Press ENTER .
In the same way, select the x-value of the right
bound. Indicators on the screen show the
interval you have selected. Use or or
enter a value for the x-value of your guess
in the selected interval. Press ENTER .
The coordinates of the zero are displayed
and the cursor is on the zero.
FINDING THE INTERSECTION OF FUNCTIONS

The intersect calculation finds the coordinates
of a point where two or more functions
intersect. The intersection point must appear
on the calculator display.
CALC
Press 2nd TRACE and select 5:intersect.
The current graph is displayed with
First curve? in the lower corner. Use or
to move the cursor onto the first
function. Press ENTER .
In the same way, select the second function.
Use or to move the cursor to your
guess. Press ENTER .
The coordinates of the intersection point are
displayed and the cursor is on the intersection
point.
EXPLORING FUNCTION TRANSFORMATIONS
Transformations on functions can be investigated by graphing a family of curves
(see previous section).
The DRAW menu can also be used to investigate transformations. The DRAW
instructions draw on top of the graph. Drawings are not interactive. Changing the
mode, format, or window variables and editing or deselecting functions will
remove drawing from the screen.
DRAW
To display the DRAW menu, press 2nd PRGM
and select 6:DrawF. The home screen appears.
Here you enter an expression for the trans-
formed function.
To select the function, press VARS . Move the
cursor to Y-VARS. Press ENTER .
Select the required function and press ENTER .

The home screen appears. Complete the expres-
sion for the transformation. Press ENTER .
The graph of the original function and its
transformed image appear on the screen.
By repeating the process, additional transformations can be added to the graph. To

DRAW
remove the drawn curves, press 2nd PRGM and select 1:ClrDraw.
GRAPHING FUNCTIONS AND INVERSES
The DRAW menu can be used to draw the inverse of a function. The inverse is not
interactive.
To display the DRAW menu, press
DRAW
2nd PRGM and select 8:DrawInv.
The home screen appears. Here you enter the
name of the original function.
To select the function, press VARS .
Move the cursor to Y-VARS. Press ENTER .
Select the required function and press ENTER .
The home screen appears. Press ENTER .
The graph of the original function and its
inverse appear on the screen.
To remove the drawn curves, press
DRAW
2nd PRGM and select 1:ClrDraw.
GRAPHING INEQUALITIES
Inequalities can be graphed using the Shade(
operation on the DRAW menu. This operation
shades the area between a lower function and
an upper function.
Shade(lowerfunc, upperfunc)
For example, to graph the inequality
0.5x3 5x 2x 4, enter the smaller side of
the inequality as Y1 and the larger side of the
inequality as Y2.
Adjust the window so that all intersection points
are shown. If the coordinates of the intersection
points are required, see “Finding the Intersection
of Functions ” in a previous section.
To display the DRAW menu, press
DRAW
2nd PRGM and select 7:Shade(. The home
screen appears. Here you enter the name of
the smaller side of the inequality first.
To select the function, press VARS . Move the
cursor to Y-VARS. Press ENTER . Select the
required function and press ENTER .
The home screen appears.
Repeat the process to select the name of the
larger side of the inequality. The home screen
appears. Press ENTER . The region satisfying
the inequality is shaded on the screen.
To remove the drawn curves,
DRAW
press 2nd PRGM and select 1:ClrDraw.
GRAPHING PIECEWISE FUNCTIONS AND EXPLORING CONTINUITY

A piecewise function is graphed using dots,
not connected line segments.
To illustrate the procedure we will graph

5 x3
y x4 3x6
x3 x6
Press MODE and select Func, then Dot and

the default settings. Press Y= and turn off
all functions and stat plots.
Enter the expression for the function in Y1 as
TEST
shown on the screen, using 2nd MATH
menu operations to enter the inequality signs.
To set the graph style for the function, press
to move the cursor left, past the = sign, to the
graph style icon in the first column. Press
ENTER repeatedly to rotate through the seven
graph styles. When you have selected the dotted
style, move the cursor back to the equal sign.
Press GRAPH . You may wish to adjust the

viewing window.
To explore the continuity of the function, we

can use the TRACE operation.
FORMAT
Press 2nd ZOOM and turn on CoordOn.
Press ZOOM and select 2:Zoom In. Move the

cursor into the centre of the region where you
wish to investigate the continuity of the function.
Press ENTER . The graph is redrawn with the
cursor in the centre of the screen.
Press TRACE . Move the cursor along the curve, observing the value of the coor-
dinates as you approach the point of discontinuity.
You can also use a table of values to explore the continuity of the function. See
“Using a Table of Values to Explore Limits of Functions,” in a following section.
DRAWING LINE SEGMENTS

Line segments can be drawn in two ways, using the DRAW menu. The DRAW
instructions draw on top of the graph. Drawings are not interactive. Changing the
mode, format, or window variables and editing or deselecting functions will
remove drawing from the screen.
DRAW
To remove a DRAW object from the screen, press 2nd PRGM and select
1:ClrDraw.
Drawing a line segment when a graph is displayed

DRAW
Press 2nd PRGM and select 2:Line. Place
the cursor on the point where you want the
line segment to begin and press ENTER .
Move the cursor to the point where you want
the line segment to end and press ENTER .
Drawing a line segment from the home screen
DRAW
Press 2nd PRGM and select 2:Line. Enter the coordinates of the beginning and
ending points of the line segment. Press ENTER .
DRAWING TANGENTS
Tangents can be drawn in two ways, using the DRAW menu. The DRAW instructions
draw on top of the graph. Drawings are not interactive. Changing the mode,
format, or window variables and editing or deselecting functions will remove
drawing from the screen.
DRAW
To remove a DRAW object from the screen, press 2nd PRGM and select
1:ClrDraw.
Drawing a tangent when a graph is displayed

DRAW
Press 2nd PRGM and select 5:Tangent.
Use or to move the cursor to the
function for which you want to draw the
tangent. Use or or enter a number to
move the cursor to the point on the function at
which you want to draw the tangent.
Press ENTER .
In Func mode, the x-coordinate at which the tangent was drawn is shown, along
with the equation of the tangent. In all other modes, the value of dy/dx is shown.
Changing the fixed decimal setting on the mode screen will reduce the number of
decimals shown in the tangent equation.
Drawing a tangent when the home screen is displayed
DRAW
Press 2nd PRGM and select 5:Tangent. To select the function, press VARS .
Move the cursor to Y-VARS. Press ENTER . Select the required function and press
ENTER . The home screen appears. Enter the x-coordinate at which you wish to
draw the tangent. Press ENTER .
USING A TABLE OF VALUES TO EXPLORE LIMITS OF FUNCTIONS

To illustrate exploring limits using a graphing
calculator, we will investigate the function
x 25
2
y .
x5
In the ZOOM menu, choose 8:ZInteger.
Points are plotted for integral values of x.
Notice the hole in the graph at x 5.
We can explore the limits of this function from
the left and from the right, as x approaches 5,
using a table of values.
Highlight the function for which you wish to create a table of values.
TBLSET
Press 2nd WINDOW for TABLE SETUP.
In the TABLE SETUP window, enter the starting
value for the x-coordinate (TblStart ) and
the increments by which the x-coordinate is
to increase (∆Tbl ).
Choose a starting value that is very close to
the point at which you wish to investigate the
limit. In this case, we have a value to the left
of 5, but close to 5. Be sure that Auto is
highlighted in the last two lines.
TABLE
Press 2nd GRAPH for TABLE. The table of
values will appear. You can use and to
scroll up and down the table. As you scroll
down the table, the value of x approaches 5, the
value at which we are investigating a limit.
Observe the corresponding y-values as x
approaches 5.
To investigate the limit from the right as x

approaches 5, choose a value for TlbStart,
in the TABLE SETUP window, that is close to the
point at which we are investigating the limit
and to the right of that point. Scroll up the table
and observe the values of y as x approaches 5.
Using a split screen, you can see the graph and the table of values simultaneously.
To split a screen vertically, press MODE .
Move the cursor to the bottom line of the
mode screen and select G-T (graph-table mode).
Use the TABLE SETUP window to define the
starting point and increment for the table. To
move from the graph to the table on the split
TABLE
screen, press 2nd GRAPH .
As you scroll up the table, notice that if x 5,
there is an error for y. To get closer to an x value of 5, choose a smaller increment
in the TABLE SETUP window.
FINDING THE NUMERICAL DERIVATIVE AT A GIVEN POINT

The numerical derivative at a given point can be
calculated in two ways.
Finding the numerical derivative of an

expression
Press MATH and select 8:nDeriv(.
nDeriv(expression, variable, value)
This gives an approximate value of the derivative of the expression, with respect
to variable, at a given value of the variable.
Press ENTER and the value of the derivative is displayed.
Finding the numerical derivative of a function

If the function is entered in the Y= editor
screen, it may be easier to use the operation
dy/dx in the CALCULATE menu to find the numeri-
cal derivative (slope) of a function at a point.
CALC
Press 2nd TRACE and select 6:dy/dx. The
graphing window is displayed.
Use or to move the cursor to the

function for which you want to find the
numerical derivative.
Use or or enter a number to select the
point at which the derivative is to be calculated.
Press ENTER . An approximate value of the
numerical derivative, calculated at that point,
is displayed.
CALCULATING MAX/MIN VALUES

The max/min value can be calculated in two ways.
Finding the max/min value of an expression

Press MATH and select 6:fMin( or 7:fMax(:
fMin(expression, variable, lower, upper)
fMax(expression, variable, lower, upper)
This gives an approximate value at which the
minimum or maximum value of the expression,
with respect to variable, occurs between the
lower and upper values of the variable.
Press ENTER and the value of the variable is
displayed.
Finding the max/min value of a function

If the function is entered in the Y= editor screen, or if you do not know appropri-
ate values for the lower and upper values of the variable, it may be easier to use
the operation maximum or minimum in the CALCULATE menu. The operation
finds the maximum or minimum closest to your guess. The more accurate your
guess, the less time the calculation takes.
CALC
Press 2nd TRACE and select 3:minimum or
4:maximum. The graphing window is
displayed with Left Bound? in the lower corner.
Use or or enter a value to select
the left bound of the interval. Press ENTER .
In the same way, select the x-value of the right
bound. Indicators on the screen show the interval
you have selected.
Use or , or enter a value for the x-value

of your guess in the selected interval.
Press ENTER .
The coordinates of the maximum or minimum

are displayed, and the cursor is on the
maximum or minimum point.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ZAP-A-GRAPH
Zap-a-Graph is an easy to use graphing computer program.
Simultaneously graphing f, f ‘, f “
Click on Define and select the type and form of function f. Enter the coordinates
and click on Plot. If Show Equation is selected in the OPTIONS menu, the equa-
tion is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
To graph f ‘, click on the OPTIONS menu and select Derivative. If Show Equation
is selected, the equation of f ‘ is displayed.
To graph f ”, repeat the process.
Calculating approximate area under a curve using rectangles
Click on Define and select the type and form of function f.
Enter the coordinates and click on Plot. Click on Options and select Area.
Enter lower bound, upper bound, and the number of intervals. Click on OK.
The approximate area under the curve is displayed.
By increasing the number of intervalsc you can obtain a better approximation of
the area.
TECHNOLOGY EXTENSION FOR SECTION 8.1—DERIVATIVES OF

EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Using a spreadsheet option

Try the following spreadsheet option for the Investigation on page 300 in Chapter 8.
INVESTIGATION 1. Set up a spreadsheet as shown.

In cell C2, enter the formula
=(A2^B2-1)/B2.
2. Using the FORMAT menu, set the
number of decimal places displayed in
column C to 10.
3. In cell A3, enter the formula =A2+1. In cell B3, enter the formula =B2.
Fill columns A, B, and C down to row 7.
4. Clear entries in column A. Enter 2.5 in cell A2 and the formula =A2+0.1 in
cell A3. Fill down.
5. Clear entries in column A. Enter 2.700 in cell A2 and the formula =A2+0.001
in cell A3. Fill down.
Appendix D
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT AND
C A R E E R L I N K L E T T E R H E A D TA S K S
Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus Student Rubric

End of Chapter Task Generic Rubric
This student rubric may assist you in understanding general assessment criteria and desired levels of per-
formance related to Career Link Wrap-Up tasks and other mathematics assignments. You may wish to
use this general rubric to
• identify what to pay attention to;
• outline the criteria clearly;
• help spot and solve weaknesses in your own work and in the work of others; and
• develop more informative feedback about strengths and areas that need improvement.
However, it is important to note the generic nature of this rubric. You can work with your teachers to deve-
lop more specific coaching or scoring criteria. Helpful rubrics are clear rubrics and therefore may involve
many decisions, including defining quality, determining criteria, weighing criteria, setting a standard, deter-
mining levels, developing descriptors, and translating levels to marks or grades.
Assessment
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 4
Category
Knowledge/ • A mathematical model is • A mathematical model is • A correct mathematical • A correct mathematical

Understanding generated with significant generated with minor errors model is generated model is generated and
errors verified
• Demonstrates, through • Demonstrates, through
• Demonstrates, through algorithmic work, some algorithmic work, a • Demonstrates, through
algorithmic work, a limited understanding of concepts considerable understanding algorithmic work, a thorough
understanding of concepts of concepts understanding of concepts
Thinking/Inquiry/ • Limited mathematical • Some mathematical • Considerable mathematical • Thorough mathematical

Problem Solving reasoning reasoning reasoning reasoning extended to the
general case
• Sequences and selects tools • Sequences and selects tools • Sequences and selects tools
with limited effectiveness with some effectiveness with considerable • Sequences and selects tools
effectiveness efficiently and effectively
Communication • Explanations and • Explanations and • Explanations and • Explanations and

justifications have limited justifications are partially justifications are clear and justifications are particularly
detail and lack clarity understandable, with some understandable clear and thoroughly detailed
detail
• Infrequently uses • Uses mathematical symbols, • Consistently and meticulously
mathematical symbols, • Uses mathematical symbols, terminology, and conventions uses mathematical symbols,
terminology, and conventions terminology, and conventions correctly most of the time terminology, and conventions
correctly correctly some of the time correctly
Application • Applies concepts and • Applies concepts and • Independently applies • Independently applies
procedures in an unfamiliar procedures in an unfamiliar concepts and procedures concepts and procedures in
setting correctly only with setting correctly with some correctly in an unfamiliar an unfamiliar setting using
significant assistance assistance setting new or modified strategies
448 A P P E N D I X D
Letterhead Problem One for Chapter 4—Derivatives:
Polynomials and Differentiation Rules
HealthLink
Health-Care Consultants
322 Transdermal Drive
Ste. 405
Sudbury, ON
P3C IA7
Re: Ontario Health-Care Expenditure Mathematical Modelling Project
Dear Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus Student:
As you may be aware, Ontario faced unparalleled growth in health-care costs in the
late 1990s. As a health-care consultant, I require accurate population projections
and projected health-care expenditures in order to make recommendations on how
we can make our health-care system viable and sustainable over the long term. I
need your help, as an expert in advanced functions and differential calculus, to
prepare mathematical models for population, health-care expenditures, and
per-capita health-care costs. I will also need to know how quickly health-care
expenses are growing per capita. These projections will help me to prepare public
education materials on the use and abuse of the health-care system.
Please prepare a report that explains all your work in completing the following tasks:
1. Mathematical model for population as a function of time and predicted
populations on January 1, 2001 and January 1, 2002;
2. Mathematical model for total health-care expenditures as a function of time and
predicted expenditures in 2000/2001 and 2001/2002;
3. Mathematical model for per-capita health-care expenditures as a function of
time and predicted per-capita expenditures in 2000/2001 and 2001/2002;
4. Mathematical model for the rate of change of per-capita health-care
expenditures as a function of time and the rate of change on January 1, 2001
and January 1, 2002.
P E R F O R M A N C E A S S E S S M E N T A N D C A R E E R L I N K L E T T E R H E A D TA S K S 449
I have collected the information in the tables below to assist in developing the
models:
Annual Ontario Population Annual Ontario Health-Care Costs

(as of July 1 each year ) (assume a July 1 to June 30 budget year)
Year Ontario Population Year Ontario Health-Care
Expenditures
(in thousands) (in thousands)
1990 10 299.6 1989/90 15 442.8
1991 10 427.6 1990/91 16 423.9
1992 10 570.5 1991/92 18 418.6
1993 10 690.4 1992/93 18 894.1
1994 10 827.5 1993/94 18 472.1
1995 10 964.9 1994/95 18 787.2
1996 11 100.9 1995/96 18 419.4
1997 11 249.5 1996/97 18 736.7
1998 11 384.4 1997/98 19 111.3
1999 11 513.8 1998/99 20 403.9
1999/00f 21 823.7
Source: Statistics Canada, Canada f = forecast
Year Book 2001, page 93 Source: Canadian Institute for Health
Information, Table C6.1 (www.cihi.ca)
Good luck and thank you in advance for all your work.
Yours truly,
Jeannine Truscott
President
In your report clearly explain

• the model development process (e.g., how you manipulated the data before performing regressions);
• your reasons for selecting your models (e.g., why you think a quadratic model is appropriate); and
• how the degree of the polynomial in your model affects the shape of the function and, consequently, the predictions of
population and health-care costs.
Letterhead Problem Two for Chapter 8—Derivatives of Exponential and
Logarithmic Functions: Exponential and Logarithmic Problem
Ivan K. Fedoruk, P. Eng.

1106 Valency Court
Chatham, NB
E1N 3V7
Re: Electrical Engineering Research Project
I am a retired engineer with a strange hobby. In response to

increased oil and electricity costs and environmental concerns,
I spend each day in my workshop trying to develop a highly
energy-efficient light bulb. I have a promising prototype, but in
100 trials, it has burnt out 95 times. I know that if the power
consumed by the bulb exceeds 60 watts (W) or if the power
increases at a rate of more than 0.3 watts per millisecond (W/ms)
at the instant the switch is turned on, the bulb burns out. Please
help me to determine why the bulb is burning out by using your
knowledge of advanced functions and calculus.
I have data on current (I) and resistance (R) in the bulb, and
I know that power (P) is related to current and voltage (V) by the
equation P = VI. In addition, voltage, current, and resistance are
related through ohms law (V = IR). I recall that current and time
are related in a “bounded exponential decay” relationship, with
an initial current of 3.0 A that quickly declines towards the
steady-state (minimum) current of 1.5 A. I have measured the
current at 2.052 A after 200 ms. From my old notes, I have
an equation for “bounded exponential decay”:
y (t) = ymin + (ymax – ymin)e–kt
Resistance and time are related in a “bounded exponential
growth” relationship, with an initial resistance of 5 ohms that
quickly grows towards the steady-state (maximum) resistance of
20 ohms. I have measured the resistance at 13.260 ohms after
200 ms. The equation for “bounded exponential growth” from my
notes is:
y (t) = ymax – (ymax – ymin)e–kt
Please prepare a report that explains all your work in completing

the following tasks:
1. Determine mathematical models for predicting I(t), R(t) and

P(t).
2. Explain the concept of “bounded growth and decay” through
the equations and graphs of I(t) and R(t).
3. Determine why the light bulb is burning out.
Good luck and thank you in advance for all your effort.
Yours truly,
Ivan Fedoruk, P. Eng.

• the model development process (e.g., how you verified your models were correct);
• the constants and variables in the bounded growth and decay equations and how they affect the shape of the graph;
• the role calculus plays in this problem; and
• how you used technology in this problem.
Letterhead Problem Three for Chapter 5—Applications of Derivatives:
Optimization
VIRTU-OSITY INC.
1594 Burton St.
Edmonton, AB
T0G 1M0
Re: Optimal Production Levels for CD-ROM Games
I am the president of a discount computer game company. Our

sales have been suffering for the last year because our
average production cost has risen to $9.60 per game,
exceeding our sales price of $9.40 each. We currently sell
1000 units per day. In addition to losing money, we are in
some other serious trouble because our financial controller
took a job with a competitor, and subsequently all of our cost-
accounting records mysteriously disappeared.
About a month before the controller left, he proposed that we

could get “out of the red” by dropping our price to $7.90 per
game. He indicated that by dropping our price, we would be
able to secure additional customers that would result in sales
increasing to 2000 units per day. In turn, he said, we would
start garnering profits of $200 per day at the 2000-unit sales
level. Of course I immediately dismissed his idea because the
$7.90 price is $1.70 less than our average cost. To me it
seemed obvious that this price decrease would only
exacerbate our losses. In hindsight, however, I am wondering
if maybe our controller was right after all. That is why I am
bringing you into the picture.
I need your expertise in advanced functions and calculus to
determine, first, if we can make the $200 profit per day with a
$7.90 price and sales of 2000 units per day and, second, what
the optimum production level would be at the $7.90 price. The
only cost-accounting information that I can share with you is
that our variable costs depend solely on the square of the
number of games made. I do not know what our fixed costs
are. I would appreciate it if all of your calculations for cost,
revenue, and profit were kept on a per-day basis as that is
what I am used to working with.
Please prepare a report that explains all your work as you:
a. determine the cost structure (fixed and variable costs) for

manufacturing the games;
b. confirm or deny that it is possible to have a profit of $200 per
day at the $7.90 price and 2000-unit sales level;
c. determine the optimum level of production/sales at the $7.90
price; and
d. describe how it is possible that dropping the price below
the current average price can increase the profits of my
company.
Good luck and thank you in advance for all your work.
Yours truly,
Thomas B. LaRivière
President and CEO

• how you determined the relationship between total, fixed and variable costs; and
• why calculus is relevant in this problem (e.g., comparing average versus marginal cost)
Glossary
Absolute Value the positive value for a real num- Arithmetic Series the sum of the terms of an arith-
ber, disregarding the sign. Written x. For example, metic sequence.
3 3, 4 4, and 0 0. Assumption a statement that is to be accepted as
Absolute Value Function a function consisting of true for a particular argument or discussion.
terms that are expressed as absolute values. Example: Asymptote a line having the property that the dis-
f(x) x. tance from a point P on a curve to the line approaches
Absolute Zero 273.15, the approximate number zero as the distance from P to the origin increases
of degrees on the Celsius scale of absolute zero. On indefinitely. The line and the curve get closer and
the Kelvin scale, 0 degrees K. closer but never touch. See Horizontal, Vertical, and
Acceleration the rate of change of velocity with Slant Asymptote.
respect to time ddvt or the second derivative of Average Rate of Change given by the difference
∆y f (a h) f (a)
displacement with respect to time dt2
d2s
. quotient ∆
x
h. The average rate of
Accuracy the number of significant digits given in a change of the function f (x) over the interval x a to
number. x a h.
Acute Angle an angle whose measure is less than 90°. Axiom a statement assumed to be true without for-
Algebraic Equation a statement that two expres- mal proof. Axioms are the basis from which other
sions are equal; for example, 3x y 8. theorems and statements are deduced through proof.
Algebraic Function a relation that assigns each ele- Axis of Symmetry a line that passes through a fig-
ment in the domain exactly one element in the range. ure in such a way that the part of the figure on one
Algorithm derived from the name of a Persian side of the line is a mirror reflection of the part on the
author, Abu Ja’far Mohammed ibn al Khowarizmi other side; an exact correspondence of form or shape
(c. 825). A step-by-step description of a solution to a on opposite sides of the line.
problem. Base in the exponential expression bp, b is called the
Amplitude the maximum displacement of a periodic base and p is the exponent.
wave. Calculus a branch of mathematics, discovered inde-
Analog a descriptive term for a device that uses pendently by Sir Isaac Newton and Gottfried Wilhelm
physical quantities rather than digits for storing and von Leibniz, that deals with the instantaneous rate of
processing information. change of a function (Differential Calculus) and the
area under a function (Integral Calculus).
Angle given two intersecting lines or line segments,
the amount of rotation about the point of intersection Cardioid a plane curve traced by a point on a circle
(the vertex) required to bring one into correspondence rolling on the outside of a circle of equal radius.
with the other. Cartesian Coordinate System a reference system
Angle of Depression the angle between the hori- in 2-space, consisting of two axes at right angles, or
zontal and the line of sight to an object below the 3-space (three axes) in which any point in the plane is
horizontal. located by its displacements from these fixed lines
(axes). The origin is the common point from which
Angle of Elevation the angle between the horizon-
each displacement is measured. In 2-space, a set of
tal and the line of sight to an object above the
two numbers or coordinates is required to uniquely
horizontal.
define a position; in 3-space, three coordinates are
Arithmetic Progression (Sequence) an ordering required.
of numbers or terms where the difference between
consecutive terms is a constant.
G L O S S A RY 455
Catenary the curve a hanging flexible wire or chain Concave Up/Down f(x) is concave up at x0 if and
assumes when supported at its ends and acted upon by only if f ‘(x) is increasing at x0. f(x) is concave down at
a uniform gravitational force. A curve whose equation x0 if and only if f ‘(x) is decreasing at x0. If f ”(x) exists
is of the form y a2e a e a .
x x
at x0 and is positive, then f (x) is concave up at x0. If
f ”(x) exists and is negative, then f(x) is concave down
Chain Rule if f (x) and g(x) are continuous and dif- at x0. If f ”(x) does not exist or is zero, then the test
ferentiable functions, then the composite function fails.
h(x) f [g(x)] has a derivative given by Cone a pyramid with a circular cross-section. A right
h‘(x) f‘[g(x)]g‘(x). In Leibniz notation, if y f(u) cone is a cone with its vertex above the centre of its
where u g(x), then y is a composite function and base. The volume of a right circular cone with height h
dy dy du
.
dx du dx and radius r is 13r2h.
Characteristic the integral part of the representation Constant Multiple Rule if f(x) kg(x) where k is
of a logarithm. For example, in the expression a constant, then f ‘(x) kg‘(x). In Leibniz notation:
log10 643 2.808, the characteristic is 2. The charac- df dg
k.
dx dx
teristic can have positive and negative values, as well
Continuity the condition of being uninterrupted,
as zero. See Mantissa.
without break or irregularity.
Charles’ Law discovered by Jacques Charles
Continuous Function a function f(x) is continuous
(1746–1823). A volume of gas at a constant pressure
at a particular point x a, if f(a) is defined and if
varies linearly with the temperature of the gas: V T
lim f(x) f (a). If this property is true for all points in
where V is measured in litres and T is measured in x→a
degrees Celsius. the domain of the function, then the function is said to
Circle the set of all points in the plane that are equi- be continuous over the domain.
distant from a fixed point. The circumference of a cir- Convex the shape of a curve or curved surface seen
cle is 2r and the area is r2. from the outside; a surface curving away from the
Common Difference the difference between any viewer. See Concave.
two consecutive terms in an arithmetic sequence. For Coordinates a set of numbers that uniquely define
example, in the sequence 5, 9, 13, 17, …, the common the position of a point with respect to a frame of refer-
difference is 4. ence. Two coordinates are required in 2-space; three in
Common Ratio the ratio of consecutive terms in a 3-space.
geometric sequence. For example, in the sequence 3, Cosine Law a formula relating the lengths of the
12, 48, 192, …, the common ratio is 4. three sides of a triangle and the cosine of any angle in
Complementary Angle two angles are called com- the triangle. If a, b, and c are the lengths of the sides
plementary if the two angles add up to a right angle. and A is the magnitude of the angle opposite a, then
a2 b2 c2 2bc cos A. Two other symmetrical for-
Complex Number a number of the form z a bi
mulas exist involving expressions for the other two
where a and b are real numbers and i 1.
sides.
Composite Function given two functions, f (x) and
Critical Points (of a Function) a critical point on
g(x), the composite function f g f [g(x)]. g(x) is
f(x) occurs at x0 if and only if either f ‘(x0) 0 or the
called the inner function and f (x) is the outer function.
derivative doesn’t exist.
Composition the process of combining functions.
Cubes, Sum and Difference of the sum and differ-
Concave the shape of a curve or curved surface as ence of the cubes of two quantities:
seen from the inside; a surface curving toward the x3 y3 (x y)(x2 xy y2).
viewer. The reverse of convex. See Concave
Cubic Function a function that is a 3rd degree poly-
Up/Down and Convex.
nomial.
Cusp a type of double point. A cusp is a point on a
continuous curve where the tangent line reverses sign.
456 G L O S S A RY
Cylinder a three-dimensional solid of circular cross Dilatation a transformation that changes the size of
section in which the centres of the circles all lie on a an object.
single line of symmetry. For a right-circular cylinder Direct Proportion two quantities x and y are said to
of radius r and height h, the surface area is 2rh be in direct proportion if y kx where k is a constant.
2r2 and the volume is r2h. This relationship is commonly written as y x.
Decibel Scale see Loudness. Discontinuity an interrupted or broken connection.
Decreasing Function a function f(x) is decreasing A value for x, on an x–y grid, for which a value for y
at a point x0 if and only if there exists some interval I is not defined. A formal mathematical definition: a
containing x0 such that f (x0) f (x) for all x in I to function f(x) is discontinuous at a particular point
the left of x0 and f (x0) f (x) for all x in I to the x a if f(a) is not defined and/or if lim f(x) f(a).
x→a
right of x0. Discriminant in the quadratic formula, the value
Degree the unit of angle measure defined such that under the square root sign: b2 4ac. It is used to
an entire rotation is 360º. The degree likely arises determine the nature of the roots of an equation.
from the Babylonian year, which was composed of Displacement a translation from one position to
360 days (12 months of 30 days each). The degree is another, without consideration of any intervening
subdivided into 60 minutes per degree and 60 seconds positions. The minimal distance between two points.
per minute since the Babylonians used a base 60 num-
Distance the separation of two points measured in
ber system.
units of length, or the length of the path taken between
Delta the fourth letter of the Greek alphabet: lower
two points, not necessarily the minimal distance (dis-
case [
]; upper case [∆]. placement).
Dependent Variable in a relation, the variable
Domain the set of values of the independent variable
whose value depends upon the value of the independ- for which a function is defined. See Range.
ent variable. On a coordinate grid, the values of the
e the base of the natural logarithm, whose symbol “e”
independent variable are usually plotted on the hori- x
zontal axis, and the values of the dependent variable honours Euler. It can be defined as the lim 1 1x
x→
on the vertical axis. and is equal to 2.7182818286………
(a non-repeating, infinite decimal).
Derivative the instantaneous rate of change of a
function with respect to the variable. The derivative at Epsilon the fifth letter of the Greek alphabet: lower
a particular point is equal to the slope of the tangent case ( ); upper case ().
line drawn to the curve at that point. The derivative of Equation a statement that two mathematical objects,
f(x) f (a) for example, algebraic expressions, are equal under
f(x) at the point x a : f ‘(a) lim xa

provided the limit exists.
x→a certain conditions.
Difference of Squares the difference of the Equation of a Circle the standard form of the equa-
squares of two quantities. The algebraic identity: tion in Cartesian coordinates is (x a)2 (y b)2
a2 b2 (a b)(a b). r2, where the centre of the circle is (a, b) and the
radius is r.
Difference Quotient the slope of the secant drawn
to a curve f (x) between the points on the curve (a, Equation of a Hyperbola the standard form of the
2 y2
∆y f (a h) f (a) equation in Cartesian coordinates is ax2 b2 1.
f (a)) and (a h, f (a h)): ∆x
h.
a and b are the lengths of the semi-transverse and
Difference Rule if functions p(x) and q(x) are dif-
semi-conjugate axes respectively.
ferentiable and f (x) p(x) q(x), then
Equation of an Ellipse the standard form of the
f ‘(x) p‘(x) q‘(x). In Leibniz notation: 2 y2
df dp dq equation in Cartesian coordinates is ax2 b2 1.
.
dx dx dx a and b are the lengths of the semi-major and semi-
Differentiability a real function is said to be differ- minor axes respectively.
entiable at a point if its derivative exists at that point.
Differential Calculus that portion of calculus deal-
ing with derivatives.
G L O S S A RY 457
Equation of a Parabola the standard form of a is denoted by n! and n! n(n1)(n2) … 3.2.1.0! is
parabola in Cartesian coordinates is defined as 1.
y ax2 bx c. Factor Theorem (x – p) is a factor of f(x) if and
Equivalent equal in value or measure. only if f(p) 0.
Even Function if f (x) f (x) for all x, then Finite bounded or limited in magnitude or spatial or
y f (x) is symmetric under reflection in the y-axis temporal extent.
and is called an even function. See Odd Function. Formula a mathematical equation relating two or
Explicit precisely and clearly expressed or readily more quantities.
observable; leaving nothing to guesswork. Fraction the quotient of two integers where the
Exponent the notation bp means the product of p denominator does not equal zero.
factors of b, where b is the base and p the exponent of Frequency the number of occurrences within a given
the power bp. time period (usually 1 s) or the ratio of the number of
Exponential Decay occurs when quantities decrease observations in a statistical category to the total num-
at a rate proportional to the size of the original quanti- ber of observations.
ty present. Function a mapping of one set to another set so that
Exponential Function a function of the form y bx, each element in the first set (the domain) corresponds
b 0. The most fundamental exponential function is to only one element in the second set (the range).
y ex, where e is the base of the natural logarithm. Graph a diagram or visual representation designed to
See e. show the relation between two or more quantities.
Exponential Growth occurs when quantities Gravity the force of attraction exerted by one object
increase at a rate proportional to the size of the origi- on another. Specifically, on earth, the force of attrac-
nal quantity present. tion between the earth and any body in close proximi-
Exponential Series a series of the form ty to it.
2 3
1 x 2x! 3x! .... Each term in the series is of Greatest Common Factor the largest number that
n divides two or more numbers evenly.
the form nx! .
Half-life the time in years required for a radioactive
Exponent Laws substance to decay to one-half of its original size or
Action Result Action Result weight.
am an amn a0 1 Horizontal Asymptote the line y y0 is a horizon-
am 1

an
amn an
an tal asymptote of f(x) if and only if f(x) approaches y0
(am)n amn ba
n bn

an
as x → .
(ab)m ambm a
p

q q q
(a)p or
ap Hyperbolic Functions the hyperbolic functions
ba
m am
,b0 m
b
sinh, cosh, tanh, csch, sech, coth (hyperbolic sine,
hyperbolic cosine, etc.) share many properties with the
Extended Power Rule a symmetric expression that
corresponding circular functions. For example,
extends the Power Rule for the product of two func-
tions to three functions and beyond. For example, if cosh x 12(ex ex).
f ‘(x) g(x)h(x)k(x), then f ‘(x) g‘(x)h(x)k(x) Hypothesis a concept that is not yet verified but, if
g(x)h‘(x)k(x) g(x)h(x)k‘(x). Note the symmetry. true, would explain certain facts or phenomena.
Extreme Values (of a Function) the maximum Identity a mathematical statement of equality that is
and minimum values of a function over a particular true for all values of the variables. For example,
interval of values (domain). sin2 cos2 1 is an identity, true for all values of
Factor one of two or more expressions that are multi- the variable.
plied together to produce a product. Implicit implied though not directly expressed.
Factorial for any positive integer n, the product of all Implicit Differentiation a method for differentiat-
the positive integers less than or equal to n. Factorial n ing an implicit function, utilizing the Chain Rule and
ultimately solving for the derivative desired dx
dy
.
458 G L O S S A RY
dy
Implicit Function a function in which the depend- Leibniz Notation for example, is Leibniz nota-
dx
ent variable is not directly stated as a function of the tion for the derivative of y with respect to x. The nota-
independent variable. tion we use in everyday calculus is attributable pri-
Increasing Function a function f(x) is increasing at a marily to Leibniz.
point x0 if and only if there exists some interval I con- Limit (of a Function) the notation lim f (x) L
taining x0 such that f(x0) f(x) for all x in I to the left x→a
implies that as x approaches closer and closer to the
of x0 and f(x0) f(x) for all x in I to the right of x0.
value a, the value of the function approaches a limit-
Independent Variable in a relation, the variable ing value of L.
whose value determines the value of the dependent
Linear Equation an equation where the highest
variable. See Dependent Variable.
f(x) degree term is that of the first degree, for example,
Indeterminate Form a quotient lim where 3x 4 0.
x → a g(x)
f(x) and g(x) both approach 0 or as x approaches Linear Relation (Function) a relation between two
a is an indeterminate form: 00 or

. variables that, when graphed on a Cartesian coordinate
Inequality a statement that one quantity is not equal system, results in a straight line.
to another. Local Maximum a function f(x) has a local maxi-
Inequation a statement of inequality involving an mum at x0 if and only if there exists some interval I
unknown for which values can be calculated. In place containing x0 such that f(x0) f(x) for all x in I.
of an equal sign, the signs , , , or may be Local Minimum a function f(x) has a local mini-
used. mum at x0 if and only if there exists some interval I
Infinity something that is not finite, that is, counta- containing x0 such that f(x0) f(x) for all x in I.
ble or measurable. Logarithm the exponent to which a base must be
Inflection Point an inflection point occurs on f(x) raised to get the number.
at x0 if and only if f(x) has a tangent line at x0 and
Logarithm (Common) logarithms of numbers
there exists an interval I containing x0 such that f(x) is
using a base of 10. Usually written as log10x.
concave up on one side of x0 and concave down on the
Logarithm (Natural) logarithms of numbers using
other side.
a base of e. Usually written as ln x. The relationship
Instantaneous Rate of Change the rate of change
between natural and common logarithms is given by
of y f (x) at a particular point x a is given by log10x
∆y f(a h) f(a) ln x .
lim ∆ lim h provided the limit exists.
x h→0
log e
10
h→0 Logarithmic Function the inverse of the exponen-
Integer any of the numbers .... 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, tial function. If y bx represents the exponential
1, 2, 3, 4, …. The positive integers or natural numbers function, then x logby is the logarithmic function.
are 1, 2, 3, 4, …. The negative integers are 1, 2, Usually written as y logbx.
3, 4, ….
Logistic Model a mathematical model that describes
Integral Calculus that portion of calculus dealing a population that grows exponentially at the beginning
with integrals, enabling applications to find areas and and then levels off to a limiting value. There are sever-
volumes of curves. al different forms of equations representing this
Intercept the directed distance from the origin to the model.
point on one of the axes of a graph of a figure where Loudness (of Sound) the loudness of any sound is
the graph cuts the axis. measured relative to the loudness of sound at the
Irrational Number a real number that cannot be threshold of hearing (the softest that can be heard).
expressed as the ratio of two integers. The loudness (L) in decibels is given by the formula
Isosceles Triangle a triangle that has two sides of L 10logII where I0 is the intensity of a sound at
equal length. 0
the threshold of hearing. At the threshold of hearing,
Iteration a method of evaluating a function, where L 0 dB.
an initial value is calculated, and each subsequent term
is determined based on the value of the previous term.
G L O S S A RY 459
Mantissa the positive fractional part of the represen- Point of Inflection See Inflection Point.
tation of a logarithm; in the expression Polynomial an algebraic expression consisting of
log10 643 2.808, the mantissa is .808. See one or more terms with each term being the product of
Characteristic. a constant and a non-zero power of a variable.
Mapping a rule that assigns to every element of one Polynomial Equation an equation obtained by set-
set a unique element of another set. For example, a ting a polynomial equal to a real number.
function has a 1 for 1 mapping between its domain Polynomial Function a function, f (x), consisting of
and range. See Relation. one or more terms, with a variable or unknown raised
Maximum the largest value of a function on a given to non-negative integral powers only.
interval of values. Polynomial Inequality a polynomial equation
Minimum the smallest value of a function on a given where the equal sign is replaced by any one of the
interval of values. signs , , , or . The resulting solution of such
Monic Polynomial a polynomial in one variable. inequalities is usually a range of values.
Normal Line the line drawn at a point on a graph of Power Function a function of the form f(x) xn,
f(x), perpendicular to the tangent line drawn at that where n is a real number.
point. Power of a Function Rule if u is a function of x
Oblique (Slant) Asymptote the line y ax b is and n is a positive integer, then in Leibniz notation
d du
a slant or oblique asymptote of f(x) if and only if (un) nun1 . Also, in function notation, if
dx dx
lim f(x) ax b. f (x) [g(x)]n, then f ‘(x) n[g(x)]n1g(x).
x→
Odd Function if f (x) f (x) for all x, then Power Rule if f(x) xn, where n is a real number,
y f (x) is symmetric under reflection through the ori- then f ‘(x) nxn1.
gin. See Even Function. Product Rule if h(x) f (x)g(x), then
Optimization a procedure to determine the best pos- h‘(x) f ‘(x)g(x) f (x)g‘(x). See Extended Power
sible outcome of a situation. If the situation can be Rule.
modelled as a function, it may involve finding either Quadratic Formula a formula giving the roots of a
the maximum or minimum value of the function over a quadratic function. The formula giving the two roots
set of values (domain). b
b 4ac
2
of f (x) ax2 bx c, a 0, is x 2a
.
Order of Magnitude one order of magnitude means
10 times larger, two orders of magnitude 100 times Quadratic Function a polynomial function of
larger, three orders 1000 times larger, and so on. degree 2. The general formula is f (x) ax2 bx c,
Expressed as an exponent: 1, 2, 3 … is also known as a 0. When plotted on a Cartesian coordinate system
the logarithm of the pattern. grid, the result is a geometric figure called a parabola.
Parameter a variable that permits the description of Quartic Function a polynomial function of the 4th
a relation among other variables (two or more) to be degree.
expressed in an indirect manner using that variable. Quotient the ratio of the dividend over the divisor.
Perimeter the distance around the outside of a plane The result of dividing the dividend by the divisor.
f(x)
figure. Quotient Rule if h(x) , then
g(x)
Perpendicular at right angles to a figure; a straight g(x)f ‘(x) f(x)g‘(x)
line at right angles to another line. h(x) [g(x)]2
, g(x) 0.
pH Scale the measurement of the acidity of a liquid Radian the unit of plane angle adopted under the
determined from the concentration of hydrogen ions Système international d’unités; equal to the angle at
(H) in the liquid. pH log(H), where (H) is the the centre of a circle subtended by an arc equal in
concentration of hydrogen ions in moles per litre. A length to the radius (approximately 57.295º). Also
liquid with a pH lower than 7 is called an acid; higher radians 180º.
than 7, a base.
460 G L O S S A RY
Range (of a Relation) the set of second coordi- Slope of Tangent the slope of the tangent to the
nates of the order pairs of the relation. See Domain. function y f(x) at the point (a, f(a)) on the curve is
Ratio a number or quantity compared with another. ∆y f(a h) f(a)
given by lim ∆
x
lim h.
It is usually written as a fraction or with the symbol h→0 h→0
“ : ”. Speed distance travelled per unit time. The absolute
Rational Number a number that can be expressed value of velocity.
as an integer or as a quotient of integers (a fraction). Sum Rule if functions p(x) and q(x) are differen-
Real Number any rational or irrational number. tiable and f (x) p(x) q(x), then
Reflection a transformation of a point, line, or figure f ‘(x) p‘(x) q‘(x). In Leibniz notation:
that results in a mirror image of the original. df dp dq
.
dx dx dx
Relation a mapping of one set to another set so that
Tangent a line segment drawn to a figure that
each element in the first set (the domain) corresponds
touches that figure at one and only one point.
to one or more elements in the second set (the range).
When the correspondence between domain and range Theorem a statement that has been proved and for
is 1 to 1, the mapping is defined as a function. which there is general agreement that it is useful.
Remainder Theorem if f(x) is divided by (x – p), Transcendental Number a number that is not the
giving a quotient q(x) and a remainder r, then the root of any polynomial equation with integer coeffi-
remainder is given by r f(p). cients. For example, e and are transcendental.
Richter Scale a method of comparing the intensities Translation a transformation that changes only the
position of a figure. A transformation that maps each
of earthquakes. The formula used is M logII,
0 point (x, y) on the figure to a new point (x a, y b)
where I is the intensity of the earthquake being meas- where a and b are components of the translation
ured and I0 is the intensity of a reference earthquake.
vector (a, b).
Root a value that satisfies an equation f(x) 0. Also Trigonometric Functions the sine (sin), cosine
known as the solution to the equation. (cos), tangent (tan), and their inverses, cosecant (csc),
Secant a line segment that cuts through a circle or secant (sec), and cotangent (cot). Also called circular
other figure. In a circle, the portion of the secant functions.
inside the circle is called a chord. Trigonometry the study of the properties of trigono-
Similarity two plane figures are similar if the angles metric functions and their applications to various
of one, taken in order, are respectively equal to the mathematical problems.
angles of the other, in the same order, and the corre- Variable a quantity, represented by an algebraic
sponding sides are proportional. symbol, that can take on any one of a set of values.
Sine Law the theorem that relates the lengths of Velocity the rate of change of displacement with
sides of a triangle to the sines of the angles opposite
respect to time: ddst .
those sides. In a triangle, with sides of lengths a, b,
and c and angles opposite those sides A, B, and C, Vertical Asymptote the line x x0 is a vertical
then a b
.
c asymptote of f(x) if and only if f(x) → as
sin A sin B sin C x → x0 from the left or from the right.
Slant (Oblique) Asymptote the line y ax b is Zero the absence of any magnitude. On the number
a slant or oblique asymptote of f(x) if and only if line, zero stands between the positive and the negative
lim f(x) ax b. numbers.
x→
Slope the steepness of a line or curve. In the plane, Zero of a Function the value(s) of x for which the
the slope is equal to the tan where is the angle of function f(x) 0. A polynomial of the nth degree has
inclination. n or fewer zeros.
G L O S S A RY 461
Answers
C H A P T E R 1 P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S e. 3x3 4 (x 4)(3x 12) 44
Review of Prerequisite Skills f. x3 2x 4 (x 2)(x2 2x 2)
1. a. (P r)2 b. (4n 1)2 c. (3u 5)2 d. (v 3)(v 1) g. 4x3 6x2 6x 9 (2x 3)(2x2 3)
e. (2w 1)(w 1) f. (3k 1)(k 2) g. (7y 1)(y 2) h. 3x3 11x2 21x 7 (3x 2)(x2 3x 5) 3
h. (5x 1)(x 3) i. (3v 5)(v 2) i. (3x 2)(2x2 1) 7
2. a. (5x y)(5x y) b. (m p)(m p) c. (1 4r)(1 4r) j. 3x3 7x2 5x 1 (3x 1)(x2 2x 1)
d. (7m 8)(7m 8) e. (pr 10x)(pr 10x) 8. a. No. b. Yes. c. No. d. No. e. Yes. f. Yes. g. Yes. h. No.
f. 3(1 4y)(1 4y) g. (x n 3)(x n 3) i. No. j. Yes. The degree of the remainder is less.
h. (7u x y)(7u x y) i. (x2 4)(x 2)(x 2) 9. a. x3 3x2 14x 53, R 220
3. a. (k p)(x y) b. (f g)(x y) c. (h 1)(h2 1) b. 2x3 2x2 x 1 c. 4x2 8x 16
d. (x d)(1 x d) e. (2y z 1)(2y z 1) d. x4 x3 x2 x 1
f. (x z y)(x z y) 10. x 6, x 1
4. a. 2(2x 3)(x 1) b. 4(7s 5t)(s t) 11. x2 x 1 with R 5
c. (y r n)(y r n) d. 8(1 5m)(1 2m) 12. x2 x
e. (3x 2)(2x 3) f. (y 1)(y2 5) g. 10(3y 4)(2y 3) 13. x2 3x 2
h. 2(5x2 19x 10) i. 3(3x 4)(3x 4) 14. r(x) 0
5. a. (12x 4y 5u)(12x 16y 5u) b. g(1 x)(1 x) 15. 0, 1
c. (y 1)(y4 y2 1) d. (n2 w2)2 16. a. r 0 b. 1, 2, 3, 4; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 1, 2, 3, ..., n 1
e. (x 14y z)(7x 2y 7z) f. (u 1)(4u 3)(2u 1) 17. a. x3 4x2 5x 9 (x 2)(xv 6x 7) 5
g. (p 1 y z)(p 1 y z) h. (3y2 2)2 x2 6x 7 (x 1)(x 5) 2 b. Yes.
c. r r1 (x 2)r2 or r2x (r1 2r2)
1 2
i. (ax m)(bx n) j. x x
Exercise 1.4
Exercise 1.2 1. Find f (1).
1. f(x) x2 5x 4 47 171
2. a. 10 b. 13 c. 8 or 5.875 d. 8 or 21.375
2. f(x) 3x 4 3. a. 12 b. 3 c. 25 d. 1 e. 17 f. 16
3. f(x) 2x2 5x 3
4. a. 2 b. 58 c. 13 d. 0 e. 11 f. 5 g. 1 h. 3
4. f(x) 2x2 7x 4
5. a. 4 b. 2 c. 5
5. f(x) 2x3 5x2 21x 36
6. m 2, g 1
6. f(x) x3 15x 20 4 13
7. f(x) x3 x2 14x 24 7. m 9, g 9
8. f(x) 2x3 x2 13x 6 8. 24x 73
9. f(x) x4 10x3 35x2 52x 24 9. 42x 39
10. f(x) 2x1 10. a. 4 b. 3 c. 2 d. 1 e. 9
11. a. V 0.0374t3 0.1522t2 0.1729t 11. f(x) 2
b. maximum volume of 0.8863 L at 3.2 s 12. a. (x2 x 3)(x2 x 3) b. (3y2 2y 2)(3y2 2y 2)
12. a. f(t) t3 27t2 3t 403t b. 1999 c. 57 000 c. (x2 2x 5)(x2 2x 5)
d. (2x2 2x 3)(2x2 2x 3)
Exercise 1.3
1. a. 17 5(3) 2 b. 42 7(6) 0 c. 73 12(6) 1 Review Exercise
d. 90 6(15) 0 e. 103 10(10) 3 f. 75 15(5) 0 1. a. y b. y
2. a. The remainder is not zero. b. The remainder is zero. x
c. possible solution from Question 1: 1.d. 15; 1.f. 5 x
d. 15 f. 5 –3 2
3. The dividend equals the product of the divisor and the quotient
added to the remainder of the division.
c. y d.
4. a. x 2 b. x2 3x 2 c. 5 d. x3 x2 8x 9 y
5. f(x) 3x2 8x2 8x 26

x x
6. f (x) x4 x2 0 1 3 –2 2 4
7. a. x3 3x2 x 2 (x 2)(x2 5x 11) 20
b. x3 4x2 3x 2 (x 1)(x2 5x 2)
c. 2x3 4x2 3x 5 (x 3)(2x2 2x 3) 14
d. 3x3 x2 x 6 (x 1)(3x2 2x 1) 7
462 A N S W E R S
e. y f. y C H A P T E R 2 P O LY N O M I A L
E Q U AT I O N S A N D I N E Q U A L I T I E S
x x
2 –4 –3 1 11
1. a. 3 b. no solution c. 4 or 2.75 d. 1
2. a. x 7
g. h. 6 7 8
y y
b. x 6
x x 5 6 7
–2 4 –1 2
c. x 4.5
–5 –4.5 –4
i. y j. d. x 2
y
–3 –2 –1
x x 3. a. 0 b. 15 c. 10 d. 0
0 53
–2 3 –2 –1 3 4 4. a. 2 b. 13 c. 52 d. 8
5. a. (x 6)(x 8) b. (y 2)(y 1) c. (3x 7)(x 1)
d. 3(x 5)(x 5) e. (3x 1)(2x 3) f. x(x 8)(x 7)
k. y l. y g. 4x(x 5) h. 3x(x 2)(x 2) i. 2(3x 2)(x 3)
4
x x
6. a. 0, 4 b. 3, 2 c. 3, 2 d. 6, 3 e. 5, 3 f. 1, 7
7 1
–3 2 –2 3 g. 1, 3 h. 3, 0, 3 i. 3 , 4

1 i35

7. a. 1.5, 5.5 b. 2.3, 0.6 c. 6 d. 5.7, 0.7
f(x) x3 5x2 10x 11 3 i31

2. a. e. 3, 0.5 f. 1.5, 0.7 g. 4 h. 6, 1 i. 8.3, 0.7
b. f(x) 2x3 3x2 12x 4
c. f(x) x4 14x2 5x 1 Exercise 2.1
d. not enough information given 1. 0
e. not enough information given 2. a. (x 5) b. Divide.
3. a. x3 2x2 3x 1 (x 3)(x2 x 6) 17 3. (x 1), (x 2), (x 3)
b. 2x3 5x 4 (x 2)(2x2 4x 13) 22 4. a. Yes. b. No. c. Yes. d. No. e. No. f. Yes.
c. 4x3 8x2 x 1 (2x 1)(2x2 3x 2) 3 5. b. x 3 c. x2 x 1
d. x4 4x3 3x2 3 (x2 x 2)(x2 5x 10) 6. b. x 2 c. x2 4x 3
7. a. (x 1)(x2 x 3) b. (x 2)(x 1)(x 1)
20x 17
22 c. (y 1)(y2 20y 1) d. (x 1)(x2 x 4)
4. a. 3 b. 1 c. 33 d. 1 e. 9 e. (y 2)(y2 y 1) f. (x 4)(x2 5x 2)
5. a. x 2x x 2 (x 1)(x 1)(x 2)
3 2
g. (x 2)(x 3)(x2 7x 2) h. (x 2)(x 8)(x2 1)
b. x3 3x2 x 3 (x 3)(x 1)(x 1) 8. 2.5
c. 6x3 31x2 25x 12 (2x 3)(3x 1)(x 4) 9. 1.5
1
6. a. k 2 b. r 2, g 5 10. a. (x 3)(x2 3x 9) b. (y 2)(y2 2y 4)
Chapter 1 Test c. (5u 4r)(25u2 20ur 16r2)
1. a. 2(3x 56)(3x 56) b. (pm 1)(m2 1) d. 2(10w y)(100w 10wy y2)
c. 2(3x 2)(2x 3) d. (x y 3)(x y 3) e. (x y uz)(x2 2xy y2 xuz yuz u2z2)
2. a. b. f. (5)(u 4x 2y)(u2 4ux 2uy 16x2 16xy 4y2)
y y
12. b. x3 x2y xy2 y3 c. (x 3)(x3 3x2 9x 27)
x
13. b. x4 x3y x2y2 xy3 y4
x
0 c. (x 2)(x4 2x3 4x2 8x 16)
2
–2 1 3 14. b. xn1 xn2y xn3y2 ... yn1
17. If n is odd.
3. a. q(x) x2 7x 20 r(x) 44 18. (x y)(x4 x3y x2y2 xy3 y4)
b. q(x) x2 3x 3 r(x) 11 19. No.
4. Yes.
Exercise 2.2
5. 40 1 5 1 2 1 1
6. k 3 1. a. 2, 2, 1, 5 b. 3, 3 c. 1, 2, 2, 4
1 1 1 1 3
7. a. Yes. b. f(x) 2x3 3x2 5x 8 d. 1, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8 e. 1, 3, 2, 2,
14 5 1 1 1 3
8. c 3, d 3 3, 6 f. 1, 2, 3, 6, 2, 2
9. (x 3)(x 3) 2. 5(2x 3)(x 2)
3. 2(x 3)(4x 3)(x 2)
ANSWERS 463
b
4. a. (2x 1)(x2 x 1) b. (x 2)(x 1)(5x 2) 16. x1 x2 x3 x4 a,
(x 2)(2x 1)(3x 1) d. (x 3)(2x 5)(3x 1) c
c. x1x2 x1x3 x1x4 x2x3 x2x4 x3x4 a,
e. (x 2)(x 2)(5x2 x 2) f. (3x 1)(2x 1)(3x 2) x1x2x3 x1x2x4 x1x3x4 x2x3x4 a, x1x2x3x4 a
d e
g. (x 2)(3x 2)(x2 x 1) h. (x 4)(4x 3)(x2 1)
5. a. (x 2)(px2 (p q) 7q) b. (x 1)(ax 2)(bx 1) Exercise 2.5
1. a. f(x) 0 for x 3, 0 x 4 f(x) 0 for 3 x 0,
Exercise 2.3 x 4 b. f(x) 0 for 2 x 1, x 4 f(x) 0
1. the factors of 8 for x 2, 1 x 4 c. f(x) 0 for x 3, 0 x 2
2. (x 1)(x 2)(x 4) 0 f(x) 0 for 3 x 0
3. a. f(x) kx(x 2)(x 3) b. f(x) 2x(x 2)(x 3) 2. a. 0 x 2 b. 3 x 1 c. 2 x 5
4. a. f(x) k(x 1)(x 1)(x 2)
1
d. x 3 or x 0.5 e. x 2 f. x 3, 0 x 3
b. f(x) 2(x 1)(x 1)(x 2) g. x 1, 1 x 5 h. x 2, 0.5 x 1
5. a. f(x) k(x 2)(x 1)(x 1)(x 3) i. 3.1 x .2 or x
3.3 j. R
1
b. f(x) 2(x 2)(x 1)(x 1)(x 3) 3. a. 30 b. t 59.15 °C c. t 270.50 °C
6. (x 1)(x 2)(5x 3) 0
7. 2 –4 10
8. a. 4, 5 b. 1 3i c. 0, 2, 5 d. 0, 2, 2 e. 1, 0, 1
3 3 3i3
f. i, 1 g. 1, 0, 4 h. 2, 4 i. 2, 3, 3 –30
j. 2, 3, 4 k. 1, 1, 2 l. 3, 3, 4 m. 5, 1 3 4. between 1.96 and 4.16 s

1 33
5. 3.27 w 3.30 in cm
n. 2, 2
Exercise 2.6
7 17
1 3 1
9. a. 1, 4 b. 4, 1, 4 c. 2, 3 5 d. 0, 2, 2 1. a. 10 b. 19 c. 4 d. 6
2. a. b.
1 3i 7 13

e. 3, 2 f. i, 7 g. 2, 2 h. 2, 2
–2 0 2 –3 0 3
2 x 2 x 3 or x 3
1 23
10. a. 1, i, 3, i3 b. 2, 1, 1 3i, 2 c. d.
–4 0 4 –2 0 2
1 1 1 34
1 2

c. 2, 1, 2, 3 d. 3, 4, 3, 4 e. 3 ,
3 4 x 4 x
2 or x 2
f. 8, 2, 3 i21
3. a. 3 f(x) b. 5 g(x)
11. 5 cm
12. a. 7.140, 0.140 b. 2.714, 1.483, 3.231 c. 1, 0.732, 2732 x x
d. 2.278, 1.215, 1.215, 2.278 3 –5

13. 3 cm, 4 cm, 5 cm
14. 6.64 m c. d.
5 h(x) 6 m(x)
15. 3.1 s
Exercise 2.4 x x
5 9 7 8
1. a. 5, 11 b. 2, 2 c. 3, 3 –5 –2.5 2
2. a. x2 3x 7 0 b. x2 6x 4 0 c. 25x2 5x 2 0
d. 12x2 13x 3 0 e. 3x2 33x 2 0
3. a. x2 10x 21 0 b. x2 3x 40 0 e. 4 f(x) f. 1 g(x)
c. 3x2 10x 3 0 d. 8x2 10x 3 0
e. 125x2 85x 12 0 f. x2 4x 5 0 x x
4. 6 4
3
1
5. 6, k 21
6. x2 4x 13 0 4. a. y b. y
7. 2x2 37x 137 0
8. x2 7x 9 0
x x
9. 16x2 97x 4 0
–2 2 –1 1
10. x2 10x 5 0
11. 4x2 40x 1 0
12. 8x2 40x 1 0 c. y d. y
b c d
13. x1 x2 x3 a, x1x2 x1x3 x2x3 a, x1x2x3 a
x x
14. 2x3 13x2 22x 8 0 0 0
2 –4
15. x3 10x2 31x 32 0
464 A N S W E R S
e. y f. y g. 2.8 x .72 or .72 x 2.8
(–1, 1) (1, 1) h. 1.44 x 1 or x 1.38
1 10
x x 17. a. 3, 4 b. 4 x 2 c. x 1 or x
4
1 18. 5 cm
Chapter 2 Test
6. a. y b. y 1. No.
2. a. (x 1)(x2 4x 2) b. (x 1)(2x 3)(x 3)
x x c. (x 1)(x 1)3
–3 3 3. (3x 2)(x2 2x 2)
3 3i3 3 i3 1
4. a. 3, 2 b. 1, 2 c. 0, 2, 3 d. 2, 1
c. y
5. x2 8x 20 0
6. Yes.
x
7. a. 2 x 3 or x 2 b. 2 x 0 or x
2
–1 1
c. x 7 or x 2
8. a. 3 zeros, positive, cubic (3rd)
4 8 b. 2 zeros, positive, quartic (4th)
7. a. x 4, 3 b. x 3, 3 c. 6 x 12
1 7 c. 3 zeros, negative, cubic (3rd)
d. x
1 or x 9 e. 2 x 2 f. no solution 9. a. 173.9 cm b. 6.52 kg
4 1 2
8. a. 1 b. 0.8 c. 4, 3 d. x 2 e. x 5
5 CHAPTER 3 INTRODUCTION TO
f. x 1 or x
3 g. 2, 4 h. 0
CALCULUS
9. none
10. Review of Prerequisite Skills
f(x) 2 2 5
1. a. 3 b. 2 c. 12 d. 1 e. 3 f. 3 g. 4 h. 4 i. 6
x 4 1
j. 1 k. 1 0 l. 1
–2 2. a. y 4x 2 b. y 2x 5
c. y 5 0 d. 2x 3y 12 0 e. 6x 5y 36 0
f. x y 2 0 g. 6x y 2 0 h. 4x y 0
Review Exercise i. 7x y 27 0 j. 3x y 6 0 k. x 3 0
1. a. (x 3) b. (3x 2) l. y 5 0
2. a. y a(x 4)(x 1)(x 2) b. y (x 4)(x 1)(x 2) 5 3 5
3. a. No. b. Yes. 3. a. 52 b. 13 c. 0 d. 52
4. (x 5)(x2 x 1) 4. a. 6 b. 3 c. 9
3 35
5. a. 4 b. 3 1
3 5. a. 2 b. 1 c. 5 d. 1 e. 106
6. a. (x 1)(x2 x 1) 52 6
63 6 43
3 3

6. a. 2 b. 3 c. 3 d. 6
b. (x 1)(x 2)(x 3) c. (2x 3y)(4x2 6xy 9y2)
d. 3(x 2x pr)(x2 4xw 4w2 prx 2wpr p2r2) 57 20 15 103
e. f. 6 43 g.

8. a. (2x 3)(x2 x 1) b. (x 1)(3x 5)(3x 1) 9 2
9. a. Yes b. No 66
152
20 25

h. 13 i. 19
10. a. (3x 1)(x2 x 1) b. (2x 5)(x2 3x 1)
c. (5x 1)(3x 1)(2x 1) 2 3 9 13
7. a.
52
b. 6
63
c. d.
11. a. 2.5 b. 0, 5, 5 c. 2, 1 i3 d. 1, 3, 3 57 4 66 152
3 21
1 i3 1
e. -4, 4, 2i f. 1, 2 g. 2, 2
1
e. f.
7
3 23 7
3 3i3 1 i3 8. a. (x 2)(x 2) b. x(x 1)(x 1) c. (x 3)(x 2)
h. 1, 3, 2 , 2 i. 1 5, 1 i2
d. (2x 3)(x 2) e. x(x 1)(x 1) f. (x 2)(x2 2x 4)
12. a. x 1.414 b. x 10.196, 0.196 g. (3x 4)(9x2 12x 16) h. (x 2)(x2 3)
c. x 1.377, 0.274, 2.651 d. x 1.197 i. (x 1)(x 2)(2x 3)
e. x 2.857, 1.356 f. x 5.67 9. a. x R b. x R c. x
5, x R d. x R
13. x2 3 and k 1 e. x 1, x R f. x R g. x
9, x R h. x 0, x R
14. x2 5x 2 0 i.
1
x 5, x R j. x 4, 1, 5, x R k. x 3, 2, x R
1
15. a. x1 x2 2, x1x2 2 b. 15x2 x 2 0 l. x 2, 1, 5, x R
2
c. x2 6x 13 0 d. x2 3, k 1
e. x x 4 0 f. 4x x 2 0
2 2 Exercise 3.1
5 1
16. a. 4 x 2 b. x 2 or x
1 c. x 0 1. a. 3 b. 3 c. 3
d. 1 x 1 or x 2 e. x 0 f. R 1 7
2. a. 3 b. 13
ANSWERS 465
3. a. x y 0 b. y 8x 6 c. 3x 5y 15 0 8. a. 8 b. 2 c. 2
d. x50 9. 5
1 1
4. a. 4 h b. 75 15h h2 c. 108 54h 12h2 h3 10. a. 0 b. 0 c. 5 d. 2 e. 5 f. does not exist

1 3 1
1 h e. 6 3h f. 12 6h h g. 4(4 h) h. 4 2h
d. 2 11. a. does not exist b. 2 c. 2 d. does not exist
13. m 3, b 1
1 h5 1
5. a. b. c. 14. a 3, b 2, c 0
16 h 4
2 h 5
h42 5 h 5

1 1
1 15. b. 6, 4 c. 2000 d. 22 years after the spill, or 82 years in total.
6. a. 6 3h b. 3 3h h2 c.
9h3

7. a. P(2, 8) Exercise 3.4
100
4. a. 1 b. 1 c. 9 d. 53 e. 2 f. 3
Q Slope of PQ
5. a. 2 b. 2
7 7 1 1 1
(3, 27) 19 7. a. 4 b. 4 c. 7 d. 1 e. 3 f. 27 g. 0 h. 2 i. 2 j. 4 k. 4
(2.5, 15.625) 15.25 1 1 3
l. m. 2 n. 4 o. 16
(2.1, 9.261) 12.61 7

1 1 1 1 1
8. a. 12 b. 27 c. 6 d. 2 e. 12 f. 12
(2.01, 8.120601) 12.0601
2 1 3 1
(1, 1) 7 9. a. 0 b. 0 c. 4 d. 1 e. 0 f. 3 g. 16 h. 4 i. 2 j. 2
(1.5, 3.375) 9.25 1
k. 2x l. 32
(1.9, 6.859) 11.41
(1.99, 7.880599) 11.9401
10. a. does not exist b. does not exist c. does not exist d. 0
V 22.4334
11. b. V 0.08213T 22.4334 c. T 0.08213
b. 12 c. 12 6h h2 d. 12
13. a. 27 b. 1 c. 1
8. a. 12 b. 5 c. 12 14. a. 0 b. 0
9. a. 1 b. 1 c. 5 1
15. a. 0 b. 0 c. 2
2 4 6
1 1 16. 2
10. a. 2 b. 2 c.
25

1 1 3 1 1 17. No.
11. a. 1 b. 1 c. 9 d. 4 e. 10 f. 4 g. 6 h. 16 18. b 2
5
16. 4 19. m 6, b 9
17. 1600 papers/month Exercise 3.5
18. (2, 4) 4. a. 3 b. 0 c. 0 d. 3 e. 3, 2 f. 3
26 28
28
26

19. 2, 3 , 1, 3 , 1, 3 , 2, 3 5. a. x R b. x R c. x 0, 0 x 5, x 5, x R
d. x
2, x R e. x R f. x R
Exercise 3.2
7. continuous everywhere
1. 0 s and 4 s
8. No.
2. a. slope of the secant between two points (2, s(2)) and (9, s(9))
9. 0, 100, 200, and 500
b. slope of the tangent at (6, s(6))
10. Yes.
3. slope of the tangent to y x at (4, 2)
11. discontinuous at x 2
4. a. between A and B b. greater
12. k 16
7. a. 5 m/s, 25 m/s, 75 m/s b. 55 m/s c. 20 m/s
13. a 1, b 6
8. a. i) 72 km/h ii) 64.8 km/h iii) 64.08 km/h c. 64 km/h
14. a. 1, 1, does not exist b. discontinuous at x 1
9. a. 15 terms b. 16 terms/h
1
10. a. 3 mg/h Review Exercise
1
11. 5 1. a. 3 b. 7 c. 2x y 5 0
0 s/m 1 1 1 5
12 2. a. 3 b. 2 c. 27 d. 4
12. 5ºC/km
3. a. 2 b. 2
13. 2 s, 0 m/s
4. a. 5 m/s; 15 m/s b. 40 m/s c. 60 m/s
14. a. $4800 b. $80/ball c. 0 x 8
1 5. a. 0.0601 g b. 6.01 g/min c. 6 g/min
15. a. 6 b. 1 c. 1
2
0 6. a. 7 105 tonnes b. 1.8 105 tonnes/year
18. 200 m /m
c. 1.5 105 tonnes/year d. 7.5 years
Exercise 3.3 7. a. 10 b. 7, 0 c. t 3, t 4
8 9. a. x 1, x 1 b. do not exist
1. a. 11 b.
4. a. 5 b. 10 c. 100 d. 8 e. 4 f. 8 10. not continuous at x 3
2
5. 1 11. a. x 1, x 2 b. lim f(x) 3, lim f(x) does not exist
x→1 x→2
6. a. 0 b. 2 c. 1 d. 2
7. a. 2 b. 1 c. does not exist
466 A N S W E R S
37
12. a. does not exist b. 0 c. 7, does not exist C H A P T E R 4 D E R I VAT I V E S
1 1 Review of Prerequisite Skills
13. 3 b. 2
1
1. a. 511 b. a8 c. 418 d. 8a6 e. 6m13 f. 2p g.
a2b7 h. 48e
18
x f(x) x f(x) b
i.
2a 6
1.9 0.34483 0.9 0.52632 7 2
2. a. x 6 b. 4x4 c. a 3
1.99 0.33445 0.99 0.50251
3 3
1.999 0.33344 0.999 0.50025 3. a. b. 2 c. d. 1
2 5
2.001 0.33322 1.001 0.49975 4. a. x 2y 5 0 b. 3x 2y 16 0 c. 4x 3y 7 0
2.01 0.33223 1.01 0.49751
5. a. 2x2 5xy 3y2 b. x3 5x2 10x 8
c. 12x2 36x 21 d. 13x 42y e. 29x2 2xy 10y2
2.1 0.32258 1.1 0.47619
f. 13x3 12x2y 4xy2
14. 15x y5 8
6. a. 2, x 2, 0 b.
4y2(y 2) , y 5 c. 9 , h k

x f(x) 2 11x
8x 7 4x 7 2
(x y)2 , x y e. 2x(x 1)
d. f.
–0.1 0.29112 (x 2)(x 3)
–0.01 0.28892 7. a. 2a(5a 3) b. (2k 3)(2k 3) c. (x 4)(x 8)
–0.001 0.2887 d. (y 14)(y 3) e. (3a 7)(a 1) f. (6x 5)(x 2)
0.001 0.28865 g. (x 1)(x 1)(x2 1) h. (x y)(x2 xy y2)
i. (r 1)(r 1)(r 2)(r 2)
0.01 0.28843
8. a. (a b)(a2 ab b2)
0.1 0.28631
b. (a b)(a4 a3b a2b2 ab3 b4)
c. (a b)(a6 a5b a4b2 a3b3 a2b4 ab5 b6)
15. a.
d. (a b)(an1 an2b an3b2 ... abn2 bn1)
x f(x) 32 6
43 30 172
11 46

9. a. 2 b. 3 c. 23 d. 5
2.1 0.24846
2.01 0.24984 Exercise 4.1
2.001 0.24998 1. a. x R, x 2 b. x R, x 2 c. x R d. x R, x 1
2.0001 0.25 e. x R f. x 2, x R
1
1
c. 4 4. a. 2 b. 9 c. 2

3 3
2
5. a. 2x 3 b. (x 2)2 c.
d.
16. a. 10, slope of the tangent to y x2 at x 5 x3 3x 2
2
2
1
b. 4, slope of the tangent to y x at x 4 6. a. 7 b.
(x 1)2 c. 6x
1 1 7. 4, 0, 4
c. 16, slope of the tangent to y x at x 4
8. 8 m/s, 0 m/s, 4 m/s
1 3
147 , slope of the tangent to y x at x 343
d. 9. x 6y 10 0
3 10. a. 0 b. 1 c. m d. 2ax b
17. a. 2 b. 5a2 3a 7 c. does not exist d. 1 e. 12 f. 4 12. a and e, b and f, c and d
1 3 3 3 2
3 13. 1
g. 3 h. 10a i. 7 j. 5 k. 1 l. 1 m. 2 n. 2
14. f ‘(0) 0
1 1
o. p. 3 q. 0 r. 16 s. 48 t. 4 u. 2 15. 3
5
1
16. f (x) (x 3) 3 , answers will vary
Chapter 3 Test
5. 13 Exercise 4.2
1
4
6. 2. a. 4 b. 0 c. 4x 1 d. e. 12x2 f. 3x2 2x g. 2x 5
2x
3
1 3
7. 2 h. 3 j. 18x k. x l. 3x4
3 2 i. x 4
8. x y 2 0 3 x
dy
9. a. does not exist b. 1 c. 1 d. 1, 2 3. a. dx
2x 3 b. f ‘(x) 6x2 10x 4
10. a. 1.8 105 b. 4000 people/year 2
c. v‘(t) 18t2 20t4 d. s‘(t) t3, t 0 e. f ‘(x) 6x5
11. a. 1 km/h b. 2 km/h ds
f. h‘(x) 4x 11 g. dt 4t3 6t2 h. g‘(x) 20x4
16 h 4

12. dy 3
h i. dx
x4 x2 x j. g‘(x) 40x7 k. s‘(t) 2t3 2
13. 31 21 d y
7 3 1 1 l. g‘(x) 7f ‘(x) m. h‘(x) x
8 n. m
14. a. 12 b. 5 c. 4 d. 4 e. 6 f. 1
2 4 2
dx
5

18 4. a. 2x 5 b. 5x 3 c. 9x 2 d. 8x7 8x9
15. a 1, b 5
1 2 4 3
17. k 8 1
e. 2x 3
2x3
3x 3
f. 2x 2 6x2 g. 18x4 4x3
1 2 1 1
3 1
h. 18x3 2x 2 i. 100x4 x 3 j. 2x 2 9x 2
ANSWERS 467
3
1
k. 1.5x0.5 3x1.25 l. x2 2x 2 Exercise 4.4
1
1 dy ds
5. a. 4t 7 b. 5 t2 c. 2t 6 2. f ‘(x) 1, g‘(x) 2x 3 , h‘(x)
2x6 , d
x
8x, dt 1
1 x 2x 2 13 7 2x 3x 4 2
191 11
6. a. 4 b. 2 4. a.
(x 1)2 b. (x 1)2 c. (t 5)2 d. (x 3)2 e. (2x2 1)2
4
1
7. a. 12 b. 5 c. 2 d. 12 2x 5x 6x 5 x 4x 3
2 2 x 6x 1 2
f. h.
(x2 3)2 g. (1 x2)2

(x2 3)2 i. (3x2 x)2
1
8. a. 9 b. 2 c. 4 d. 7 13 7
5. a. 4 b. 2
200

7

5 c. 841 d. 3
9. a. 6x y 4 0 b. 18x y 25 0 c. 9x 2y 9 0
6. 9
d. x y 3 0 e. 7x 2y 28 0 f. 5x 6y 11 0
7. 9, 5, (1, 5)
27 3
10. x 18y 125 0
11. 8 or 8 9. a. (0, 0), (8, 32) b. (1, 0)
12. No 10. p‘(1) 75.36, p‘(2) 63.10
14. (1, 0) 11. 4x 6y 5 0
15. (2, 10), (2, 6) 12. a. 20 m b. 1.1 m/s
17. a. y 3 0, 16x y 29 0; 13. ad bc 0
b. 20x y 47 0, 4x y 1 0
18. 7 Exercise 4.5
19. a. 50 km b. 0.12 km/m 1. a. 0 b. 0 c. 1 d. 15 e. x2 1 f. x 1
20. 0.29 min, 1.71 min 2. a. f(g(x)) x, x
0; g(f(x)) x, x R; f °g g °f
1 1
21. 20 m/s b. f(g(x))
x2 1 , x R; g(f(x)) x2 1, x 0; f °g g °f
22. (1, 3), (1, 3) 1
c. f(g(x)) , x 2; g(f(x))

1 2x 1
23. (0, 0) x2
x , x 2 or
1
25. 1 n, approaches 1 x 0; f °g g °f
1
26. a. f ‘(x) 2x,1, xx 33 3. a. 3x 1 b. c. (3x 1)3
x1

1 1
d.
x3 e. f. 3x3 1 g. h. 3xx 1
f ‘(x) does not exist at (3, 9). x 1 3x 2
1

6x, x 2 i. 3
(x 1)
b. f ‘(x) 6x, 2 x 2 4. a. f (x) x4, g(x) 2x2 1 b. f(x) x, g(x) 5x 1
6x, x 2 1 5
c. f(x) x, g(x) x 4 d. f(x) x 2 , g(x) 2 3x
f ‘(x) does not exist at (2, 0), (2, 0).
e. f(x) x(x 1), g(x) x2 2
1, x 1

f. f(x) x2 9x, g(x) x 1
1, 1 x 0 5. g(x) x3
c. f ‘(x)
1, 0 x 1 6. f(x) (x 7)2
1, x 0 7. f(x) (x 3)2
f ‘(x) does not exist at (1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 0). 8. g(x) x 4 or g(x) x 4
9. u(x) 2x or u(x) 2x 4
Exercise 4.3 x
1
x 1 b. x 11. 2, 3 12. a. x
10. a.
1. a. 2x 4 b. 6x2 2x c. 12x 17 d. 8x 26
e. 45x8 80x7 2x 2 f. 8t3 2t
Exercise 4.6
2. a. 15(5x 1)2(x 4) (5x 1)3 2. a. 8(2x 3)2 b. 6(5 x)5 c. 6x(x2 4)2 d. 15x2(7 x3)4
b. 6x(3 x3)5 15x2(3x2 4)(3 x3)4
e. 4(4x 3)(2x2 3x 5)3 f. 5(5x x2)4(5 2x)
c. 8x(1 x2)3(2x 6)3 6(1 x2)4(2x 6)2 g. 6x(2 x2)2 h. 4(1 2x 3x2)(1 x x2 x3)3
4. a. 9 b. 4 c. 9 d. 6 e. 36 f. 22 g. 671 h. 12 2 5
5. 10x y 8 0 i. 12(2 x)3[(2 x)4 16]2 j. k.
4x 1
5x 7
2
6. a. (14, 450) b. (1, 0)
x 10x x 1
7. a. 3(x 1)2(x 4)(x 3)2 (x 1)3(x 3)2 l. m.
(x2 16)6 n. o. 2
x2 3
x2 43 2x(x 1)
2(x 1)3(x 4)(x 3) 1
b. 2x(3x2 4)2(3 x3)4 12x3(3x2 4)(3 x3)4 2(1 u 3 )5 2(x 2)2(x 1)
p. 3 2 2x 5 r. x
q. 3 2

u
12x4(3x2 4)2(3 x3)3 6 6
1 2x
8
3. a. x
3 b. 6x
8. 30 x4 c. (x 1)2 d. (x2 4)2 e. x3 f. (9 x2)2
9. a. f ‘(x) g‘(x)g2(x) ... g11(x) g1(x) g‘2(x) g‘3(x) ... g11(x) 10x 1 4(2x 1) (1 x)2(x 2)
g.
g1(x) g2(x) g‘3(x) ... g11(x) ... (5x2 x)2 h. (x2 x 1)5 i. x3
n(n 1) (3x 1)(x 3)
g1(x) g2(x) ... gx1(x) g‘11(x) b. 2 4. a. 3(3x 5)(x 4)2(x 3)5 b.
10. f(x) 3x2 6x 5 (1 x2)2
c. 4(2x 1)3(2 3x)3(7 12x)
11. a. 1 b. f ‘(x) 2x, x 1 or x 1;
2(x 3x 1)
2
f ‘(x) 2x, 1 x 7 c. 4, 0, 6 d. (x2 1)2 e. 3x2 (3x 5)(4x 5)
468 A N S W E R S
(2x 1)(2x 5)
f. g. 4x3(1 4x2)2(1 10x2) 92
92

(x 2)4 14. c. (0, 0), 32, 2 , 32
, 2 d. 14
48x(x2 3)3
h. (x2 3)5 i. 6x(2x 3x 3)(x 3) (x 3)
3 2 2 3
15. a. 50
3
3.68 b. 1
1 16. a. 9, 19 b. 1.7 words/min, 2.3 words/min
j. 3
k. 12(4 3t3)3(1 2t)5(9t3 3t2 4) 30t
(1 x2) 2 17. a. 2 3 b. Yes. The limit of N(t) as t → 0 is 0.
9t )
(
1 18. a. x2 40 b. 6 gloves/week
l. 2
(1 x)
1x
x
91
5. a. 3
7
19. a. 750 3 2x2 b. $546.67
6 b. 48 5
20. 4
6. x 0, x 1
1 Chapter 4 Test
7. 4
3. f ‘(x) 1 2x
1 1 2
8. 60x y 119 0 4. a. x2 15x6 b. 60(2x 9)4 c. 3
3
x x
3 2
9728 1
7 f. 8 g. 48608
9. a. 52 b. 78 c. 54 d. 320 e. 2 5(x2 6)4(3x2 8x 18) 16x3 14x 4x5 1
8x 8
d. (3x 4)6 e. 2 f.

6x

3 2 7 x5
10. 10
42 5. 14
11. 2 40
5 6. 3
12. 6
7. 60x y 61 0
13. a. h‘(x) p‘(x)g(x)r(x) p(x)q‘(x)r(x) p(x)q(x)r‘(x) 75
8. 3
2 p.p.m./year
b. 344
9. 4,
256
1 1
2x(x 3x 1)(1 x)
2 2
15. (1 x)4
10. (1, 0), 3, 2
7
1 32
17. (a 1)d (c 1)b
11. a 1, b 1
3
b. i) 6 ii) 3 iii) 32 iv) 6 v) 4 vi) 4 vii) 6 viii) 1 Cumulative Review Chapters 1–4
1. y 2. y
Review Exercise
1 4
2. a. 4x 5 b. c.
(4 x)2
x
x6
2 x
1 –1 2
3 28 1
3. a. 2x 5 b. 3x2 c. 4x 4
d. 20x5 e.
3x5 f. (x 3)2
–3 1 4
2x 12x 1 7x 2
g. j.
(x2 5)2 h. (3 x2)3 i. 2
2x 7x2
4x 1 3. y 2x3 3x2 24
4 6x 2 4. a. x2 x 2 b. 3x2 13x 50, R: 153
k. 60x3(5x4 )2 l. x
5 7
5(x3 4) 5 c. x2 x 5, R: 5x 4
2x32 x 4 3x2 5 5. 27
4. a. x 2 (7x 3) c. x2x d.
b. 2 e.
3 x3 (3x 5)2 6. 6
3x 1 1 x 7. 3
f. g. h. i. 1, x 4 8. (x 2) is a factor.
2x1 3
3x (
x
2)5 x2 9

j. 2x 6 9. (x 3) and (x 1)
2x2 1 (2x 5)3(2x 23) 10. a. (x 4)(x 2)(x 5) b. (x 2)(x 2)(x 5)
5. a. 20x3(x 1)(2x 6)5 b. c. (x 1)4
2
x 1 c. (2x 1)(x 2)(x 2) d. (5x 2)(x2 2x 5)
1
15
x2 318(10x 1)5 1)2
12x(x2 1 11. a. 1, 2, 2 b. 2, 2, 3i, 3i c. 1, 2, 3 d. 1, 1, 2
d. 4
e. (3x 5)7 f. 3
(x2 1)4 g. 2 1 1 3i
3(x2 5) 3
(x 1) 2 e. 1, 1, 3 f. 3, 2
h. (x 2)2(x2 9)3(11x2 16x 27) 5
12. 4, 2
i. 6(1 x2)2(6 2x)4(3x2 6x 1) 13. x2 77x 4 0
(3x 2)(15x 62)
2 2
14. a. 2 x 3 b. 2 x 1, x
3
j.
x 5

2
15. a. 3 x 7
6. a. g‘(x) f (x2) • 2x b. h‘(x) 2f (x) 2xf ‘(x) 17
b. 1 x 4 c. x 5 or x 3
92 25
8 16. a. 13 m/s b. 15 m/s
7. a. 9 b.
289 c. 5
2 17. 5
8. 3
18. a. 3 b. 1 c. 3 d. 2 e. No.
9. 2 23, 5, 1
3 19. Answers will vary.
10. a. i. 2, 0 ii. 0, 1, 3
20. at x 2
11. a. 160x y 16 0 b. 60x y 61 0
21. 2
12. 5x y 7 0
13. (2, 8), b 8 22. x3
ANSWERS 469
1 1 1 1
23. a. 5 b. does not exist c. 9 d. 2 e. 1
2 f. 4 ii) 1 t 3, 7 t 9 iii) 3 t 7
24. a. 6x 1 b. x2 5. v(t) t2 4t 3, a(t) 2t 4, direction changes at t 3
1
25. a. 8x 5 b. 3x2(2x3 1) 2 c. 6(x 3)2 and t 1 returns to original position at t 3
d. 4x(x2 3)(4x5 5x 1) (20x4 5)(x2 3)2 6. a. positive at t 1, negative at t 4
(4x 1) (84x 80x 9)
2 4 2 b. neither at t 1, positive at t 4
e. (3x 2)4 c. negative at t 1, positive at t 4
f. 5[x2 (2x 1)3]4[2x 6(2x 1)2] 7. a. 2t 6 b. 3 s
26. 4x 36 10 8. a. t 4 b. 80 m
27. 2x y 8 0 9. a. 3 m/s b. 2 m/s2
3 5 1 3
3x2 35 7 105 35
28.
(x3 2)2 (x3 2) 5
• (x3 2)2
18 4 10. a. v(t) 2t 2 2t 2 , a(t) 4t 2 4t 2 b. t 5 c. t 5

d. 0 t 3 e. t 7
29. 3
11. a. 25 m/s b. 31.25 m c. t 5, 25 m/s
30. a. 4t 6 b. 46 people/year c. 2002
12. a. Velocity is 98 m/s, acceleration is 12 m/s2. b. 38 m/s
C H A P T E R 5 A P P L I C AT I O N S O F 13. a. v(t) 6 2t, a(t) 2, 19 m b. v(t) 3t2 12,
D E R I VAT I V E S a(t) 6t, 25 m
14. 1 s, away
14 1
15. b. v(0) 5 3k, s(t 3k) 9k3 30k2 23k
5. a. 5 b. 13 c. 3, 1 d. 2, 3 e. 2, 6 f. 3, 0, 1 g. 0, 4 16. No.
h.
1 1 9
2, 2, 3 i. 2, 1 17. b. v(t) 1, a(t) 0
6. a. x 3 b. x 0 or x 3 c. 0 x 4 Exercise 5.3
7. a. 25 cm2 b. 48 cm2 c. 49 cm2 d. 36 cm2 dA dS ds
1. a. dt 4 m /s b. dt 3m /min c. dt 70 km/h, t .25
2 2
8. a. S 56 cm2, V 48 cm3 b. h 6 cm, S 80 cm2
d x dy d
c. r 6 cm, S 144 cm2 d. h 7 cm, V 175 cm3 d. dt dt e. dt 1
0 rad/s
9. a. V 972 cm3, S 324 cm2 2. a. decreasing at 5.9ºC/s b. 0.577 m c. let T ‘‘(x) 0.
b. V 36 cm3, S 36 cm2 c. r 3, S 36 cm2 3. 100 cm2/s, 20 cm/s
500010
4. a. 100 cm3/s b. 336 cm2/s
d. r 510
cm, V 3 cm3
9
5. 40 cm2/s
10. a. 16 cm3 b. 9 cm c. 2 cm 5
5
6. a. 6 m/s b. 3 m/s
11. a. S 54 cm2, V 27 cm3 b. S 30 cm2, V 55 cm3
1
c. S 72 cm2, V 243 cm3 d. S 24k2 cm2, V 8k3 cm3 7. km/h
4
Exercise 5.1 8. 9 m/s
x x x2 y 3x2 9x
2. a. y b. y c. 5
y d. , y 0 e.
2xy y2

20y3 f. 16y
9. 8 m/min
10. 214 m/s
13x 3x 2y3 2x 2y x2 y
g.
48y h. 6xy2
i. j.
2y 5 k. , y 0
y2 2x x 11. 5 13 km/h
1
1 3x2y y3y y 12. a. 72 cm/s b. 0.01 cm/s c. 0.04 cm/s
l.
1 5y4 m. n. o.
3y2 x3 x x 13.
1

3. a. 2x 3y 13 0 b. 2x 3y 25 0 2 m/min, 94 min
c. 33x 5y 15 0 d. 11x 10y 81 0 15. 0.46 m3/a
2
4. (0, 1) 16. cm/min
35 35
5. a. 1 b. 5 , 5, 5 , 5 53
17. V s2 (s-side of triangle)
2
6. 10 3
7. 7x y 11 0 18. 4 m/min
8. x 2y 3 0 19. 144 m/min
3x2 8xy 20. 62.83 km/h
9. a. 4x2 3 4
21. 8
10. a. 1 b. 1 c. 1 d. 2 5 cm/s, 25 cm/s
l2 x2 y2
12. x 4 0, 2x 3y 10 0 22. x2 y2 4, k2
(l k)2 1

15. x2 y2 8x 2y 1 0, x2 y2 4x 10y 11 0 23. 96 m/s
Exercise 5.2 Exercise 5.4

1 3
2. a. 90x8 90x4 b. 4x 2 c. 2 1. a. Yes. The function is continuous.
3. a. v(t) 10t 3, a(t) 10 b. v(t) 6t2 3b, a(t) 12t b. No. There is a discontinuity at x 2.
c. v(t) 1 6t2, a(t) 12t3 d. v(t) 2t 6, a(t) 2 c. No. The left side of the domain is not defined.
1 1 1 3 d. Yes. The function is continuous on the domain given.
e. v(t) 2(t 1) 2 , a(t) 4(t 1) 2
2. Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum
27
f. v(t) 54
(t 3)2 , a(t) (t 3)3
a. 8 12
4. a. i) t 3 ii) 1 t 3 iii) 3 t 5 b. i) t 3, t 7 b. 30 5
470 A N S W E R S
c. 100 100 12. a. $15 b. $12.50, $825
d. 30 20 14. r 2.285 m, h 9.146 m or 915 cm
3. a. maximum 3 at x 0, minimum 1 at x 2 15. 5.91 m from stronger light
b. maximum 4 at x 0, minimum 0 at x 2 2 4 3
16. r 3r0, velocity 2
c. maximum 0 at x 0, 3, minimum 4 at x 1, 2 7 r0 A
d. maximum 0 at x 0, minimum 20 at x 2 Review Exercise
e. maximum 8 at x 1, minimum 3 at x 2 3x2 y3 2 2xy
1. a.
5y4 b. x
3 c.
3y2(x 1)2 d.
3x2 y4
16
f. maximum 3 at x 4, minimum 0 at x 0 2 3
14x6y y 5x 2
5 5
4. a.
52
maximum 5 at x 10, minimum 4 at x 2 e. , y 0 f.
7y2 10x7 3

5
3x
b. maximum 4 at x 4, minimum 3 at x 9 or x 1 5
2. a. 4 b. 0
1
c. maximum 1 at x 1, minimum 2 at x 0 4 4
3. 5, 5
d. maximum 47 at x 3, minimum 169 at x 3
4. f ‘(x) 4x3 4x5, f ”(x) 12x2 20x6
e. maximum 2 at x 1, minimum 2 at x 1
8 16 5. 72x7 42x
4 4 7. v(t) 2t , a(t) 2 3
5. a. minimum velocity 5 m/s, maximum velocity 3 m/s 2t 3
(2t 3
)
5 10
b. minimum velocity of 4 as t → 8. v(t) 1 t2, a(t) t3
6. 20
9. v(t) 0 for 0 t 2, v2 0, v(t) 0 for t 2
9 9 9
7. a. 80 km/h b. 50 km/h
8. maximum 0.0083, minimum 0.00625 10. a. maximum 0, minimum 52 b. maximum 16, minimum 65
9. 0.049 years c. maximum 20, minimum 12
10. 70 km/h, $31.50 11. a. 62 m b. yes, 2 m beyond the stop sign
11. 245 12. x y 3 0
3
12. 300 13. maximum velocity 2 33 at t 3 , minimum velocity 2 at
t0
Exercise 5.5 14. 250
1. L W 25 cm 15. a. i) $2200 ii) $5.50 iii) $3.00, $3.00 b. i) $24 640
2. If the perimeter is fixed, then the figure will be a square. ii) $61.60 iii) 43.21, $43.21 c. i) $5020 ii) $12.55
3. 300 m 150 m iii) $0.025, $0.024 98 d. i) $2705 ii) $6.762 5
4. L 82.4 cm, W 22.4 cm, h 8.8 cm iii) $4.993 75, $4.993 76
5. 10 cm 10 cm 10 cm 16. 2000
6. 100 cm2 17. a. Object is moving away from its starting position.
7. a. r 5.4 cm, h 10.8 cm b. h:d 1:1 b. Object is moving towards its starting position.
8. a. 15 cm2 b. 30 cm2 c. The largest area occurs when the 1
3
18. a.
4 m/h b. 50 m/h
length and width are each equal to one-half of the sides adjacent
to the right angle. 19. 2 cm2/s
9. a. AB 20 cm, BC AD 20 cm b. 153 104 cm3 20. 210
cm3/s
10. a. h 1.085 m, equal sides 0.957 m b. Yes. All the wood 85

would be used for the outer frame. 21. 5
11. t 0.36 h 22. decreasing; 3.75 m/s
50
14. a. r cm and no square b. r 7 cm, w 14 cm 2
23. a. t 3 s b. maximum c. a 0, accelerating
15.
17
2
16. Both slopes ab. 24. 27.14 cm 27.14 cm 13.57 cm
25 25. large: 189.9 m 63.2 m; small 37.98 m 63.2 m
17. 2
43k 3 26. base is 11.6 d 31.6 d, h 4.2 d
18. 9 27. r 4.3 cm, h 8.6 cm
28. Run the pipe 7199 m along the river from A, then cross to R.
Exercise 5.6
29. 10:35
1. a. $1.80/L b. $1.07/L c. 5625 L
30. either $204 or $206
2. a. 15 terms b. 16 term/h c. 20 terms/h
31. Run the pipe from P to a point 5669 m along the shore from A
3. a. t 1 min b. 1.5 d. maximum e. decreasing
in the direction of the refinery. Then run the pipe along the
4. h 15 000 m, C $6000/h
shore.
5. 375 m 250 m
6. W 24.0 m, L 40.8 m, h 20.4 m Chapter 5 Test
7. r 43 mm, h 172 mm x 2y
1.
y 2x
8. 10 586 m south of the power plant
9. $22.50 2. 3x 4y 7 0
10. 6 nautical miles/h
11. 139 km/h
ANSWERS 471
3. a. 4 m/s b. 2 s, 4 s c. 12 m/s2 d. towards 2
x 3 2

b 2 1 2 25
4. 240 m2/s 3. a.
3y3 b. c. x d. x y e. 3 f 7
4 3 12
a
3a b x y
5 7 19

5. a. 512 cm3/min 4. a. 8x2 b. 8 c. 81 d. 8a 4 e. 3p2 f. 2a2 g. a6 h. 5 12 i. t 6
dr
b. Rate of change in volume depends on both dt and the (p q2)3 x1 3t2 2 3p5 1
d v 5. a. 12 b. a b c. q d.
2x4 e.
4 f.
t p7
radius. The larger the radius, the larger dt will be.
1 4x x x 1
6. 1.6 cm2/min 6. a. x2 x x 2
b. x2 c. x 3 d.
x
9
7.
20 m/min
1 1 1
7. By the law of exponents, (am)n amn, so 64 (82) 6 8 3 .
6
8. minimum is 0.536, maximum is 1.6

9. 7.1 m/s Exercise 6.2
10. 250 m 166.7 m 1.
i) ii) iii) iv) v)
11. 162 mm 324 m 190 m
y
1 1 x
a. 1 decreasing 0 b 1 x 1, y
2 2
CHAPTER 6 THE EXPONENTIAL x 1, y 2
FUNCTION
b. 1 increasing b1 x 1, y 4 y 4x
Review of Prerequisite Skills x 1, y
1
9 4
1. a. 64 b. 9 c. 27 d. 16
y
1 1 x
1 5 1 9 c. 1 decreasing 0 b 1 x 1, y
2. a. x7 b. m2 c. 5
27b3 d. w e. 4
3 3
x 1, y 3
1 3 64 9
3. a. 2
5 b. 2 c. 27 d. 4 d. 1 increasing b1 x 1, y 8 y 8x
1 1
4. a. 2 b. 3 c. 2 x 1, y
8
5. a. y y2 5. b. i) vertical shift of 4 units
y1 ii) vertical shift of 3 units 2. a. positive b. always increases c. 1
c. vertical shift upwards of 4 3. a. positive b. always decreases c. 1
units 4. Find b in the point (1, b) on the graph
y3
d. A positive constant shifts
x Exercise 6.3
graph upwards. A negative
1.
constant shifts graph Equation of Function Is y-intercept
downwards. Asymptote
a. y 5 increasing 4
6. a. 1
y y1 6. b. i) compressed by 2 b. y4 increasing 5
ii) stretched by a factor of 2 c. y0 decreasing 4
y2
c. vertical stretch by factor of 3
d. y2 decreasing 3
x and shifted upwards 25 units
e. y 1 increasing 1
d. c 0, a reflection in the
x-axis f. y1 decreasing 6
y3 0 c 1, a compression of a 2. a. i) y 5 ii) 8 iii) increasing iv) domain: x R,
factor of c range: y 5, y R
c 1, a stretch of a factor of c 3. a. i) y 4 ii) 2 iii) decreasing iv) domain: x R,
7. a. range: y 4 y R
y 7. b. i) shift 5 units to the right
y1 y2 4. The graph of y abx c can be sketched with asymptote
ii) shift 3 units left and
y c and y-intercept y a c, and if b 1, it always
reflected in the x-axis
increases or if 0 b 1, it always decreases.
c. shift 6 units to the left
x and 7 units down Exercise 6.4
5
y3 d. A positive constant 1. 948 000
causes a shift to the left. 2. $21 600
1
A negative constant 3. a. P 5000(1.07)5 b. i) 6125 ii) 13 800 c. 10 years
4
causes a shift to the right. 4. $221 000
5. $9500
Exercise 6.1 6. $0.65
1 100 7. 0.22 g
1. a. 49 b. 0.16 c. 81 d. 125 e. 4 f. 64 g. 16 h. 1 i. 9
1 1 1 8. a. 20 days b. 5 days ago c. 10 days ago d. 25 days ago
j. 1 k. 6561 l. 3 m. 2 n. 210
1024 o. 729 9. a. $4.14 b. i) 8 years ii) 35 years ago
x2 9a 8 x 5
2. a. y2 b. x4y4 c. b
4 d. 3 6 b 5x

gh2 e. x y f. c g. 2y6 h. 4y2 10. a. 28 g b. 2 g c. 7 h
t
11. a. 15 h b. A 160 15 c. 174 mg d. 11.5 mg
1 6
a b3 3 1
i. b 8
25x4y2 j. c3 k. a6 l. b 2
472 A N S W E R S
12. 5 h b. 320 5. a. i) y 5 ii) 3 iii) decreasing iv) domain: x R,
14. a. 783 000 b. 2032 range: y 5, y R
15. $1075 b. y
16. B 2
x
Exercise 6.5
–1 1 2
1. b. y 996.987(1.143)x c. 3794 d. 17 h 15 min
–2
2. a. y 0.660(1.462)x b. 6.45 billion c. 2061 y-intercept
of –3
3. a. y 283.843(1.032)x b. 317 348 c. 2062 –4
4. a. y 9.277(2.539)x b. 105 c. 1977
asymptote:
5. Answers will vary. –6 y = –5
6. graphing, finite differences
6. $10 330
Review Exercise 7. 2729
72 1
1. a. 1
7 b. 6 c. 27 d. 400 8. 3.5 min
1 9 9. a. y .660(1.462)x b. 43 billion c. 4.65 m2/person
2. a. 8 b. 2 1 25
5 c. 2 d. 8 d. Answers will vary.
1

3. a. a2q b. x 18 c. xb d. 27pq
2 2 10. a. f(x) 2x 3
1

5 3
4. a. 1 x 1 x or x2(x 5)(x 3) b. x 2 (1 x)(1 x) CHAPTER 7 THE LOGARITHMIC
1
FUNCTION AND LOGARITHMS

1 4 3
c. x3(x 4)(x 3) or x 1 x (1 x) d. x 2 (x 5)(x 5)
1 x Review of Prerequisite Skills
5. a. y 8x b. y 3 2. a. positive b. increasing c. 1
6. a. i) y 6 ii) 4 iii) increasing iv) x R, y 6, y R 3. a. positive b. decreasing c. 1
b. y 4. approximately 7700
5. 32 h
2
x 6. a. 6.59 g b. 520 years
–2 Exercise 7.1
–4 1 1
1. a. log39 2 b. log91 0 c. log 1 4 2 d. log365 2
–6 2
2 1
e. log279 3 f. log28 3
1 2
5 d. 7 7 e. 3 9
7. a. i) y 3 ii) 8 iii) decreasing iv) domain: x R, 1 1
2. a. 53 125 b. 70 1 c. 52 2 1
range y 3, y R 3

f. 9 27
2
b. y 3. a. 1.5682 b. 0.6198 c. 3 d. 1.7160 e. 0.1303 f. 4.7214
4. y = 5x
5.
y y
8 y = 5–x
y=3 y = log5x
x x
x
y = log 1 x
8. 1 638 400 5
9. 8 days
10. a. y 29040.595(1.0108)x b. 34 487 1 5
6. a. 3 b. 2 c. 4 d. 2 e. 3 f. 3 g. h. 4 i.
c. 2011 11. a. i) 0.8 million/year ii) 3.79 million/year 2 4
5 1 3 12 4
iii) fivefold increase b. i) 0.38 million/year 7. a. 0 b. c. d. e. f.
2 2 4 5 3
ii) 2.77 million/year iii) sevenfold increase 1
8. a. 125 b. 16 c. 3 d. 3 e. f. 16
3
Chapter 6 Test 10. y
5 1
1. a. 8 b. 25 c. 8 d. 16 e. 6 f. 5
1
1 8
2. a. a3 b. 9x4y2 c. x6y7 d. x2a e. xp q pq f. x 12
2 2
1 6
3. x 4
2
4. positive, b 1, increases; 0 b 1, decreases; b 1, 4 y = 3x + 3–x

constant
2
x
–4 –2 2 4
11. 23
ANSWERS 473
1. a. logax logay b. logmp logmq 2. 10 times
2. a. loga(xw) b. loga(sr) 3. 60 dB
3. a. logbx logby b. logar logas 4. 5.06
1 3 5. 100 times
4. a. 4log613 b. 2log51.3 c. log7x d. loga6
3 4
6. 40 000 times
5. a. logbx logby logbz b. logax logay logaz
7. a. 5 times
6. y
5 c) 8. 5 times
4 b) 9. 32 000 times
3
a) 10. 10 000
2
1 d) 11. 10 000
12. 13
1 3 9 x 13. 3.2 107 mol/L
14. 3.2 107 mol/L
7. y c) Exercise 7.5
6
5 1. a. 1.892 b. 2.477 c. 0.656 d. 1.116
4 b) 3. a. y b. y
3 1
2 a)
1 d) x 1
x 1 2 3
1 3 9 x
–1
1
8. a. 3 b. 5 c. 2 d. 2 e. 5 f. 3 c. y d. y
9. a. 1 b. 3 c. 2 d. 3 e. 4 f. 7 g. 3 h. 2 i. 3 4
2 4 3 1
logax logay b. logax logay logaw 2
10. a. 2
3 3 2 2
23 11 5 3
c. logax logay d. logax logay x
8 3 4 4
11. a. 1.347 b. 0.1084 c. 1.4978 d. 1.8376 e. 0.1513 1 2 3 x
f. 2.0614 –2 –1 1 2
2
12. a. 2.5 b. 6.93 c. d. 0.4889 e. 2.6178 f. 0.5831
3
13. a. 2.45 b. 0.83 c. 0.09 d. 0.59 e. 5.5 f. 2.4 g. 1.93
4. Graph is reflected in y-axis.
h. 0.64
3 4
xy
5 2 ] b. log5
2
x4 Review Exercise
14. a. loga[ log5w3 2

w y
1. a. 3 b. 3 c. 2.5 d. 3
15. a. vertical translation of 1 unit up 1
2. a. 2 b. 6 c. 3 d. 5
b. vertical stretch of a factor of 2, vertical translation of 3
1 11
upwards c. vertical stretch of a factor of 3, upward vertical 3. a. 8 b. 2 c. 8 d. 3 or 2
translation of 3 units 4. twice as intense
77 23 5. 100 000 times
16. a. b.
12 12
6. 2.4 106 mol/L
17. a. i) increases by 3 log2 or 0.9 ii) decreases by 3log2 or 0.9
7. vertical stretch by a factor 2, translated 2 units up
b. i) increases by 5log4 or 3.01 ii) decreases by 5log5 or about
8. a. 1.894 b. 2.202
3.5
Chapter 7 Test
Exercise 7.3 1 2
1. a. 3 b. 3 c. 4 d. 4 e. t f. 3
1. a. 16 b. 81 c. 6 d. 49
2. a. 4 b. 2
2. a. 1.46 b. 1.11 c. 2.32 d. 1.16
4 1 1 61
3. vertically stretch by factor 2, translated 2 units up
3. a. 72 b. c. 4 d. 81 e. 64 f. 2
3 4. a. 8 b. 4 c. 2 d. 3
4. a. 1 b. 5 c. 2 d. 2 e. 3 5. Log of a negative number does not exist.
5. y logax is defined only if x 0 and a 0. 6. 16.87 h
6. 4 years, 3 months 7. 6.3 times
7. 2400 years 8. 1000 times
8. 6 years 9. 4.90 109 mol/L
9. 1450; no.
10. 81 Cumulative Review—Chapters 5–7
11. 2.23 1011 x x 5 2x 4x y y2 2
1. a. y b. 4
y
c. d. e.
32y 4 x2 x2
f. 3
2. a. 2x 3y 13 0 b. 27x 11y 59 0
474 A N S W E R S
c. x y 2 0 d. 25x 6y 37 0 4. a. y‘ 6x2ex b. y‘ e3x(1 3x)
3
2 3t2 1
4 12 c. f ‘(x) x1ex (3x2 x1) d. s‘ 2e3t t3
3
3. a. 5x4 15x2 1; 20x3 30x b. x3 ; x
4
2x 1
e. f ‘(x) ex
f. h‘(t) 2tet 3et
3 5
c. 2x 2 ; 3x 2 d. 4x3 4x5; 12x2 20x6
2
2x
4. a. 20x3 60x2 42x 6 b. 60x3 72x 2 2e2t
g. p‘ (1 ew)ewe h. g‘(t)
w

5. a. s(t) 3t3 40.5t2 162t; v(t) 9t2 81t 162; (1 e2t)2
1
a(t) 18t 81 b. stationary 3, 6; advancing 0 t 3, 5. a. p‘(1) e3 e3 b. f ‘(0) e c. h‘(1) (2 3e)
6 t 8; retreating 3 t 6 c. 4.5 d. 0 t 4.5 6. a. x 2y 2 0 b. y 0.499999958335x 1
e. 4.5 t 8 c. Clearly the calculator is giving a 12 decimal place
6. a. v(t) 6t2 6t 36 b. a(t) 12t 6 c. 61 1
approximation to slope 2, which is very awkward to use.
7. i) a. $4600 b. $5.11 c. $5.00 ii) a. $8030
7. x 3y (1 ln3) 0
b. $8.92 c. $0.02
8. y e1 0
8. a. $26, $25, $25.60, $27
4 4 9. (0, 0) and (2, 4e2)
9. a. , b. 1000 dny
3
3
11. a. 3e3x, 9e3x, 27e3x b. (1)n3ne3x
dxn
10. a. 0.2 p.p.m./year b. 0.15 p.p.m. 12. a. x y 1 0 b. 2x y 2 0
5 c. In order to use the calculator, the equations must be
11. Radius is decreasing at
64 cm/min and surface area is
reorganized to define y as a function of x. This is not easy to do
decreasing at 2.5cm2/min.
1 with the relations given in this question.
12.
10 m/h dN 102 t

13. a. 31 000 b. d t 3 e
30 c. decreasing at 17 per hour
14. a. 1 b. 2x1 c. 1 d. 243 e. e3x f. e12x d. 31 000 t
14. a. v 401 e 4 c. 40 m/s

15. a. 3 b. 1, 3 c. 9 d. 2, 3 e. 0 f. 0
16. a. 19 940 b. 80 000 d. t 4 ln20, s 160(ln20 0.95)
17. 26 15. a. 1 b. e2
18. a. C(t) P(1.05)t, 0 t 10 b. $65.07 c. $24.95 16. m 2 or 3
19. a. V(t) 30 000(0.75)t, t
0 b. $16 875 c. 8 years
20. y 1200(0.6)t, 0 t 4 Exercise 8.2
1 3
22. a. 2 b. 4 c. 5 d. 3 e. 3 f. 2 g. 1 h. 0.342 1. A natural logarithm has base e; a common logarithm has base 10.
1
i. 2 j. 7 k.
310
l. a 4 2. n 100 10 000 100 000 109
23. a. log 2 log 3 b. log x log y log z c. log 5 (n + n1)n 2.70481 2.71815 2.71827 2.7182818
1 1
d. 2log(x 1) 2log(x 1)
e. 4[log(x2 4) 5logx] f. loga4 5 5
2x 1
5 1 3t 4t 2
3. a.
5x 8 b. x2 1 c. t d. 2(x 1) e. t3 2t2 5
x4 x3y2 9 x1
x 3
2z 3
24. a. log
3 x b. log2z c. log d. log f.
4 x2 1
x5 2(z2 3z)
25. a. 3.58 b. 0.63 c. 1.89 d. 0.6 e. 1.29 f. 3.91 4. a. 1 ln x b. x
1 2 ln x
c. 1 d. x e. et t ln t
3(ln x)2 1
24 3
1 g. 2.8 h. 1 i. 14
26. a. 3 b. 2 c. 51 d. 10 e. 2 f. 1
ze z t 1) lnu u

2 u u
e (t ln t e
5 f. h. 1
ez zez g.
j. 10 , 10 2
t(ln t)2
27. a. 74 dB b. Yes. c. 1.0 107 W/m2 d. 0.1 W/m2 2x 2x 1
i.
(x2 1)(x 1)
C H A P T E R 8 D E R I VAT I V E S O F 1
5. a. g‘(1) 2e b. f ‘(5) 10 c. g‘(1) 2e 5.436563657. The
EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC
CALC button produces a value g‘(1) 5.43657, which is
FUNCTIONS
accurate to only 4 decimal places. For f ‘(5), the CALC button
Review of Prerequisite Skills produces in the first approximation x 5.042553 and
1 1 9 f ‘(x) 0.0983198. The theoretical result is 0.1. The ZOOM
1. a. 9 b. 4 c. 9 d. 4.
2. a. log5625 4 b. log41 6 2 c. logx3 3
1 must be used to improve the accuracy.
6. a. 0 b. no solution c. 0, e1
d. log10450 W e. log3z 8 f. logaT b
1
7. a. x 3y 1 0 c. The first approximation answer on a
3. a. 112 121 b. 125 3 x c. a4 1296 d. bw A window with domain 1 x 4 is y 0.31286x 0.31286.
4. a. 5 b. 4 c. 2 d. 2 e. 25 f. 6 This can be improved by using the ZOOM feature. Notice the
5. a. 6.322 b. 2.397 equation is not as easy to use as the theoretical result.
Exercise 8.1 8. x 2y (2 ln 2 4) 0
1. The graphs are identical. 9. a. (1, 0), (e1, e2) c. The theoretical approach gives more
2. The Power Rule is valid only when the function has the variable accurate values in less time.
x in the base and a constant for the exponent. 10. x 2y 2 ln 2 0
90 90
3. a. y‘ 3e3x b. s‘ 3e3t5 c. y‘ 20e10t1 d. y‘ 3e3x 11. a. 90 km/h b. c. km/h/s d. 6.36 s
3t 1 7
1
e. y‘ (2x 6)e56xx f. y‘ 2e x x 2
2
12. a. 4.2 b. 1.16
(2 ln 2)
14. a. b. 9
2
ANSWERS 475
1
15. 2 4. a. 1001 b. 500
5. five hundred units
16. b. S3 2.5, S4 2.6, S5 2.7083, S6 2.716, S7 2.71805
1 2 6. 0.61
2x 1 c. 2x ln x x
17. a. x b. 3
7. at t 4h
Exercise 8.3 8. 47.25% when t 0.46h
1. a. 3 ln 2(23x) b. ln 3.1(3.1x) 3x2 c. 3 ln 10(103t5) 9. b. Growth rate in 1967 4.511 times growth rate in 1947.
3x 4x 2
c. Growth rate in 1967 is 7.5% of total invested.
d. ln 10(2n 6)(1056nn ) e.
2
ln 5(x3 2x2 10)
d. total $59.537 billion, growth rate 4.4849 billion per
2 2t 3
annum. e. $62.5 billion, error was 3.5% f. Total
2
f. t
ln 10(1 x2) g. 2(ln 7)t(7 ) h. 2 ln 2(t2 3t)
$570.48959 billion and the rate of growth will be
i. 2(ln 3)x(3x
2
3)
$42.97498 billion.
2t 1) x2 2 ln 5
2t(ln 2 ln 4 (ln b ln a)
2. a. t2 b. x ln 2 [xlog2x(ln 2) 1] c.
2 10. t
ln 3 (b a)
t 2
x
3 [x ln 3 4]
2 11. a. 478 158 at t 38.2 min b. 42.7 min
d. 2t log10(1 t)
(1 t)ln 10 x e.

2x3 12. for course one, 10 h; for course two, 20 h
2x1 13. for course one, 8.2 h; for course two, 16.8 h
f.
(x 1)1
log(3x2)
x ln 5 x1
2 14. a. Graph P
10000
1 99et . b. 4.595 days, P 5000

5 1
3. a.
52 ln 2 b. 24 ln 2 ln 3 c. At t 3, growth rate is 1402 cells per day; at t 8, the
3ln 10 growth rate has slowed down to 311 cells per day.
4. 4
5. a. y 20 ln 10
ln 10 x 10 520 ln 10 ln 10
7 7 Exercise 8.5
1. a. 1) b. 152
10x (10 x (321) c. t(1)
c. A first approximation, using the DRAW tool, gives
y 53.05x 255.3. The theoretical calculation for the slope is d. ex(e1) e x
(x 1)(x 3)2 1 2 3
2. a. x x ln x b. x 1 x 3 x 2
2 ln x
20 ln 10
ln 10 49.091 763. To guarantee that the
7

(x 2)3
calculator is accurate to 3 decimal places, the ZOOM must be x
c. x x
d. tt (1 ln t)
ln x 1
used until the x-coordinate value is accurate to 5 0.0005. x 2x
4
6. 10 ln 10x 5y 10 10 0 3. a. 2ee b. e(e 2e1) c. 27
1
7. a. x 1 b. At x 2, f ‘(2) 2(ln 2)2 . c. The calculator does 4. 32(1 2 ln2)x y 16(3 8 ln 2) 0
1 1
not do base 2 logarithmic calculations. In this case, a double 5. 36
conversion will be required to convert the given function to 1
6. (e, e e )
base e. 7. (1, 1) and (2, 4 4 ln 2)
8. a. 3.45 cm/m b. 10 min
32(1 ln 4)2
Rate in1978 7.4 8.
Rate in 1968 1 . b. The rate of increase for
9. a. As a ratio, (2 ln 4)
1 1

t t (1 ln t)
a 4 (1 ln t)1 ln t 2t
1 ln t
tt t
1998 is 7.4 times larger than that for 1988. 9. a. v 2t t
10. b. 1.24 units/s 1
b. t e and a e e 3)

11. b. Rewrite 7x as ex ln 7. c. The graph of y ex is stretched
vertically by a factor of ln 7. 10. e e
1
12. c. The factor ln5 causes a vertical compression of the function Review Exercise
y lnx. 2
3t 3x2 6x6 3x 5x
t3 1 c. x3 3x2 6x d. (5 6x)e
1. a. 2e2x3 b. 2
e e
x x
Exercise 8.4 x
ex ex f. (ln 2)e 2
e. x e
1. Calculator first approximations are
2 t4

x x x ln x 1 c.
x ln x 1 1 2t3 ln (3t)
Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum 2. a. ex(x 1) b. e
t 4 2t

a. 0.384 90 0 (x 2)(x 4) 1 5
(2x3 1)2 x 2 x 4 2x3 1
e. (et 1)2
5 12x 2 2e t
b. 46702.77 2.718 28 d.
c. 10.043 5961.9
x2 3 e
f. ex x2 3
x x
d. 13.8355 2.804 40 x2 3 ln
2x [1 y(x y)exy]
g. x (2 ln 30 2 2 ln x) h.
2. 30
Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum
[x(x y)exy 1]
2
a. 0.3849 0 3 23
3 23

33 3. a. 1 b. ,
e1
2 3 3
b. e
1 ln 12 1 10(ln 10)2
3 4. a.
109 b. 0
ln10
c. e 2e8 1
2 5. a. t b. 10e10x(10x 2)
d. 6 ln 10 ln 101 ln 99 2.810 08
3. a. 5 b. 20 c. (54.9, 10) e. P grows exponentially to point I, 6. (1 ln 4)x 8y (8 ln 4 4) 0
then the growth rate decreases and the curve becomes concave
down.
476 A N S W E R S
8. a. 7 b. 4, 4 c. 3, 0, 4 6. The function is increasing when x 3 or 2 x 1 or
9. 3x y 2 ln 2 2 0 x 1. The function is decreasing when 3 x 2.
10. x 1 1 2
7. The function is increasing when 2 x 3 or x 1.
11. a. day 20 b. 42 1 2
The function is decreasing when x 2 or 3 x 1.
12. 2.718 h
9. y x3 6x2 9x 18.
13. highest at 4 years, lowest at 0.368 years
11. a. f(x) increases on x 4, decreases for x 4, x 4
14. a. c2 b. c1
b. f(x) increases when 1 x 1, x 1 and 1
15. a. T ‘(x) 10(0.9x)0.10536 x x2 b. 2.62
0.10536 1
ln 2
c. f(x) decreases when 2 x 3, x 2 and 3
16. a. 2 b. 2ln 2 1 14. strictly decreasing
17. a. 0 b. C‘(t) k(5e5t 2e2t) c. 7.32 days
Exercise 9.2
Chapter 8 Test 2. b. (0, 0), (4, 32)
2x 3. a. (2, 16) is local minimum (10, 0) is a local maximum,
1. a. 4xe2x b. x 23x)(ln 3)(2x 3)
2

x2 6 c. (3
1 8x
3 2x (2, 16) is a local minimum
d. 2(3e3x 3e3x) e.
(2x 1)ln 10 (12x 1)log10(2x 1)
2
b. 3, 3 is local minimum, 3, 3 is local maximum
1 1
x
3 ln(x 4)
x4
c. 4, 4e is local maximum d. 2, ln4 is local minimum
1 1 3 7
f.
x4
13 4. x-Intercept y-Intercept
2. 1
4
3. 2 a. 22, 22, 0 0
2xy 1 ln x b. 0 0
4.
3 x2 c. 0 0
5. 1 d. none ln 4
6. 2, 1 5. a. (0, 3) is a local minimum, tangent parallel to x-axis; (2, 27)
7. x (1 28 ln 3)y (4 84 ln 3) 0 is a local maximum, tangent parallel to x-axis
ln 2
8. b. 10 cm/s c. t k, a 5k cm/s2 b. (0, 0) is a local maximum, tangent parallel to t-axis;
9. a. $87.70 b. $9426.76
23, 94e2 is a local minimum, tangent parallel to t-axis
CHAPTER 9 CURVE SKETCHING c. (5, 0) is neither d. (0, 1) is a local minimum, tangent
parallel to x-axis; (1, 0) has tangent parallel to y-axis (1, 0)
3 5 5
has tangent parallel to y-axis e. (0, 0) is neither, tangent
1. a. 2, 1 b. 2, 7 c. 2, 2 d. 2, 3 1 parallel f. (0, 0) has tangent parallel to y-axis; (1.516, 11.5)
7
2. a. x 3 b. x 2 c. 1 t 3 d. x 4 or x 1 has tangent parallel to x-axis at a local minimum
4. a. 0 c. 0 d. 0 7. a. (2, 21) is a relative maximum
(x2 2x 3) b. (3, 20) is a local maximum, (3, 16) is a local minimum
5. a. x3 6x2 x2 b. c. 2xex
2

(x2 3)2
d. x (5ln x 1)
4 c. (2, 4) is a local maximum, (1, 5) is a local minimum
6. a. x 8
2
8 2 d. no critical points e. (1, 1) is a local minimum
x 3 b. x 7 x 1 f. (0, 0) is neither, (1, 1) is a local minimum
Exercise 9.1 1
g. (0, 1) is local maximum h. e 2 , 0.184 is local minimum
1. a. (0, 1), (4, 33) b. (0, 2) c. 2, 0, (2, 125), 4, 48.2
1 9
8. At x 6, there is a local minimum. At x 2, there is a local
d. (1,3) minimum. At x 1 there is a local maximum.
2. Function is increasing when f ‘(x) 0, whereas it is decreasing 11 22
10. y 9x2 3x 1
when f ‘(x) 0.
12. a. y 3x4 4x3 36x2 9 b. (3, 198) c. local minima at
3. a. rises up into quadrant I b. rises up into quadrant I
(2, 73), (3, 198); local maxima at (0, 9)
c. drops down into quadrant IV d. rises up into quadrant I
13. a. local maximum at (0, 4)
4. Increasing Decreasing Horizontal
b. local maximum at (2, 282); local minimum at
a. OK OK (1, 4), (2, 1)
(2, 282)
b. (1, 2), (1, 4)
c. none Exercise 9.3
d. (2, 3) 1. a. vertical asymptotes x 2, x 2; horizontal asymptote
5. Increasing Decreasing y 1 b. vertical asymptote x 0; horizontal asymptote
a. x 2 or x 0 2 x 0 y0
b. x 0 or x 4 0 x 4 5
3. a. 2 b. 5 c. 2 d.
c. x 1 or x 1 1 x 0 or 0 x 1
d. 1 x 3 x 1 or x 3
1 1
e. x e 0 x e
f. x 1 x1
ANSWERS 477
4. Discontinuities Vertical Asymptotes Review Exercise
1
a. x 5 x 5 1. a. y‘ nenx, y” n2enx b. f ‘(x)
2(x 4) ,
b. x2 x2 1 2et d2S 2et(1 et)
c. t 3 t 3 2(x 4)2 c. s‘ (et 1)2 , s‘‘ dt2 (et 1)3
f”(x)
d. x3 none 1 t
d. g‘(t) 2 , g”(t)
e. x ln 2 x ln 2 1t
3
(1 t2) 2
f. x0 no asymptotes 2. Increasing Decreasing Derivative 0
5. a. y 1 from below as x → , from above as x → a. x 1 x1 x1
b. y 0 from above as x → , from below as x → b. x 3 or x 7 1 x 3 x 1, x 7
c. y 3 from above as t → , from below as t → or 3 x 1 or 3 x 7
d. no horizontal asymptote 4. a. (0, 20), is a local minimum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
7. a. y 3x 7 b. y x 3 c. y x 2 d. y x 3 (3, 47) is a local maximum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
8. a. As x → f(x) is above the line. b. (1, e2) is a local minimum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
b. As x → f(x) is below the line. c. 1, 12 is a local minimum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
a d
10. a. y c b. x c, c 0 and ax b k(cx d)
9 3 7, 114 is a local maximum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
11. a 5 b 5
d. (1, ln 5) is a local maximum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
12. b. 2
5. a. a x b or x e b. b x c c. x a or d x e
14. y x 1
d. c x d
Exercise 9.4 6. Discontinuity Asymptote Left Side Right Side
1. Point A Point B Point C Point D a. at x 3 x3 y → y →
a. negative negative positive positive b. at x 5 x 5 g(x) → g(x) →
b. negative negative positive negative c. at x ln 4 x ln 4 s → s →
c. negative zero negative positive d. at x 3 none f (x) → 8 f (x) → 8
d. negative zero negative positive 3 3
7. a. e 2 , 3 b. (2, 2e2)
2. a. (1, 18) is a local maximum, (5, 90) is a local minimum e2
b. 0, 4 9. a. i) Concave up on 1 x 3, concave down on x 1
8 is a local maximum
25
or x 3. b. Points of inflection when x 1 or x 3.
c. (1, 2) is a local maximum, (1, 2) is a local minimum ii) a. Concave up on 5 x 1 or x 5, concave down
d. neither on x 5 or 1 x 5. b. Points of inflection when
3. a. (2, 36) b. 4, 64, 4, 6
4 c. no points d. (3, 8)
25 25
x 5, x 1, x 5.
4. a. 24, curve is above b. 4, curve is above c. e, curve is 10. a. a 1, b 0
above d.
910
11. a. y x 3
1000 , curve is below b. y 4x 11 13. a. 18 994 when t 5 b. when t 0
5. b. i) 1 ii) 0, 2 15. a. k 2 and x k
6. For any y f(x)
(1) evaluate y f ‘(x) and solve f ‘(x) 0 to get at least one Chapter 9 Test
solution, x1. 1. a. x 9 or 6 x 3 or 0 x 4 or x 8
(2) evaluate y f ‘‘(x) and calculate f ‘‘(x1). b. 9 x 6 or 3 x 0 or 4 x 8
(3) if f ‘‘(x1) 0, then curve is concave down; if f ‘‘(x1) 0 then c. (9, 1), (6, 2), (0, 1), (8, 2) d. x 3, x 4
curve is concave up. e. f ”(x) 0 f. 3 x 0 or 4 x 8 g. (8, 0), (10, 3)
2. a. critical points: 2, 8, 2, 8, (3, 45) b. 2, 8 is a
7. Step 4: Determine the type of critical point by using either the 1 15 1 17 1 15
first derivative test or the second derivative test.
local maximum; 2, 8 is a local minimum; (3, 45) is a
1 17
8. a. i) (2, 16), (0, 0) b. i) none c. i) none local minimum
3
102
3 102

d. i) , , , 4. discontinuities at x 2, x 3; vertical asymptote is x 3;
2 9 2
9
hole in the curve is at 2, 5
3
10. f (x) 3x3 9x2 1
27 5. local minimum at (1, e ), local maximum at (2, 2e4)
2
11. 6
4 11
7. k 4
12. inflection points are (0, 0), 2
a , 16a3
b b4
8. a. f(x) x3 3x2 2
Exercise 9.5 10. k 3
1
2. y 4x3 3x
Cumulative Review Chapters 3–9
7. a. y 1 as x → , y 1 as x → 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 1. a. 2 5, 2 52 , 2 53 , 2 54 , ... 2 b. 2, 6, 1
2 , 20 ; 0
b. y 2 as x → , y 2 as x →
2 1 2 1 1 1 x
2. a. 3 b. 2 c. 12 d. 5 e. 0 f. 4 g. 3 h. i. 2
2x
3. 3x2 10x 10
x4
4. a. 2t 10 b. x
3
478 A N S W E R S
5. a. 25t4 100t3 6t2 34t 35 34. Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum
x4 4x3 18x2 15 4 a. 82 2
b. (x2 2x 5)2 c. ew(2 w) d.
(et et)2 1
b. 93 2
1

e. e ln x x f. (1 ln t) e (1 t)
x t
c.
e4 1

2x 1 3x2 1 1 e4 2
6. a. (2t 5)e(t 5t) b.
2
x2 x 1 c. 2x323x2 1
d. 6.61 1
y exy
1

d. 3 2 t e(2tlnt) e.
1

3
r ln a r f. exy x

35. $1140
36. 8x y 38 0, 8x 7y 38 0
3 2y
g. x(a2 x2) 2 h.
2xy x 38. 901 800 m3/week
2 1 4 7
3
7. 4 39. f(x) 9x3 3x2 3x 9
2a 3bw 40. a. x 1 440 000 4y 9 0 b. 32x 6y 143 0
8. a. 2r(1 r ln 2) 2e2r(r2 r) b.
a bw
2
18 b2x A P P E N D I X A D E R I VAT I V E S O F
c.
1 3
d. ex 2ex e.
a2y
(2 3t) 2 (2 3t) 2 TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
x(x 2y)
f.
(x2 y2)
Review Exercise
y x y
9. e (1 22)x y 23e 0
2 2
1. a. r b. r c. x
3 2 5 11
10. a. 1, 2 b. 1, 2, 2 2. a. 2 b. 4 c. 2 d. 6 e. 2 f. 3 g. 4 h. 6
10(y2 6xy x2) b
3. a. b b. a c. a d. a e. b f. b
11.
(y 3x)3
12. e 12 5
4. a. cos 1
3 , tan 12

13. x y 12 0 or x y 12 0
5 5

14. 10x y 32 0 and 2x y 8 0 b. sin 3 , tan 2

15. 6x 2y (2 ln 2 2) 0 2 1
16. a. 7 m b. 8.5 m/s, 9.3 m/s c. 1.5 m/s2, 0.4 m/s2 d. 10 m/s c. sin , cos
5
5

17. a. 1 mm/s b. 0 c. 2 mm/s2 d. cos 0, tan is undefined
18. a. 112 mm2/s b. 56 mm/s2 5. a. per: , amp: 1 b. per: 4, amp: 2
2
33 c. per: 2, amp: 3 d. per: 6, amp: 7
19.
2
m/s
3
dr e. per: 2, amp: 5 f. per: , amp: 2
dv
20. a. dt is rate of increase of volume; dt is rate of increase of 8. a. or
5 3

dh 5r3 6 6 b. 0 or 2 or 2 or 2
radius; dt is rate of increase of height b. V 1 2
3 7
c. 0 or 2 or or 2 or 2 d. 2 or 6 or 6
11
1
c.
9 cm/min
2 5 5
e. 3 or 3 f. 3 or 3
1
21. a k(1 2ln v) Exercise A1
22. 14:13 2. a. sin R
23. a. (3, 91), (2, 34); 2, 282 b. (0, 3.6); , 1,
1 1 5 56
3

3. a. 6
5
3e3 3 27e3 5. c. 1 2 sin2A
, 1 c. , 2
e e , 2 d. 2 , 8 ; (0, 0),
5 1 1 3
2

3 e
1
3 1
3 1 3 3 1
3 3 (3 3) (3 3) 7. a. b. c. d.
,
3
, e 22 22 22 22
2 8
cos x sin x
3cos x sin x cos x sin x
3 3 (3 3 3)
8. a. b. c.
, e 3 1
2
3 2 2
2 8 d. sin x
e. 2, 52e , (2, t2e ), (0, 0), 6, 56e ,
1 1 3
2 2 2
15
22
230
1 7 15

9. a. b. c. 9 d.
6, 56e f. (1, 10e1 2); (2, 20e2 2)
3 12 12 8
2
3 4
24. a. x 3, x 3, y 0; 0, 9 b. x 1, x 1, y 4x;
8 10. a. 5 b. 5
12. 2
(0, 0), (3, 63), (3, 63) 13. 2
26. 14 062.5 m2 14. 2.65º and 5.2º
27. r 4.3 cm, h 8.6 cm 16. c.
2 ta
nA
1 tan2 A
28. r 6.8 cm, h 27.5 cm
29. a. h 140 2x b. V 101 629.5 cm3; x 46.7 cm, Exercise A2
h 46.6 cm 1. a. 2 cos 2x b. 2x sin x c. 2 cos x sin x
30. 4 d. (3x2 2)cos(x3 2x 4) e. 8 sin(4x) f. cos x x sin x
1 1
31. a. 4000 b. 8 d. 6 g. 3 sec23x h. 9 cos(3x 2) i. 0 j. x
2 cos x
32. f(x) 2x3 12x2 18x 15 1
k. sinx l. 6x2 sin x 2x3 cos x 3 cos x 3x sin x
2x
2x sin 2x cos 2x
m. 2 cos 2x n. x2 o. 2 cos 2x sin(sin 2x)
ANSWERS 479
cos x
p. 2 q. 6x2 sec2x3 tan x3 r. 2ex cos x Exercise B2
(1 cos x)
1. a. 3t 2 4 b. 3et ln(t 1) 1 c. 2t
t 1 2
8 3 1

2 2 x 3 b. y 1 2x 4 c. y 2x
3
2. a. y 1
3
d. sin (t) 1
3

d. y 3x 2 e. y 2 x 4 2. a. 2t 10, t2 10t
1 2sec 2x 2 y sin (xy)
cos y b. 1 c. 3 sin 3y d.
3. a. 2 3 2 4 5 2 4
1 x sin(xy) b. (3t 1) 2 , (3t 1) 2 t
9 9 135 9 135
sin y sin(x y) c. sin t cos t 4, cos t sin t 4t 1
e.
x cos y sin(x y) 2
d. 2, ln(1 2t) 2t 8
5. csc x cot x; sec x tan x; csc2x 1 2t
sin x d 3. a. 4.905t2 450 b. 9.58 s c. 94 m/s
6. a. lim x 180 b. dx sin x 180 cos x

x→0 4. a. 4.905t2 10t 450 b. 8.6 s c. 94.4 m/s
d co
sx 5. a. 4.905t2 10t 450 b. 10.7 s c. 95 m/s
dx 180 sin x

6. 1.3 m/s2
Exercise A3 7. 1.1 m/s2

1. y x 2 8. 32 m/s
5
2. y 6 x 3 9. 127 m
3. a. maximum 2; minimum 2 b. maximum 2.26; Exercise B3
minimum 5.14 1. a. 200e2•2t b. 416 c. 1.8 h
4. v 80 cos(10t); a 8002 sin(10t) 2. a. 150 000e0.026t b. 327 221
5. 5, 10, 20 3. a. 200e0.005t b. 156 mg c. 738 days

6. 3 rad 4. 20 years
7. 4.5 m 5. 14 296
10 25000
8. 3 km/min 6. 1 6
3 ln 11 t
1 0.25e
33 2
9. 4 R 7. 9.5 min
10. 0.32 rad/s 8. 8 min
11. 2.5 m

12. 6 rad
A P P E N D I X B A N T I D E R I VAT I V E S
Exercise B1
3 1
1. a. 2x c b. 2x2 4x c c. x4 3x3 c d. 2ln x c
3 2 3 1 1 1
e. 2x 3x c f. x
4 2
2x2 3x3 c g. cos 2x c

3
1 2
h. 2ex c i. 9(x3 1) 2 c j. ln(sin x) c
2
3
3 4
2. a. 4x 12x x 5 b. 2x 2 cos x 1 c. 4x 4x 3 8
3 2
1 1 2 2 10 sin5 x
d. 3e3x 2 ln x 3e3 e. 3
x3 1 3 f. 1
5
3. 10 051
4. 200 min
5. a. 10e0.002t 9 cm b. 0.94 cm c. 52.7 years
6. 8.75 m
480 A N S W E R S
Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus

EDITORS AUTHORS
Loraine Wilson
Harcourt Mathematics 12—Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus has been

designed to give students a solid foundation for university studies. This text offers a
balance of instructional and investigative lessons.
Concepts and skills are presented through worked examples and solutions, investiga-
tions, opportunities for communication, and the use of technology. Exercises are levelled
for difficulty.
The text guides students through a review of prerequisite skills, worked examples and
solutions, a performance-assessment format that builds investigation and inquiry skills
within a real-life application framework, chapter summaries, chapter tests, and cumu-
lative reviews to reinforce and build students’ understanding.
ISBN 0-7747-1454-9
Contents
Chapter 1 • Solutions ..............1 Chapter 4 • Solutions .............73

Review of Prerequisite Skills 1 Review of Prerequisite Skills 73
Section 1.1: Investigation 1 1 Exercise 4.1 73
Investigation 2 2 Exercise 4.2 76
Investigation 3 2 Exercise 4.3 82
Exercise 1.1 2 Exercise 4.4 85
Exercise 4.5 86
Section 1.2: Investigation 3
Exercise 4.6 88
Exercise 1.2 3
Review Exercise 91
Exercise 1.3 8
Chapter 4 Test 94
Exercise 1.4 10
Review Exercise 12 Cumulative Review
Chapter 1 Test 15 Chapters 1–4 ..........................97
Chapter 2 • Solutions .............17 Chapter 5 • Solutions ...........101

Section 2.4: Investigation 30 Section 5.4: Investigation 120
Review Exercise 42 Review Exercise 133
Chapter 2 Test 48 Chapter 5 Test 142
Chapter 3 • Solutions .............51 Chapter 6 • Solutions ...........147

Exercise 3.2 56
Exercise 3.3 59
Exercise 3.4 59 Section 6.3: Investigation 153
Exercise 6.3 153
Exercise 6.4 154
Exercise 3.5 65
Exercise 6.5 156
Review Exercise 66
Review Exercise 157
Chapter 3 Test 70
Chapter 6 Test 160
Contents iii
Chapter 7 • Solutions ...........163 Appendix A • Solutions ........259
Review of Prerequisite Skills 163 Exercise 259
Exercise 7.1 163 Exercise A1 260
Exercise A2 264
Exercise A3 266
Exercise 7.2 165
Exercise 7.3 170
Exercise 7.4 173
Appendix B • Solutions ........271
Exercise 7.5 175
Review Exercise 177 Exercise B1 271
Chapter 7 Test 179 Exercise B2 272
Exercise B3 276
Cumulative Review
Chapters 5–7 ........................181
Student Text Answer Key ......279
Chapter 8 • Solutions ...........186

Review of Prerequisite Skills 186
Exercise 8.1 186
Exercise 8.2 189
Exercise 8.3 191
Exercise 8.4 194
Exercise 8.5 198
Review Exercise 200
Chapter 8 Test 204
Cumulative Review
Chapters 4–8 131
Chapter 9 • Solutions ...........207

Review of Prerequisite Skills 207
Exercise 9.1 207
Exercise 9.2 209
Exercise 9.3 214
Exercise 9.4 219
Exercise 9.5 225
Review Exercise 234
Chapter 9 Test 243
Cumulative Review
Chapters 3–9 ........................247
iv Contents
Chapter 1 • Polynomial Functions
Review of Prerequisite Skills c. y 5 – y 4 + y 3 – y 2 + y – 1
= y 4 ( y –1) + y 2 ( y –1) + ( y –1)
2. g. ( x + n) 2 – 9 = ( y –1) ( y 4 + y 2 +1)
= ( x + n + 3)( x + n – 3)
h. 49u 2 – ( x – y )
2
= ( 7u + x – y )( 7u – x + y ) e. 9 ( x + 2y + z ) 2 – 16 ( x – 2y + z ) 2
= [3 ( x + 2y + z ) – 4( x – 2y + z ) ] [3 ( x + 2y + z ) + 4( x – 2y + z
i. 4
x – 16 = [3x + 6y + 3z – 4x + 8y – 4z ] [3x + 6y + 3z + 4x – 8y + 4z ]
= ( x 2 + 4)( x 2 – 4) = [– x + 14y – z ] [7x – 2y + 7z ]
= ( x 2 + 4)( x + 2)( x – 2)
g. p 2 – 2 p + 1 – y 2 – 2 yz – z 2
= ( p – 1) – ( y + z )
2 2
3. c. h 3 + h 2 + h + 1
= h 2 ( h + 1) + ( h + 1) = ( p – 1 + y + z )( p – 1 – y – z )
= ( h + 1)( h 2 + 1)
Section 1.1
e. 4 y + 4 yz + z – 1
2 2
Investigation 1: Cubic Functions

= (2 y + z) – 1
2
2. There can be 1, or 3 real roots of a cubic equation.

= ( 2 y + z – 1)( 2 y + z + 1)
3. a. Find the x-intercepts, i.e., the zeros of the function
x = 2, x = 3, x = 4, y = 24, and the y-intercepts.
f. x 2 – y 2 + z 2 – 2 xz Since the cubic term has a positive coefficient,
= x 2 – 2 xz + z 2 – y 2 start at the lower left, i.e., the third quadrant, crossing
the x-axis at –3, then again at 2 and at 4, ending
= ( x – z) – y 2
2
in the upper right of the first quadrant.

= ( x – z – y )( x – z + y )
b. y
3 2 24
4. f. y + y – 5y – 5
= y2 ( y + 1) – 5 (y + 1)
= (y + 1) (y2 – 5)
x
g. 60y2 + 10y – 120 –3 2 4
= 10 ( 6y2 – y + 12)
= 10 ( 3y + 4) ( 2y – 3)
36 (2x – y ) – 25 (u – 2y )
2 2
5. a.
4. y
= [6 (2x – y ) ] – [ 5 (u – 2y )]
2 2 y
= [6 (2x – y ) –5 (u – 2y ) ] [6 (2x – y ) +5 (u – 2y )]
= [12x – 6y – 5u +10y ] [12x – 6y + 5u –10y ]
x
= (12x + 4y – 5u) (12x –16y + 5u)
x
Chapter 1: Polynomial Functions 1

y
5. When the coefficient of x3 is negative, the graph 2.
moves from the second quadrant to the fourth.
Investigation 2: Quartic Functions

2. There can be 0, 2, or 4 real roots for a quartic equation.
x
–1 1
3. a. Find the x-intercepts at the function, i.e., x – 3,
2, – 1, – 4. Find the y-intercept, i.e., y = –24.
Begin in the second quadrant crossing the x-axis
at – 4, – 3, – 1, and 2 and end in the first y = ( x + 1)( x – 1)
3
quadrant; draw a smooth curve through intercepts.
b. y
Exercise 1.1
3. a. y
y y
x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2
x x x
–24
4. y b.
y y y
x x
x x
y y
5. If the coefficient of x4 is negative, the quartic function is a

reflection of quartic with a positive coefficient of x4, i.e. the x x
graph moves from the second to the fourth quadrant, passing
through the x-axis a maximum of four times.
Investigation 3 y
1. y
x Also includes the reflections of

all these graphs in the x-axis.
x
–2 1
y
4. a. y
y = ( x + 2)( x – 1) x x
2
2 Chapter 1: Polynomial Functions

b. y y
x x
Section 1.2
Investigation 1: Cubic Functions
2. x f (x) ∆ f (x) ∆2 f (x) ∆2 f (x)
1 1 8 –1 = 7 19 – 7 = 12 18 – 12 = 6
2 8 27 – 8 = 19 37 – 19 = 18 24 – 18 = 6
3 27 64 – 27 = 37 61 – 37 = 24 30 – 24 = 6
m–2 ( m – 2) 3
( m – 1) – ( m – 2) = 3m – 9m + 7
3 3 2
( 3m 2
– 3m + 1) – ( 3m – 9m + 7) = 6m – 6
2
6m – ( 6m – 6) = 6
m –1 ( m – 1) 3 m 3 – ( m – 1) = 3m 2 – 3m + 1
3
( 3m 2
+ 3m + 1) – ( 3m 2 – 3m + 1) = 6m ( 6m + 6) – ( 6m) = 6
m m3 ( m + 1) 3 – m 3 = 3m 2 + 3m + 1 ( 3m 2
+ 9m + 7) – ( 3m 2 + 3m + 1) = 6m + 6 ( 6m + 12) – ( 6m + 6) = 6
m +1 ( m + 1) 3 ( m + 2) 3 – ( m + 1) 3 = 3m 2 + 9m + 7 ( 3m 2
+ 15m + 19) – ( 3m 2 + 9m + 7) = 6m + 12 ( 6m + 18) – ( 6m + 12) = 6
m+2 ( m + 2) 3 ( m + 3) 3 – ( m + 2) 3 = 3m 2 + 15m + 19 ( 3m 2
+ 21m + 17) – ( 3m 2 + 15m + 19) = 6m + 18 ( 6m + 24) – ( 6m + 18) = 6
For quadratic functions, the second finite differences are constant.

For cubic functions, the third finite differences are constant.
It appears that for a polynomial function, a constant finite difference occurs at that difference that is the same as the degree of the
polynomial.
Exercise 1.2
1. (1, 0), (2, –2), (3, –2), ( 4, 0), (5, 4 ), (6, 10 ) Since ∆2f (x) for any x, then the polynomial function
is a quadratic of the form f ( x ) = ax + bx + c.
2
x f (x) ∆ f (x) ∆2 f (x)

Substituting the given ordered pairs, we get
–2 – 0 = –2 0 – ( –2) = 2
1 0 f (1) = a + b + c = 0 …(1)
2 –2 –2 – ( –2) = 0 2–0=2 f ( 2) = 4 a + 2b + c = –2 …(2)
3 –2 0 – ( –2) = 2 4–2=2 f ( 3) = 9a + 3b + c = –2 …(3)
4 0 4–0=4 6–4 =2 Solving these equations, we have

( 2) – (1) 3a + b = –2 …(4)
5 4 10 – 4 = 6
( 3) – ( 2) 5a + b = 0 …(5)
6 10 ( 5) – ( 4) 2a = 2
a =1

Substituting into (4), 3 (1) + b = –2 Since ∆2 f (x) is constant, the function is of the form
b = –5. f ( x ) = ax 2 + bx + c.
Substituting the given ordered pairs,
Substituting into (1), (1) + (–5) + c = 0
f (1) = a + b + c = 4 K (1)
c = 4.
f (2) = 4 a + 2 b + c = 15 K (2)
Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = x 2 – 5x + 4. f (3) = 9a + 3b + c = 30 K (3).
Solving these equations, we have
2. (1, – 1), (2, 2), (3, 5), ( 4, 8), (5, 11), (6, 14) (2) – (1) 3a + b = 11 K ( 4)
(3) – (2) 5a + b = 15 K (5)
x f (x) ∆ f (x) (5) – ( 4) 2a = 4
a = 2.
1 –1 2 – ( –1) = 3
Substituting into (5) 5 (2) + b = 15
2 2 5– 2 = 3 b = 5.
3 5 8–5=3 Substituting into (1) 2+5+c =4
c = –3.
4 8 11 – 8 = 3
Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = 2 x 2 + 5x – 3.
5 11 14 – 11 = 3
4. (1, –9), (2, –10), (3, –7), (4, 0), (5, 11), (6, 26)
6 14
Since ∆ f (x) = 3 for any x, then the function is linear x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x)
of the form y = mx + b.
1 –9 – 10 – (– 9) = 1 3 – (– 1) = 4
Substituting the given ordered pairs, we get 2 – 10 – 7 – (– 10) = 3 7–3=4
f (1) = m + b = –1 …(1)
3 –7 0 – (– 7) = 7 11 – 7 = 4
f ( 2) = 2m + b = 2 …(2).
4 0 11 – 0 = 11 15 – 11 = 4
Solving these equations, we get
5 11 26 – 11 = 15
(2) – (1) m = 3.
6 26
Substituting into …(1)
3 + b = –1 Since ∆2f (x) is constant, the function is of the form
f(x) = ax2 + bx + c.
b = –4.
Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = 3x – 4.
f (1) = a + b + c = 0 …(1)
3. (1, 4), (2, 15), (3, 30), (4, 49), (5, 72), (6, 99) f ( 2) = 4 a + 2b + c = –2 …(2)
f ( 3) = 9a + 3b + c = –2 …(3).
x f(x) ∆ f(x) ∆2 f(x) Solving these equations,
(2) – (1) 3a + b = –2 …(4)
1 4 15 – 4 = 11 15 – 11 = 4
(3) – (2) 5a + b = 0 …(5)
2 15 30 – 15 = 15 19 – 15 = 4 (5) – (4) 2a = 2
a = 1.
3 30 49 – 30 = 19 23 – 19 = 4
4 49 72 – 49 = 23 27 – 23 = 4 Substituting into (4), 3 (1) + b = –2

b = –5.
5 72 99 – 72 = 27
6 99

Substituting into (1), (1) + (–5) + c = 0 6. (1,–34), (2, – 42), (3, – 38), (4, – 16), (5, 30), (6, 106)
c = 4. Using differences we obtain the following.
Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = x – 5x + 4.

2
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x) ∆3f(x)
5. (1, 12), (2, – 10), (3, – 18), ( 4, 0), (5, 56), (6, 162) 1 –34 –8 12 6
2 –42 4 18 6
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x)
3 –38 22 24 6
1 12 ( –10) – ( –12) = –22 –8 – ( –22) = 14 26 – 14 = 12
4 –16 46 30
2 –10 ( –18) – ( –10) = –8 18 – ( –8) = 26 38 – 26 = 12
5 30 76
3 –18 0 – ( –18) = 18 56 – 18 = 38 50 – 38 = 12
6 106
4 0 56 – 0 = 56 106 – 56 = 50
Since is ∆3f(x) is constant, the function is of the form
5 56 162 – 56 = 106 f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx +d.
6 162 Substituting the given ordered pairs,
f (1) = a + b + c + d = –34 …(1)
Since ∆f(x) is constant, the function is of the f ( 2) = 8a + 4b + 2c + d = –42 …(2)
form f ( x ) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d. f ( 3) = 27a + 9b + 3c + d = –38 …(3)
Substituting the given ordered pairs, f ( 4) = 64 a + 16b + 4c + d = –16 …(4).
f (1) = a + b + c + d = 12 …(1)
f ( 2) = 8a + 4b + 2c + d = –10 …(2) Solving the equations,
f ( 3) = 27a + 9b + 3c + d = –18 …(3) ( 2) – (1) 7a + 3b + c = –8 …(5)
f ( 4) = 64 a + 16b + 4c + d = 0 …(4). ( 3) – ( 2) 19a + 5b + c = 4 …(6)
Solving the equations, ( 4) – ( 3) 37a + 7b + c = 22 …(7)
( 2) – (1) 7a + 3b + c = –22 …(5) ( 6) – ( 5) 12a + 2b = 12 …(8)
( 3) – ( 2) 19a + 5b + c = –8 …(6) ( 7) – ( 6) 18a + 2b = 18 …(9)
( 4) – ( 3) 37a + 7b + c = 18 …(7) (9) – (8) 6a = 6
( 6) – ( 5) 12a + 2b = 14 …(8) a = 1.
( 7) – ( 6) 18a + 2b = 26 …(9)
Substituting into (8), 12(1) + 2b = 12
(9) – (8) 6a = 12 b = 0.
a = 2.
Substituting into (5), 7(1) + 3(0) + c = –18
Substituting into (8), 12(2) + 2b = 14 c = –15.
b = –5.
Substituting into (1), 1 + 0 – 15 + d = –34
Substituting into (5), 7(2) + 3( –5) + c = –23 d = –20.
c = –21.
Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = x – 15x – 20.
3
Substituting into (1), 2 – 5 – 21 + d = 12

d = 36.
Therefore, the function is

f ( x ) = 2 x 3 – 5x 2 – 21x + 36.

7. (1, 10), (2, 0), (3, 0), (4, 16), (5, 54), (6, 120), (7, 220) 8. (1, – 4), (2, 0), (3, 30), (4, 98), (5, 216), (6, 396)
Using differences, we obtain the following. Using differences, we obtain the following.
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x) ∆3f(x) x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2f(x) ∆3f(x)
1 10 – 10 10 6 1 –4 4 26 12
2 0 0 16 6 2 0 30 38 12
3 0 16 22 6 3 30 68 50 12
4 16 38 28 4 98 118 62
5 54 66 34 5 216 180
6 120 100 6 396
7 220 Since ∆3f(x) is constant, the function is of the form

f (x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx +d.
Since ∆3f(x) is constant, the function is of the form
f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx +d. Substituting the given ordered pairs,
f (1) = a + b + c + d = –4 …(1)
f ( 2) = 8a + 4b + 2c + d = 0 …(2)
f (1) = a + b + c + d = 10 …(1)
f ( 3) = 27a + 9b + 3c + d = 30 …(3)
f ( 2) = 8a + 4b + 2c + d = 0 …(2)
f ( 4) = 64 a + 16b + 4c + d = 98 …(4).
f ( 3) = 27a + 9b + 3c + d = 0 …(3)
f ( 4) = 64 a + 16b + 4c + d = 16 …(4).
Solving the equations,
Solving the equations, (2) – (1) 7a + 3b + c = 4 K…(5)
(2) – (1) 7a + 3b + c = –10 …(5) (3) – (2) 19a + 5b + c = 30 K…(6)
(3) – (2) 19a + 5b + c = 0 …(6) (4) – (3) 37a + 7b + c = 68 …(7)
(4) – (3) 37a + 7b + c = 16 …(7) (6) – (5) 12a + 2b = 26 …(8)
(6) – (5) 12a + 2b = 10 …(8) (7) – (6) 18a + 2b = 38 …(9)
(7) – (6) 18a + 2b = 16 …(9)

(9) – (8) 6a = 12
a = 2.
(9) – (8) 6a = 6
a = 1. Substituting into (8), 12(2) + 2b = 26
b = 1.
Substituting into (8), 12(1) + 2b = 10
b = –1. Substituting into (5), 7(2) + 3(1) + c = 4
c = –13.
Substituting into (5), 7(1) + 3(–1) + c = –10
c = –14. Substituting into (1), 2 + 1 – 13 + d = –4
d = 6.
Substituting into (1), 1 – 1 – 14 + d = 10
d = 24. Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = 2 x 3 + x 2 – 13x + 6.
Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = x 3 – x 2 – 14 x + 24 .

9. (1, – 2), (2, – 4), (3, – 6), ( 4, – 8), (5, 14), (6, 108), ( 7, 346) 10. (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 4), ( 4, 8), (5, 16), (6, 32), ( 7, 64)
Using differences, we obtain the following: Using differences, we obtain the following:
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3f(x) ∆4 f(x) x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x) ∆4 f(x) ∆5 f(x)
1 –2 –2 0 0 24 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 –4 –2 0 24 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 –6 –2 24 48 24 3 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 –8 22 72 72 4 8 8 8 8 8
5 14 94 144 5 16 16 16 16
6 108 238 6 32 32 32
7 346 7 64
Since ∆4f(x) is constant, the function is of the form As there is no constant difference, this will not be
f(x) = ax4 + bx3 + dx + e. defined as a polynomial function. This is f(x) = 2n-1 ,
by inspection.
f (1) = a + b + c + d + e = –2 …(1) 11. a. Using the STAT function, the function is
f ( 2) = 16a + 8b + 4c + 2d + e = –4 …(2) V = – 0.0374x 3 + 0.1522x 2 + 0.1729x .
f ( 3) = 81a + 27b + 9c + 3d + e = –6 …(3) b. The maximum volume of air during the cycle is
f ( 4) = 256a + 64b + 16c + 4 d + e = –8 …(4). 0.8863 and occurs after 3.2.
Solving the equations, 12. a.

(2) – (1) 15a + 7b + 3c + d = –2 …(6)
(3) – (2) 65a + 19b + 5c + d = –2 …(7) t f(t) ∆f(t) ∆2 f(t) ∆3 f(t)
(4) – (3) 175a + 37b + 7c + d = –2 …(8)
1 4031 –23 –48 6
(5) – (4) 369a + 61b + 9c + d = 22 …(9)
(7) – (6) 50a + 12b + 2c = 0 …(10) 2 4008 –71 –42 6
(8) – (7) 110a + 18b + 2c = 0 …(11)
3 3937 –113 –36
(9) – (8) 194a + 24b + 2c = 24 …(12)
4 3824 –149
(11) – (10) 60a + 6b = 0 …(13)
(12) – (11) 84a + 6b = 24 …(14) 5 3675 –179
(14) – (13) 24a = 24 6 3496
a = 1.
Substituting into (13), 60(1) + 6b = 0 Since the third differences are constant, it forms a
b = –10. cubic function. Using the STAT mode on the
graphing calculator, f (t ) = t 3 – 30t 2 + 60t + 4000.
Substituting into (10), 50(1) + 12(–10) + 2c = 0
c = 35. b. From the graph of f(t), it seems that the
population began to increase 9 years ago, in
Substituting into (6), 15 (1) + 7(–10) + 3(35) + d = –2
1971.
d = –52.
Substituting into (1), 1 – 10 + 35 – 52 + e = –2
e = 24.
Therefore, the function is
f ( x ) = x 4 – 10 x 3 + 35x 2 – 52 x + 24.

c. For the year 2030, t = 50. g. 2x 2 – 3
f ( 50) = 50 3 – 30( 50) + 60( 50) + 4000
2
)
2x + 3 4 x + 6x – 6x – 9
3 2
= 57 000 4 x 3 + 6x 2
So, if the function continues to describe the – 6x – 9
population after 2002, in the year 2030, it will be –6 x – 9
about 57 000. 0
Since the remainder is 0, 2x + 3 is a factor of

Exercise 1.3 4 x 3 + 6x 2 – 6x – 9. Therefore,
4 x 3 + 6x 2 – 6x – 9 = (2 x + 3)(2 x 2 – 3).
7. b. x 2 + 5x + 2
)
x – 1 x + 4 x 2 – 3x – 2
3
x3 – x2
5x 2 – 3x h. x 2 – 3x + 5
5x 2 – 5x )
3x – 2 3x 3 – 11x 2 + 21x – 7
2x – 2 3x 3 – 2 x 2
2x – 2 – 9 x 2 + 21x
0 – 9x 2 + 6x
15x – 7
Since the remainder is 0, x – 1 is a factor of 15x – 10
x 3 + 4 x 2 – 3 x – 2 . The other factor is x 2 + 5 x + 2 .
+3
x 3 + 4 x 2 – 3 x – 2 = ( x – 1)( x 2 + 5 x + 2)
Since the remainder, r ( x ) = 3 is of a degree less
than that of the divisor, the division is complete. So,
3x 3 – 11x 2 + 21x – 7 = (3x – 2)( x 2 – 3x + 5) + 3.
c. 2x 2 + 2x + 3
)
x – 3 2 x – 4 x 2 – 3x + 5
3
2 x 3 – 6x 2 9. b. 2x3 – 2x2 – x + 1
2 x 2 – 3x
2 x 2 – 6x
)
x + 1 2 x 4 + 0 x – 3x 2 + 1
3x + 5 2x4 + 2x3
3x – 9 – 2 x 3 – 3x 2
2
14 –2 x 3 – 2 x
– x2
Since the remainder r ( x ) = 14 is of a degree less –x2 – x
than that of the divisor, the division is complete. So,
x +1
2 x 3 – 4 x 2 – 3x + 5 = ( x – 3)(2 x 2 + 2 x + 3) + 14.
x +1
0

c. 4 x 2 – 8 x + 16 17. a. x 2 + 6x + 7
)
x + 2 4 x + 0 x + 0 x + 32 + 32
3 2
)
x – 2 x 3 + 4 x 2 – 5x – 9
4 x + 8x
3 2
x 3 – 2x 2
– 8x 2 6 x 2 – 5x
–8 x 2 – 16 x 6 x 2 – 12 x
16 x + 32 7x – 9
16 x + 32 7 x – 14
0 5
So, x + 4 x – 5x – 9 = ( x – 2)( x + 6 x + 7) + 5
3 2 2
d. x4 + x3 + x2 + x + 1
where q ( x ) = x 2 + 6x + 7 and r = 5.
)
x – 1 x 5 + 0 x 4 + 0 x 3 + 0 x 2 + 0 x1 + 0 x – 1
x5 – x4
x+5
x4 )
x + 1 x + 6x + 7
2
x4 – x3
x2 + x
3
x 5x + 7
x3 – x2 5x + 5
x2 2
x2 – x
x –1 So, x 2 + 6x + 7 = ( x + 1)( x + 5) + 2, where
Q( x ) = x + 5 and r2 = 2 .
x –1
0 b. If f ( x ) is divided by ( x – 2)( x + 1), the quotient
is the Q( x ) obtained in a. Since
x 3 + 4 x 2 – 5x – 9 = ( x – 2)( x 2 + 6x + 7) = 5,
12. Dividing f(x) by d(x).
by substituting,
x2 – x
= ( x – 2)[( x + 1)( x + 5) + 2] + 5
2
)
x + 2x + 1 x + x – x 2 – x
4 3
x 4 + 2x 3 + x 2 = ( x – 2)[( x + 1)( x + 5) ] + ( x – 2)[( 2) ] + 5
– x 3 – 2x 2 – x and simplifying,
– x 3 – 2x 2 – x = ( x – 2)( x + 1)( x + 5) + 2( x – 2) + 5
0 = ( x – 2)( x + 1)( x + 5) + 2 x + 1.
Therefore, when f(x) is divided by ( x – 2)( x + 1),
16. x = yq + r where y ≤ x and x , y ∈ N the quotient is ( x + 5) and the remainder is
a. If y is a factor of x, it will divide into x without 2 ( x – 2) + 5 or 2 x + 1 .
leaving a remainder. So, r = 0.
b. The value of the remainder must be less than that
of the divisor if the division is complete, and y is
not a factor of 9x, so if y = 5, the values of r are
1, 2, 3, or 4. If y = 7, r = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and if
r = n, r = 1, 2, 3, …, n – 1.

Exercise 1.4 4. f. The remainder is
 1
r= f 
2. b. When f ( x ) is divided by x + 1, the remainder  2
is f ( –1).
3
 1  1
= 4   + 9   – 10
r = f ( –1)  2  2
= –5.
= ( –1) – 4( –1) + 2( –1) – 6
3 2
= –13 5. a. Since the remainder is 1 when the divisor is

x + 2, then f ( –2) = 1 by the Remainder Theorem.
 1
c. When f (x) is divided by 2 x – 1 , the remainder is f   .
( –2) + k ( –2) + 2( –2) – 3 = 1
3 2
 2
 1
r= f  –8 + 4 k – 4 – 3 = 1
 2
 1 3  1 2  1 4 k = 16
=   – 4  + 2  – 6
 2  2  2
47 b. Since the remainder is 16 when the divisor is
=– or – 5.875
8 x – 3 , then f ( 3) = 16 by the Remainder Theorem.
(3) – k (3) – 2(3) + (3) + 4 = 16

4 3 2
d. When f(x) is divided by 2x + 3, the remainder is –27k = –54

 3 k =2
f – .
 2
c. Since the remainder is 1 when the divisor
 3 is 2x – 1, then
r = f – 
 2  1
 3
3
 3
2
 3 f   = 1 by the Remainder Theorem.
= –  – 4–  + 2–  – 6  2
 2  2  2
3 2
171  1  1  1
=– or – 21.375 2   – 3  + k   – 1 = 1
8  2  2  2
1 3 1
– + k –1 =1
4 4 2
c. Let f ( x ) = 2 x + 4 x – 1.
3
3. 1 5
k=
The remainder when is divided by x + 2 is 2 2
r = f ( –2 ) k =5
= 2 ( –2 ) + 4 ( –2 ) – 1
3
6. f ( x ) = mx 3 + gx 2 – x + 3
= –25.
When the divisor is x + 1 , the remainder is 3.
By the Remainder Theorem, f ( –1) = 3
f. Let f ( x ) = –2 x + 3x – x + 2.
4 2
When f(x) is divided by x + 2 , the remainder is m ( –1) + g( –1) – ( –1) + 3 = 3

3 2
r = f ( –2) – m + g = –1. (1)

= –2 ( –2) + 3 ( –2) – ( –2) + 2
4 2
When the divisor is x + 2 , the remainder is –7.

= −2 (16) + 3 ( 4) + 2 + 2
Therefore, f ( –2) = –7
= –16.
m ( –2) + g( –2) – ( –2) + 3 = –7
3 2
–8m + 4 g = –12
or 2 m – g = 3. (2)

Solving the resulting linear equations, Therefore, –5 A + B = – 47. ( 4)
(2) + (1) m = 2.
Solving (3) and (4),
Substituting into (1) , g = 1.
(3) – ( 4) 2 A = 48
7. f ( x ) = mx + gx – x + 3
3 2
A = 24.
When the divisor is x – 1 , the remainder is 3. Substituting in (4), B = 73.
By the Remainder Theorem, f (1) = 3. Since r ( x ) = Ax + B
m + g – 1+ 3 = 3 = 24 x + 73.
m+ g =1 (1) The remainder is 24 + 73.
When the divisor is x +3, the remainder is –1.
So, f ( –3) = –1. Solution 2: Using Long Division
m ( –3) + g( –3) – ( –3) + 3 = –1
3 2
–27m + 9g = –7 (2) Expanding ( x + 3)( x + 5) = x 2 + 8 x + 15

x–5
9 × (1) 9m + 9g = 9 )
x 2 + 8 x + 15 x 3 + 3x 2 – x – 2
– 36m = –16 x 3 + 8 x + 15x
4
m= – 5x 2 – 16 x – 2
9
–5x 2 – 40 x – 75
5 24 x + 73
Substituting into (1) , g= .
9
The remainder is 24 x + 73.
8. Solution 1: Using the Remainder Theorem

9. Solution 1: Using Long Division
Let f ( x ) = x + 3x – x – 2.
3 2
(1) Expanding the divisor ( x – 1)( x + 2) = x 2 + x – 2
Then, f ( x ) = ( x + 3)( x + 5) q( x ) + r ( x ) 3x 3 – 3x 2 + 9x – 20
where x is a linear expression.
Let r ( x ) = Ax + B.
)
x + x – 2 3x 5 – 5x 2 + 4 x + 1
2
3x 5 + 3x 4 – 6x 3
So, f ( x ) = ( x + 3)( x + 5) q( x ) + ( Ax + B) . (2) – 3x 4 + 6x 3 – 5x 2
–3 x 4 – 3 x 3 + 6 x 2
From (2) , f ( –3) = ( 0)(2) q( x ) + ( –3 A + B)
9x 3 – 11x 2 + 4 x
= –3 A + B.
9x 3 + 9x 2 – 18x
From (1) , f ( –3) = ( –3) + 3( –3) – ( –3) – 2
3 2
– 20 x 2 + 22 x + 1
= 1. –20 x 2 – 20 x + 40
Therefore, –3 A + B = 1. (3) 42 x – 39
Similarly, f ( –5) = ( –2)( 0) q( x ) + ( –5 A + B)

The remainder is 42x –39.
= –5 A + B
f ( –5) = ( –5) + 3( –5) – ( –5) – 2
3 2
and
= –47.

[ f ( x) ]
2
Solution 2: Using the Remainder Theorem e. If is divided by x + 2, the division
Let f ( x ) = 3x – 5x + 4 x + 1.
5 2
(1) statement becomes f ( x ) f ( x ) = ( x + 2) q( x ) + r .
So, f ( x ) = ( x – 1)( x + 2) q( x ) + Ax + B ( 2) Let x = –2 , then f ( –2) f ( –2) = 0 q( x ) + r

since r ( x ) is at most a linear expression. (3)(3) = r
9 = r.
Since f (1) = 0( 3) q( x ) + A + B from (1)
The remainder is 9.
and f (1) = 3(1) – 5(1) + 4(1) + 1 from (2)
5 2
= 3. 11. In order to have a multiple of (x + 5), there must be

no remainder after division by x + 5. The remainder
So A + B = 3. (3)
for f (x) is x + 3. The first multiple for the remainder
Similarly, f ( –2) = ( –3)( 0) q ( x ) + A( –2) + B from (1) is x + 5, or (x + 3) + 2. So, the first multiple greater
than f (x) is f(x) + 2.
and f ( –2) = 3 ( –2) – 5 ( –2) + 4( –2) + 1
5 2
from (2)
So –2 A + B = –123. 12. Factoring by completing a square:
Solving (3) and (4) by subtracting,
and 3 A = 126 a. x4 5x + 9
x4 6x2 9 – x2
A = 42 (x2 3)2 – x2
B = –39. (x2 3 x)(x2 3 – x)
The remainder is 42 x – 39. (x2 x 3)(x2 – x – 3)
10. If the remainder is 3 when x + 2 is divided into f(x), b. 9y4 8y2 4

then f(–2) = 3. 9y4 12y2 4 – 4y2
(3y2 2)2 – 4y2
a. Since the remainder is a constant, adding 1 to f (x), (3y2 2y 2) (3y2 – 2y 2)
increases the remainder by 1. So, the remainder is
3 + 1 = 4. c. x4 6x2 25
x4 10x2 25 – 4x2
b. Since (x + 2) is divisible exactly by the divisor
(x2 5)2 – 4x2
x + 2, there is no remainder for that division. So,
(x2 2x 5)(x2 – 2x 5)
the remainder for f(x) + x + 2 is the same as that
for f(x), i.e., the remainder is 3.
d. 4x4 8x 2 9
c. The remainder of f(x) divided by x + 2 is 3. By the 4x 4 12x 2 9 – 4x 2
Remainder Theorem, the remainder of ( 4 x + 7) (2x 2 3) 2 – 4x 2
(2x 2 2x 3)(2x 2 – 2x 3).
divided by x + 2 is 4(–2)+7=–1.
Therefore, the remainder of f ( x ) + 4 x + 7 is the
remainder of f(x) plus the remainder of 4 x + 7, Review Exercise
that is, 3 – 1 = 2.
2. a.
d. The remainder of f(x) divided by x + 2 is 3. Hence,
the remainder of 2 f(x) divided by x + 2 is
2(3) = 6. The remainder of –7 divided by x + 2 is x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x)
–7. So, the remainder of 2 f ( x ) – 7 is 6 – 7 = –1 . –1 –27 16 – 10 6
0 –11 6 –4 6
1 –5 2 2 6
2 –3 4 8
3 1 12
4 13

Since ∆3 f ( x ) is constant, f(x) is of the form f ( 2) = 8a + 4b + 2c + 4 = 32
f ( x ) = ax 3 + bx 2 = cx + d. 8a + 4b + 2c = 28
Substituting the given ordered pairs, 4 a + 2b + c = 14 ( 2)
f (0) = d = –11 f ( 3) = 27a + 9b + 3c + 4 = 67
f(1) = a + b + c + d = –5. 27a + 9b + 3c = 63
Substituting for d, a + b + c = 6 (1) 9a + 3b + c = 21 ( 3)

Solving
f (2) = 8a + 4b + 2c + d = –3
( 2) – (1) 3a + b = 3 (4)
8a + 4b + 2c = 8
( 3) – ( 2) 5a + b = 7 (5)
4a + 2b + c = 4 (2)
( 5) – ( 4) 2a = 4
f (3) = 27a + 9b + 3c + d = 1
a=2
27a + 9b + 3c = 12
Substituting into (5), b = –3.
9a + 3b + c = 4 (3) Substituting into (1), c = 12.
Solving, Therefore, the function is f ( x ) = 2 x 3 – 3x 2 + 12 x + 4 .
(2) – (1) 3a + b = –2 (4)
c.
(3) – (2) 5a + b = 0 (5)
(5) – (4) –2a = –2
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x) ∆4 f(x)
a = 1.
1 –9 – 22 22 60 24
Substituting into (5), b = –5.
Substituting into (1), c = 10. 2 – 31 0 82 84 24
Therefore, the function is 3 – 31 82 166 108

f ( x ) = x 3 – 5x 2 + 10 x – 11.
4 51 248 274
b. 5 299 522
6 821
x f(x) ∆ f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x)
0 4 11 6 12 Since ∆4f(x) is constant,

f(x) = ax 4 + bx 3 +cx 2 + dx + e.
1 15 17 18 12
2 32 35 30 12 f(1) = a + b +c + d + e = –9 (1)
f(2) = 16a + 8b + 4c + 2d + 2 = –31 (2)
3 67 65 42
f(3) = 81a + 27b + 9c + 3d + e = –31 (3)
4 132 107 f(4) = 256a + 64b + 16c + 4d + e = 51 (4)
f(5) = 625a + 125b + 25c + 5d + e = 299 (5)
5 239
Since is ∆3f(x) constant, f ( x ) is of the form

f ( x ) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d.
f ( 0) = d = 4
f (1) = a + b + c + 4 = 15
a + b + c = 11 (1)

Solving the equations, 3. c. 2 x 2 + 3x – 2
(2) – (1) 15a + 7b + 3c + d = –22 (6) )
2x + 1 4 x + 8x 2 – x + 1
3
(3) – (2) 65a + 19b + 5c + d = 0 (7) 4 x 3 + 2x 2

(4) – (3) 175a + 37b + 7c + d = 82 (8)
6x 2 – x
(5) – (4) 369a + 61b + 9c + d = 228 (9)
6 x 2 + 3x
(7) – (6) 50a + 12b + 2c = 22 (10)
(8) – (7) 110a + 18b + 2c = 0 (11) – 4x +1
(9) – (8) 194a + 24b + 2c = 166 (12) – 4x – 2
(11) – (10) 60a + 6b = 60 (13) 3
(12) – (11) 84a + 6b = 84 (14) 4 x + 8 x – x + 1 = ( 2 x + 1)( 2 x + 3 – 2) + 3
3 2 2
(14) – (13) 24a = 24

a = 1.
Substituting, b = 0
c = –14 d. x 2 – 5x + 10
d=5 )
x 2 + x – 2 x 4 – 4 x 3 + 3x 2 – 3
e = –1. x 4 + x 3 – 2x 2
– 5x 3 + 5x 2
Therefore, f(x) = x 4 – 14x 2 + 5x – 1.
– 5x 3 – 5x 2 + 10 x
d. 10 x 2 – 10 x – 3
10 x 2 + 10 x – 20
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x) – 20 x + 17
1 1 1 2 6 x – 4 x + 3x – 3 = ( x + x – 2)( x – 5x + 10) – 20 x + 17
4 3 2 2 2
2 2 3 8 4. c. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 5x 2 + 2 x – 1 .
3 5 11 The remainder is
f ( –2) = ( –2) – 5( –2) + 2( –2) – 1
3 2
4 16
= –8 – 20 – 4 – 1
There is not enough information to find a constant = –33.
finite difference.
e. Let f ( x ) = 3x 3 + x + 2.
e. 3
 1  1 1
The remainder is f   = 3  + + 2
 3  3 3
x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x) ∆3 f(x) 22
= .
–2 75 –86 76 –72 9
–1 –11 –10 4 24 5. a. x 2 + 3x + 2
0 –21 –6 –20
)
x – 1 x + 2x 2 – x – 2
3
x3 – x2
1 –27 –26
3x 2 – x
2 –53 3x 2 – 3x
2x – 2
There is not enough information to establish the function.
2x – 2
0
x 3 + 2 x 2 – x – 2 = ( x – 1)( x 2 + 3x + 2)
= ( x – 1)( x + 1)( x + 2)

c. 3x 2 + 11x – 4 Chapter 1 Test
)
2 x + 3 6x + 31x 2 + 25x – 12
3
1. a. 18 x 2 – 50 y 2
6x 3 + 9x 2
= 2( 9 x 2 – 25y 2 )
22 x + 25x
22 x + 33x = 2( 3x – 5y )( 3x + 5y )
– 8x – 12
–8x – 12 b. pm 3 + m 2 + pm + 1
0 = m 2 ( pm + 1) + ( pm + 1)
= ( pm + 1)( m 2 + 1)
6 x 3 + 31x 2 + 25x – 12 = ( 2 x + 3)( 3x 2 + ( x – 4))
c. 12 x 2 – 26 x + 12
= ( 2 x + 3)( 3x – 1)( x + 4)
= 2( 6 x 2 – 13x + 6)
6. a. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 3kx 2 + x + 5. = 2( 3x – 2)( 2 x – 3)

When the divisor is x – 2, the remainder is f(2) = 9.
d. x 2 + 6y – y 2 – 9
( 2) – 3k( 2) + 2 + 5 = 9
3 2
= x 2 – ( y 2 – 6 y + 9)
8 – 12k + 2 + 5 = 9
= x 2 – ( y – 3)
2
1
k=
2
or 0.5 = ( x + y – 3)( x – y + 3)
b. Let f ( x ) = rx 3 + gx 2 + 4 x + 1. 2. a. y = ( x + 2)( x – 1)( x – 3)

When the divisor is x – 1, the remainder is f(1) = 12. The x-intercepts are –2, 1, and 3. The y-intercept is 6.
r (1) + g(1) + 4(1) + 1 = 12
3 2
y
r+g=7 (1) 6
When the divisor is x + 3, the remainder
2
is f(3–) = –20. x
–2 –1 1 2 3
r – 33 + g( –3) + 4( –3) + 1 = –20
2
–27r + 9g = –9
3r – g = 1 ( 2)
Solving (1) + (2) , 4r = 8 b. y = x 2 ( x – 2)
The x-intercepts are 0 and 2.
r = 2.
The y-intercept is 0.
Substituting into (1) , g = 5.
y

3. a. x 2 – 7 x + 20 7. a.
)
x + 2 x – 5x 2 + 6 x – 4
3
x 3 + 2x 2 x f(x) ∆f(x) ∆2 f(x)

– 7x 2 + 6x 1 –1 0 2
–7 x 2 – 14 x
2 –1 2 2
20 x – 4
20 x + 40 3 1 4
– 44 4 5
The quotient is q ( x ) = x – 7x + 20.

2
Since the second differences are constant, the
points lie on a graph of a quadratic function.
The remainder is r ( x ) = –44.
b. Using the graphing calculator, the cubic function is
given as f ( x ) = 2 x 3 – 3x 2 = 5x – 8. Since for the
b. x 2 + 3x + 3
)
x – 3 x 3 – 6x + 2 function f (1) = –4, f ( 2) = 6, f ( 3) = 34 , and
f(4) = 92, it is the simplest polynomial function.
x 3 – 3x 2
3x 2 – 6x
3x 2 – 9x 8. Let f ( x ) = x 3 + cx + d.
3x + 2
When f (x) is divided by x – 1, the remainder is 3.
3x – 9
f ( –1) = 3
11
( –1) + c ( –1) + d = 3
3
–c + d = 4 (1)
The quotient is q ( x ) = x 2 + 3x + 3.
The remainder is 11.
When f(x) is divided by x – 2, the remainder is –3.
4. Since when f(x) is divided by (x – 1), f(1) is the f ( –2) = –3
( −2) + c ( −2) + d = –3
3
remainder and f(1) = 0, then the remainder is 0.
When the remainder is 0, the divisor (x – 1) is a −2 c + d = 5 (2)
factor.
Solving the resulting equation,
5. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 6x 2 + 5x + 2. When dividing by
(2) – (1) c = 1
( x + 2) , the remainder is f ( –2). d = 3.
r = f ( –2 )
= ( –2 ) – 6 ( –2 ) + 5 ( –2 ) + 2
3 2
9. By dividing x 3 – 2 x 2 – 9x + 18 = ( x – 2)( x 2 – 9).
= –40
So, the other factors are ( x – 3) and ( x + 3). .
6. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 3x 2 + 4 x + k.
When f(x) is divided by (x – 2), the remainder is
f(2).
f (2) = 7
(2) – 3 (2) + 4(2) + k = 7
3 2
k =3

Chapter 2 • Polynomial Equations and Inequalities
Review of Prerequisite Skills 5. d. 3x 3 – 75x
= 3x ( x 2 – 25)
1. b. 3 ( x – 2) + 7 = 3 ( x – 7) = 3x ( x – 5)( x + 5)
3x – 6 + 7 = 3x – 21
3x + 1 = 3x – 21 f. x 3 + x 2 – 56 x
0 x = – 22 = x ( x 2 + x – 56)
There is no solution. = x ( x + 8)( x – 7)
2. c. 4 x – 5 ≤ 2( x – 7) h. 3x 3 – 12 x
4 x – 5 ≤ 2 x – 14
= 3x( x 2 – 4)
2 x ≤ –9
= 3x ( x – 2)( x + 2)
9
x≤–
2
or x ≤ –4.5 6. e. x 2 – 2 x – 15 = 0
( x – 5)( x + 3) = 0
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
x–5=0 or x+3=0
d. 4 x + 7 < 9 x + 17 x =5 or x = –3
– 5x < 10
x > –2 f. 7 x 2 + 3x – 4 = 0
( 7 x – 4)( x + 1) = 0
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 7x – 4 = 0 or x +1 = 0
4
x= or x = –1
3. f ( x) = 2 x 2 – 3x + 1 7
h. x 3 – 9x = 0
b. f ( –2) = 2( –2) – 3( –2) + 1 x ( x 2 – 9) = 0
2
= 15 x ( x – 3)( x + 3) = 0
d.  1  1  1
2
x=0 or x – 3 = 0 or x+3=0
f   = 2   – 3  + 1 x=0 or x =3 or x = –3
 2  2  2
=0
7. b. 3y 2 – 5y – 4 = 0
4. f ( x) = x 3 – 2 x 2 + 4 x + 5 5± ( –5) – 4(3)( –4)
2
y=
2(3)
c. f ( –3) = ( –3) – 2( –3) + 4( –3) + 5
3 2
5 ± 73
= –52 =
6
=
˙ 2.3 or – 0.6
3 2
d. f  1  =  1  – 2  1  + 4  1  + 5
       
 2  2  2  2
53
=
8
Chapter 2: Polynomial Equations and Inequalities 17

c. 3x + x + 3 = 0 Exercise 2.1
2
5± ( –5) – 4(1)( –4)

2
x=
2(1) 2. b. The other factors can be found by dividing x – 5
5 ± 41 into f(x) then checking factors for the quotient,

=
2 either by inspection or using the Factor Theorem.
=˙ 5.7 or – 0.7
3. If f ( x ) = x 3 + 2 x 2 – 5x – 6
e. 2 x – 5x – 3 = 0 and f ( –1) = f (2) = f ( –3) = 0.
2
then the factors are ( x + 1), ( x – 2) , and ( x + 3) .

Solution 1 This is true since f(a) is the remainder, and in this
case, all remainders are zero, giving division that is
5± ( –5) 2 – 4( 2)( –3) complete. Also, this is the Factor Theorem.
x=
2( 2)
5 ± 49 4. a. x – 1 is a factor of f ( x ) = x 2 – 7 x + 6 only if
=
4 f (1) = 0.
= 3 or – 0.5 Since f (1) = 12 – 7(1) + 6 = 0 , then x – 1 is a factor.
Solution 2 d. f ( x ) = x 3 + 6 x 2 – 2 x + 3
f ( 3) = 33 + 6( 32 ) – 2( 3) + 3
(2 x + 1)(x – 3) = 0 ≠0
2x + 1 = 0 or x–3=0
Therefore, ( x – 3) is not a factor of f(x).
2 x = –1 or x =3
x=–
1
or x =3 f. f ( x) = 4 x 3 – 6x 2 + 8x – 3
2 3 2
 1  1  1  1
f   = 4   – 6  + 8  – 3
g. 2 p 2 – 3 p + 5 = 0  2  2  2  2
1 3
3± ( –3) 2 – 4( 2)( 5) = – +4–3
p= 2 2
2( 2)
=0
3 ± –31
= Therefore, ( 2 x – 1) is a factor of (x).
4
3 ± i 31
=
4
i. 2 x ( x – 5) = ( x + 2)( x – 3)
2 x 2 – 10 x = x 2 − x – 6
x 2 – 9x + 6 = 0
9± ( –9) 2 – 4(1)( 6)
x=
2(1)
9 ± 57
=
2
=˙ 8.3 or 0.7
18 Chapter 2: Polynomial Equations and Inequalities

5. f ( x) = x 3 – 2 x 2 – 2 x – 3 b. Let f ( x ) = x 3 + 2 x 2 – x – 2.
f (1) = (1) + 2(1) – (1) – 2
3 2
a. f ( 3) = 33 – 2( 3) – 2( 3) – 3
2
=0
= 27 – 18 – 6 – 3 ∴ (x – 1) is a factor of f(x).
=0
So, x 3 + 2 x 2 – x – 2 = ( x – 1)( x 2 + kx + 1)
b. x – 3 is a linear factor of f(x). = x3 + (k – 1) x2 + …
Comparing coefficients, k = 3
x2 + x + 1
∴ x 3 + x 2 + x + 1 = ( x – 1)( x 2 + 3x + 2)
c.
)
x – 3 x 3 – 2x 2 – 2x – 3
= ( x – 1)( x + 2)( x + 1).
x 3 – 3x 2
x 2 – 2x e. Let f ( y ) = y 3 − y 2 – y – 2
f (2) = (2) – (2) – (2) – 2
2
x – 3x 3 2
x–3 = 0.
∴ ( y – 2) is a factor of f ( y ) .
x–3
0
By dividing, y 3 – y 2 – y – 2 = ( y – 2)( y 2 + y + 1) .
The quadratic factor is x + x + 1. 2
g. f ( x ) = x – 8 x + 3x + 40 x – 12
4 3 2
6. g( x) = x 3 – 2 x 2 – 5x + 6 Because the function is quartic and the constant
a. g( –2) = ( –2) – 2( –2) – 5( –2) + 6 is –12, which presents many possibilities, we use
3 2
=0 the graphing calculator in VALUE mode in the

CALC function to establish f ( –2) = f ( 3) = 0 .
b. x + 2 is the linear factor of f(x).
Therefore, both ( x + 2) and (x – 3) are factors of
c. x 3 – 2 x 2 – 5x + 6 = ( x + 2)( x 2 + kx + 1)
f ( x ).
= x 3 + ( k + 2) x 2 + ( k + 1) x + 2
Using the method of comparing coefficients to
By comparing coefficients, k + 2 = –2 factor,
k = –4. x 4 – 8 x 3 + 3x 2 + 40 x – 12
∴ the quadratic factor is x 2 – 4 x + 1 . = ( x + 2)( x – 3)( x 2 + kx + 2)
= ( x 2 – x – 6)( x 2 + kx + 2)
7. a. Let f ( x ) = x – 4 x + 3.
3
= x 4 + ( k – 1) x 3 + K
f (1) = 13 – 4(1) + 3
=0 Since k – 1 = –8
k = –7.
∴ (x – 1) is a factor of f (x). ∴ x – 8x + 3x 2 + 40 x – 12
4 3
x 3 – 4 x + 3 = ( x – 1)( x 2 + kx – 3) = ( x + 2)( x – 3)( x 2 – 7x + 2).

= x 3 + ( k – 1) x 2 + ( – k – 3) x + 3
Comparing coefficients, k – 1 = 0
k = 1.
∴ x 3 – 4 x + 3 = ( x – 1)( x 2 + x – 3) .

h. Let f ( x ) = x – 6x – 15x – 6x – 16. 11. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 6x 2 + 3x + 10.
4 3 2
Since x – x – 2 = ( x – 2)( x + 1).

2
By graphing, it appears x-intercepts are –2 and 8.
Checking, 2
If f(x) is divisible by x – x – 2 , it must be
f ( –2) = ( –2) – 6( –2) – 15( –2) – 6( –2) – 16 = 0
4 3 2
divisible by both (x – 2) and (x + 1), that is,

and f (8) = (8) – 6(8) – 15(8) – 6(8) – 16 = 0.
4 3 2
f ( 2) = f ( –1) = 0 .
Therefore, both and ( x – 8) are factors of f ( x ). Substituting for x , f (2) = 2 3 – 6 (2) + 3 (2) + 10
2
∴ x – 6 x – 15x – 6 x – 16
4 3 2
= 8 – 24 + 6 + 10 = 0
= ( x + 2)( x – 8)( x 2 + kx + 1) f ( –1) = ( –1) – 6( –1) + 3 ( –1) + 10
3 2
and
= ( x 2 – 6 x – 16)( x 2 + kx + 1) = –1 – 6 – 3 + 10 = 0.
= x4 + (k – 6)x3 + … Therefore, x 3 – 6 x 2 + 3x + 10 is divisible by x 2 – x – 2.
Comparing coefficients, k – 6 = –6
∴ k = 0. 12. a. Let f ( x ) = x 4 y 4
So, x 4 – 6x 3 – 15x 2 – 6x – 16 f ( y) = y 4 – y 4 = 0
= ( x + 2)( x – 8)( x 2 + 1).
∴ ( x – y ) is a factor of x 4 – y 4 .
9. If x 3 + 4 x 2 + kx – 5 is divisible by ( x + 2), b. By division, the other factor is x 3 + x 2 y + xy 2 + y 3.

then f ( –2) = 0, x 3 + x 2 y + xy 2 + y 3
or ( –2) + 4( –2) + k ( –2) – 5 = 0

3 2 )
x – y x4 – y4
–8 + 16 – 2 k – 5 = 0 x4 – x3y
–2 k = –3 x3y
k = 1.5. x3y – x2y2
x2y2
10. c. 125u – 64 r = ( 5u) – ( 4 r )
3 3 3 3
x 2 y 2 – xy 3
= ( 5u – 4 r )( 25u + 20ur + 16r
2 2
) xy 3 – y 4
xy 3 – y 4
d. 2000w 3 + 2 y 3 = 2(1000w 3 + y 3 )
0
= 2(10w + y )(100w – 10wy + y 2 )
c. From the pattern of 2. b.
x 4 – 81 = x 4 – ( 3)
4
e.
( x + y) 3
– u 3 z 3 = ( x + y ) – ( uz )
3 3
(
= ( x – 3) x 3 + x 2 ( 3) + x ( 3) + ( 3)
2 3
)
[
= ( x + y – uz ) ( x + y ) + ( x + y ) uz + u z
2 2 2
] = ( x – 3)( x + 3x + 9 x + 27)
3 2
= ( x + y – uz )[ x + 2 xy + y + xuz + yuz + u z
2 2 2 2
] 13. a. Let f ( x ) = x 5 – y 5
f ( y) = y 5 – y 5 = 0
f.
∴(x – y) is a factor of x – y .
5 5
5u 3 – 40( x + y )
3
[
= 5 u 3 – 8( x + y )
3
]
= 5 [u – (2( x + y )) ]
3 3
(
= 5 (u – 2[2 x + y ]) u 2 + 2u(2 x + y ) + 4(2 x + y )
2
)
= 5 (u – 4 x – 2 y )(u + 4ux + 2uy + 4( 4 x + 4 xy + y 2 ))
2 2
= 5 (u – 4 x – 2 y )(u 2 + 4ux + 2uy + 16x 2 + 16xy + 4 y 2 )

b. By dividing, 16. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – ( a + b + c ) x 2 + ( ab + bc + ca) x – abc.
x 4 + x 3 y + x 2 y 2 + xy 3 + y 4 f ( a) = a 3 – ( a + b + c ) a 2 + ( ab + bc + ca) a – abc
)
x – y x5 – y5 = a 3 – a 3 – a 2 b – a 2 c + a 2 b + abc + a 2 c – abc
x5 – x4 y =0
( )
∴ x – a is a factor of f(x).
x4 y
x4 y – x3y2
17. If n ∈ N , ( x + y ) will be a factor of f ( x ) = x n + y n
x3y2
if and only if n is an odd number. If n is an odd
x3y2 – x2y3
number, then
x2y3
f ( – y) = ( – y) + y n
n
2 3 4
x y – xy
= yn + yn
xy 4 – y 5
= 0.
xy 4 – y 5
However, if n is an even number, then
0
( f ( – y) = ( – y) + y n
n
x – y = ( x – y )( x + x y + x y + xy + y
5 5 4 3 2 2 3 4
)
= yn + yn
c. ≠ 0,
x 5 – 32 = x 5 – 2 5
and in order for ( x + y ) to be a factor, f ( – y ) = 0 .
(
= ( x – 2) x 4 + x 3 ( –2) + x 2 ( –2) + x ( –2) + ( –2)
2 3 4
)
= ( x – 2)( x 4 – 2 x 3 + 4 x 2 – 8 x + 16)
18. Let f ( x ) = x 5 + y 5.
Since f ( y ) = ( – y ) + y 5
5
14. a. Let f ( x ) = x n – y n.
= –y 5 + y 5
Since f ( y ) = y – y = 0, then ( x – y ) is a factor
n n
=0
of x n – yn by the Factor Theorem. then ( x + y ) is a factor of f ( x ).
By dividing,
b. From the factoring pattern developed in questions 2 x 5 + y 5 = ( x + y )( x 4 – x 3 y + x 2 y 2 – xy 3 + y 4 ).
and 3, the other factor is
x n–1 + x n– 2 y + x n– 3 y 2 + L xy n– 2 + y n–1. 19. f ( x ) = x 3 + 2 x 2 + 5x + 12
Since f (x) is a cubic function, it could have at least
15. Let f ( x ) = ( x + a) + ( x + c ) + ( a – c )
5 5 5
one factor of the form ( x – p) where p is negative.
f ( – a) = ( a – a) + ( – a + c) + ( a – c)
5 5 5
Possible values for p are ±1, ± 2, ± 3, ± 4, ± 6, and ± 12.
= 0 + [( –1)( a – c ) ] + ( a – c )
5 5
Using the graphing calculator, the function has no value
= ( –1) ( a – c ) + ( a – c )
5 5 5
for p. We cannot find a rational number for p.
= –( a – c) + ( a – c)
5 5
=0 Exercise 2.2
∴ ( x + a) is a factor of f ( x ) .
1. a. f ( x ) = 2 x 2 + 9 x – 5
For factors with integer coefficients, the first terms
must be either 2x or x. Since the only factors of 5
p
are 5and 1, the possible values of are
q
1 5
± , ± , ± 1, and ± 5.
2 2

b. f ( x ) = 3x 3 – 4 x 2 + 7 + 8  3
2. If f   = 0 , then ( 2 x – 3) is a factor of f(x). Since
For factors, the first terms must be 3x and x, and  2
the second terms must be ±1, ± 2, ± 4, and ± 8 . ( x – 2) is also a factor and f(x) is cubic, then
p f ( x ) = ( x – 2)( 2 x – 3)( ax + b) where a, b ∈ I , a ≠ 0 .
A graph of the function shows k = can be
q
between 0 and –1. Since p divides 3 and But f ( 4) = 50
1 2 ∴ ( 4 – 2)(2( 4) – 3)( 4 a + b) = 50
q divides 8, we try – , and – .
3 3 2(5)( 4 a + b) = 50
4a + b = 5
c. f ( x ) = 4 x 3 + 3x 2 – 11x + 2
or b = 5 – 4 a.
The first terms of the possible factors must be
4x, 2x, or x. The second terms must be Since there are many values that satisfy this equation,
±1, ± 2 , ± 3, ± 4 , ± 6, or ± 12. we select one possibility, i.e., a = 1, b = 1. One
p possibility is f ( x ) = ( x – 2)(2 x – 3)( x + 1).
Graphing gives possible values for as between –2
q
and –3. Therefore, there are no possible values for 3. If g( 3) = 0 , then ( x – 3) is a factor of g( x ) .
p
.  3
q If g  –  = 0 , then ( 4 x + 3) is a factor.
 4
d. f ( x ) = 8 x 3 – 7 x 2 + 23x – 4
Since ( x + 2) is a given factor as well, then the
The first terms of the possible factors are
8x , 4 x , 2 x , or x. quartic function is g( x ) = ( x + 2)( x – 3)( 4 x + 3)( ax + b),
where a, b. I a ≠ 0.
The second terms could be ±1, ± 2 , ± 3, or ± 4.
By graphing, we see possible values for k are Since g(1) = −84
between 0 and 1, closer to 0. (1 + 2)(1 – 3)( 4 + 3)( a + b) = –84
p 1 1 3 (3)( –2)( 7)( a + b) = –84
Possible values for are then , , or .
q 8 4 8 a + b = 2.
Let a = 1, then b = 1.
e. f ( x ) = 6x – 7x + 4 x + 3 The function is
3 2
The first terms could be 6 x , 3x , 2 x , or x. (q) g( x ) = ( x + 2)( x – 3)( 4 x + 3)( x + 1).
The second terms could be ±1, ± 2 , ± 3, or ± 6. (p)

By graphing, we see possible values for k are 4. a. f ( x ) = 2 x 3 + x 2 + x – 1
between 0 and –1.
p
From the graph and the possibilities for , we see
p 1 1 q
Possible values for are – and – . 1
q 3 2 possible values for k is .
2
1
Using the CALC function, we have x = , y = 0.
2

 1   f. f ( x ) = 18 x – 15x – x + 2
3 2
Therefore, f   = 0 , so  x – 1  or ( 2 x – 1)
 2  2 From the graph, we see that there are three factors, one
is a factor. between –1 and 0, and two between 0 and 1. The first
terms could be 1x , 2 x , 3x , 6x , 9x , and 18x . ( q )
f ( x) = 2 x 3 + x 2 + x – 1 The second terms could be ±1, or ± 2. (p)
( 3x + 1) may be a factor.
= (2 x – 1)( x 2 + kx + 1) , where k ∈ I
= 2 x 3 + (2 k – 1) x 2 + ...  1  1
3
 1  1
2
Testing, f  –  = 18  –  – 15  –  –  –  + 2
Comparing coefficients, 2 k – 1 = 1.  3  3  3  3
18 15 1
2k = 2 =– – + +2
27 9 3
k =1 = 0.
∴ 2 x 3 + x 2 + x – 1 = (2 x – 1)( x 2 + x + 1). ∴ ( 3x + 1) is a factor.
So, 18 x 3 – 15x 2 – x + 2
c. f ( x ) = 6 x 3 – 17 x 2 + 11x – 2
= ( 3x + 1)( 6 x 2 + kx + 2)
From the graph, we see possible values for k are
= 18x 3 + (3k + 6) x 2 + ...
between 0 and 1, and at 2. Checking the
Comparing coefficients, 3k + 6 = –15
CALC and VALUE functions, 3k = –21
k = –7.
 1
f ( 2) = 0 and f   = 0. Therefore, 18x 3 – 15x 3 – x + 2 = (3x + 1)(6x 2 – 7x + 2)
 2
= (3x + 1)(3x – 2)(2 x – 1) .
So, ( x – 2) and (2x – 1) are factors of f(x).
g. f ( x ) = 3x 4 – 5x 3 – x 2 – 4 x + 4
∴ 6x 3 – 17x 2 + 11x – 2 = (2 x – 1)( x – 2)(3x – 1).
p
There are two possible values for k = at 2 and
q
e. f ( x ) = 5x 4 + x 3 – 22 x 2 – 4 x + 8
between 0 and 1. Using the CALC function and
From the graph, we see that there are four factors.
p
Possible values for k = are –2, between –1 2
q testing VALUE of x = 2 and , we find
3
and 0, between 0 and 1, and 2. Testing, f ( –2) = 0
2
and f ( +2) = 0 . So, ( x + 2) and ( x – 2) are f ( 2) = 0 and f   = 0.
 3
factors.
∴ 5x 4 + x 3 – 22 x 2 – 4 x + 8 So, the two factors are (x – 2) and (3x – 2).
= ( x + 2)( x – 2)( 5x 2 + kx – 2) 3x 4 – 5x 3 – x 2 – 4 x + 4
= ( x – 4)( 5x + kx – 2)
2 2
= ( x – 2)(3x – 2)( x 2 + kx + 1)
= 5x 4 + kx3 + … = (3x 2 – 8x + 4)( x 2 + kx + 1)
Comparing coefficients, k = 1. = 3x 4 + (3k – 8) x 3 + ...
∴ 5x 4 + x 3 – 22 x 2 – 4 x + 8 = ( x + 2)( x – 2)(5x 2 + x – 2) . Comparing coefficients, 3k – 8 = –5

3k = 3
k = 1.
∴ 3x 4 – 5x 3 – x 2 – 4 x + 4 = ( x – 2)(3x – 2)( x 2 + x + 1).

5. a. f ( x ) = px 3 + ( p – q) x 2 + ( –2 p – q) x + 2q Exercise 2.3
The first term can be p or 1.
The second term can be ± 2 , ± q , or ± 2 q. 3. a. Since the x-intercepts are –3, 0, and 2, ( x + 3) ,
We try x = –2: x, and ( x – 2) must be factors of the cubic function.
f ( –2) = p( –2) + ( p – q)( –2) + ( –2 p – q)( –2) + 2

3 2
Therefore, f ( x ) = k ( x )( x – 2)( x + 3) , where k is a
= –8 p + 4 p – 4 q + 4 p + 2 q + 2 q constant, represents the family of cubic functions.
= 0.
b. If ( –1, 12) lies on the graph of one member of the family,
So, ( x + 2) is a factor of f ( x ) .
then ( –1, 12) must satisfy the equation.
∴ px + ( p – q) x + ( –2 p – q) x + 2 q
3 2
Substituting, 12 = k ( –1)( –1 – 2)( –1 + 3)
= ( x + 2)( px + kx + q)
2
12 = 6k
= px 3 + ( k + 2 p) x 2 + ... k = 2.
So, the particular member is
By comparing coefficients, we have f ( x ) = 2 x ( x – 2)( x + 3).
k + 2p = p – q
k = – p – q.
4. a. Since the x-intercepts are –2, –1, and 1, then
∴ px 3 + ( p – q) x 2 + ( –2 p – q) x + 2 q
( x + 2) , ( x + 1) , and ( x – 1) are factors of f ( x) .
= ( x + 2)( px 2 – ( p + q) x + q).
∴ f ( x ) = k ( x – 1)( x + 1)( x + 2), where k is a
b. f ( x ) = abx + ( a – 2b – ab) x + ( 2b – a – 2) x + 2
3 2 constant.
If the factors are integer values, the first term
3
can be ax, bx, abx, or x and the second term 6. For roots 1, 2 , and , the factors must be ( x – 1) , ( x – 2) ,
5
can be ±1 or ± 2 . and ( 5x – 3) . A polynomial equation with these
p 1 1 1
So, K = can be ± 1, ± 2, ± , ± , ± , etc.
roots is ( x – 1)( x – 2)( 5x – 3) = 0 .
q a b ab
f (1) = ab + a – 2b – ab + 2b – a – 2 + 2 7. If 2 is a root of the equation, substituting x = 2

=0 will satisfy the equation. Then,
∴ ( x – 1) is a factor. 2(2) – 5k (2) + 7(2) + 10 = 0
3 2
So, abx 3 + ( a – 2 b – ab) x 2 + (2 b – a – 2) x + 2 16 – 20 k + 14 + 10 = 0

= ( x – 1)( abx 2 + kx – 2) –20 k = –40
= abx 3 + ( k – ab) x 2 + ( –2 – k ) x + 2. k = 2.
Comparing coefficients, k – ab = a – 2b – ab
k = a – 2 b.
∴ abx 3 + ( a – 2 b – ab) x 2 + (2 b – a – 2) x + 2
= ( x – 1)( abx 2 + ( a – 2 b) x – 2)
= ( x – 1)( ax – 2)( bx + 1).

8. b. x 2 + 2 x + 10 = 0 i. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 3x 2 – 4 x + 12.
–2 ± 2 2 – 4(1)(10) f (2) = 2 3 – 3 (2) – 4(2) + 12
2
x=
2(1) =0
–2 ± 6i ∴ ( x – 2) is a factor of f ( x ) .
=
2 2
By dividing, the other factor is x – x – 6 .
= –1 ± 3i
x2 – x – 6
)
x – 2 x – 3x – 4 x + 12
3 2
e. x3 = x
x 3 – 2x 2
x3 – x = 0
– x2 – 4x
x ( x 2 – 1) = 0
– x 2 + 2x
x ( x – 1)( x + 1) = 0
– 6 x + 12
x=0 or x –1 = 0 or x +1 = 0
–6 x + 12
x=0 or x =1 or x = –1
0
x 3 – 3x 2 – 4 x + 12 = 0
f. x4 – 1 = 0
( x – 2)( x 2 – x – 6) = 0
( x 2 + 1)( x 2 – 1) = 0
( x – 2)( x – 3)( x + 2) = 0
x2 + 1 = 0 or x2 – 1 = 0
x–2 =0 or x–3=0 or x+2 =0
x 2 = –1 or x2 = 1
x =2 or x =3 or x = –2
x = ±i or x = ±1
j. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 9x 2 + 26x – 24.
f (2) = 2 3 – 9(2) + 26(2) – 24
2
h. 8x 3 – 27 = 0
(2 x) = 8 – 36 + 52 – 24
3
– 33 = 0
(2 x – 3)( 4 x 2 + 6x + 9) = 0 =0
2 x – 3 = 0 or 4 x 2 + 6x + 9 = 0 ∴(x – 2) is a factor of f(x).
–6 ± 36 – 4( 4)(9) So, x 3 – 9x 2 + 26x = 24
2x = 3 or x=
2( 4) x 3 – 9x 2 + 26x – 24 = 0
x=
3
or x=
–6 ± –108 ( x – 2)( x 2 – 7x + 12) = 0  by comparing coefficients

2 8 ( x – 2)( x – 4)( x – 3) = 0  or by division
–6 ± 6i 3 x – 2 = 0 or x – 4 = 0 or x – 3 = 0
=
8
x = 2 or x = 4 or x =3
–3 ± 3i 3
=
4
l. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 2 x 2 – 15x + 36  To find the zeros, use
 this ± 1, ± 2, ± 3, K
f (3) = 27 – 2(9) – 15(3) + 36
all factors of 36.
= 27 – 18 – 45 + 36
=0
∴ ( x – 3) is a factor of f(x).
x 3 – 2 x 2 – 15x + 36 = 0
( x – 3)( x 2 + x – 12) = 0 by inspection
( x – 3)( x + 4)( x – 3) = 0
x–3=0 or x+4=0 or x–3=0
x =3 or x =–4 or x =3
Then x = 3 or –4.

b. 4 x + 19 x + 11x – 4 = 0
3 2
m. x 3 + 8 x + 10 = 7 x 2 9.
x 3 – 7 x 2 + 8 x + 10 = 0 By graphing f ( x ) = 4 x 3 + 19x 2 + 11x – 4,
Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 7x 2 + 8x + 10. it appears that the x-intercepts are –4, –1, and
To find the zeros, we try ±1, ± 2 , ± 5,K all 0.25.
factors of 10.
By using VALUE selection in CALC mode,
f ( 5) = 53 – 7( 5) + 8( 5) + 10
2
we see f ( – 4) = f ( –1) = f ( 0.25) = 0.

=0
∴ ( x – 5) is a factor of f(x). ∴ ( x + 4) and ( x + 1) and ( 4 x + 1) are factors
of f(x).
So, x 3 – 7x + 8x + 10 = 0
( x – 5)( x 2 – 2 x – 2) = 0 by inspection By taking the product, we can verify this.
x–5=0 or x 2 – 2 x – 2 = 0 ( x + 4)( x + 1)( 4 x + 1)
2 ± 2 – 4(1)( –2)
2
= ( x + 5x + 4)( 4 x – 1)
2
x =5 or x=
2(1) = 4 x 2 – x 2 + 20 x 2 – 5x + 16x – 4
2 ± 12 = 4 x 2 + 19x 2 + 11x – 4
=
2 ∴ x = – 4 or – 1 or 0.25.
2±2 3
=
2 d. 4 x 4 – 2 x 3 – 16x 2 + 8x = 0
=1± 3 x( 4 x 3 – 2 x 2 – 16x + 8) = 0
x [2 x 2 (2 x – 1) – 8(2 x – 1)] = 0
n. x 3 – 3x 2 + 16 = 6 x x [(2 x – 1)(2 x 2 – 8) ] = 0
x 3 – 3x 2 – 6 x + 16 = 0 x=0 or 2x – 1 = 0 or 2x 2 – 8 = 0
1
To find x, such that f ( x ) = 0 , we try the factors of or x= or 2x 2 = 8
2
16, i.e., ±1, ± 2, etc.
x2 = 4
f ( 2) = 2 – 3( 2) – 6( 2) + 16
3 2
x = ±2
=0
∴(x – 2) is a factor of f(x).
f. x 4 – 7 = 6x 2
x 3 – 3x 2 – 6x + 16 = 0
x 4 – 6x 2 – 7 = 0
( x – 2)( x 2 – x – 8) = 0 ( x – 7)( x 2 + 1) = 0
2
x–2 =0 or x 2 – x – 8 = 0
x 2 – 7 = 0 or x 2 + 1 = 0
1 ± 1 – 4(1)( –8) x2 = 7 x 2 = –1
x =2 or x=
2(1)
x=± 7 x = ±i
1 ± 33
=
2

h. ( x + 1) ( x + 5) ( x + 3) = –3 c. (x 2
– x ) – 8( x 2 – x ) + 12 = 0
2
( x + 6x + 5) ( x + 3) = –3
2
Let a = x 2 – x.
x + 3x + 6x + 18x + 5x + 15 = –3
3 2 2
Then substituting,
x 3 + 9x 2 + 23x + 18 = 0 a 2 – 8a + 12 = 0
( a – 6)( a – 2) = 0
Let f ( x ) = x 3 + 9x 2 + 23x + 18 K
a – 6 = 0 or a – 2 = 0.
Try x = ±1, ± 2 , ± 3.
But a = x 2 – x
f ( –2) = ( –2) + 9( –2) + 23( –2) + 18
3 2
∴x 2 – x – 6 = 0 or x2 – x – 2 = 0
= –8 + 36 – 46 + 18 = 0
( x – 3)( x + 2) = 0 ( x – 2)( x + 1) = 0
∴ ( x + 2) is a factor of x + 2 x – 3 = 0 or x + 2 = 0 x – 2 = 0 or x + 1 = 0
By division, x = 3 or x = –2 x = 2 or x = –1.
x 3 + 9x 2 + 23x + 18 = ( x + 2)( x 2 + 7x + 9) = 0 2
 1 77  1
x+2 =0 or x 2 + 7x + 9 = 0 d.  x –  –  x –  + 10 = 0
 x 12  x
–7 ± 49 – 4(1)(9)
x = –2 x=
2(1) 1
Let a = x – .
–7 ± 13 x
= . 77
2 a2 – a + 10 = 0
12
12a 2 – 77a + 120 = 0
10. a. x 8 – 10 x 4 + 9 = 0
( x 4 – 9)( x 4 – 1) = 0 Since there are so many possible integers to try,
x4 – 9 = 0 or x4 – 1 = 0 we use the quadratic formula.
( x – 3)( x + 3) = 0 or ( x – 1)( x 2 + 1) = 0
2 2 2
( –77) – 4(12)(120)
2
77 ±
x 2 – 3 = 0 or x 2 + 3 = 0 or x 2 – 1 = 0 or x 2 + 1 = 0 a=
2(12)
x = ± 3 or x = ±i 3 or x = ±1 or x = ±i
77 ± 13
=
24
b. x 6 – 7 x 3 – 8 = 0 15 8
= or
Let x 3 = a. 4 3
a 2 – 7a – 8 = 0
( a – 8)( a + 1) = 0
1
a – 8 = 0 or a + 1 = 0 But a = x –
x
But a = x 3 ; substituting,
x 3 – 8 = 0 or x3 + 1 = 0 1 15 1 8
∴x – = or x – = .
( x – 2)( x + 2 x + 4) = 0 or ( x + 1)( x – x + 1) = 0
2 2 x 4 x 3
x – 2 or x 2 + 2 x + 4 = 0 or x + 1 = 0 or x 2 – x + 1 = 0 Since x ≠ 0
15x
–2 ± 4 – 4(1)( 4) x2 – 1 =
or 3x 2 – 8 x – 3 = 0
x = 2 or x = 4
2(1)
4 x 2 – 15x – 4 = 0
1 ± 1 – 4(1)(1)
or x = –1 or x = ( 4 x + 1)( x – 4) = 0 or (3x + 1)( x – 3) = 0
2
4 x + 1 = 0 or x – 4 = 0 or 3x + 1 = 0 or x – 3 = 0
–2 ± –12 1 ± –3
x = 2 or x = or x = –1 or x = x =–
1
or x = 4 or x=–
1
. x = 3.
or
2 2 4 3
1± 3
x = 2 or x = –1 ± 3i or x = –1 or x =
2

e. ( 3x – 5)( 3x + 1) ( 3x + 7) + 68 = 0 11. The volume of ice is given by y = 8 x 3 + 36 x 2 + 54 x .
2
Let a = 3x + 1 . If the volume of ice is 2170 cm3,

Then 3x – 5 = a – 6 and 3x + 7 = a + 6 . 8x 3 + 36x 2 + 54 x = 2170
Substituting, 8x 3 + 36x 2 + 54 x – 2170 = 0
( a – 6)( a) ( a + 6) + 68 = 0
2
4 x 3 + 18x 2 + 27x – 1085 = 0..
a ( a – 36) + 68 = 0
2 2
By graphing y = 4 x 3 + 18x 2 + 27x – 1085,
a 4 – 36a 2 + 68 = 0 we find y = 0 when x = 5 .
( a 2 – 34)( a 2 – 2) = 0 Since x represents the thickness of ice that gives a
a – 34 = 0 or a – 2 = 0.
2 2
specific volume, there is only one value, i.e., the
But a = 3x + 1 thickness of ice is 5 cm.
∴ ( 3x + 1) – 34 = 0 or ( 3x + 1) – 2 = 0
2 2
12. b. x 3 – 2 x 2 – 8 x + 13 = 0
9x + 6x – 33 = 0
2
9x + 6x – 1 = 0
2
Graphing y = x 3 – 2 x 2 – 8 x + 13 , we find the
–6 ± 6 – 4(9)( –1)
2
roots using CALC mode and ZERO ,
3x 2 + 2 x – 11 = 0 x=
2(9) locating roots between –3 and –2, and 1, 2, 3
–2 ± 2 2 – 4(3)( –11) –6 ± 72 and 4. The roots are x =˙ –2.714, 1.483, and 3.231.
x= =
2(3) 18
c. 2x3 – 6x2 + 4 = 0
–2 ± 136 –6 ± 6 2
x= = Graphing y = 2 x 3 – 6x 2 + 4, the roots lie
6 18
between –1 and 0, between 2 and 3, and exactly 1.
–1 ± 34 –1 ± 2
= = . Using ZERO option in CALC mode, we
3 3
find roots at –0.732 and 2.732.
f. (x 2
+ 6 x + 6)( x + 6 x + 8) = 528
2
∴ the roots are 1, –0.732, and 2.732.
Let a = x 2 + 6 x + 6 .
13. Let the dimensions of the box have a height of x cm,
Then substituting,
a( a + 2) = 528 a width of (x + 1) cm, and a length of (x + 2) cm. The
a 2 + 2a – 528 = 0 volume of the rectangular box is V0 = x ( x + 1)( x + 2)
( a + 24)( a – 22) = 0 where volume, V, is in cm3. The new dimensions are
a + 24 = 0 or a – 22 = 0 2x, x + 2, and x + 3.
∴ the new volume is V1 = 2 x ( x + 2)( x + 3).
But a = x 2 + 6 x + 6
∴ x 2 + 6x = 6 + 24 = 0 or x 2 = 6x + 6 – 22 = 0 The increase in volume is
V 1 – V0 = 120
x 2 + 6x + 30 = 0 x 2 + 6x – 16 = 0
2 x ( x + 2)( x + 3) – x ( x + 1)( x + 2) = 120
–6 ± 6 2 – 4(1)(30)
x= ( x + 8)( x – 2) = 0 2 x ( x 2 + 5x + 6) – x ( x 2 + 3x + 2) = 120
2(1)
2 x 3 + 10 x 2 + 12 x – x 3 – 3x 2 – 2 x = 120
–6 ± –84
= x + 8 = 0 or x – 2 = 0 x 3 + 7x 2 + 10 x – 120 = 0
2
Let f ( x ) = x 3 + 7x 2 + 10 x – 120.
= –3 ± i 21 x = –8 or x =2
Since f (3) = 3 3 + 7(3) + 10(3) – 120
2
= 0.

then ( x – 3) is a factor. 15. a = 0.6t + 2 (1)
By dividing, x + 7 x + 10 x – 120 = 0 (2)
3 2
v = 0.3t + 2t + 4
2
becomes ( x – 3)( x 2 + 10 x + 40) = 0 s = 0.1t 3 + t 2 + 4t (3)

x – 3 = 0 or x + 10 x + 40 = 0
2
where a is acceleration in km/s2 v is the velocity in
–10 ± 10 – 4(1)( 40)
2
km/s and s is the displacement in km.
x = 3 or x =
2
If the displacement is 25 km, then
–10 ± –60 25 = 0.1t 3 + t 2 + 4t where t > 0, t ∈ R
=
2
or 0.1t 3 + t 2 + 4t – 25 = 0.
= –5 ± i 15 .
Using the graph of f (t ) = 0.1t 3 + t 2 + 4t – 25, we find
But x > 0, x ∈ R since it represents the height of the one real root at t = 3.100833 .
box; ∴ x = 3 Therefore, after 3.1 the rocket will have travelled
∴ the dimensions are 3 cm by 4 cm by 5 cm.
25 km.
14. The volume of the silo is to be 2000 m3. Let r cm be

the radius of the main section.
1 4 3
V = πr 2 h +  3 πr 
2  
↑ ↑
(main section) ( roof volume)
2 3
V = 10πr 2 + πr
3
But V = 2000
2
∴ πr 3 + 10πr 2 – 2000 = 0
3
Graphing,
2 3
y= πr + 10πr 2 – 2000 ,
3
we find one real root at x = 3.6859 . Therefore, the
radius should be about 3.69 m.

Section 2.4 Investigation
Roots Product
Equation a b c Sum
of Roots of Roots
x 2 – 5x + 6 = 0 1 –5 6 3, 2 5 6
x 2 + 3x – 28 = 0 1 3 –28 –7, 4 –3 –28
1 19
– , –6 –
3x 2 + 19 x + 6 = 0 3 19 6 3 3 2
x2 – 4x + 1 = 0 1 –4 1 2± 3 4 1
17 ± 273 17
2 x 2 – 17 x + 2 = 0 2 –17 2 2 1
4
–1 ± i 39 1 2
–
5x + x + 2 = 0
2
5 1 2 10 5 5
1. The sum of the roots of a quadratic equation is the opposite of the coefficient of the linear term divided by the
b.
coefficient of the quadratic term, that is, x1 + x 2 = –
a
2. The product of the roots of a quadratic equation is the quotient of the constant term divided by the coefficient of the
c
quadratic term, that is, ( x1 )( x 2 ) = .
a
Exercise 2.4 d. The equation is

13 1
x2 + x+ =0
2. The quadratic equation is 12 4
x 2 – (sum of the roots) × (product of the roots) = 0. or 12 x 2 + 13x + 3 = 0.
e. The equation is
a. The equation is x 2 – 3x + 7 = 0 .
2
x 2 + 11x – = 0
b. The equation is x 2 + 6 x + 4 = 0 . 3
c. The equation is or 3x 2 + 33x – 2 = 0.
1 2
x2 – x– =0
5 25
or 25x 2 – 5x – 2 = 0.

3. b. x1 + x 2 = –5 + 8 and x1 x 2 = ( –5)(8) Solution 2
=3 = – 40
Let h represent the second root of 2x2 + kx – 20 = 0.
The equation is x – 3x – 40 = 0 .
2
1 
The sum of the roots is h + 5 = –
k
2
(1)
c. x1 + x 2 = 3 + 1 and x1 x 2 = ( 3) 
3  3 20
and the product is 5h = –
10 2
= =1 5h = –10
3
h = –2 ( 2)
10
2
The equation is x – x +1 = 0 k
3 Substituting into (1) –2 + 5 = –
2
3x 2 – 10 x + 3 = 0.
k
3=–
   2
e. x1 + x 2 = –
4
+
5 25
3
and (x )(x ) =  – 45   253 
1 2 k = –6 .
17 12
=– =– 5. Let h represent the other root of x 2 + x – 2k = 0 .
25 125
The equation is The sum of the roots is h – 7 = –1 or h = 6 .
17 12 The product of the roots is ( –7)( h) = –2k .

x2 + x– =0 But h = 6 ,
25 125
or 125x + 85x – 12 = 0.
2 ∴ ( –7)(6) = –2 k
– 42 = –2 k
k = 21.
f.
The other root is 6, and k = 21.
x1 + x 2 = ( 2 + i )( 2 – i ) and ( x )( x ) = ( 2 + i )( 2 – i )
1 2
=4 = 4 – i2 6. Let x1 and x 2 represent the roots of the given

=5 equations,
x 2 + 8 x – 1 = 0.
The equation is x – 4 x + 5 = 0 .
2
∴ x1 + x 2 = –8 and ( x1 )( x 2 ) = –1.
The roots of the required equation are x1 + 6
4. Solution 1 and x 2 + 6 .
For the sum of the new equation, the sum of the
Since 5 is a root of 2 x 2 + kx – 20 = 0 , it must satisfy the roots is
equation. Therefore, (x 1 + 6) + ( x 2 + 6) = x1 + x 2 + 12.
But x1 + x 2 = –8.
2(5) + k (5) – 20 = 0
2
50 + k (5) – 20 = 0 Therefore, the sum of the roots of the new equation is

5k = –30 –8 + 12 or 4.
k = – 6. For the new equation, the product of the roots is
( x1 + 6) ( x 2 + 6)
= x1 x 2 + 6x1 + 6x 2 + 36
= x1 x 2 + 6 ( x1 + x 2 ) + 36
= ( –1) + 6 ( –8) + 36
= –13.
So, the new equation is x 2 – 4 x – 13 = 0 .

Let x1 and x 2 represent the roots of the given Let the roots of 4 x – 9 x – 2 = 0 be represented by x1
2
7. 9.
equation. and x 2.
17
x1 + x 2 = and ( x1 x 2 ) = 1 9 2 1
2 x1 + x 2 = and x1 x 2 = – = –
4 4 2
The roots of the required equation are x1 + 5 and 2 2
The roots of the required equation are x1 and x 2 .
x2 + 5 .
For the new equation, the sum of the roots is x1 + x 2 .
2 2
For the new equation, the sum of the roots is

(x + 5) + (x + 5)
1 2 But (x 1 + x 2 ) = x1 + 2 x1 x 2 + x 2
2 2 2
= ( x + x ) + 10 2
17
1 2  9
 4
2
( 2
)
  = x1 + x 2 + 2 ( x1 x 2 )
= + 10
2
37
= .
81
16
2 2
(  1
= x1 + x 2 + 2  – 
 2
)
2
2 2 81
For the new equation, the product of the roots is ∴ x1 + x 2 = +1
16
(x 1 + 5) ( x 2 + 5) 97
=
= x1 x 2 + 5( x1 + x 2 ) + 25 16
 17  For the new equation, the product of the roots is
= 1 + 5   + 25
2 x1 x 2 = ( x1 x 2 )
2 2 2
137 2
= .  1
2 = – 
 2
37 237 1
2
So, the new equation is x – x+ =0 = .
2 2 4
or 2 x 2 – 37 x + 137 = 0 . So, the required equation is
x 2 – ( x1 2 + x 2 2 ) x + x1 2 x 2 2 = 0
8. Let x1 and x2 be the roots of 3x 2 + 7 x + 3 = 0 , 97 1
x2 – x+ =0
16 4
7 16 x 2 – 97 x + 4 = 0 .
x1 + x 2 = – and ( x1 xx 2 ) = 1 . The roots of the or
3
required equation are 3x1 and 3x 2 . For the new 10. Let x1 and x2 be the roots of 5x 2 + 10 x + 1 = 0 .
equation, the sum of the roots is
10 1
3 x1 + 3 x 2 Then x1 + x 2 = – = –2 and x1 x 2 = .
= 3 ( x1 + x 2 )
5 5
Since the roots of the required equation are their
 7
= 3 –  1 1
 3 reciprocals, and the new roots are and .
x1 x2
= –7.
For the new equation, the product of the roots is
(3x1 )(3x 2 )
= 9 x1 x 2
= 9(1)
= 9.
Therefore, the new equation is x 2 + 7 x + 9 = 0 .

The sum of the new roots is 1 1 2 2
+ The product of the new roots is  1   1 
x1 x 2  x1   x 2 
x + x1
= 2 1
x1 x 2 = 2 2
x1 x 2
2
=–
1 1
=
(x x )
2
5 1 2
= –10.
1
=
( –2 )
2
The product of the new roots is  1 1 

   1
 x1   x 2  = .
1 4
=
1
5 The required equation is
x 2 – (sum of roots)x + (product of roots) = 0.
= 5.
1
x 2 – 10 x + = 0
So, the required equation is x 2 + 10 x + 5 = 0 . 4
4 x – 40 x + 1 = 0
2
11. Let the roots of the given equation be x1 and x2. 12. Let x1 and x2 be the roots of 2 x 2 + 4 x + 1 = 0 .
For x 2 + 6x – 2 = 0, x1 + x 2 = – 6 and x1 x 2 = –2 . 4 1
x1 + x 2 = –
2
and ( x )( x ) = 2
1 2
 1  
2 2
= –2
The roots of the required equation are   and  1  .
 x1   x2 
The roots of the new equation are x1 3 and x 2 3 .
The sum of the new roots is 1 1
+
x1 x 2 = ( x1 x 2 )
2 2 3 3 3
x1 x2 The product of the new roots is
3
 1
2 2
x 2 + x1
= = 
2
x1 x 2
2
 2
1
=
2 2
x1 + x 2 .
= . 8
(x x )
2
1 2
The sum of the new roots is x1 3 + x 2 3 .
(x + x 2 ) = x1 + 2 x + x 2 + x 2
2 2 2
Now,
(x + x 2 ) = x1 + 3 x1 x 2 + 3 x1 x 2 + x 2
1 3 3 2 2 3
But
( –6) = x 1 + 2 ( –2 ) + x 2 .
2 2 2 1
2 2
( –2 )
3 3
( 2
= x1 + 3 x1 x 2 + 3 x1 x 2 + x 2
2
) 3
So, x1 + x 2 = 36 + 4
–8 = x 1 + x 2 + 3 x 1 x 2 ( x 1 + x 2 )
3 3
= 40.
 1
x1 2 x 2 2 = –2 –8 = x1 + x 2 + 3 +3   ( –2).
3
and
 2
(x x )
2
so, 1 2 = 4.
3 3
Therefore, the sum of the new roots is So, x1 + x 2 = –5.
2 2
x1 + x 2 40
= = 10.
(x x ) 1
2
4 Therefore, the new equation is x 2 + 5x + =0
1 2
8
8x 2 + 40 x + 1 = 0.

13. A cubic equation with roots x1 , x 2 , x 3 may be 15. Let the roots of x3 – 4x 2 – 2 = 0 be represented by
written as x1, x2, x3. From the solution to question 13,
( x – x1 )( x – x 2 )( x – x 3 ) = 0 (1) 4
x1 + x 2 + x 3 = = 4
Expanding, ( x – x )( x – ( x
1
2
2 + x 3 )x + x 2 x 3 ) = 0
1
x 1 x 2 + x 1 x 3 + x 2 x 3= 3
x 3 – (x 2 + x 3 )x 2 + x 2 x 3 x x 1 x 2 x 3 = 3.
– ( x1 ) x 2 + ( x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 ) x – x1 x 2 x 3 = 0
x 3 – ( x1 + x 2 + x 3 ) x 2 + ( x1 x 2 + x 2 x 3 + x1 x 3 ) x – x1 x 2 x 3 = 0
For the required equation, the roots are
x 1 + 2, x 2 + 2, and x 3 + 2.
Comparing the coefficients of this expanded expression
(i) (x 1 + 2) + (x 2 + 2) + (x 3 + 2) = (x 1 + x 2 + x 3 ) + 6
with the general cubic equation
=4+6
ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0, (2) = 10
we note that the cubic term must be 1 in order to
compare these equations, therefore, dividing (2) by (ii) (x 1 + 2)(x 2 + 2)(x 1 + 2)(x 3 + 2)(x 2 + 2) (x 3 + 2)
a, we get
b 2 c d
[ ] [
= x1 x 2 + 2( x1 + x 2 ) + 4 + x1 x 3 + 2( x 3 + x1 ) + 4 ]
x3 +
a
x + x+ =0.
a a [
+ x2 x3 + 2( x + x ) + 4 ]
3 2
b
Now, x1 + x 2 + x 3 = – = x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x 2 x 3 + 2
a
x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x 2 x 3 =
c 2( x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x1 + x 3 + x 2 ) + 4 + 4 + 4
a
d = ( x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x 2 x 3 ) + 4( x1 + x 2 + x 3 ) + 12
and x1 x 2 x 3 = – .
a = 3 + 4( 4) + 12
= 31
14. Given the roots of a cubic equation are

1
, 2 , and 4,
(iii) (x 1 + 2)( x 2 + 2)( x 3 + 2)
2 = (x 1 + 2)( x 2 x 3 + 2( x 3 + x 2 ) + 4)
1
x1 + x 2 + x 3 = + 2 + 4 = x1 x 2 x 3 + 2 ( x1 x 3 + x1 x 2 ) + 4 ( x1 + 2 x 2 x 3 + 4 x 3 + 4 x 2 ) + 8
2
13 = x1 x 2 x 3 + 2 ( x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x 2 x 3 ) + 4 ( x1 + x 2 + x 3 ) + 8
=
2 = 2 + 2(3) + 4( 4) + 8
 1  1 = 32
x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x 2 x 3 =   (2) +   ( 4) + (2)( 4)
 2  2
= 11 The required equation is x 3 – 10 x 2 + 31x – 32 = 0.
 1
x1 x 2 x 3 =   (2)( 4)
 2
= 4.
Therefore, the cubic equation is
13 2
x3 – x + 11x – 4 = 0
2
or 2 x – 13x 2 + 22 x – 8 = 0.
3

16. A quartic equation with roots x1 , x 2 , x 3 , and x 4 may be
written as ( x – x1 )( x – x 2 )( x – x 3 )( x – x 4 ) = 0 .
Expanding, we have
(x – (x
2
1 )(
+ x 2 ) x + x1 x 2 x 2 – ( x 3 + x 4 ) x + x 3 x 4 = 0 )
x 4 – ( x 3 + x 4 ) x 3 + x 3 x 4 x 2 – ( x1 + x 2 ) x 3 – ( x1 + x 2 ) ( x 3 + x 4 ) x 2 – ( x1 + x 2 ) x 3 x 4 x + ( x1 x 2 ) x 2 – ( x 3 + x 4 ) x1 x 2 x + x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 = 0
x 4 – ( x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 ) x 3 + ( x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x1 x 4 + x 2 x 3 + x 2 x 4 + x 3 x 4 ) x 2 – ( x1 x 3 x 4 + x 2 x 3 x 4 + x1 x 2 x 3 + x1 x 2 x 4 ) x + x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x = 0
Comparing coefficients with the general quartic equation of ax + bx + cx + dx + e = 0

4 3 2
b 3 c 2 d e
or x 4 + x + x + x + = 0.
a a a a
We have
b
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 = –
a
c
x1 x 2 + x1 x 3 + x1 x 4 + x 2 x 3 + x 2 x 4 + x 3 x 4 =
a
d
x1 x 2 x 3 + x1 x 3 x 4 + x 2 x 3 x 4 + x1 x 2 x 4 = –
a
e
x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 = .
a
Exercise 2.5
2. c. x 2 – 7x + 10 ≤ 0 d. 2 x 2 + 5x – 3 > 0
From the graph of y = x 2 – 7 x + 10 , it appears From the graph of f ( x ) = 2 x 2 + 5x – 3 , it
that y = 0 if x = 2 or 5. By substituting into the appears that the intercepts are –3 and 0.5. Using
function, we see y = 0 if x = 2 or 5. So, the the VALUE mode in the CALC function or
intercepts are 2 and 5. For x – 7x + 10 ≤ 0, the
2
by substituting, we find f ( –3) = f ( 0.5) = 0 . The
graph is below or on the x-axis. Therefore, the solution to 2 x 2 + 5x – 3 > 0 is the set of values
solution is 2 ≤ x ≤ 5. for x for which f ( x ) is above the x-axis, i.e.,
x < –3 or x > 0.5.

e. –x2 + 4x – 4 ≥ 0 h. 2 x 3 + x 2 – 5x + 2 ≤ 0
For y = f ( x ) = – x 2 + 4 x – 4 , the intercept appears The graph of f ( x ) = 2 x 3 + x 2 – 5x + 2 is shown.
to be 2. The intercepts appear to be –2, and between 0
f ( 2) = 0 and 1. By using the CALC function and
VALUE and ZERO modes, we find
So, the solution to –x + 4x –4 ≥ 0 is the set of
values for x where y is on or above the x-axis. intercepts at –2, 0.5, and 1. The solution to
2 x 3 + x 2 – 5x + 2 ≤ 0 is the set of values for x
But there is only one point that satisfies the
condition, (2, 0), so the solution is x = 2 . for which f(x) is on or below the x-axis. The
solution is x ≤ –2 or 0.5 ≤ x ≤ 1 .
f. – x 3 + 9x ≥ 0
x 3 – 10 x – 2 ≥ 0
From the graph of y = f ( x ) = – x 3 + 9 x , i.
it appears the x-intercepts are –3, 0, and 3. The graph of f ( x ) = x 3 – 10 x – 2 is shown. The
Verifying this from f ( –3) = f ( 0) = f ( 3) = 0 , intercepts appear to be close to –3, 0, and 3.
then the solution to –x3 + 9x ≥ 0 is the set of Using the ZERO mode of the CALC
values for x where y is on or above the x-axis, function, we find approximate x-intercepts at
i.e., x ≤ –3 or 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 . x = –3.057, –0.201, and 3.258. The solution will
be those values for x for which f(x) is on or above
the x-axis. Then, for accuracy to one decimal
place, the solution is –3.1 ≤ x ≤ –0.2 or x ≥ 3.3 .
g. x 3 – 5x 2 < x – 5
x 3 – 5x 2 – x + 5 < 0
The graph of f ( x ) = x 3 – 5x 2 – x + 5 is shown.
j. x2 + 1 > 0
We can verify intercepts at –1, 1, and 5 by using
substitution or the CALC function in Solution 1
VALUE mode. The solution of For all real values of x, x 2 ≥ 0 , so x 2 + 1 ≥ 0 . The
x – 5x – x + 5 < 0 is the set of values for which
3 2
solution is x ∈ R .
f(x) is below the x-axis, i.e., x ≤ –1 or 1 ≤ x ≤ 5 .
Solution 2
The graph of f ( x ) = x 2 + 1 shows all is above the x-axis.
Therefore, the solution is R.

x =˙ 0.34, v =˙ 2.08
x =˙ 0.51, v =˙ 4.42
and x =˙ 3.23, v =˙ 4.5
x =˙ 3.32, v =˙ 2.1.
We can use the VALUE mode in the CALC

3. v = – t + 9t – 27t + 21
3 2
function to find closer approximations. We
b. The intercept of the graph investigate the larger values, since the total amount
v = – t + 9t – 27t + 21 can be found to be

3 2 of wire is 40 cm.
x =˙ 1.183 . For v > 0 , t < 1.183 or t less than When x = 3.30, v = 2.18
60.3ºC. and x = 3.27, v = 4.06.
So, to have the solid with a volume of approximately

c. Using the TRACE function to find values for t
between 2 cm3 and 4 cm3, the width of the box must
that give values of v close to –20, and further
be between 3.27 cm and 3.3 cm.
refining the answer using the VALUE mode in
the CALC function, we find t =˙ 5.45 when
v =˙ –20 . So, for v < –20 , t > 5.45. The value of Exercise 2.6
t is greater than 5.45 ( 50 o
) or 272.5ºC.
1. a. – 3 – 7 = – 10
Graph f ( t ) = 30t – 4.9t on your graphing = 10
2
4.
calculator. Use the TRACE function to find values c. 3 – –5 + 3–9
= 3 – (5) + – 6
for t that give values of h = 40. Using the
VALUE function in CALC modes, we can
=3–5+6
refine our answers to give answers closer to 40. The =4
projectile will be above 40 m between 2.0 s and 4.1 s
after it is shot upwards. d. 9 – 3 + 5 – 3 – 3 7 – 12
= 6 + 5 (3) – 3 –5
5. Let the width of the base be x cm. The length is = 6 + 15 – 3 (5)
2x cm, and the height is h cm. The total amount of =6
wire is
4( x ) + 4(2 x ) + 4( h) = 40 3. a. f ( x ) = x – 3 , x ∈ R
4 x + 8x + 4 h = 40 First, graph the line f ( x ) = x – 3 . Then, reflect
40 – 12 x the portion of the graph that is below the x-axis in
h=
4
the x-axis so that f(x) is not negative.
= 10 – 3x . y
The volume of the solid is

v = ( x )(2 x )( h)
= ( x )(2 x )(10 – 3x ) x
= –6x 3 + 20 x 2.
Graphing, v = f ( x ) = – 6x 3 + 20 x 2 .
Use the TRACE function to find values for x that

give values of f(x) to be close to 2 and 4.
c. h ( x) = 2 x + 5 d. y = x 2 + 4x
Graph h( x ) = 2 x + 5. Then, reflect that portion of First, graph the parabola y = x2+ 4x. Then, reflect the
the graph below the x-axis in the x-axis. portion of the graph where y is negative in the x-axis.
y y
(-2, 4)
4
x
-4 0 4
x -4
f. g ( x ) = 1 – 2 x e. y = x3 – 1
Graph g( x ) = 1 – 2 x. For the portion of the graph First, graph the cubic y = x 3 – 1 . Then, reflect the
below the x-axis, reflect each point in the x-axis. portion of the graph where y is negative in the x-axis.
y
y
x
x
-1 1
a. y = x – 4
2
4.
6. a. y = x 2 – x – 6
Graph the parabola y = x 2 – 4 . Then, reflect the
portion of the graph that is below the y
(0.5, 6.25)
x-axis in the x-axis.
y 6
(0, 4) 4
2
x
-4 -2 2 4
x
(0.5, -6.25)
(0, -4) b. y = – 2x 2 + 4x – 3
y
(1, 1)
x
(-1, -1)

c. y = x 3 – x f. x = –5
Since x is always a positive number, there is
y
no value of x for which x . Therefore, there is
no solution.
1
x 8. a. x = 3x + 4
-1 1
 x if x ≥ 0
By definition x =
 – x if x < 0
Therefore, if x ≥ 0 ,
7. a. 2x – 1 = 7 then x = 3x + 4
–2 x = 4
Since ( 2 x – 1) is 7 units from the origin,
x = –2 ,
either 2 x – 1 = 7 or 2 x – 1 = –7
2 x = 8 or 2x = – 6
but only if x ≥ 0 , ∴ x ≠ –2,
x = 4 or x = –3.
and if x <0,
then – x = 3x + 4
b. 3x + 2 = 6
– 4x = 4
Since 3x + 2 is 6 units from the origin, x = –1.
either 3x + 2 = 6 or 3x + 2 = –6
Therefore, the solution is x = –1 .
3x = 4 or 3 x = –8
4 8
x= or x=– . b. x – 5 = 4x + 1
3 3
Solution 1
c. x–3 ≤9
By definition, if x – 5 ≥ 0 , then x – 5 = 4 x + 1
If x – 3 ≤ 9, then ( x – 3) lies between –9 and 9
if x ≥ 5 –3x = 6
on the number line: x = –2.
–9 ≤ x – 3 ≤ 9. But x ≥ 5, ∴ x ≠ –2.
–6 ≤ x ≤ 12. Also, if x – 3 < 0 , then –( x – 5) = 4 x + 1

Add 3:
–5x = – 4
4
d. x+4 ≥5 x= or 0.8.
5
( x + 4) lies beyond 5 and –5 on the number line,
so either x + 4 ≥ 5 or x + 4 ≤ –5 Solution 2
x≥1 or x ≤ –9.
First graph y = x – 5
and y = 4 x + 1.
e. 2x – 3 < 4
The point of intersection is ( 0.8, 4.2)
Then – 4 < 2 x – 3 < 4.
Add 3: – 1 < 2x < 7 so x – 5 = 4 x + 1 when x = 0.8.
1 7
Divide by 2: – < x <
2 2

c. 4x – 8 = 2x Test: x = 0 Test: x = 1
L.S. = 0 – 1 R.S. = 0 L.S. = 1 – 1 R.S. = 1
If 4 x – 8 ≥ 0, then 4x – 8 = 2x
=1 =0
4x ≥ 8 2x = 8
x≥2 x=4 Since L.S. </ R.S., x ≠ 0 Since L.S. < R.S. x = 1 .
If 4 x – 8 < 0 , then 4 x – 8 = –2 x  1
4x < 8 6x = 8 Therefore, the solution set is  x x >  .
 2
8 4
x <2 x= = .
6 3 Solution 3
4 By definition of absolute value,

The solution x = 4 or x = can be verified by if x – 1 ≥ 0, then x – 1 < x
3
x≥1 0 x < 1.
graphing y = 4 x – 8 and y = 2 x and checking
that the points of intersection occur when This is true for all x, x ∈ R .
4 And if x – 1 < 0, then – x +1 < x
x = 4, x = .
3 x <1 – 2 x < –1
1
d. x –1 < x x> .
2
 1
Solution 1 Therefore, the solution set is  x x >  .
 2
Graphing y1 = x – 1 and y 2 = x yields the following e. 2 x + 4 ≥ 12 x

angle. We need to find the values for x for which
Consider 2 x + 4 = 12 x.
y1 < y 2 . Since the point of intersection is
Then, either 2 x + 4 = 12 x or 2 x + 4 = –12 x
 1 1 1 – 10 x = – 4 or 14 x = – 4
 ,  , y1 < y 2 when x > .
 2 2 2 4 2 4 2
x= = or x=– =– .
10 5 14 7
But substituting each value into the equation gives only one
Solution 2 2
solution, that is x = .
5
Consider x – 1 = x
Then either x – 1 = x or x – 1 = –x 2
Test values for x on either side of x = .
0x = 4 or 2x = 1 5
1
No solution. x= .
2 Let x=0 Let x = 1
1 L.S. = 2( 0) + 4 L.S. = 2(1) + 4
Since x – 1 = x when x = , we test points on either
2 =4 =6
1 R.S. = 12( 0) R.S. = 12(1)
side of on the number line to find for what values of
2 =0 = 12
x does x – 1 < x .
Since L.S. > R.S., x = 0 Since L.S. >/ R.S , x ≠ 1 .
 2
Therefore, the solution set is  x x ≤  .
 5
This solution can be verified by graphing y1 = 2 x + 4
2
and y 2 = 12 x and noting that y1 ≥ y 2 when x ≤ .
5
f. 3x – 1 ≤ 5 3x – 1 – 16 Case 1:
Consider 3x – 1 = 5 3x – 1 – 16. If x < 0

Either (3x – 1) = 5(3x – 1) – 16 or – (3x – 1) = 5( –3x + 1) – 16 then x –2 + x = 6
3x – 1 = 15x – 5 – 16 – 3x + 1 = –15x + 5 – 16 becomes –x + 2–x = 6
– 12 x = –20 12 x = –12 –2 x = 4
20 5 x = 2.
x= = x = –1.
12 x
∴ x = – 2 or x = 4
Both answers verify when substituted into the
equation. Now, to find which values satisfy the
inequality, we can use test values between and
Case 2:
5
beyond –1 and .
3
If 0 < x < 2
Test: x = 0
L.S. = 3 ( 0) – 1 R.S. = 3 ( 0) – 1 – 16 then x –2 + x = 6
=1 = –11 becomes – x + 2 + x = 6
0x = 4
Since L.S. ≤/ R.S. , then x = 0 No solution.
Test: x = –2
L.S. = 3 ( –2) – 1 R.S. = 5 3 ( –2) – 1 – 16
=7 = 19 Case 3:
Since L.S. > R.S., then x = –2 . If x > 0,

Test: x = 2 then x –2 + x = 6
L.S. = 3 (2) – 1 R.S. = 5 3 (2) – 1 – 16 becomes x –2 + x = 6
=5 =9 2x = 8
x = 4.
Since L.S. < R.S., then x = 2 .
 5
So, the solution set is  x x ≤ –1 or x ≥  . h. x + 4 – x –1 = 3
 3
Or, Graph y1 = x + 4 – x –1 and y 2 = 3 .
we can graph y1 = 3x – 1 and y 2 = 5 3x – 1 – 16 Since the point of intersection is (0, 3), y1 = y2
and, using the values of x found earlier, locate those when x = 0. Therefore, the solution is x = 0.
values of x for which y1 ≤ y 2 . x– x
9. Since x– x is always positive, then
x
g. x–2 + x =6 is positive when x > 0 .
Since x > 0 , x ≥0
Solution 1 ∴ x– x
= x–x
Graph y1 = x – 2 + x and y 2 = 6. The points of
= 0.
intersection are the points where y1 = y 2 , ∴ x = –2 or 4.
0
But =0
x
Solution 2 x– x
Therefore, there are no values for x for which
x
Since we need to concern ourselves when f ( x ) = f ( x ) is a positive integer.
or – f ( x ) , we use the cases where
x < 0 , 0 < x < 2 , and x > 2.
10. Solution 1 4. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 6x 2 + 6x – 5
f (5) = 5 3 – 6(5) + 6(5) – 5
2
Using a table of values, we find

= 0.
x f ( x) Therefore, ( x – 5) is a factor of f ( x ) .
–3 –3– –3
= –2 By division, x 3 – 6x 2 + 6x – 5
–3
= ( x – 5)( x 2 – x + 1) .
–2 – 2 – –2
= –2
–2
5. a. Since ( x – 1) is a factor of x 3 – 3x 2 + 4 kx – 1 ,
–1– –1 then f (1) = 0 .
–1 = –2
–1
Substituting, 13 – 3 (1) + 4 k (1) – 1 = 0
2
0 undefined
1 – 3 + 4k – 1 = 0
1 1– 1 4k = 3
=0
1 3
k= .
4
2 2– 2
=0
2
6. a. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 2 x 2 + 2 x – 1
f (1) = 13 – 2(1) + 2(1) – 1
2
=1– 2 + 2 –1
= 0.
Therefore, ( x – 1) is a factor of f(x).
By dividing, x 3 – 2 x 2 + 2 x – 1
= ( x – 1)( x 2 – x + 1) .
Solution 2
b. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 6x 2 + 11x – 6
f (1) = 13 – 6(1) + 11(1) – 6
2
Use a graphing calculator to find the graph. Using the
CALC mode and the VALUE function, we see = 0.
x = 0 gives no answer and is not included in the graph. Therefore, (x – 1) is a factor of f(x).
By dividing, x 3 – 6x 2 + 11x – 6
Review Exercise = ( x – 1)( x 2 – 5x + 6)
2. a. If the x-intercepts are 4, 1, and –2, then ( x – 4) , = ( x – 1)( x – 2)( x – 3).

( x – 1) , and ( x + 2) are factors of the cubic
function. Therefore, y = a( x – 4)( x – 1)( x + 2) , 7. Since x 2 – 4x + 3
where a is a constant, represents the family of = ( x – 3)( x – 1) ,
cubic functions. both f ( 3) and f (1) must be equal to 0 in order
to have x 2 – 4 x + 3 be a factor of
3. a. Let f ( x ) = x – 4 x + x – 3
5 3 2
f ( x) = x 5 – 5x 4 + 7 x 3 – 2 x 2 – 4 x + 3 .
f ( –2) = ( –2) – 4( –2) + ( –2) – 3
5 3 2
f (1) = 15 – 5(1) + 7(1) – 2(1) – 4(1) + 3

4 3 2
= –32 + 32 + 4 – 3
=1– 5+ 7 – 2 – 4 + 3
=1
=0
Since f ( –2) ≠ 0 , x + 2 is not a factor.

Also, f (3) = 3 5 – 5(3) + 7(3) – 2(3) – 4(3) + 3 For f ( x ) = 5x 4 – 2 x 3 + 7x 2 – 4 x + 8,
4 3 2
9.
= 243 – 405 + 189 – 18 – 12 + 3
=0  p
f   = 0 if q divides into 5 and p into 8.
 q
Therefore, ( x – 1) and ( x – 3) are factors of f(x),
and so ( x – 1)( x – 3) or x 2 – 4 x + 3 is a factor of f(x). p 5
a. If = , since 5 divides into 5 and 5 into 8,
q 4
8. a. Graphing y = 2 x 3 + 5x 2 + 5x + 3 yields the graph
below. Using the CALC mode and the  5
then it is possible for f   to be 0.
VALUE function, we find when x = –1.5, y = 0 .  4
 3
Therefore, f  –  is 0. So, ( 2 x + 3) is a factor of b. If
p 4
= , since 4 does not divide into 5, then it is
 2 q 5
f(x).
 4
not possible for f   = 0 .
 5
10. a. Let f ( x ) = 3x 3 – 4 x 2 + 4 x – 1
Try f (1) = 3(1) – 4(1) + 4(1) – 1

3 2
Therefore, 2 x 3 + 5x 2 = 5x + 3
= ( 2 x + 3)( x 2 + x + 1) = 3 – 4 + 4 –1
by division. ≠0
f ( –1) = 3( –1) – 4( –1) + 4( –1) – 1
3 2
b. Graphing y = 9 x + 3x – 17 x + 5 yields the

3 2
= –3 – 4 – 4 – 1
graph below. We can see the x-intercept is ≠ 0.
between –2 and –1 and perhaps 1. x = 1 can be

verified by using the VALUE function in the Therefore, the only binomial factor with integer
CALC mode. Therefore, x – 1 is a factor of f(x). coefficients must be either ( 3x – 1) or ( 3x + 1) .
From the graph, we see an x-intercept between 0
and 1, so (3x – 1) is a possible factor.
By division, 3x 3 – 4 x 2 + 4 x – 1
= (3x – 1)( x 2 – x + 1) .
b. First, graph y = 2 x 3 + x 2 – 13x – 5 on your

By dividing, 9 x 3 + 3x 2 – 17 x + 5
calculator.
= ( x – 1)( 9 x 2 + 12 x – 5) p
= ( x – 1)( 3x + 5)( 3x – 1) We see intercepts k = between –3 and –2, –1
q
and 0, 2, and 3. Where q divides into 2 and p
The other factors can be tested in the same way
5  5
5 1 divides into 5, we try k = , f   = 0.
as x = 1, i.e., let x = – and x = . 2  2
3 3
Therefore, ( 2 x – 5) is a factor of f ( x ) .
By division, 2 x 3 + x 2 – 13x – 5
= (2 x – 5)( x 2 + kx + 1).

= 2 x 3 + ( –5 + 2 k ) x 2 + … d. x 3 – x 2 – 9x + 9 = 0
By comparing coefficients, – 5 + 2k = 1 x 2 ( x – 1) – 9( x – 1) = 0
+ 2k = 6 ( x – 1)( x 2 – 9) = 0
k=3 ( x – 1)( x – 3)( x + 3) = 0
Therefore, 2 x 3 + x 2 – 13x – 5 x –1 = 0 or x – 3 = 0 or x+3=0
= (2 x – 5)( x 2 + 3x + 1) . x =1 or x=3 or x = –3
e. x 4 – 12 x 2 – 64 = 0
c. Graphing y = 30 x – 31x + 10 x – 1 on your
3 2
( x – 16)( x 2 + 4) = 0
2
calculator, it can be seen that there is only one ( x – 4)( x + 4)( x 2

+ 4) = 0
p
value for k = and it lies between 0 and 1. x–4=0 or x + 4 = 0 or x2 + 4 = 0
q
x=4 or x = – 4 or x2 = – 4
Since q divides into 30 and p into 1, we try
1 x =± –4
k = , f ( 0.2) = 0. Therefore, (5x – 1) is a factor
5 = ± 2i
of f(x).
f. x – 4 x + 3 = 0
3 2
By dividing, 30 x 3 – 31x 2 + 10 x – 1 Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 4 x 2 + 3

= ( 5x – 1)( 6 x + kx + 1)
2
f (1) = 13 – 4(1) + 3
2
= 30 x 3 + ( –6 + 5k ) x 2 + … = 0.
Comparing coefficients, we have – 6 + 5k = –31 Therefore, ( x – 1) is a factor of f(x).
5k = –25
k = –5. So, x 3 – 4x 2 + 3 = 0
Therefore, 30 x 3 – 31x 2 + 10 x – 1
( x – 1)( x 2 – 3x – 3) = 0 , by dividing
= (5x – 1)(6x 2 – 5x + 1) x –1 = 0 or x 2 – 3x – 3 = 0
= (5x – 1)(3x – 1)(2 x – 1). 3± ( –3) – 4(1)( –3)
2
x =1 or x=
2(1)
11. c. x3 + 8 = 0 3 ± 21
= .
( x + 2)( x – 2 x + 4) = 0
2 2
x + 2 = 0 or x 2 – 2 x + 4 = 0 g. x – 3x + 3x – 2 = 0
3 2
x = 0 or x = –2 or x + 5 = 0 Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 3x 2 + 3x – 2
2 ± 2 2 – 4(1)( 4) f (2) = 2 3 – 3(2) + 3(2) – 2
2
x = –2 or x=
2(1) = 8 – 12 + 6 – 2
= 0.
2 ± –12
=
2 Therefore, ( x – 2) is a factor of f(x).
2 ± 2i 3 Note: To select which integer factor to try,
=
2 first graph y = f ( x ) and note where the
=1± i 3 x-intercept lies.
Solution set is {–2, 1 ± i 3 } .

12. c. x – x – 4 x – 1 = 0
3 2
Dividing to find the other factor, we find
( x – 2)( x 2 – x + 1) = 0 The graph of y = x 3 – x 2 – 4 x – 1 shows 3 real
x–2=0 or x – x +1 = 0
2
roots between –2 and –1, –1 and 0, and 2 and 3.
1 ± 1 – 4(1)(1)
2
Using the ZERO function in CALC
x=2 or x =
2(1) mode, we find x =˙ –1.377 , x =˙ –0.274 ,
1± i 3 x =˙ 2.651.
=
2
13. If –2 is a root of x + kx – 6 = 0 , where
2
h. x 6 – 26 x 3 – 27 = 0 f ( x ) = x 2 + kx – 6 , it means f ( –2) = 0.
(x 3
– 27)( x 3 + 1) = 0 Substituting to find k, we get
( x – 3)( x + 3x + 9)( x + 1)( x – x + 1) = 0
2 2
( –2)+ k ( –2) – 6 = 0
2
4 – 2k – 6 = 0
x – 3 = 0 or x 2 + 3x + 9 = 0 – 2k = 2
–3 ± 9 – 4( 9) k = –1
x = 3 or x= ∴ x – x – 6 = 0.
2
2
–3 ± 3i 3
= Also, ( x + 2) is a factor of f ( x ) = x – x – 6.
2
2
or x + 1 = 0 or x – x + 1 = 0
2
By dividing, the other factor is (x – 3).
1 ± 1 – 4(1) ∴x – 3= 0
or x = –1 or x= x=3
2
1± i 3 So, k = – 1, and the other root is 3.
=
2
14. Let r1 , r2 be the roots of 2 x + 5x + 1 = 0.
2
 –3 ± 3i 3 1 ± i 3 
The solution set is 3, – 1, , . Therefore,
 2 2 
5 1
r1 + r2 = – and r1 r2 = . The roots of the required
2 2
i. (x 2
+ 2 x ) – ( x 2 + 2 x ) – 12 = 0
2
Let a = x 2 + 2x 1 1
equation are x1 = and x 2 = . The sum of the
a – a – 12 = 0
2
r1 r2
( a – 4)( a + 3) = 0 new roots is
a – 4 = 0 or a + 3 = 0. 1 1
x1 + x 2 = +
r1 r2
But a = x 2 + 2 x
Therefore, x 2 + 2 x – 4 = 0 or x 2 + 2 x + 3 = 0 r2 + r1
=
r1r2
–2 ± 2 2 – 4(1)( –4) –2 ± 2 2 – 4(1)(3)
x= x=
2(1) 2(1) –
5
= 2 = –5.
–2 ± 20 –2 ± –8
= = 1
2 2 2
–2 ± 2 i 2
= –1 ± 5 = The product of the new roots is
2
1
= –1 ± i 2 . x1 + x 2 =
r1r2
Note: Graphing y = ( x 2 + 2 x ) – ( x 2 + 2 x ) – 12
2
= 2.
confirms the existence of only 2 real roots.

Therefore, the new equation is The other root can be found from
x 2 – ( x1 + x 2 ) x + x1 x 2 = 0 3x + 2 = 0
or x 2 – ( –5) x + 2 = 0 x=– .
2
x 2 + 5x + 2 = 0. 3
2
Therefore, the other root is – and k = –1 .
3
15. a. Since
x 2 – (sum of roots) x + (product of roots) = 0, Solution 2
for 2 x 2 – x + 4 = 0 , the sum of the roots
Let h represent the other root of 3x + 4 kx – 4 = 0 .
2
1 4
is , and the product is or 2. 4k
2 2 The sum of the roots is h+2 =– . (1)
3
4
b. Let x1 , and x 2 be the roots of the quadratic equation The product of the roots is 2 h = – . (2)
3
1 2
x1 + x 2 = and x1 + x 2 = – . The equation is 2
15 15 Therefore, h=– .
3
1 2 Substituting into (1) to find k,
x2 – x– = 0 or 15x 2 – x – 2 = 0 . 2 4k
15 15 – +2 =–
3 3
–2 + 6 = – 4 k
c. Let the roots of the quadratic equation be x1 and x2. 4k = –4
x1 + x 2 = ( 3 + 2i ) + ( 3 – 2i ) k = –1
=6
x1 x 2 = ( 3 + 2i )( 3 – 2i ) e. Let x1 and x 2 represent the roots of
= 9 – 4i 2
x 2 – 5x + 2 = 0.
=9+4
= 13 x1 + x 2 = 5 and x1 x 2 = 2.
The required equation is x – 6 x + 13 = 0 .

2 The roots of the required equation are x1 – 3 and
x2 – 3 .
d. For the new equation, the sum of the roots is

Solution 1 (x – 3) + ( x 2 – 3)
1
3x + 4 kx – 4 = 0 where f ( x ) = 3x + 4 kx – 4
2 2 = x1 + x 2 – 6
=5–6
If 2 is one root, then f ( 2) = 0 . = –1.
Substituting, we have
The product of the new roots is
3 (2) + 4 k (2) – 4
2
=0 ( x1 – 3)( x 2 – 3)
12 + 8k – 4 =0 = x1 x 2 – 3 ( x1 + x 2 ) + 9
8k = –8 = 2 – 3 (5) + 9
k = –1. = – 4.
Therefore, the equation can be written as 3x 2 – 4 x – 4 = 0 . If The required equation is x 2 + x – 4 = 0.
2 is one root, then ( x – 2) is a factor of the function f(x);
therefore, 3x 2 – 4 x – 4 = 0 becomes ( x – 2)(3x + 2) = 0.

f. Let x1 and x2 represent the roots of 2 x 2 + x – 4 = 0. Solution 3
x1 + x 2 = –
1 4
and x1 x 2 = – = –2 For the product ( x – 2)( x + 4) to be negative, there
2 2
are two cases.
1 1
The roots of the required equation are and .
x1 x2
Case 1: x – 2 > 0 and x + 4 < 0
x > 0 and x < – 4
For the new equation, the sum of the roots is
1 1 x 2 + x1 No solution.
+ =
x1 x 2 x1 x 2
1 Case 2: x – 2 < 0 and x + 4 > 0
–
= 2 x < 2 and x < –4
–2
1 The solution is –4 < x < 2 .
= .
4
and the product is b. x2 + x – 2 ≥ 0
 1 1  1 ( x + 2)( x – 1) ≥ 0
   =
 x1   x 2  x1 x 2
1
=
–2
. Consider the graph of y = ( x + 2)( x – 1) . The
values that satisfy the inequality are the values for
1 1
2
The required equation is x – x– =0 x for which the y values are on or above the x-axis.
4 2
The solution is x ≤ –2 or x ≥ 1 .
or 4x2 – x – 2 = 0 .
c. x 3 + 3x ≤ 0
16. a. ( x – 2)( x + 4) < 0 x ( x 2 + 3) ≤ 0
Solution 1 Consider the graph of y = x 3 + 3x . The solution

is those values for x where y is below or on the
Graph y = ( x – 2)( x + 4) . x-axis, i.e., for x ≤ 0 .
Since y is below the x-axis between –4 and 2, therefore,
d. x – 2 x – x + 2 > 0
3 2
the solution is x such that –4 < x < 2 .

The graph of y = x 3 – 2 x 2 – x + 2 is shown with
Solution 2 x-intercepts at –1, 1, and 2 as confirmed by using
the CALC mode and VALUE function. The
Consider ( x – 2)( x + 4) = 0 . solution to the inequality is those values for
Therefore, x = 2 or x = –4 . x where y is above the x-axis, that is
Test: – 1 < x < 1 or x > 2.
x = –5 x=0 x=3
4
e. x ≤ 0
L.S. = ( –5 – 2)( –5 + 4) L.S. = ( –5 – 2)( –5 + 4) L.S. = ( 3 – 2)( 3 + 4) 4
Since x always returns a positive or zero for any
=7 = –6 =7 value of x, the only solution is x = 0 . This can be
But, L.S. </ 0 L.S. < 0 L.S. </ 0 verified graphically by noting that the graph of
∴ x ≠ –5 ∴x = 0 ∴x ≠ 3
y = x 4 is never below the x-axis.
The solution set is {x – 4 < x < 2}.

f. x 4 + 5x 2 + 2 ≥ 0 b. 2 x – 7 x + 9
3 2
Let f ( x ) = 2 x 3 – 7x 2 + 9
f ( –1) = 2( –1) – 7( –1) + 9
3 2
Solution 1
= –2 – 7 + 9
From the graph of y = x 4 + 5x 2 + 2, we see that y is always
= 0.
above the x-axis.
∴ ( x + 1) is a factor of f(x).
By dividing, we find
Solution 2
2 x 3 – 7x 2 + 9
Since x and x are always positive, x 4 + 5x 2 + 2 is = ( x + 1)(2 x 2 – 9x + 9)
4 2
always greater than zero. The solution set is R. = ( x + 1)(2 x – 3)( x – 3).
17. a. 3x – 1 = 1
c. x 4 – 2 x 3 + 2 x – 1
Either 3x – 1 = 11 or 3x – 1 = –11
3x = 12 3x = –10 Let f ( x ) = x 4 – 2 x 3 + 2 x – 1
10 f (1) = 1 – 2 + 2 – 1
x=4 x=– . = 0.
3
By substituting into the equation, we can verify Also, f ( –1) = (1) + (2) – 2 – 1
both answers are correct. = 0.
∴ x – 1 , x + 1) are factors of x4 – 2x3 + 2x – 1.
( ) (
18. The dimensions of the open box are 8 – 2 x , 6 – 2x, By dividing, x 4 – 2x 3 + 2x – 1
and x. The volume is 16 cm3 or = ( x 2 – 1)( x 2 – 2 x + 1)
x (8 – 2 x )(6 – 2 x ) = 16 = ( x – 1)( x + 1)( x – 1)( x – 1)
48x – 28x 2 + 4 x 3 = 16 = ( x + 1)( x – 1) .
3
4 x 3 – 28x 2 + 48x – 16 = 0
x 3 – 7x 2 + 12 x – 4 = 0. 3. Graphing y = 3x 3 + 4 x 2 + 2 x – 4 shows one
By graphing y = x 3 – 7x 2 + 12 x – 4 , we find only one real q
root at x =˙ 5.11 , but this is an inadmissable root as x < 3 . x-intercept between 0 and 1. So, k = where
p
Therefore, it is impossible to make a box from q
this rectangular sheet. p is a divisor of 3 and q is a divisor of 4. Trying k =
3
with the VALUE function in CALC mode gives
Chapter 2 Test
y =0.
1. Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 5x 2 + 9x – 3
f ( –3) = ( –3) – 5( –3) + 9( –3) – 3
3 2
∴ ( 3x – 2) is a factor of 3x 3 + 4 x 2 + 2 x – 4 .
= –27 – 45 – 27 – 3
By dividing, 3x 3 + 4 x 2 + 2 x – 4
≠ 0.
= ( 3x – 2)( x 2 + kx + 2)
∴ ( x + 3) is not a factor of f ( x ) .
= 3x 3 + ( –2 + 3k ) x 2 + L
a. x + 3x – 2 x – 2 Comparing coefficients, –2 + 3k = 4
3 2
2.
Let f ( x ) = x 3 + 3x 2 – 2 x – 2 3k = 6
f (1) = 13 + 3(1) – 2(1) – 2 k = 2.
2
= 0. ∴ 3x 3 + 4 x 2 + 2 x – 4
∴ ( x – 1) is a factor of f(x). = ( 3x – 2)( x 2 + 2 x + 2)
By dividing, x + 3x – 2 x – 2 = ( x – 1)( x + 4 x + 2).
3 2 2

4. a. 2 x 3 – 54 = 0 5. Let the roots of x 2 – 2 x + 5 = 0 be x1 and x2. The
2( x 3 – 27) = 0 sum is 2 and the product is 5. The roots of the
2( x – 3)( x + 3x + 9) = 0
2
required equation are x1 + 3 and x 2 + 3. The
sum of the new roots is
x–3=0 or x + 3x + 9 = 0
2
(x + 3) + ( x 2 + 3)
1
–3 ± 3 – 4(1)(9)
2
= (x 1 + x2 ) + 6
x =3 or x=
2(1) =2+6
–3 ± –27 = 8.
=
2 The product of the new roots is
–3 ± 3i 3
=
2
(x
1 + 3) ( x 2 + 3)
x1 x 2 + 3 ( x1 + x 2 ) + 9
= 5 + 3 (2) + 9
b. x 3 – 4 x 2 + 6 x – 3 = 0
= 20.
Let f ( x ) = x 3 – 4 x 2 + 6x – 3
f (1) = 1 – 4 + 6 – 3 The required quadratic equation is x 2 – 8 x + 20 = 0 .
= 0.
∴ ( x – 1) is a factor of f(x). 7. a. (x – 3) (x + 2)2 < 0
From the graph of y = ( x – 3)( x + 2) , the
2
x 3 – 4 x 2 + 6x – 3 = 0
( x – 1)( x 2 – 3x + 3) = 0 x-intercepts are 3 and –2. y is below the x-axis
only for x < –2 , –3 < x < 3 , but not for x = –2 .
x –1 = 0 or x 2 – 3x + 3 = 0
3 ± 9 – 4(1)(3) b. x – 4 x ≥ 0
3
x =1 or x=
2(1) Either 2 x – 3 = 7 or 2 x – 3 = –7
3 ± –3 2 x = 10 2x = – 4
=
2 x =5 x = –2
3±i 3
=
2
c. 2x + 5 > 9
c. 2 x 3 – 7 x 2 + 3x = 0
Solution 1
x ( 2 x 2 – 7 x + 3) = 0
x ( 2 x – 1)( x – 3) = 0 Graph y1 = 2 x + 5
y2 = 9
x=0 or 2x 2 – 1 = 0 or x–3=0
1 The graph of y1 > y 2 for values of x less than –7 and for
x=0 or x= or x=3
2 values of x greater than 9. The solution is x < –7
or x > 2 .
d. x 4 – 5x 2 + 4 = 0
(x 2
– 4)( x 2 – 1) = 0
( x – 2)( x + 2)( x – 1)( x + 1) = 0
x – 2 = 0 or x + 2 = 0 or x – 1 = 0
or x + 1 = 0
x = 2 or x = –2 or x = 1 or x = –1

Solution 2 b. If the diving board dips 40 cm, C = 40.
Substituting, 40 = 0.0002 x 3 – 0.005x 2 + 0.5x
Consider 2 x + 5 = 9 or 0.0002 x 3 – 0.005x 2 + 0.5x – 40 = 0
Either 2 x + 5 = 9 or 2 x + 5 = –9
Graphing y = 0.0002 x 3 – 0.005x 2 + 0.5x – 40
2x = 4 2 x = –14
and using the ZERO function in CALC
x =2 x = –7.
mode, we find x =˙ 51.6 . So, the diver has a
Take regions to find the solution to 2 x + 5 > 9. mass of about 52 kg.
x = –8 x=0 x=0
L.S. = + 2 ( –8) + 5 L.S. = 2( 0) + 5 L.S. = 2( 0) + 5
= 11 =5 =5
L.S. > 9 L.S. >/ 9 L.S. >/ 9
∴ x = –8 x≠0 x≠0
Write the answer as x < –7 or x > 2.
8. a. The graph shows 3 real zeros at x = –2 , x =˙ 1.5 ,

and x =˙ 3.5 . The leading coefficient is positive, and
the polynomial function is at least cubic, i.e., of
degree 3.
b. The graph shows 2 zeros. Since the graph appears to

begin in quadrant 2 and to end in quadrant 1, we
deduce that the leading coefficient is positive. The
shape seems to show a quarter polynomial, i.e., of
degree 4.
c. The graph shows 3 zeros. Since the graph appears to

begin in quadrant 2 and end in quadrant 4, it will be a
cubic function of degree 3 and has a negative leading
coefficient.
9. C = 0.0002 x 3 – 0.005x 2 + 0.5x
a. Let x = 95
C = 0.0002(95) – 0.005(95) + 0.5(95)
3 2
= 173.85.
When a diver who weighs 95 kg stands on the board,

it will dip 173.9 cm.

Chapter 3 • Introduction to Calculus
Review of Prerequisite Skills 7. b. 3 3 3
× =
6+ 2 3 6 3+ 6
2. e. The slope of line is
12 – 6 7+4
m= c. 7–4
×
4 – ( –1) 5 7+4
6 7 – 16 –9
= = =
5 5 7 + 20 5 7 + 20
The equation of the line is in the form
6
y – y1 = m( x – x1 ) . The point is ( –1, 6) and m = . d. 2 3–5 2 3+5
5 ×
3 2 2 3+5
6
The equation of the line is y – 6 = ( x + 1) or
12 – 25 –13
= =
5 6 6 + 15 2 6 6 + 15 2
6 x – 5y + 36 = 0 .
 3 – x if x < 0
4. f ( x) =  f. 2 3+ 7 2 3– 7
 3 + x if x ≥ 0 ×
5 2 3– 7
12 – 7 5
a. f ( –33) = 6 = =
10 3 – 5 7 10 3 – 5 7
b. f ( 0) = 3
8. h. x 3 – 2 x 2 + 3x – 6 = x 2 ( x – 2) + 3 ( x – 2)
c. f ( 78) = 9 = ( x – 2) ( x 2 + 3)
6. b. 6 + 2 × 3
=
6 3+ 6 i. 2x 3 – x 2 – 7x + 6
3
3 3 f (1) = 2 – 1 – 7 + 6
=0
d. 1 3– 3
× Therefore, x – 1 is a factor.
3+ 3 3 – 3
By division, the other factor is 2 x 2 + x – 6 .
3– 3
= Therefore, 2 x 3 – x 2 – 7x + 6 = ( x – 1)(2 x 2 + x – 6)
9–3
= ( x – 1)(2 x – 3)( x + 2) .
3– 3
=
6
7
9. j. y =
5 3 2 3–4 x 2 – 3x – 4
g. × 7
2 3+4 2 3–4 =
30 – 20 3
( x – 4)( x + 1)
=
12 – 16 The domain is x ∈ R , x ≠ 4 , or – 1.
30 – 20 3
= 6x
–4 k. y =
2 x 2 – 5x – 3
10 3 – 15 6x
= =
2
( 2 x + 1)( x – 3)
1
The domain is x ∈ R , x = – , and 3.
2
Chapter 3: Introduction to Calculus 51

Section 3.1 2. Substitute h = 0 in the above slope.
Investigation 1
Exercise 3.1
1. y = x2
( 5 + h – 5)(( 5 + h) + 5( 5 + h) + 25 )
2
a. Q1 (3.5, 12.25) b. Q2 (3.1, 9.61) ( 5 + h)
3
4. b. – 125
=
c. Q3 (3.01, 9.0601) d. Q4 (3.001, 9.00600) h h
h( 75 + 15h + h 2 )
=
2. Slope of secant P(3, 9), Qi: h
PQ1 → 6.5 = 75 + 15h + h 2
PQ2 → 6.1
PQ3 → 6.01 c. ( 3 + h)
4
– 81
=
((3 + h) – 9)((3 + h) + 9)
2 2
PQ4 → 6.001 h h
=
( 9 + 6h + h – 9)( 9 + 6h + h 2 + 9)
2
3. a. Q 5(2.5, 6.25) b. Q6 (2.9, 8.41) h

c. Q 7 (2.99, 8.9401) d. Q 8(2.999, 8.994001) = ( 6 + h)(18 + 6h + h 2 )
PQ5 → 5.5 = 108 + 54 h + 12h 2 + h 3
PQ6 → 5.9
PQ7 → 5.99 1
–1 1–1– h
PQ8 → 5.999 d. 1+ h = =–
1
h h(1 + h) 1+ h
4. Slope of the tangent at P(3, 9) seems to be 6.

e. 3 (1 + h) – 3 =
2
3 (1 + h) – 1 ( 2
)
h h
Investigation 2 3 (1 + 2 h + h 2 – 1)
=
h
3. P(1, 1) , Q1 (1.5, f (1.5)) 3 (2 h + h 2 )
=
Slope PQ1 → 2.5 h
= 6 + 3h
Slope PQ2 (1.1, f (1.1)) = 2.1
Slope PQ3 (1.01, f (1.01)) = 2.01
( 2 + h – 2)(( 2 + h) + 2( 2 + h) + 4 )
2
( 2 + h)
3
Slope PQ4 (1.001, f (1.001)) = 2.001 f. –8

=
h h
Slope PQ5 (1.0001, f (1.0001)) = 2.0001 = 12 + 6h + h 2
5. Slope of the tangent at P(1, 1) is 2. 3 3 12 – 12 – 3h

– 4( 4 h)
g. 4 + h 4 =
h h
Investigation 3
–3
=
4( 4 + h)
1. (
P(3, 9) Q 3 + h , (3 + h)
2
)
16 + h – 4 16 + h – 16
Slope of PQ = ( 3 + h) – 9
2
5. a. 1
= =
3+ h – 3
h h 16 + h + 4 (16 + h +4 )
9 + 6h + h 2 – 9
=
h h 2 + 5h + 4 – 2 h 2 + 5h + 4 – 4
b. =
= 6 + h, h ≠ 0 h (
h h 2 + 5h + 4 + 2 )
h+5
=
h 2 + 5h + 4 + 2
52 Chapter 3: Introduction to Calculus
8. a. y = 3x 2 , ( –2 , 12)
c. 5+ h – 5 5+ h – 5
=
( ) 3( –2 + h) – 12
2
h h 5+ h + 5 m = lim
h→ 0 h
1
= 12 – 12h + 3h 2 – 12
5+ h + 5 = lim
h→ 0 h
= lim ( –12 + 3h)
6. a. P(1, 3) , Q(1 + h , f (1 + h)) , f ( x ) = 3x 2 h→ 0
= –12
3(1 + h) – 3
2
m=
h b. y = x 2 – x at x = 3, y = 6
= 6 + 3h
( 3 + h) 2 – ( 3 + h) – 6
m = lim
( )
h→ 0 h
b. R (1, 3) , S 1 + h , (1 + h) + 2
3
9 + 6h + h 2 – 3 – h – 6
= lim
h→ 0 h
(1 + h) 3 + 2 – 3 = lim ( 5 + h )
m= h→ 0
h =5
1 + 3h + 3h 2 + h 3 – 1
=
h c. y = x 3 at x = –2 , y = –8
= 3 + 3h + h 2
( –2 + h ) 3 + 8
m = lim
( )
h→ 0 h
c. T (9, 3) , U 9 + h , 9+h
–8 + 12h – 6h 2 + h 3 + 8
= lim
h→ 0 h
9+h –3 9+h +3
m= • = lim
h→ 0
(12 – 6 h + h 2
)
h 9+h +3
= 12
1
=
9+h +3
9. a. y = x – 2 ; (3, 1)
3+ h – 2 – 1
m = lim
7. a. h→0
h
1+ h – 1 1+ h +1
= lim ×
P Q Slope h→0
h 1+ h +1
1
(2 , 8) (3, 27) 19 = lim
h→0
1+ h +1
(2.5, 15.625) 15.25 =
1
2
(2.1, 9.261) 12.61
b. y = x – 5 at x = 9, y = 2
(2.01, 8.120601) 12.0601
9+ h – 5 – 2
m = lim
(1, 1) 7 h→0
h
4+h –2 4+h +2
(1.5, 3.375) 9.25 = lim
h→0
h
×
4+h +2
(1.9, 6.859) 11.41 = lim
1
h→0
4+h +2
(1.99, 7.880599) 11.9401
=
1
4

c. y = 5x – 1 at x = 2 , y = 3 11. a. y = x 2 – 3x , (2 ,–2); y ′ = 2 x – 3, m = 1
10 + 5h – 1 – 3
m = lim
h→0
h 4 4
b. f ( x ) (–2 ), – 2; = , y ′ = – 2 , m = –1
9 + 5h – 3 9 + 5h + 3 x x
= lim ×
h→0
h 9 + 5h + 3
5 c. y = 3x 3 at x = 1 ; y ′ = 9x 2 , m = 9
= lim
h→0
9 + 5h + 3
5 1 1
1
= d. y = x – 7 at x = 16; y ′ = ( x – 7) 2 , m =
–
6 2 6
1 1
e. f ( x ) = 16 – x , y = 5; x = –9, y ′ = 1 – (16 – x) 2 ,
–
8 2
10. a. y = at (2, 4) 1
x m=–
10
8
x–5 –4
lim m = lim 2 + h
x→ 5 x – 5 h→ 0 h 1 – 2x 3
f. y = 25 – x 2 , (3, 4); y ′ = , m =–
–4 2 25 – x 2 4
= lim
h→ 0 2 + h
= –2 4+x
g. y = at x = 8; y = 2
x–2
8 12 + h
b. y = at x = 1 ; y = 2 –2
3+ x m = lim 6+h
h→ 0 h
8
–2 –h
m = lim 4+h = lim
h→ 0 h→ 0 h ( 6 + h )
h
–2 1
= lim =–
h→ 0 4 + h
6
1
=–
2
8
h. y = at x = 5; y = 2
x + 11
1 1
c. y = at x = 3 ; y = 8
x+2 5 –2
1 1 m = lim 16 + h
– h→ 0 h
m = lim 5 + h 5
h→ 0 h 8 – 2 16 + h 4 + 16 + h
–1 = lim ×
h→ 0
= lim h 16 + h 4 + 16 + h
h→ 0 5( 5 + h )
16 – 16 – h
= 2 lim
=–
1
10
h→ 0
(
h 16 + h 4 + 16 + h )
–1
=2•
4(8)
1
=–
16

y 12. 17. C ( t ) = 100t 2 + 400t + 5000
Slope at t = 6
C ′ ( t ) = 200t + 400
(3, 4) C ′ ( 6) = 1200 + 400 = 1600
Increasing at a rate of 1600 papers per month.
18. Point on f ( x ) = 3x 2 – 4 x tangent parallel to y = 8 x .

0 Therefore, tangent line has slope 8.
3 ( h + a) – 4( h + a) – 3 ( a 2 + 4 a)
2
∴ m = lim =8
h→ 0 h
3h 2 + 6ah – 4 h
lim =8
h→ 0 h
y = 25 – x 2 → Semi-circle centre (0, 0) rad 5, y ≥ 0 ∴ 6a – 4 = 8
OA is a radius. a =2
4 The point has coordinates (2, 4).
The slope of OA is .
3
1 3 4
19. y = x – 5x –
3 3 x
The slope of the tangent is – .
4 1 1 3
( a + h) – a
3
3 3
∆y
13. Take values of x close to the point, then determine . 1
∆x = a 2 h + ah 2 + h 3
3
14. y  2 1 3
 a + ah + h  = a
2
lim
h→ 0  3 
( a + h) – ( – a)
5 lim – = –5
h→ 0 h
4 4 4a + 4a + 4h
– + =–
a+h a a( a + h)
x 4 4
lim = 2
h→ 0 a( a + h) a
4
m = a2 – 5 + =0
a2
Since the tangent is horizontal, the slope is 0. a 4 – 5a 2 + 4 = 0
( a 2 – 4)( a 2 – 1) = 0
20
16. D( p) = , p > 1 at (5, 10) a = ±2 , a = ±1
p –1
Points on the graph for horizontal tangents are:
20
– 10
4+h  28   26   26   28 
m = lim  –2 ,  ,  –1,  ,  1,–  ,  2 ,–  .
h→0
h  3  3  3  3
2 – 4 + h 2+ 4 + h
= 10 lim ×
h→0
h 4+h 2+ 4 + h
4–4–h
= 10 lim
h→0
(
h 4 + h 2+ 4 + h )
10
=–
8
5
=–
4
1 Exercise 3.2
20. y = x and y =
2
– x2
2
s (9) – s (2)
1 2. a. . Slope of the secant between the
x = – x2
2
7
2
1
x2 = points (2 , s (2)) and (9, s (9)) .
4
1 1
x= or x = – s( 6 + h) – s( 6)
2 2 b. lim . Slope of the tangent at the
h→ 0 h
The points of intersection are
 1 1  1 1
P ,  , Q– ,  . point (6, s (6)).
 2 4  2 4
Tangent to y = x:
( a + h) 2 – a 2 4+h –2
m = lim 3. lim . Slope of the tangent to the function
h→ 0 h
h→ 0 h
2ah + h 2 with equation y = x at the point (4, 2).
= lim
h→ 0 h
= 2a
7. s( t ) = 5t 2 , 0 ≤ t ≤ 8
1
The slope of the tangent at a = is 1 = m p , a. Average velocity during the first second:
2
s(1) – s( 0)
1 = 5 m/s;
at a = – is n – 1 = m q . 1
2
third second:
1 s(3) – s(2) 45 – 20
Tangents to y = – x2 : = = 25 m/s;
2 1 1
eighth second:
1 2 1 2
 2 – ( a + h)  –  2 – a  s(8) – s( 7) 320 – 245
    = = 75 m/s.
m = lim 1 1
h→ 0 h
–2 ah – h 2
= lim
h→ 0 h b. Average velocity 3 ≤ t ≤ 8
= –2 a. s(8) – s(3) 320 – 45
=
8–3 5
1
The slope of the tangents at a = is –1 = M p ; =
275
2 5
1 = 55 m/s
at a = – is 1 = M q
2
c. s (t ) = 320 – 5t
2
m p M p = –1 and m q M q = –1
–5(2 + h) + 5(2)
2 2
Therefore, the tangents are perpendicular at the v (t ) = lim

h→ 0 h
points of intersection.
–4 h + h 2
= 5 lim
h→ 0 h
= –20
Velocity at t = 2 is 20 m/s downward.

8. s( t ) = 8t ( t + 2), 0 ≤ t ≤ 5 10. a. M in mg in 1 mL of blood t hours after the
injection.
s( t ) = lim1 t – hours
1
M (t ) = – t 2 + t , 0 ≤ t ≤ 3
3
a. i) from t = 3 to t = 4
2
M (t) = – t +1
Average velocity s( 4) – s( 3) 3
1 4 1
M ( 2) = – + 1 = –
= 32(6) – 24(5) 3 3
= 24(8 – 5) 1
Rate of change is – mg/h.
= 72 km /h 3
ii) from to t = 3.1 b. Amount of medicine in 1 mL of blood is being

dissipated throughout the system.
s(3.1) – s(3)
0.1
s
11. t =
126.48 – 120 5
=
0.1 –
1
1  s 2
1
= 64.8 km/ h t′ =   •
2  5 5
–1
1  s
iii) 3 ≤ t ≤ 3.01 = • 
10  5
s(3.01) – s(3)
1 1 1
0.01 s = 125, t ′ = • =
= 64.08 km /h 10 5 50
At s =125, rate of change of time with respect to
b. Instantaneous velocity is approximately 64 km/h. 1
height is s/m.
50
c. At t = 3.
s(t ) = 8t 2 + 16t 60
12. T ( h) =
v (t ) = 16t + 16 h+2
v (3) = 48 + 16 T ′ ( h) = –( 60)( h + 2)
–2
= 64 km /h 60
=–
( h + 2) 2
9. a. N ( t ) = 20t – t 2 60
T ′ ( 3) = –
N ( 3) – N ( 2) 25
1 12
=–
51 – 36 5
=
1 12 o
Temperature is decreasing at C/km.
= 15 5
15 terms are learned between t = 2 and t = 3.
b. N ′ ( t ) = 20 – 2t
N ′ ( 2) = 20 – 4 = 16
At t = 2, the student is learning at a rate of 16
terms/hour.

x
13. h = 25t 2 – 100t + 100 b. f ( x ) = , x =2
x –1
h(t )′ = 50t – 100
x
When h = 0, 25t 2 – 100t + 100 = 0 –2
lim x –1
t 2 – 4t + 4 = 0 x→ 2 x–2
(t – 2)
2
=0 x – 2x + 2
= lim
t = 2. x→ 2 ( x – 1)( x – 2)
h ′ ( 2) = 0 –( x – 2)
= lim
It hit the ground in 2 s at a speed of 0 m/s. x→ 2 ( x – 1)( x – 2)
14. Sale of x balls per week: = –1
P( x ) = 160 x – x dollars.
2
c. f ( x ) = x + 1 , x = 24
a. P( 40) = 160( 40) – ( 40)
2
= 4800 f ( x ) – f (24)
lim
x→ 24 x – 24
Profit on the sale of 40 balls is $4800.
x +1 – 5 x +1 + 5
b. P ′ ( x ) = 160 – 2 x = lim
x→ 24
•
x – 24 x +1 + 5
P ′ ( 40) = 160 – 80
= 80 x – 24
= lim
Rate of change of profit is $80 per ball.
x→ 24
( x – 24)( x +1 + 5 )
c. 160 – 2 x > 0 1
=
– 2 x > 160 10
x < 80
Rate of change of profit is positive when the sales 17. C ( x) = F + V ( x)
level is less than 80. C ( x + h) = F + V ( x + h)
Rate of change of cost is
15. a. f ( x ) = – x 2 + 2 x + 3; ( –2 , – 5) C ( x + h) – C ( x)
lim
f ( x ) – f ( –2) x→ R h
lim
x→ –2 x+2 V ( x + h) – V ( x)
= lim h,
– x 2 + 2x + 3 + 5 x→ h
= lim
x→ –2 x+2 which is independent of F – (fixed costs).
_( x 2 – 2 x – 8)
= lim
x→ –2 x+2 18. P( r ) = πr
2
( x – 4)( x + 2) Rate of change of area is

= – lim
x→ –2 x+2 A( r + h ) – A( r )
lim
= – lim
x→ –2
( x – 4 ) h→ 0 h
π ( r + h) – πr 2
2
=6 = lim
h→ 0 h
( r + h – r )( r + h + r )
= π limh→ 0 h
= 2πr
r = 100 m
Rate is 200π m2/m.

19. Cube of dimension x by x by x has volume V = x3. x 3 – 27 ( x – 3)( x 2 + 3x + 9)
f. lim = lim
Surface area is 6x2. x→ 3 x–3 x→ 3 x–3
1 = 9 + 9 + 9 = 27
V ′( x) = 3x 2 = surface area.
2
Exercise 3.3 g. x 3 + 2 x 2 – 4 x – 8 = x 2 ( x + 2) – 4( x + 2)
= ( x – 2)( x + 2)( x + 2)
13. f ( x ) = mx + b
lim f ( x ) = –2 ∴ m + b = –2 lim
x 3 + 2x 2 – 4 x – 8
= lim
( x – 2)( x + 2)( x + 2)
x→1 x →–2
x+2 x →2
( x + 2)
lim f ( x) = 4 ∴ – m + b = 4
x→ –1 =0
2b = 2
b = 1, m = –3
h. 2 x 3 – 5x 2 + 3x – 2 = ( x – 2)( 2 x 2 – x + 1)
2 x 3 – 5x 2 + 3x – 2 7
f ( x ) = ax + bx + c , a ≠ 0
2 lim =
14. x→ 2 2( x – 2) 2
f ( 0) = 0 ∴ c = 0
lim f ( x) = 5 ∴ a + b = 5 x +1 – 1 x +1 +1 1 1
x→1
i. lim × = lim =
lim f ( x ) = 8 ∴ 4 a – 2b = 8 x →0
x x +1 +1 x →0
x +1 +1 2
x→ –2
6a = 18
a = 3, b = 2 2 – 4 + x 2+ 4 + x
j. lim ×
Therefore, the values are a = 3, b = 2 , and c = 0 .
x →0
x 2+ 4 + x
–1 1
= lim =–
x →0
2+ 4 + x 4
Exercise 3.4
4 – x2 ( 2 – x)( 2 + x) k. lim
x –2
= lim
x –2
7. a. lim
x →2
2– x
= lim
x →2
( 2 – x)
x→ 4 x–4 x→ 4
( x –2 )( )
x +2
= lim
x →2
( 2 + x) =
1
4
=4
b. lim
4 – x2
= lim
( 2 – x)( 2 + x) l. lim
7 – x – 7+ x
×
7 – x + 7+ x
( 2 + x) 7 – x + 7+ x
x →0
x →–2
2+ x x →–2 x
=4 7– x–7– x
= lim
7x – x 2 x( 7 – x)
x →0
x ( 7 – x + 7+ x )
c. lim = lim =7 1
x→ 0 x x→ 0 x =–
7
2 x 2 + 5x + 3 ( x + 1)( 2 x + 3)
d. lim = lim =5
x→ –1 x +1 x→ –1 x +1
3x 2 + x – 4 ( 3x + 4)( x – 1) 7
e. lim4 = lim4 =–
x→ –
3
3x + 4 x→ –
3
3 x + 4 3

1
m. lim 5 – x – 3 + x × 5 – x + 3 + x
27 – x
b. lim 1 Let x 3 = u
x→1 x→ 27
x –1 5–x + 3+x x3 – 3 x = u3
u 3 – 27 x → 27, u → 3.
= lim
u→ 3 u–3
5–x–3–x
= lim ( u – 3)( u 2 + 3u + 9)
x→1
( x – 1)( 5–x + 3+x ) = – lim
u→ 3 u–3
= –( 9 + 9 + 9)
= –27
–2( x – 1)
= lim
x→1
( x – 1)( 5–x + 3+x ) 1
1
x6 –1
2 c. lim x 6 = u, x = u 6
=– x→1 x – 1
4
x → 1, u → 1
u –1
= lim
2– x 3 + 2x + 1 u→1 u6 – 1
n. lim •
x→ 4
3 – 2x + 1 3 + 2x + 1 (u – 1)
= lim
u→1 (u – 1)(u 5
+ u 4 + u 3 + u 2 + u + 1)
= lim
(2 – 2 )(3 + 2x + 1 )•2+ x 1
x→ 4 9 – 2x – 1 =
2+ x 6
(2 – x)(3 + 2 x + 1) 1
= lim
4(2 – x )(2 + x )
x→ 4
x6 –1 1
d. lim
x→1
1 Let x 6 = u
x –1 3
u6 = x
6
= u –1
16 = lim 1
u→1 u 2 – 1
x 3 = u2
3 u –1 As x → 1, u → 1
= = lim
8 u→1 ( u – 1)( u + 1)
1
22x – 2 x =
o. lim 2
2x –1
x→ 0
2 x (2 x – 1)
= lim
x→ 0 2x –1
=1 x –2 1
e. lim
x→ 4
Let x 2 = u
x3 – 8 3
x 2 = u3
3
x –2 u–2
8. a. lim = lim
x→ 8 x–8 u→ 2 u 3 – 8 x → 4, u → 2.
Let u = x . Therefore, u = x as x → 8 ,
3 3
u–2
= lim
u→ 2 ( u – 2)( u 2 + 2 u + 4 )
u→ 2.
u–2 1 1
Here, lim = lim =
u→ 2 3
u –8 u→ 2 u + 2u + 4
2
12
1
=
12

1
( x + 8) 3 – 2 1 x +1 – 2 x +1 – 2
Let ( x + 8) 3 = u h. lim = lim
f. lim x→ 3 x–3 x→ 3 ( x + 1) – 4
x→ 0 x
x + 8 = u3
u–2 x +1 – 2
= lim x = u3 – 8 = lim
u→ 2 u 3 – 8
1 x → 0, u → 2.
x→ 3
( x +1 – 2 )( x +1 + 2 )
= 1
12 = lim
x→ 3
x +1 + 2
1
=
x + x – 5x + 3
3 2
4
9. c. lim
x→1 x 2 – 2x + 1
( x – 1)( x – 1)( x + 3) i. lim
x 2 – 9x
= lim
x–9
=–
3
= lim 5x + 6 x 5x + 6
( x – 1)( x – 1) x→ 0 3 → 2
x→1
x 0 2
= lim
x→1
( x + 3) = 4
x +1 –1 x +1 –1
j. lim = lim
x→ 0 x x→ 0 x +1–1
x2 + x x ( x + 1) x +1 –1
d. lim = lim x = lim
x →–1
x +1 x →–1
= –1
x +1 x→ 0
(
x +1 –1 x +1 +1 )( )
1
=
2
x – 5x – 6 2
e. lim+ =0
x→ 6 x–3
( x + h) 2 – x 2 2 xh + h 2
k. lim = lim
h→ 0 h h→ 0 h
1
= 2x
( 2 x + 1) – 1
3 1
Let ( 2 x + 1) = u
3
f. lim
x→ 0 x  1  1 2 
2( u – 1) 2x + 1 = u3 l. lim  
x→1  x – 1   x + 3
– 
3x + 5 
= ulim
→ +1 u 3 – 1 u3 – 1
x=  1   3x + 5 – 2 x – 6 
2 2 = lim   
= lim x→1  x – 1   ( x + 3)(3 x + 5) 
u→1 u 2 + u + 1
x → 0 , u → 1.
2 1
= = lim
3
x→1 ( x + 3)(3x + 5)
1
=
4(8)
x2 – 4
g. lim 1
x→ 2
 1 1 =
 – 32
 x 2
( x – 2)( x + 2)
= lim • 2x
x→ 2 2–x
= lim – 2 x( x + 2)
x→ 2
= –16

x–5 c. lim
x2 – x – 2
= lim
( x – 2)( x + 1)
10. a. lim does not exist. x →2 x →2
x→ 5 x–5 x–2 x–2
x–5 x–5 lim

( x – 2)( x + 1) = lim ( x – 2)( x + 1) = lim x + 1
lim+ = lim x →2+ x–2 x →2+ x–2 x →2+
x→ 5 x – 5 x→ 5+ x – 5
=1 =3
x–5  x – 5
lim– = lim–   ( x – 2)( x + 1) = lim– ( x – 2)( x + 1) = lim– x + 1
x→ 5 x – 5 x→ 5–  x – 5  lim ( )
= –1
x →2– x–2 ( x – 2)
x →2– x → 2–
y = –3
1 3
x 2
-1 1 2 3 4 5 1
3 2 1
x
–1 1 2 3
–2
–3
2 x – 5 ( x + 1)
b. lim5 does not exist.
x→ 2x – 5
2
5
2 x – 5 = 2 x – 5, x≥
2
lim+
( 2 x – 5)( x + 1) = x + 1
5 2x – 5 d. x + 2 = x + 2 if x > –2
x→
= – ( x + 2) if x < –2
2
5
2 x – 5 = –(2 x – 5), x <
( x + 2)( x + 2)
2
2
= lim+ ( x + 2) = 0
2
lim+
–(2 x – 5)( x + 1)
x →–2 x+2 x →–2
= –( x + 1)
lim
( x + 2)( x + 2) = 0
2
x→
5– 2x – 5 lim
2
x →–2– –( x + 2)
y
y
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
x x
1 2 3 4 –2 –1
–1

[ f ( x) ] ( f ( x) – x)( f ( x) + x)
2
11. a. b. – x2
lim = lim
x→ 4 f ( x) + x x→ 4 f ( x) + x
∆T T V ∆V = lim ( f ( x ) – x )
x→ 4
–40 19.1482 =3–4

= –1
20 –20 20.7908 1.6426
c. lim 3 f ( x ) – 2 x = 3 × 3 – 2 × 4
20 0 22.4334 1.6426 x →4
=1
20 24.0760 1.6426
40 25.7186 1.6426 f ( x)
14. lim =1
x→ 0 x
60 27.3612 1.6426
f ( x)
80 29.0038 1.6426 a. lim f ( x ) = lim ×x=0
x →0 x →0
x
∆V is constant, therefore T and V form a linear f ( x) x f ( x)
b. lim = lim =0
relationship. x→ 0 g( x ) x→ 0 g( x ) x
∆V
b. V= •T + K
∆T f ( x) g( x)
∆V 1.6426 15. lim = 1 and lim =2
= = 0.08213 x→ 0 x x→ 0 x
∆T 20
V = 0.08213T + K  f ( x) 
a. lim f ( x ) = lim x  =0
T =0 V = 22.4334 x→ 0 x→ 0  x 
Therefore, k = 22.4334
and V = 0.08213T + 22.4334.  g( x) 
b. lim g( x ) = lim x  =0×2
x→ 0 x→ 0  x 
=0
V – 22.4334
c. T =
0.08213 c. f ( x)
f ( x) 1
T = –273.145 lim = lim x =
d. lim
v →0
x →0
g ( x ) x →0 g ( x ) 2
x
12. x2 – 4
lim
x→ 5 f ( x)
16.
lim ( x 2 – 4)
= x→ 5
lim f ( x) lim
x + 1 – 2x + 1
x→ 5
x→ 0
21 3x + 4 – 2 x + 4
=
3 x + 1 – 2x + 1 x + 1 + 2x + 1 3x + 4 + 2 x + 4
=7 = lim × ×
x→ 0
x + 1 + 2x + 1 3x + 4 – 2 x + 4 3x + 4 + 2 x + 4
( x + 1 – 2 x – 1) 3x + 4 + 2 x + 4
13. lim f ( x) = 3 = lim
x→ 0 (3x + 4 – 2 x – 4)
×
x→ 4 x + 1 + 2x + 1
[ f ( x) ] = 3 3 = 27 2+2
3
a. lim
x→ 4 =
1+1
=2

x2 + x – 1 – 1 m
17. lim lim =1
x→1 x –1
x→ 0 3+3
∴m =6
x → 1+ x – 1 = x – 1
x 2 + x – 2 ( x + 2)( x – 1) 6x 6
∴ = lim = lim =1
x –1 x –1 x 6x + 9 + 3
x→ 0 x→ 0
6x + 9 + 3
x + x –1 –1
2
m = 6, b = 9
lim+ =3
x→1 x –1
x → 1– x –1 = –x +1
x2 – x x ( x – 1)
Section 3.5
lim– = lim–
x→1 – x + 1 x→1 –x +1 Investigation
= –1
y
Therefore, this function does not exist.
y
4
3
2 x
–1 1
1
x
–2 –1 1 2
–1
–2
b. y
3
2
1
x 2 + bx – 3 x
18. lim
x→1 x –1 1 2 3
x 2 + bx – 3 = ( x – 1)( x + 3)
= x 2 + 2x – 3
x 2 + 2x – 3
b = 2 lim
x→1
= lim ( x + 3)
x –1 x→1
=4 c. y
Exists for b = 2.
mx + b – 3 x
19. lim =1
x→ 0 x –3 –2 –1 –1 1 2 3
lim
( mx + b – 3 )( mx + b + 3 ) =1 –2
x→ 0
x ( mx + b + 3 ) –3
mx + b – 9
lim =1
x→ 0
x mx + b + 3
b=9

d. y 7. y
x
x
e.
y
Continuous everywhere.
8.
y
3
x 2
1 2
1
x
2. a. and c. are continuous. b. contains a hole. e. has a

jump. d. has a vertical asymptote.
3. Window may be too small. Discontinuous.
4. Not defined when x 2 + 300x = 0 9. Cost

or x ( x + 300) = 0.
x = 0 or x = –300 2
Continuous for x < –300
–300 < x < 0 1
x>0
100 200 300 400 500 Mass
Exercise 3.5 Discontinuous at 0, 100, 200, and 500.
4. e. Discontinuous when
x2 – x – 6
x2 + x – 6 = 0 10. lim f ( x ) = lim
x→ 3 x→ 3 x–3
( x + 3)( x – 2) = 0 ( x – 3)( x + 2)
x = –3 or x = 2. = lim
x→ 3 x–3
=5
Function is discontinuous at x = 3 .

11. y b. y
3
2
1
x
1 2 x
Discontinuous at x = 3.0
 x + 3, x ≠ 3
12. g( x ) =  Review Exercise
2 + k , x = 3
g( x ) is continuous. 2. a. f ( x ) =
3
, P(2 , 1)
x +1
∴2 + k = 6 3
–1
k = 4, k = 16 m = lim 3+h
h→ 0 h
1
– x, – 3 ≤ x ≤ – 2 = lim–
 2 h→ 0 3+h
13. f ( x ) =  ax + b, – 2 < x < 0
 6, x = 0 =–
1

3
at x = –2, 4 a + b = 2
at x = 0 , b = 6
b. g( x ) = x + 2 , x = –1
∴ a = –1
 – x , – 3 ≤ x ≤ –2 –1 + h + 2 – 1
 m = lim
f ( x) =  – x 2 + b, – 2 < x < 0
h→0
h
 6, x = 0 h +1 – 1 h +1 +1
 = lim ×
h→0
x h +1 +1
If a = –1 , b = 6. f ( x ) is continuous.
1
= lim
h→0
h +1 +1
 x x – 1
14. g( x ) =  x – 1 , x ≠ 1
1
=
 0, x = 1 2
2
c. h( x ) = , x=4
a. lim– g( x ) = –1 x+5
x→1
 lim g( x )
lim+ g( x ) = 1  x→1 2 2
x→1  –
m = lim 4+h+5 3
lim g( x ) does not exist. h→ 0 h
x→1
3– 9+h 3+ 9+h
= 2 lim ×
h→ 0
3h 9 + h 3+ 9+h
1
= 2 lim –
h→ 0
(
3 9+h 3+ 9+h )
2
=–
9(6)
1
=–
66 Chapter 3: Introduction to Calculus 27
5
d. f ( x ) = , x=4 b. At t = 4 :
x–2 s( 4 + h) – s( 4)
5 5
= –5( 4 + h) + 180 – ( –5(16) + 180)
2
–
m = lim 4 + h – 2 2
h→ 0 h = –80 – 40h – 5h 2 + 180 + 80 – 180
10 – 5(2 + h) s( 4 + h) – s( 4) – 40 h – 5h 2
= lim =
h→ 0 h(2 + h)(2) h h
v ( 4) = lim ( – 40 – 5h) = – 40
h→ 0
–5h
= lim–
h→ 0 h(2 + h)(2) Velocity is at –40 m/s.
=–
5 c. Time to reach ground is when s( t ) = 0 .
4 Therefore, –5t 2 + 180 = 0
t 2 = 36
4 – x 2 , x ≤ 1 t = 6 , t > 0.
3. f ( x) =  Velocity at t = 6 :
 2 x + 1, x > 1
s( 6 + h) = –5( 36 + 12h + h 2 ) + 180
a. Slope at ( –1, 3) f ( x ) = 4 – x 2 = –60h – 5h 2
s( 6) = 0
4 – ( –1 + h) – 3
2
m = lim
h→ 0
Therefore, v (6) = lim ( – 60 – 5h) = – 60.
h h→ 0
4 – 1 + 2h – h2 – 3 5. M(t) = t 2 mass in grams

= lim
h→ 0 h
a. Growth during 3 ≤ t ≤ 3.01
= lim (2 – h)
M (3.01) = (3.01) = 9.0601
h→ 0 2
=2
M (3) = 3 2 =9
Slope of the graph at P (–1, 3) is 2. Grew 0.0601g during this time interval.
b. Slope at P(2, 0.5) b. Average rate of growth is

∴ f ( x) = 2 x + 1 0.0601
= 6.01 g/s .
f ( 2 + h) – f ( 2) = 2( 2 + h) + 1 – 5 0.01
= 2h
2h c. s( 3 + h) = 9 + 6h + h 2
m = lim =2
s( 3) = 9
h→0
h
Slope of the graph at P(2, 0.5) is 2.
s( 3 + h) – s( 3) 6h + h 2
=
h h
4. s( t ) = –5t 2 + 180
Rate of growth is lim
h→ 0
(6 + h) = 6 g/s .
a. s( 0) = 180 , s(1) = 175, s(2) = 160
6. Q( t ) = 10 4 ( t 2 + 15t + 70) tonnes of waste, 0 ≤ t ≤ 10
Average velocity during the first second is
s(1) – s( 0) a. At t = 0,
= –5 m/s. Q(t ) = 70 × 10 4
1
Average velocity during the second second is = 700 000.
s(2) – s(1) 700 000 t have accumulated up to now.
= –15 m/s.
1
b. Over the next three years, the average rate of b. f ( x ) = –4 if x < 3 ; f is increasing for x > 3
change:
lim f ( x ) = 1
Q(3) = 10 4 (9 + 45 + 70) x →3+
= 124 × 10 4 y
y
Q( 0) = 70 × 10 4
Q(3) – Q( 0) 5 4 × 16 4
=
3 3 1
= 18 × 10 4 t per year.
x
–1 1 2 3
–1
c. Present rate of change: –2
Q( h) = 10 ( h + 15h + 70)
4 2
–3
Q( 0) = 10 + 70
4 –4
Q( h ) – Q( 0 )
lim = lim 10 4 ( h + 15)
h→ 0 h h→ 0
= 15 × 10 4 t per year.
 x + 1, x < –1

f ( x ) =  – x + 1, – 1 ≤ x < 1
d. Q( a + h) = 10 4 [ a 2 + 2ah + h 2 + 15a + 15h + 70] 9.
 x – 2, x >1

Q( a) = 10 4 [ a 2 + 15a + 70]
Q( a + h) – Q( a) 10 4 [ 2ah + h 2 + 15h] a.
= y
y
h h
Q( a + h ) – Q( a )
lim = lim 10 4 ( 2a + h + 15) 2
h→0 h→0
h
= ( 2a + 15)10 4 1
x
Now, –1 1 2
(2 a + 15)10 4 = 3 × 10 5
2 a + 15 = 30
a = 7.5.
It will take 7.5 years to reach a rate of
3.0 × 10 5 t per year.
Discontinuous at x = –1 and x = 1.
8. a. lim f ( x ) = 0.5, f is discontinuous at x = –1 b. They do not exist.

x→ –1
y x2 – x – 6
10. f ( x) =
x –3
1 ( x – 3)( x + 2)
=
( x – 3)
lim f ( x ) = lim( x + 2)
x
–1 x→ 3
x→ 3
=5
f ( x ) is not continuous at x = 3 .

(5 + h)
2
2x – 2
11. f ( x) = 16. a. lim
– 25
x2 + x – 2 h→ 0 h
2( x – 1) = lim (10 + h)
= h→ 0
( x – 1)( x + 2)
= 10.
a. f is discontinuous at x = 1 and x = –2 .
Slope of the tangent to y = x 2 at x = 5 is 10.
2
b. lim f ( x ) = lim
x →1 x →1
x+2 4+h –2 4+h –2
2 b. lim = lim
= h→0
h h→0
4+h–4
3 1
= lim
2 h→0
4+h +2
lim f ( x ): lim+ = +∞
x→ –2 x→ –2 x+2 1
=
2 4
lim– = –∞
x→ –2 x+2 1
Slope of the tangent to y = x at x = 4 is .
4
lim f ( x ) does not exist.
x →–2
1 1
–
c. lim 4 + h 4 = lim
4 – 4h
1
12. a. f ( x ) = , lim f ( x ) does not exist. h→ 0 h h→ 0 4( 4 + h)( h)
x 2 x→ 0
1
= lim –
b. g( x ) = x ( x – 5), lim g( x ) = 0 h→ 0 4( 4 + h)
x→ 0
1
x 3 – 27 =–
c. h( x) = , 16
x2 – 9
37 1 1
lim h( x) = = 5.2857 Slope of the tangent to y = at (x = 4) is – .
x →4
7 x 16
lim h( x ) does not exist. 1 1
x →–3 (343 + h) 3
–7 (343 + h) –7
3
d. lim = lim
h→ 0 h h→ 0 343 + h – 343
x+2 –2
15. a. f ( x ) =
1
(343 + h) 3
–7
x–2 = lim
 343 + h – 7  343 + h + 7(343 + h) 3 + 49
h→ 0 1 2 2

( )  ( )3 3

x 2.1 2.01 2.001
1
=
f (x) 0.24846 0.24984 0.24998 49 + 49 + 49
1
x = 2.0001 =
f(x) – 0.25 147
1
1
Slope of the tangent to y = x 3 at x = 343 is .
b. lim f ( x ) = 0.25 147
x →2
( x + 4 a) ( x – a)( x + 9a)
2
– 25a 2
x+2 –2 x+2 +2 17. h. lim = lim
c. lim × x →a
x–a x →a
x–a
x→ 2 x–2 x+2 +2
= 10a
1
= lim
x→ 2
x+2 +2
1
= = 0.25
4

x+5 – 5–x x+5 + 5–x x
o. lim × 18. d. lim
x→ 0
x→ 0 x x+5 + 5–x x
x+5–5+x x → 0– x = –x
= lim
x→ 0
x ( x+5 + 5–x ) lim–
x
= –1
x→ 0 x
1
= x
2 5 lim+ =1
x→ 0 x
x x
x 3 + x 2 – 8x – 12 lim+ ≠ lim–
q. lim x→ 0 x x→ 0 x
x→ –2 x+2
( x + 2)( x – 1x – 6)
2  –5, x < 1
e. f ( x ) = 
= lim
x→ –2 ( x + 2)  2, x ≥ 1
=4+2–6 lim– f ( x ) = –5 ≠ lim+ f ( x ) = 2

x→1 x→1
=0
 5x 2 , x < –1
f. f ( x) = 
2 x + 1, x ≥ –1
x 3 + x 2 – 12 ( x – 2)( x 2 + 3x + 6)
r. lim
x →2
= lim
x →2
lim f ( x ) = –1
x–2 x–2 x→ –1+
= 4 + 6+ 6 lim f ( x ) = 5
x →–1–
= 16
lim f ( x ) ≠ lim– f ( x )
x →–1+ x →–1
1 1 1
t. lim  – 
x→ 0 x  2 + x 2 Therefore, lim f ( x ) does not exist.
x →–1
1 x
= lim ×–
x→ 0 x 2(2 + x ) Chapter 3 Test
1 1
= lim – 3. lim does not exist since
x→ 0 2(2 + x ) x →1
x –1
1 1
1 lim+ = +∞ ≠ lim– = –∞ .
=– x →1 x – 1 x →1 x – 1
4
x 3
108 ( x 2 + 2 x ) ( x + 1) ( x + 1) ( x + 1) 4. f ( x) = , g( x) =
u. lim x–3 x–3
( x + 1) ( x – x + 1) ( x – 1)
x→ –1 3 2 3
lim f ( x ) does not exist.

108( x 2 + 2 x )
x →3
= lim g( x ) does not exist.

(x – x + 1) ( x – 1) lim
x→ –1 2 3
x →3
x–3
=–
108 lim
x →3
[ f ( x) – g( x)] = lim
x →3
x–3
27( –2)
= lim 1
x →3
=2 =1

5. f ( x) = 5x 2 – 8 x b. s( 3 + h) – s( 3)
f ( –2) = 5( 4) – 8( –2) = 20 + 16 = 36 = 8( 3 + h) – ( 3 + h) – ( 24 – 9)
2
f (1) = 5 – 8 = –3 = 24 + 8h – 9 – 6h – h 2 – 15
Slope of secant is 36 + 3 39 = 2h – h 2
=–
–2 – 1 3 2h – h 2
v ( 3) = lim =2
= –13. h→0
h
Velocity at t = 3 is 2 km/h.
3 4
6. Slope of a line perpendicular to y = x + 5 is – .
5
f ( x ) = x + 11,
4
12.
x + 100
2
Average rate of change from
7. For f ( x ) = , y-intercept is 2.
5 x = 5 to x = 5 + h:
8. Through (0, –2), slope –1, f ( 5 + h) – f ( 5)

y = – x – 2 or x + y + 2 = 0. h
16 + h – 16
=
h
9. a. lim f ( x ) does not exist.
x →1
x
13. f ( x) =
b. lim f ( x) = 1 x 2 – 15
x →2
Slope of the tangent at x = 4 :

c. lim– f ( x ) = 1
x →4 4+h
f ( 4 + h) =
( 4 + h) – 15
2
d. f is discontinuous at x = 1 and x = 2.
4+h
=
1 + 8h + h 2
10. P = 100 000 + 4000t
4
P – population f ( 4) =
1
t – years
4+h
a. t = 20 P = 100 000 + 80 000 f ( 4 + h) – f ( 4) = –4
1 + 8h + h 2
= 180 000
Population in 20 years will be 180 000 people. 4 + h – 4 – 32 h – 4 h 2
=
1 + 2h + h2
b. P( a + h ) – P( a ) 31h – 4 h 2
=–
= (100 000 + 4000( a + h)) – (100 000 + 4000 a) (1 + 2 h + h 2 )
= 4000 h f ( 4 + h) – f ( 4) ( –31 – 4 h)
lim = lim
h→ 0 h h→ 0 1 + 2 h + h 2
Growth rate:
P( a + h) – Pa = –31
lim = 4000
h→0
h Slope of the tangent at x = 4 is –31.
Growth rate is 4000 people per year.
4 x 2 – 36 2( x – 3)( x + 3)
14. a. lim = lim
11. a. Average velocity from t = 2 to t = 5 : x →3
2x – 6 x →3
( x – 3)
s( 5) – s( 2) ( 40 – 25) – (16 – 4) = 12
=
3 3
b. lim
2x 2 – x – 6
= lim
( 2 x + 3)( x – 2)
15 – 12
=
3
x →2
3x – 7 x + 2
2 x →2
( x – 2)( 3x – 1)
=1 7
=
5
Average velocity from t = 2 to t = 5 is 1 km/h.
x–5 ( x – 1) – 4 16. a. f ( 0) = 3 b. lim+ f ( x ) = 3
c. lim = lim x →1
x→ 5 x→ 5
x –1 – 2 x –1 – 2
= lim
( x –1 – 2 )( x –1 + 2 ) c. lim– f ( x ) = 4
x →1
d. f ( 2) = –1
x→ 5
x –1 – 2 y
=4
x3 + 1 ( x + 1)( x 2 – x + 1)
d. lim = lim
x→ –1 x – 1 x→ –1 ( x – 1)( x + 1)( x 2 + 1)
4
2
1
3
= x
–2(2) –1 1
3
=–
4
 1 6  ( x + 3) – 6
e. lim  – 2  = lim
x→ 3  x – 3 x –9  x→ 3 ( x – 3)( x + 3)
1
= lim  x–2 2
x+3  , x≥– ,x≠2
f ( x) =  7x + 2 – 6x + 4
x→ 3
17. 7
1  k , x =2
= k, x = 2
6
1 1 x–2 7x + 2 + 6x + 4
( x + 8) 3
–2 ( x + 8) – 2 3 ×
f. lim = lim 7x + 2 – 6x + 4 7x + 2 + 6x + 4
x→ 0 x ( x + 8) – 8
x→ 0
1 ( x – 2)( 7x + 2 + 6x + 4 )
( x + 8) – 2 3 =
7x + 2 – 6x – 4
= lim
 x + 8 – 2  x + 8 + 2 x + 8 + 4
x→ 0 1 2 1

( )  ( ) ( ) 3 3 3

= 7x + 2 + 6x + 4
1
= Now, when x = 2,
4+4+4
k = 7(2) + 2 + 6(2) + 4
1
= =4+4
12
k = 8.
 ax + 3, x > 5

15. f ( x ) =  8, x = 5
 x 2 + bx + a, x < 5

f (x) is continuous.
Therefore, 5a + 3 = 8 a =1
25 + 5b + a = 8 5b = –18
18
b=–
5

Chapter 4 • Derivatives
Review of Prerequisite Skills Exercise 4.1
y y
1. f. 4 p 7 × 6 p 9 24 p16 3.
=
12 p15 12 p15
= 2p
( 3a )[ 2a ( –b) ]
–4 3 3
x
6a –1b 3 x
i.
5 2
=– 1
1
12a – b 12a 5b
b
=– 6
2a
( x + y)( x – y) ( x + y)
3
6. d. ÷
5( x – y ) 10
b. f ( x ) x 2 + 3x + 1; a = 3
( x + y) 10
4.
= ×
5 ( x + y)
3
f ( a + h) – f ( a)
f ′( a) = lim
h→0
2 h
= ×x≠y
( x + y) Since a = 3, f ( 3 + h) = ( 3 + h) + 3( 3 + h) + 1
2 2
= h 2 + 9h + 19
f ( 3) = 32 + 3( 3) + 1
x + 1 x + 2 ( x + 1)( x + 3) – ( x + 2)( x – 2)
f. – = = 19
x–2 x+3 ( x – 2)( x + 3)
x 2 + 4 x + 3 – ( x 2 – 4) Now f ( 3 + h) – f ( 3) = h 2 + 9h
= = h( h + 9)
( x – 2)( x + 3)
4x + 7 h( h + 9)
= f ′( 3) = lim
( x – 2)( x + 3) h→ 0
h
f ′( 3) = 9
2 + 3 2 2 + 3 2 3+ 4 2 f (3 + h) – f (3)
9. c. = × f ′ (3) = lim
3 – 4 2 3 – 4 2 3+ 4 2 h→ 0 h
6 + 17 2 + 24 (3 + h)
2
+ 3(3 + h) + 1 – (9 + 9 + 1)
= = lim
9 – 32 h→ 0 h
30 + 17 2
= 6h + h 2 + 3h 9h + h 2
–23 = lim = lim
h→ 0 h h→ 0 h
30 + 17 2
=– =9
23
d. 3 2–4 3 3 2–4 3 3 2–4 3

= ×
3 2+4 3 3 2+4 3 3 2 –4 3
18 – 24 6 + 48
=
18 – 48
66 – 24 6
=
–30
11 – 4 6
=–
5
Chapter 4: Derivatives 73
c. f ( x ) = x + 1 ; a = 0 c.
f ( 0 + h) – f ( 0) f ( x) = 3x + 2
f ′( 0) = lim
h→0
h f ( x + h) – f ( x)
f ′( x ) = lim
h +1 – 1 h→0
h
= lim
h→0
h 3x + 3h + 2 – 3x + 2 3x + 3h + 2 + 3x + 2
= lim ×
h +1 – 1 h +1 +1 h→0
h 3x + 3h + 2 + 3x + 2
= lim ×
h→0
h h +1 +1 3x + 3h + 2 – 3x – 2
= lim
= lim
h +1 – 1 h→0
(
h 3x + 3h + 2 + 3x + 2 )
h→0
(
h h +1 +1 ) f ′( x ) =
3
1 2 3x + 2
= lim
h→0
h +1 +1
1
f ′( 0) =
1 d. f ( x ) =
2 x2
f ( x + h) – f ( x)
f ′( x ) = lim
5. a. f ( x) = x + 3x 2 h→ 0
h
1 1
f ( x + h) – f ( x) 2 –
f ′( x ) = lim
h→0 = lim
( x + h) x 2
h h→ 0
h
( x + h) + 3( x + h) – ( x 2 + 3x)
2
= lim x – x 2 – 2 xh – h 2
2
= lim
h( x + h) ( x 2 )
h→0
h h→ 0 2
2hx + h 2 + 3h
= lim –2 x − h
h→0
h = lim
( + h) ( x 2 )
2
h→ 0
x
= lim
h→0
( 2 x + 3 + h)
–2 x
=
f ′( x ) = 2 x + 3 x4
2
f ′( x ) = – 3
3 x
b. f ( x ) =
x+2 x +1
f ( x + h) – f ( x) 6. b. y =
f ′( x ) = lim x –1
h→0
h
3 3 x + h +1 x +1
– –
dy x + h –1 x –1
= lim x + h + 2 x + 2 = lim
h→0
h dx h→0 h
3x + 6 – 3x – 3h – 6 x 2 + xh + x – x – h – 1 – x 2 – xh + x – x – h + 1
= lim = lim
h→0
h( x + h + 2)( x + 2)
h→0
h( x + h – 1)( x – 1)
–3 –2 h
= lim = lim
h→0
( x + h + 2)( x + 2)
h→0
h( x + h – 1)( x – 1)
–3 dy 2
f ′( x ) = =–
( x – 1)
2
( x + 2) dx
2
74 Chapter 4: Derivatives
7. y = 2x 2 – 4 x h( –2t − h + 8)
v ( t ) = lim
h→0
h
Since y = f ( x ) = 2 x – 4 x
2
= lim
h→0
( –2t – h + 8)
f ( x + h) – f ( x) v ( t ) = –2t + 8
f ( x ) = lim
h→0
h
Velocities at t = 0 , 4, and 6 are v( 0) = 8, v( 4) = 0,
f ( x + h) = 2( x + h) – 4( x + h)
2
and v(6) = – 4 .
= 2 x 2 + 4 hx + 2h 2 – 4 x – 4 h
f ( x) = 2 x 2 – 4 x 9. f ( x ) = x + 1 , parallel to x – 6 y + 4 = 0
f ( x + h) – f ( x ) = 4 hx + 2h – 4 h 2
f ( x + h) – f ( x)
f ′( x ) = lim
h→ 0
h
h( 4 x + 2h – 4)
f ′( x ) = lim x + h +1 – x +1
h→0
h = lim
h→ 0
= lim
h→0
( 4 x + 2 h – 4) h
x + h +1 – x +1 x + h +1 + x +1
f ′( x ) = 4 x – 4 = lim ×
h→ 0
h x + h +1 + x +1
Slopes of the tangents at x = 0, 1, and 2 are x + h + 1 – ( x + 1)
= lim
f ′ ( 0) = – 4 , f ′ (1) = 0, and f ′ (2) = 4 . h→ 0
h ( x + h +1 + x +1 )
y 1
= lim
h→ 0
x + h +1 + x +1
1
y = 2x2 – 4x f ′( x ) =
2 x +1
The slope of the tangent to f ( x ) = x + 1 is parallel

to x – 6 y + 4 = 0 .
∴ f ′( x) =
1
6
1 1
=
x 2 x +1 6
0 1 2
x +1 = 3
x =8
(
The point of tangency will be 8, f (8) = (8, 3) . )
1
The equation of the line will be y – 3 = ( x – 8)
6
or x – 6 y + 10 = 0 .
8. s(t) = – t2 + 8t; t = 0, t = 4, t = 6
s( t + h) – s( t )
v ( t ) = s′( t ) = lim
h→0
h
s( t + h) = –( t + h) + 8( t + h)
2
= – t 2 – 2ht – h 2 + 8t + 8h
s( t + h) – s( t ) = –2ht – h 2 + 8h
= h(−2t – h + 8)
1 1 16. y
13. + = 1 at (2, 2)
x y
1 x –1
y =1– =
x x
x
y=
x –1
f ( x + h) – f ( x )
f ′ ( x ) = lim
x
1 2 3
h→ 0 h
x+h x
–
= lim x + h – 1 x –1
h→ 0 h
f ( x ) is continuous.
x 2 + xh – x – h – x 2 − xh + x
= lim f ( 3) = 2
h→ 0
h( x – 1)( x + h – 1)
But f ′( 3) = ∞ .
–1
= lim
h→ 0
( x – 1)( x + h – 1) (Vertical tangent)
–1
= Exercise 4.2
( x – 1)
2
2. h. f ( x) =
3
x
At x = 2 , f ′( x ) = –1 . 1
Slope of the tangent at (2, 2) is –1. =x 3
1 –2
f ′( x) = x 3
3
14. f ( x) = x x
For x < 0, x = – x ∴ f ( x ) = – x 2 4
 x
x ≥ 0, x = x ∴ f ( x) = x 2 k. f ( x) =  
 2
∴ f ′( x ) = –2 x , x < 0
f ′( x ) = 2 x , x ≥ 0 x4
=
16
And f ′( x ) exists for all x ∈ R and f ′( 0) = 0 .
4x3
f ′( x) =
f ( a) = 0, f ′( a) = 6
16
15.
x3
f ( a + h) – f ( a) =
f ′( a) = lim =6 4
h→0
h
But f ( a) = 0
f ( a + h) 3. f. h( x ) = ( 2 x + 3)( x + 4)
∴ lim =6
h→0
h = 2 x 2 + 9 x + 12
f ( a + h) h′( x ) = 4 x + 9
and lim = 3.
h→0
2h
t 5 – 3t 2
k. s( t ) =
2t 1 2
t4 3
= – t
6. b. f ( x) = 7 – 6 x 2 + 5x 3
2 2 10 – 131
f ′( x ) = –3x
–
4t 3 3 x 2
+
s′( t ) = – 3
2 2 3 10
3 f ′( 64) = – + 3
= 2t –3
64 3 64
2
3 10
=– +
8 12
11
2 1
–
1
=
4. e. y = 3x 3 – 6 x 3 + x 3
24
4
dy 2  – 13  1  – 23  1x 3
–
=  3x  –  6 x  – 7. d. y = 16x 3
dx 3   3  3
3
= 4x 2
1 2 4
– – 1 –
= 2x 3 – 2x 3 – x 3
3 dy 1
= 6x 2
dx
i. y = 20 x 5 + 33 x + 17 At ( 4, 32),
1
dy
= 20 x 5 + 3x 3 + 17 = 6(2)
dx
dy 1 –2
= 100 x 4 + 3 × x 3 dy
dx 3 = 12.
2
dx
–
= 100 x 4 + x 3
8. b. y =2 x +5
j. y= x +6 x + 2 3 1
y = 2x 2 + 5
1 3
= x 2 + 6x 2 + 2
1
dy –
=x 2
dy 1 – 12 3 1 dx
= x + × 6x 2 At x = 4,
dx 2 2
1 – 12 1
dy 1
= x + 9x 2 = .
2 dx 3
1+ x d. y = x –3 ( x –1 + 1)
l. y= = x –4 + x –3
x
1 x dy
= + = – 4 x –5 – 3x –4
x x dx
–
1 At x = 1,
= x –1 + x 2
dy
dy 1 –3 =–4–3
= – x –2 – x 2 dx
dx 2 = –7.
at P( 0.5, – 1)
( )( ) ( )
1
9. a. y = 2 x – e. y= x – 2 3 x + 8 at 2, 2 2 – 10
x
dy 1
= 2+ 2 = 3 x + 2 x – 16
dx x 1
dy –
=3+ x 2
1 dx
Slope of the tangent at x = is 2 + 4 = 6 .
2
1 7
At x = 4, slope is 3 + = .
 1 2 2
Equation y + 1 = 6  x – 
 2 7
Now, y = ( x – 4)
6x – y – 4 = 0 2
or 7x – 2 y – 28 = 0
b. y = 3 – 4 at P( –1, 7)
x2 x3 1
1 1
= 3 x –2 – 4 x –3 x – 2 x2 – 2 –
f. y = = 1
= x 6
– 2 x 3
3
dy x x3
= – 6 x –3 + 12 x –4
dx dy 1 – 6 2 – 43
5
= x + x
dy  dx 6 3
= 6 + 12 = 18
dx  x=–1
1 2 5
y – 7 = 18( x + 1) Slope at x = 1 is + = .
6 3 6
18 x – y + 25 = 0
5
Now, y + 1 = ( x – 1); 5x – 6y – 11 = 0.
c. y = 3 x at P(3, 9)
3 6
dy 3 1
= 3 × x2 10. A normal to the graph of a function at a point is a
dx 2
line that is perpendicular to the tangent at the given
dy  3 9
 = 3× × 3 = point.
dx  x=3 2 2
– 3 at P( –1, 7)
3 4
y=
y – 9 = ( x – 3)
9 2
x x
2
9x – 2 y – 9 = 0
Slope of the tangent is 18, therefore, the slope of the
1
normal is – .
1  2 1
 x +  at P(1, 2)
18
d. y=
x x 1
Equation is y – 7 = – ( x + 1) .
= x + x –2 18
dy
= 1 – 2 x –3 x + 18 y – 125 = 0
dx
Slope at x = 1 is –1.
y – 2 = –1( x – 1)
x + y – 3= 0
1
3 –
y
11. y = 3
= 3 x 3
x
Parallel to x + 16 y + 3 – 0
1
Slope of the line is – .
16
4
dy –
= –x 3
dx
4
– 1
∴x 3
= x
16
0 1
1 1
4
=
16
x 3
x 3 = 16
3
x = (16) 4 = 8
12. y = 1 = x –1 : y = x 3
x 14. y = – x 2 + 3x + 4
dy 1 dy dy
=– 2 : = 3x 2 = –2 x + 3
dx x dx dx
1
Now, – = 3x 2 dy
x2 For = 5,
dx
1
x4 = – .
3 5 = –2 x + 3
No real solution. They never have the same slope. x = –1.
The point is ( –1, 0) .

dy
13. y = x , = 2x
2
dx
y
The slope of the tangent at A(2, 4) is 4 and at
 1 1 1
B  – ,  is – .
 8 64  4
Since the product of the slopes is –1, the tangents at
 1 1
A(2, 4) and B  – ,  will be perpendicular. x
 8 64  –1 1 2
15. y = x3 + 2 Point (2, 3):
dy Slope is 0. Slope is 16.
= 3 x 2 , slope is 12
dx Equation of tangent is Equation of tangent is
∴ x2 = 4 y – 3= 0. y – 3 = 16( x – 2)
x = 2 or x = –2 or 16x – y – 29 = 0.
From the point B(2, –7):
Points are (2, 10) and ( –2, – 6).
2a 2 + 10
Slope of BP: = 4a
a–2
16. y =
1 5
x – 10 x , slope is 6 2a 2 + 10 = 4 a 2 – 8a
5 2a 2 – 8a – 10 = 0
dy
= x 4 – 10 = 6 a2 – 4a – 5 = 0
dx
x 4 = 16 ( a – 5)( a + 1) = 0
a=5 a = –1
x2 = 4 or x = – 4
2
x = ±2 non-real Slope is 4 a = 20 . Slope is – 4.

 68  Equation is Equation is
Tangents with slope 6 are at the points  2, – 
 5 y + 7 = 20( x – 2) y + 7 = – 4( x – 2)
or 20 x – y − 47 = 0 . or 4 x + y − 1 = 0.
 68 
and  –2,  .
 5
a
18. ax – 4 y + 21 = 0 is tangent to y = at x = –2.
x2
17. y = 2 x 2 + 3  a
Therefore, the point of tangency is  –2, .
a. Equation of tangent from A(2, 3) :  4
If x = a , y = 2 x 2 + 3.
This point lies on the line, therefore,
Let the point of tangency be P( a, 2 a + 3).
2
a
a( –2) – 4  + 21 = 0
4
dy dy 
Now, = 4 x and  = 4 a. –3a + 21 = 0
dx dx x=a
a = 7.
The slope of the tangent is the slope of AP.
y
2a 2 22.
∴ = 4 a.
a–2
2a 2 = 4 a 2 – 8a
2a 2 – 8a = 0 (0, 3)
2a( a – 4) = 0
a=0 or a=4
x
0 1
Let the coordinates of the points of tangency be 24. x + y =1
A( a, – 3a 2 ).
P( a, b) is on the curve, therefore a ≥ 0, b ≥ 0.
dy y =1– x
= – 6 x , slope of the tangent at A is – 6a
dx
y =1– 2 x + x
1
2
–3a – 3 dy 1 –
Slope of PA: = – 6a = – • 2x 2 + 1
a dx 2
–3a 2 – 3 = – 6a 2
1 1+ a
3a 2 = 3 At x = a , slope is – +1 = – .
a a
a =1 or a = –1
Coordinates of the points at which the tangents But a + b = 1
touch the curve are (1, – 3) and ( –1, – 3). – b = a – 1.
Therefore, slope is – b = – b .
23. y = x 3 – 6x 2 + 8x , tangent at A(3, – 3) a a
dy
= 3x 2 – 12 x + 8
dx
dy  25. f ( x ) = x n , f ′ ( x ) = nx n–1
= 27 – 36 + 8 = –1
dx  x– 3
Slope of the tangent at x = 1 is f ′ (1) = n,
The slope of the tangent at A(3, – 3) is –1.
The equation of the tangent at
(1, 1) is:
Equation will be y – 1 = n( x – 1)
y + 3 = –1( x – 3) nx – y – n + 1 = 0
y = – x.
Let y = 0, nz = n – 1
– x = x 3 – 6x 2 + 8x
n –1 1
x 3 – 6x 2 + 9x = 0 x= =1– .
n n
x ( x 2 – 6 x + 9) = 0
1
x ( x – 3) = 0 1
2
The x-intercept is 1 − as n → ∞ , and → 0,
n n
x = 0 or x = 3
and the x-intercept approaches 1 as n → ∞ , the
Coordinates are B(0, 0).
slope of the tangent at (1, 1) increases without
y
bound, and the tangent approaches a vertical line
having equation x – 1 = 0.
x
0 1
26. a. y c. y
x
0 1
x
0 1 3
 x 2, x < 3 2 x , x < 3  x – 1, x ≥ 1 since x –1 = x –1

f ( x) =  f ′( x) =   1 – x , 0 ≤ x < 1 since
 x + 6, x ≥ 3 1, x ≥ 3  x –1 =1– x
f ( x) = 
 x + 1, – 1 < x < 0 since –x – 1 = x + 1
f ′( 3) does not exist.  – x – 1, x ≤ –1 since –x – 1 = –x – 1
b.  1, x > 1
y  –1, 0 < x < 1
f ′( x) = 
 1, – 1 < x < 0
 –1, x < –1
f ′ ( 0), f ′ ( –1), and f ′ (1) do not exist.
Exercise 4.3
y = (1 – x 2 ) ( 2 x + 6)
4 3
2. c.
dy
= 4(1 – x 2 ) ( –2 x )( 2 x + 6) + (1 – x 2 ) 3( 2 x + 6) ( 2)
3 3 4 2
dx
= –8 x (1 – x 2 ) ( 2 x + 6) + 6(1 – x 2 ) ( 2 x + 6)
3 3 4
x
0 1
y = x 3 ( 3x + 7)
2
4. e.
3x 2 – 6, x < – 2 or x > 2 dy
= 3x 2 ( 3x + 7) + x 3 6( 3x + 7)
2
f ( x) =  dx
 6 – 3x , – 2 < x < 2
2
 6x , x < – 2 or x > 2 At x = –2 ,
f ′( x) =  dy
= 12(1) + ( –8)(6)(1)
2
– 6x, – 2 ≤ x ≤ 2 dx
= 12 – 48
f′( 2 ) and f ′(– 2 ) do not exist. = –36.
f. y = ( 2 x + 1) ( 3x + 2) , x = –1
5 4
8. Determine the point of tangency, and then find the
negative reciprocal of the slope of the tangency. Use
dy
= 5( 2 x + 1) ( 2)( 3x + 2) + ( 2 x + 1) 4( 3x + 2) ( 3)
4 4 5 3
this information to find the equation of the normal.
dx
h( x ) = 2 x ( x + 1) ( x 2 + 2 x + 1)
3 2
dy 
= 5( –1) ( 2)( –1) + ( –1) ( 4)( –1) ( 3)
4 4 5 3

dx  x=–1 h′( x ) = 2( x + 1) ( x 2 + 2 x + 1) + 2 x 3( x + 1) ( x 2 + 2 x + 1)
3 2 2 2
= 10 + 12
+ 2 x ( x + 1) 2( x 2 + 2 x + 1)( 2 x + 1)
3
= 22
h′( –2) = 2( –1) (1) + 2( –2)( 3)( –1) (1) + 2( –2)( –1) ( 2)(1)( –2)
3 2 2 2 3
h. y = 3 x ( x – 4)( x + 3), x = 2 = –2 – 12 – 16
= –30
= 3( x – 4)( x + 3) + 3 x ( x + 3) + 3 x ( x – 4)
dy
dx
At x = 2 , 9. a. f ( x ) = g1 ( x ) g 2 ( x ) g 3 ( x ) … g n–1 ( x ) g n ( x )
dy
= 3( –2)(5) + 6(5) + 6( –2) f ′( x ) = g1 ( x ) g 2 ( x ) g 3 ( x ) … g n–1 ( x ) g n ( x )
1
dx
= –30 + 30 – 12
+ g1 ( x ) g 2 ( x ) g 3 ( x ) … g n–1 ( x ) g n ( x )
1
= –12.
+ g1 ( x ) g 2 ( x ) g 3 ( x ) … g n–1 ( x ) g n ( x )
1
Tangent to y = ( x – 5x + 2)( 3x – 2 x ) at (1, –2).

3 2
5. +…
dy
= (3x 2 – 5)(3x 2 – 2 x ) + ( x 3 – 5x + 2)(6x – 2) + g1 ( x ) g 2 ( x ) g 3 ( x ) … g n–1 ( x ) g n ( x )
dx
dy 
= ( –2)(1) + ( –2)( 4) b. f ( x ) = (1 + x )(1 + 2 x )(1 + 3x ) … (1 + nx )
dx  x=1
= –2 • –8 f ′( x ) = 1(1 + 2 x )(1 + 3x ) … (1 + nx )
= –10
+ (1 + x )( 2)(1 + 3x ) … (1 + nx )
Slope of the tangent at (1, –2) is –10. + (1 + x )(1 + 2 x )( 3) … (1 + nx )
The equation is y + 2 = –10( x – 1); 10 x + y – 8 = 0 .
+…
6. b. y = ( x + 2 x + 1)( x + 2 x + 1)
2 2 + (1 + x )(1 + 2 x )(1 + 3x )… ( n)
∴ f ′( 0) = 1(1)(1)(1) … (1)
dy
= 2( x 2 + 2 x + 1)( 2 x + 2)
dx + 1(2)(1)(1) K (1)
+ 1(1)(3)(1) K (1)
(x 2
+ 2 x + 1)( 2 x + 2) = 0
2( x + 1)( x + 1)( x + 1) = 0 + …
x = –1 + (1)(1)(1) … ( n)
Point of horizontal tangency is (–1, 0).
= 1 + 2 + 3 + …+ n
y = x 2 ( 3x 2 + 4) ( 3 – x 3 )
2 4
n( n + 1)
7. b. f ′( 0) =
2
dy
= 2 x( 3x 2 + 4) ( 3 – x 3 )
2 4
dx
[ ]
+ x 2 2( 3x 2 + 4)( 6 x ) ( 3 – x 3 )
4
[
+ x 2 ( 3 x 2 + 4 ) 4 ( 3 – x 3 ) ( –3 x 2 ) ]
2 3
10. f ( x ) = ax 2 + bx + c c. f ′( –2) = 2( –2) = –4
f ′ ( x ) = 2 ax + b (1) f ′( 0) = –2( 0) = 0
f ′( 3) = 2( 3) = 6
Horizontal tangent at ( –1, – 8)
f ′( x ) = 0 at x = –1
2a + b = 0 16
12. y= –1
x2
Since (2, 19) lies on the curve, dy 32
=– 3
4 a + 2b + c = 19. (2) dx x
Since ( –1, – 8) lies on the curve, Slope of the line is 4.
a – b + c = –8. (3)
4 a + 2b + c = 19 32
– =4
– 3a – 3b = –27 x3
a+b =9 4 x 3 = –32
2a + b = 0 x 3 = –8
–a =9 x = –2
a = –9, b = 18 16
y= –1
4
–9 – 18 + c = –8
=3
c = 19
The equation is y = –9 x 2 + 18 x + 19 . Point is at ( –2, 3) .
Find intersection of line and curve:
11. y 4 x – y + 11 = 0
y = 4 x + 11.
Substitute,
16
x 4 x + 11 = –1
–1 1 x2
4 x 3 + 11x 2 = 16 – x 2
or 4 x 3 + 12 x 2 – 16 = 0.
Let x = –2.
a. x = 1 or x = –1
R.S. = 4( –2) + 12( –2) – 16
3 2
=0
b. f ′ ( x ) = 2 x , x < −1 or x > 1
Since x = –2 satisfies the equation, therefore it is a
f ′ ( x ) = –2 x , – 1 < x < 1. solution.
y When x = –2 , y = 4( –2) + 11 = 3.
Intersection point is ( –2, 3). Therefore, the line is

tangent to the curve.
Exercise 4.4
x3
6. y=
x (3x + 5) 3x 2 + 5x x2 – 6
4. g. y= = 3x 2 ( x 2 – 6) – x 3 ( 2 x )
(1 – x 2 ) 1 – x2 dy
=
(x – 6)
2
dx
dy (6x + 5)( – x 2 ) – (3x 2 + 5x )( –2 x )
2
=
(1 – x 2 )
2
dx At (3, 9):
–6x 3 – 5x 2 + 6x + 5 + 6x 3 + 10 x 2 dy 3( 9)( 3) – ( 27)( 6)
= =
( 3)
2
dx
(1 – x )
2 2
= 9 – 18
5x 2 + 6x + 5
= = –9
(1 – x )
2 2
The slope of the tangent to the curve at (3, 9) is –9 .
x 2 – 25 3x
5. c. y= , x =2 7. y=
x 2 + 25 x–4
3( x – 4) – 3x
dy 2 x ( x 2 + 25) – ( x 2 – 25)(2 x )
dy 12
= =–
= dx ( x – 4)
2
( x – 4)
2
( x 2 + 25)
2
dx
12
dy  4(29) – ( –21)( 4) Slope of the tangent is –
25
.
 =
dx  x=2 (29)
2
12 12
116 + 84 Therefore, 2 =
=
29 2
( x – 4) 25
∴ x – 4 = 5 or x – 4 = –5
200
= x = 9 or x = –1.
841
 27   3
Points are  9,  and  –1,  .
 5  5
( x + 1)( x + 2)
d. y= ,x=4
( x – 1)( x – 2)
5x + 2
x 2 + 3x + 2 8. f ( x) =
= x+2
x 2 – 3x + 2
f ′( x ) =
( x + 2)( 5) – ( 5x + 2)(1)
dy (2 x + 3)( x 2 – 3x + 2) – ( x 2 + 3x + 2)(2 x – 3) ( x + 2)
2
=
( x – 1) ( x – 2)
2 2
dx
8
f ′( x ) =
( x + 2)
2
At x = 4:
Since ( x + 2) is positive or zero for all x ∈ R,
2
dy (11)( 6) – ( 30)( 5)
=
dx ( 9)( 4) 8
2 > 0 for x ≠ –2 . Therefore, tangents to the
=–
84 ( x + 2)
36
7 5x + 2
=– graph of f ( x ) = do not have a negative
3 x+2
slope.
9. b. x2 – 1 10(6 – t)
y= = 0, t = 6 .
x2 + x – 2 t+3
=
( x – 1)( x + 1) –90 10
v ( 6) = =–
( x + 2)( x – 1) 9 2
9
x +1 The speed of the boat when it bumps into the
= , x ≠1
x+2
10
dy ( x + 2) – ( x + 1) dock is m/s.
= 9
( x + 2)
2
dx
ax + b
f ( x) =
d
=
1 13. , x≠–
cx + d c
( x + 2)
2
f ′( x) =
(cx + d )(a) – (ax + b)(c)
(cx + d )
2
dy
Curve has horizontal tangents when =0.
dx
f ′( x) =
ad – bc
No value of x will give a horizontal slope, therefore,
(cx + d )
2
there are no such tangents.

For the tangents to the graph of y = f ( x ) to have
positive slopes, f ′( x ) > 0 . (cx + d ) is positive for all
2
 4t 
10. p(t ) = 1000  1 + 2 
 t + 50  x ∈ R . ad – bc > 0 will ensure each tangent has a
 4(t 2 + 50) – 4t (2t )  positive slope.
p′ (t ) = 1000  
(t 2 + 50)
2
 
1000(200 – 4t 2 ) Exercise 4.5
=
(t + 50)
2 2
4. b. If g( x ) = 5x – 1 and f ( x ) = x ,
1000(196) .
p′ (1) = = 75.36 then h( x ) = f ( g( x ))
(51)
2
= f (5x – 1)
1000(184) .
p′ (2) = = 63.10 f ( x ) = 5x – 1.
54 2
Population is growing at a rate of 75.4 bacteria
per hour at t = 1 and at 63. One bacteria per hour e. h( x ) = x 4 + 5x 2 + 6
= ( x 2 + 2)( x 2 + 3)
at t = 2.
= ( x 2 + 2)( x 2 + 2 + 1)
10(6 – t)
12. a. s(t) = , 0 ≤ t ≤ 6 t = 0, s( 0) = 20
t +3 If g( x ) = x 2 + 2 and f ( x ) = x ( x + 1) ,
The boat is initially 20 m from the dock. then h( x ) = f ( g( x ))
  = g( x )( g( x ) + 1)
b. v(t) = s′ (t) = 10  (t + 3)( –1) – (6 – t)(1) 
= ( x 2 + 2)( x 2 + 2 + 1)
 
 (t + 3)2  h ( x ) = x 4 + 5 x 2 + 6.
v(t) =
–90
(t + 3)2
At t = 0, v ( 0) = –10, the boat is moving towards
the dock at a speed of 10 m/s. When s( t ) = 0,
the boat will be at the dock.
f ( x ) = 2 – x and f ( g( x )) = 2 – x 3 f ( x ) = x + 4, g( x ) = ( x – 2)
2
5. 9.
( )
and f g( u( x )) = 4 x – 8 x + 8
2
f ( g( x )) = 2 – g( x ) = 2 – x 3
g( u( x )) = ( u( x ) – 2)
2
g( x) = x 3
( ) (
and f g( u( x )) = f ( u( x ) – 2) )
2
g( x ) = x , f ( g( x )) = ( )
2
6. x +7
= ( u( x ) – 2) = 4
2
f ( x ) = ( x + 7)
2
= ( u( x )) – 4 u( x ) + 8
2
7. g( x ) = x – 3, f ( g( x )) = x 2 ( )
Since f g( u( x )) is quadratic, u( x ) must be linear.
∴ f ( x – 3) = x 2
Let u( x ) = ax + b .
f ( x – 3) = [( x – 3) + 3]
2
Now,
∴ f ( x ) = ( x + 3)
2
( ax + b) – 4( ax + b) + 8 = 4 x 2 – 8 x + 8
2
Or, since g( x ) is linear and f ( g( x )) is quadratic,

a 2 = 4, a = 2, or a = –2
f ( x ) is a quadratic function.
2 ab – 4 a = –8, b = 0, or – 4 b + 8 = –8
Let f ( x ) = ax 2 + bx + c. b = 4.
∴ f ( g( x )) = a( x – 3) + b( x – 3) + c = x 2 ∴ u( x ) = 2 x or u( x ) = –2 x + 4
2
ax – bax + ga + bx – 3b + c = x
2 2
1
ax 2 + x (b – 6a) + 9a – 3b + c = x 2 10. f ( x) = , g( x) = 1 – x
1– x
Equating coefficients:  1 
a =1 a. g( f ( x )) = g 
1 – x 
b – 6a = 0 b =6 1
=1–
9a – 3b + c = 0 c = 9. 1– x
∴ f ( x) = x + 6 x + 9
2 1− x – 1
=
1– x
f ( x ) = ( x + 3)
2
x x
=– =
1– x x –1
8. f ( x ) = x 2 , f ( g( x )) = x 2 + 8 x + 16
But f ( g( x )) = [ g( x ) ] .
2
b. f ( g( x )) = f (1 – x )
1
=
∴ [ g( x )] = x 2 + 8 x + 16 = ( x + 4) 1 – (1 – x )
2 2
g( x ) = x + 4 or g( x ) = – x – 4 1
=
x
11. f ( g( x )) = g( f ( x )) Exercise 4.6
3
= 3( 9 – x 2 )
–1
3( x 2 + 2 x – 3) + 5 = ( 3x + 5) + 2( 3x + 5) – 3 3. f. y=
2
2
9– x
3x 2 + 6 x – 9 + 5 = 9 x 2 + 30 x + 25 + 6 x + 10 – 3 dy 6x
=
dx ( 9 − x 2 )
2
3x 2 + 6 x – 4 = 9 x 2 + 36 x + 32
6 x 2 + 30 x + 36 = 0 3
1+ x 
( ) (x )
3 –1
x + 5x + 6 = 0
2
i. y= 3  = 1+ x
2
 x2 
( x + 3)( x + 2) = 0
 2  1 –1   1
 2 –1 
x = –3 or x = –2  x 3  x 2  – 1 + x 2  x 3 
2
1+ x    2   3
dy
= 3 × 
  2 
dx  3 x    3
f ( x) = 2 x – 7
2 2
12. a. 
x 
   
x+7
f –1 ( x ) =
2  
 1

 x + 7  23 2 1 + x 2  
f f –1 = f    x –   
 2  2
1+ x   2x2 
1 1
dy 3x 3
 x + 7 = 3   
= 2 –7 dx  3 x  
2 4

 2  x3
 
=x  
 
f –1 f = f –1 (2 x – 7)  
2 1
1+ x  3x – 4 x 2 – 4 x 
2x – 7 + 7 = 3 
x 2   
5 4
=  3 
2  6x 6 x 3
x  –x – 4 x 
2
=x 1+
= 3   
x 2   6 x 6 
13
 3
b. f g = f ( 5 – 2 x )
= 2( 5 – 2 x ) – 7
( ) ( )= ( )( )
2 1 2 3
–3 1 + x x2 4+ x – 1+ x 4+ x x6
= 10 – 4 x – 7 4 × 13 21
= 3– 4x x 3
6x 6
2x 6
3– x
( f g)–1 =
( )( )
2
2
4 1– x   x + 4 x  1+ x 4 + x
= –   =–
5– x  3 x 2   2 x 2 6 x  2x3
Note: g –1 ( x ) = .
2
 x + 7
g –1 × f –1 = g –1  
 2 
x+7
5–
= 2
2
10 – x – 7
=
4
3– x
=
4
( 2 x – 1) y = ( x 3 – 7) at z = 2
2 5
8.
4. f. y=
( x – 2)
3
dy
= 5( x 3 – 7) ( 3x 2 )
4
dy 2( x – 2) ( 2 x – 1)( 2) – 3( 2 x – 1) ( x – 2)
3 2 2
dx
=
dx ( x – 2)
6
dy 
 = 5(1) (12)
4
dx x=2
( x – 2) ( 2 x – 1)[ 4( x – 2) – 3( 2 x – 1)]
2
= = 60
( x – 2)
6
Slope of the tangent is 60.

( x – 2) ( 2 x – 1)( 2 x + 5)
2
=– Equation of the tangent at (2, 1) is

( x – 2)
6
y – 1 = 60( x – 2)
60 x – y – 119 = 0.
k.
9. a. y = 3u 2 – 5u + 2
s = ( 4 – 3t 3 ) (1 – 2t )
4 6
u = x 2 – 1, x = 2
ds u =3
= 4( 4 – 3t 3 ) ( –9t 2 )(1 – 2t ) + 6( 4 – 3t 3 ) (1 – 2t ) ( –2)
3 6 4 5
dt
dy du
= 12( 4 – 3t 3 ) (1 – 2t ) [ –3t 2 (1 – 2t ) – ( 4 – 3t 3 ) ]
3 5
= 6u – 5, = 2x
du dx
= 12( 4 – 3t 3 ) (1 – 2t ) (9t 3 – 3t 2 + 4) dy dy du
3 5
= ×
dx du dx
= 12( 4 – 3t 3 ) (1 – 2t ) (9t 3 – 3t 2 – 4)
3 5
= ( 6u – 5)( 2 x )
= (18 – 5)( 4)
= 13( 4)
2
1– x
l. h( x ) =
1– x = 52
1
1
(1 – x 2 ) 2 ( –2 x )(1 – x ) – 1 – x 2 ( –1)
–
h′( x ) = 2 d. y = u( u + 3) , u = ( x + 3) , x = –2
3 2
2
(1 – x)
2
dy 2 du
= ( u 2 + 3) + 6u 2 ( u 2 + 3) = 2( x + 3)
3
 – x (1 – x ) 1 – x 2  1
=  +  du dx
 (1 – x )
2
 1 – x2
1– x
1 – x2
1
dy dy du
=
dx du dx
[ 2
]
= 4 3 + 6( 4) [ 2(1)]
= =
1 – x 2 (1 – x ) = 160 × 2
(1 – x)
2
1 – x2
= 320
y = (1 + x 3 )
2
6. y = 2x 6
10. y = f ( x 2 + 3x – 5), x = 1, f ′( –1) = 2
dy dy
= 2(1 + x 3 )( 3x 2 ) = 12 x 5
dy
dx dx = f ′( x 2 + 3x – 5) × ( 2 x + 3)
dx
= f ′(1 + 3 – 5) × 5
For the same slope,
= 2× 5
6 x 2 (1 + x 3 ) = 12 x 5 dy
= 10
6 x 2 + 6 x 5 = 12 x 5 dx
6x 5 – 6x 2 = 0
6 x 2 ( x 3 – 1) = 0
x = 0 or x = 1.
Curves have the same slope at x = 0 and x = 1 .
x2 Equation of the tangent at (1, 3) is y – 3 = 0 .
11. y = g( h( x )), h( x ) =
x+2 Solving this equation with the function, we have
= g′( h( x )) × h′( x )
dy
(x + x – 2) + 3 = 3
2 2
dx
( x + 2) ( x – 1)
2 2
=0
9  9
When x = 3, h( 3) = and g ′   = –2. x = –2 or x = 1
5  5
Since –2 and 1 are both double roots, the line with
( x + 2)( 2 x) – x (1) 2
equation y – 3 = 0 will be a tangent at both x = 1
h′( x ) =
( x + 2)
2
and x = –2 . Therefore, y – 3 = 0 is also a tangent at
x2 + 4x
(–2, 3) .
h′( x ) =
( x + 2)
2
x 2 (1 – x )
3
9 + 12 21 15. y =
h′( 5) = =
(1 + x)
3
25 25
3
 1 – x  
dy 21 = x 2  
At x = 3, = –2 ×  1 + x  
dx 25
42 1 – x     (1 + x ) – (1 – x )(1) 
3 2
=– dy 2 1– x
. = 2 x  + 3x   – 
25 1 + x   1 + x   (1 + x) 
2
dx
1 – x   
3 2
2 1– x 2
= 2 x  + 3x   –
1 + x   1 + x  (1 + x )
2
12. h( x ) = f ( g( x )) , therefore R′( x ) = f ′( g( x )) × g′( x )

1 – x  1 – x 3x 
2
f ( u) = u – 1, g( 2) = 3, g′( 2) = –1
2 = 2 x  –
 1 + x   1 + x (1 + x ) 
2
Now, h ′ (2) = f ′ ( g(2)) × g ′ (2)  1 – x   1 – x 2 – 3x 

2
= 2 x  
= f ′ (3) × g ′ (2).  1 + x   (1 + x ) 
2
2 x ( x 2 + 3x – 1)(1 – x )
2
Since f ( u) = u – 1, f ′( u) = 2u , and f ′( 3) = 6,
2
=–
(1 + x)
4
∴ h ′ (2) = 6( –1)
= – 6. 16. If y = u n, prove
dy
= nu n–1
du
.
dx dx
dy du du
13. h( x ) = p( x ) q( x )r ( x ) For n = 1, y = u and = 1u 1–1 = , which is
dx dy dx
true.
a. h ′ ( x ) = p′ ( x ) q( x )r ( x ) + p( x ) × q ′ ( x ) × r ( x )
+ p( x ) × q( x ) × r ′ ( x ) Assume the statement is true for n = k, i.e., y = u k,
dy du
then = u k–1 .
dx dx
14. y = ( x 2 + x – 2) + 3
2
dy du
For n = k + 1 show, = ( k + 1) u k .
dy
= 2( x 2 + x – 2)( 2 x + 1)
dx dx
dx
Now, y = u k +1 = u × u k .
At the point (1, 3), x = 1 and the slope of the tangent will
be 2(1 + 1 – 2)( 2 + 1) = 0.
1
dy du
= × u k + u × ku k–1
du h. y = ( x + 3)( x – 3) = ( x 2
– 9) 2
dx dx dx 1
1 2
( x – 9) 2 ( 2 x )
–
du du y′ =
= ×u +k×u ×
k k
2
dx dx
x
du =
= × u k × ( k + 1) x2 – 9
dx
du
= ( k + 1) u k
dx
( 2 x – 5)
4
Therefore, if the statement is true for n = k, it will 5. c. y=

( x + 1)
3
be true for n = k + 1. Since it is true for n = 1, it will

( x + 1) × 4( 2 x – 5) – 3( 2 x – 5) ( x + 1)
3 3 4 2
be true for n = 2, therefore true for all n ∈ N .
y′ =
( x + 1)
6
17. f ( x ) = ax + b, g( x ) = cx + d
( x + 1) ( 2 x – 5) [ 4 x + 4 – 6 x + 15]
2 3
=
f ( g( x )) = f (cx + d ) ( x + 1)
6
= a(cx + d ) + b ( 2 x – 5) (19 – 2 x)
3
y′ =
= acx + ad + b ( x + 1)
4
g( f ( x )) = g( ax + b)
= c ( ax + b) + d (x – 1)
3 3
 x 2 – 1
2
f. y= = 2 
= acx + bc + d (x + 1)  x + 1
3
2
Now, f ( g( x )) = g( f ( x )).  x 2 – 1   ( x + 1)(2 x ) – 2 x ( x – 1) 

2 2 2
y′ = 3  2   
 x + 1  ( ) 
2
 x 2
+ 1 
∴ acx + ad + b = ccx + bc + d
12 x ( x 2 – 1)
2
ad – d = bc – b
=
d ( a – 1) = b(c – 1) (x + 1)
4
2
If f ( g( x )) = g( f ( x )) , then d ( a – 1) = b(c – 1) .
y = (1 – x 2 ) (6 + 2 x )
3 –3
i.
3
Review Exercise  1 – x2 
= 
 6 + 2x
1
y = ( x – 1) 2 ( x + 1)
 1 – x 2   (6 + 2 x )( –2 x ) – (1 – x )(2) 
4. f. 2 2
y′ = 3    
1
( )
1 1
y′ = ( x – 1) 2 + ( x + 1) – ( x – 1) 2  6 + 2x  
– 2
 6 + 2 x 
2
3(1 – x 2 ) ( –12 x – 4 x 2 – 2 + 2 x 2 )
2
x +1
= x –1 + =
(6 + 2 x)
4
2 x –1
2x – 2 + x +1
= 3(1 – x ) (2 x + 12 x + 2)
2
2 2
2 x –1 =–
(6 + 2 x)
4
3x – 1
=
3(1 – x ) ( x + 6 x + 1)
2
2 x –1 2 2
=–
8(3 – x )
4
6. a. g( x ) = f ( x 2 ) 9. y = – x 3 + 6x 2
g ′( x) = f ′( x 2 ) × 2 x y′ = –3x 2 + 12 x
–3 x 2 + 12 x = –12 – 3 x 2 + 12 x = –15
x2 – 4x – 4 = 0 x2 – 4x – 5 = 0
b. h( x ) = 2 xf ( x )
4 ± 16 + 32
h′( x ) = 2 f ( x ) + 2 xf ′( x ) x=
2
( x – 5)( x + 1) = 0
4±4 3
= x = 5, x = –1
2
7. b. u+4 x+x
y= , u= , x =2±2 3
u–4 10
x=4
3
u= 10. a. i) y = ( x 3 – x )
2
5
y′ = 2( x 3 – x )( 3x 2 – 1)
dy ( u – 4) – ( u + 4) du 1  1 –
1

= =  x 2
+ 1 Horizontal tangent,
( u – 4) dx 10  2 
2
du
2 x ( x 2 – 1)(3x 2 – 1) = 0
8 du  1  5
=–  =  
( u – 4) dx x=4 10  4 
2
3
x = 0, x = ±1, x = ± .
1 3
=
8
y = (3 x –2 – 2 x 3 ) at (1, 1)
5
dy  8 11. b.
 3 =–
du u =  3 20  y′ = 5(3 x – 2 x ) ( –6 x – 6x 2)
2 4
–2 3 –3
5  – 
5 5 
A+ x =1
8( 25)
y′ = 5(1) ( –6 – 6)
4
=–
( –17)
2
= – 60
dy  8( 25) 1 Equation of the tangent at (1, 1) is
 =– ×
dx x=4 17 2 8 y – 1 = – 60( x – 1)
25
= 60 x + y – 61 = 0.
289
( ) y = 3x 2 – 7x + 5
12.
c. y= f x + 9 , f ′ (5) = –2, x = 4
2
dy
= 6x – 7
( )
1
dy
(
1 2
x + 9) 2 (2 x )
dx
–
= f′ x2 + 9 ×
dx 2 1
dy 1 1 Slope of x + 5y – 10 = 0 is – .
= f ′ (5) • • • 8 5
dx 2 5
4
= –2 •
5
8
=–
5
Since perpendicular, 6x – 7 = 5 5
y = f ( x ) crosses the x-axis at x = , and
x=2 2
y = 3( 4) – 14 + 5  
10  x – 1 
f ′( x ) =
= 3. 3  3 
1
x
Equation of the tangent at (2, 3) is
 5  10 3 1
y – 3 = 5( x – 2) f ′  = × ×
 2  3 2  5 3
1
5 x – y – 7 = 0.  
2
2 1
3 2
= 5× = 53 × 2 3
13. y = 8 x + b is tangent to y = 2 x 2
3 5
1
dy = ( 25 × 2) 3
= 4x
dx = 3 50
Slope of the tangent is 8, therefore 4 x = 8, x = 2.
Point of tangency is (2, 8).
Therefore, 8 = 16 + b, b = –8 . b. To find a, let f ( x ) = 0.
Or 8x + b = 2 x 2 10 23 10
x − 1 =0
2 x 2 – 8x – b = 0 3
3x 3
8 ± 64 + 8b 30 x = 30
x= .
2(2) x =1
For tangents, the roots are equal, therefore Therefore a = 1.
64 + 8b = 0, b = –8 .
Point of tangency is (2, 8), b = –8 . 18. C ( x ) =
1 3
x + 40 x + 700
3
a. C ′( x ) = x + 40
5 2 2
15. a. f ( x) = 2 x 3 – 5x 3
5 23 2 –1
f ′( x ) = 2 ×x – 5× x 3
3 3 b. C ′ ( x ) = 76
=
10 23 10
x – 1 ∴ x + 40 = 76
2
3
3x 3 x 2 = 36
2
x =6
f ( x ) = 0 ∴ x 3 [ 2 x – 5] = 0 Production level is 6 gloves/week.
5
x = 0 or x =
2 x2 2 3
19. R( x ) = 750 x – – x
6 3
a. Marginal Revenue
x
R′( x ) = 750 – – 2x 2
3
10
b. R′(10) = 750 – – 2(100)
3
= $546.67
D( p) =
20
20. , p >1 1 3
p –1 4. a. y= x – 3x –5 + 4 π
3
 1 3
D′ ( p) = 20  –  ( p – 1) 2
–
dy
 2 = x 2 + 15x –6
dx
10
=– 3
( p – 1) 2
y = 6( 2 x – 9)
5
b.
D′ (5) = –
10 10
=– dy
= 30( 2 x – 9) ( 2)
3 4
4 8
dx
5 = 60( 2 x – 9)
4
=–
4
5 2 x
Slope of demand curve at (5, 10) is – . c. y= + +6 x
3
4
x 3
1 1
– 1
Chapter 4 Test = 2x 2
+ x + 6x 3
3
3 2
2. f is the graph on the right and below the x-axis (it’s a dy – 1 –
= –x 2
+ + 2x 3
cubric). f ′ is the other graph (it is quadratic). dx 3
5
f ( x + h) – f ( x)  x2 + 6 
3. f ( x ) = lim d. y= 
h→0
h  3x + 4 
x + h – ( x + h) – ( x – x 2 )  x 2 + 6  2 x (3 x + 4) – ( x + 6)3
2 4 2
dy
= lim = 5 
h→0
 3x + 4  (3 x + 4)
2
h dx
x + h – ( x + 2hx + h 2 ) – x + x 2
2
5( x 2 + 6) (3 x 2 + 8 x – 18)
4
= lim
h→0
h =
(3 x + 4)
6
h – 2hx – h 2
= lim
h→0
h
h(1 – 2 x – h)
= lim e. y = x 2 3 6x 2 – 7
h→0
h
= lim
h→0
(1 – 2 x – h) dy 1
1 –
2
= 2 x (6 x 2 – 7) 3 + x 2 (6 x 2 – 7) 3 (12 x )
= 1 – 2x dx 3
((6 x )
2
= 2 x (6 x 2 – 7) – 7) + 2 x 2
–
3 2
d
Therefore,
dx
( x – x 2 ) = 1 – 2 x. 2
= 2 x (6 x 2 – 7) (8 x – 7)
–
3 2
4 x 5 – 5x 4 + 6 x – 2 y = ( 3x –2 – 2 x 3 )
5
f. y= 7.
x4
dy
= 5( 3x –2 – 2 x 3 ) ( –6 x –3 – 6 x 2 )
4
= 4 x – 5 + 6 x –3 – 2 x –4
dx
At (1, 1),
dy
= 4 – 18 x –4 + 8 x –5
dx
4 x 5 – 18 x + 8 dy
= 5(1) ( –6 – 6)
4
= dx
x5
= – 60.
Equation of tangent line at (1, 1) is
5. y = ( x + 3x – 2)( 7 – 3x )
2
y –1
= – 60
dy x –1
= ( 2 x + 3)( 7 – 3x ) + ( x 2 + 3x – 2)( –3) y – 1 = – 60 x + 60
dx
At (1, 8), 60 x + y – 61 = 0.
dy
= (5)( 4) + (2)( –3) 3
 1 
dx 8. P(t ) =  t 4 + 3
= 14.  
2
The slope of the tangent to y = ( x 2 + 3x – 2)( 7 – 3x )  1   1 –3

P ′ (t ) = 3  t 4 + 3  t 4 
  4 
at (1, 8) is 14. 2
 1  1 – 
3
P ′ (16) = 3  16 4 + 3  × 16 4 
  4 
6. y = 3u 2 + 2u 2 1 1
= 3 (2 + 3)  × 
dy 4 8
= 6u + 2
du 75
=
32
u = x2 + 5
1 The amount of pollution is increasing at a rate of
du 1 2
= ( x + 5) 2 2 x
–
75
dy 2 p.p.m./year.
32
dy  x 
= ( 6u + 2) 2 
dx  x +5
At x = –2, u = 3.
dy  2
= ( 20) – 
dx  3
40
=–
3
9. y = x4 11. y = x 2 + ax + b
dy dy
= 4x3 = 2x + a
dx dx
1 y = x3
– = 4x3
16
dy
= 3x 2
dy 1 dx
Normal line has a slope of 16. Therefore, =– . Since the parabola and cubic function are tangent at
dx 16
1 (1, 1), then 2 x + a = 3x 2 .
x3 = –
64
At (1, 1) 2(1) + a = 3(1)
2
1
x=–
4 a = 1.
y=–
1 Since (1,1) is on the graph of y = x 2 + x + b,
256
1 = 12 + 1 + b
Therefore, y = x has a normal line with a slope of
4
b = –1.
 1 1 
16 at  – , . The required values are 1 and –1 for a and b
 4 256  respectively.
10. y = x3 – x2 – x +1
dy
= 3x 2 – 2 x – 1
dx
dy
For a horizontal tangent line, =0.
dx
3x 2 – 2 x – 1 = 0
( 3x + 1)( x – 1) = 0
1
x=– or x=1
3 y = 1 –1 –1 + 1
=0
1 1 1
y=– – + +1
27 9 3
–1 – 3 + 9 + 27
=
27
32
=
27
 1 32 
The required points are  – ,  , (1, 0).
 3 27 
Cumulative Review Solutions
Chapters 1– 4 9. We use the Factor Theorem to determine other
factors of the given polynomial. We know that for
2. The given function is a polynomial function of x – p to be a factor, p must be a divisor of 6.
degree three. The x-intercepts are –1 and 2. Since –1 Let f(x) = x 3 – 2x 2 – 5x + 6.
is a double root, the graph is tangent to the x-axis at Since f(1) = 1 – 2 – 5 + 6 = 0, x – 1 is a factor of f(x).
x = –1. The y-intercept is 2. Since the coefficient of Since f(3) = 27 – 18 – 15 + 6 = 0, x – 3 is a factor
the x 3 term is negative, the graph goes from the of f(x).
second quadrant to the fourth quadrant. Thus, x 3 – 2x 2 – 5x + 6 = (x + 2), (x – 1), and (x – 3).
y
10. d. Let f(x) = 5x 3 + 8x 2 + 21x – 10.
2
2
Since f = 0, 5x – 2 is a factor.
5
By long division,
x 5x 3 + 8x 2 + 21x – 10
–1 0 2
= (5x – 2)(x 2 + 2x + 5).
The expression x 2 + 2x + 5 does not factor
in x ∈ R.
11. b. x 4 + 5x 2 – 36 = 0
4. b. 3x − 13x + 50
2
)
(x 2 – 4)(x 2 + 9) = 0
x + 3 3x 3 − 4 x 2 + 11x − 2 (x – 2)(x + 2)(x 2 + 9) = 0
3x 3 + 9x 2 The roots are 2, –2, 3i, and –3i.
–13x2 + 11x
–13x2 – 39x d. Let f(x) = 2x 3 – x 2 – 2x + 1.

50x – 2 1
Since f(1) = f(–1) = f = 0,
50x 150 2
– 152 x – 1, x + 1, and 2x – 1 are factors of f(x).
Thus, (3x 3 – 4x 2 + 11x – 2) (x + 3)
Thus, 2x 3 – x 2 – 2x + 1 = 0
152 (x – 1)(x + 1)(2x – 1) = 0.
= 3x 2 – 13x + 50 –
x+3
1
The roots are 1, –1, and .
7. 3 2
Let f(x) = x + kx – 4x + 12. Since x – 3 is a factor 2
3 2
of f(x), f(3) = 0. Thus, 27 + 9k – 12 + 12 = 0, and f. Let f(x) = 3x – 4x + 4x – 1.
k = –3.

1
Since f = 0, 3x – 1 is a factor of f(x).
3
4 3 2
8. Let f(x) = x – 2x + 5x – 6x – 8. To determine By long division or comparing coefficients, the
whether or not x – 2 is a factor of f(x), we evaluate other factor is x 2 – x + 1.
f(2). Thus, 3x 3 – 4x 2 + 4x – 1 = 0.
f(2) = 16 – 16 + 20 – 12 – 8 = 0 (3x – 1)(x 2 – x + 1) = 0
Since f(2) = 0, x – 2 is a factor of f(x)
1 1 ±
1 – 4 1 ±
–3
x = or x = =
3 2 2
1 1 3 1 3
The roots are , + i, and – i.
3 2 2 2 2
Cumulative Review Solutions 97

13. Let the roots of x 2 – 9x + 2 = 0 be r1 and r2. b. The velocity at any time t is given by
We have r1 + r2 = 9 and r1r2 = 2. v(t) = s'(t) = 4t + 3.
We need to find the quadratic equation whose roots At t = 3, v(3) = 4(3) + 3 = 15 m/s.
are r12 and r22.

17. V = πr2h = πr2(r + 3) = 200π
2 2 2
Since r1 + r2 = (r1 + r2) – 2r1r2 Thus, r3 + 3r2 – 200 = 0.
= 81 – 4 Let f(x) = r3 + 3r2 – 200.
= 77, Since f(5) = 0, r – 5 is a factor of f(r).
2 2
and r1 r2 = (r1r2)2 = 4, the required equation is By long division or comparing coefficients,
x 2 – 77x + 4 = 0. r3 + 3r2 – 200 = (r – 5)(r2 + 8r + 40). The equation
becomes (r – 5)(r2 + 8r + 40) = 0. The quadratic
14. b. Let f(x) = (x + 2)(x – 1)(x – 3) factor does not have real roots. The radius of the
The graph of y = f(x) is a cubic polynomial that given cylinder is 5 cm.
goes from the third quadrant to the first quadrant
with x-intercepts –2, 1, and 3. 19. y = f(x)
8
y = f(x) 5
x
0 2
x
–2 0 1 3
20. Since each of the components of the function f(x) is

The solution of the given inequality is the set of
continuous, the only possible point of discontinuity
values of x for which the graph is above or on
occurs at x = 2.
the x-axis.
We have f(2) = 2(2) + 1 = 5.
The solution is –2 ≤ x ≤ 1 or x ≥ 3.
Also, lim– f(x) = lim– (x 2 + 1) = 5 and lim+ f(x) = lim+
x→2 x→2 x→2 x→2
15. a. x – 2 < 5
(–x + 5) = 3.
–5 < x – 2 < 5
Since lim f(x) does not exist, f is discontinuous at
–3<x<7 x→2
x = 2.
2x – 3 ≤ 5
f(x)
b. – 5 ≤ 2x – 3 ≤ 5
–2 ≤ 2x ≤ 8 5
–1 ≤ x ≤ 4
3
c. 3x + 1 > 16
3x + 1 > 16 or 3x + 1 < –16 1
x
3x > 15 or 3x < –17 2
17
x>5 or x < –
3
16. a. The average velocity from t = 1 to t = 4 is
s(4) – s(1) (32 + 12 + 1) – (2 + 3 + 1)
=
4–1 3
= 13 m/s.
98 Cumulative Review Solutions

(4 + h)3 – 64 (4 + h)3 – 43
22. lim = lim 25. e.
h→0 h h→0 h
dy 5(4x2 + 1)4(8x)(3x – 23) – (4x2 + 1)5(3)(3x – 2)2(3)
(a + h)3 – a3 =
The limit is of the form lim where a = 4. dx (3x – 2)6
h→0 h
We also know the slope of the tangent line to the graph
40x(4x2 + 1)4(3x – 2) – 9(4x2 + 1)5
=
(3x – 2)4
f(4 + h) – f(4)
of y = f(x) at x = 4 is defined to be lim .
h→0 h
By comparing expressions, we conclude that f(x) = x 3. (4x2 + 1)4(120x2 – 80x – 36x2 – 9)
=
(3x – 2)4
x–2 x–2
23. e. lim 3 = lim 2
x→2 x – 8 x→2 (x – 2)(x + 2x + 4) (4x2 + 1)4(84x2 – 80x – 9)
=
1 (3x – 2)4
= lim 2
x→2 x + 2x + 4
1 dy
= f. = 5[x 2 + (2x + 1)3]4[2x + 3(2x + 1)2(2)]
12 dx

x+1–2 (x+ 1 – 2)(x
+ 1 + 2) = 10[x 2 + (2x + 1)3]4[12x 2 + 13x + 3]
f. lim = lim
x→3 x–3 x→3
(x – 3)(x
+ 1 + 2)
27. The slope of the line 6x + 3y – 2 = 0 is –2.
x–3 We need to find the point on the parabola at
= lim

x→3 (x – 3)( x + 1 + 2)
1
which the slope of the tangent line is . The
2
1
= lim slope of the tangent line at any point on the
x→3

x+1+2 dy
parabola is given by = 4x – 4. To find the
1 dx
=
4 1 1
point at which the slope is , we solve 4x – 4 =
2 2
f (x + h) – f(x)
24. b. f'(x) = lim
h→0 h
9
9 –47
and get x = . The point of contact is , .
4 4 16
1 1 An equation of the required tangent line is
– 47 1 9
x+h x y + = (x – ) or 8x – 16y – 65 = 0.
= lim 16 2 4
h→0 h
x – (x + h)

(x + h)(x)
= lim
h→0 h
–h
= lim
h→0 h(x + h)(x)
–1
= lim
h→0 (x + h)(x)
1
= –2
x

29. To find the point(s) of intersection of the line and
the parabola, we solve
x 2 + 9x + 9 = 3x
x 2 + 6x + 9 = 0
(x + 3)2 = 0
x = –3.
Since we have a double root at x = –3, the line
y = 3x is tangent to the parabola y = x 2 + 9x + 9.
Hence, the slope of the tangent at the point of
intersection is 3.
30. a. p'(t) = 4t + 6
b. The rate of change of the population in 1990 was

p'(10) = 46 people per year.
c. We want the value of t when 4t + 6 = 94

i.e., 4t = 88
t = 22.
The rate of change of population is 94 people per
year in the year 2002.

Chapter 5 • Applications of Derivatives
Review of Prerequisite Skills c. –x2 + 4x > 0
– + –
5. a. 3(x – 2) + 2(x – 1) – 6 = 0
0 4
3x – 6 + 2x – 2 – 6 = 0
5x = 14 x(x – 4) < 0
0<x<4
14
x =
5
6 t Exercise 5.1
e. + = 4
t 2
2. d. 3xy2 + y3 = 8
12 + t2 = 8t
t2 – 8t + 12 = 0 dy dy
3y2 + 3x2y + 3y2 = 0
(t – 6)(t – 2) = 0 dx dx
∴ t = 2 or t = 6 dy
(2xy + y2) = –y2
dx
f. x3 + 2x2 – 3x = 0
dy –y2
x(x2 + 2x – 3) = 0 = 2
dx 2xy + y
x(x + 3)(x – 1) = 0
x = 0 or x = –3 or x = 1 f. 9x2 – 16y2 = –144
g. x3 – 8x2 + 16x =0 dy
18x – 32y = 0
x(x2 – 8x + 16) =0 dx
x(x – 4)2 =0 9x
dy
x = 0 or x =4 =
1

6y
dx
h. 4t3 + 12t2 – t – 3 = 0
x2 3
2
4t (t + 3) – 1(t + 3) = 0 g. + y2 = 1
16 13
(t + 3)(4t2 – 1) = 0
2x 6 dy
(t + 3)(2t – 1)(2t + 1) = 0 + y = 0
16 13 dx
1 1
t = –3 or t = or t = – dy
2 2 26x + 96y = 0
dx
i. 4t4 – 13t2 + 9 = 0
dy 13x
(4t2 – 9)(t2 – 1) = 0 = –
dx 48y
9
t = ± or t = ± 1
4 h. 3x2 + 4xy3 = 9
6. a. 3x – 2 > 7 dy
6x + 4y3 + 4x3y2 = 0
3x > 9 dx
x >3 dy
6xy2 = –3x – 2y3
dx
b. x(x – 3) > 0
dy –3x – 2y3
+ – + =
dx 6xy2
0 3
x < 0 or x > 3
Chapter 5: Applications of Derivatives 101

j. x3 + y3 = 6xy 3. a. x2 + y2 = 13
3x2 + 3y2 dy = 6y + dy (6x) 2x + 2y d

y =0
dx dx dx
At (2, –3),
(3y2 – 6x) dy = –3x2 + 6y
dx
2(2) + 2(–3) d
y =0
dy = –3x2 + 6y
dx
dx 3y2 – 6x
dy 2
–x2 + 2y = .
= dx 3
y2 – 2x
The equation of the tangent at (2, –3) is
k. x3y3 = 144
2
3x2y3 + 3y2 dy x3 = 0 y = x + b.
dx 3
dy x2y3 At (2, –3),
= –32
dx xy
y 2
= – –3 = (2) + b
x 3
m. xy3 – x3y = 2 –9 = 4 + 3b
–13 = 3b
dx

y3 + 3y2 dy x – 3x2y + dy x3 = 0
dx
13
– = b.
3
(3y – x ) dy = 3x2y – y3
2 3
dx
Therefore, the equation of the tangent to
dy 3x2y – y3
= 2 13
dx 3y2 – x3 x2 + y2 = 13 is y = –.
3 3
n. x + y = 5 c.
x2 y2
– = –1
1

1
25 36
x2 + y2 = 5
2x 2y dy
1 1 1 1 dy – = 0
x– 2 + y– 2 = 0 25 36 dx
2 2 dx
dy
1 36x – 25y = 0
dy x– 2 dx
= – 1
dx
y– 2 At (53, –12),
y dy
= – 1803 + 300 = 0
x dx
dy 33
o. (x + y)2 = x2 + y2 = –.
dx 5
dy
dx dy
2(x + y) 1 + = 2x + 2y
dx
dy
[x + y – y] = x – x – y
dx
dy –y
=
dx x
102 Chapter 5: Applications of Derivatives

dy
The equation of the tangent is y = mx + b. b. When the tangent line is horizontal, = 0.
dx
33 Substituting,
,
At (53, –12) and with m = –
5 10x – (6y + 0) + 0 = 0.
33
–12 = – (53) + b 5
5 y = x at the point (x1, y1) of tangency:
3
5
–12 = –9 + b substitute y1 = x1 into 5x12 – 6x1y1 + 5y12 = 16.
3
–3 = b
Therefore, the equation of the tangent is
5 25

5x12 – 6x1 x1 + 5 x12 = 16
3 9
33 45x12 – 90x12 + 125x12 = 144
y = – x – 3.
5
80x12 = 144
4. x + y2 = 1
1 5x12 = 9
The line x + 2y = 0 has slope of –.
2 3 3
x1 = or x1 = –
dy 5 5
1 + 2y = 0
dx 5
y1 = or y1 = 5
Since the tangent line is parallel to x + 2y = 0, 5
5
dy 1 y1 = – or y1 = –5
then = –. 5
dx 2

1
∴ 1 + 2y – = 0
3
5
Therefore, the required points are , 5
2
1–y =0 3
and –, –5 .
5
y =1
Substituting, 7. x3 + y3 –3xy = 17

x+1=1 dy dy
3x2 + 3y2 – 3y + (3x) = 0
x =0 dx dx
Therefore, the tangent line to the curve x + y2 = 1 is At (2, 3),
parallel to the line x + 2y = 0 at (0, 1). dy dy
12 + 27 – 9 – 6 = 0
dx dx
5. a. 5x2 – 6xy + 5y2 = 16 dy
21 = –3.
dy
dy
10x – 6y + (6x) + 10y = 0 (1)
dx dx
dx
dy 1
At (1, –1), The slope of the tangent is = –.
dx 7
dy
dy
10 – –6 + 6 – 10 = 0
dx dx
Therefore, the slope of the normal at (2, 3) is 7.
y–3
The equation of the normal at (2, 3) is = 7
dy x–2
16 – 16 = 0
dx y – 3 = 7x – 14 or 7x – y – 11 = 0
dy
= 1.
dx 9. 4x2y – 3y = x3
dy dy
a. 8xy + (4x2) – 3 = 3x2
dx dx
dy
(4x2 – 3) = 3x2 – 8xy
dx
dy 3x2 – 8xy
= 2 (1)
dx 4x – 3

dy
1 1y – x
dy
b. y(4x2 – 3) = x3 1 x – y
y 2 dx x 2 dx
1
+ 1 =0
x3 x 2 y2 y– 2 x2
y = 2
4x – 3
dy 3x2(4x2 – 3) – 8x(x3) Multiply by x2y2:

=
dx (4x2 – 3)2
dy
dy

3 1 1 3

x2y 2 y – x + 22 y 2 x – y = 0
4
12x – 9x – 8x 2 4 dx dx
=
(4x2 – 3)2
dy dy
3 3 5 1 3 3 1 5

x 2y 2 – x 2y 2 + x2y 2 – x 2y 2 = 0
dx dx
4x4 – 9x2
= (2)
(4x2 – 3)2

dy 3 3

5 1 1 5 3 3

We must show that (1) is equivalent to (2). x 2y 2 – x 2y 2 = x2y 2 – x 2y 2
dx
dy 3x2 – 8xy
From (1): = 2
1 3

dx 4x – 3 dy x2y2 (y – x)
=
3 1
dx
x2y2 (y – x)
x3
and substituting, y = 2 dy y
4x – 3 = , as required.
dx x
dy
3x2 – 8x 2
x3

4x – 3 y
= 12.
P (4, 6)
dx 4x2
– 3
(0, 2)
Q
3x2(4x2 – 3) – 8x4
= A
(4x2 – 3)2 x
(– 4, 0) (4, 0)
12x4 – 9x2 – 8x4 (0, –2)

=
(4x2 – 3)2
Let Q have coordinates

4x4 – 9x2
= = (2), as required.
(4x2 – 3)2

16 – q2
(q, f(q)) = q, , q < 0.
2
y + x = 10, x ≠ y ≠ 0, dx = x
x y dy y For x2 + 4y2 = 16
11.
dy
2x + 3y = 0
dy dy dx
1y – x x – y

1 x 1
– dx 1 y 1
– dx
2
+ 2
=0 dy x
2 y y2 2 x x2 = –.
dx 4y
dy q
At Q, = –
dx 2
16 – q2

y–6
The line through P has equation = m. 13. y
xy = p
x–4 2 2
x –y = k
Since PQ is the slope of the tangent line to
x2 + 4y2 = 16, we conclude:
P(a, b)
dy x
m = at point Q. 0
dx

16 – q2
∴ – 6 = –
q 2
x –y = k
2
2 xy = p
2
16 – q2
q–4
Let P(a, b) be the point of intersection where a ≠ 0
and b ≠ 0.

16 – q2 – 12
= –
9
2(q – 4) For x2 – y2 = k

216 – q2
dy
2x – 2y = 0
16 – q – 12
2
16 – q = –q(q – 4)
2 dx
dy x
=
dx y

16 – q2 – 1216 – q2 = –q2 + 4q
At P(a, b),
dy a
= .
4 – q = 3
16 – q2 dx b
For xy = P,

16 – 8q + q2 = 9(16 – q2) dy
16 – 8q + q2 = 144 – 9q2 1 y + x = P
dx
10q2 – 8q – 128 =0 dy y
5q2 – 4q – 64 =0 = –
dx x
(5q + 16)(q – 4) =0 At P(a, b),
16 dy b
q = – or q = 4 (as expected; see graph) = –.
5 dx a
At point P(a, b), the slope of the tangent line of
6
f(q) = or f(q) = 0 xy = P is the negative reciprocal of the slope of the
5
tangent line of x2 – y2 = k. Therefore, the tangent
16 lines intersect at right angles, and thus, the two

dy 5
= or f(q) = 0 curves intersect orthogonally for all values of the

dx 6
4 constants k and P.
5
2
=
3
Equation of the tangent at Q is
y–6 2
= or 2x – 3y + 10 = 0
x–4 3
or equation of tangent at A is x = 4.

14. x + y = k Since P(a, b) is on the curve, then a + b = k,
1 1 1
diff wrt x
or a2 + b2 = k2.

1 1 1 1 dy Therefore, the sum of the intercepts

x–2 + y–2 = 0

2 2 dx 1 2

= k2
= –
dy y
= k, as required.
dx x
Let P(a, b) be the point of tangency. 15.
∴ –b
dy y
dx a
2
(–2, 5) y = 4x
Equation of tangent line l at P is
(1, 2)
= –b.
y–b
x–a a x
(4, –1)
x – intercept is found when y = 0.
∴ = –b
–b
x–a a x + y = –3
–ba = –b x + ab y2 = 4x
ab + ba dy
x= 2y = 4
b dx
ab +.ba
Therefore, the x–intercept is dy
b At (1, 2), = 1.
For the y–intercept, let x = 0, dx
= –b.
y–b
Therefore, the slope of the tangent line at (1, 2) is 1
–a a
and the equation of the normal is
a
y – intercept is b + b.
a y–2
= –1 or x + y = 3.
x –1
The sum of the intercepts is
The centres of the two circles lie on the straight
ab + ba +
ab + ba line x + y = 3. Let the coordinates of the centre of

b a each circle be (p, q) = (p, 3 – p). The radius of each
circle is 32. Since (1, 2) is on the circumference of
3 1 3 1
the circles,

a2b2 + 2ab + b2a2
= 1 1
(p – 1)2 + (3 – p – 2)2 = r2
a2b2
p – 2p + 1 + 1 – 2p + p2 = (32)2
2
2p2 – 4p + 2 = 18
1 1

a2b2(a + 2ab + b) p2 – 2p – 8 = 0
= 1 1
(p – 4)(p + 2) = 0
a2b2
p=4 or p = –2
∴q=–1 or q = 5.
= a + 2ab + b
Therefore, the centres of the circles are (–2, 5) and
(4, –1). The equations of the circles are

1 1 2
= a2 + b2
(x + 2)2 + (y – 5)2 = 18
and (x – 4)2 + (y + 1)2 = 18.

Exercise 5.2 Solving,
1
0 = t3 – 2t2 + 3t
3. a. s(t) = 5t2 – 3t + 15 3
v(t) = 10t – 3 = t3 – 6t2 + 9t
a(t) = 10 = t(t2 – 6t + 9)
= t(t – 3)2
b. s(t) = 2t3 + 36t – 10
∴ t = 0 or t = 3
v(t) = 6t2 + 36
s = 0 or s = 0.
a(t) = 12t
The object returns to its initial position after 3 s.
e. s(t) =
t+1 1
6. a. s = – t2 + t + 4
3
1 1
–
v(t) = (t + 1) 2
2 2
v = –t + 1
3
1 3
–
a(t) = –(t + 1) 2
4 2
v(1) = – + 1
3
9t
f. s(t) =
t+3 1
=
3
9(t + 3) – 9t
v(t) = 2
v(4) = – (4) + 1
(t + 3)2 3
5
= 2
27 = –
(t + 3) 3
For t = 1, moving in a positive direction.
a(t) = –54(t + 3)–3
For t = 4, moving in a negative direction.
1 b. s(t) = t(t – 3)2

5. s = t3 – 2t2 + 3t
3 v(t) = (t – 3)2 + 2t(t – 3)
v = t2 – 4t + 3 = (t – 3)(t – 3 + 2t)
a = 2t – 4 = (t – 3)(3t – 3)
For v = 0, = 3(t – 1)(t – 3)
(t – 3)(t – 1) = 0 v(1) = 0
t = 3 or t = 1. v(4) = 9
For t = 1, the object is stationary.
+ – +
t = 4, the object is moving in a positive direction.
0 1 3
The direction of the motion of the object changes at
t = 1 and t = 3.
Initial position is s(0) = 0.

8. s(t) = 40t – 5t2 e. At t = 0, s(0) = 0. Therefore, the object’s original
v(t) = 40 – 10t position is at 0, the origin.
a. When v = 0, the object stops rising. When s(t) = 0,

5
∴t=4s t2(7 – t) = 0
t = 0 or t = 7.
b. Since s(t) represents a quadratic function that
Therefore, the object is back to its original
opens down because a = –5 < 0, a maximum
position after 7 s.
height is attained. It occurs when v = 0. Height is
a maximum for
12. s(t) = 6t2 + 2t
s(4) = 160 – 5(16)
v(t) = 12t + 2
= 80 m.
a(t) = 12
5

10. s(t) = t2(7 – t) a. v(8) = 96 + 2 = 98 m/s
5 3

5

Thus, as the dragster crosses the finish line at
a. v(t) = t (7 – t) – t
2 2
2 t = 8 s, the velocity is 98 m/s. Its acceleration is
constant throughout the run and equals 12 m/s2.
35 3 5 5 5
= t 2 – t 2 – t 2
2 2 b. s = 60
2
6t + 2t – 60 =0
35 3 7 5
= t2 – t2 2(3t2 + t – 30) =0
2 2
2(3t + 10)(t – 3) =0
105 1 35 3 –10
b. a(t) = t2 – t2 t = or t = 3
2 4 3
c. The direction of the motion changes when its inadmissible v(3) = 36 + 2
velocity changes from a positive to a negative 0≤ t≤ 8 = 38
value or visa versa. Therefore, the dragster was moving at 38 m/s
7 3 when it was 60 m down the strip.
v(t) = t2(5 – t) ∴ r(t) = 0 for t = 5
2
13. a. s = 10 + 6t – t2
t 0≤ t<5 t=5 t>5 v = 6 – 2t
= 2(3 – t)
v(t) (+)(+) = + 0 (+)(–) = – a = –2
Therefore, the object changes direction at 5 s. The object moves to the right from its initial
position of 10 m from the origin, 0, to the 19 m
35 1 mark, slowing down at a rate of 2 m/s2. It stops
d. a(t) = 0 for t2(6 – t) = 0.
4 at the 19 m mark then moves to the left speeding
∴t = 0 or t = 6 s. up at 2 m/s2 as it goes on its journey into the
universe. It passes the origin after (3 +
19) s.
t 0<t<6 t=6 t>6
t=6
a(t) (+)(+) = + 0 (+)(–) = – t=0 t=3
S
–10 –5 0 5 10 15 20 25
Therefore, the acceleration is positive for
0 < t < 6 s.
Note: t = 0 yields a = 0.

b. s = t3 – 12t – 9 b. For v(t) = 0
v = 3t2 – 12 2kt + 6k2 – 10k = 0
= 3(t2 – 4) 2kt = 10k – 6k2
= 3(t – 2)(t + 2) t = 5 – 3k
a = 6t k≠ 0
The object begins at 9 m to the left of the origin,
s(5 – 3k) = k(5 – 3k)2 + (6k2 – 10k)(5 – 3k) + 2k
0, and slows down to a stop after 2 s when it is
= k(25 – 30k + 9k2) + 30k2 – 18k3 – 50k + 30k2 + 2k
25 m to the left of the origin. Then, the object
= 25k – 30k2 + 9k3 + 30k2 – 18k3 – 50k + 30k2 + 2k
moves to the right speeding up at faster rates as
= –9k3 + 30k2 – 23k
time increases. It passes the origin just before 4 s
Therefore, the velocity is 0 at t = 5 – 3k, and its
(approximately 3.7915) and continues to speed up
position at that time is –9k3 + 30k2 – 23k.
as time goes by on its journey into space.
16. If the ball starts from an initial height of 2 m, then the
t=0 formulas are s(t) = 2 + 35t – 5t2 and v(t) = 35 – 10t.
t=2
S The height is greatest at the instant the upward velocity
–30 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5 0 5 10
is 0.
For v(t) = 0,
14. s(t) = t5 – 10t2
35
v(t) = 5t4 – 20t t =
10
a(t) = 20t3 – 20
= 3.5 s.
For a(t) = 0,
20t3 – 20= 0 At t = 3.5,
20(t3 – 1)= 0 s(3.5) = 2 + 35(3.5) – 5(3.5)2
t = 1. = 2 + 122.5 – 61.25
Therefore, the acceleration will be zero at 1 s. = 63.25 m.
s(1) = 1 – 10 This is much lower than the ceiling of the SkyDome. Thus,
= –9 a major league pitcher is not likely to hit the ceiling.
<0
17. a. The acceleration is continuous at t = 0
v(1) = 5 – 20
if lim a(t) = a(0).
= –15 t→0
<0 For t ≥ 0,
Since the signs of both s and v are the same at
t3
t = 1, the object is moving away from the origin s(t) = 2
t +1
at that time.
3t2(t2 + 1) – 2t(t3)
and v(t) =
15. a. s(t) = kt2 + (6k2 – 10k)t + 2k (t2 + 1)2
v(t) = 2kt + (6k2 – 10k) t4 + 3t2
=
a(t) = 2k + 0 (t2 + 1)2
= 2k
(4t3 + 6t)(t2 + 1)2 – 2(t2 + 1)(2t)(t4 + 3t2)
Since k ≠ 0 and k ∈ R, then a(t) = 2k ≠ 0 and an and a(t) =
(t2 + 1)2
element of the Real numbers. Therefore, the
acceleration is constant. (4t3 + 6t)(t2 + 1) – 4t(t4 + 3t2)
=
(t2 + 1)3
4t5 + 6t3 + 4t3 + 6t – 4t5 – 12t3

=
(t2 + 1)3
–2t3 + 6t
=
(t2 + 1)3

0, t < 0 m0a
Therefore, a(t) =

–2t3 + 6t 19. F = v 2 3
, t ≥ 0 1 – 2
(t2 + 1)3 c

0, t < 0 v

and v(t) = t 4 + 3t2
, t ≥ 0 d v 2
(t2 + 1)2 1 –
c
0 F = m0
lim– a(t) = 0, lim+ a(t) = dt
t→0 t→0 1
= 0. Using the quotient rule,

dv
Thus, lim a(t) = 0. 2v

v2 1 1 v2

1
dv – dt
t→0
m0 1 – 2 2 – 1 – 2 2
– v
0 dt c 2 c c2
Also, a(0) = =
1 v 2
1 – 2
= 0. c
dv
Therefore, lim a(t) = a(0). Since = a,
t→0 dt
Thus, the acceleration is continuous at t = 0.
v2
a1 – vc + vca
1 2 2
–
t4 + 3t2 m0 1 – 2 2
b. lim v(t) = lim 4 2

c 2 2
t→+∞ t→+∞ t + 2t + 1 = 2
v
1 – 2
3 c
1 + 2
t
= lim 2 1
t→+∞ 1 + +
=
c2
ac2 – av2 v2a
m0 +
c2
t2 t4
=1
–2 6
1 – 2 2
c
v2 3

+ 4
t3 t m0 ac2
lim a(t) = lim =
3 3 1
t→+∞
0
t→∞ 1 + + +
t2 t4 t6 v2 3
c2 1 – 2 2
c
=
1 m0 a
=0 = , as required.
v2 32
1 – 2
c
18. v =
b + 2gs
2
1
v = (b2 + 2gs)2
Exercise 5.3
dv 1
ds

200
1
–
= b2 + 2gs 2 0 + 2g 2. T(x) = 2
dt 2 dt 1+x
1
a =
a=g
2v
2gv
dx
a. = 2 m/s
dt
dT(x)
Since g is a constant, a is a constant, as required. Find when x = 5 m:
dt
ds 200
Note: = v T(x) = 2
dt 1+x
dv
= a = 200(1 + x2)–1
dt
dT(x) dx
= –200(1 + x2)–2 2x
dt dt
–400x
=
(1 + x2)2
dx
.
dt
At a specific time, when x = 5, dx
3. Given square x d
t
= 5 cm/s.
dT(5) –400(5) (2)
= x
dt (26)2
–4000 dA
= Find when x = 10 cm.
676 dt
–1000
=
169 Solution
dT(5)
=˙ –5.9. Let the side of a square be x cm.
dt
A = x2
Therefore, the temperature is decreasing at a rate
dA dx
of 5.9°C per s. = 2x
dt dt
b. T(x) At a specific time, x = 10 cm.

200 dA
= 2(10)(5)
150 dt
100 = 100
50 Therefore, the area is increasing at 100 cm2/s when a
x side is 10 cm.
0 0.58 1 2
P = 4x
dP dx
= 4
T' (x) dt dt
dx
At any time, = 5.
dt
0 0.58 1 2
x
–2 dP
∴ = 20.
dt
–50
–100 Therefore, the perimeter is increasing at
20 cm/s.
c. Solve T''(x) = 0.
4. Given cube with sides x cm,
–400x
T'(x) = dx
(1 + x2)2 = 5 cm/s.
dt
–400(1 + x2)2 – 2(1 + x2)(2x)(–400x) dv
T''(x) = a. Find when x = 5 cm:
(1 + x2)4 dt
Let T''(x) = 0, V = x3
–400(1 + x2)2 + 1600x2(1 + x2) = 0. dV dx
= 3x2
Divide, dt dt
400(1 + x2) – (1 + x2) + 4x2 = 0 At a specific time, x = 5 cm.
3x2 = 1 dV
= 3(5)2(4)
1 dt
x2 =
3 = 300
1 Therefore, the volume is increasing at 300 cm3/s.
x =
3
x > 0 or x =˙ 0.58.

dS dD
b. Find when x = 7 cm. b. Find when r = 3.
dt dt
S = 6x2 dD dr
= 2
dt dt
dS dx
= 12x
dt dt
At a specific time, x = 7 cm,

–5
= 2
6π
–5
dS =
= 12(7)(4) 3π
dt
= 336. Therefore, the diameter is decreasing at a rate of
5
Therefore, the surface area is increasing at a rate m/s.
3π
of 336 cm2/s.
7. Given circle with radius r,
5. Given rectangle y dA
= 6 km2/h
dt
x
dx dr
= 2 cm/s Find when A = 9π km2.
dt dt
dy A = πr2
= –3 cm/s
dt dA dr
dA = 2πr
Find when x = 20 cm and y = 50 cm. dt dt
dt
When A = 9π,
Solution 9π = πr2
r2 = 9
A = xy
r= 3
dA dx dy r> 0.
= y + x
dt dt dt
At a specific time, x = 20, y = 50, When r = 3,
dA dA
= (2)(50) + (–3)(20) = 6
dt dt
dr
= 100 – 50 6 = 2π(3)
dt
= 40. dr 1
= .
Therefore, the area is increasing at a rate of 40 cm2/s. dt π
Therefore, the radius is increasing at a rate of
6. Given circle with radius r, 1
km/h.
dA π
= –5 m2/s.
dt
8.
dr
a. Find when r = 3 m.
dt
A = πr2
y r
dA dr
= 2πr
dt dt
When r = 3,
x
dr
–5 = 2π(3)
dt
Let x represent the distance from the wall and y the
dr –5
= . height of the ladder on the wall.
dt 6π
Therefore, the radius is decreasing at a rate of
5
m/s when r = 3 m.
6π
x2 + y2 = r2 10.
dx dy dr
2x + 2y = 2r r y
dt dt dt
dx dy dr
x + y = r
dt dt dt 915 m
When r = 5, y = 3,
Label diagram as shown.
x2 = 25 – 9
r2 = y2 + 9152
= 16
x =4 dr dy
2r = 2y
dt dt
x = 4, y = 3, r = 5
dr dy
dx 1 dr r = y
= , = 0. dt dt
dt 3 dt
dy
Substituting, When y = 1220, = 268 m/s.
dt

1 dy
4 + 3 = 5(0)
3 dt
r =
12202
= 1525
+ 9152
dy 4
= –.
dt 9
dr
∴ 1525 = 1220 x 268
dt
Therefore, the top of the ladder is sliding down at
dr
4 m/s. = 214 m/s
dt
9. x Therefore, the camera–to–rocket distance is changing
kite
at 214 m/s.
y r 11.
y r
Let the variables represent the distances as shown on

the diagram. π
x2 + y2 = r2 Starting 3
point x
dx dy dr
2x + 2y = 2r
dt dt dt dx
= 15 km/h
dx dy dr dt
x + y = r
dt dt dt dy
= 20 km/h
x = 30, y = 40 dt
r2 = 302 + 402 dr
Find when t = 2 h.
r = 50 dt
dr dx dy Solution
= ?, = 10, = 0
dt dt dt
Let x represent the distance cyclist 1 is from the
dr
30(10) + 40(0) = 50
dt starting point, x ≥ 0. Let y represent the distance
dr cyclist 2 is from the starting point, y ≥ 0 and let r
= 8
dt be the distance the cyclists are apart. Using the
Therefore, she must let out the line at a rate of cosine law,
8 m/min. π
r2 = x2 + y2 – 2xy cos
3
2 2

= x + y – 2xy
1
2
2 2 2
r = x + y – xy

dr
b. Find when v = 1435 cm3.
dr dx dy dx
dy
2r = 2x + 2y – y + x
dt dt dt dt dt dt
At t = 2 h, x = 30 km, y = 40 km Solution
π 4
and r2 = 302 + 402 – 2(30)(40) cos v = πr3
3 3
= 2500 – 2(1200)
1
2
dv
= 4πr2 .
dt
dr
dt
= 1300 At a specific time, when v = 1435 cm3:
v = 1435
, r > 0.
r = 1013
4
dr π3 = 1435
∴ 2(1013) = 2(30)(15) + 2(40)(20) – [15(40) + 20(30)] 3
dt
dr r3 =˙ 342.581015
2013 = 900 + 1600 – [600 – 600]
dt =˙ 6.9971486
= 1300 =7
dr
dr 130
= 8 =˙ 4π(7)2
dt dt
213
dr
65 8 = 196π
= dt
13 2
=
dr
49π dt
6513
= dr
13 0.01 = .
dt

= 513 Therefore, the radius is increasing at
2
Therefore, the distance between the cyclists is increasing at approximately cm/s (or 0.01 cm/s).
49π
km/h after 2 h.
a rate of 513
dr
c. Find when t = 33.5 s.
4 dt
12. Given sphere v = πr3 When t = 33.5, v = 8 33.5 cm3:
3
dv
= 8 cm /s.
3 4
πr3 = 268
dt 3
dr
a. Find when r = 12 cm. r3 =˙ 63.98028712
dt
r =˙ 3.999589273
4
v = πr3 =˙ 4.
3
dv dr
= 4πr2
dt dt Solution
At a specific time, when r = 12 cm: 4
v = πr3
dr 3
8 = 4π(12) 2
dt dv dr
dr = 4πr2
8 = 4π(144) dt dt
dt
1 dr At t = 33.5 s,
= .
72π dt dr
Therefore, the radius is increasing at a rate of 8 =˙ 4π(4)2
dt
1
cm/s. dr
72π 8 = 64π
dt
1 dr
= .
8π dt
1
cm/s (or 0.04 cm/s).
8π
13. Given cylinder ii) Water is being poured into a right-circular tank at
the rate of 12π m3/min. Its height is 4 m and its
radius is 1 m. At what rate is the water level rising?
15 m iii) The volume of a right-circular cone is expanding
because its radius is increasing at 12 cm/min
and its height is increasing at 6 cm/min. Find
2m
the rate at which its volume is changing when its
v = πr2h radius is 20 cm and its height is 40 cm.
dv
= 500 L/min
dt 15. Given cylinder
= 500 000 cm/min
dy
a. Find .
dt
v = πr2h
Since the diameter is constant at 2 m, the radius
is also constant at 1 m = 100 cm. d=1m
∴ v = 10 000 πh h = 15 m
dv dh dr
= 10 000π = 0.003 m/annum
dt dt dt
dh
500 000 = 10 000π dh
dt = 0.4 m/annum
50 dh dt
=
π dt dv
Find at the instant D = 1
Therefore, the fluid level is rising at a rate of dt
50 v = πr2h
cm/min.
π
b. Find t, the time to fill the cylinder.
dv
dt dr
dt dh

= 2πr (h) + (πr2).
dt
V = πr2h
At a specific time, when D = 1; i.e., r = 0.5,
V = π(100)2(1500) cm3
V = 15 000 000π cm3 dv
= 2π(0.5)(0.003)(15) + 0.4π(0.5)2
dt
dv
Since = 500 000 cm3/min, = 0.045π + 0.1π
dt
= 0.145π
15 000 000π
it takes min, Therefore, the volume of the trunk is increasing at a
500 000
rate of 0.145π m3/annum.
= 30π min to fill
=˙ 94.25 min. 16. Given cone
Therefore, it will take 94.25 min, or just over 5 cm
1.5 h to fill the cylindrical tank.
14. There are many possible problems. 15 cm

Samples:
i) The diameter of a right-circular cone is expanding
at a rate of 4 cm/min. Its height remains constant r = 5 cm
at 10 cm. Find its radius when the volume is h = 15 cm
increasing at a rate of 80π cm3/min. dv
= 2 cm3/min
dt

dh
Find when h = 3 cm, Since ∠C = 60°, ∠B = 30° and ∆DBC is a special
dt
1 2 triangle similar to the 1, 3, 2 triangle.
v = πr h. h
3 Since DB = h, then DC = from similar triangles.
r 5 1
Using similar triangles, = = 3
h 15 3 2h
Therefore, AC =
h
∴ r = . 3
3 1
1 2 v = AC DB 10
Substituting into v = πr h, 2
3
1 2h

1 h2
v = π h
3 9
= h 10
2
3
1
= πh3 h2
27 = 10
dv 1 dh 3
= πh2
dt 9 dt 10h2
= .
At a specific time, when h = 3 cm, 3
1 dh Therefore, the volume of the trough of height h is
–2 = π(3)2
9 dt 10h2
given by v = .
2 dh
– = .
π dt
3
Therefore, the water level is being lowered at a rate 18. Given trough
2
of cm/min when height is 3 cm.
π
17. Given trough
25 cm 5m
dv m3
10 m = 0.25
dt min
dh
Find when h = 10 cm
dt
Find a formula for the volume. = 0.1 m.
v = area of a cross section length
h2
= area of an equilateral triangle 10 Since the cross section is equilateral, the v = l .
Let h be the height of any cross section. 3
h2
v = 5.
A D
C 3
dv 10 dh
= h
dt 3 dt
h

1
At a specific, time when h = 0.1 = , At any time,
10
x + y 3.3
10 1 dh =
0.25 = x 1.8
3 10 dt x + y 11
dh =
0.253 = x 6
dt
6x + 6y = 11x
3 dh
= 6y = 5x
4 dt
dy dx
Therefore, the water level is rising at a rate of 6 = 5 .
dt dt
3
m/min. dy
4 At a specific time, when t = 5 seconds = 120 m/min,
dt
dx
19. Given 6 120 = 5
dt
dx
= 144.
dt
Therefore, the man’s shadow is lengthening at a rate
1.8 of 144 m/min after 5 s.
y x
20. This question is similar to finding the rate of change
dy of the length of the diagonal of a rectangular prism.
= 120 m/min
dt
A F
dx
Find when t = 5 s.
dt B G
Solution H E
C D
Let x represent the length of the shadow. Let y
represent the distance the man is from the base 20
20 m = km
of the lamppost. Let h represent the height of the 1000
lamppost. At a specific instant, we have 1
= km
50
d(GH)
Find at t = 10 s,
dt
1
h = h.
360
1.8 Let BG be the path of the train and CH be the path
of the boat:
1 1.2
x+y d(BG) d(CH)
∴ = 60 km/h and = 20 km/h.
dt dt
Using similar triangles,
1 1
x + y 1.2 At t = h, BG = 60
= 360 360
h 1.8
1
2.2 2 = km
= 6
h 3
1
2h = 6.6 and CH = 20
360
h = 3.3
1
Therefore, the lamppost is 3.3 m high. = km.
18

Using the Pythagorean Theorem, Solution
GH2 = HD2 + DG2
1
and HD2 = CD2 + CH2 v = πr2h and r = h
3
∴ GH2 = CD2 + CH2 + DG2
1
1 ∴ v = πh3.
Since BG = CD and FE = GD = , it follows that 3
50 dv dh
1 = πh2
GH2 = BG2 + CH2 + . dt dt
2500
At a specific time, h = 15 cm.
d(GH) d(BG) d(CH)
2(GH) = 2(BG) + 2(CH) dh
dt dt dt 180 = π(15)2
dt
At t = 10 s,
dh 4
=
d(GH) 1 1
GH = (60) + (20) dt 5π
dt 6 18
Therefore, the height of the water in the funnel is

6331 d(GH) 100
= 4
increasing at a rate of cm/s.
450 dt 9 5π
d(GH) 45 000
=
dt 96331 Part 2
=˙ 62.8.
dv
= 200 cm3/s
1 2

1 2 1 dt
2
And GH = + +
2
6 18 50 dh
Find when h = 25 cm.
1 1 1 dt
= + +
36 324 2500
911 664 Solution
= ÷ 8
29 160 000
dv dh
113 958 = πh2 .
GH2 = ÷ 18 dt dt
364 500
At the time when the funnel is clogged, h = 25 cm:
6331
= dh
202 500 200 = π(25)2 .
dt
6331
GH = =

13 x 487 dh 8
450 450 = .
dt 25π
Therefore, they are separating at a rate of 8
Therefore, the height is increasing at cm/s.
approximately 62.8 km/h. 25π
22. y
21. Given cone
B(0, 2y)
r
h
M(x, y)
r=h
dv x
= 200 – 20 0 A(2x, 0)
dt
= 180 cm3/s Let the midpoint of the ladder be (x, y). From
dh similar triangles, it can be shown that the top of the
Find when h = 15 cm.
dt ladder and base of the ladder would have points
B(0, 2y) and A(2x, 0) respectively. Since the ladder
has length l ,

(2x)2 + (2y)2 = l 2 23. 12 m ball
4x2 + 4y2 = l 2 y
l2
x2 + y2 = 20 m
4
20 – y

l 2
= is the required equation.
2
12 x – 12
Therefore, the equation of the path followed by the x
midpoint of the ladder represents a quarter circle
l Let x represent the distance the tip of the ball’s
with centre (0, 0) and radius , with x, y ≥ 0.
2 shadow is from the base of the lamppost.
y dx
Let represent the rate at which the shadow is
dt
moving along the ground. Let y represent the
k
distance the ball has fallen.
P(x, y) From similar triangles,

l–k 20 – y 20
x =
0 A(a, o) x – 12 x
20x – xy = 20x – 240
Let P(x, y) be a general point on the ladder a distance xy = 240
k from the top of the ladder. Let A(a, o) be the point dx dy
of contact of the ladder with the ground. y + x = 0.
dt dt
a x xl
From similar triangles, = or a = . At a specific time,
l k k
Using the Pythagorean Theorem: y + (a – x)2 = (l – k)2,
2 dx
(5) + (10)(48) = 0
dt
xl
and substituting a = ,
k dx 480
= –
dt 5

xl 2
y2 + – x = (l – k)2
k = –96.
y + x
2 l–k
2
2
= (l – k)2 Therefore, the shadow is moving at a rate of 96 m/s.
k
At any time, t, the height of the ball is h = 20 – 5t2.
(l – k)2 2
x + y2 = (l – k)2 When t = 1, h = 20 – 5,
k2
= 15
x2 y2 ∴ y = 5.
2 + 2 = 1 is the required equation.
k (l – k) dy
Also v = –10t and since y increases, = 10 when
dt
Therefore, the equation is the first quadrant portion t = 1.
of an ellipse.

Section 5.4 5. a. f'(x) = 3x2 – 6x – 8 = 0
Investigation 6 ±
36 + 96
x =
6
1. a. f(x) = –x2 + 6x – 3, 0 ≤ x ≤ 5 6 ± 132
=
= – (x2 – 6x + 9 – 9) – 3 6
= – (x – 3)2 + 6 x =˙ 2.91 or x =˙ –0.91
maximum of 6 when x = 3
b. f'(x) = 3x2 – 12 = 0
b. f(x) = –x – 2x + 11, –3 ≤ x ≤ 4
2
x2 – 4 = 0
= –(x2 + 2x + 1 – 1) + 11 x = ±2
= –(x + 1)2 + 12
c. f'(x) = 9x2 – 30x + 9 = 0
maximum of 12 when x = –1
3x2 – 10x + 3 = 0
c. f(x) = 4x2 – 12x + 7, –1 ≤ x ≤ 4 (3x – 1)(x – 3) = 0
9 9

= 4 x2 – 3x + – + 7
4 4
1
x = or x = 3
3

3 2
= 4 x – – 2
2
d. f120(x) = –6x2 + 12 =0
3 x2 – 2 =0
minimum value of –2 when x =
2 x = ± 2
x = 1.41 or x = –1.41
2. a. f'(x) = –2x + 6 = 0
x = 3, c = 3 e. f'(x) = –3x2 – 4x + 15 = 0
3x2 + 4x – 15 = 0
b. f'(x) = – 2x – 2
(3x – 5)(x + 3) = 0
x = –1, c = –1
5
x = or x = –3
c. f'(x) = 8x – 12 = 0 3
3 3
x = , c = 6. The values are the same.
2 2
3. The values are the same. 7. Set first derivative to zero.
4. a. f(x) = x3 – 3x2 – 8x + 10, –2 ≤ x ≤ 4 8. a. f(x) = –x2 + 6x – 3, 4 ≤ x ≤ 8

max at x =˙ –0.91, min at x =˙ 2.91 max at x = 4, value 5, min at x = 8, y = –19
b. f(x) = x3 – 12x + 5, – 3 ≤ x ≤ 3 b. f(x) = 4x2 – 12x + 7, 2 ≤ x ≤ 6

max at x =˙ –1.98, min at x =˙ 1.98 max at x = 6, value –1, min at x = 2, y = 79
c. f(x) = 3x3 – 15x2 + 9x + 23, 0 ≤ x ≤ 4 c. f(x) = x3 – 3x2 – 9x + 10, –2 ≤ x ≤ 6

max at x =˙ 0.34, min at x =˙ 2.98 max at x = –2, y = 40, min at x = 6, y = –800
d. f(x) = –2x3 + 12x + 7, –2 ≤ x ≤ 2 d. f(x) = x3 – 12x + 5, 0 ≤ x ≤ 5

max at x =˙ 1.41, min at x =˙ –1.41 max at x = 5, y = –11, min at x = 2, y = 70
e. f(x) = –x3 – 2x2 + 15x + 23, –4 ≤ x ≤ 3 e. f(x) = x3 – 5x2 + 3x + 7, –2 ≤ x ≤ 5

max at x =˙ 1.66, min at x =˙ –3.03 max at x = 5, y = 20, min at x = –2, y = –29
9. End points of the interval.

Exercise 5.4 e. f(x) = 2x3 – 3x2 – 12x + 1, –2 ≤ x ≤ 0
f'(x) = 6x2 – 6x – 12
3. a. f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3, 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 Let f'(x) = 0 for max or min
f'(x) = 2x – 4 6x2 – 6x – 12 = 0
Let 2x – 4 = 0 for max or min x2 – x – 2 = 0
x =2 (x – 2)(x + 1) = 0
f(0) = 3 x = 2 or x = –1
f(2) = 4 – 8 + 3 = –1 f(–2) = –16 – 12 + 24 + 1
f(3) = 9 – 12 + 3 = 0 = –3
max is 3 at x = 0 f(–1) = 8
min is –1 at x = 2 f(0) = 1
y f(2) = not in region
max of 8 at x = –1
min of –3 at x = –2
x
4
2
x
c. f(x) = x3 – 3x2, –1 ≤ x ≤ 3 –2 –1 1
2
f'(x) = 3x2 – 6x
Let f'(x) = 0 for max or min
3x2 – 6x = 0
3x(x – 2) = 0 4. b. f(x) = 4x – x, 2 ≤ x ≤ 9
1
–
x = 0 or x = 2 f'(x) = 2x 2 – 1
f(–1) = – 1 – 3 Let f'(x) = 0 for max or min
= –4 2
– 1 = 0
f(0) = 0 x
f(2) = 8 – 12 x = 2
= –4 x =4
f(3) = 27 – 27 f(2) = 42 – 2 =˙ 3.6
=0 f(4) = 44 – 4 = 4
min is –4 at x = –1, 2 f(9) = 49 – 9 = 3
max is 0 at x = 0, 3 min value of 3 when x = 9
max value of 4 when x = 4
y

1 4t2
c. f(x) = , 0 ≤ x ≤ 2 5. a. v(t) = , t≥ 0
x2 – 2x + 2 4 + t3
f'(x) = –(x2 – 2x + 2)–2(2x – 2) Interval 1 ≤ t ≤ 4
2x – 2 4
=– v(1) = v(4)
(x2 – 2x + 2)2 5
16
Let f'(x) = 0 for max or min. =
17
2x – 2
– =0 (4 + t3)(8t) – 4t2(3t2)
(x2 – 2x + 2) v'(t) = =0
(4 + t3)2
∴ 2x – 2 = 0
x=1 32t + 8t4 – 12t4 = 0
–4t(t3 – 8) = 0
1 1
f(0) = , f(1) = 1, f(2) = t = 0, t = 2
2 2
max value of 1 when x = 1 16 4
v(2) = =
1 12 3
min value of when x = 0, 2
2 4
max velocity is m/s
4x 3
e. f(x) = , –2 ≤ x ≤ 4
x2 + 1 4
min velocity is m/s
5
4(x2 + 1) – 2x(4x)
f'(x) =
(x2 + 1)2 1600v
7. a. E(v) = 0 ≤ v ≤ 100
v2 + 6400
–4x2 + 4
=
x2 + 1 1600(v2 + 6400) – 1600v(2v)
E'(v) =
Let f'(x) = 0 for max or min: (v2 + 6400)2 .
–4x2 + 4 = 0
Let E'(N) = 0 for max or min
x2 = 1
∴ 1600v2 + 6400 1600 – 3200v2 = 0
x = ±1
1600v2 = 6400 1600
–8
f(–2) = v = ± 80
5
E(0) = 0
–4
f(–1) = E(80) = 10
2
= –2 E(100) = 9.756
The legal speed limit that maximizes fuel
4
f(1) = efficiency is 80 km/h.
2
=2
0.1t
16 8. C(t) = , 1≤ t≤ 6
f(4) = (t + 3)2
17
max value of 2 when x = 1 0(t + 3)2 – 0.2t(t + 3)
C'(t) = =0
min value of –2 when x = –1 (t + 3)4
(t + 3)(0.1t + 0.3 – 0.2t) = 0
t=3
C(1) =˙ 0.00625
C(3) = 0.0083, C(6) =˙ 0.0074
The min concentration is at t = 1 and the max
concentration is at t = 3.

1
9. P(t) = 2t + , 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 Exercise 5.5
162t + 1
P'(t) = 2(162t + 1)–2(162) = 0 1. L
162
2 = 2
(162t + 1)
81 = 1622 + t2 + 324t + 1 W
2 2
162 t + 324t – 80 = 0
812t2 + 81t – 20 = 0
(81t + 5)(81t – 4) = 0 Let the length be L cm and the width be W cm.
4 2(L + W) = 100
t > 0 ∴ t =
81 L + W = 50

= 0.05 L = 50 – W
P(0) = 1 A =L W
P(0.05) = 0.21 = (50 – W)(W)
P(1) = 2.01 A(W) = –W 2 + 50W for 0 ≤ W ≤ 50
Pollution is at its lowest level in 0.05 years or A'(W) = –2W + 50
approximately 18 days. Let A'(W) = 0:
∴ –2W + 50 = 0

1 4900
10. r(x) = + x
400 x A(0) = 0
W = 25
r'(x) + 1 = 0
1 –4900 A(25) = 25 25
2
400 x = 625
Let r'(x) = 0 A(50) = 0.
x2 = 4900, The largest area is 625 cm2 and occurs when
x = 70, x > 0 W = 25 cm and L = 25 cm.
r(30) = 0.4833
r(70) = 0.35 3. L
r(120) = 0.402
A speed of 70 km/h uses fuel at a rate of 0.35 L/km.
W W
Cost of trip is 0.35 200 0.45 = $31.50.
11. C(x) = 3000 + 9x + 0.05x2, 1 ≤ x ≤ 300

C(x) Let the length of L m and the width W m.
Unit cost u(x) =
x 2W + L = 600
3000 + 9x + 0.05x2

L = 600 – 2W
=
x A=L W
3000 = W(600 – 2W)
= + 9 + 0.05x
x A(W) = –2w2 + 600W, 0 ≤ W ≤ 300
–3000
U'(x) = + 0.05 A'(W) = –4w + 600
x2
dA
For max or min, let U'(x) = 0: For max or min, let = 0:
dW
0.05x2 = 3000 ∴ W = 50
x2 = 60 000 A(0) = 0
x =˙ 244.9 A(150) = –2(150)2 + 600 150
U(1) = 3009.05 = 45 000
U(244) = 33.4950 A(300) = 0.
U(245) = 33.4948 The largest area of 45 000 m2 occurs when
U(300) = 34. W = 150 m and L = 300 m.
Production level of 245 units will minimize the unit
cost to $33.49.
1000
4. Let dimensions of cut be x cm by x cm. Therefore, ∴ h = (1)
x2
the height is x cm.
Surface area = 2x2 + 4xh
100 A = 2x2 + 4xh (2)
x
x

100 – 2x 1000
= 2x2 + 4x
x2
40 – 2x 40
4000
= 2x2 + for domain 0 ≤ x ≤ 102
x
Using the max min Algorithm,
dA 4000
Length of the box is 100 – 2x. = 4x – =0
dx x2
Width of the box is 40 – 2x.
V = (100 – 2x)(40 – 2x)(x) for domain 0 ≤ x ≤ 20 x ≠ 0, 4x3 = 4000
Using Algorithm for Extreme Value, x3 = 1000
x = 10
dV
= (100 – 2x)(40 – 4x) + (40x – 2x2)(–2) ∴ A = 200 + 400 = 600 cm2
dx
Step 2: At x→0, A→∞
= 4000 – 480x + 8x2 – 80x + 4x2
= 12x2 – 560x + 4000 4000
10
, A = 2000 +
Step 3: At x = 1010
dV 1010 10
Set = 0
dx

= 2000 + 4010
3x2 – 140x + 1000 = 0
Minimum area is 600 cm2 when the base of the box

140 ± 7600 is 10 cm by 10 cm and height is 10 cm.
x =
6
140 ± 128.8 6.
x = L = 2x
6
x = 8.8 or x = 37.9
Reject x = 37.9 since 0 ≤ x ≤ 20 10
y
When x = 0, V = 0
x = 8.8, V = 28 850 cm2 x
x = 20, V = 0. 10 10
Therefore, the box has a height of 8.8 cm, a length of
100 – 2 8.8 = 82.4 cm, and a width of 40 – 3 8.8 Let the length be 2x and the height be y. We know
= 22.4 cm. x2 + y2 = 100.
∴ y = ±
100 – x2
5. Omit negative area = 2xy
= 2x
100 –
x2 for domain
0 ≤ x ≤ 10
h Using the max min Algorithm,
dA
1 1
–

= 2100 – x2 + 2y (100 – x2) 2(–2x).
x dx 2
dA
x Let = 0.
dx
Let the base be x by x and the height be h
x2h = 1000

2x2
∴ 2
100 –
x2 – = 0 8. a.

100 –
x2
∴ 2(100 – x2) – 2x2 = 0 L
5 cm
∴ 100 = 2x2
x2 = 50 W
(12 – L)
x = 52, x > 0. Thus, y = 52, L = 102 12 cm
Part 2: If x = 0, A = 0
Part 3: If x = 10, A = 0 Let the rectangle have length L cm on the 12 cm
The largest area occurs when x = 52 and the area is leg and width W cm on the 5 cm leg.
A = LW (1)
102
100 – 50
12 – L W
= 10250
By similar triangles, =
12 5
= 100 square units. ∴ 60 – 5L = 12W
7. a. Let the radius be r cm and the height be h cm. 60 – 12W

L = (2)
Then πr2h = 1000 5
1000 (60 – 12W)W

h = A = for domain 0 ≤ W ≤ 5
πr2 5
Surface Area: A = 2πr2 + 2πrh Using the max min Algorithm,

1000
= 2πr2 + 2πr
πr2 dA
dW 5
1 60
= [60 – 24W] = 0, W = = 2.5 cm.
24
2000 (60 – 30) 2.5
= 2πr2 + , 0 ≤ r ≤ ∞ When W = 2.5 cm, A = = 15 cm2.
4 5
dA 2000
= 4πr – Step 2: If W = 0, A = 0
dr r2
dA Step 3: If W = 5, A = 0
For max or min, let = 0. The largest possible area is 15 cm2 and occurs
dr
when W = 2.5 cm and L = 6 cm.
2000
4πr – =0
r2
9. a. Let the base be y cm, each side x cm and the
500
r =
3
height h cm.
π
2x + y = 60

500
3
r= =˙ 5.42 y = 60 – 2x
π
1
When r = 0, A→∞ A = yh + 2 (wh)
2
r = 5.42 A =˙ 660.8 = yh + wh
r→∞, A→∞
The minimum surface area is approximately w B w C
661 cm3 when r = 5.42.
h x
1000 x
b. r = 5.42, h = 2 =˙ 10.84 30º
π(5.42) 120º
h 10.84 1 y A
= =
d 2 5.42 1

From ∆ABC 10. a. A
h x
= cos 30°
x
B C
h = x cos 30°
3
= x
2 h
w
= sin 30°
x
w = x sin 30°
1
= x x
2

3 x 3 4x + 2h = 6
Therefore, A = (60 – 2x) x + x 2x + h = 3 or h = 3 – 2x
2 2 2
3 1 3
Area = xh + x x
A(x) = 303x – 3x2 + x2, 0 ≤ x ≤ 30 2 2
4
Apply the Algorithm for Extreme Values, 3x2
= x(3 – 2x) +
4
3
A'(x) = 303 – 23x + x
2 3
A(x) = 3x – 2x2 + x2
4
Now, set A'(x) = 0
3
A'(x) = 3 – 4x + x, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1.5
3
303 – 23x + x = 0. 2
2
For max or min, let A'(x) = 0, x =˙ 1.04.
Divide by 3:
x A(0) = 0, A(1.04) =˙ 1.43, A(1.5) =˙ 1.42
30 – 2x + = 0 The maximum area is approximately 1.43 cm2
2
x = 20. and occurs when x = 0.96 cm and h = 1.09 cm.
To find the largest area, substitute x = 0, 20, and 30.
11. x
A(0) = 0 N
3
A(20) = 303(20) – 3(20)2 + (20)2 W E
4
S
= 520 y z
3
A(30) = 303(30) – 3(30)2 + (30)2
4
=˙ 390
The maximum area is 520 cm2 when the base is Let z represent the distance between the two trains.
20 cm and each side is 20 cm. After t hours, y = 60t, x = 45(1 – t)
z2 = 3600t2 + 452(1 – t)2, 0 ≤ t ≤ 1
dz
2z = 7200t – 4050(1 – t)
dt
dz 7200t – 4050(1 – t)
=
dt 2
23600t + 452(1
– t)2

dz
For max or min, let = 0. Using the max min Algorithm,
dt
dM 2k
∴ 7200t – 4050(1 – t) = 0 = 4πr –
dr r2
t = 0.36
When t = 0, z2 = 452, z = 45
t = 0.36, z2 = 3600(0.36)2 + 452(1 – 0.36)2
dM
dr
k
2π
k 1
Let = 0, r3 = , r ≠ 0 or r = 3.
2π
z2 = 129 When r→0, M→∞
z = 36 r→∞, M→∞

1
= 60
t = 1, z2 = 3600 k
r = 3
The closest distance between the trains is 36 km 2π
d = 2
1
and occurs at 0.36 h after the first train left the k
3
station. 2π
k

2 1
12. 2 k (2π)3 k3

2

h = π k 3 = = 23
a+b 2 2
2π π 2

1

2 ab
L k3 π3
W
2
a 2– b – L
2
a–b
2
k 2
2π
2π 1
Min amount of material is M = 2π 3 + 2k 3.
k

a2 – b2 – L k 13 2
k 1 2

=
W 23 3 23
Ratio = π = 2π
h
a2 – b2 2ab = 1
d

1 1
k k 1
2ab 2 3
23 3
W= (a2 – b2 – L) 2π π
a2 – b2
2ab 2
A = LW = [a L – b2L – L2]
a2 – b2 14. A P B
x 100 – x
dA
Let = a2 – b2 – 2L = 0,
dL
Cut the wire at P and label diagram as shown. Let
a2 – b2
L = AP form the circle and PB the square.
2
Then, 2πr = x
and W =
2ab
2
a –b a2 – b2
2 a – b –
2 2
2 x
r =
2π
100 – x
= ab. and the length of each side of the square is .
4
The hypothesis is proven. x

2
Area of circle = π
2π
13. Let the height be h and the radius r.
x2
k =
Then, πr2h = k, h = . 4π
πr2
100 – x

2
Let M represent the amount of material, Area of square =
4
M = 2πr2 + 2πrh

k
= 2πr2 + 2πr 2
πr
The total area is
2k
= 2πr2 + , 0 ≤ r ≤ ∞
x2 100 – x 2

A(x) = + , where 0 ≤ x ≤ 100.
4π 4
r
2x 100 – x
A'(x) = + 2 –
4π 4
1
4
x 100 – x
= –
2π 8

For max or min, let A'(x) = 0. Then, d(1) = 42 + 12
= 17.
x 100 – x
– = 0 The minimal distance is d = 17 , and the point on
2π 8
100π the curve giving this result is (1, 4).
x = + π =˙ 44
r
16. y
A(0) = 625
442

100 – 44 2

2
A(44) = + =˙ 350 A(a, 2a)
4π 4
D C
1002 x
A(100) = =˙ 796
4π 2
B(b, 2b)
The minimum area is 350 cm2 when a piece of wire
of approximately 44 cm is bent into a circle. The
maximum area is 796 cm2 and occurs when all of
the wire is used to form a circle.
Let the point A have coordinates (a2, 2a). (Note
15. y that the x-coordinate of any point on the curve is
positive, but that the y-coordinate can be positive
or negative. By letting the x-coordinate be a2, we
eliminate this concern.) Similarly, let B have
coordinates (b2, 2b). The slope of AB is
(–3, 3)
x 2a – 2b 2
= .
a2 – b2 a+b
Using the mid-point property, C has coordinates
, a + b.
2 2
Any point on the curve can be represented by a +b
(a, (a – 3)2). 2
The distance from (–3, 3) to a point on the curve is Since CD is parallel to the x-axis, the y-coordinate
d = (a + 3)2+ ((a –3)2 – 3)2. of D is also a + b. The slope of the tangent at D is
To minimize the distance, we consider the function dy
given by for the expression y2 = 4x.
d(a) = (a + 3)2 + (a2 – 6a + 6)2. dx
In minimizing d(a), we minimize d since d > 1 always.
Differentiating,
For critical points, set d'(a) = 0.
d'(a) = 2(a + 3) + 2(a2 – 6a + 6)(2a – 6) dy
2y = 4
If d'(a) = 0, dx
a + 3 + (a2 – 6a + 6)(2a – 6) = 0 dy 2
=
2a3 – 18a2 + 49a – 33 = 0 dx y
(a – 1)(2a2 – 16a + 33) = 0 And since at point D, y = a + b,

16 ± –8 dy 2
a = 1 or a = = .
4 dx a + b
There is only one critical value, a = 1.
But this is the same as the slope of AB. Then, the
To determine whether a = 1 gives a minimal value,
tangent at D is parallel to the chord AB.
we use the second derivative test:
d'(a) = 6a2 – 36a + 49
d''(1) = 6 – 36 + 49
≥ 0.

17. y Exercise 5.6
1. – 10)
a. C(625) = 75(625
5 = 1125
1125
P (x, y) Average cost is = $1.80.
B 625
x b. C(x) = 75(x – 10)

0 2 A 10 = 75x – 750
75
C'(x) =
2x
Let the point P(x, y) be on the line x + 2y – 10 = 0.
75
Area of ∆APB = xy C'(1225) = = $1.07
2
1225
x + 2y = 10 or x = 10 – 2y
A(y) = (10 – 2y)y c. For a marginal cost of $0.50/L,
= 10y – 2y2, 0 ≤ y ≤ 5 75
= 0.5
A'(y) = 10.4y 2x
For max or min, let A'(y) = 0 or 10 – 4y = 0, y = 2.5, 75 = x
A(0) = 0 x = 5625
A(2.5) = (10 – 5)(2.5) = 12.5 The amount of product is 5625 L.
A(5) = 0.
6t
The largest area is 12.5 units squared and occurs 3. L(t) =
t2 + 2t + 1
when P is at the point (5, 2.5).
6(t2 + 2t + 1) – 6t(2t + 2)
18. y a. L'(t) =
(t2 + 2t + 1)2
(0, k 2) –6t2 + 6
=
A B
(t + 2t + 1)2
2
Let L'(t) = 0, then –6t2 + 6 = 0,

(k, 0) t2 = 1
x
D C
t = ±1.
6 6
b. L(1) = = = 1.5
A is (–x, y) and B(x, y) 1+2+1 4
Area = 2xy where y = k2 – x2
h 15 000 000
A(x) = 2x(k2 – x2) 4. C = 4000 + + , 1000 ≤ h ≤ 20 000
15 h
= 2k2x – 2x3, –k ≤ x ≤ k
A'(x) = 2k2 – 6x2 dC 1 15 000 000
= –
For max or min, let A'(x) = 0, dh 15 h2
6x2 = 2k2 dC 1 15 000 000
Set = 0, therefore, = = 0,
k dh 15 h2
x = ±
3 h2 = 225 000 000

k k 2 2 h = 15 000, h > 0.
When x = ± , y = k2 – = k2
3 3 3 Using the max min Algorithm, 1000 ≤ h ≤ 20 000.
2k 2 4k3 3
Max area is A = k2 =
3
3 33 3
4k3
= square units.
9

1000 15 000 000
When h = 1000, C = 4000 + + , 6.
15 1000
=˙ 19 067.
h
15 000 15 000 000 x
When h = 15 000, C = 4000 + + ,
15 15 000 2h
= 6000.
When h = 20 000, C =˙ 6083. Label diagram as shown.
The minimum operating cost of $6000/h occurs when We know that (x)(2h)(h) = 20 000
the plane is flying at 15 000 m. or h2x = 10 000
10 000
x x =
5. h2
Cost C = 40(2hx) + 2xh(200) + 100(2)(2h2 + xh)
y = 80xh + 400xh + 400h2 + 200xh
= 680xh + 400h2
10 000
Since x = ,
h2
Label diagram as shown and let the side of length x
10 000
cost $6/m and the side of length y be $9/m. C(h) = 680h() + 400h2, 0 ≤ h ≤ 100
h2
Therefore, (2x)(6) + (2y)(9) = 9000
6 800 000
2x + 3y = 1500. C(h) = + 400h2
h
Area A = xy
6 800 000
1500 – 2x C'(h) = – + 800h.
But y = . h2
3
Let C'(h) = 0,
1500 – 2x
∴ A(x) = x
3 800h3 = 6 800 000
h3 = 8500
2
= 500x – x2 for domain 0 ≤ x ≤ 500 h =˙ 20.4.
3
Apply max min Algorithm,
4
A'(x) = 500 –x As h→0 C(0)→∞
3
6 800 000
Let A'(x) = 0, x = 375. C(20.4) = + 400(20.4)2
20.4
Using max min Algorithm, 0 ≤ x ≤ 500,
= 499 800
2
A(0) = 0, A(375) = 500(375) – (375)2 C(100) = 4 063 000.
3
= 93 750 Therefore, the minimum cost is about $500 000.
A(500) = 0.
The largest area is 93 750 m2 when the width is
250 m by 375 m.

7. Let the height of the cylinder be h cm, the radius 3x = 16 + x2
r cm. Let the cost for the walls be $k and for the 9x = 16 + x2
2
top $2k. x2 = 2
1000 x =˙ 1.4, x ≥ 0
V = 1000 = πr2h or h =
πr2 Using max min Algorithm:
The cost C = (2πr2)(2k) + (2πrh)k when x = 0, C = 6000 4 + 2000(12) = $48 000
x = 1.4, C = 6000 2 + 2000(12 – 1.4)
16 +(1.4)
1000
or C = 4πkr + 2πkr
2
πr2 =˙ $46 627

2000k x = 12, C = 6000 16 + 1
22 =˙ 75 895.
C(r) = 4πkr2 + , r ≥ 0
r The minimum cost occurs when point C is 1.4 km
2000k from point A or about 10.6 km south of the power plant.
C'(r) = 8πkr –
r2
9. Let the number of fare changes be x. Now, ticket
2000k
Let C'(r) = 0, then 8πkr = price is $20 + $0.5x. The number of passengers is
r2
10 000 – 200x.
2000
or r3 = The revenue R(x) = (10 000 – 200x)(20 + 0.5x),
8π
R'(x) = –200(20 + 0.5x) + 0.5(1000 – 200x)
r =˙ 4.3
= –4000 – 100x + 5000 – 100x.
1000 Let R'(x) = 0:
h = 2 = 17.2.
π(4.3) 200x = 1000
Since r ≥ 0, minimum cost occurs when r = 4.3 cm x = 5.
and h = 17.2 cm. The new fare is $20 + $0.5(5) = $22.50 and the
maximum revenue is $202 500.
8. B
12 – x
v3

10. Cost C – + 216 t
2
C 500
12 km where vt = 500 or t = .
v
x
L
A
v3

500
C(v) = + 216
2 v
4 km
108 000
= 250v2 + , where, v ≥ 0.
v
108 000
Let the distance AC be x km. Therefore, CB = 12 – x C'(v) = 500v –
v2
CL =
16 + x2. 108 000
Let C'(v) = 0, then 500v =
Cost C = 6000
16 + x2 + 2000(12 – x), 0 ≤ x ≤ 12 v2
dC 1 1
– 108 000
= 6000 (16 + x2) 2 (2x) + 2000(–1) v3 =
dx 2 500
6000x v3 = 216
= – 2000
1
6 + x2 v = 6.
The most economical speed is 6 nautical miles/h.
dC
Set = 0
dx
6000x
= 2000
1
6 + x2

11. Let the number of increases be n. b. Since 200 – 165 = 35, it takes 5 price increases to
New speed = 110 + n. reduce sales to 165 cakes.
Fuel consumption = (8 – 0.1n) km/L. New price is 10 + 0.5 5 = $12.50.
For a 450 km trip:
c. If you increase the price, the number sold will
450
fuel consumption = L,
8 – 0.1n
decrease. Profit in situations like this will increase
for several price increases and then it will decrease
fuel cost = 0.68
450 because too many customers stop buying.
8 – 0.1n
Time for Trip = = + n h

D 450 13. P(x) = R(x) – C(x)
v 110 Marginal Revenue = R'(x).
Cost = Cost of driver + fixed cost + fuel Marginal Cost = C'(x).
450

C(n) = 35 + 15.50 +
110 + n 450
110 + n Now P'(x) = R'(x) – C'(x).
The critical point occurs when P'(x) = 0.

8 – 0.1n
450
0.68
If R'(x) = C'(x) then P'(x) = R'(x) – R'(x)
= 0.
–15 750 6975 30.6 Therefore, the profit function has a critical point
C'(n) = 2 – 2 + 2
(110 + n) (110 + n) (8 – 0.1n) when the marginal revenue equals the marginal cost.
Let C'(n) = 0:
14. h
30.6 22 725
2 = 2
(8 – 0.1n) (110 + n)
r
2
(110 + n) 22 725
2 =
(8 – 0.1n) 30.6
110 + n
= ±742.6
= ±27.3 Label diagram as shown. Let cost of cylinder
8 – 0.1n
be $k/m3.
110 + n = 27.3(8 – 0.1n) V = 200
n =˙ 29 4
or 110 + n = –27.3(8 – 0.1n) = πr2h + πr3
3
n =˙ 190. Note: Surface Area = Total cost C
For r =˙ 29, new speed = 139 km/h Cost C = (2πrh)k + (4πr2)2k
n =˙ 190, new speed = 300 km/h, which is not 4
But, 200 = πr2h + πr3 or 600 = 3πr2h + 4πr2
possible. 8
The speed is 139 km/h. 600 – 4πr3
Therefore, h = .
3πr2
12. a. Let the number of $0.50 increases be n.
New price = 10 + 0.5n. C(r) = 2kπr
600 – 4πr3
3πr2
1 + 8kπr2
Number sold = 200 – 7n.
Revenue R(n) = (10 + 0.5n)(200 – 7n)
600 – 4πr3
= 2k + 8kπr2
3r
= 2000 + 30n – 3.5n2

1
Profit P(n) = R(n) – C(n) 600
Since h ≤ 16, r ≤ 3 or 0 ≤ r ≤ 3.6
= 2000 + 30n – 3.5n2 –6(200 – 7n) 4π
= 800 + 72n – 3.5n2 400k 8kπr2
C(r) = – + 3kπr2
P'(n) = 72 – 7n r 3
Let P'(n) = 0,
400k 16kπr2
72 – 7n = 0, n =˙ 10. = +
r 3
Price per cake = 10 + 5 = $15
400k 32kπr
Number sold = 200 – 70 = 130 C'(r) = – +
r2 3
Let C'(r) = 0 16. v(r) = Ar2(r0 – r), 0 ≤ r ≤ r
400k 32kπr v(r) = Ar0r2 – Ar3
=
r2 3 v'(r) = 2Ar0r – 3Ar2
50 4πr Let v'(r) = 0:
= 2Ar0r – 3Ar2 = 0
r2 3
2r0r – 3r2 = 0
4πr3 = 150
r(2r0 – 3r) = 0
150
r3 = 2r0
4π r = 0 or r = .
3
r = 2.29
v(0) = 0
h =˙ 8.97 m

2r0 4 2r0
Note: C(0)→∞ v = A r02 r0 –
C(2.3) =˙ 262.5k 3 9 3
C(3.6) =˙ 330.6k 4
= r0A
The minimum cost occurs when r = 230 cm and h is 27
about 900 cm. A(r0) = 0
The maximum velocity of air occurs when radius is
15. S1 object S2 2r0
10 –x x
.
3
10
Review Exercise
Note: S2 = 351
Let x be the distance from S2 to the object. 1. d. x2y–3 + 3 = y
ks
I = , where S is the strength of the source and x is dy dy
x2 2xy–3 – 3x2y–4 =
dx dx
the distance to the source.
dy 2xy–3
ks =
I1 = 2 dx 1 + 3x2y–4
(10 – x)
2x
k(35)
I2 = , 0 < x < 10 y3
x2 = 2
3x
1 +
ks 3ks y4
I = 2 +
(10 – x) x2 2x

y3
dI –2ks 6ks =
= 3 – y4 + 3x2
dx (10 – x) x3
y4
dI 2ks 6ks
Let = 0. Therefore, 3 = : 2xy
dx (10 – x) x3 =
3x2y4
x3 = 3(10 – x)3
3
x = 3(10 – x) 2. b. (x2 + y2)2 = 4x2y
x =˙ 1.44(10 – x)
2.4x = 14.4
dy
dy
2(x2 + y2) 2x + 2y = 8xy + 4x2
dx dx
x =˙ 5.9. At (1, 1),
Minimum illumination occurs when x = 5.9 m.
dy
dy
2(1 + 1) 2 + 2 = 8 1 1 + 4(1)2
dx dx
dy dy
8 + 8 = 8 + 4
dx dx
dy
= 0.
dx

1

3. x–2y6 + 2y–2 – 6 = 0 7. s(t)= t2 + (2t – 3)2
dy dy 1 1
–
–2x–3y6 + 6x–2y5 – 4y–3 = 0 V = S'(t) = 2t + (2t – 3) 2(2)
dx dx 21
–
= 2t + (2t – 3) 2
At (0.5, 1):
1 3
–
dy dy a = S''(t) = 2 – (2t – 3) 2 (2)
–2(0.5)–3(1)6 + 6(0.5)–2(1)5 – 4(1)–3 = 0 2
dx dx 3
–
dy dy = 2 – (2t – 3) 2
–16 + 24 – 4 = 0
dx dx
9. s(t) = 45t – 5t2
dy
20 = 16 v(t) = 45 – 10t
dx
For v(t) = 0, t = 4.5.
dy 4
= .
dx 5 t 0 ≤ t < 4.5 4.5 t > 4.5
At (0.5, –1): v(t) + 0 –
dy dy
–2(0.5) (–1) + 6(0.5) (–1) – 4(–1)–3 = 0
–3 6 –2 5
dx dx Therefore, the upward velocity is positive for

dy dy
–16 – 24 + 4 = 0 0 ≤ t < 4.5 s, zero for t = 4.5 s, negative for t > 4.5 s.
dx dx
v(t)
dy
20 = –16 metres/
dx second
dy –4
= . 45
dx 5
6. 3x2 – y2 = 7
dy 0 4.5 9 t (seconds)
6x – 2y = 0
dx
dy 6x –45
=
dx 2y
3x
=
y 10. a. f(x) = 2x3 – 9x2
dy f'(x) = 6x2 – 18x
3y – 3x
d2y dx For max min, f'(x) = 0:
2 =
dx y2
6x(x – 3) = 0
x = 0 or x = 3.
3x
3y – 3x
y
= x f(x) = 2x3 – 9x2
y2
–2 –52 min
3y2 – 9x2
= 0 0 max
y2
3 –27
But, 3y2 – 9x2 = –3(3x2 – y2)
= –3 7 4 –16
= –21. The minimum value is –52.

–21 The maximum value is 0.
Therefore, y'' = .
y2

18
c. f(x) = 2x + Equation of tangent at (2, –1) is
x
f'(x) = 2 – 18x –2 y+1
= 1
For max min, f'(x) = 0: x–2
y = x – 3.
18
=2
x2 Therefore, the equation of the tangent at
x2 = 9 (2, –1) to y3 – 3xy – 5 = 0 is y = x – 3.
x = ±3.
8
18 13. s(t) = 1 + 2t –
x f(x) = 2x + t2 + 1
x 16t
v(t) = 2 + 8(t2 + 1)–2(2t) = 2 +
1 20 (t2 + 1)2
a(t) = 16(t2 + 1)–2 + 16t(–2)(t2 + 1)–3 2t
3 12 = 16(t2 + 1)–2 – 64t2(t2 + 1)–3
18 = 16(t2 + 1)–3[t2 + 1 – 4t2]
5 10 + = 13.6
5 For max min velocities, a(t) = 0:
The minimum value is 12.
3t2 = 1
The maximum value is 20.
1
t = ±.
11. s(t) = 62 – 16t + t2 6
v(t) = –16 + 2t 16t
t v(t) = 2 +
a. s(0) = 62 (t2 + 1)2
Therefore, the front of the car was 62 m from the 0 2 min
stop sign.
16
163
b. When v = 0, t = 8.
1
3 3
= 2 + 33 max
∴ s(8) = 62 – 16(8) + (8)2 2+ 2 = 2 +

1 16
= 62 – 128 + 64 3 + 1
3

9
= –2
Yes, the car goes 2 m beyond the stop sign before 32
2 2 + = 3.28
stopping. 25
c. Stop signs are located two or more metres from The minimum value is 2.
an intersection. Since the car only went 2 m The maximum value is 2 + 33.
beyond the stop sign, it is unlikely the car would
14. u(x) = 625x–1 + 15 + 0.01x
hit another vehicle travelling perpendicular.
u'(x) = –625x–2 + 0.01
For a minimum, u'(x) = 0
12. y3 – 3xy – 5 = 0
x2 = 62 500
dy dy
3y2 – 3y – (3x) = 0 x = 250
dx dx
At (2, –1): 62 5
x u(x) = + 0.01x
dy dy x
3 + 3 – 6 = 0
dx dx 1 625.01
dy
1 = . 250 2.5 + 2.5 = 5 min
dx
625
500 + 5 = 6.25
500
Therefore, 250 items should be manufactured to
ensure unit waste is minimized.

15. iii)C(x) = x + 5000 16. C(x) = 0.004x2 + 40x + 16 000
a. C(400) = 20 + 5000 Average cost of producing x items is
= $5020 C(x)
C(x) =
5020 x
b. C(400) = 16 000
400 C(x) = 0.004x + 40 +
= $12.55 x
To find the minimum average cost, we solve
1 –1
c. C'(x) = x 2 C'(x) = 0
2
16 000
1 0.004 – =0
= x2
2x 4x2 – 16 000 000 = 0
1 x2 = 4 000 000
C'(400) =
40 x = 2000, x > 0.
= $0.025 From the graph, it can be seen that x = 2000 is a
=˙ $0.03 minimum. Therefore, a production level of 2000
1 items minimizes the average cost.
C'(401) =
2
401 17. b. s(t) = –t3 + 4t2 – 10
= $0.025 s(0) = –10
=˙ $0.03 Therefore, its starting position is at –10.
The cost to produce the 401st item is $0.03. s(3) = –27 + 36 – 10
1
– = –1
iv)C(x) = 100x 2 + 5x + 700
v(t) = –3t2 + 8t
100
a. C(400) = + 2000 + 700 v(3) = –27 + 24
20
= –3
= $2705
Since s(3) and v(3) are both negative, the object
2750
b. C(400) = is moving away from the origin and towards its
400
starting position.
= $6.875
= $6.88 1
18. Given cone v = πr2h
3
– 3
c. C'(x) = –50x + 5 2
dv m3
–50 = 9
C'(400) = 3 + 5 dt h
(20) 2
= 5.00625 Slopes of sides =
3
= $5.01 rise 2
=
C'(401) = $5.01 run 3
The cost to produce the 401st item is $5.01. h 2
∴ =
r 3

dh
a. Find when r = 6 m. At a specific time, h = 10 m,
dt
10 2
=
r 3
Solution r = 15 m
1
v = πr2h 2 dr
9 = π(15)2
3 3 dt
h 2
Using = dr
9 = 150π
r 3 dt
3
r = 3 dr
= .
2h 50π dt
3
1 9h2
∴ r = π h
4
3
m/h when h = 10 m.
3
v = πh3 50π
4
dv 9 2 dh dv
= πh 19. Given = 1 cm3/s
dt 4 dt dt
Surface area = circular with h = 0.5 cm.
At a specific time, r = 6 m:
Volume is a cylinder.
h 2
= dA
6 3 Find .
dt
h = 4 m.
9 dh
9 = π(4)2 Solution
4 dt
dh A = πr2
9 = 36π
dt
dA dr
1 dh = 2πr
= dt dt
4π dt
v = πr2h
Therefore, the altitude is increasing at a rate of
1 But h = 0.5 cm,
m/h when r = 6 m.
4π 1
v = πr2
2
dr dv dr
b. Find when h = 10 m. = πr
dt dt dt
At a specific time,
Solution dr
1 = πr
dt
1
v = πr2h 1 dr
3 =
πr dt
h 2
Using = ,
r 3
dA

= 2πr
dt
1
πr
2
h = r = 2.
3
Therefore, the top surface area is increasing at a rate
1

2
v = πr2 r
3 3 of 2 cm2/s.
2 3
v = πr
9
dv 2 dr
= πr2
dt 3 dt

20. Given cube s = 6x2 Solution
v = x3 h
Let = k, k is a constant k ∈ R
ds r
= 8 cm2/s,
dt 1 h
v = πr2h and r =
dv 3 k
find when s = 60 cm2.
dt 1 h2
∴ v = π2 h
3 k
Solution 1
v = 2 πh3
3k
v = x2
dv 1 dh
dv dx = 2 πh2 .
= 3x2 dt k dt
dt dt
At a specific time, h = 8 cm,
At a specific time, s = 60 cm2,
1
∴ 6x2 = 60 –10 = 2 π(8)2(–2)
k
x2 = 10.
–128π
Also, s = 6x2. –10 =
k2
ds dx 64π
= 12x k2 =
dt dt 5
,
At a specific time, x = 10
8π
dx k =
8 = 12 10 5
dt
π
2
=
310 dt
dx h
r
∴ = 8
5
8

dv 2 5π
= 3(10) = .
dt 310 5
20 Therefore, the ratio of the height to the radius is
=
10 8
5π : 5.
.
= 210
22. Given
Therefore, the volume is increasing at a rate of
cm3/s.
210
21. Given cone

y
2
r
x L
15 m
h
Since the angle formed from the light to the top of
the man’s head decreases as he walks towards the
1
v = πr2h building, the length of his shadow on the building
3
is decreasing.
dv
= –10 cm3/min
dt
dh Solution
= –2 cm/min
dt
Let x represent the distance he is from
h
Find when h = 8 cm. dx
r the wall. Therefore, = –2, since he is walking
dt
towards the building. Let y be the length of his
dy
shadow on the building. Therefore, represents the
dt
rate of change of the length of his shadow.
Using similar triangles, 24. Let the base be x cm by x cm and the height h cm.
y 2 Therefore, x2h = 10 000.
=
15 15 – x A = x2 + 4xh
15y – xy = 30 10 000
But h = ,
15y – 30 = xy x2
dy dx dy
15 = y + x
dt dt dt

A(x) = x2 + 4x
10 000
x2
400 000
At a specific time, 15 – x = 4, = x2 + , for x ≥ 5
x
∴ x = 11.
400 000
y 2 A'(x) = 2x – ,
And using = , x2
15 15 – x
400 000
Let A'(x) = 0, then 2x =
dy
dy

15 = (–2)(7.5) + (11)
dt dt 3
x2
x = 200 000
dy x = 27.14.
4 = –15
dt Using the max min Algorithm,
dy –15 A(5) = 25 + 80 000 = 80 025
=
dt 4 A(27.14) =˙ 15 475
Therefore, the length of his shadow is decreasing at a The dimensions of a box of minimum area is
rate of 3.75 m/s. 27.14 cm for the base and height 13.57 cm.
16 25. Let the length be x and the width y.

23. s = 27t3 + + 10, t > 0
t
16
a. v = 81t2 –
t2 y y y y y y
16
81t2 – =0
t2 x
81t4 = 16
16 12 000
t4 = P = 2x + 6y and xy = 12 000 or y =
81 x
2 12 000
t = ± P(x) = 2x + 6
3 x
t>0 72 000
P(x) = 2x + , 10 ≤ x ≤ 1200 (5 240)
2 x
Therefore, t = .
3 72 000
A'(x) = 2 –
b. x2
2 2 2 Let A'(x) = 0,
t 0 < t < t = t > 2x2 = 72 000
3 3 3
ds x2 = 36 000
– 0 +
dt x =˙ 190.
2 Using max min Algorithm,
A minimum velocity occurs at t = or 0.67.
3 A(10) = 20 + 7200 = 7220 m2
dv 32
c. a = = 162t + A(190) =˙ 759 m2
dt t3
A(1200) = 1 440 060
2 2 32 The dimensions for the minimum amount of fencing
At t = , a = 162 +
3 3 8
is a length of 190 m by a width of approximately
27
= 216 63 m.
Since a > 0, the particle is accelerating.

26. x Using max min Algorithm,
x A(2) =˙ 550
40–2x
A(4.3) =˙ 349
20–2x A(5) =˙ 357
For a minimum amount of material, the can should
be constructed with a radius of 4.3 cm and a height
of 8.6 cm.
Let the width be w and the length 2w.
Then, 2w2 = 800
28. R
w2 = 400
w = 20, w > 0.
Let the corner cuts be x cm by x cm. The 1 km
dimensions of the box are shown. The volume is 8–x
V(x) = x(40 – 2x)(20 – 2x) A C x B
= 4x3 – 120x2 – 800x, 0 ≤ x ≤ 10 8
V'(x) = 12x2 – 240x – 800
Let V'(x) = 0: Let x be the distance CB, and 8 – x the distance AC.
12x2 – 240x – 800 = 0 Let the cost on land be $k and under water $1.6k.
3x2 – 60x – 200 = 0 The cost C(x)k(8 – x) + 1.6k
1 + x2, 0 ≤ x ≤ 8.
60 ± 3600 – 2400 1 1
–
x = C'(x) = –k + 1.6k (1 + x2) 2 (2x)
6 2
x =˙ 15.8 or x = 4.2, but x ≤ 10. 1.6kx
Using max min Algorithm, = –k +
1+ x2
V(0) = 0
V(4.2) = 1540 cm2 Let C'(x) = 0,
V(10) = 0.
1.6kx
Therefore, the base is –k + = 0
40 – 2 4.2 = 31.6 1+ k2
by 20 – 2 4.2 = 11.6. 1.6x
= 1
The dimensions are 31.6 dm2, by 11.6 dm, by 4.2 dm. 1 + k2
27. Let the radius be r cm and the height h cm. 1.6x = 1 + x2

V = πr2h = 500 2.56x = 1 + x2
2
A = 2πr2 + 2πrh 1.56x2 = 1

500 x2 =˙ 0.64
Since h = , 6 ≤ h ≤ 15 x = 0.8, x > 0.
πr2

500
A(r) = 2πr2 + 2πr
πr2
Using max min Algorithm,
A(0) = 9.6k
1000
= 2πr2 + for 2 ≤ r ≤ 5 A(0.8) = k(8 – 0.8) + 1.6k1 + (0.
8)2 = 9.25k
r A(8) = 12.9k
1000 The best way to cross the river is to run the pipe
A'(r) = 4πr – .
r2 8 – 0.8 or 7.2 km along the river shore and then
Let A'(r) = 0, then 4πr3 = 1000, cross diagonally to the refinery.
1000
r3 =
4π
r =˙ 4.3.

29. S y B Therefore, n = 52 or 53.
P(0) = 3600
P(52) = 9112
x
P(53) = 9112
P(120) = 0
s The maximum profit occurs when the CD players are sold at
A $204 for 68 and at $206 for 67 CD players.
Let y represent the distance the westbound train is from
31. P
the station and x the distance of the northbound train from
the station S. Let t represent time after 10:00.
Then x = 100t, y = (120 – 120t) 5 km
Let the distance AB be z.
20 – x x
2
z = (100t) + (120 2, 0 ≤ t ≤ 1
– 120t) R
C A

1
dz 1 –
= (100t)2 + (120 – 120t)2 2
20 km
dt 2
2 100 100t – 2 120 (120(1 – t) Let x represent the distance AC.
Then, RC = 20 – x and 4.
dz PC =
25 + x2
Let = 0, that is
dt
The cost:
2 100 100t – 2 120 120(1 – t) = 0
C(x) = 100 00025 + x2 + 75 000(20 – x), 0 ≤ x ≤ 20

2(100t)2
+ (120
– 120
t)2 1

1
–
C'(x) = 100 000 25 + x2 2
(2x) – 75 000.
2
or 20 000t = 28 800(1 – t) Let C'(x) = 0,
48 800t = 288 000
100 000x
288 – 75 000 = 0
t = =˙ 0.59 h or 35.4 min.
488 2
5 + x2
When t = 0, z = 120. 4x = 3 25 + x2
t = 0.59 16x2 = 9(25 + x2)
z =
(100 0.59)2+ (120
– 120 0.5 9)2 7x2 = 225
= 76.8 km x2 =˙ 32
t = 1, z = 100 x =˙ 5.7.
The closest distance between trains is 76.8 km and occurs Using max min Algorithm,
at 10:35. + 75 000 (20) = 2 000 000
A(0) = 100 00025
A(5.7) = 100 000 2 + 75 000(20 – 5.7)
25 + 5.7
30. Let the number of price increases be n. = 1 830 721.60
New selling price = 100 + 2n. A(20) = 2 061 552.81.
Number sold = 120 – n. The minimum cost is $1 830 722 and occurs when the
Profit = Revenue – Cost pipeline meets the shore at a point C, 5.7 km from point A,
P(n) = (100 + 2n)(120 – n) – 70(120 – n), 0 ≤ n ≤ 120 directly across from P.
= 3600 + 210n – 2n2
P'(n) = 210 – 4n
Let P'(n) = 0
210 – 4n = 0
n = 52.5.

Chapter 5 Test d. s(3) = 27 – 81 + 72 + 5
= 23
1. x2 + 4xy – y2 = 8 v(3) = 27 – 54 + 24
dy dy = –3
2x + 4y + 4x – 2y = 0
dx dx Since the signs of s(3) and v(3) are different, the
dy
x + 2y + (2x – y) = 0 object is moving towards the origin.
dx
dy –x – 2y dr
= 4. Given: circle = 2 m/s,
dx 2x – y dt
dy x + 2y dA
= find when r = 60.
dx y – 2x dt
2. 3x2 + 4y2 = 7
dy Solution
6x + 8y = 0
dx
At P(–1, 1), A = πr2
dy dA dr
–6 + 8 = 0 = 2πr
dx dt dt
dy 3
= . At a specific time, r = 60,
dx 4
Equation of tangent line at P(–1, 1) is dA
= 2π(60)(2)
dt
y–1 3
= = 240π.
x+1 4
3x + 3 = 4y – 4 Therefore, the area is increasing at a rate of
3x – 4y + 7 = 0. 240π m2/s.
dr
3. a. Average velocity from t = 1 to t = 6 is 5. Given: sphere = 2 m/min,
dt
∆s s(6) – s(1)
= dv
∆t 6–1 find when r = 8 m.
dt
(216 – 324 + 144 + 5) – (1 – 9 + 24 + 5)
=
5
= 4 m/s. Solution
The average velocity from t = 1 to t = 6 is 4 m/s.
4
v = πr3
b. Object is at rest when v = 0: 3
0 = 3t – 18t + 24 dv dr
= 4πr2 .
= 3(t2 – 6t + 8) dt dt
= 3(t – 4)(t – 2) At a specific time, r = 8 m:
t = 2 or t = 4. dv
= 4π(64)(2)
Therefore, the object is at rest at 2 s and 4 s. dt
= 512π.
c. v(t) = 3t2 – 18t + 24
a(t) = 6t – 18 a. Therefore the volume is increasing at a rate of
a(5) = 30 – 18 512π m3/min.
= 12 b. The radius is increasing, therefore the volume is
Therefore, the acceleration after 5 s is 12 m/s2. also increasing. Answers may vary.

dV
6. Given: cube V = x3, S = 6x2, = 2 cm3/min, Solution
dt
1
dS v = πr2h
find when x = 5. 3
dt
r 10 5
= =
h 24 12
Solution 5
v = h.
S = 6x2 12
dS dx Substituting into v,
= 12x

dt dt 1 25
v = π h2 h
At a specific time, x = 5: 3 144
25
dS

= 12(5)
dt
2
75
v = πh3.
432
dv 25 dh
8 = πh2
= dt 144 dt
5
At a specific time, h = 16:
V = x3
25 dh
dV dx 20 = π(16)2
= 3x2 144 dt
dt dt
6400π dh
20 =
144 dt
dV
When x = 5, = 2 dh 9
dt = .
d x dt 20π
2 = 3(5)2
dt
dx 2 Therefore, the depth of the water is increasing at a
=
dt 75 9
rate of m/min.
S = 6x2 20π
dS dx x2 – 1
= 12x 8. f(x) =
dt dt x+2
2x(x + 2)–(x2 – 1)(1)
dx 2 f'(x) =
When x = 5, = . (x + 2)2
dt 75
x2 + 4x + 1
dS

Therefore, = 12(5)
dt
2
75
=
(x + 2)2
8 For max min, f'(x) = 0:
=
5 x2 + 4x + 1 = 0
= 1.6. –4 ±16 – 4
x =
2
Therefore, the surface area of the cube is increasing
– 4 ± 23
at a rate of 1.6 cm2/min. =
2
7. 10 = –2 ±3.
24
dv
= 20 m3/min
dt
dh
Find when h = 16.
dt

x2 – 2 At a specific time,
x f(x) =
x+2 dx
25(6) = 2
–1 0 dt
150 dx
4 – 43 + 3 – 1 6 – 43 =
–2 + 3 = = 23 – 4 21 dt
3 3
50 dx
=˙ –0.536 min = .
7 dt
8
3 = 1.6 max 3
5
Therefore, her shadow’s head is moving away at a
Therefore, the minimum value is (23 – 4) and the
rate of 7.1 m/s.
maximum value is 1.6.
10.
9.
x
10 m
1.6 m
y x y
dx Let x represent the width of the field in m, x > 0.

Find when y = 8 m.
dt Let y represent the length of the field in m.
Let x represent the distance the tip of her shadow
4x + 2y = 2000 (1)
is from the point directly beneath the spotlight.
A = xy (2)
Let y represent the distance she is from the point
From (1): y = 1000 – 2x. Restriction 0 < x < 500
directly beneath the spotlight.
Substitute into (2):
dy A(x) = x(1000 – 2x)
= 6 m/s
dx = 1000x – 2x2
A'(x) = 1000 – 4x.
Solution For a max min, A'(x) = 0, x = 250
x 10 x A(x) = x(1000 – 2x)

= = 6.25
x – y 1.6
0 lim A(x) = 0
x = 6.25x – 6.25y x→0+
6.25y = 5.25x
250 A(250) = 125 000 max
dy dx
6.25 = 5.25
dt dt 1000 lim A(x) = 0
x→1000
At a specific time, y = 8 m:
∴ x = 250 and y = 500.
dx
6.25(6) = 5.25
dt
Therefore, each paddock is 250 m in width and
dx dx
7.1 =˙ or = 21 . 500
m in length.
dt dt 3

11.
2x
Let x represent the height.

Let 2x represent the width.
Let y represent the length.
Volume 10 000 = 2x2y
Cost:
C = 0.02(2x)y + 2(0.05)(2x2) + 2(0.05)(xy) + 0.1(2xy)
= 0.04xy + 0.2x2 + 0.1xy + 0.2 xy
= 0.34xy + 0.2x2
10 000 5000
But y = = .
2x2 x2

5000
Therefore, C(x) = 0.34x
x2
+ 0.2x2
1700
= + 0.2x2, x ≥ 0
x
–1700
C'(x) = + 0.4x.
x2
Let C'(x) = 0:
–1700
+ 0.4x = 0
x2
0.4x3 = 1700
x3 = 4250
x =˙ 16.2.
C(0)→∞
1700
C(16.2) = + 0.2(16.2)2 = 157.4.
16.2
Minimum when x = 16.2, 2x = 32.4 and y = 19.0.
The required dimensions are 162 m, 324 m by 190 m.

Chapter 6 • Exponential Functions
Review of Prerequisite Skills 6. a. y
y1
y x
2–1 + 2–2
3. d.
3–1
1 1 x
+
2 4
=
1

3
y3

1 1
+
12 2 4
= 1
12
3
6+3 b. (i) The graph of y1 is vertically compressed by
= one-half to form the graph of y2.
4
9 (ii) The graph of y1 is stretched vertically by two

= and it is reflected in the x-axis.
4
5. b. (i) y1 transforms to y2 by a vertical shift upwards c. The graph of y = 3x2 + 25 is the vertical stretch
of four units. by three of the graph of y = x2 and is shifted
upwards 25 units.

(ii) y1 transforms to y3 by a vertical shift
downwards of three units. These are called d. For the function y = c f(x) where c is a constant,
translations. the function is a transformation of y = f(x).
If c < 0, the graph of the function is reflected in
c. The graph of y = x2 − 2, shifted vertically upwards
the x-axis.
four units, becomes the graph of y = x2 + 2.
If 0 < c < 1, the graph of the function is
d. When a positive or negative constant is added to a compressed by a factor of c.
function, it results in a vertical shift of the graph If c > 1, the graph of the function is stretched by
of the function. For a positive constant, the shift is a factor of c.
upwards that many units and for a negative
constant, the shift is downward that many units. 7. a. y
y y1 x
y
y x
y1
y3 x
5
y3 x
b. (i) The graph of y1 is shifted to the right five units

to the graph of y2.
(ii) The graph of y1 is shifted to the left three units

and reflected in the x-axis.
Chapter 6: Exponential Functions 147

c. The graph of y = (x + 6)2 − 7 is the lateral shift of six i. (0.3)3 ÷ (0.3)5
units to the left and seven units vertically downwards. = (0.3)–2
d. When a positive or negative constant is added to

3 –2
the independent variable in a function, there is a =

10
lateral shift or translation. If the number is positive,
=
10 2
it causes a shift to the left; if the number is negative 3

it causes a shift to the right. In order to keep the
100
same y-value, if the number is negative, the x-value =
9
must be increased to compensate, or decreased if the
k. (32)3 ÷ 3–2
number is positive. = 36 ÷ 3–2
= 36+2
Exercise 6.1 = 38
= 6561
1. a. (73)2 ÷ 74
o. (63)4 ÷ 126
= 76 ÷ 74
= 76–4 612
= 6
= 72 12
= 49 612
=6
6 26
b. (0.4)5 ÷ (0.4)3
66
= (0.4)2 = 6
2
= 1.6
= 36
c. (3)5 (3)3 = 729
= (3)8
1 5x3y–4
= (32)8 2. g. –
2x 2y2
= 34
= 81 5x3 + 2
= 2
2y + 4
3
d. 252
5x5
= 53 = 6
2y
= 125
πx2y
e. (−8)3
2
h. 3
4xy
−8

2
3
= πx2 – 1
= 3
4y – 1
= (−2)2
=4 πxy–2
=
4
f. (−2)3 (−2)3
= [(−2)( −2)]3 πx
= 2
4y
= 43
= 64 k. (a2b–1)–3
g. 4–2 − 8–1
1
1 1 = or = a–6b3
= 2 − (a2b–1)3
4 8
1 2 1 b3
= − = 6 or = 6
16 16 a b–3 a
1
= − b3
16 = 6
a
148 Chapter 6: Exponential Functions
1 3
d. 2a2 32
a4

a–2 2 4.
l. (ab)4
b–2
1 2
a2 + 4
= 64
= a b
–4
a4 4
–4
b
5 4
= a0b8 = 8a4 or = 8
a5
3 4
= b8 h.
52 ÷
55

1 1 –2
3. b. a4b– 3 2
= 53 ÷ 54
5
1 2
= a– 2b3 2 5
= 53 – 4
2
b3
= 1 8 15
a2 = 512 – 12

3 7
=b2 = 5– 12
a 3
i. (t)2
t5
4x y
1 1
2 3 2
2 5
d. = t 3 t 2
8xy 43
1 1
4 15
= t 6 t 6
1

2xy 6
=
34 + 153
1 1
= t 6
2x3y12
19
1 1 1
= t 6
1 – 3 6 – 12
=x y
3–1 + 3–2
2 1 5. a.
=xy
3 2 3–3 1 1
+ 2

3 +3 3 –1 –2 3 3 3
= 3 or =
3–3 3 1
–2
(4a )(2a b ) 3 2
3
e. 3
12a4b3
1 1
8a1b2 +
= 3 +3 2 3 9
12a4b3 = or = 1
30
27
2a–3b–1 =9+3
=
3 = 12
2
=

3a3b 1 1
+
3 9 27
=
(5x–2y0)3 1 27
f.
1
27
(25x2y)2
9+3
=
3 –6 0 1
5x y
= 1 = 12
5xy2
52x–7
= 1
y2
= 25
x7y

(p2q + pq3)3 4 − x
c. 3
p q4 b. 3

x2
pq(p + q2)3 1

1

= p3 (4 − x2) x2
q4 = 3
1
(x2)
x2
p3q3(p + q2)3
= 3 1
p q4 4x2 − x

= 4

(p + q2)3 x2
=
q
4x − x
=
x −x
–2 –3
x2
d.
2x
x–3(x − 1) x−9
= c.
2x 1

x2 − 3
x−1
= 3
2x + 1 (x − 3)(x + 3)
=
x−1 (x − 3)
=
2x4
3t − 2t–1 = x + 3
e.
t3
x−1
d.

3t − 2t–1
=
t3
t

t x − x
(x + 1)(x − 1)
3t2 − 2 =
= x (1 − x)
t4
3p2 − p–3 p3 3p5 − 1
f. 3 = (x + 1)(x − 1)
p 4
p p7 =
− x(x − 1)
3 1

x2 − x2 − x –1 x + 1
6. a. 1 = −

x– 2 x
1 1

7. 646 = 83
1 3 1

=x x −x −x
2 2 2 –1
64 cannot be expressed as a power of 8, that is 82.

1

1
– 2 But (82)6 is the power of a power and we then
=x −x−x
2
keep the base and multiply the exponents to get

1 1
82 6 or 83.

Section 6.2 4. y
(1, b)
Investigation:
1
1. e. No, it only approaches the x-axis, even for very
x
large negative values for x. 1
2. y
4 The graph of y = bx increases from left to right. It

has a y-intercept of 0 and no x-intercept, that is it
y-intercept
is 1 x-axis is has a horizontal asymptote of y = 0. The domain is
2
the asymptote the set of real numbers and the range is all values of
y, greater than zero, i.e., only positive values. The
x
–2 2 4 graph appears in the first and second quadrants only.
Domain: x ∈ R y
5.
Range: y > 0, y ∈ R 9
1
y 3
3. y
6
3 asymptote
is the x-axis
y-intercept (y = 0)
is 1
5
x
–3 3
Domain: x ∈ R
Range: y > 0, y ∈ R
x
5
6. a. These curves have the same y-intercept of 1,
and the same asymptote, y = 0. Also, all curves
a. The curves all have the same y-intercept of 1,
are descending from the second quadrant to
they have the same domain, x ∈ R, and the same
first quadrant.
range, y > 0, y ∈ R. As well, the curves show
functions that are increasing.
1 x

b. The graph of y = will be between y =
7
1 x
5

1 x
x
b. The curve of y = 7 will lie between the curves of and y = .
y = 5x and y = 10x, having the point (0, 1) in 10
common with them.

y

1 x
b. The curves y = 3x and y = share the same
3
10 y-intercept of 1, and the asymptote of y = 0. Also,
( 15 )
both curves exist only above the x-axis, changing
( 13 ) 1
(10 )
at the same rate.
c. The curves differ in that y = 3x is increasing,

5

1 x
whereas y = is decreasing.
3
9. y
3
x
–5 5
7. The curve y = bx where 0 < b < 1 is a decreasing

1
curve with y-intercept of 1, an asymptote of y = 0,
x
and moves from second quadrant to first quadrant –1 1
only. It has a domain of x ∈ R, and a range of y > 0, –1
y ∈ R.
y 3
a. The reflection of y = 3x in the x-axis gives the

1
(1, b) graph of y = −3x as its image.
x
1 b. The graphs have the same asymptote and the
same shape.
c. The curves have different y-intercepts; the graph

of y = 3x has a y-intercept of 1; the graph of
y

8. 1 x
1 y = has a y-intercept of −1. The graph of
3 3
y = 3x exists in the first and second quadrants

1 x
only. The graph of y = exists in the third and
3
fourth quadrants only.
(–1, 3) (1, 3)
y-intercept
1 of 1
x
–1 1
–1
asymptote: y = 0
a. If y = 3x is reflected in the y-axis, its image is

1 x
y = .
3

Section 6.3 Exercise 6.3
Investigation: 4. For y = abx + c, b > 0, note that the independent

variable, x, is in the exponent. So, the graph will be
1. a. y always increasing if b > 0 and decreasing if
0 < b < 1. For example if y = 2x, the graph is
y
y=4
2
x
y=0
x
–2 2
–2
y=3

1 x
Whereas if y = , the graph is
2
c. The horizontal asymptote also moves that many
y
units. If c is positive, it moves up c units. If c is
negative, it moves down c units. The asymptote
for y = abx + c is y = c.
2. a. y
x
0.5
Since for b > 0, y = abx + c will either be greater
y=4 than c (if a > 0) or less than c (if a < 0), making
4 y = c the equation of the asymptote. For example,
for y = 3(2x) + 4 and y = −3(2x) − 1:
y
x y=4
–4 4
x
y = –1
b. f(x) is transformed to g(x) by a dilation of 3. f(x)
is transformed to h(x) by a dilation of 0.5. If the
function is multiplied by a positive number that
is greater than 1, it results in a “stretch,” if it is The y-intercept is found by x = 0, so the y-intercept
between 0 and 1, it results in a “compression.” for y = abx + c is y = ab0 + c = a + c. For example,
c. The asymptote remains the same, y = c; in this for y = 2.3x + 1, the y-intercept is 2 + 1 or 3, and for
case y = 4. Since abx > 0 for any value of b > 0, y = −2(4)x + 3, the y-intercept is
then the function is always greater than 4. −2(40) + 3 = −2 + 3 = 1.
y
y=3 3
y=1 1
x

Exercise 6.4 6. A decline in value of 8.3% is equivalent to a value
of 100% − 8.3% = 91.7%.
3. a. P = 5000(1.07)t
∴ the value of the dollar is V = 1(0.917)t, where t is
b. (i) To find the population in 3 years, the time in years.
we let t = 3: V5 = 1(0.917)5
P = 5000(1.07)3
=˙ 0.65
=˙ 6125.
Five years later the Canadian dollar has a purchasing
The population will be approximately 6125 in
3 years. value of $0.65.
(ii) To find the population in 15 years, t = 15: 7. For a normal pancreas, the secretion rate is 4% per
P = 5000(1.07)15 =˙ 13 795. minute. So, the amount of dye remaining is a rate of
The population will be approximately 13 795 100% − 4% = 96%. The amount of dye left is
in 15 years. A = 0.50 (0.96)t, where t is the time in minutes.
c. For the population to double, it must reach After 20 minutes, the amount of dye remaining is
2(5000) or 10 000. A = 0.5(0.96)20
Let P = 10 000 or A =˙ 0.22 g.
10 000 = 5000(1.07)t
2 = 1.07t 8. Let the present population be P0, and doubling time
By trial and error, we find be five days. The population function can be
t
1.0710 =˙ 1.97 expressed as P = P0(2)5, where t is the time in days.
1.0710.5 =˙ 2.03
a. For a population 16 times as large,
so t =˙ 10.25.
1 P = 16P0
The population will double in 10 years. t
4 16P0 = P0(2)5

5. Solution 1 t
16 = 25
Depreciation of 15% is equivalent to a value of 85%.
t
The value of the car is given by 24 = 25
V1 = V0(0.85)t where t is the time in years. Since the t
= 4
value now is $4200 and five years have passed, then 5
4200 = V0(0.85)5 t = 20
In 20 years, the population will be 16 times larger.
4200
or V0 = 5 1
0.85 b. For a population of its present size,
2
= 9466. 1
P = P0
The car was originally worth approximately $9500. 2
1 t
P0 = P0(2)5
2
Solution 2
1 t
= 25
A depreciation of 15% is equivalent to a value of (1 2
− 0.15) or 0.85. If we consider today’s value of t
2–1 = 25
$4200 and the time of original value to be five years
t
ago, then = −1
5
V = 4200(0.85)–5 t = −5
= 9466. 1
Five years ago, the population was of its
The car was worth approximately $9500, five years 2
present size.
ago.

1
c. For a population of its present size, b. A30 = 100(0.88)30
4
=˙ 2.16
1
P = P0 There is approximately 2 g left after 30 h.
4
1 t
c. 40 = 100(0.88)t
P0 = P0(2)5 0.4 = 0.88t
4
t =˙ 7.17
1 t
= 25 After about 7 hours there is 40 grams left.
4
t
2–2 = 25 11. Since the sodium has a half-life, the base for the
t 1
= −2 half-life is . After t hours, the amount of
5 2
t = −10.
1
radioactive sodium is given by A = 160 h,
1 t
2
Ten years ago, the population was of its
4
present size. where t is the time in hours, and h is the half-life
in hours.
1
d. For a population of its present size,

45
1
32 a. 20 = 160 h
2
1
let P = 3P 45

2 0 0.125 = 0.5 h
1 t
3P
2 0 = P0(2) 45
5
= 3
h
1 t
3
2 =2 45
5
h =
3
t
2–5 = 25
= 15
t
−5 = 5
The half-life of Na24 is 15 h.
t = −25.

t
1 1
Twenty-five years ago, the population was 3 b. A = 160 15
2 of 2
its present size.

12

1
c. 100 = A0
15
9. a. Due to inflation, cost can be expressed as
2
C = C0(1.02)t, where t is the time in years and
100 = A0(0.5)0.8
C0 is the cost today.
A0 = 100(0.5)–0.8
10. If an element decays at a rate of 12% per hour, it = 174
leaves only 88% per hour. The amount that remains
can be given as A = 100(0.88)t, where t is the time The assistant must make 174 mg.
in hours.
a. A = 100(0.88)t, where t is the time in hours.

A10 = 100(0.88)10
=˙ 27.85
There is approximately 28 g left after 10 h.

12
d. A = 20(0.5) 15 15. Assuming a constant inflation rate of 3% per year,
=˙ 11.5 the cost of a season’s ticket is C = 900(1.03)6
=˙ 1074.65. The father should put aside about $1075.
After another 12 hours, the 20 mg will be
Alternately, the father should invest the $900 in a
reduced to only 11.5 mg of Na24.
secure account, which over six years should earn
enough interest to compensate for the cost of living.
12. The number of bacteria can be expressed as
N = N0(1.15)t, where t is the time in hours.
16. For virus A:
a. For the colony to double in size, N = 2N0. t

PA = P0(3)8, where t is time in hours
∴ 2N0 = N0(1.15)t 24

2 = 1.15t PA = 1000(3) 8
t=5 = 1000.33
In five years, the colony will double in size.
= 27 000
b. In 10 hours,
For virus B:
1.3 103 = N0(1.15)10 t

PB = P0(2)4.8
1.3 10 3
N0 = 24

1.1510 PB = 1000(2) 4.8
=˙ 321. = 1000.25
There were approximately 320 bacteria initially.
= 32 000
14. Assuming that the population of a city grows The virus B culture has more after 24 h.
consistently, the population can be expressed as
P = P0(1 + r)t, or for this city P = 125 000(1 + r)t, 17. Answers may vary.
where r is the rate of growth and t is the time years
from 1930. If the population was 500 000 in 1998,
500 000 = 125 000(1 + r)1998–1930 Exercise 6.5
4 = (1 + r)68
1. d. y = 996.987(1.143)x, where x is the number of
1 + r = 684
time intervals in hours
1 + r = 1.02
For 10 000,
r = 0.02059591.
10 000 = 996.987(1.143)x
So, the population grows at 2% per year.
10.030 =˙ 1.143x
a. The population in 2020 is x =˙ 17.25
P = 125 000(1.02)2020–1930 There will be 10 000 bacteria in 17 h and 15 min.
= 125 000(1.02)90 2. a. p
=˙ 783 000.
In 2020, the population will be approximately 4
783 000. billions
b. For one million population, 2
1 000 000 = 125 000(1.02)t

1
8 = 1.02t t
t =˙ 105 1 5
The population will reach one million in 105 years

from 1930, or in the year 2035.

13
b. In the year 2050, the time interval will be b. In 1983, 13 years have passed, or = 2.6 time
5
2050 − 1750 intervals.
= 6
50 y = 9.277(2.539)2.6
y = 0.66(1.462)6 =˙ 105
=˙ 6.445. The amount of waste stored in 1983 is about 105
The world population could reach 6.45 billion in million curies.
the year 2050 if the growth pattern continues. c. Let y = 800.
c. For a population of seven billion people, 800 = 9.277(2.539)x
86.2 =˙ 2.539x
7
= 0.66(1.462)x x =˙ 4.78
1.06
= 1.462x But x is in five-year intervals. So, in 4.78 5,
x =˙ 6.22. or about 24 years (in 1970 + 24 or 1994), the
But the time interval is 50 years, so in 6.22(50) or amount of waste would reach 800 million curies.
311 years from 1860. The population is expected However, this contradicts the evidence that the
to reach seven billion in the year 2161. amount of waste is only 600 million in 1995.
Therefore, by extrapolation of the scatter plot,
3. a. Using the ExpReg function on the graphing we see that waste will reach 800 million curies
calculator, we find the curve of best fit is in 1997.
y = 283.843(1.032)x, where y is CO2 concentration
in parts/million, and x is the time interval of 6. In order to predict the mathematical model that best
20 years. suits the data, we can graph the data to get a sense
of the curve of best fit, or we can take first, second,
b. For 1930, 3.5 intervals of 20 years have passed. or third differences to investigate a polynomial
∴ y = 283.843(1.032)3.5 function. If we use a graphing calculator, we may
=˙ 317 use the regression functions and then test our data to
For 1990, 6.5 time intervals have passed. see if it is appropriate to our situation.
∴ y = 283.843(1.032)6.5
=˙ 348
The estimated concentration of carbon dioxide Review Exercise
was 317 parts per million in 1930 and 348 parts
per million in 1990. 1. a. (3–2 + 2–3)–1

1 1

–1
c. Let y = 390 = +
9 8
390 = 283.843(1.032)x
8 9

–1
1.374 =˙ 1.032x = +
x =˙ 10.1 72 72

If the trend continues, concentration will reach 17 –1
=
390 parts per million in 1860 + 10.1(20), or 72
in 2062.
72
=
17
4. a. The curve of best fit is y = 9.277(2.539)x, where
y is the amount of stored nuclear waste in million
curies and t is the number of time intervals of
five years.

1
3–3

b. –1
x3 x
3 − 3–2 3. b. 3

3
1 x2
–3 3
3 3 27
= 3 or
3–1 − 3–2

3 1 1
− 1

1

1

3 9 x3 x2 3
= 2

x3
30 1
=2 =
3 −3 9−3

5
1

x6 3
1 1 = 4
= =
x6
9−3 6
1 1

1 = (x6)3
=
6
1

3–8 = x18
c. –6
3 3–5 d. (16p + q)(8p – q)
3–8 = (2 8)p + q(8)p – q or = (24)p + q(23)p – q
= – or = 3–8 + 6 + 5
3 11 = 2p + q 8p + q (8)p – q = 24p + 4q + 3p – 3q
= 33 = 33 = 2p + q 82p = 27p + q
= 27 = 27 = 2p + q (23)2p
= 2p + q + 6p

54 2

2. b. 3
= 27p + q
250
27
4. a. 1 + 8x–1 + 15x–2
2

=
1 + 3x
3
5
125 = (1 + 5x–1)(1 + 3x–1) or = 1 +
x
33

2

= 3 3 1

5

5 b. x2 − x2
1 4

32
= 2 = x2 (1 − x2) or = x(1 − x2)
5 1

= x2 (1 − x2)
9
=
25
c. x–1 + x–2 − 12x–3
c.
4

1 = x–1(1 + x–1 − 12x–2) or
1
4
3
1 + 1 −
x x x
16 = x–1(1 + 4x–1)(1 − 3x–1)
1
=
2 3

1

d. x2 − 25x – 2
1(x − 5)(x + 5)
1

= x– 2 (x2 − 25) or
1
x

= x – 2 (x − 5)(x + 5)

8. The experiment can be modelled with the 10. a. Using a graphing calculator’s exponential
exponential function N = N0(b)t, where N is the regression function ExpReg , we find the curve
number of cells, and t is the time lapsed in hours. of best fit is y = 29 040.595(1.0108)x.
b. Using this model, in the year 2010,

Solution 1 x = 2010 − 1994
= 16
For 2 hours: 1600 = 50b2 y = 29 040.595(1.0108)16
b2 = 32 =˙ 34 486.5.
For 6 hours: N = 50b6 So, the population of Canada in 2010 will
= 50(b2)3 be 34 487 000.
= 50(32)3
= 1 638 400 c. Let y = 35 000 thousands.
∴ 35 000 = 29 040.595(1.0108)x
1.0108x =˙ 1.20521
Solution 2 x =˙ 17.376
Canada’s population may reach 35 million in
For 2 hours: 1600 = 50b2 1994 + 17, or 2011.
b2 = 32

Since b > 0, b = 32 11. a. (i) Average rate of change between 1750 and
( )
∴ N = 50
32 t 1800 is
For 6 hours, N = 50(32

) 6
203 − 163 40
=
= 1 638 400 1800 − 1750 50
After six hours, there will be 1 638 400 bacteria cells. = 0.8
9. The radioactive decay can be modelled by Population changed at 0.8 million per year.

t
1
(ii) Average rate of change between 1950 and
A = A0 , where A is the amount in mg,
h
2 1998 is
t is the time in days, h is the half-life in days.
729 − 547 182
− 1950 =

24
1
1998 48
∴ 5 = 40 h
2
=˙ 3.79

24
1 1
Population changed at 3.79 million per year.
= h
8 2
(iii) The population rate in Europe increased five-
12 = 12
3
24

h
fold from the end of the eighteenth century to
the end of the twentieth century.
24 b. (i) Average rate of change between 1800 and

3 =
h 1850 is
h=8
26 − 7 19
The half-life of iodine 131 is eight days. =
1850 − 1800 50
= 0.38
Population increased at a rate of 0.38 million
per year.

(ii) Average rate of change between 1950 and d. (2)3 (2)5
1998 is = (2)8
305 − 172 1
133
= = (22)8
1998 −1950 48
= 24
= 2.77 = 16
The population increased at a rate of 277 –1
2 +2 –2
million per year. e.

–3
2
(iii) The population rate in North America
1 1
increased seven-fold from the mid-1800’s to +
2 4
the end of the twentieth century. =
1

(c) North America experienced huge population 8
surges due to immigration. As well, North
4+2
America was still an agrarian society, whereas =
1
Europe was more industrial and agrarian =6
societies tend to have a higher birth rate.
European birth rates fell due to housing squeeze. f. (−5)–3 (5)2
= (−5)–3 (−5)2
Chapter 6 Test
= (−5)–1
1. a. (4 ) 1 3

2
1
3

= −
=4 2
or 3
= (2) 5
= 23 =8
a4 · a–3
=8 2. a.
–2
a
b. [5 1

3
÷5
1
]
12
6 a1
=
a–2
[ ]
= 56
2 1
– 12
6
= a3
[ ]
= 5
1
12
6
b. (3x2y)2
2
=5
= 9x4y2
= 25
c. (x4y–2)2 · (x2y3)–1
c. 4–1 + 2–3 − 50
= (x8y–4)(x–2y–3)
1 1
= + − 1
4 8 = x6y–7
2 1 8
= + − d. (x a + b)(x a – b)
8 8 8
5 = x2a
= −
8
xp – q
2 2
e. p
x +q
= xp – q – p – q
2 2

f. x x
–1
x
3 b.
–2 –1
y
1 2 3
x

–1

1 1 1

x2 x3 2
= –2 y-intercept
x–1 y=3
–3
asymptote

5 1

x 6 2
y = –5
= –4
x–1
–5
= x ( ) 11 1

6 2
6. The value of the dresser is given by

11
V = 3500(1.07)t, where t is the number of years
=x 12
since 1985.
In 2001, V = 3500(1.07)2001–1985
x − 16 = 3500(1.07)16
3. 1
=˙ 10 332.57.
x2 − 4
The dresser is worth approximately $10 330 in 2001.
1 1

(x2 − 4)(x2 + 4)
=
1

7. If the population is decreasing by 8% per year, then
x −4 2
the base of the exponential function is 1 − 0.08 or
0.92. The population is given by
1

= x2 + 4 or x + 4 P = 4500(0.92)t, where t is the number of years since
1998.
For 2004, P = 4500(0.92)2004–1998
4. For f(x) = bx, the sign of f(x) will be positive if
= 4500(0.92)6
b > 0. If b is such that 0 < b < 1, then the function
= 2728.6.
will always decrease, but if b > 1, then the function
The population estimate is 2729 for 2004.
will always increase. If b = 1, the function
f(x) = 1 is a horizontal line. 8. The amount of polonium is given by
5.
1 x
y = 2 − 5
3
1 t
A = A0 h where A is the amount, t is the number of
2
minutes passed, and h is the half-life in minutes.
a. (i) The equation of the asymptote is y = −5.
1 1

14
(ii) Let x = 0 So, = 1

h
16 2
1 0
y = 2 – 5
3
12 = 12
14
=2–5 4
h
=–3
The y-intercept is −3.
14
4 =
(iii) The function is always decreasing. h
(iv) Domain is x, x ∈ R. Range is y > −5, y ∈ R. 14

h =
4
= 3.5.
The half-life of the sample is 3.5 minutes.

9. a. The curve of best fit (using the ExpReg function)
is given as
y = 0.6599(1.4619)x
or y = 0.660(1.462)x to three decimal places.
b. Since the time intervals are in 50-year divisions,
the time interval for 2300 is

2300 − 1750
or 11.
50
y = 0.66(1.462)11
=˙ 43.05
The population estimate for 2300 is 43 billion.
c. Assuming that our estimate is correct, the

population density for 2300 is
20 106 hectares
or 0.465 10–3.
43 109 people
Each person will have 0.465 10–3 hectares or
0.465 10–3 104 m2 which is 4.65 m2.
d. No, since there are so many other facts that

determine population and may alter the pure
exponential function. Answers may vary.
10. a. f(x) = 2x + 3
b. It appears that the equation of the asymptote is

y = 3. ∴ c = 3. For the given y-intercept of 4, when
x = 0, substituting gives 4 = b0 + 3.
Looking at the point (1, 5) and substituting,
we find 5 = b1 + 3.
∴ b = 2.

Chapter 7 • The Logarithmic Function and Logarithms
4. The increase in population is given by 4. y

y = 5x
f(x) = 2400(1.06)x y=x
f(20) = 2400(1.06)20 5
=˙ 7697.
The population in 20 years is about 7700. x
y = log 5
x
–5 1 5
5. The function representing the increase in bacteria
t
population is f(t) = 2000(24). Determine t when
f(t) = 512 000: –5
t
512 000 = 2000(24)
5. y y=x
t
256 = 2 4
t
4 = 8 5
t = 32.
The bacteria population will be 512 000 in 32 years. 1
x
–5 1 5 y = log 15 x
1 t

6. a. The function is A(t) = 5 1620 .
2
When t = 200, A(t) = 5

1 200

1620
2
= 4.59. 6. a. Let log28 = x.

Then 2x = 8, by definition.
They will have 4.59 g in 200 years. But 23 = 8.
b. Determine t when A(t) = 4. ∴x =3
So, log2 8 = 3.
1

t

4 = 5 1620
2 c. Let log381 = x.
3x = 81
12
t

1620 = 0.8 ∴x =4
So, log381 = 4.
t
log 0.5 = log 0.8

1620 1
e. Let log2 = x.
log 0.8 8
t = 1620
log 0.5 1
2x =
8
= 521.52
2x = 2–3
x = –3
1

So, log2 = –3.
8
Chapter 7: The Logarithmic Function and Logarithms 163

4
g. Let log55 = x.
d. log327
∴ 5x = 5 1

1
= log3(27)4

5x = 52 1

= log3(33)4
1
x =
2 3

1 = log334
So, log55 = .
2
3
=
4
= x.
i. Let log2 32 4
4
∴ 2x =
32 5
1
e. log3(9 9)

2x = (32) 4
1

1
5 4
= log3(32 95)
2x = (2 )
2

2 =2 x
5

4 = log3(32 36)
5 12

∴ x = = log33 5
4
4 5
= 4.
So, log2 32 12
= by definition of logarithms
5
7. a. log636 – log525 1

=2–2 f. log2163
=0 1

= log2 (24)3

1 1
b. log9 + log3
3 9 = log2 23
4
= log9(3–1) + log3(9–2) 4
=
3
[ ]
= log9 (9)2
1
–1
+ log3[(32)]–2 8. b. log4x = 2
1
– 2
x = 42
= log99 + log3(3–4)
x = 16
1
= – + (–4)
2
1 9

1
d. log4 = x
64
= – 4 or – or – 4.5 1
2 2 4x =
64
– log255
c. log636 4x = 4–3
1

1

x = –3
= log6(36)2 – log25(252)
f. log1 x = –2
1 4

= log66 – log25(25 ) 2
1
1
x =
4 –2
= 1 –
2 = 42
1 = 16
=
2
164 Chapter 7: The Logarithmic Function and Logarithms

9. To find the value of a logarithm, you can use the Section 7.2
LOG button on a calculator for those which have
base 10. The log can be rounded to the number of Investigation:
decimals appropriate to the problem.
2. logb1 = 0
If, however, the number can be expressed as a power
of the base of the logarithm, then the exponent of
3. logbb = 1
the power is the logarithm. Since 16 can be written
as 24, log216 = log224, = 4. By definition logbbx = x. 4. logbbx = x
If the number cannot be so expressed, we can use
the calculator to find logab by finding 5. blogbx = x

log10b log 16
i.e., log216 = 10 Exercise 7.2
log10a log102
= 4 by calculator. 6. a. y = log3x
b. y = log3(9x)
10. x y
4 = log39 + log3x
±4 81
81 = 2 + log3x
1
±3 27 c. y = log3(27x)
27
1 = log327 + log3x
±2 9
9
= 3 + log3x
1
±1 3
0 2
3 x
d. y = log3
3
= log3 x – 1
y y
catenary
log
log
2 3
log x
x x
–4 4 log ( 3)
x
3 6
11. Integer values for y exist where x is a power of 10 –3

with an integer exponent. If y > –20, the smallest
number is 10–19. If x ≤ 1000, the largest number is 7. a. y = log3x
1000 = 103. There are integers from –19 to 3 that
satisfy the condition, so there are 3 – (–19) + 1 = 23 b. y = log3x2
integer values of y possible. = 2log3x
c. y = log3x3
= 3log3x

d. y = log3x e. log2224 – log27
1
224
= log3x 2
= log2
7
1
= log3 = log232
2
y =5
6 f. 3
log336 + log3
4
log
= log 36
log
2
3
3 4
3
log = log327
log
x =3
3 6
9. a. log33 + log51
–3 =1+0
=1
8. a. log3135 – log35 b.
3
log318 + log3
2
= log 18

135 3
= log3
5 3 2
= log327 = log327
=3
=3
c. log416 – log41
b. 4
log240 + log2
5 =2–0 or log416 – log41
= log 40

4 =2 log4(16 1)
2 5
=2
= log232
d. log553
=5
=3
c. log8640 – log810
640
e.
5
log240 – log2
2
= log8
10
= log864 5
= log2 40 ÷
2
=2
2
= log2 40
5
d. log5(2.5) + log510 = log216
= log5(2.5 10) =4
= log5(25) f. log444 + log333

=4+3
=2
=7

23 11

4 = logax 8 + logay 3
g. log214 + log2
7
23 11
= logax + logay
4
= log2 14
7 8 3
= log28
d.
x5 1
loga 3 4
y
1
=3 = loga(x5y–3)
4
h. log5200 –log58 1
= [logax5 + logay–3]
4

200
= log5
8
1
= [5logax – 3logay]
4
= log525 11. a. 102x = 495
=2 log 102x = log 495
2x log 10 = log 495
3
10. a. loga x
2 4
y 2x = 495
495
1
x = log
= loga(x2y4)3 2

2 4
=˙ 1.347

= loga(x3 y3)
b. 103x = 0.473
2 4

= loga x3 + loga y3
log 103x = log 0.473
3xlog10 = log 0.473
2 4 log 0.473
= logax + logay x =
3 3 3

xy 3 2 =˙ – 0.1084
b. loga
w c. 10–x = 31.46
1
–1 2
= loga(x3y2w ) log 10–x = 31.46
–xlog10 = 31.46
1
= loga(x3y2w–1) –x = 31.46
2
1 x = –31.46
= [logax3 + logay2 + logaw–1]
2 d. 7x = 35.72
1
= [3logax + 2logay – logaw] xlog7 = 35.72
2
log 35.72
x3y4 x =
log 7

c. loga 1 2

x4y3 =˙ 1.8376
e. (0.6)4x = 0.734

3 4
xy log(0.6)4x = log 0.734
= loga 1 2 1

x4y3)2 4xlog 0.6 = log 0.734
log 0.734
x =

x3y4
= loga 1 1
4log 0.6
x8y3
=˙ 0.1513
23 11
= loga x8y3

f. (3.482)–x = 0.0764 13. a. 2 3x = 7 5x
log 3.482–x = log 0.0764 3x 7
x =
–x log 3.482 = log 0.0764 5 2
x = log
0.0764 3 x
= 3.5
5
–log 3.482
xlog(0.6) = log 3.5
=˙ 2.0614
log 3.5
x =
12. b. x+9
7 = 56 log 0.6
log 7x+9 = log 56 =˙ –2.452
(x + 9)log 7 = log 56
b. 12x = 4 82x
log 56
x + 9 =
log 7
log 56 Solution 1
x = – 9
log 7
xlog 12 = log 4 + 2xlog 8
=˙ –6.93
xlog 12 – 2xlog 8 = log 4
c. 53x+4 = 25 x(log 12 – 2log 8) = log 4
53x+4 = 52
3x + 4 = 2 12

x log 2 = log 4
8

3x = –2 3
x log = log 4
2 16
x = –
3
log 4
x = or x =˙ –0.828
3
log
2x+1
d. 10 = 95
16
log 102x+1 = log 95
(2x + 1)log 10 = log 95 Solution 2
2x + 1 = log 95
2x = log 95 – 1 12x = 22 (23)2x
x =˙ 0.4889 12x = 26x+2
xlog 12 = (6x + 2)log 2
e. 6x+5 = 71.4 x(log 12 – 6 log 2) = 2log 2
(x + 5)log 6 = log 71.4
12
log 71.4 x(log ) = 2log 2
x + 5 = 26
log 6
2log 2
x =˙ –2.6163 x = or x = –0.828
2
log
f. 35–2x = 875 16
(5 – 2x)log 3 = log 875 c. 4.6 1.062x+3 = 5 3x
log 875 log 4.6 + (2x + 3)log 1.06 = log 5 + xlog 3
5 – 2x =
log 3 log 4.6 + 2xlog 1.06 + 3log 1.06 = log 5 + xlog 3
x(2log 1.06 – log 3) = log 5 – log 4.6 – 3log 1.06
5 – 2x =˙ 6.1662

–2x =˙ 1.662 1.062 5
x log = log 3
x =˙ –0.5841 3 4.6 1.06
log(0.9126)
x =˙
log(0.3745)
x =˙ 0.093

d. 2.67 7.38x = 9.365x–2 Solution 2
12 62x–1 = 11x3
Solution 1
2.67 7.38x = 9.365 x – 2

62x
12 = 11x
6 113
log 2.67 + xlog 7.38 = (5x – 2)log 9.36

log 2.67 + xlog 7.38 = 5xlog 9.36 – 2log 9.36
2

62x
62x = 1331
11x
x(log 7.38 – 5log 9.36) = –log 2.67 – 2log 9.36 x = 665.5
11
7.38

x log 5 = –log(2.67 9.362)
9.36
2xlog 6 – xlog 11 = log 665.5
x(log .000103) =˙ –log(233.9) 62

x log = log 665.5
11
x =˙ 0.59
x =˙ 5.5
Solution 2 f. 7 0.432x = 9 6–x

9
2.67 7.38x = 9.365x–2 6x 0.432x =
7
9.365x–2 xlog 6 + 2xlog 0.43 =˙ log 1.2857
2.67 =
7.38x x(log 6 + 2log 0.43) =˙ log 1.2857
log 2.67 = log 9.365x–2 – log 7.38x x(log(6 0.432)) =˙ log 1.2857
log 2.67 = (5x – 2)log 9.36 – xlog 7.38 x =˙ 2.42
log 2.67 = 5xlog 9.36 – 2 log 9.36 – xlog 7.38x
g. 5x + 32x = 92
log 2.67 + 2log 9.36 = x(5log 9.36 – log 7.38)
Since we cannot take logarithms of a sum,

9.365
log(2.67 9.362) = x log
7.38 let y = 5x + 32x – 92.
Graphing on a graphing calculator,
log(233.913) =˙ x(log 9734.707) when y = 0, x =˙ 1.93.
log 233.918 h. 4 5x – 3(0.4)2x = 11
x =˙
log 9734.707 Let y = 4 5x – 3x(0.4)2x – 11.
x =˙ 0.59 Graphing on a graphing calculator to find the
x3 value of x for y = 0, we find x =˙ 0.64.
e. 12 62x–1 = 11
y
Solution 1
log 12 + (2x – 1)log 6 = (x + 3)log 11

log 12 + 2xlog 6 – log 6 = xlog 11 + 3log 11 x
0 1
x(2log 6 – log 11) = 3log 11 – log 12 + log 6
62

x log = log
11 12
113 6

x(log 3.273) =˙ log(6665.5) 1 1 2
14. a. logax + logay – logaw
x =˙ 5.5 3 4 5
2
= loga x + loga y – logaw 5
3 4

x y
3 4
= loga 5
w 2

b. (4log5x – 2log5y) ÷ 3log5w
= (log5x4 – log5y2) ÷ log5w3

b. log42
+ log27 3
32
+ log27 3
= log42 + log4 32

x4 1 1 1

= log5 2 ÷ log5w3 = log4 42 + log4 322 + log27 32
y
1 5 1 1
15. a. Since log(10x) can be written as log 10 + log x = + log4 22 + log27 (273)2
2
or 1 + log x, the transformation is a dilation 1 1 5 1
= + log4(42)2 + log27(274)
horizontally and a vertical translation of one 2
upwards. 1 5 1
= + +
2 4 6
23
y log =
12
2
log 17. a. Given y = 3 log x.
x (i) If x is multiplied by 2,
1 5 10
then y = 3 log 2x
= 3[log 2 + log x]
= 3 log 2 + 3 log x.
b. Since y = log2(8x2) can be written as
So, the value of y increases by 3 log 2, or about 0.9.
y = log28 + log2x2 or y = 3 + 2log2x, the
transformation is a stretch vertically by a factor (ii) If x is divided by 2,
x
of two and a vertical translation of three upwards. then y = 3 log
2
= 3[log x – log 2]
y log 8 = 3 log x – 3 log 2.
4 So, the value of y decreases by 3 log 2, or 0.9.
2 log b. Given y = 5 log x.
x (i) If x is replaced by 4x, then

2 4 6 y = 5 log 4x
= 5[log 4 + log x]
= 5 log 4 + 5 log x,
c. Since y = log3(27x3) can be written as
so that y is increased by 5 log 4, or about 3.01.
y = log327 + log3x3 = 3 + 3log3x, the
x
transformation is a vertical stretch of three times (ii) If x is replaced by , then
5
the original and an upwards vertical translation x
y = 5(log )
of three units. 5

= 5[log x – log 5]
16. a. log327 + log5125 5
4
81
3
= 5 log x – 5 log 5,
so that y is decreased by 5 log 5, or about 3.5.
+ log5125 + log5 5
3 4
= log327 + log3 81
1 1 Exercise 7.3
= 3 + log381 + 3 + log55
3 4
1
3
1
= 3 + (4) + 3 + (1)
4 1. c. 2 log5x = log536
log5x2 = log536
4 1
= 6 + + ∴ x2 = 36
3 4
x = ±6
7
= 7
12

The logarithm of a negative number is not d. logx = log1 – 2 log3
defined. The root x = –6 is inadmissible. 1
log x = log 2
By inspection x = 6 is admissible. 3
∴x=6 1
x = 9
d. 2 log x = 4 log 7 1
x =
log x2 = log 74 81
∴ x2 = 74 or (72)2 1

1

e. logx2 – logx3 = log2
x = ± 49

1

But the logarithm of a negative number is not x2
log 1 = log 2
defined. The root x = –49 is inadmissible.
x3
If x = 49, L.S. =˙ 1.690, R.S. =˙ 1.690 1

∴ x = 49 log(x6) = log 2
1
x6 = 2
2. c. 2x – 1 = 4
x = 26
2x = 5
x = 64
log 2x = log 5
x log 2 = log 5 f. log4(x + 2) + log4(x – 3) = log49
log 5 log4(x + 2)(x – 3) = log49
x = (x + 2)(x – 3) = 9
log 2
x2 – x – 6 = 9
=˙ 2.32
2
x – x – 15 = 0
d. 7 = 12 – 4x
1 ±
1 – 4(1
)(–15)
4x =5 x =
2(1)
log 4x = log 5
x log 4 = log 5 1 ±
61
x =
2
log 5
x =
log 4
4. a. log6(x + 1) + log6(x + 2) = 1
=˙ 1.16 log6(x + 1)(x + 2) = 1
In exponential form,
3. a. log x = 2 log3 + 3 log2
(x + 1)(x + 2) = 61
log x = log 32 + log 23
x2 + 3x + 2 = 6
log x = log 32 23
x2 + 3x – 4 = 0
log x = log 72
(x + 4)(x – 1) = 0
x = 72
x = –4 or x = 1.
c. log x2 = 3 log4 – 2 log2 But x = –4, then (x + 1) < 0 and its logarithm is undefined.
log x2 = log 43 – log 22 ∴x=1
43
log x2 = log 2 b. log7(x + 2) + log7(x – 4)= 1
2
log7(x + 2)(x – 4) = 1
x2 = 16 In exponential form,
x =±4 (x + 2)(x – 4) = 71
Both answers verify, so there are two roots, ± 4. x2 – 2x – 8 = 7
x2 – 2x – 15 = 0
(x – 5)(x + 3) = 0
x = 5 or x = –3.
But if x = –3, (x + 2) < 0 and its logarithm is not defined.
∴x=5

c. log2(x + 2) = 3 – log2x 6. If a car depreciates 15% per year, it is worth 85% of
log2(x + 2) + log2x = 3 its value each year, and so its value can be written as:
log2x(x + 2) = 3 V = V0(0.85)t, where t is the time in years.
In exponential form, For half its value, 0.5V0 = V0(0.85)t
x(x + 2) = 23 0.5 = 0.85t
2
x + 2x – 8 = 0 log 0.5 = t log 0.85
(x + 4)(x – 2) = 0 log 0.5
t =
x = –4 or x = 2. log 0.85
But log2x is not defined for x = –4. =˙ 4.265
∴x=2 It will depreciate to half of its value in 414 years or
d. log4x + log4(x + 6) = 2 4 years, 3 months.
log4x(x + 6) = 2
In exponential form, 7. The amount of radioactive carbon can be modelled by
2
x(x + 6) = 42
1 t
A = A0 5760, where t is the age in years. For dating
2
x + 6x – 16 = 0 of the animal skeleton:
(x + 8)(x – 2) = 0
x = –8 or x = 2.
3

1 t
A0 = A0 5760
4 2
t

But log4x is not defined for x = –8. 0.75 = (0.5) 5760
∴x=2 t
log 0.75 = log 0.5
5760
e. log5(2x + 2) – log5(x – 1) = log5(x + 1)
log 0.75
t = 5760

2x + 2 log 0.5
log5 = log5(x + 1), x ≠ 1
x–1 =˙ 2390.6
2x + 2 The animal skeleton is approximately 2400 years old.
= x + 1
x–1
8. Let the time required before replacement be t years.
2x + 2 = (x + 1)(x – 1)
2x + 2 = x2 – 1
1 t
The amount of Co60 is A = A0 5.24
2
x2 – 2x – 3 = 0 t

0.45A0 = A0(0.5) 5.24
(x – 3)(x + 1) = 0
t

x = 3 or x = –1 0.45 = (0.5) 5.24
But log5(x + 1) is not defined for x = –1. t
log 0.45 = log 0.5
∴x=3 5.24
5. There are no solutions, since logarithms are only

log 0.45
t = 5.24
log 0.5
defined for a base greater than one and for a number =˙ 6.04
greater than zero, i.e., log6x is defined for b > 1 and The cobalt should be replaced every six years.
x > 0.
9. The amount of carbon14 can be modelled as
t

C = Co(0.5) 5760
t

4.2 1010 = 5.0 1010(0.5) 5760
t

0.84 = 0.5 5760
t
log 0.84 = log 0.5
5760

log 0.84
t = 5760
log 0.5
t =˙ 1449
The relic is only about 1450 years old, so it cannot
be authentic.
10. log2(log3a) = 2 3. If the sound is 1 000 000 or 106 times as loud as
In exponential form, I
one you can just hear, = 106.
log3a = 22 I0
log3a = 4. The loudness of the sound is given by

In exponential form, I
L = 10 log .
a = 34 I0
= 81. The loudness of the sound:
= 10 log[106]
11. log2n(1944) = logn(4862) = 10(6)
Let logn(4862) = x. = 60.
In exponential form, The loudness is 60 decibels.
nx = 4862. (1)
Also, log2n(1944) = x. 4. The definition of pH is given by
In exponential form, pH = –log[H]
(2n)x = 1944. (2) For this liquid, pH = –log[8.7 10–6]
Dividing equation (2) by (1), we have = –(log 8.7 + log 10–6)
(2n)x 1944 = – (log 8.7 – 6)
=
nx 4862 = 6 – log 8.7
2nn = 42 = 22

x =˙ 6 – 0.9395.
The pH is then =˙ 5.06.
3
2x = 22 5. For the earthquake of magnitude two, I2 = 102I0.
3 For the earthquake of magnitude four, I4 = 104I0.
x = or 1.5.
2 Comparing the intensities,
Substituting into equation (1): I4 104I0
n1.5 = 4862 =
I2 102I0
(n ) = (4862)4
1.5 4
= 102.
n6 = 472 3922
So, the larger earthquake is 100 times as intense as
=˙ 2.23 1011
the smaller.
Exercise 7.4 6. For the earthquake measuring 4, I4 = 104I0.

For the earthquake in China measuring 8.6, I8.6 = 108.6I0.
2. If an earthquake has a magnitude of five on the Richter I8.6 108.6I0
Comparing them, =

I1 I4 104I0
scale, then log = 5 or I1 = 105I0.
I0 = 108.6–4
If the second earthquake has a magnitude of six, then = 104.6

I2 or =˙ 39 811.
log = 6 or I2 = 106I0. The earthquake in China was almost 40 000 times as
I0
intense as the lesser one.
I2 106I0
Comparing the two, =
I1 105I0 7. a. For the earthquake in Pakistan, IP = 106.8I0.
= 10. For the earthquake in California, IC = 106.1I0.

So, the second quake is 10 times as intense as the first. IP 106.8I0
Comparing = 6 = 106.8–6.1 =˙ 5.01.
IC 10 .1I0
The quake in Pakistan was five times as intense
as that in California.

8. For the earthquake in Chile, IC = 108.3I0. For a sleeping baby,

7.6
For the earthquake in Taiwan, IT = 10 I0. Is Is
IT 10 I0 8.3 35 = 10 log or log = 3.5.
I0 Io
Comparing the two quakes, = 7
IC 10 .6I0
∴ Is = 103.5I0
0.7
= 10 Ic 107.5I0
=˙ 5. Comparing the noise level, = 3
Is 10 .5I0
The earthquake in Chile was five times more intense.
= 104.
9.
I
The loudness of a sound is given by L = 10 log .
Io The noise level with a baby with colic is 10 000 times
as loud as when the baby is asleep.
For her defective muffler,

Id
120 = 10 log
I0
11. For a space shuttle, Is = 1018I0.
For a jet engine, Ij = 1014I0.

Id
12 = log .
I0
Is 1018I0
Comparing, = 1
Ij 10 4I0
Id = 104 or 10 000.
Solving for = 1012
I0 A space shuttle launch is 10 000 times as loud as a
Id = 1012I0. jet engine.
For the new muffler,

12. For open windows, I1 = 107.9I0.
In
75 = 10 log For closed windows, I2 = 106.8I0.
I0
I1 107.9I0

In In Comparing = 6
7.5 = log or log = 107.5. I2 10 .8I0
I0 I0
= 101.1 or 12.6.
7.5
So, In = 10 I0. Closing the windows reduces the noise by a factor of
Comparing the sounds, about 13.
Id 1012I0
= 7 13. The pH level is defined by pH = –log[H+].
In 10 .5I0
For milk, 6.50 = –log[H+] or log[H+] = –6.5
= 1012–7.5 [H] = 10–6.5
=˙ 31 623. = 3.2 10–7
So, the sound with a defective muffler is almost 32 000
times as loud as the sound with a new muffler. 14. The hydrogen ion concentration of milk of magnesia is
3.2 10–7 mol/L.
I
10. The loudness level is given by L = 10 log .
I0 The pH level is defined by pH = –log[H+].
For milk of magnesia, 10.50 = –log[H+]
For a baby with colic, log [H+] = –10.5

Ic Ic [H+] = 10–10.5
75 = 10 log or log = 7.5. =˙ 3.2 10–11.
I0 Io
Milk of magnesia has an ion concentration of
∴ Ic = 107.5I0 3.2 10–1 mol/L.

2 4 1
Exercise 7.5 d. To prove – =
log8a log2a log4a
2 4
log 124 L.S. = –
1. b. log7124 = log8a log2a
log 7
= 2loga8 – 4loga2
=˙ 2.477
log 3.24 = loga82 – loga24
c. log63.24 =
log 6
=˙ 0.656
82
= loga 4
2
= loga4
1 1 1 1
2. a. To prove + = =
log5a log3a log15a log4a
1 1 = R.S.
L.S. = + 2 4 1
log5a log3a ∴ – =
log8a log2a log4a
= loga5 + loga3
3. a. y = log3x y
= loga(5 3)
= loga15
1
=
log15a
= R.S.
1 1 1
∴ + =
log5a log5a log15a y
b. y = log0.5x
1 1 1
b. To prove – =
log8a log2a log4a
4
1 1
L.S. = – 2
log8a log2a
= loga8 – loga2 x
–2 2 4
–2

8
= loga
2 –4
= loga4 y
c. y = 4log2x
1
=
log4a
1
= R.S.
x
1 1 1 1
∴ – =
log8a log2a log4a
2 1
c. To prove =
log6a log36a
d. y = log0.2x2
2
L.S. = Since x2 is always positive, we can include
log6a
negative values for x as well.
= 2(loga6)
y
= loga62
= loga36
2
1
=
log36a
x
= R.S. –1 1 5
2 1
∴ =
log6a log36a –2

1
Solution 1 7. loga = log 1 x
x a
Given a 1, b 1, 1
Let loga = b.
x
show (logab)(logba) = 1.
Proof: Then, in exponential form
1
logab =
1 ab =
logba x
ab = x–1 or x = a–b.
∴ L.S. = (logab)(logba) Taking logarithms of both sides, we have
log1x = log1a–b
1
= logba a a
logba 1
= –b log a
a
=1
= R.S.
1 –1
= –b log1
a a
= –b(–1)
Solution 2 =b
(logab)(logba)
1

= loga .
x
1
= (logab) 8. Solution 1
(logab)
=1 logab = p3
= R.S. In exponential form, a p = b
3
(1)
6. Noting that the L.S. has (a + b), we find an 4
logba = 2
expression for it in terms of a2 + b2. p
4
2
(a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2 In exponential form b p = a (2)
∴ a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 – 2ab Substituting for b from equation (1):
But, we are given that a2 + b2 = 23ab.
pa
3 4

p2
∴ (a + b)2 – 2ab = 23ab =a
(a + b)2
(a + b)2 = 25ab or = ab a4p = a1
25
∴ 4p = 1

(a + b)

2
That is = ab.
5 1
p =
Taking logarithms of both sides, we have 4
= log ab
(a + b) 2
log Solution 2
5
2 log = log a + log b

a+b logab = p3
5
1
∴ log = (log a + log b).
a+b 1 ∴ logba = 3
p
5 2
4
But, logba = :
p2
4 1
∴ 2 = 3
p p
4p = 1
1
p = .
4

Solution 3 d. 7log75
Let log75 = x.
Since logab = p3, 7x = 5
1 1 ∴ 7 = 7log77x
log75
= 3 = 7x
logab p
=5
1
logba = 3
p 3. b. log(x + 3) + log x = 1
4 1 log x(x + 3) = 1
2 = 3
p p In exponential form:
4p = 1 x(x + 3) = 101
2
x + 3x – 10 = 0
1
p = . (x + 5)(x – 2) = 0
4
x+5=0 or x – 2 = 0
9. Noting that a3 – b3 is given, but a – b is required, we x = –5 or x=2
find (a – b) in terms of a3 – b3. But log x is not defined for x = –5,
Since (a – b)3 = a3 – 3a2b + 3ab2 – b3, ∴ x = 2.
(a – b)3 = (a3 – b3) – 3a2b + 3ab2.
c. log5(x + 2) – log5(x – 1) = 2log53
But, it is given that a3 – b3 = 3a2b + 4ab2,
∴ (a – b)3 = (3a2b + 5ab2) – 3a2b + 3ab2
(a – b)3 = 8ab2
x+2

log5 = log532, x ≠ 1
x–1
(a – b)3 x+2
= ab2 = 9
8 x–1
2
a–b x + 2 = 9x – 9
3
= ab2.
–8x = –11
Taking the logarithms of both sides, 11
x =
8

a–b 3
log = log(ab2)
2 log(35 – x3)
d. = 3
log(5 – x)
3log = log a + 2log b
a–b
2 log(35 – x3) = 3log(5 – x)
log = (log a + 2log b).

a–b 1 log(35 – x3) = log(5 – x)3
2 3 35 – x3 = (5 – x)3
35 – x3 = 125 – 3(5)2x + 3(5)x2 – x3
Review Exercise 35 – x3 = 125 – 75x + 15x2 – x3
15x2 – 75x + 90 = 0
3
2. – log327
c. log5 25 x2 – 5x + 6 = 0
1

1
(x – 3)(x – 2) = 0
= log5 253 – log3 273
x–3=0 or x–2=0
1 1

= log5(52)3 –log3(33)3 x=3 or x=2
2

= log5 53 – log3 3
2 1
= – 1 or –
3 3

4. For an earthquake of 7.2, the intensity is IJ = 107.2I0. b. log534.62
For an earthquake of 6.9, the intensity is IA = 106.9I0. log 34.62
=
IJ 10 I0 7.2 log 5
Comparing, = 6 =˙ 2.202
IA 10 .9I0
= 107.2–6.9 2 1 3
9. – =
= 10 0.3 log9a log3a log3a
=˙ 1.99. 2 1
L.S. = –
log9a log3a
The earthquake in Kobe was twice as intense as that
in Armenia. = 2loga9 – loga3
5.
L is in decibels and I is the intensity.
I
I0
Loudness of sound is given by L = 10log , where = loga92 – loga3
81

IM = loga
3
Morning noise is 50 = 10log
I0 = loga27
Im
5 = log
I0 or
Im
= 105
I0
R.S. =
3
log3a
Im = 105I0. = 3loga3

= loga33
IN
Similarly for noon noise: 100 = 10log
I0 = loga27

L.S. = R.S.
In
10 = log 2 1 3
I0 ∴ – =
logaa log3a log3a
In = 1010I0.
10. a. y = log7x
In 1010I0
Comparing, = y
Im 105I0
3
= 105.
The noise at noon in the cafeteria is 105 or 100 000 2
(7, 1)
times as loud as in the morning. 1
6. pH is defined as pH = –log[H+]. x
2 4 6 8
For this liquid, 5.62 = –log[H+]: –1
log[H+] = –5.62 –2
[H+] = 10–5.62
=˙ 2.3988 10–6.
b. y = 2log6(6x)
The hydrogen ion concentration is approximately
y
2.4 10–6 moles/L.
8. a. log19264
log 264
=
log 19
x
=˙ 1.894 1 1
6

Chapter 7 Test 3. Vertical stretch by a factor of two, translated two
units up.
1. a. log3 27 = 3
(33 = 27) 4. a. 2 log x = 3 log 4
b. log5 125 = 3 3
log x = log 4
(53 = 125) 2
3

log x = log 42
1
c. log2 = –4
16 3

x = 42
1
2–4 =
16 x =8
4 b. log x + log 3 = log 12

d. log5 25
log 3x = log 12
1

= log5 254 3x = 12
x=4
1
= log5 25
4 c. log2(x + 2) + log2x = 3
1 log2x(x + 2) = 3
= 2
4 x(x + 2) = 23
1 2
x + 2x – 8 = 0
=
2 (x + 4)(x – 2) = 0
e. log28 + log39 x = –4 or x = 2
=3+2 But x 0, therefore x = –4 is inadmissible.
=5 Verify x = 2.
1

L.S. = log24 + log22
f. log393 = log28
1 =3
= log39
3 = R.S.
1 Therefore, x = 2.
= 2
3
2 d. log2(x – 2) + log2(x + 1) = 2
= log2(x – 2)(x + 1) = 2
3
8 x2 – x – 2 = 4
2. a. log2 + log2 10 x2 – x – 6 = 0
5
8 (x – 3)(x + 2) = 0
= log2 10
5 x = 3 or x = –2
If x = 3,
= log2 16
L.S. = log21 + log24
= 4 (24 = 16) = log24
=2
b. log6 108 – log6 3 = R.S.
108 If x = –2,
= log6
3 L.S. = log20 + log2(–1), which is not possible.
= log6 36 Therefore, x = –2 is inadmissible, and the answer
is x = 3.
= 2 (62 = 36)

5. log3(–9) = x
IT
or 3x = –9 log = 9
I0
There is no real value for x such that a power of 3 is
a negative number. IT
= 109

1 t I0
6. The formula for half-life is given by A(t) – A0 h.
2 Then, IT = 109I0.
A0 = 20
A(t) = 15 IT 109I0
t =7 Comparing the sounds, =
IS 106I0

1 7
= 103
15 = 20 h
2 = 1000.
The noise level is 1000 times more intense when the
15 1

7

= h
20 2 train arrives.
Take the logarithm of both sides by
9. The pH level is defined by pH = –log[H+].
7
15 – log 20 = log 0.5: For the liquid, 8.31 = –log[H+]
h
h(log 15 – log 20) = 7 log 0.5 log[H+] = –8.31
H+ = 10–8.31
7 log 0.5
h = = 4.90 10–9.
log 15 – log 20
The hydrogen ion concentration is 4.9 10–9 moles/L.
= 16.87.
The half-life is 16.87 h. 3 1
10. Prove = .
log2a log8a
7. For the earthquake in Tokyo, IT = 108.3I0. 3
L.S. =
For the earthquake in Guatemala, IG = 107.5I0. log2a
IT 108.3I0 = 3loga2
Comparing the two earthquakes, = 7 1
IG 10 .5I0 R.S. =
log8a
= 100.8
=˙ 6.3. = loga8
The earthquake in Tokyo was six times more intense = loga23
than the earthquake in Guatemala. = 3loga2
3 1
Therefore, = .
8.
I
The loudness of sound is given by L = 10 log .
I0 log2a log8a

1 1
Is 11. logab = and logb a = 3x2, x =
For the subway platform, 60 = 10 log x 6
I0 1
Is logab =
x
= 106
I0 1

ax = b
Is = 106I0 a = bx
logb a = 3x2
Ir
For the subway train, 90 = 10 log
I0 b3x = a2
2
1

a = b6x
2
Therefore, b6x = bx and 6x2 = x.

2
But x ≠ 0, therefore, 6x = 1,
1
x = , as required.
6

Chapters 5–7 2. c. xy2 + x2y = 2 at (1, 1)
The slope of the tangent line at any point on the
1. c. x2 + 16y2 = 5x + 4y
dy
We differentiate both sides of the equation with curve is given by . We differentiate both sides
dx
respect to x:
of the equation with respect to x:
d d
(x2 + 16y2) = (5x + 4y)

dx dx dy dy
(1)y2 + x 2y + (2x)y + x2 = 0.
dx dx
dy dy
2x + 32y = 5 + 4 dy dy
dx dx At (1, 1), 1 + 2 + 2 + = 0
dx dx
dy
(32y – 4) = 5 – 2x dy
dx = –1.
dx
dy 5 – 2x
= . An equation of the tangent line at (1, 1) is
dx 32y – 4
y – 1 = –(x – 1) or x + y – 2 = 0
d. 2x2 – xy + 2y = 5
3x2 + 9
We differentiate both sides of the equation with d. y2 = 2 at (1, 2)
7x – 4
respect to x:
The slope of the tangent line at any point on the
d d
(2x2 – xy + 2y) = (5) dy
dx dx curve is given by. We differentiate both sides
dx

dy dy
4x – y + x + 2 = 0 of the equation with respect to x:
dx dx
dy dy (6x)(7x2 – 4) – (3x2 + 9)(14x)
(2 – x) = y – 4x 2y = .
dx dx (7x2 – 4)2
dy y – 4x dy (6)(3) – (12)(14)
= . At (1, 2), 4 =
dx 2–x dx 32
f. (2x + 3y)2 = 10 dy 25
We differentiate both sides of the equation with = –.
dx 6
respect to x: An equation of the tangent line at (1, 2) is
d d 25
(2x + 3y)2 = (10) y – 2 = –(x – 1) or 25x + 6y – 37 = 0
dx dx 6

dy 1
2(2x + 3y) 2 + 3 = 0 3. d. f(x) = x4 – 4
dx x
dy 4
4(2x + 3y) + 6(2x + 3y) = 0 f'(x) = 4x3 + 5
dx x
20
dy 2 f''(x) = 12x2 –
= –. x6
dx 3

4. b. y = (x2 + 4) (1 – 3x3) d. The velocity of the object is decreasing when
dy a(t) < 0.
= (2x)(1 – 3x3) + (x2 + 4)(–9x2)
dx 9
Solving 18t – 81 < 0 gives t < .
= 2x – 6x4 – 9x4 – 36x2 2
= 2x – 15x4 – 36x2 e. The velocity of the object is increasing when
2
dy a(t) > 0.
2 = 2 – 60x3 – 72x 9
dx Solving 18t – 81 > 0 gives t > .
2
5. s(t) = 3t3 – 40.5t2 + 162t for 0 ≤ t ≤ 8 6. x(t) = 2t3 + 3t2 – 36t + 40
a. The position of the object at any time t in the
interval is s(t) = 3t3 – 40.5t2 + 162t. The velocity a. The velocity of the particle at time t is
of the object at any time t in the interval is v(t) = v(t) = x'(t) = 6t2 + 6t – 36.
s'(t) = 9t2 – 81t + 162. The acceleration of the b. The acceleration of the particle at time t is
object at any time t in the interval is a(t) = x''(t) = 12t + 6.
a(t) = v'(t) = 18t – 81.
c. The particle is stationary when
b. The object is stationary when v(t) = 0, i.e., when v(t) = 0
9t2 – 81t + 162 = 0 2
6t + 6t – 36 = 0
t2 – 9t + 18 = 0 (t + 3)(t – 2) = 0
(t – 3)(t – 6) = 0 t = 2, –3 is inadmissible.
t = 3, 6.
v(t)
The object is stationary at t = 3 and at t = 6.
The object is advancing (moving to the right)
when v(t) > 0, i.e., when 9t2 – 81t + 162 > 0
t2 – 9t + 18 > 0.
v(t)
Since v(t) < 0 for 0 ≤ t < 2, the particle is moving

to the left during this interval. The particle is
stationary at t = 2. Since v(t) > 0 for t > 2, the
particle is moving to the right for 2 < t ≤ 3. The
From the graph, we conclude that the object is positions of the particle at times 0, 2, and 3 are
advancing in the intervals 0 ≤ t < 3 or 6 < t ≤ 8. 40, –4, and 13, respectively.
The object is retreating (moving to the left) when
v(t) < 0. From the graph, we conclude that the t=3
object is retreating in the interval 3 < t < 6. t=2 t=0
–4 0 13 40
c. The velocity is not changing when a(t) = 0.
9 The total distance travelled by the particle during
Solving 18t – 81 = 0 gives t = .
2 the first three seconds is 44 + 17 = 61.

7. + 8000
a. (ii) C(900) = 900 When x = 3, y = ± 33.
dy
There are two possible values for :
= $8030 dt
8030 dy 12 4 dy 12 4
b. (ii) The average cost per item is = $8.92. = – = – or = – = .
900 dt 33 3 d t –33 3
1
c. (ii) The marginal cost is C'(x) = . 11. The volume of the spherical piece of ice at any time
2x
1 4
Thus, C'(900) = = $0.017. t is given by V = πr 3. To find the rates of change
60 3
The cost of producing the 901st item
of the volume and radius, we differentiate the
is C(901) – (900) = 8030.017 – 8030
equation with respect to t:
= $0.017.
dV dr
= 4πr 2 .
8. C(x) = 3x2 + x + 48 dt dt
a. The average cost of producing x units is given by dV
We are given that = –5. When r = 4, we
dt
C(x)

C(x) = dr dr 5
x have –5 = 64π and = – –0.025 cm/min.
dt dt 64π
3x2 + x + 48
= The surface area of a sphere is A = 4πr 2.
x
48 dA dr
= 3x + 1 + . Thus, = 8πr .
x dt dt
Hence,
C(3) = $26,
C(4) = $25,
C(5) = $25.60,
and
C(6) = $27.
dA

5 5

When r = 4, = 8π(4) – = – cm2/min.
dt 64π 2
48 Since the ice is melting, both the radius and the

b. We first graph y = 3x + 1 + , using the window surface area are decreasing.
x
xmin = 1, xmax = 10, ymin = 20, and ymax = 30.
12. The volume of sand in the pile at any time t is
One way of estimating the minimum value is to
1 1
use the trace function. We can use the ZOOM V = πr 2h = πh3, since h = r.
3 3
box to get a more accurate estimate of the
minimum value. A second method to estimate To find the rates of change of the volume and the
the minimum value of C(x) is to use the height, we differentiate the equation with respect to t:
CALCULATE mode and press the minimum dV dh dh dV
= πh2 and = /πh2.
function. Enter a left bound (3.5), a right bound dt dt dt dt
(4.5), and an estimate (4, or a value close to 4).
To find the value of h when V = 1050, we solve:
The minimum will then be displayed. In this case,
1
the minimum value displayed will be 25. 1050 = πh3
3

9. a. We differentiate both sides of the equation with
h= 3150 10
respect to t:
3
π
dx h=r
x
dx d y d y dt
2x + 2y = 0 and = – .
dt dt dt y r
dy
To determine the value of , we need the value
dt
dx When the volume of sand in the pile is 1050 m3, the
of x, y, and .
dt height of the pile is increasing at the rate:
dh 10 1
= = m/h.
dt 100π 10π
e3e–2x
14. e. – b. C(10) = 39.95(1.05)10 = 65.07
ex
Ten years from now, a mechanical inspection of
= e3–2x+x
your car will cost $65.07.
= e3–x
c. C(10) = 40.64 = C0(1.05)10
f. (e4x)3
= e12x 40.64
C0 = = 24.95
(1.05)10
15. b. 3x2 – 3 = 81x The price of an oil change today is $24.95.
3x –3 = 34x
2
2
x –3 = 4x 19. a. V(t) = 30 000(1 – 0.25)t, t in years from purchase
2
x – 4x – 3 =0 date.

16 + 12
x = 4 ± b. The value of the car two years after the purchase
2 date is V(2) = 30 000(0.75)2 = $16 875.
= 2 ± 7
c. V(t) = 30 000(0.75)t = 3000
2x x
d. 2 – 12(2 ) + 32 = 0
1
(2x)2 – 12(2x) + 32 = 0 (0.75)t =
10
(2x – 4)(2x – 8) = 0
t ln(0.75) = –ln 10
xx = 4 or xx = 8
x = 2 or x = 3 –ln 10
t = =˙ 8
x ln(0.75)
e. e = 1
x = ln 1 In approximately eight years, the car will be
=0 worth $3000.
f. e2x + ex – 2 = 0
(ex)2 + ex – 2 = 0
1

22. f. log4 = log4(2–3)
8
3
(e + 2)(ex – 1) = 0
x
= log4(4– 2)
ex = –2, inadmissible since ex > 0 3
for all x = –
2
x
or e = 1 k. 10–10log3
x=0
1
= 10log3

80 000 10
16. N(t) =
1 + 10e–0.2t 1
= log3
10
a. The number of subscribers after six months will be: 10

80 000 1
N(6) = =˙ 19 940. = 10
1 + 10e–1.2 3
b. Eventually, the number of subscribers will be: l. a8logaa
4
80 000 = a logaa
lim N(t) = lim
t→∞ t→∞ 10 = a4
1 + 0
e .2t
80 000 1
= 24. c. 2log 3 – log(x2 + 1) = log 9 – log
x2 + 1
1+0 2

= 80 000. 9
= log 2

x +1
18. a. C(t) = C0(1 + 0.05)t, where C0 is the present cost
of goods and t is in years from now.

2
d. log x – 4log(x – 5) + log
x+1 c. 50 = 10log(I 1012)
3
1 2
5 = log(I 1012)

= log x – log(x – 5)4 + log [(x + 1)2]3 I 1012 = 105
I = 10 –7
= 1.0 10–7
1

x(x + 1)3
= log
(x – 5)4 d. 110 = 10log(I 1012)
11 = log(I 1012)

26. c. x – 3log3243 = 4 log2512 I 1012 = 1011
1
x – 3(5) =
2 4 log229
I = 10–1 = 1.0 10–1
x – 15 = 2.9
x = 33
e. 2 log3(4x + 1) = 4
log3(4x + 1) = 2
4x + 1 = 32
4x = 8
x =2
f. log12x – log12(x – 2) + 1 = 2
x
log12 = 1
x–2
x
= 121
x–2
x = 12x – 24
11x = 24
24
x =
11
j. (log x)2 + 3log x – 10 =0
(log x + 5)(log x – 2) =0
log x = –5 or log x =2
x = 10–5 or x = 102
27. SL = 10log(I 1012)
a. SL = 10log(2.51 10–5 1012)

= 10log(2.51 107)
= 10[log 2.51 + log 107)
= 10[0.3997 + 7)
=˙ 74 dB
b. SL = 10log(6.31 10–4 1012)

= 10[log6.31 + 8]
= 10[0.80 + 8]
= 88 dB
The sound level in the room is bearable to the
human ear.

Chapter 8 • Derivatives of Exponential
and Logarithmic Functions

e–x
3
4. a. log232 4. c. f(x)
x
Since 32 = 25, log232 = 5.
–3x2e–x (x) – e–x
3 3
f'(x) =
b. log100.0001 x2
Since 0.0001 = 10 – 4, log100.0001 = –4. e3t
2
d. s =
t2
c. log1020 + log105
= log10(20 5) ds
= 6te3t (t2) – 2t(e3t )
2 2
= log10100 dt
= log10102
2e3t [3t2 – 1]
2
=2 =
t3
d. log220 – log25 e2t
h. g(t) =

20 1 + e2t
= log2
5
2e2t(1 + e2t) – 2e2t(e2t)
= log24 g'(t) =
(1 + e2t)2
=2
2e2t
e. 3 2log35 =
(1 + e2t)2
= (3log 5)23
= 52 1
5. a. f'(x) = (3e3x – 3e–3x)
= 25 3
3 = e3x – e–3x
f. log3(539–325–2)
3 f'(1) = e3 – e–3
= log353 + log39–3 + log325–2
c. h'(z) = 2z(1 + e–z) + z2(–e–z)
= log353 + log33–6 + log35–3
h'(–1) = 2(–1)(1 + e) + (–1)2(–e1)
= 3log35 – 6 – 3log35
= –2 – 2e –e
= –6 = –2 – 3e
5. a. log280, b = e 7. y = ex
dy
loge80 Slope of the tangent is = ex.
= dx
loge2
Slope of the given line is –3.
ln 80 1
= Slope of the perpendicular line is .
ln 2 3
1
=˙ 6.322 Therefore, ex = :
3
b. 3log522 – 2log515, b = 10 x ln e = ln 1 – ln 3
x = –ln 3

log 22 log 15
= 3 10 – 2 10 =˙ –1.099.
log105 log105
3log1022 – 2log1015
=
log105
=˙ 2.397
186 Chapter 8: Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

dny
The point where the tangent meets the curve has 11. b. n = (–1)n(3n)e–3x
dx
x = –ln 3 and y = 3–ln3
12. In this question, y is an implicitly defined function
1
= . of x.
3
dy dexy
The equation of the tangent is a. – = 0
dx dx
1 1
y – = (x + ln 3) or y = 0.3x + 0.6995.

3 3 dy dy
–e xy (1)y + x = 0
dx dx
8. The slope of the tangent line at any point is given by
dy dy dy
= (1)(e –x) + x(–e–x) –ye xy – xe xy = 0
dx dx dx
= e–x(1 – x).
At the point (0, 1), we get
At the point (1, e–1), the slope is e–1(0) = 0. The
equation of the tangent line at the point A is dy dy
1 – 1 – 0 = 0 and = 1.
–1
y – e = 0(x – 1) or y = . dx dx
e
The equation of the tangent line at A(0, 1)
9. The slope of the tangent line at any point on the is y – 1 = x or y = x + 1.
dy
curve is = 2xe–x + x2(–e–x) d
dx b. (x2ey) = 0
dx
= (2x – x2)(e–x) dy
2xey + x2ey = 0
2x – x2 dx
= .
ex
Horizontal lines have slope equal to 0. At the point (1, 0), we get
dy dy
We solve = 0 2 + = 0
dx dx
x(2 – x) dy
= 0. and = –2.
ex dx
The equation of the tangent line at
Since ex > 0 for all x, the solutions are x = 0 and
B(1, 0) is y = –2(x – 1) or 2x + y – 2 = 0.
x = 2. The points on the curve at which the tangents
c. It is difficult to determine y as an explicit
4
are horizontal are (0, 0) and 2, 2 .
e function of x.
5 x x
10. If y = (e5 + e–5), 13. a. When t = 0, N = 1000[30 + e0] = 31 000.
2

5 1 x 1 x
then y' = e 5 – e– 5 ,
2 5 5
dN
dt 1 –t
30
100 –t
b. = 1000 0 – e 30 = – e 30
3
dN 100 –2
c. When t = 20h, = – e 3 =˙ –17 bacteria/h.

5 1 1 x x dt 3
and y'' = e + e
5
–
5
2 25 25 t
–
d. Since e 30 > 0 for all t, there is no solution
25 2
1 5 x x
= (e5 + e– 5) dN
to = 0.
dt
1 Hence, the maximum number of bacteria in

= y.
25 the culture occurs at an endpoint of the interval
of domain.
Chapter 8: Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 187

5

When t = 50, N = 1000[30 + e–3] =˙ 30 189. 15. a. The given limit can be rewritten as
The largest number of bacteria in the culture is eh – 1 e0+h – e0
lim = lim
31 000 at time t = 0. h→0 h h→0 h
This expression is the limit definition of the
ds 1 1 –t
14. a. v = = 160 – e 4
dt 4 4 derivative at x = 0 for f(x) = ex.
= 40(1 – e )
t

4
f'(0) = lim
h→0 h
e0+h – e0

dex
Since f'(x) = = ex, the value of the given

dv 1 –t t
– dx
b. a = = 40 e 4 = 10e 4
dt 4 limit is e0 = 1.
t
–
From a., v = 40(1 – e 4), e2+h – e2
b. Again, lim is the derivative of ex at x = 2.
v t
– h
which gives e = 1 – . 4 h→0
40 e – e2
2+h
Thus, lim = e2.
v
1
Thus, a = 10 1 – = 10 – v.
40 4 h→0 h
dy d2y
16. For y = Aemt, = Amemt and 2 = Am2emt.
c. vT = limv dt dt
t→∞
t
– Substituting in the differential equation gives
vT = lim 40(1 – e 4)
t→∞ Am2emt + Amemt – 6Aemt = 0
1
= 40 lim 1 – t
t→∞
e4
Aemt(m2 + m – 6) = 0.
Since Ae ≠ 0, m2 + m – 6 = 0
mt
1 (m + 3)(m – 2) = 0
= 40(1), since lim t = 0 m = –3 or m = 2.
t→∞
e4
The terminal velocity of the skydiver is 40 m/s. 17. a. Dxsinh x = cosh x
d. Ninety-five per cent of the terminal velocity is
95
1

Dxsinh x = Dx (ex – e–x)
2
(40) 38 m/s. 1
100 = (ex + e–x) = cosh x
2
To determine when this velocity occurs, we solve
t b. Dxcosh x = sinh x
40(1 – e– 4) = 38 1
38 Dxcosh x = (ex – e–x) = sinh x
t
1 – e– 4 = 2
40 1
c. Dxtanh x =
t 1 (cosh x)2g
e 4 =
–
20 sinh x
t tanh x =
e4 = 20 cosh x
t sinh x
and = ln 20, Since tanh x = ,
4 cosh x
which gives t = 4 (Dxsinh x)(cosh x) – (sinh x)(Dxcosh x)
ln 20 =˙ 12 s. Dxtanh x =
(cosh x)2

The skydiver’s velocity is 38 m/s, 12 s after jumping. 1 1 1 1
ex + e–x ex + e–x – ex – e–x ex – e–x
The distance she has fallen at this time is 2 2 2
________________________________________ 2
=
S = 160(ln 20 – 1 + e–ln20) (cosh x)2
1
(e2x + 2 + e–2x) – (e2x – 2 + e–2x)
1
= 160 ln 20 – 1 +
20 4
=
(cosh x)2
=˙ 327.3 m. 1
(4)
4
= 2
(cosh x)
1
= 2
(cosh x)
Exercise 8.2
1 1
b. f (t) = 1n
t–1
3t + 5
2. Since e = lim (1 + h) , let h = . Therefore,

n
n 3t + t 3t + 5 – 3(t – 1)
h→0
f'(t) =
t–1 (3t + 5)2

e = lim 1 + .
1 n

1n →0
1
n

20 20 – 12
f'(5) =
4 202
But as →0, n→∞. 8
n =
4 20
1

n
Therefore, e = lim 1 + .
n 1
=
n→∞
10
If n = 100, e =˙ 1 +
1 100
100 = 0.1
= 1.01100 6. a. f(x) = ln (x2 + 1)

=˙ 2.70481. 1
f'(x) = 2 (2x)
Try n = 100 000, etc. 1+x
2x
= 2
1+x
4. f. g(z) = 1n (e–z + ze–z)
Since 1 + x2 > 0 for all x, f'(x) = 0 when 2x = 0,
1
e–z + ze–z
g'(z) = –e–z + (e–z – ze–z) i.e., when x = 0.
1
–ze–z b. f(x) = (1n x + 2x)3
=–z 1

2 1
e + ze–z f'(x) = (ln x + 2x)–3 + 2
1
3 x

u
h. h(u) = e ln u 2
1
+ 2
x

1
= e ln u
u
2
= 2
3(ln x + 2x)3
h'(u) = e ln u + e

1 1 1 1 1 2
u u f'(x) = 0 if + 2 = 0 and (ln x + 2x)3 ≠ 0.
2u 2 2 u x
1 1
+ 2 = 0 when x = –.
1 1
1
= e e1 ln u +
2 2
u
u
u
x 2
Since f(x) is defined only for x > 0, there is no
solution to f'(x) = 0.
i. f(x) = ln
x–1
x2 + 1
c. f(x) = (x2 + 1)–1 ln(x2 + 1)

1

x2 + 1 2x(x – 1) – (x2 + 1)

f'(x) = –(x2 + 1)–2 (2x)ln(x2 + 1) + (x2 + 1)–1
2x

x2 + 1

2
f'(x) = 2x(1 – ln(x + 1))
x–1 (x – 1)2 =
(x2 + 1)2
Since (x2 + 1)2 ≥ 1 for all x, f'(x) = 0,
x – 1 x2 – 2x – 1
=
x2 + 1 (x – 1)2 when 2x(1 – ln(x2 + 1)) = 0.
Hence, the solution is
x2 – 2x – 1 x = 0 or ln (x2 + 1) = 1
=
(x – 1)(x2 + 1) x2 + 1 = e
x = ±
e – 1.
5. a. g(x) = e2x–1 ln (2x – 1)
1
g'(x) = e2x–1(2) ln (2x – 1) + (2)e2x–1
2x – 1
g'(1) = e2(2) ln (1) + 1(2) e1
= 2e

ln x
3
7. a. f(x) = 11. v(t) = 90 – 30 ln(3t + 1)

x
1 a. At t = 0, v(0) = 90 – 30 ln(1) = 90 km/h.
ln x
3

= –30 –90
x b. a = v'(t) = 3 =

3t + 1 3t + 1

1
x – ln x
1 x 90
f'(x) = c. At t = 2, a = – =˙ –12.8 km/h/s.
3 x2 7
d. The car is at rest when v = 0.
We solve:
At the point (1, 0), the slope of the tangent line is
v(t) = 90 – 30 ln(3t + 1) = 0

1 1–0
f'(1) =
3 1 ln(3t + 1) = 3
3t + 1 = e3
1
= . e3 – 1
3 t = = 6.36 s.
3
1

The equation of the tangent line is y = x – 1
3 12. a. pH = –log10(6.3 10–5)
or x – 3y – 1 = 0.
= –[log106.3 + log1010–5]
b. Use the y = button to define f(x) and set the window =˙ –[0.7993405 – 5]
so –1 ≤ x ≤ 4 and –2 ≤ y ≤ 0.5. =˙ 4.20066
Select 2ND DRAW and pick menu item five to draw The pH value for tomatoes is approximately 4.20066.
the tangent at the point (1, 0). t

b. H(t) = 30 – 5t – 25(e– 5 – 1)
c. The calculator answer is y = 0.31286x – 0.31286. t

This can be improved using the ZOOM feature. ln(30 – 5t – 25(e– 5 – 1))
pH = –
ln 10
1 1
The line defined by 3x – 6y – 1 = 0 has slope .
t

8. = – ln(55 – 5t – 25e– 5)
2 ln 10
dy 1

For y = ln x – l, the slope at any point is = .
t

dx 2 d 1 –5 + 5e– 5
pH = – t
1 1 dt ln 10
Therefore, at the point of tangency = , 55 – 5t – 25e– 5

x 2

t
or x = 2 and y = ln 2 – 1. 1 –1 + e– 5

The equation of the tangent is = – t

ln 10
11 – t – 5e– 5
1

y – (ln 2 – 1) = x – 2

2
d 1 –1 + e–2
or x – 2y + (2 ln 2 – 4) = 0 When t = 10 s, pH = –
dt ln 10 1 – 5e–2

2
1 e –1
9. a. For a horizontal tangent line, the slope equals 0. =
ln10 e2 – 5
We solve:

=˙ 1.16.

f'(x) = 2(x ln x) ln x + x
1

= 0
x d 2F
x=0 or ln x = 0 or ln x = –1 13. 2 = F – 18ke–2S
dS
1
No ln in the domain x=1 x = e–1 = F = k(e–s – 6e–2S)
e
The points on the graph of f(x) at which there are dF
= k(–e–s + 12e–2S)

1 1 dS
horizontal tangents are , 2 and (1, 0).
e e d 2F
2 = k(e–s – 24e–2S)
dS
b. Graph the function and use the TRACE and CALC = k(e–s – 6e–2S – 18e–2S)
dy dy = k(e–S – 6e–2S ) – 18ke–2S
features to determine the points where = 0.
dx dx = F – 18ke–2S
c. The solution in a. is more precise and efficient.

1
14. a. We assume y is an implicitly defined function of x, b. S3 = 1 + 1 + = 2.5
2!
and differentiate implicitly with respect to x. 1 1 ·
S4 = 1 + 1 + + = 2.6
2! 3!

dy dy 1
(1)(e4) + x(ey) + ln x + y = 0 1 2 1 ·
dx dx x S5 = S4 + = 2 + = 2.7083
4! 3 24
At the point (1, ln 2) the derivative equation 1 · 1 ·
S7 = S6 + = 2.716 + = 2.71805
simplifies to 6! 720
dy dy

(1)(eln2) + (1)(eln2) + ln (1) + ln 2(1) = 0 ln x, if x > 0
dx dx 17. a. y = lnx =
ln (–x), if x < 0
dy
2 + 2 + 0 + ln 2 = 0

dx 1
dy , if x > 0
x
=

dy –2 – ln 2 dx 1
= –1, if x < 0
dx 2 –x

The slope of the tangent to the curve at (1, ln 2) 1
dy , if x > 0
2 + ln 2 = x
is – dx 1
2 , if x < 0
x
b. = 0
ln xy d 1
Thus, lnx = for all x ≠ 0.
dx x
1
ln(xy) = 0

2 dy 1 2
b. = 2 =
ln(xy) = 0 dx 2x + 1 2x + 1
xy = e0 = 1

dy 1
1 c. = 2x lnx + x2
y = dx x
x
dy 1 = 2x lnx + x
= –2
dx x
1
The slope of the tangent to the curve at , 3
3 Exercise 8.3
is –9.
x
d ln(2 + h) – ln 2 32
15. By definition, ln x = lim 2. e. f(x) = 2
dx h→0 h x
1
= . 1
ln 3(32)(x2) – 2x(32)
x x
x
2
The derivative of ln x at x = 2 is f'(x) =
x4
ln (2 + h) – ln2 1
lim = .
x x

h 2 x ln 3(32) – 4(32)
=
h→0
2x4
16. a. x

32[x ln 3 – 4]
1 + n1 = 1 + nn1 + 2! n
+ + …
n(n – 1) 1 n(n – 1)(n – 2) 1 =
n 2 3
3! n 2x4
1
2! 1
n 1
3!
1
n 2

= 1 + 1 + (1) 1 – + (1) 1 – 1 – + …
n log5 (3x2)
f.
x+1
1
= 1 + 1 + 21! lim 1 – n1 + 31! lim 1 – n11 – n2 + …
n
lim 1 +
n→∞ n n→∞ n→∞
1 1 1
–
(6x)(
x + 1) – (x + 1) 2 (log53x2)
1 1 ln 5(3x2) 2
Thus, e = 1 + 1 + + + … f'(x) =
2! 3! x+1

t+1 b. When using a graphing calculator it is necessary to
3. a. f(t) = log2
2t + 7 use the ZOOM function to get the x-coordinate
close to 5.
f(t) = log2(t + 1) – log2(2t + 1)
1
f'(t) = –
2
(t + 1)ln 2 (2t + 1)ln 2
6.
t–5
y = 20 10
10
To find the point where the curve crosses the y-axis,
1 2 set t = 0.
f'(3) = –
4 ln 2 13 ln 2 1
–
Thus, y = 20(10 2)
20
13
= –
8 =
52 ln 2 52 ln 2 10
= 210
.
5
=
52 ln 2 The point of tangency is (0, 210
).
The slope of the tangent is given by
b. h(t) = log3[log2(t)]

dy t–5
1
= 20 1010 (ln 10) .
dx 10
1 1
h'(t) = 2 ln 10
ln 3(log2t) ln 2(t) At (0, 210
) the slope of the tangent is .

10
1 1
h'(8) = 2 ln 10
ln 3 log28 8(ln 2) The equation of the tangent is y – 2
10 = (x – 0)
10
1 1 or 2 ln 10x – 10
y + 20 = 0
=
3 ln 3 8 ln 2
7. a. For f(x) = log2(log2(x)) to be defined, log2x > 0.
1 For log2x > 0, x > 20 = 1.
=
24 (ln 3)(ln 2)
Thus, the domain of f(x) is x > 1.

dy 1(2x – 3) b. The x-intercept occurs when f (x) = 0.
5. a. = log10(x 2 – 3x)(ln 10(10 2x–9)2) + 10 2x–9
dx ln 10 (x 2 – 3x)
Thus, log2(log2x) = 0

dy 7 log2x = 1
At x = 5, = 2log1010[ln 10(10)) + 10
dx ln 10 x = 2.
The slope of the tangent is given by

7
= 20 ln 10 + 1 1
ln 10 f'(x) = .
(log2x)(ln 2) x ln 2
=˙ 49.1.
At x = 2, the slope is
When x = 5, y = 10(log1010)
= 10.
f'(2) =
1
(1)(ln 2)
1
2 ln 2
1
Equation is y – 10 = 49.1(x – 5) or y = 49.1x – 237.5. = .
2(ln 2)2

dP
c. It is difficult to directly graph logarithm functions b. In 1988, t = 21 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e21 0.20015
dt
having a base other than 10 or e.
=˙ 6.69469 109 dollars/annum.
2
8. s = 40 + 3t + 0.01t + ln t
dP
a.
ds 1
v = = 3 + 0.02t + In 1998, t = 31 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e31 0.20015
dt t dt
When t = 20, v = 3 + 0.4 + 0.05 =˙ 49.5417 109 dollars/annum.

= 3.45 cm/min.
Note the continuing increase in the rates of increase of
dv 1
b. a = = 0.02 – 2 the debt payments.
dt t
When a = 0.01,
10. a. For an earthquake of intensity I,

1 I
0.02 – 2 = 0.01 R = log10 .
t I0
1 For an earthquake of intensity 10I,
2 = 0.01
t
2
t = 100
10I
R = log10 .
I0
= log + log 10

t = 10. I
I
10 10
After 10 minutes, the acceleration is 10 cm/min/min. 0
= log + 1.
I
9. P = 0.5(109) e0.20015t I
10
0
The Richter magnitude of an earthquake of

dP
a. = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e0.20015t intensity 10I is 1 greater than that of intensity I.
dt
dP b. R = log10I – log10I0
In 1968, t = 1 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e0.20015
dt

dR 1
=
dt I ln 10 dI
– 0
dt
dI
dP We are given that = 100 and I = 35.
In 1978, t = 11 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e11 0.20015 dt
dt

dR
Thus, =
1
dt 35 ln 10 100 =˙ 1.241 units/s.
In 1978, the rate of increase of debt payments was When the intensity of an earthquake is 35 and
$904,670,000/annum compared to $122,250,000/annum increasing at the rate of 100 units/s, the Richter
in 1968. magnitude is increasing at the rate of 1.24 units/s.

1
11. b. Rewrite y = 7x as y = exln7 and graph using y = . Since et ≠ 0, 1 + ln t – = 0,
t
c. The factor ln 7 is a power used to transform y = ex 1
ln t = – 1.
t
to y = (ex)ln7.
Therefore, t = 1 by inspection.
ln x 1 e1
12. b. Rewrite y = log5x as y = = ln x, and g (1) = = 2.7
ln 5 ln 5 1 + ln 1
graph using y = .
e12
1 1 g(12) = =˙ 46 702
c. Since < 1, multiplying ln x by causes 1 + ln 12
ln 5 ln 5
The maximum value is about 46 202 and the
the graph of y = ln x to be compressed vertically. minimum value is 2.7.
c. m(x) = (x + 2)e–2x on –4 ≤ x ≤ 4
Exercise 8.4 m'(x) = e–2x + (–2)(x + 2)e–2x
Let m'(x) = 0.
1. a. f(x) = e–x – e–3x on 0 ≤ ≤ 10 e–2x ≠ 0, therefore, 1 + (–2)(x + 2) = 0
f'(x) = –e–x + 3e–3x –3
x =
Let f'(x) = 0, therefore e–x + 3e–3x = 0. 2
Let e–x = w, when –w + 3w3 = 0. = –1.5.
w (–1 + 3w2) = 0. m(–4) = –2e8 =˙ –5961
1 m(–1.5) = 0.5e3 =˙ 10
Therefore, w = 0 or w2 =
3 m(4) = 6e–8 =˙ 0.0002
1 The maximum value is about 10 and the minimum
w = ± .
3 value is about –5961.
1
But w ≥ 0, w = + .
1 –x 1
3
t2 + 1
d. s(t) = ln
+ 6 ln t on 1.1 ≤ t ≤ 10
t2 – 1
When w = , e = ,
3 3 = ln (t2 + 1) – ln (t2 – 1) + 6 ln t
–x ln e = ln 1 – ln3 2t 2t 6
s'(t) = – +
t2 + 1 t2 – 1 t
ln3 – ln 1
x = Let s'(t) = 0,
1
–4t + 6(t2 – 1)(t2 + 1)
= ln3 = 0 or –4t + 6(t4 – 1) = 0
t(t2 + 1)(t2 – 1)
=˙ 0.55. 3t4 – 2t – 3 = 0
f(0) = e0 – e0 t =˙ 1.2 (using a calculator).
=0
f(0.55) =˙ –4.61
1.12 + 1

s(1.1) = ln 2 + 6 ln (1.1) =˙ 2.9
1.1 – 1
f(100) = e–100 – e–300 =˙ 3.7
Absolute maximum is about 3.7 and absolute
minimum is about –4.61.
1.22 + 1

s(1.2) = ln 2 + 6 ln (1.2) =˙ 2.8
1.2 – 1
et
b. g(t) = on 1 ≤ t ≤ 12
1 + ln t

102 + 1

s(10) = ln 2 + 6 ln (10) =˙ 13.84
10 – 1
The maximum value is about 13.84 and the
et(1 + ln t) – 1(et)
t minimum is about 2.8.
g'(t) =
(1 + ln t)2
Let g'(t) = 0:
1
et(1 + ln t) – (et) = 0
t

a. P(x) = 106[1 + (x – 1)e–0.001x], 0 ≤ x ≤ 2000

4. 1
Now, S'(x) = –k 2x ln x + x2
Using the Algorithm for Extreme Values, we have x
P(0) = 106[1 – 1] = 0 = –kx(2 ln x + 1).
P(2000) = 106[1 + 1999e–2] =˙ 271.5 106.
Now,
1
1
S'(x) = 0 when ln x = – since x ≥ , x ≠ 0
2 10
P'(x) = 106 [(1)e–0.001x + (x – 1)( –0.001)e–0.001x] 1
–
x =e 2
= 106e–0.001x (1 – 0.001x + 0.001)
=˙ 0.6065.
Since e–0.001x > – for all x,
S(0.1) = 0.023k
P'(x) = 0 when 1.001 – 0.001x = 0
1
–
1.001 S(e 2) = 0.184k
x = = 1001.
0.001 S(0.9) = 0.08k
P(1001) = 106[1 + 1000e–1.001] =˙ 368.5 106 The maximum speed of the signal is 0.184k units when
The maximum monthly profit will be 368.5 106 x =˙ 0.61.
dollars when 1001 items are produced and sold.
7. C(h) = 1 + h(ln h)2, 0.2 ≤ h ≤ 1

b. The domain for P(x) becomes 0 ≤ x ≤ 500. 1
C'(h) = (ln h)2 + 2h ln h
P(500) = 106[1 + 499e–0.5] = 303.7 106 h
= (ln h)2 + 2 ln h
Since there are no critical values in the domain, the
= ln h (ln h + 2)
maximum occurs at an endpoint. The maximum
C'(h) = 0 when ln h = 0 or ln h = –2
monthly profit when 500 items are produced and
h =1 or h = e–2 =˙ 0.135.
sold is 303.7 106 dollars.
Since the domain under consideration is
5. R(x) = 40x2e–0.4x + 30, 0 ≤ x ≤ 8 0.2 ≤ h ≤ 0.75, neither of the critical values
We use the Algorithm for Extreme Values: is admissible.
R'(x) = 80xe–0.4x + 40x2(–0.4)e–0.4x C(0.2) =˙ 1.52
= 40xe–0.4x (2 – 0.4x) C(0.75) =˙ 1.06
Since e–0.4x > 0 for all x, R'(x) = 0 when The student’s intensity of concentration level is lowest
x = 0 or 2 – 0.4x = 0 at the 45 minute mark of the study session.
x = 5.
8. P(t) = 100(e–t – e–4t), 0 ≤ t ≤ 3
R(0) = 30
P'(t) = 100(–e–t + 4e–4t)
R(5) =˙ 165.3
= 100e–t(–1 + 4e–3t)
R(8) =˙ 134.4
Since e–t > 0 for all t, P'(t) = 0 when
The maximum revenue of 165.3 thousand dollars is
4e–3t = 1
achieved when 500 units are produced and sold.
1
e–3t =
6. The speed of the signal is S(x) = kv(x) 4

1 –3t = ln (0.25)
= kx2 ln
x –ln (0.25)
t =
2
= kx (ln 1 – ln x) 3
= –kx2 ln x. = 0.462.
r R 9R P(0) = 0
Since x = , we have ≤ r ≤
R 10 10 P(0.462) =˙ 47.2
1 r 9 P(3) =˙ 4.98
≤ ≤
10 R 10 P'(t) = 100(4e–4t)
1 9 400
≤ x ≤ . = > 0 for all t
10 10 e4t

Since there are no critical values in the given interval, the 9. C = 0.015 109e0.07533t, 0 ≤ t ≤ 100
maximum value will occur at an endpoint. C
a.
P(0) = 0
P(3) =˙ 4.98
The highest percentage of people spreading the rumour is
4.98% and occurs at the 3 h point.
t
0 100
9. C = 0.015 10 e 9 0.07533t
dp
a. = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e0.20015t dC
dt b. = 0.015 109 0.07533e0.07533t
dt
dp
In 1968, t = 1 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e0.20015 In 1947, t = 80 and the growth rate was
dt
=˙ 0.1225 109 dollars/year dC
= 0.46805 109 dollars/year.
dt
dp
In 1978, t = 11 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e11x0.20015 In 1967, t = 100 and the growth rate was
dt
=˙ 0.90467 109 dollars/year dC
In 1978 the rate of increase of debt payments was dt
$904 670 000/year compared to $122 250 000/year The ratio of growth rates of 1967 to that of 1947 is
in 1968. 2.1115 109 4.511
9 = .
dp 0.46805 10 1
b. In 1987, t = 20 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e20x0.20015
dt The growth rate of capital investment grew from
=˙ 5.48033 10 dollars/year
9 468 million dollars per year in 1947 to 2.112 billion
dollars per year in 1967.
dp
In 1989, t = 22 and = 0.5(109)(0.20015)e22x0.20015
dt c. In 1967, the growth rate of investment as a
=˙ 8.17814 109 dollars percentage of the amount invested is
2.1115 109
c. In 1989, P = 0.5(109)(e20x0.20015) 9 100 = 7.5%.
28.0305 10
=˙ 27.3811 109 dollars
d. In 1977, t = 110
In 1989, P = 0.5(109(e22x0.20015) C = 59.537 109 dollars
=˙ 40.8601 109 dollars
dC
dt
Year Amount Paid Rate of Change % e. Statistics Canada data shows the actual amount of
1987 $27.3811 10 9
$5.48033 10 /year 20.02
9 U.S. investment in 1977 was 62.5 109 dollars. The
error in the model is 3.5%.
1989 $40.8601 109 $8.17814/year 20.02
f. In 2007, t = 140.
The expected investment and growth rates are
dC
C = 570.490 109 dollars and = 42.975 109
dt
dollars/year.

k t

10. C(t) = (eat – e–bt), b > a > 0, k > 0, t ≥ 0 11. a. The growth function is N = 25.
b–a t
The number killed is given by K = e3.
k
C1(t) = (–ae–at + be–bt) After 60 minutes, N = 212.
b–a
C1(t) = 0 when be–bt – ae–at = 0 Let T be the number of minutes after 60 minutes.
be–bt = ae–at The population of the colony at any time, T, after
the first 60 minutes is
b ebt
= = e(b–a)t P=N–k
a eat

b 60 + T T

(b – a)t = ln = 2 – e3, T ≥ 0
a 5
dP

60+T 1 1 T
ln (b) – ln (a)
t = = 2 5 ln 2 – e3
b–a dt 5 3
b
a
b
a
Since > 1, ln > 0 and hence the value of t is a

T ln 2
5
1 T
= 212+5 – e3
3
k

positive number. If t = 0, C(0) = (1 – 1) = 0

ln 2 1 T
T
b–a = 212 25 – e3
5 3
t→∞ t→∞
k
Also, lim C(t) = lim 1 1
–
b – a eat ebt dP ln 2 T 1 T
= 0 when 212 25 = e3
dt 5 3
ln 2

T T
k or 3

= (0 – 0) = 0 212 25 = e3.
b–a 5
–x
Since f(x) = e is a decreasing function throughout We take the natural logarithm of both sides:
its domain, if k1 < k2 then e–k > e–k
ln 2 T

ln 3.212 + ln 2 =
T
1 2
5 5 3
1 ln 2
7.4404 = T –
3 5
7.4404
T = = 38.2 min.
0.1947
12
At T = 0, P = 2 = 4096.
x
0 At T = 38.2, P = 478 158.
dP
For T > 38.2, is always negative.
Since a < b, at < bt where a, b, t are all positive. dt
Thus, e–at > e–bt for all t > 0. The maximum number of bacteria in the colony
Hence, C(t) > 0 for all t > 0. occurs 38.2 min after the drug was introduced. At
Since there is only one critical value, the largest this time the population numbers 478 158.
concentration of the drug in the blood occurs at 60+T T

b. P = 0 when 2 5 = e3
ln b – ln a
t = 60 + T T
b–a ln 2 =
5 3

C(t) 1 ln 2
12 ln 2 = T –
3 5
T = 42.72
The colony will be obliterated 42.72 minutes
t
0 lnb – lna after the drug was introduced.
b–o

12. Let t be the number of minutes assigned to study for b. We need to determine when the derivative of the
the first exam and 30 – t minutes assigned to study for
the second exam. The measure of study effectiveness
dP
dt d2P
growth rate is zero, i.e., when
dt2
= 0.
for the two exams is given by
dP –104(–99e–t) 990 000e–t
E(t) = E1(t) + E2(30 – t), 0 ≤ t ≤ 30 = =
dt (1 + 99e–t)2 (1 + 99e–t)2

t 30–t
= 0.5(10 + te–10) + 0.6 9 + (30 – t)e–20 d2P –990 000e–t(1 + 99e–t)2 – 990 000e–t(2)(1 + 99e–t)( –99e–t)
=
dt2 (1 + 99e–t)4
1
1

t t 30–t 30–t
E'(t) = 0.5 e–10 – te–10 + 0.6 –e–5 + (30 – t)e–20
10 20 –990 000e–t(1 + 99e–t) + 198(990 000)e–2t
=
t 30–t (1 + 99e–t)3
= 0.05e–10 (10 – t) + 0.03e–5 (–20 + 30 – t)
d2P
t 30–t = 0 when 990 000e–t(–1 – 99e–t + 198e–t) = 0
–
= (0.05e + 0.03e
10
–
5 )(10 – t) dt2
99e–t = 1
E'(t) = 0 when 10 – t = 0 et = 99
t = 10 (The first factor is always a positive number.) t = ln 99
3 =˙ 4.6
E(0) = 5 + 5.4 + 18e–2 = 14.42
After 4.6 days, the rate of change of the growth rate is zero.
E(10) = 16.65
At this time the population numbers 5012.
E(30) = 11.15
For maximum study effectiveness, 10 h of study should dP 990 000e–3
c. When t = 3, = =˙ 1402 cells/day.
be assigned to the first exam and 20 h of study for the dt (1 + 99e–3)2
second exam. dP 990 000e–8
When t = 8, = =˙ 311 cells/day.
dt (1 + 99e–8)2
13. The solution starts in a similar way to that of 12. The The rate of growth is slowing down as the colony is getting
effectiveness function is closer to its limiting value.

t 25–t
E(t) = 0.5(10 + te–10) + 0.6 9 + (25 – t)e–20 .
The derivative simplifies to Exercise 8.5

t 25–t
E'(t) = 0.05e–10 (10 – t) + 0.03e–20 (5 – t). 3. a. y = f(x) = xx
This expression is very difficult to solve analytically. ln y = x ln x

By calculation on a graphing calculator, we can 1 dy 1
= ln x + x
determine the maximum effectiveness occurs y dx x
when t = 8.16 hours. dy
= xx(ln x + 1)
dx
aL
14. P =
a + (L – a)e–kLt f'(e) = ee(ln e + 1) = 2ee
a. We are given a = 100, L = 10 000, k = 0.0001.
b. s = et + te
6 4
10 10
P = = = 104(1 + 99e–t)–1 ds
100 + 9900e–t 1 + 99e–t = et + ete–1
dt

P ds
When t = 2, = e2 + e 2e–1
dt
t
0

3
(x – 3)2
x+1 1

c. y = y = xx
(x – 4)5
1 ln x
ln y = ln x =
Let y = f(x). x x

1
ln y = 2 ln(x – 3) + ln(x + 1) – 5 ln(x – 4) 1

(x) – (ln x)(1)
3 1 dy x
=

1 dy 2 1 5 y dx x2
= + –
y dx x – 3 3 (x + 1) x – 4 1

dy xx(1 – ln x)
dy
2 1
= y + –
dx
5
x – 3 3 (x + 1) x – 4 =
dx x2
dy
2
4 24 3
1
5
f'(7) = f(7) + – We want the values of x so that = 0.
1

dx
xx(1 – ln x)
= – = –
32 27 4 =0
243 24 27 x2
1

4. y = x(x2) Since xx ≠ 0 and x2 > 0, we have 1 – ln x = 0
The point of contact is (2, 16). The slope of the ln x = 1
tangent line at any point on the curve is given by x = e.
1
dy
. We take the natural logarithm of both sides and The slope of the tangent is 0 at (e, e e).
dx
differentiate implicitly with respect to x. 7. We want to determine the points on the given curve
y = x(x )
2
at which the tangent lines have slope 6. The slope

ln y = x2 ln x of the tangent at any point on the curve is given by
1

y dy
= 2x ln x + x
dx
dy
dy
dx
4
= 2x + .
x
At the point (2, 16), = 16(4 ln 2 + 2). To find the required points, we solve:
dx
4
The equation of the tangent line at (2, 16) is 2x + = 6
x
y – 16 = 32(2 ln 2 + 1)(x – 2).
x2 – 3x + 2 = 0
1 (x – 1)(x – 2) = 0
5. y =
(x + 1)(x + 2)(x + 3) x = 1 or x = 2.
The tangents to the given curve at (1, 1) and
We take the natural logarithm of both sides and
(2, 4 + 4 ln 2) have slope 6.
dy
differentiate implicitly with respect to x to find ,
dx
the slope of the tangent line. 8. We first must find the equation of the tangent at
dy
In y = ln (1) – ln (x + 1) – ln (x + 2) – ln (x + 3) A(4, 16). We need for y = xx.
dx
1

y dy 1 1 1
= – – –
dx x+1 x+2 x+3
In y = x ln x

1 dy 1 –1 1
1
The point of contact is 0, .
6
y
= x 2 ln x + x
dx 2

x

1 dy 1 1 1
1 11
11
At 0, , = –1 – – = – = –.
6 dx 6 2 3 6 6 36
ln x + 2
=
2x
1

6. y = xx, x > 0 dy (ln 4 + 2)
At (4, 16), = 16 = 4 ln 4 + 8.
We take the natural logarithm of both sides and dx 4
dy The equation of the tangent is
differentiate implicitly with respect to x to find ,
dx y – 16 = (4 ln 4 + 8)(x – 4).
the slope of the tangent.
The y-intercept is –16(ln 4 + 1).

–4 4 ln 4 + 4 (x + 2)(x – 4)5
The x-intercept is + 4 = . d. y =
ln 4 + 2 ln 4 + 2 (2x3 – 1)2

1 4 ln 4 + 4 ln y = ln (x + 2) + 5 ln (x – 4) – 2 ln (2x3 – 1)
The area of ∆OBC is (16)(ln 4 + 1),

2 ln 4 + 2
1 dy 1 5 12x2
= + – 3
32(ln 4 + 1)2 y dx x + 2 x – 4 2x – 1
which equals .
ln 4 + 2
9.
1

s(t) = t , t > 0
t
dy (x + 2)(x – 4)5 1
=
dx 3
(2x – 1) 2
5
+ – 3
12x2
x + 2 x – 4 2x – 1
1
a. ln (s(t)) = ln t

x + 3
ex
t f. y = 2
Differentiate with respect to t:

1

ln y = ex ln (x2 + 3)2

1
t – ln t
1 t ex
s'(t) = = ln (x2 + 3)
s(t) t2 2
1 – .
= ln t
t2
1

y dy ex ex
= ln (x2 + 3) +
dx 2 2
2x

x2 + 3
x + 3 ln (x + 3) +

ex x x
1 – ln t 1 – ln t
1 dy e e 2x
Thus, v(t) = s(t) = t t . = 2 2

t2
t2 dx 2 2 x2 + 3

1
–t 30

2x
t2 – (1 – ln t)(2t) g. y =
1 – ln t
Now, a(t) = v'(t) = s'(t)
t2
+ s(t) t4
. x
Substituting for s(t) and s'(t) = v(t) gives ln y = 2x[ln 30 – ln x]

1 – ln t 2t ln t – 3t

1
dy –1

1 2 1
a(t) = t t + t t = 2[ln 30 – ln x] + 2x
t2
t4 y dx x
tt
1

= 4 [1 – 2 ln t + (ln t)2 + 2t ln t – 3t] x

30 2x
= [2 ln 30 – 2 ln x – 2]
t
1

h. exy = ln (x + y)
2
b. Since t and t are always positive, the velocity is zero when
t
1 – ln t = 0 or when t = e.
1

dy 1

dy
exy x + y = 1 +
dx x+y dx
e e
a(e) = 4 [1 – 2 + 1 + 2e – 3e]

e dy 1 1
xe xy – = + yexy
1
dx x+y x+y
e e
= – 3
e
1
= –e e
1
–3 + ye xy
dy x + y 1 + (x + y) yexy
= =
dx 1 x (x + y)exy – 1
xe xy –
x +y
Review Exercise
x ln x
2. b. y =
ex
ln y = ln x + ln (ln x) – ln ex
= ln x + ln (ln x) – ex
1

y dy 1 1 1
= + – 1
dx x ln x x
x ln x 1
=
ex
1

+ – 1
x x ln x
e2x – 1
3. b. f (x) = [ln (3x2 – 6x)]4 7. y=

e2x + 1
6x – 6
f '(x) = 4[ln (3x2 – 6x)]3 2
3x – 6 dy 2e2x(e2x + 1) – (e2x – 1)(2e2x)
=
dx (e2x + 1)2
Let f'(x) = 0, therefore, ln(3x2 – 6x) = 0
2e4x + 2e2x – 2e4x + 2e2x
3x2 – 6x = 1 =
(e2x + 1)2
3x2 – 6x – 1 = 0
4e2x

6 ± 48 = 2x
x = (e + 1)2
6
6 ± 43 1 – e4x – 2e2x + 1
= Now, 1 – y2 =
6 (e2x + 1)2
3 + 23
= e4x + 2e2x + 1 – e4x + 2e2x – 1
3 =
or (e2x + 1)2
6x – 6 4e2x dy
2 = 0 = 2x 2 =
3x – 6 (3 + 1) dx
6x – 6 = 0 8. y = ekx
x = 1.
2
a. y' – 7y = 0
But 3x – 6x > 0 or 3x(x – 2) > 0.
kekx – 7ekx = 0
Therefore, x > 2 or x < 0.
ekx(k – 7) = 0
3 + 23
3 + 23
Only solution is x = and . k = 7 since ekx ≠ 0
3 3
ln x2 b. y'' – 16y = 0
6. y =
2x k2ekx – 16ekx = 0
2 ln x ekx(k2 – 16) = 0
=
x k = ± 4, since ekx ≠ 0

1 c. y'' – y'' – 12y' = 0
2 x – 2 ln x
dy x k3ekx – k2ekx – 12kekx = 0
=
dx x2 kekx(k2 – k – 12) = 0
2 – 2 ln x kekx(k + 3)(k – 4) = 0
=
x2 k = –3 or k = 0 or k = 4, since ekx ≠ 0
dy 2 – 2 ln 4
At x = 4, =
dx 16 9. The slope of the required tangent line is 3.
1 – ln 4 The slope at any point on the curve is given by
= .
8 dy
= 1 + e–x.
y = 2 ln 4
At x = 4, dx

4
To find the point(s) on the curve where the tangent
ln 4
= . has slope 3, we solve:
2
The equation of the tangent is 1 + e–x = 3
e–x = 2
ln 4 1 – ln 4
y – = (x – 4). –x = ln 2
2 8
x = –ln 2.
8y – 4 ln 4 = (1 – ln 4)x – 4 + 4 ln 4
The point of contact of the tangent is
(1 – ln 4)x – 8y + 8 ln 4 – 4 = 0
(–ln 2, –ln 2 – 2).
The equation of the tangent line is
y + ln 2 + 2= 3(x + ln 2) or 3x – y + 2 ln 2 – 2 = 0.

10. The slope of the tangent line to the given curve at 3 ln (t)
Now, lim+ g(t) = lim+ = 0
any point is t→1 t→1 2t
1
e x(1 + ln x) – ex g(e) =
3

dy x 23
=
dx (1 + ln x)2 =˙ 0.552
For t > e, ln t > 1 and g'(t) < 0
At the point (1, e), the slope of the tangent Thus, the maximum measure of effectiveness of this
e–e
is = 0. medicine is 0.552 and occurs at t = 2.718 h after the
1
medicine was given.
Since the tangent line is parallel to the x-axis, the
normal line is perpendicular to the x-axis. The line 13. m(t) = t ln (t) + 1 for 0 < t ≤ 4
through (1, e) perpendicular to the x-axis has m'(t) = ln (t) + 1
equation x = 1. m'(t) = 0 when ln (t) + 1 = 0
t = e–1

–1
dN t 1 t For 0 < t < e , m'(t) < 0.
11. a. = 2000 e– 20 – te– 20
dt 20 Thus, m(t) is decreasing over this interval.
lim+ (t ln t + 1) = 1 (by investigating the graph of m(t))
t

t
= 2000e– 20 1 –
t→0
20 m(e–1) =˙ .632
m(4) =˙ 6.545
t dN
Since e– 20 > 0 for all t, = 0, During the first four years, a child’s ability to memorize is
dt
lowest at 0.368 years of age and highest at four years.
t
when 1 – = 0
20 m (t)
t = 20.
The growth rate of bacteria is zero bacteria per
day on day 20.
1
1
b. When t = 10, N = 2000[30 + 10e–2] 0.6
t
0 1 4
=˙ 72 131 e
3
m =
72 131
+ 1000
=˙ 41.81. 14. a. c1(t) = te–t; c1(0) = 0
On day 10, there will be 42 newly infected mice.
c1' (t) = e–t – te–t
ln(t 3) = e–t(1 – t)
12. g(t) =
2t Since e–t > 0 for all t, c1' (t) = 0 when t = 1.
3 ln t Since c1' (t) > 0 for 0 ≤ t < 1, and c1' (t) < 0 for all
= , t > 1
2 1
t > 1, c1(t) has a maximum value of =˙ 0.368

3 e
2t – (3 ln t)(2) at t = 1 h.
t
g'(t) =
4t2 c2(t) = t 2e–t; c2(0) = 0
6 – 6 ln t c2' (t) = 2te–t – t2e–t

=
4t 2 = te–t(2 – t)
Since t > 1, g'(t) – 0 when 6 – 6 ln t = 0 c2' (t) = 0 when t = 0 or t = 2.
ln t = 1
t = e.

Since c2' (t) > 0 for 0 < t < 2 and c2' (t) < 0 for all T(x)
4
t > 2, c2(t) has a maximum value of 2 =˙ 0.541 at
e
t = 2 h. The larger concentration occurs for drug c2.
b. c1(0.5) = 0.303
x
c2(0.5) = 0.152 0
In the first half-hour, the concentration of c1 increases
from 0 to 0.303, and that of c2 increases from 0 to 0.152.
'
Thus, c1 has the larger concentration over this interval.
1

15. T(x) = 10 1 + (0.9)–x
x

1 1
a. T'(x) = 10 –2 (0.9)–x + 10(1 + )(0.9)–1(–1)(ln(0.9))
x x 0 2.62
x
1
x 1
= 10(0.9)–x –2 – ln(0.9) 1 +
x
b. Since (0.9)–x > 0 for all x, T'(x) = 0 when 1

16. v(x) = Kx2 ln
x
1 ln(0.9)
–2 – ln(0.9) – = 0.
x x
1
x
a. v(x) = 2x2 ln = –2x2 ln x
To find an approximate solution, we use
l(0.9) =˙ –0.1. The quadratic equation becomes
1 1
v = 2 (ln 2)
2 4
1 0.1
–2 + 0.1 + = 0 ln 2
x x =
2
0.1x2 + 0.1x – 1 = 0, x ≠ 0
= 0.347
x2 + x – 10 = 0
–1 ±1
x =
+ 40
1
b. v'(x) = –4x ln x – 2x2
x
2
= –4x ln x – 2x
= 2.7, since x ≥ 0.
Note: Using ln(0.9) =˙ –0.105 yields x =˙ 2.62.

1
v' = 2 ln 2 – 1
2
Since T'(x) < 0 for 0 < x < 2.62, and T'(x) > 0 for x > 2.62, =˙ 1.386
T(x) has a minimum value at x = 2.62.
17. C(t) = K(e–2t – e–5t)
1
a. lim C(t) = lim K
t→∞ t→∞ 1
–
e 2t e 5t
= K(0 – 0)
=0

b. C'(t) = K(–2e –2t + 5e –5t) 2. f(t) = ln (3t2 + t)
2
C'(t) = 0 when –
5
+ = 0
e2t e5t
1
f'(t) = 2
3t + t
13
(6t + 1)
5 2 Thus, f'(2) = .

= 14
e5t e2t
3. y = xln x, x > 0
5
= e5t–2t = e3t dy
2 To find , we take the natural logarithm of both
dx

5
3t = ln
2
sides and differentiate implicitly with respect to x.
y = xln x
ln y = ln x ln x = (ln x)2
5

ln
3
2
t = =˙ 0.305
1

y dy
= 2 ln x
dx 1

x
The point of contact is (e, e).
The rate is zero at t = 0.305 days or 7.32 h.
Chapter 8 Test
1
At this point,
e
dy
= 2
dx
dy
1

e
= 2.
dx
1. y = e – 2x2
The slope of the tangent at (e, e) is 2.
dy
a. = –4xe–2x
2
dx 4. x2y + xln x = 3y, x > 0

2
b. y = ln (x – 6) We differentiate implicitly with respect to x.
dy
=
dx x2 – 6
1

2x =
2x

x2 – 6
dy
2xy + x2 + ln x + x
dx
1 dy
= 3
x dx
dy
c. y = 3x + 3x 2xy + ln x + 1 = (3 – x2)
2
dx
dy
= 3x2 + 3x
dx ln 3 (2x + 3) dy 2xy + ln x + 1
=
dx 3 – x2
e3x + e–3x
d. y =
2 Alternate Solution
dy 1 3x
= [3e – 3e–3x] y can be expressed explicitly as a function of x.
dx 2
x ln x
3 y = 2
= [e3x – e–3x] 3–x
2
dy (ln x + 1)(3 – x2) – x ln x (–2x)
=
e. y = (4x3 – x)log10(2x – 1) dx (3 – x2)2
dy
= (12x2 – 1)log10(2x – 1) + (4x3 – x)
dx
1
(2x – 1)ln 10 2
x2 ln x + 3 ln x – x2 + 3
=
(3 – x2)2
ln(x + 4) 5. Since e xy = x, xy = ln x.
f. y =
x3 ln x
y =

x

1
dy
x+4 x3 – ln(x + 4) 3x2 1
x – ln x
= dy x
dx x6 =
dx x2
x
– ln(x + 4) 1 – ln x
x+4 =
= x2
x4
dy 1 – ln 1
At x = 1, = = 1.
dx 1

Alternate Solution c. When v = 5, we have 10e–kt = 5
1
exy = x e–kt =
2
We differentiate implicitly with respect to x

dy

exy y + x = 1
dx
1

–kt = ln = –ln 2
2
dy 1 ln 2
x = –y t = .
dx e xy k
ln 2
When x = 1, y = 0. After s have elapsed, the velocity of the
k
dy 1 particle is 5 cm/s. The acceleration of the particle is
Thus, = 0 – 0 = 1
dx e –5k at this time.
6. y'' + 3y' + 2y = 0 9. We have Profit = Revenue – Cost:

y = eAx, y' = AeAx, y'' = A2eAx
P(p) = 4000[e0.01( p–100) + 1] – 50p, 100 ≤ p ≤ 250
The differential equation is
We apply the Algorithm for Extreme Values:
A2eAx + 3AeAx + 2eAx = 0
eAx(A2 + 3A + 2) = 0 P'(p) = 4000[e0.01( p–100)(0.01)] – 50.
(A + 1)(A + 2) = 0, eAx ≠ 0 For critical values, we solve P'(p) = 0
A = –1 or A = –2. 40e0.01( p–100) – 50 = 0
5
7. The slope of the tangent line at any point on the e0.01(p–100) =
4
dy 0.01(p – 100) = ln(1.25)
curve is given by .
dx p – 100 = 100 ln(1.25)
dy
= 3x ln 3 + ln x + 1 p = 100 ln(1.25) + 100
dx
=˙ 122.3.
At A(1, 3), the slope of the tangent is 3 ln 3 + 1. Since the number of jackets produced must be an
integer, we evaluate P for p = 100, 122, 123, and 250.
1
The slope of the normal line is – . P(100) = 3000
3 ln 3 + 1
P(122) = 2884.81
The equation of the normal line is P(123) = 2884.40
1 P(250) = 9426.76
y – 3 = – (x – 1).
3 ln 3 + 1 The maximum profit of $9426.76 occurs when 250
jackets are produced and sold. The price per jacket is
8. v(t) = 10e–kt
given by Revenue ÷ number of jackets. Thus, selling
a. a(t) = v'(t) = –10ke–kt
price per jacket is
= –k(10e–kt)
= –kv(t) R(250) 21 926.76
=
Thus, the acceleration is a constant multiple of 250 250
the velocity. As the velocity of the particle = $87.71.
decreases, the acceleration increases by a
factor of k.
b. At time t = 0, v = 10 cm/s.

Chapter 9 • Cur ve Sketching
Review of Prerequisite Skills 3. a. y = x7 – 430x6 – 150x3
dy
2. c. t2 – 2t < 3 = 7x6 – 2580x5 – 450x2
dx
t2 – 2t – 3 < 0 dy
If x = 10, < 0.
(t – 3)(t + 1) < 3 dx
Consider t = 3 and t = –1. dy
If x = 1000, > 0.
dx
The curve rises upward in quadrant one.
> 0 –1 < 0 3 > 0
c. y = xln x – x4
The solution is –1 < t < 3.
2
d. x + 3x – 4 > 0
dy
dx
1
= x + ln x – 4x3
x
(x + 4)(x – 1) > 0 = 1 + ln x – 4x3
Consider t = –4 and t = 1.
dy
If x = 10, < 0.
dx
dy
> 0 –4 < 0 1 > 0 If x = 1000, < 0.
dx
The solution is x < –4 or x > 1. The curve is decreasing downward into quadrant
four.
x2 + 3x – 10
4. b. lim
x→2 x –2 5. b. f(x) = x5 – 5x4 + 100
(x + 5)(x – 2) f'(x) = 5x4 – 20x3
= lim Let f'(x) = 0:
x→2 x–2
5x4 – 20x3 = 0
= lim (x + 5) 5x3(x – 4) = 0
x→2
x = 0 or x = 4.
=7
x x<0 0 0<x<4 4 x>4
f'(x) + 0 – 0 +
Exercise 9.1
Graph Increasing Decreasing Increasing
2 2
1. c. f(x) = (2x – 1) (x – 9)
f'(x) = 2(2x – 1)(2)(x2 – 9) + 2x(2x – 1)2 x–1
d. f(x) =
Let f'(x) = 0: x2 + 3
2(2x – 1)(2(x2 – 9) + x(2x – 1)) = 0 x2 + 3 – 2x(x – 1)
f'(x) =
2(2x – 1)(4x2 – x – 18) = 0 (x2 + 3)2
2(2x – 1)(4x – 9)(x + 2) = 0
1 9 Let f'(x) = 0, therefore, –x2 + 2x + 3 = 0.
x = or x = or x = –2. Or x2 – 2x – 3 = 0
2 4

1 (x – 3)(x + 1) = 0
The points are , 0 , (2.24, –48.2), and (–2, –125).
2 x = 3 or x = –1
x x < –1 –1 –1 < x < 3 3 x>3
f'(x) – 0 + 0 –
Graph Decreasing Increasing Decreasing
Chapter 9: Curve Sketching 207

e. f(x) = xln(x) y
1
f'(x) = ln x + (x)
x
= ln x + 1
Let f'(x) = 0:
ln x + 1 = 0 x
–2 (–1, 0) 1 3 5
ln x = –1
1
x = e–1 = = 0.37.
e
x x≤ 0 0 < x < 0.37 0.37 x > 0.37

9. f(x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c
f'(x) No values – 0 –
f'(x) = 3x2 + 2ax + b
Graph Decreasing Increasing Since f(x) increases to (–3, 18) and then decreases,
f'(3) = 0.
6. f'(x) = (x – 1)(x + 2)(x + 3) Therefore, 27 – 6a + b = 0 or 6a – b = 27. (1)
Let f'(x) = 0: Since f(x) decreases to the point (1, –14) and then
then (x – 1)(x + 2)(x + 3) = 0 increases, f'(1) = 0.
x = 1 or x = –2 or x = –3. Therefore, 3 + 2a + b = 0 or 2a + b = –3. (2)
Add (1) to (2): 8a = 24 and a = 3.
x x < –3 –3 –3 < x < –3 –2 –2 < x < 1 1 x>1
When a = 3, b = 6 + b = –3 or b = –9.
f'(x) – 0 + 0 – 0 + Since (1, –14) is on the curve and a = 3, b = –9,
then –14 = 1 + 3 – 9 + c
Graph Decreasing Increasing Decreasing Increasing
c = –9.
The function is f(x) = x3 + 3x2 – 9x – 9.
7. g'(x) = (3x – 2) ln(2x2 – 3x + 2)
Let g'(x) = 0:
10. f (x)
then (3x – 2) ln(2x2 – 3x + 2) = 0
3x – 2 = 0 or ln(2x2 – 3x + 2 ) = 0
2
x = or 2x2 – 3x + 2 = e0
3
1
2x2 – 3x + 2 = 1 x
–5 1
2x2 – 3x + 1 = 0
(2x – 1)(x – 1) = 0
1
x = or x = 1.
2 11. a. f (x)
1 1 2 2
x x < < x < < x < 1 x>1
2 2 3 3
f'(x) – + – + 2
1
Graph Decreasing Increasing Decreasing Increasing x
–1 1
208 Chapter 9: Curve Sketching

b. y 14. Let x1, x2 be in the interval a ≤ x ≤ b, such that x1 < x2.
Therefore, f(x2) > f(x1), and g(x2) > g(x1).
In this case, f(x1), f(x2), g(x1), and g(x2) < 0.
2
1 Multiplying an inequality by a negative will reverse
x
its sign.

–2 –1 0 1 2
Therefore, f(x2) g(x2) < f(x1) g(x1).
But L.S. > 0 and R.S. > 0.
Therefore, the function fg is strictly increasing.
c. y
Exercise 9.2
2x
3. b. f(x) =
x2 + 9
x 2(x2 + 9) – 2x(2x) 18 – 4x2
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 f'(x) = =
(x2 + 9)2 (x2 + 9)2
Let f'(x) = 0:
therefore, 18 – 2x2 = 0
x2 = 9
12. f(x) = ax2 + bx + c
x = ±3.
f'(x) = 2ax + b
–b
Let f'(x) = 0, then x = . x x < –3 –3 –3 < x < 3 3 x>3
2a
–b f'(x) – 0 + 0 –
If x < , f'(x) < 0, therefore the function
2a
Graph Decreasing Local Increasing Local Decreasing
is decreasing. Min Max
–b
If x > , f'(x) > 0, therefore the function Local minimum at (–3, –0.3) and local maximum
2a
at (3, 0.3).
is increasing.
c. y = xe–4x
13. Let y = f(x) and u = g(x). dy
= e–4x – 4xe–4x
Let x1 and x2 be any two values in the interval dx
a ≤ x ≤ b so that x1 < x2. dy
Let = 0, e–4x(1 – 4x) = 0:
dx
Since x1 < x2, both functions are increasing:
e–4x ≠ 0 or (1 – 4x) = 0
f(x2) > f(x1) (1)
1
g(x2) > g(x1) (2) x = .

4
yu = f(x) g(x).
(1) (2) results in f(x2)
g(x2) > f(x1)g(x1). x
1
x <
1

1
x >

4 4 4
The function yu or f(x) g(x) is strictly increasing.
f'(x) + 0 –
y f (x)
Graph Increasing Local Max Decreasing
g(x)
1 1 1
At x = , y = e–1 = .
4 4 4e

x
a x1 1 1
x2 b Local maximum occurs at , .
4 4e

d. y = ln(x2 – 3x + 4) d. y = ln(x2 – 3x + 4)
dy 2x – 3 x-intercept, let y = 0,
=
dx x2 – 3x + 4 ln x2 – 3x + 4 = 0
dy x2 – 3x + 4 = 1
Let = 0, therefore, 2x – 3 = 0 x2 – 3x + 3 = 0.
dx
No solution, since 0 = 9 – 12 < 0
3
x = = 1.5. y-intercept, let x = 0,
2
y = ln 4
x x < 1.5 1.5 x > 1.5 = 1.39.
f'(x) – 0 + y
Graph Decreasing Local Min Increasing

2
Local minimum at (1.5, ln 1.75).
1
2x
4. b. f(x) =
x2 + 9 x
The x-intercept is 0 and the y-intercept is 0. 1 2
1
x
3
5. b. s = –t2e–3t
ds
= –2te–3t + 3e–3t(t2)
dt
ds
Let = 0.
dt
c. y = xe–4x
te–3t[–2 + 3t] = 0
x-intercept, let y = 0,
0 = xe–4x 2
t = 0 or t = .
Therefore, x = 0. 3
y-intercept, let x = 0, 2 2 2
t t<0 t=0 0 < t < t = t >
y = 0. 3 3 3
ds
+ 0 – 0 +
y dt
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Local Increasing

Max Min
1
( 14 , 4e )
x
2

Critical points are (0, 0) and , –0.06 .
3
Tangent is parallel to t-axis.

1

c. y = (x – 5)3 7. e. f(x) =
x2 – 2x
+2

–2
dy 1 2x – 2
= x – 5 3
f'(x) =
dx 3 2x
2
– 2x+2
1 Let f'(x) = 0, then x = 1.
= 2
3(x – 5)3 Also, x2 – 2x + 2 ≥ 0 for all x.
dy x x<1 x=1 x>1

≠ 0
dx
The critical point is at (5, 0), but is neither a f'(x) – 0 +
maximum or minimum. The tangent is not
Graph Decreasing Local Min Increasing
parallel to x-axis.
1 Local minimum is at (1, 1).

f. y = x2 – 12x3
f (x)
dy 1

–2

= 2x – 12x 3
dx 3
4
= 2x – 2
x3
x
dy 4
Let = 0. Then, 2x = 2 :
dx x3
5

2x3 = 4
5

x3 = 2
g. f(x) = e–x
2
3 5

x = 2 =
5
23 f'(x) = –2xe–x
2
Let f'(x) = 0, then x = 0.

x =˙ 1.5.
Critical points are at x = 0 and x = 1.5.
x x<0 0 x>0
x x<0 x=0 0 < x < 1.5 x = 1.5 x > 1.5 f'(x) + 0 –

dy
– undefined – 0 + Graph Increasing Local Max Decreasing
dx
Graph Decreasing Vertical Decreasing Local Increasing When x = 0, e0 = 1.

Tangent Min
Local maximum point is at (0, 1).
Critical points are at (0, 0) and (1.5, –11.5). f (y)
Local minimum is at (1.5, –11.5).
Tangent is parallel to y-axis at (0, 0).
Tangent is parallel to x-axis at (1.5, –11.5).
x
–1 1

h. f(x) = x2 ln x 10. y = ax2 + bx + c
1

f'(x) = 2x ln x + x2
x
dy
= 2ax + b
dx
= 2x ln x + x Since a relative maximum occurs at
Let f'(x) = 0: x = 3, then 2ax + b = 0 at x = 3.
2x ln x + x = 0 Or, 6a + b = 0.
x(2 ln x + 1) = 0 Also, at (0, 1), 1 = 0 + 0 + c or c = 1.
1 Therefore, y = ax2 + bx + 1.
x = 0 or ln x = –.
2 Since (3, 12) lies on the curve,
But, x > 0, then x ≠ 0, 12 = 0a + 3b + 1
1
x = e–2 = 0.61. 9a + 3b = 11
6a + b = 0.
x 0 < x < 0.61 0.61 x > 0.61 Since b = –6a,
then 9a – 18a = 11
f'(x) – 0 +
–11
or a =
Graph Decreasing Local Min Increasing 9
22
Local minimum is at x = 0.61 and f(0.61): b = .
3
= 2(0.61) ln 0.61 + 0.61 –11 22
The equation is y = x2 + x + 1.
= –0.64. 9 3
Critical point is (0.61, –0.64).
11. a. '
f (x)
2
1
x
x
–1 1
–1
b. '
9. f (x)
(–1, 6)
1
x
–1 1
–1
(3, 1)
x
–3 –1 1 2 3 4

c. ' x x < –2 –2 –2 < x < 0 0 0<x<3 3 x>3
f'(x) – 0 + 0 – 0 +
Graph Decreasing Local Increasing Local Decreasing Local Increasing

Min Max Min
x Local minimum is at (–2, –73) and (3, –198).

Local maximum is at (0, –9).
13. a. y = 4 – 3x2 – x4
dy
' = –6x – 4x3
d. dx
dy
Let = 0:
dx
–6x – 4x3 = 0
x –2x(2x2 + 3) = 0
–2 –1 0 1 2
–3
x = 0 or x2 = ; inadmissible.
2
x x<0 0 x>0
dy
12. f(x) = 3x4 + ax3 + bx2 + cx + d + 0 –
dx
a. f'(x) = 12x3 + 3ax2 + 2bx + c Graph Increasing Local Max Decreasing
At x = 0, f'(0) = 0, then f'(0) = 0 + 0 + 0 + c
Local maximum is at (0, 4).
or c = 0.
At x = –2, f'(–2) = 0, y
–96 + 12a – 4b = 0. (1)
Since (0, –9) lies on the curve,
–9 = 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + d
or d = –9.
Since (–2, –73) lies on the curve,
–73 = 48 – 8a + 4b + 0 – 9
x
–8a + 4b = –112
or 2a – b = 28 (2)
Also, from (1): 3a – b = 24
2a – b = –28
a = –4
b = –36. b. y = 3x5 – 5x3 –30x
The function is f(x) = 3x4 – 4x3 – 36x2 – 9. dy
= 15x4 – 15x2 – 30
dx
b. f'(x) = 12x3 – 12x2 – 72x dy
Let = 0:
Let f'(x) = 0: dx
x3 – x2 – 6x = 0
15x4 – 15x2 – 30 = 0
x(x – 3)(x + 2) = 0.
x4 – x2 – 2 = 0
Third point occurs at x = 3,
(x – 2)(x2 + 1) = 0
2
f(3) = –198.
x2 = 2 or x2 = –1
x = ±2; inadmissible.

dy x–3
At x = 100, > 0. 6. a. y =
dx x+5
x–3 x–3
Therefore, function is increasing into quadrant lim+ = –∞, lim– = +∞ (1)
x→–5 x + 5 x→–5 x + 5
one, local minimum is at (1.41, –39.6) and local
maximum is at (–1.41, 39.6). Vertical asymptote at x = –5.
y x–3 x–3
lim = 1, lim = 1 (2)
x→∞ x + 5 x→–∞ x + 5
30 Horizontal asymptote at y = 1.
dy x + 5 – x + 3 8
15 = = 2 (3)
dx (x + 5)2 (x + 5)
x dy
–2 –1 1 2 Since ≠ 0, there are no maximum or
dx
–15 minimum points.
–30 y
f(x) 1
14. h(x) =
g(x) x
Since f(x) has a local maximum at x = c, then –5
f'(x) > 0 for x < c and f'(x) < 0 for x > c.
Since g(x) has a local minimum at x = c, then
g'(x) < 0 for x < c and g'(x) > 0 for x > c.
f(x)
h(x) =
g(x) t2 – 2t – 15
c. g(t) =
t–5
f'(x)g(x) – g'(x)f(x)
h'(x) =
[g(x)]2 Discontinuity at t = 5.
If x < c, f'(x) > 0 and g'(x) < 0, then h'(x) > 0. (t – 5)(t + 3)
lim– = lim– (t + 2) = 8
If x > c, f'(x) < 0 and g'(x) > 0, then h'(x) < 0. t→5 t–5 t→5
Since for x < c, h'(x) > 0 and for x > c, h'(x) < 0.
lim+ (t + 3) = 8
Therefore, h(x) has a local maximum at x = c. t→5
No asymptote at x = 5. The curve is of the form

Exercise 9.3 t + 3.
g(x) g(t)
2. f(x) =
h(x)
8
Conditions for a vertical asymptote:
h(x) = 0 must have at least one solution s, and
lim f(x) = ∞.
x→xl
Conditions for a horizontal asymptote:

x
lim f(x) = k, where k ∈ R, 5
x→∞
or lim f(x) = k where k ∈ R.

x→–∞
Condition for an oblique asymptote is that the

highest power of g(x) must be one more than
the highest power of k(x).

15
d. p(x) = x Horizontal asymptote. (2)
6 – 2e
6 1
(2 + x)(3 – 2x) – – 2
2
x x
Discontinuity when 6 – 2ex = 0 lim = lim = –2
x→∞ x2 – 3x x→∞ 1 – 3x
ex = 3
6
x = ln 3 =˙ 1.1. – 1x – 2
2
x
lim = –2
15 15
x→–∞ 1 – 3x
lim– x = +∞, lim+ x = +∞ (1)
x→1.1 6 – 2e x→1.1 6 – 2e
Horizontal asymptote at y = –2.

Vertical asymptote at x =˙ 1.1.
y
15
Horizontal asymptote: lim x = 0 from below, (2)
x→∞ 6 – 2e
15 15
lim x = from above.
x→∞ 6 – 2e 6
x
3
–15(–2ex)
p'(x) = (3)
(6 – 2ex)2 –2
x
True if e = 0, which is not possible. No maximum or
minimum points.
y
10
3 f. P =
n2 + 4
2
No discontinuity
1 lim p = 0, lim p = 0
n→∞ n→∞
x
1 dp –10(2n)
=
dn (n2 + 4)2
dp
= 0, then n = 0
dn
Maximum point is at (0, 2.5).
(2 + x)(3 – 2x)
e. y = P
x2 – 3x
Discontinuity at x = 0 and x = 3 (1)
2
(2 + x)(3 – 2x)
lim+ = +∞
x→0 x2 – 3x 1
(2 + x)(3 – 2x)
lim– = –∞ n
x→0 x2 – 3x
(2 + x)(3 – 2x)
lim+ = +∞
x→3 x2 – 3x
(2 + x)(3 – 2x)
lim– = –∞
x→3 x2 – 3x
Vertical asymptotes at x = 0 and x = 3.

2x2 + 9x + 2 3–x
7. b. f(x) = 9. a. f(x) =
2x + 3 2x + 5
x3 Discontinuity is at x = –2.5.
) 2
2x + 3 2x + 9x + 2 3–x
lim – = –∞
2x2 + 3x x→–2.5 2 x+5
6x + 2 3–x
6x + 9 lim + = +∞
x→–2.5 2x + 5
–7
Vertical asymptote is at x = –2.5.
2x2 + 9x + 2
f(x) = Horizontal asymptote:
2x + 3
3–x 1 3–x 1
7 lim = –, lim = –.
= x + 3 – x→∞ 2x + 5 2 x→–∞ 2x + 5 2
2x + 3
1
Horizontal asymptote is at y = –.
Oblique asymptote is at y = x + 3. 2
x3 – x2 – 9x + 15 –(2x + 5) – 2(3 – x) –11

d. f(x) = f'(x) = = 2
x2 – 4x + 3 (2x + 5)2 (2x + 5)
x3 Since f'(x) ≠ 0, there are no maximum or

2
x – 4x + 3 ) 3 2
x – x – 9x + 15 minimum points.
x3 – 4x2 3x 3
y-intercept, let x = 0, y = = 0.6
3x2 – 12x + 15 5
3x2 – 12x 9 3–x
x-intercept, let y = 0, = 0, x = 3
6 2x + 5
y
6
f(x) = x + 3 +
x2 – 4x + 3
Oblique asymptote is at y = x + 3. 2
1
8. b. Oblique asymptote is at y = x + 3. x
–1 1 2 3
–3 –3
Consider x > and x < .
2 2
Consider x = 0.
2
f(0) = and for the oblique asymptote y = 3. 1
3 d. s(t) = t +
t
Therefore, the oblique asymptote is above the
Discontinuity is at t = 0.
–3
curve for x > .
2
1

lim+ t + = +∞
t→0 t

The curve approaches the asymptote from below. 1
lim– t + = –∞
Consider x = –2. t→0 t
8 – 18 + 2 Oblique asymptote is at s(t) = t.
f(–2) =
–1
1
=8 s'(t) = 1 – 2
t
For the oblique asymptote, y = 1.
Let s'(t) = 0, t 2 = 1
Therefore, the curve is above the oblique
t = ±1.
asymptote and approaches the asymptote
from above.

g(x)
t t < –1 t = –1 –1 < t < 0 0<t<1 t=1 t>1
s'(t) + 0 – – 0 +
x
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Decreasing Local Increasing
Max Min
Local maximum is at (–1, –2) and local minimum is

at (1, 2).
s(t)
2 t2 + 4t – 21
f. s(t) = , t ≥ –7
1 t–3
t (t + 7)(t – 3)
1 2 =
(t – 3)
–1
Discontinuity is at t = 3.
–2
(t + 7)(t – 3)
lim+ = lim+ (t + 7)
x→3 t – 3) x→3
= 10
2x2 + 5x + 2
e. g(x) =
x+3 lim– (t + 7) = 10
x→3
Discontinuity is at x = –3.
There is no vertical asymptote.
2x2 + 5x + 2 5 The function is the straight line s = t + 7, t ≥ –7.
= 2x – 1 +
x+3 x+3
g
Oblique asymptote is at y = 2x – 1.
lim+ g(x) = +∞, lim– g(x) = –∞

x→–3 x→–3
(4x + 5)(x + 3) – (2x2 + 5x + 2)

g'(x) =
(x + 3)2
2x2 + 12x + 13 t
= –7
(x + 3)2
Let g'(x) = 0, therefore, 2x2 + 12x + 13 = 0:
ax + 5
11. f(x) =
–12 ±
144 – 104 3 – bx
x =
4
Vertical asymptote is at x = –4.
x = –1.4 or x = –4.6. Therefore, 3 – bx = 0 at x = – 5.
That is, 3 – b(–5) = 0
x x < –4.6 –4.6 –4.6 < x < –3 –3 –3 < x < –1.4 x = 1.4 x > –1.4
3
b = .
g'(x) + 0 – Undefined – 0 + 5
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Vertical Decreasing Local Increasing Horizontal asymptote is at y = –3.

Max Asymptote Min
ax + 5
lim = –3
x→∞ 3 – bx
Local maximum is at (–4.6, –10.9) and local
minimum is at (–1.4, –0.7).

a + 5x

(4x – 2)(x2 – 9) – 2x(2x2 – 2x)
x→∞

ax + 5
lim = lim
3 – bx x→∞
3
x – b
–a
=
b
f'(x) =
(x2 – 9)2
a 4x3 – 2x2 – 36x + 18 – 4x3 + 4x2

But – = –3 or a = 3b. =
b (x2 – 9)2
3 9 2x2 – 36x + 18
But b = , then a = . =
5 5 (x2 – 9)2
x2 + 1 x + 1x Let f'(x) = 0, 2x2 – 36x + 18 = 0

12. a. lim = lim or x2 – 18x + 9 = 0.
x→∞ x + 1 x→∞
1 + 1x
18 ± 182 – 36
=∞ x =
2
x2 + 2x + 1 (x + 1)(x + 1) x = 0.51 or x = 17.5
lim = lim
x→∞ x+1 x→∞ (x + 1) y = 0.057 or y = 1.83.
= lim (x + 1)
x→∞ x –3 < x < 0.51 0.51 0.51 < x < 3 3 < x < 17.5 17.5 x > 17.5
=∞ f'(x) + 0 – – 0 +
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Decreasing Local Increasing
x→∞ x+1
x2 + 1 x2 + 2x + 1
b. lim –
x+1 Max Min
x2 + 1 – x2 – 2x – 1 Local maximum is at (0.51, 0.057) and local

= lim minimum is at (17.5, 1.83).
x→∞ x+1
–2x f (x)
= lim
x→∞ x + 1
= lim –2 = –2
x→∞
1 + 1x
x
2x2 – 2x 1 2 3 17.5
13. f(x) =
x2 – 9
Discontinuity is at x2 – 9 = 0 or x = ±3.
lim+ f(x) = +∞
x→3
lim– f(x) = –∞
x→3
lim+ f(x) = –∞ x2 3x 7
14. y =
x→–3 x 2
lim– f(x) = +∞
x→–3 x1
Vertical asymptotes are at x = 3 and x = –3. ) 2
x + 2 x + 3x + 7
x2 + 2x
Horizontal asymptote:
x+7
lim f(x) = 2 (from below)
x→∞ x+2
lim f(x) = 2 (from above) 5
x→∞
Horizontal asymptote is at y = 2. x2 + 3x + 7 5
y = = x + 1 +
x+2 x+2
Oblique asymptote is at y = x + 1.

Exercise 9.4 c. s = t + t–1
ds 1
= 1 – , t≠ 0
2. a. y = x3 – 6x2 – 15x + 10 dt t2
ds
dy For critical values, we solve = 0:
= 3x2 – 12x – 15 dt
dx 1
dy 1 – 2 = 0
For critical values, we solve = 0: t
dx
3x2 – 12x – 15 = 0 t2 = 1
x2 – 4x – 5 = 0 t = ±1.
(x – 5)(x + 1) = 0 The critical points are (–1, –2) and (1, 2).
x=5 or x = –1 d 2s 2
2 = 3
The critical points are (5, –105) and (–1, 20). dt t
d 2s
d 2y At t = –1, = –2 < 0. The point (–1, –2) is a
Now, 2 = 6x – 12. dt
dx
d 2s
local maximum. At t = 1, 2 = 2 > 0. The point
dt
d 2y
At x = 5, 2 = 18 > 0. There is a local minimum (1, 2) is a local minimum.
dx
at this point.
d. y = (x – 3)3 + 8
2
dy
At x = –1, 2 = –18 < 0. There is a local dy
dx = 3(x – 3)2
dx
maximum at this point.
x = 3 is a critical value.
The local minimum is (5, –105) and the local The critical point is (3, 8).
maximum is (–1, 20)
d 2y
2 = 6(x – 3)
25 dx
b. y=
x2 + 48 d 2y
At x = 3, 2 = 0.
dx
dy 50x
= – The point (3, 8) is neither a relative (local)
dx (x2 + 48)2
dy dy maximum or minimum.
For critical values, solve = 0 or does
dx dx
not exist.
Since x2 + 48 > 0 for all x, the only critical point
25

is 0, .
48
d 2y
2 = –50(x2 + 48)–2 + 100x(x2 + 48)–3 (2x)
dx
50 200x2
=– 2 2 +
(x + 48) (x2 + 48)3

d 2y 50 25
At x = 0, 2 = –2 < 0. The point 0, is a
dx 48 48
local maximum.

3. a. For possible point(s) of inflection, solve d. For possible points of inflection, solve
dy2
d2y
2 = 0: 2 = 0:
dx dx
6x – 8 = 0 6(x – 3) = 0
4 x = 3.
x = .
3
4 4 4
Interval x < x = x > Interval x<3 x=3 x>3
3 3 3
f''(x) <0 =0 >0 f''(x) <0 =0 >0
Graph of Concave Point of Concave Graph Concave Point of Concave

of f(x) Down Inflection Up of f(x) Down Inflection Up
4
20

The point , –14 is a point of inflection.
3 27
(3, 8) is a point of inflection.
b. For possible point(s) of inflection, solve 4. a. f(x) = 2x3 – 10x + 3 at x = 2

d 2y f'(x) = 6x2 – 10
2 = 0: f''(x) = 12x
dx
f''(2) = 24 > 0
200x2 – 50x2 – 2400
=0 The curve lies above the tangent at (2, –1).
(x2 + 48)3
1
150x2 = 2400. b. g(x) = x2 – at x = –1
x
Since x2 + 48 > 0:
1
x = ±4. g'(x) = 2x + 2
x
2
g''(x) = 2 – 3
Interval x < –4 x = –4 –4 < x < 4 x=4 x>4 x
g''(–1) = 2 + 2 = 4 > 0
f''(x) >0 =0 <0 =0 >0 The curve lies above the tangent line at (–1, 2).
Graph Concave Point of Concave Point of Concave c. s = et ln t at t = 1
of f(x) Up Inflection Down Inflection Up
ds et
= et ln t +
dt t
–4, 2654 and 4, 2654 are points of inflection. ds2
et et et
2 = et ln t + + – 2
dt t t t
d 2s 3 d 2s
c. 2 = 2 At t = 1, 2 = 0 + e + e – e = e > 0.
dt t dt
The curve is above the tangent line at (1, 0).
Interval t<0 t=0 t>0 w

d. p = 2 at w = 3

w +1
f''(t) <0 Undefined >0 1
–
p = w(w2 + 1) 2
Graph Concave Concave
Undefined

of f(t) Down Up dp 1
– 1 3
–
= (w2 + 1) 2 + w – (w2 + 1) 2 (2w)
dw 2
1 3
– –
The graph does not have any points of inflection. = (w2 + 1) 2 – w2(w2 + 1) 2

d 2p 1 3
–
3
–
2 = –(w 2 + 1) 2 (2w) – 2w(w2 + 1) 2 + 7. Step 4: Use the first derivative test or the second
dw 2
derivative test to determine the type of critical points

3

5
w2 (w2 + 1)–2 2w that may be present.
2
d 2p 3 6 81
At w = 3, 2 = – – + 8. a. f(x) = x4 + 4x3
dw 1010 10 10 100 10
(i) f'(x) = 4x3 + 12x2
9
= – < 0. f''(x) = 12x2 + 24x
10010
For possible points of inflection, solve f''(x) = 0:

The curve is below the tangent line at 3, .

3
10 12x2 + 24x = 0
12x(x + 2) = 0
5. (i) a. f''(x) > 0 for x < 1
x = 0 or x = –2.
Thus, the graph of f(x) is concave up on x < 1.
f''(x) ≤ 0 for x > 1. The graph of f(x) is concave
down on x > 1. Interval x < –2 x = –2 –2 < x < 0 x=0 x>0
(i) b. There is a point of inflection at x = 1. f''(x) >0 =0 <0 =0 >0
(i) c. y Graph Concave Point of Concave Point of Concave
" of f(x) Up Inflection Down Inflection Up
x The points of inflection are (–2, –16) and (0, 0).

1
y
(ii) If x = 0, y = 0.
For critical points, we solve f'(x) = 0:
y = f (x)
2 4x3 + 12x2 = 0
4x2(x + 3) = 0
x
1 x = 0 or x = –3.
(ii) a. f''(x) > 0 for x < 0 or x > 2 Interval x < –3 x = –3 –3 < x < 0 x = 0 x>0
The graph of f(x) is concave up on x < 0 or x > 2.
f'(x) <0 0 >0 =0 >0
The graph of f(x) is concave down on 0 < x < 2.
(ii) b. There are points of inflection at x = 0 and x = 2. Graph Local
Decreasing Increasing Increasing
of f(x) Min
(ii) c.
"
If y = 0, x4 + 4x3 = 0
x3(x + 4) = 0
0 2
x = 0 or x = –4.
The x-intercepts are 0 and –4.
y = f (x)
2 y
0 2
–4 –3 –2 –1
x
6. For any function y = f(x), find the critical points,

i.e., the values of x such that f'(x) = 0 or f'(x) does not
exist. Evaluate f''(x) for each critical value. If the value –27
of the second derivative at a critical point is positive,
the point is a local minimum. If the value of the second
derivative at a critical point is negative, the point is a
local maximum.
b. y = x – ln x Interval x<0 x=0 x>0
dy 1 dy
(i) = 1 – <0 =0 >0
dx x dx
Graph of Local
d 2y 1 Decreasing Increasing
2 = 2 y = f(x) Min
dx x
d 2y lim (ex + e–x) = ∞
Since x > 0, 2 > 0 for all x. The graph of x→–∞
dx
y = f(x) is concave up throughout the domain. lim (ex + e–x) = ∞
x→∞
(ii) There are no x– or y-intercepts (x > ln x for y y

all x > 0).
dy 1
For critical points, we solve = 0: 1
dx x x
1
1 – = 0
x
x = 1.
Interval 0<x<1 x=1 x>1 y

dy
<0 =0 >0
dx
Graph of Local
Decreasing Increasing 2
y = f(x) Min
x
y
4w2 – 3
d. g(w) =
w3
1
(1, 1) 4 3
= – , w≠ 0
w w3
x
1 4 9
(i) g'(w) = –2 + 4
w w
c. y = ex + e–x
9 –4w2
=
dy w4
(i) = ex – e–x
dx 8 36
g''(w) = 3 – 5
d 2y w w
2 = ex + e–x > 0, since ex > 0 and e–x > 0 for all x.
dx 8w2 – 36
=
The graph of y = f(x) is always concave up. w5
dy For possible points of inflection, we solve
(ii) For critical points, we solve = 0: g''(w) = 0:
dx
ex – e–x = 0 8w2 – 36 = 0, since w5 ≠ 0
1
ex = x 9
e w2 =
2
(ex)2 = 1
3
ex = 1, since ex > 0 w = ± .
x = 0.
2
There are no x-intercepts (ex + e–x > 0 for all x).
The y-intercept is 1 + 1 = 2.

3 3
Interval w < – w = –
3 3
– <w<0 <w<0 <
3
w =
3
w >
9. The graph is increasing when x < 2 and when
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 < x < 5.
g'(w) <0 =0 >0 <0 0 >0 The graph is decreasing when x > 5.
Graph Concave Point of Concave Concave Point of Concave
The graph has a local maximum at x = 5.
of g (w) Down Inflection Up Down Inflection Up The graph has a horizontal tangent line at x = 2.
The graph is concave down when x < 2 and
82

3 when 4 < x < 7.
The points of inflection are –, –
2 9 The graph is concave up when 2 < x < 4 and
when x > 7.
and 32, 892 . The graph has points of inflection at x = 2, x = 4,
and x = 7.
(ii) There is no y-intercept. The y-intercept of the graph is –4.
3
The x-intercept is ± . y
2
For critical values, we solve g'(w) = 0:
9 – 4w2 = 0 since w4 ≠ 0 x
1234 5678
3
w = ± .
2 –4
3 3 3 3 3 3
Interval w < – w = – – < w < 0 0 < w < w = w >
2 2 2 2 2 2
g'(w) <0 =0 >0 >0 =0 <0 10. f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + c

Graph Decreasing Local Increasing Increasing Local Decreasing f'(x) = 3ax2 + 2bx
g(wP) Min Max f''(x) = 6ax + 2b
Since (2, 11) is a relative extremum, f(2) = 12a +
4w2 – 3 4w2 – 3
lim– 3 = ∞, lim+ = –∞ 4b = 0.
w→0 w w→0 w3
Since (1, 5) is an inflection point, f''(1) = 6a + 2b = 0.
w→–∞
4

w w
3

w→∞
4
w w
3
lim – 3 = 0, lim – 3 = 0 Since the points are on the graph,
a + b + c = 5 and
Thus, y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote and x = 0 is 8a+
4b+
c=
11
a vertical asymptote. 7a + 3b = 6
9a + 3b = 0
y
2a = –6
a = –3
b=9
–3 –3 3
2 2 2 c = –1.
–3
x
3 3
2 2 2
Thus, f(x) = –3x3 + 9x2 – 1.
y
(2, 11)
(1, 5)
x
–1 1 2

1

11. f(x) = (x + 1)2 + bx–1 The point midway between the x-intercepts has
1 1
– b
f'(x) = (x + 1) – bx –2
2 x-coordinate –.
2 2a
1 3
f''(x) = –(x + 1)–2 + 2bx–3 The points of inflection are (0, 0) and
4
–2b,a –1b6a .
4
Since the graph of y = f(x) has a point of inflection 3
at x = 3:
x3 – 2x2 + 4x 8x – 8
1 –3 2b 13. a. y = =x–2+ (by division
–(4) 2 + = 0 x2 – 4 x2 – 4
4 27
of polynomials). The graph has discontinuities at
1 2b
– + = 0 x = ±2.
32 27

8x – 8
27 lim x – 2 + = –∞
b = . x→–2– x2 – 4 = –2 is a vertical
64 asymptote.
12. f(x) = ax4 + bx3 x→–2
+ 8x – 8
lim x – 2 + 2 = ∞
x –4

f'(x) = 4ax3 + 3bx2
f''(x) = 12ax2 + 6bx x→2 8x – 8
lim– x – 2 +
= –∞
x2 – 4 = 2 is a vertical
asymptote.
lim x – 2 + = ∞
For possible points of inflection, we solve f''(x) = 0: 8x – 8
2
12ax2 + 6bx = 0 x→2
+ x –4
6x(2ax + b) = 0
When x = 0, y = 0.
b
x = 0 or x = –. x(x2 – 2x + 4) x[(x – 1)2 + 3]
2a Also, y = = .
x2 – 4 x2 – 4
The graph of y = f''(x) is a parabola with x-intercepts Since (x – 1)2 + 3 > 0, the only x-intercept is x = 0.
b 8x – 8
0 and –. Since lim 2 = 0, the curve approaches the
2a x→∞ x – 4
We know the values of f''(x) have opposite signs value x – 2 as x→∞. This suggests that the line
when passing through a root. Thus, at x = 0 and at
y = x – 2 is an oblique asymptote. It is verified by
b
x = –, the concavity changes as the graph goes the limit lim [x – 2 – f(x)] = 0. Similarly, the
2a x→∞
through these points. Thus, f(x) has points of curve approaches y = x – 2 as x → –∞.
b dy
inflection at x = 0 and x = –. 8(x2 – 4) – 8(x – 1)(2x)
= 1 +
2a dx (x2 – 4)2
To find the x-intercepts, we solve f(x) = 0
x3(ax + b) = 0 8(x2 – 2x + 4)
=1–
(x2 – 4)2
b
x = 0 or x = –.
a dy
We solve = 0 to find critical values:
dx
8x2 – 16x + 32 = x4 – 8x2 + 16
x4 – 16x2 – 16 = 0
x2 = 8 + 45 (8 – 45 is inadmissible)
x =˙ ± 4.12.

Interval x< x= –4.12 –2< x 2<x x= x> b. f(x) = 4x3 + 18x2 + 3
–4.12 –4.12 <x<2 <2 < 4.12 4.12 4.12
The graph is that of a cubic polynomial with
dy leading coefficient negative. The local extrema
>0 =0 <0 <0 <0 0 >0
dx
will help refine the graph.
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Decreasing Decreasing Local Increasing
of y Max Min dy
= 12x2 + 36x
dx
dy
lim y = ∞ and lim y = –∞ To find the critical values, we solve = 0:
x→∞ x→–∞ dx
–12x(x – 3) = 0
y x = 0 or x = 3.
The local extrema are (0, 3) and (3, 57).
d 2y
2 = –24x + 36
dx
–4.12 –2 2 4.12
x 3
2
The point of inflection is , 30 .
y (3, 57)
3
x
Exercise 9.5
1. a. y = x3 – 9x2 + 15x + 30
1
We know the general shape of a cubic polynomial c. y = 3 + 2
with leading coefficient positive. The local extrema (x + 2) 1
We observe that y = 3 + 2 is just a
will help refine the graph. (x + 2)
dy 1
= 3x2 – 18x + 15 translation of y = .
dx x2
1
dy
Set = 0 to find the critical values: The graph of y = 2 is
dx x
y
3x2 – 18x + 15= 0
x2 – 6x + 5 = 0
(x – 1)(x – 5) = 0
x = 1 or x = 5.
The local extrema are (1, 37) and (5, 5).
x
y
(1, 37)
30 1
(3, 21)
The reference point (0, 0) for y = 2 becomes
x
1
the point (–2, 3) for y = 3 + . The vertical
(x + 2)2
(5, 5)
x asymptote is x = –2, and the horizontal asymptote
is y = 3.

dy 2
= –, hence there are no critical y
dx (x + 2)3
points.
(2, 48)
d 2y 6
2 = 4 > 0, hence the graph is always
dx (x + 2) (3, 45)
concave up. x
y
(–2, –80)
2
3
2x
–2
x e. y =
x2 – 25
There are discontinuities at x = –5 and x = 5.
4 3 2
lim–
x→–5
2x
= –∞
x2 – 25 and lim
→–5
+ 2x
=∞
x2 – 25
d. f(x) = x – 4x – 8x + 48x
We know the general shape of a fourth degree
polynomial with leading coefficient positive. The
lim–
x→5
2x
= –∞
x2 – 25 and lim
→5
+ x
2x
2 = ∞
– 25
local extrema will help refine the graph.
x = –5 and x = 5 are vertical asymptotes.
f'(x) = 4x3 – 12x2 – 16x + 48
For critical values, we solve f'(x) = 0 dy 2(x2 – 25) – 2x(2x) 2x2 + 50
= = – < 0 for
x3 – 3x2 – 4x + 12 = 0. dx 2
(x – 25) 2
(x2 – 25)2
Since f'(2) = 0, x – 2 is a factor of f'(x).
The equation factors are (x – 2)(x – 3)(x + 2) = 0. all x in the domain. The graph is decreasing
The critical values are x = –2, 2, 3. throughout the domain.

f''(x) = 12x2 – 24x – 16 2

Since f''(–2) = 80 > 0, (–2, –80) is a local minimum. 2x x
lim = lim
Since f''(2) = –16 < 0, (2, 48) is a local maximum. x→∞ x2 – 25 x→∞ 25
1 –
Since f''(3) = 20 > 0, (3, 45) is a local minimum. x2
=0 y = 0 is a horizontal
The graph has x-intercepts 0 and –3.2.
asymptote.

2
The points of inflection can be found by solving
x
f''(x) = 0: lim =0
25
1 –
x→–∞
3x2 – 6x – 4 = 0 x2
6 ±
84
x = d 2y 4x(x2 – 25)2 – (2x2 + 50)(2)(x2 – 25)(2x)
6 2 = –
dx (x2 – 25)4
1 5
x =˙ – or . 4x3 + 300x 4x(x2 + 75)
2 2 = =
(x2 – 25)3 (x2 – 25)3
There is a possible point of inflection at x = 0.

y
Interval x < –5 –5 < x < 0 x=0 0<x<5 x>5
d 2y
<0 >0 =0 <0 >0 0.4
dx2
Graph Concave Concave Point of Concave Concave x
of y Down Up Inflection Down Up –1 1
y
6x2 – 2
g. y =
x3
6 2
= – 3
x x
There is a discontinuity at x = 0.
x
6x2 – 2 6x2 – 2
lim– 3 = ∞ and lim+ = –∞
x→0 x x→0 x3
The y-axis is a vertical asymptote. There is no
1
y-intercept. The x-intercept is ± .
3
dy 6 6 –6x2 + 6
= –2 + 4 =
1 –x 2 dx x x x4
f. y = e2

2π dy
= 0 when 6x2 = 6
dx
The graph of y = f(x) is always above the x-axis. The
x = ±1
1
y-intercept is =˙ 0.4.
2π
Interval x < –1 x = –1 –1 < x < 0 0<x<1 x=1 x>1
dy 1 –x 2
= e2 (–x) dy
dx 2π <0 =0 >0 >0 =0 <0
dx
Graph of Decreas- Local Increasing Increasing Local Decreas-
dy
= 0 when x = 0. Thus, (0, 0.4) is a critical point. y = f(x) ing Min Max ing
dx
There is a local minimum at (–1, –4) and a local

d 2y 1 x 2x 2
2 = e–2 (–x)( –x) + e–2 (–1) maximum at (1, 4).

dx
2 π
d 2y 12 24 12x2 – 24
2 = – =
1 x2 dx x3 x5 x5
= e–2 (x2 – 1)

2π d 2y
For possible points of inflection, we solve 2 = 0
d 2y dx
When x = 0, 2 < 0. Thus, (0, 0.4) is a local (x5 ≠ 0):
dx
12x2 = 24
maximum. Possible points of inflection occur when
x = ± 2.
x2 – 1 = 0 or x = –1 and x = 1.
Interval x < –2 x = –2 –2 < x < 0 0 < x < 2 x = 2 x > 2
Interval x < –1 x = –1 –1 < x < 1 x=1 >1 d 2y
2 <0 =0 >0 <0 =0 >0
dx
2
dy
2 >0 =0 <0 =0 >0 Graph of Concave Point of Concave Concave Point of Concave
dx y = f(x) Down Inflection Up Down Inflection Up
Graph of Concave Point of Concave Point of Concave
y Up Inflection Down Inflection Up
21π e = 0 and lim 21π e = 0

x2 x2
– –
lim 2 2
x→∞ x→∞

s
5
There are points of inflection at –2, – and
2
5

2, .
2 50
6 2
– 3
2
6x – 2 x x
lim 3 = lim = 0
x→∞ x x→∞ 1
t
6 6 160
– 3
x x x+3
lim = 0 i. y =
x = –∞ x x2 – 4
There are discontinuities at x = –2 and at x = 2.
The x-axis is a horizontal asymptote.
y x→–2
x+3
lim
= ∞ and lim
x2 – 4
–
x→–2+
x+3
= –∞
x2 – 4
x→2
x+3
lim– x+3
= –∞ and lim
x2 – 4 x→2
=∞
x2 – 4 –
There are vertical asymptotes at x = –2 and x = 2.
x
–1 1 3
When x = 0, y = –. The x-intercept is –3.
4
dy (1)(x2 – 4) – (x + 3)(2x)
=
dx (x2 – 4)2
–x2 – 6x – 4
50 =
h. s = , t≥ 0 (x2 – 4)2
1 + 5e–0.01t dy
50 For critical values, we solve = 0:
When t = 0, s = . dx
6 x2 + 6x + 4 = 0
ds
= 50(–1)(1 + 5e–0.01t )–2 (5e–0.01t)( –0.01) 6 ±
36 – 16
dt x = –
2
2.5e–0.01t
=
(1 + 5e–0.01t)2 = –3 ± 5
=˙ –5.2 or –0.8.
ds
Since > 0 for all t, s is always increasing.
dt

lim
t→∞
50
1 + 5e–0.01t= 50 Interval
x<
–5.2
x=
–5.2
–5.2 <
x < –2
–2 <
x < –0.8
x=
–0.8
–0.8 <
x<2
x>2
dy

50 <0 =0 >0 >0 =0 <0 <0
lim =0 dx
t→–∞ 1 + 5e–0.01t
Graph Decreas- Local Increas- Increas- Local Decreas- Decreas-
of y ing Min ing ing Max ing ing
Thus, s = 50 is a horizontal asymptote for large
values of t, and s = 0 is a horizontal asymptote
for large negative values of t. It can be shown that
there is a point of inflection at t =˙ 160.

dy
For critical values, we solve = 0:

1 3 dx
+ 2
x x 4
lim y = lim =0 1 – 2 = 0
4 (x – 1)
x→∞ x→∞
1 – 2
x
(x – 1)2 = 4

1 3
+ 2 x–1 =±2
x x
lim =0 x = –1 or x = 3.
4
1 – 2
x→–∞
The x-axis is a horizontal asymptote. Interval x < –1 x = –1 –1 < x < 1 1<x<3 x=3 x>3
y dy
>0 =0 <0 <0 =0 >0
dx
The x-axis is a horizontal asymptote. Graph Increas- Local Decreasing Decreasing Local Increas-
of y ing Max Min ing
d 2y 8
2 = 3
x dx (x – 1)
–2 2
d 2y
For x < 1, 2 < 0 and y is always concave down.
dx
d 2y
For x > 1, 2 > 0 and y is always concave up.
dx
x2 – 3x + 6
j. y = The line y = x – 2 is an oblique asymptote.
x–1
4 y
= x – 2 +
x–1
x−2
)
x – 1 x2 – 3x + 6 (3, 3)
x−
2
x
–2x + 6 x
−
2x
2 –2
4
(–1, –5)

x – 3x + 6 2 –6
lim– = –∞
x→1 x–1

x2 – 3x + 6
lim = ∞
x→1+ x–1 k. c = te–t + 5
Thus, x = 1 is a vertical asymptote. When t = 0, c = 5.
The y-intercept is –6. dc
= e–t – te–t = e–t (1 – t)
There are no x-intercepts (x2 – 3x + 6 > 0 for all x dt
in the domain). Since e–t – te–t = e–t (1 – t)
dy 4 Since e–t > 0, the only value for which
= 1 – 2
dx (x – 1)
dc
= 0 is t = 1.
dt

Interval t<1 t=1 t>1 Interval 0<x x= 0.05 x=1 x>1
< 0.05 0.05 <x<1
dc
>0 =0 <0
dt dy
<0 =0 >0 0 >0
Graph Increasing Local Max Decreasing dx
of c Graph Decreas- Local Increas- Station- Increas-
of y ing Min ing ary Point ing
lim (te–t + t) = 5
x→∞
There is no y-intercept. The x-intercept is 1.
lim (te–t + t) = –∞

x→–∞
d 2y 1 1 ln x
2 = 3(ln x)2 + 6(ln x) = 3 (ln x + 2)
d 2c dx x x x
2 = –e–t – e–t + te–t = e–t (t – 2)
dt d y2
2 = 0 when ln x = 0 or ln x = –2
2
d c dx
2 = 0 when t = 2 x = 1 or x = e–2 =˙ 0.14
dt
Interval t<2 t=2 t>0 Interval 0<x x= 0.14 x=1 x>1

dc2 < 0.14 0.14 <x<1
2 <0 =0 >0
dt
d 2y
Graph Concave Point of Concave 2 >0 =0 <0 =0 >0
dx
of c Down Inflection Up
Graph Concave Point of Concave Point of Concave
of y Up Inflection Down Inflection Up
y lim [x(ln x)3] = ∞

x→∞
(1, 5.37) y
(2, 5.27)
5
x x
–1 1 2
1 2
–1
3
l. y = x(ln x) , x > 0

dy 1 2. y = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d
= (ln x)3 + x(3)(ln x)2 = (ln x)2(ln x + 3)
dx x
Since (0, 0) is on the curve d = 0:
dy
= 0 when ln x = 0 or ln x = –3 dy
dx = 3ax2 + 2bx + c
x = 1 or x = e–3 =˙ 0.05 dx
dy
At x = 2, = 0.
dx
Thus, 12a + 4b + c = 0.

Since (2, 4) is on the curve, 8a + 4b + 2c = 4 or The only critical values occur when 4 – e2x = 0
4a + 2b + c = 2. e2x = 4
d 2y 2x = ln 4
2 = 6ax + 2b 4
dx x = ln
d 2y 2
Since (0, 0) is a point of inflection, 2 = 0 when = ln 2.
dx
x = 0. For x < ln 2, g'(x) > 0
Thus, 2b = 0
For x > ln 2, g'(x) < 0
b = 0.
Thus, (ln 2, 2) is a local maximum point.
Solving for a and c:

12a + c = 0 8ex 8
lim 2x = lim =0
4a + c = 2 x→∞ e +4 x→∞
e + 4x
x Hence, the x-axis
8a = –2 e is a horizontal

8ex 0 asymptote.
1 lim
a = – 2x = = 0
4 x→–∞ e +4 0+4
c = 3.
1
The cubic polynomial is y = –x3 + 3x. It is very cumbersome to evaluate g''(x). Since there
4
is a horizontal tangent line at the local maximum
The y-intercept is 0. The x-intercepts are found by
(ln 2, 2) and the x-axis is a horizontal asymptote, it
setting y = 0:
is reasonable to conclude that there are two points
1 of inflection. (It can be shown to be true.)
–x(x2 – 12) = 0
4
y
x = 0, or x = ± 23.
1 (ln 2, 2)
Let y = f(x). Since f(–x) = x3 – 3x = –f(x), f(x) is an
4 2
odd function. The graph of y = f(x) is symmetric
when reflected in the origin.
x
y
1
4. y = ex +
x x
–2 2
–4 1

ex + 1
lim ex + = –∞ and lim = ∞
x→0– x x→0+ x
Thus, the y-axis is a vertical asymptote.
8ex
3. g(x) = 2x + 4 dy 1
e = ex – 2
There are no discontinuities. The graph is always dx x
dy
8
above the x-axis. The y-intercept is . To find the critical values, we solve = 0:
5 dx
1
8ex(e2x + 4) – 8ex(e2x)2) ex – 2 = 0
g'(x) = x
(e2x + 4)2
This equation does not have a simple analytic
8ex(4 – e2x)
=
(e2x + 4)2 d 2y
solution. Solving 2 = 0 is even more cumbersome.
dx

1 k–x
We use a different approach to sketch y = ex + . 5. f(x) =
x k2 + x2
We use the method of adding functions. The given There are no discontinuities.
1
1
function is the sum of y1 = ex and y2 = . The y-intercept is and the x-intercept is k.
x k
2 2
(–1)(k + x ) – (k – x)(2x)
y f'(x) =
(k2 + x2)2
x2 – 2kx – k2
=
(k2 + x2)2
1
x For critical points, we solve f'(x) = 0:
x2 – 2kx – k2 = 0
x2 – 2kx + k2 = 2k2
(x – k)2 = 2k2
x – k = ± 2 k
For x > 0, the sum of the two functions is always x = (1 + 2)k or x = (1 –2)k.
positive. The resulting graph will be in the first
1
quadrant. The graph of y2 = dominates for values
x Interval x< x =˙ –0.41k < x =˙ x>
x
near 0, and the graph of y1 = e dominates for large –0.41k 0.41k x < 2.41k 2.41k 2.41k
values of x. It appears that this branch of the graph
f'(x) >0 =0 <0 =0 >0
will have a relative minimum value. (A calculator
Graph Increas- Local Decreas- Local Increas-
dy
solution of = 0 verifies a relative minimum at of f(x) ing Max ing Min ing
dx

x =˙ 0.703.) k 1
2 –
1
For x < 0, the graph of y2 = dominates the sum.
x
lim
x→∞
k–x

= lim
k2 + x2 x→∞ x

k2
x
2 + 1
=0
x

There are no points of inflection. k 1
2 –
x x
lim =0
x→–∞ k2
y 2 + 1
x
Hence, the x-axis is a horizontal asymptote.
3.44
y
x
0.703 (ln 2, 2)
2

1 2 x
6. g(x) = x3 (x + 3)3 7. a. f(x) =
There are no discontinuities. 2
x +1
1 2

2 1 2 1
g'(x) = x–3(x + 3)3 + x3 (x + 3)–3 (1) x
3 3 =
x + 3 + 2x
= 2

3x (x + 3)
3

3
3(x + 1)
1 = 2 1
3x3(x + 3)3
1
x 1 + 2
x
x+1 x
= 2 1
lim f(x) = lim , since x > 0

x3(x + 3)3 x→∞ x→∞
1
x 1+2
x
g'(x) = 0 when x = –1.
g'(x) doesn’t exist when x = 0 or x = –3.
1
= lim

x→∞
1
1 2
Interval x < –3 x = –3 –3 < x x = –1 –1 < x x=0 x>0 x
< –1 <0 =1
g'(x) >0 Does <0 =0 >0 Does >0 y = 1 is a horizontal asymptote to the right hand
Not Not
branch of the graph.
Exist Exist
x
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Local Increasing Increasing lim f(x) = lim , since x = –x for x < 0

of g (x) Max Min x→–∞ x→–∞
1
–x 1 + 2
x
There is a local maximum at (–3, 0) and a local minimum
at (–1, –1.6). The second derivative is algebraically 1
= lim
complicated to find. It can be verified that

x→–∞
1
– 1 + 2
–2 x
g''(x) =
5

2.

x (x + 3)3
3
= –1
y = –1 is a horizontal asymptote to the left hand
Interval x < –3 x = –3 –3 < x < 0 x=0 x>0 branch of the graph.
g''(x) >0 Does Not >0 Does Not <0 y

Exist Exist
1
Graph Concave Cusp Concave Point of Concave
g(x) Up Up Inflection Down x
y
–1
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3
x
–1
(–1, –1.6) –2

b. g(t) =
t2 + 4t –
t2 + t Review Exercise
(t
2
+ 4t – t
2
+ t )(t
2
+ 4t + t
2
+ t) 1. a. y = enx
=
dy
= nenx
dx
3t
= d 2y

t + 4t +
2
t2 + t 2 = n2enx
dx
3t
= 1
b. f(x) = ln(x + 4)2

t 1 + 4 + t 1 + 1
t t
1
3 3 = ln(x + 4)
lim g(t) = = , since t = t for t > 0 2
1+1 2

t→∞
1 1 1
f'(x) = =
3 3 2 x+4 2(x + 4)
lim g(t) = = –, since t = –t for t < 0

t→–∞ –1 – 1 2 1 1 1
f''(x) = – 2 = –2
2 (x + 4) 2(x + 4)
3 3
y = and y = – are horizontal asymptotes. et – 1
2 2 c. s=
et + 1
8. y = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d
ds et(et + 1) – (et – 1)(et)
dy =
= 3ax2 + 2bx + c dt (et + 1)2
dx
d 2y
b
2 = 6ax + 2b = 6a x +
dx 3a =
2et
t
(e + 1)2
d 2y
For possible points of inflection, we solve 2 = 0:
dx d 2s 2et(et + 1)2 – 2et(2)(et + 1)(et)
b 2 =
x = –. dt (et + 1)4
3a
d 2y
The sign of 2 changes as x goes from values less 2e2t + 2et – 4e2t
dx =
(et + 1)3
–b –b
than to values greater than . Thus, there is a point
3a 3a 2et(1 – et)
–b =
of inflection at x = . (et + 1)3
3a
b dy

–b 2 –b

At x = , = 3a + 2b + c = c – .
3a dx 3a 3a
b2
3a d. g(t) = ln (t +
1 + t2)
1
1 + 121 + t
1
–
g'(t) = 2 2
(2t)
t +
1 + t2
t
1 + 2

1+t
=
t + 1
+ t2
1
+ t2 + t

1 + t2
=
t + 1 + t2
1
=

1 + t2

1 3
g''(t) = –(1 + t2)–2 (2t) There is a local minimum at (–1, e2). The tangent
2
line at (–1, e2) is parallel to the x-axis.
–t
= 3 x–3
c. h(x) =
(1 + t2)2 x2 + 7
(1)(x2 + 7) – (x – 3)(2x)
h'(x) =
3. No. A counter example is sufficient to justify the (x2 + 7)2
conclusion. The function f(x) = x3 is always 7 + 6x – x2
increasing yet the graph is concave down for x < 0 =
(x2 + 7)2
and concave up for x > 0. (7 – x)(1 + x)
=
(x2 + 7)2
y Since x2 + 7 > 0 for all x, the only critical values
occur when h'(x) = 0. The critical values
are x = 7 and x = –1.
x
Interval x < –1 x = –1 –1 < x < 7 x = 7 x>7
h'(x) <0 =0 >0 =0 <0
Graph Decreas- Local Increas- Local Decreas-
4. 3
a. f(x) = –2x + 9x + 20 2 of h(t) ing Min ing Max ing
f'(x) = –6x2 + 18x
For critical values, we solve: 1
There is a local minimum at –1, – and a
2
f'(x) = 0
–6x(x – 3) = 0 1

local maximum at 7, . At both points, the
14
x = 0 or x = 3. tangents are parallel to the x-axis.
f''(x) = –12x + 18
d. k(x) = ln (x3 – 3x2 – 9x)
Since f''(0) = 18 > 0, (0, 20) is a local minimum
The domain of k(x) is the set of all x such that
point. The tangent to the graph of f(x) is
x3 – 3x2 – 9x > 0.
horizontal at (0, 20). Since f''(3) = –18 < 0,
Let g(x) = x2 – 3x2 – 9x.
(3, 47) is a local maximum point. The tangent to
The x-intercepts of the graph of g(x) are found by
the graph of f(x) is horizontal at (3, 47).
solving g(x) = 0:
e–2t x(x2 – 3x – 9) = 0
b. g(t)
t2
3 ±
9 + 36
g(t) = e–2tt–2, t ≠ 0 x = 0 or x =
2
g'(t) = –2e–2tt–2 + e–2t(–2t–3) 3 ± 35
=
2e–2t(t + 1) 2
= – = 4.85 or –1.85.
t3
The graph of y = g(x) is
Since e–2t > 0 for all t, and g(t) has a discontinuity
at t = 0, the only critical value is t = –1. y
–1.85
Interval t < –1 t = –1 –1 < t < 0 t>0 x
0 4.85
g'(t) <0 =0 >0 <0
Graph Decreasing Local Min Increas- Decreas-
of g(t) ing ing

ln w2
Thus, the domain of k(x) is –1.85 < x < 0 or x > 4.85. 7. a. f(w) =
w
3x2 – 6x – 9
k'(x) = . = (2 lnw)(w –1)
x3 – 3x2 – 9x

Since the denominator x3 – 3x2 – 9x > 0, the only 2
f'(w) = (w–1) + (2 lnw)(–w–2)
critical values of k(x) result from w
3x2 – 6x – 9 = 0
= 2w–2 – 2w–2 lnw
x2 – 2x – 3 = 0
(x – 3)(x + 1) = 0
x = –1 or x = 3 (this value is not in the domain).
1
f''(w) = –4w–3 + 4w–3 lnw – 2w–2
w
= –6w–3 + 4w–3 lnw
Interval –1.85 < x < –1 x = –1 –1 < x < 0 x > 4.85
4 lnw – 6
k'(x) >0 =0 <0 >0 =
w3
Graph Increasing Local Decreasing Increasing
For possible points of inflection, we solve f''(w) = 0.
of k(x) Max
Note: w3 ≠ 0.
4 lnw = 6
Thus, (–1, ln 5) is a local maximum. The tangent line 3
w = ± e2
is parallel to the x-axis at (–1, ln 5).
2x
6. a. y = Interval
3
w < –e2
3
w = –e2
3
–e2 < 0<w w = e2
3
w > e2
3
x–3 3
w<0 < e2

2x 2x f''(w) <0 =0 >0 <0 =0 >0
lim = –∞ and lim+ = ∞
–
x→3 x–3 x→3 x–3
Graph Concave Point of Concave Concave Point of Concave
Therefore, x = 3 is a vertical asymptote. f(w) Down Inflection Up Down Inflection Up
x–5
b. g(x) =

x+5 3 3
There is a discontinuity at x = –5. The points of inflection are –e2, – 3
e2
x–5
x–5
lim = ∞ and lim = –∞
x→–5– x+5 x→–5+ x+5
3 3
and e2, 3 .

e2
Therefore, x = –5 is a vertical asymptote.
s b. g(t) = tet
c. s = x
2e – 8 g'(t) = et + tet
There is a discontinuity when 2ex – 8 = 0 or x = ln 4. g''(t) = et + et + tet = et (t + 2)
Since et > 0, g''(t) = 0 when t = –2.
x→ln 4–
5

x→ln 4+
5
lim x = –∞ and lim x = ∞
2e – 8 2e – 8
Therefore, x = ln 4 is a vertical asymptote.
Interval t < –2 t = –2 t > –2
x2 – 2x – 15
d. f(x) =
x+3 g''(t) <0 =0 >0
(x + 3)(x – 5)
= Graph Concave Point of Concave
x+3
of g(t) Down Inflection Up
= x – 5, x ≠ –3
There is a discontinuity at x = –3.
2
There is a point of inflection at –2, –2
e
lim+ f(x) = –8 and lim– f(x) = –8
x→–3 x→–3
There is a hole in the graph of y = f(x) at (–3, –8).

y –2a + 2a + b
8. Hence, = 0 and b = 0.
10
4
Since (2, –1) is on the graph of g(x):
2a + b
–1 =
4 –2
2a + 0 = 2
x a = 1.
x
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 Therefore g(x) = .
(x – 1)(x – 4)
b. There are discontinuities at x = 1 and at x = 4.
–6
lim– g(x) = ∞ and lim+ g(x) = –∞
x→1 x→1
9. c. (i)
lim– g(x) = –∞ and lim+ g(x) = ∞
y x→4 x→4
x = 1 and x = 4 are vertical asymptotes.

The y-intercept is 0.
x 4 – x2
–1 1 2 3 g'(x) =
(x – 5x + 4)2
2
g'(x) = 0 when x = ± 2.
–3
Interval x x = –2 –2 < 1<x<2 x=2 2< x>4

(ii) < –2 x<1 x<4
y g'(x) <0 0 >0 >0 0 <0 <0

of g(x) ing Min ing ing Max ing ing
–5 1 5
x
1
There is a local minimum at –2, – and a local
9
maximum at (2, –1).
–3
y
ax + b
10. a. g(x) =
(x – 1)(x – 4)
ax + b –2
x
= 1 4
x2 – 5x + 4
–1
2
a(x – 5x + 4) – (ax + b)(2x – 5)
g'(x) =
(x2 – 5x + 4)2
Since the tangent at (2, –1) has slope 0, g'(2) = 0.

2x2 – 7x + 5
11. a. f(x) = 12. a. y = x4 – 8x2 + 7
2x – 1
This is a fourth degree polynomial and is continuous
2
f(x) = x – 3 + for all x. The y-intercept is 7.
2x – 1
The equation of the oblique asymptote is y = x – 3. dy
= 4x3 – 16x
x−3 dx
)
2x – 1 2x2 – 7x + 5 = 4x(x – 2)(x + 2)
2x2−
x The critical values are x = 0, –2, and 2.
–6x + 5
–6x+
3
2 Interval x < –2 x = –2 –2 < x=0 0<x x=2 x>2
x<0 <2
x→∞ x→∞
lim [y – f(x)] = lim x – 3 – x – 3 +
2
2x – 1
dy

dx
<0 =0 >0 =0 <0 =0 >0
= lim –
= 0
2 Graph Decreas- Local Increas- Local Decreas- Local Increas-
x→∞ 2x – 1 of y ing Min ing Max ing Min ing
4x3 – x2 – 15x – 50 There are local minima at (–2, –9) and at (2, –9), and
b. f(x) = a local maximum at (0, 7).
x2 – 3x
18x – 50 y
f(x) = 4x + 11 +
x2 – 3x
7
4x 11
)
x2 – 3x 4x3 – x2 – 15x – 50
x
4x3− 2
12x
–5 –2 –1 1 2 3
2
11x – 15x
11x−
2
33x
18x – 50 (–2,–9) (2,–9)
lim [y – f(x)] 3x – 1
x→∞ b. f(x) =
x+1
x→∞ 18x – 50
= lim 4x + 11 – 4x + 11 +
x2 – 3x
= 3 –
4
x+1
1
From experience, we know the graph of y = – is
18 50
– x
x x2 y
= lim
3
x→∞
1 –
x
3
=0
x
–1 1
–1
The graph of the given function is just a

1
transformation of the graph of y = –. The
x
vertical asymptote is x = –1 and the horizontal
asymptote is y = 3. The y-intercept is –1 and
1
there is an x-intercept at .
3
x2 + 1
c. g(x) = 2 y
4x – 9
x2 + 1
=
(2x – 3)(2x + 3)
3
The function is discontinuous at x = – and
2
3 x
at x = .
2
lim3– g(x) = ∞
x→–
2
lim3+ g(x) = –∞
x→–
2
d. y = 3x2 ln x, x > 0
lim3– g(x) = –∞

x→ dy 1
2
= 6x ln x + 3x2 = 3x(2 ln x + 1)
dx x
lim3+ g(x) = ∞
x→–
2 Since x > 0, the only critical value is when
3 3
Hence, x = – and x = are vertical asymptotes. 2 ln x + 1 = 0
2 2
1
1
The y-intercept is –. ln x = –
9 2
1
1
x = e 2 = .
–
2x(4x2 – 9) – (x2 + 1)(8x) – 26x e

g'(x) = =
(4x2 – 9)2 (4x2 – 9)2
1 1 1
Interval 0 < x < x = x >
g'(x) = 0 when x = 0. e e e
dy
<0 =0 >0
dx
3 3 3 3
Interval x < – – < x < 0 x=0 0 < x < x >
2 2 2 2 Graph of Decreasing Local Min Increasing
y
g'(x) >0 >0 =0 <0 <0
d 2y
Graph
g(x)
Increasing Increasing Local
Max
Decreasing Decreasing
dx
1
x
2 = 6 ln x + 6x + 3 = 6 ln x + 9
d 2y 3
2 = 0 when ln x = –
There is a local maximum at 0, – .
1
9 dx 2
x = e–2
3
1
1 + 2
x 1 1 3 3 3
lim g(x) = lim 9 = 4 and x→–∞
lim g(x) = Interval 0 < x < e–2 x = e–2 x > e–2
x→∞ x→∞
4 – 2 4
x d 2y
2 <0 =0 >0
1 dx
Hence, y = is a horizontal asymptote.
4 Graph of Concave Point of Concave
y Down Inflection Up

y
The second derivative changes signs on opposite
1

sides of x = –4. Hence, –4, – is a point
9
of inflection.
0.2 0.6
x
0.5 1 y
(0.6, –1.7)
x
e. h(x) = –4 –2
x
x2 – 4x + 4 2
x
= 2 = x(x – 2)–2
(x – 2)
t2 – 3t + 2
There is a discontinuity at x = 2 f. f(t) =
t–3
lim– h(x) = ∞ = lim+ h(x)
x→2 x→2 2
= t +
Thus, x = 2 is a vertical asymptote. The y-intercept t–3
is 0. Thus, f(t) = t is an oblique asymptote. There is a
h'(x) = (x – 2)–2 + x(–2)(x – 2)–3(1) discontinuity at t = 3.
x – 2 – 2x lim f(t) = –∞ and lim f(t) = ∞
= t→3– t→3+
(x – 2)3
Therefore, x = 3 is a vertical asymptote.
–2 – x
= 3 2
(x – 2) The y-intercept is –.
3
h'(x) = 0 when x = –2. The x-intercepts are t = 1 and t = 2.
2
Interval x < –2 x = –2 –2 < x < 2 x>2 f'(t) = 1 – 2
(t – 3)
h'(x) <0 =0 >0 <0 2
f'(t) = 0 when 1 – 2 = 0
(t – 3)
Graph of Decreas- Local Increas- Decreas-
h(x) ing Min ing ing (t – 3)2 = 2
t – 3 = ± 2
1 t = 3 ± 2.
There is a local minimum at (–2, –).
8
1 Interval t < 3 – 2 t= 3 – 2 3<t t= t>

x
lim h(x) = lim =0 3 – 2 <t<3 < 3 + 2 3 + 2 3 + 2
1 – x + x4
4
x→∞ x→∞
2
f'(t) >0 =0 <0 <0 =0 >0
Similarly, lim h(x) = 0

x→–∞ Graph of Increas- Local Decreas- Decreas- Local Increas-
The x-axis is a horizontal asymptote. f(t) ing Max ing ing Min ing
h''(x) = –2(x – 2)–3 – 2(x – 2)–3 + 6x(x – 2)–4

= –4(x – 2)–3 + 6x(x – 2)–4 (1.6, 0.2) is a local maximum and (4.4, 5.8) is a local
minimum.
2x + 8
= 4
(x – 2)
h''(x) = 0 when x = –4

s
y 10
(4.4, 5.8)
(1.6, 0.2)
t
–1 1
x
1 2 3 4 5 6
100
h. P =
1 + 50e–0.2t
100
g. s = te–3t + 10 When t = 0, P = =˙ 1.99
51
At t = 0, s = 10.
dP
ds = –100(1 + 50e–0.2t)–2 (50e–0.2t)(–0.2)
= e–3t + te–3t (–3) = e–3t (1 – 3t) dt
dt
1000e–0.2t
ds 1 =
Since e > 0, = 0 when t = .
–3t (1 + 50e–0.2t)2
dt 3
dP
Since > 0 for all t, the graph is always increasing.
dt
1 1 1
Interval
ds
t <
3
t =
3
t >
3
lim
t→∞
100
1 + 50e–0.2t
= 100 and lim
t→–∞
100
1 + 50e–0.2t
=0
>0 0 <0
dt Thus, P = 100 is a horizontal asymptote for large
Graph Increasing Total Decreasing positive values of t, and P = 0 (the horizontal axis)
of s Maximum
is a horizontal asymptote for large negative values
13, 10 + 31e is a local maximum point.

of t. It can be shown that there is a point of inflection
at t =˙ 20.
1
Since s is always decreasing for t > , and te–3t
3 P
1
is positive for t > , the graph will always be 100
3
above the line s = 10, but it is approaching the line
s = 10 as t → ∞. Thus, s = 10, it is a horizontal
asymptote. Since s is continuous for all t, has a
t

1 1 20
local maximum at , 10 + e , and has
3 3
s = 10 as a horizontal asymptote, we conclude
that there is an inflection point at a value of
1
t > . (It can be shown that there is an
3
2
inflection point at t = .)
3

P = 104te–0.2t + 100, t ≥ 0

13. x2 + 1 x2 + 1
14. y = ln , > 0
dP x2 – 1 x2 – 1
a. = 104[e–0.2t + te–0.2t(–0.2)]
dt
Since x2 + 1 > 0 for all x, for y to be defined,
= 104e–0.2t [1 – 0.2t] x2 – 1 > 0. The domain is x < –1 or x > 1.
y can be written as y = ln(x2 + 1) – ln(x2 – 1).
dP 1
= 0 when t = = 5.
dt 0.2 dy 2x 2x
Thus, = –
dP dP dx x2 + 1 x2 – 1
Since > 0 for 0 ≤ t < 5 and < 0 for t > 5,
dt dt
–4x
the maximum population of the colony is = = –4x(x4 – 1)–1
x4 – 1
P = 104(5)e–1 =˙ 18 994 and it occurs on the fifth day
after the creation of the colony. d 2y
2 = –4(x4 – 1)–1 – 4x(–1)(x4 – 1)–2(4x3)
dx
b. The growth rate of the colony is the function
dP –4x4 + 4 + 16x4 4 + 12x4
. The rate of change of the growth rate is = = .
dt (x4 – 1)2 (x4 – 1)2
d 2P
= 104[e–0.2t(–0.2)(1 – 0.2t) + e–0.2t(–0.2)] d 2y
dt 2 Since x ≠ ± 1, 2 is positive for all x in the domain.
dx
= 104e–0.2t[0.04t – 0.4].
2x + 4
15. a. f(x) =
d 2P x 2 – k2
To determine when starts to increase, we need
dt 2
2(x2 – k2) – (2x + 4)(2x)
d 3P f'(x) =
. (x2 – k2)2
dt3
d 3P 2x2 + 8x + 2k2
= 104[e–0.2t(–0.2)(0.04t – 0.4) + e–0.2t(0.04)] = –
dt3 (x2 – k2)2
= 104e–0.2t[0.12 – 0.008t] For critical values, f'(x) = 0 and x ≠ ± k:

x2 + 4x + k2 = 0
= 80e–0.2t (15 – t)
–4 ±
16 – 4
k2
3 3 x = .
dP dP 2
Since > 0 for 0 ≤ t < 15 and < 0 for
dt3 dt3
d 2P For real roots, 16 – 4k2 ≥ 0
t > 15, is increasing from the moment the
dt 2 –2 ≤ k ≤ 2.
colony is formed and continues for the first The conditions for critical points to exist
15 days. are –2 ≤ k ≤ 2 and x ≠ ±k.
100
t
5 10 15 20

b. There are three different graphs that result for d. x = –3, x = 4
values of k chosen.
e. f''(x) > 0
(i) k = 0
f. –3 < x < 0 or 4 < x < 8
y
g. (–8, 0), (10, –3)
2. a. g(x) = 2x4 – 8x3 – x2 + 6x

g'(x) = 8x3 – 24x2 – 2x + 6
To find the critical points, we solve g'(x) = 0:
x 8x3 – 24x2 – 2x + 6 = 0
4x3 – 12x2 – x + 3 = 0
Since g'(3) = 0, (x – 3) is a factor.
(ii) k = 2
(x – 3)(4x2 – 1) = 0
y 1 1
x = 3 or x = – or x = .
2 2
Note: We could also group to get
4x2(x – 3) – (x – 3) = 0.
x b. g''(x) = 24x2 – 48x – 2

2

1
2
1 17

Since g'' – = 28 > 0, –, – is a
2 8
local maximum.
(iii) For all other values of k, the graph will be

1
2
1 15
Since g'' = –20 < 0, , is a
2 8
similar to that of 1(i) in Exercise 9.5. local maximum.
y Since g''(3) = 70 > 0, (3, –45) is a

local minimum.
3. y
x (–1, 7)
6
(1, 4)
(3, 2)
x
Chapter 9 Test –4
1. a. x < –9 or –6 < x < –3 or 0 < x < 4 or x > 8
b. –9 < x < –6 or –3 < x < 0 or 4 < x < 8
c. (–9, 1), (–6, –2), (0, 1), (8, –2)

x2 + 7x + 10
4. g(x) = 5. g(x) = e2x(x2 – 2)
(x – 3)(x + 2)
g'(x) = e2x(2)(x2 – 2) + e2x(2x)
The function g(x) is not defined at x = –2 or x = 3.
= 2e2x(x2 + x – 2)
At x = –2, the value of the numerator is 0. Thus,
To find the critical points, we solve g'(x) = 0:
there is a discontinuity at x = –2, but x = –2 is not a
2e2x(x2 + x – 2) = 0
vertical asymptote.
(x + 2)(x – 1) = 0, since e2x > 0 for all x
At x = 3, the value of the numerator is 40. x = 3 is a
x = –2 or x = 1.
vertical asymptote.
(x + 2)(x + 5) x + 5 Interval x < –2 x = –2 –2 < x < 1 x=1 x>1

g(x) = = , x ≠ –2
(x – 3)(x + 2) x – 3
g'(x) >0 0 <0 0 >0
lim g(x) = lim
x→–2– x→–2–
x+5
x–3 Graph of Increas- Local Decreas- Local Increas-
g(x) ing Max ing Min ing
3
= –
5 2
The function g(x) has a local maximum at –2, 4 and a
lim g(x) = lim
x→–2+ x→–2+
x+5
x–3 local minimum at (1, –e2).
e
3
= –
5 2x + 10
6. f(x) =
x2 – 9
3
There is a hole in the graph of g(x) at –2, – .
5 =
2x + 10

x+5 (x – 3)(x + 3)
lim– g(x) = lim–
x→3 x→3 x–3 There are discontinuities at x = –3 and at x = 3.
}
= –∞
lim f(x) = ∞
x→–3–
x = –3 is a vertical asymptote.
x+5
lim+ g(x) = lim+
x→3 x→3 x–3 lim f(x) = –∞
x→–3+
}
=∞ lim– f(x) = –∞
x→3
x = 3 is a vertical asymptote.
There is a vertical asymptote at x = 3. lim+ f(x) = ∞
x→3
Also, lim g(x) = lim g(x) = 1.

10
The y-intercept is – and x = –5 is an x-intercept.
x→∞ x→–∞
Thus, y = 1 is a horizontal asymptote. 9

2(x2 – 9) – (2x + 10)(2x)
f'(x) =
y (x2 – 9)2
–2x2 – 20x – 18
=
(x2 – 9)2
1 For critical values, we solve f'(x) = 0:
–2 x2 + 10x + 9 = 0
x
–5 3
(x + 1)(x + 9) = 0
x = –1 or x = –9.
Interval x < –9 x = –9 –9 < –3 < x = –1 –1 < x>3

x < –3 x < –1 x<3
f'(x) <0 0 >0 >0 0 <0 <0

f(x) ing Min ing ing Max ing ing

–9, –19 is a local minimum and (–1, –1) is a local
b. f'(x) = 3x2 + 6x
= 3x(x + 2)
maximum. The critical points are (–2, 6) and (0, 2).
2 10
+ f''(x) = 6x + 6
x x2
lim f(x) = lim 9 = 0 and
Since f''(–2) = –6 < 0, (–2, 6) is a local maximum.
x→∞ x→∞
1 – 2 Since f'(0) = 6 > 0, (0, 2) is a local minimum.
x

2 10
+ y
x x2
lim f(x) = lim =0
9
x→–∞ x→–∞
1 – 2
x
(–2, 6)
y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote.
y 2
x
x
–5 –3 3
2

9. y = x3 (x – 5)
5 2

= x3 – 5x3
dy 5 2 10 –1
= x3 – x 3
dx 3 3
7. y = x2 + ln (kx)
5 –1
2
= x + ln k + ln x = x 3(x – 2)
3
5(x – 2)
dy 1 =
= 2x + 3x3
1

dx x
dy
d 2y 1 The critical values are x = 2 when = 0,
2 = 2 – 2 dx
dx x dy
and x = 0 when does not exist.
The second derivative is independent of k. There is not dx
enough information to determine k.
Interval x<0 x=0 0<x<2 x=2 x>2

8. f(x)= x3 + bx2 + c
a. f'(x) = 3x2 + 2bx dy >0 Does Not <0 =0 >0

Since f'(–2) = 0, 12 – 4b = 0 dx Exist
b = 3. Graph of Increas- Local Decreas- Local Increas-
Also, f(–2) = 6. y = f(x) ing Max ing Min ing
Thus, –8 + 12 + c = 6
c = 2. d 2y 10 1 10 4
2 = x–3 + x–3
dx 9 9
=
9
10 x + 1
4
x3

There are possible points of inflection at
x = –1 and x = 0.

Interval x < –1 x = –1 –1 < x < 0 x = 0 x>0
<0 =0 >0 Does >0
d 2y
Not
dx 2 Exist
Graph of Concave Point of Concave Concave
Cusp
y = f(x) Down Inflection Up Up
The y-intercept is 0. There are x-intercepts at 0 and 5.
–1 1 2 3 4 5 6
x
10. y = x2 ekx + p
dy
= 2xekx + x2(kekx)
dx
= xekx (2 + kx)
2 dy
a. When x = , = 0.
3 dx
2 2
3 2
Thus, 0 = e3k 2 + k .
3
2 2
Since e3k > 0, 2 + k = 0
3
k = –3.
b. The parameter p represents a vertical translation of

the graph of y = x2e–3x.

et – e–t
Chapters 3–9 5. d. s=
et + e–t
x3 – 8 ds [et + e–t][et + e–t]–(et – e–t)(et – e–t)
2. c. lim =
x→2 x – 2
dt (et + e–t)2
(x – 2)(x2 + 2x + 4)
= lim e2t + 2 + e–2t –(e2t – 2 + e–2t)
x→2 x–2 =
(et + e–t)2
= lim x2 + 2x + 4 4
x→2 =
(et + e–t)2
= 12
(
2 + x – 2) 2 + x + 2)
( f. s = (1n t + et)t
f. lim
x→0
2x (2+ x + 2)
= lim
2+x–2
ds 1

= + et t + ln t + et
dt t
x→0
x2 (2
+ x + 2) = 1 + tet + ln t + et
1
= lim
2(
2 + x + 2)
3x
x→0 1
6. c. w= +
x
1
=
3 – x1
1
4 dw 1 1 –
= 3x +
2
2
dx 2 x
2–x
4. b. y =

1
x2 1 x 3x2 – 1
= 2 2

2 3x + 1 x2

dy 2 – (x + h) 2 – x
= lim – 1
dx h→0 (x + h)2 x2 1 (3x2 – 1)2

=
2 3

2x2 – x2(x + h) – (2 – x)(x2 + 2xh + h2) x2
= lim
h→0 hx2(x + h)2
2x– x3 – x2h – 2x2 + x3 – 4xh + 2x2h – 2h2 + xh2 h. 1n (x2y) = 2y

= lim
h(x2)(x + h)2

h→0
1 dy dy
2 x2 + 2xy = 2
2 2
h[–x – 4x + 2x – 2h + xh] xy dx dx
= lim
h→0 h(x2)(x + h)2 1 dy 2 dy
+ = 2
2
x – 4x y dx x dx
=
x4

dy 1 2
2 – =
x–4 dx y x
=
x3

dy 2 y 2y
= =
dx x 2y – 1 2xy – x

12. y2 = e2x + 2y – e

2 + 3t
8. c. s =3
2 – 3t When y = 2, therefore 4 = e2x + 4 – e
e2x = e

1
2 + 3t
s = 3 2
2x = 1
2 – 3t
1
x =
2

1
ds 1 2 + 3t 3(2 – 3t)–(–3)(2 + 3t)
–
= 3 2
2 y2 = e2x + 2y – e
dt 2 2 – 3t (2 – 3t)
dy dy
2y = 2e2x + 2

1

3 2 – 3t
12 + 12t dx dx
=
2
2
2 2 + 3t (2 – 3t) 1
At x = , y = 2:
2
dy dy
18 4 = 2e + 2
= 1 dx dx
3
(2 + 3t)2(2 – 3t)2 dy
2 = 2e
dx
f. x3 + 3x2y + y3 = c3
dy
= e.
dy dy dx
3x2 + 6xy + 3x2 + 3y2 = 0
dx dx
dy 2 13. x2 – xy + 3y2 = 132
(3x + 3y2) = –3x2 – 6xy
dx Using implicit differentiation:
dy –3(x2 + 2xy) –(x2 + 2xy) dy dy
= = 2x – y – x + 6y = 0
dx 3(x2 + y2) x2 + y2 dx dx
dy
ds The slope of x – y = 2 is 1, therefore, = 1.
9. = et + tet (2t)
2 2
dx
dt Substituting,
ds 2x – y – x + 6y = 0 or x + 5y = 0
At x = π, = eπ + πeπ (2π)
2 2
dt Substitute x = –5y into x2 – xy + 3y2 = 132:

= eπ (1 + 2π 2). 25y2 + 5y2 + 3y2 = 132
2
At t = π, s = πeπ or the point is (π,πeπ ).

2 2
33y2 = 132
y2 = 4
The equation is
y = ±2
y –πeπ = eπ (1 + 2π 2)(x – π).
2 2
y = 2 or y = –2
x = –10 or x = 10.
10. y = e kx, y' = kekx, y'' = k2ekx, y''' = k3ekx
The equations are y – 2 = x + 10 or y = x + 12,
a. y'' – 3y' + 2y = 0 and y + 2 = x – 10 or y = x – 12.
k2ekx – 3kekx + 2ekx = 0
14. Note: the point (3, 2) is not on the curve y = x2 – 7.
Since ekx ≠ 0,
Let any point on the curve be (a, a2 – 7):
k2 – 3k + 2 = 0
(k – 2)(k – 1) = 0 dy dy
= 2x or at x = a = 2a.
k = 2 or k = 1. dx dx
Equation of the tangent is
b. y''' – y'' – 4y' + 4y = 0
y –(a2 – 7) = 2a(x – a).
ekx[k3 – k2 – 4k + 4] = 0 or k3 – k2 – 4k + 4 = 0
Since (3, 2) lies on the line, therefore,
k2(k – 1) + 4(k – 1) = 0
2 – a2 + 7 = 2a(3 – a)
(k – 1)(k – 2)(k + 2) = 0
a2 – 6a + 5 = 0
k = 1, 2 or –2
(a – 5)(a – 1) = 0
a = 5 or a = 1

If a = 5, the equation of the tangent is Let x represent the horizontal distance and s the
y – 18 = 10(x – 5) or y = 10x – 32. length of the string.
If a = 1, the equation of the tangent is s 2 = x2 + 502
y + 6 = 2(x – 1) or y = 2x – 8. ds
Determine when s = 100.
dt
1 Differentiate with respect to t:
15. Slope of 3x + 9y = 8 is –.
3
ds dx
The slope of the tangent is 3: 2s = 2x
dt dt
dy 1 dx
= 1 + = 3 and when s = 100, x2 = 1002 – 502
dx x dt
x = 503.
1 ds
Therefore, 1 + = 3 Therefore, 100 = 503(3)
x dt
1
= 2 dA 32
x = m/s.
dt 2
x = 2. 20.
dy 3 4
When x = 2, y = 2 + ln 2, and = = m.
dx 2
The equation of the tangents is r

3
y –(2 + ln 2) = (x – 2) or 6x – 2y –(2 ln 2 + 2) = 0 5m
2
h
17. b. Average velocity in the fourth second is
s(4) – s(3) –4 –(4)
= = 0.
4–3 1
18. a. Surface area is A = 4πr2. Let r represent the radius of the water and h the
height of the water. The volume of water is
dA
Determine : 1
dt V = πr 2h.
3
dA dr
= 8πr .
dt dt r 4
b. =
dr h 5
When = 2 and r = 7,
dt
5
dA h = r
= 8π(2)(7) = 112 mm2/s. 4
dt
1 5
x V = πr 2( r)
19. 3 4
5πr3
=
12
50 m s

dh
c. Determine when r = 3 m or 300 cm: 160(80t) – 200(200 – 100t) = 0
dt
5πr3 160(80t) = 200(200 – 100t) = 0
v = 160(80t) + 200(100t) = 200 200
12
32 800t = 40 000
dv 5π dv
= (3r2) t =˙ 1.22
dt 12 dt
The time is 1 h 13 min or at 14:13.
5π dr
= r2 .
4 dt 100
23. b. w = 4 –
When v = 10 000, r = 300: 22 + 25
dw
5π dr = –200z(z2 + 25)–2
10 000 = (300)2 dz
12 dt
200z
=
dr 4 10 000 4 (z2 + 25)2
= = .
dt 5 π 90 000 45π dw
For extreme points, = 0.
dz
5 dh 5 dr
But h = r or = Therefore, z = 0 and the point is (0, 0).
4 dt 4 dt
5 4 d 2w 200(z2 + 25)2 – 2(z2 + 25)(2x)200z
= =
4 45π dz2 (z2 + 25)2
1 d 2w
= cm/min. For a point of inflection, let = 0:
9π dz2
200(z2 + 25)2 – 800z2(z2 + 25) = 0
22. (z2 + 25)2 – 4z2(z2 + 25) = 0 or z2 + 25 – 4z2
T Q B
=0
2
3z = 25
25 5
z2 = or z = ±
P
3 3
100
w=4–
A 25
+ 25
3
300
Car B is travelling west and Car A is travelling south. = 4 –
100
BT = 2 100 = 1.

= 200 km 5 –5
The points of inflection are , 1 and .
TP = 80 t 3 3, 1
QT = 200 – 100t
d. y = x3e–2x
Let PQ = s, therefore,
s2 = (80t)2 + (200 – 100t)2 dy
= 3x2e–2x + (–2)(e–2x)x3 = 3x2e–2x – 2x3e–2x
dx
Differentiate with respect to t: dy
For extreme values, let = 0:
ds dx
2s = 160(80t) + 2(200 – 100t)(–100).
dt 3x2e–2x – 2x3e–2x = 0
ds
To determine when the two cars were closest, let = 0. 3x2 – 2x3 = 0
dt
x2(3 – 2x) = 0
3
x = 0 or x =
2
27
y = 0 or y = e–3.
8
3 27

Local extreme points are (0, 0) and , e–3 .
2 8
8
For points of inflection: 24. a. y =
x2 – 9
d 2y Discontinuity is at x = ±3.
2 = 6xe–2x – 6x2e–2x – 6x2e–2x + 4x3e–2x.
dx
d 2y 8
For point of inflection, let 2 = 0: lim = +∞
dx x→–3– x2 – 9
3
6x – 6x2 – 6x2 + 4x3 = 0 or 4x3 – 12x2 + 6x =0 lim 2 = –∞
x→–3+ x – 9
2x3 – 6x2 + 3x =0 8
lim 2 = –∞
x(2x2 – 6x + 3) =0 x→–3– x – 9
x = 0 or 2x2 – 6x + 3 8
=0 lim 2 = +∞
x→–3+ x – 9
3 + 3 3 – 3
or x = or x = . Vertical asymptotes at x = 3 and x = –3:
2 2
8 8
The points of inflection are (0, 0), lim 2 = 0 and lim 2 = 0.
x→∞ x – 9 x→∞ x – 9
3 + 3 (3 + 3)3 (3 3)

– +
Horizontal asymptote at y = 0:
, e ,
2 8
dy 16x
= –8(x2 – 9)–2(2x) = .
.
dx (x2 – 9)2
3 – 3 (3 – 3) 3 3–3
and , e
2 8 dy –16x
Let = 0, = 0. Therefore, x = 0.
dx (x2 – 92)
f. n = 10pe–p + 2
dn
= 10 e–p – 10 pe–p
8
The local maximum is at 0, – .
9
dp 4x3
b. y =
x2 – 1
d 2n
2 = –10e–p – 10e–p + 10 pe–p Discontinuous at x = ±1.
dp

dn 4x3
For extreme points, let = 0: lim– 2 = –∞
dp x→–1 x –1
10e–p – 10pe–p = 0
p=1
n = 10e–1 + 2.
lim+
x→–1
4x3

2 = +∞
x –1
The extreme point is (1, 10e–1 + 2) 4x3
lim– 2 = –∞
x→–1 x – 1
d 2n
For points of inflection, let 2 = 0:
dp 4x3
lim+ 2 = +∞
x→–1 x – 1
–10e–p – 10e–p + 10pe–p = 0
–20 + 10p = 0 Vertical asymptote is at x = 1 and x = –1.
p=2
n = 20e–2 + 2. 4x3 4x
y=2 = 4x +
The point of inflection is (2, 20e–2 + 2). x –1 x2 – 1
Oblique asymptote is at y = 4x.

dy 12x2(x2 – 1) – 2x(4x3)
=
dx (x2 – 1)2

dy
For extreme values, let = 0. P
dx
12x2(x2 – 1) – 8x4 = 0
4x2(x2 – 3) = 0
x = 0 or x = ±3
Critical points are (0, 0), (3, 63), (–3, –63).
n
10n2 –2 0 2
25. a. p = 2
n + 25
There are no discontinuities. b. y = x ln(3x)
The curve passes through point (0, 0). Note: x > 0 for y to be defined.
Determine extreme values and points of inflection: There is no y-intercept.
dp 20n(n2 + 25) – 2n(10n2) Determine extreme values and points of inflection:
=
dn (n2 + 25)2

dy 3
= ln 3x + x
dx 3x
500n
=
(n2 + 25)2 = ln 3x + 1
2
d y 3 1
d 2p 500(n2 + 25)2 – 2(n2 + 25)(2n)(500n) 2 = = .
2 = dx 3x x
dn (n2 + 25)4
dy
Let = 0, ln 3x = –1
500(25 – 3n2) dx
= .
(n2 + 25)3 3x = e–1
dp 1 1
Let = 0, therefore, 500n = 0 or n = 0 and p = 0. x = and y = –.
dn 3e 3e
d 2y
2 2 ≠ 0, no point of inflection
dp dx
Let 2 = 0
dn
1 d 2y
When x = , 2 > 0, therefore a minimum point
3n2 = 25 3e dx
25
n2 =
3
1 1

occurs at , – or (0.12, –0.12).
3e 3e
5
n = ±
3 y
=˙ ±2.9
p = 2.5 1
Points of inflection are at (2.9, 2.5) and (–2.9, 2.5).
d 2p x
When n = 0, 2 > 0, therefore a minimum point –1 1
dn
occurs at (0, 0).
10
Horizontal asymptote: lim = 10
n→∞ 25
1 + 2
10 = 10. n
and lim
n→∞ 25
1 + 2
n
Horizontal asymptote at y = 10.

3x y
c. y =
x2 – 4
Discontinuity is at x2 – 4 = 0 or x = ±2.
3x
lim = +∞
x→–2+x2 – 4
3x x
lim = –∞ –2 2
x→–2–x2 – 4
3x
lim = +∞
x→–2+x2 – 4
3x
lim = –∞
x→–2–x2 – 4 x2
d. y = 10– 4
Vertical asymptotes are at x = 2 and x = –2. y-intercept, let x = 0, y = 1.
Horizontal asymptote: Determine extreme values and points of inflection:

2
dy x –x
3x = – ln 10 104
lim 2 = 0
dx 2
x→∞ x – 4

d 2y –ln 10 –x –x
2
lim
3x
2 = 0.
2 = 104 + (ln 10)
x→–∞ x – 4 dx 2 2

2
–x –x
Horizontal asymptote at y = 0. = ln 10 104
2
Determine extreme values and points of inflection:

2 2
ln 10 –x x2 –x
dy 3(x2 – 4) – 3x(2x)
= = – 104 + (ln 10)2 104 .
dx (x2 – 4)2 2 4

2
dy –x –x
2
–3x – 12 Let = 0, therefore ln 10 104 = 0 or x = 0.
= dx 2
(x2 – 4)2
d 2y
Let 2 = 0, that is:
d 2y –6x(x2 – 4)2 – 2(x2 – 4)(2x)(–3x2 – 12) dx
2 =
dx (x2 – 4)4

2
ln 10 –x x2
104 –1 + ln 10 = 0
2 4
6x(x4 + 8x2 – 48)
=
(x2 – 4)4 x2
(ln 10) = 1
4
6x(x2 + 12)(x2 – 4) 4
= x2 =
(x2 – 4)4 ln 10
6x(x2 + 4) x = ±1.3
=
(x2 – 4)3 y = 0.38.
dy Points of inflection occur at (1.3, 0.38) and
Let = 0 or –3x2 – 12 = 0 (–1.3, 0.38).
dx
x2 = –4. d 2y
At x = 0, 2 < 0, therefore a maximum point
There are no real values for x. There are no dx
extreme points. occurs at (0, 1).
For points of inflection:
d 2y
2 = 0 or 6x(x2 + 4) = 0
dx
x = 0.
Point of inflection is (0, 0).

y 27.
x
–1 1
Let the radius be r and the height be h in cm.

Minimize the surface area:
26. y 500 mL = 500 cm3
V = πr2h,
x 500 = πr2h
500
h =
y πr2
Let the length be y and the width be x in metres. A = 2πr2 + 2πrh

5x + 2y = 750 500
A = 2πr2 + 2πr
A = xy πr2
But, 2y = 750 – 5x 1000
A(r) = 2πr2 + , 1 ≤ r ≤ 15
r
750 – 5x
y = , 0 ≤ x ≤ 150
2 1000
A'(r) = 4πr –
r2

750 – 5x
A(x) = x
2 Let A'(r) = 0, 4πr3 = 1000:
5x2
= 375x – . 250
r3 =
2 π
A'(x) = 375 – 5x r =˙ 4.3.
Let A'(x) = 0, x = 187.5. A(1) = 1006.3, A(4.3) = 348.7, A(15) = 1480.4
Using the max min algorithm, The minimum amount of material is used when the
A(0) = 0 radius is 4.3 cm and the height is 8.6 cm.
A(187.5) = 14 062.5 m2
A(150) = 0.
The maximum area of the four pens is 14 062.5 m2.

28. Using the max min algorithm:
V(0) = 0
V(46.6) = 101 629.5 cm3
V(70) = 0.
The box of maximum volume has dimensions of 46.7 cm
by 46.7 cm by 46.6 cm.
Let the radius be r and the height h.

30. R(x) = x(50 – x2) = 50x – x3, 0 ≤ x ≤ 50
Minimize the cost: R'(x) = 50 – 3x2
C = 2πr2(0.005) + 2πrh(0.0025) For a maximum value, let R'(x) = 0:
V = πr2h = 4000 3x2 = 50
x =˙ 4.1.
4000
h = Using the max min algorithm:
πr2
R(0) = 0, R(4.1) =˙ 136, R (50) = 0.
C(r) = 2πr2(0.005) + 2πr
4000
πr2
(0.0025) The maximum revenue is $136 when the price
20 is about $4.10.
= 0.01πr2 + , 1 ≤ r ≤ 36
r
20 4000
C'(r) = 0.02πr – . 31. p =
r2 1 + 3e–0.1373t
For a maximum or minimum value, let C'(r) = 0.
a. For the maximum population, determine:
20
0.02πr – =0 4000
r2 lim –0.1373t = 4000.
t→∞ 1 + 3e
20
r3 =
0.02π The maximum population expected is 4000.
r =˙ 6.8 dp
b. = –4000(1 + 3e–0.1373t )–2(3 (–0.1373)e–0.1373t)
Using the max min algorithm: dt
C(1) = 20.03, C(6.8) = 4.39, C(36) = 41.27.
1647.6e–0.1373t
The dimensions for the cheapest box are a radius =
(1 + 3e–0.1373t)2
of 6.8 cm and a height of 27.5 cm.
2
dp 1647.6(–0.1373)(e–0.1373t)(1 + 3e–0.1373t ) – 2(1 + 3e–0.1373t)(–0.4119e–0.1373t)(1647.6e–0.1373t)
2

2 =
–0.1373t 4
29. a. dt (1 + 3e )
2
dp
Let
2 = 0. To find when the rate of change of the growth rate started
dt
h to decrease:
x Let 1647.6e–0.1373t(1 + 3e–0.1373t)[–0.1373 – 0.4119e–0.1373t + 0.8238e–0.1373t] = 0
x or 0.4119e–0.1373t = 0.1373
e–0.1373t = 0.3333
h + 2x = 140
ln 0.3333
h = 140 – 2x t =
–0.1373t
b. V = x2h =˙ 8
= x2(140 – 2x)
= 140x2 – 2x3, 0 ≤ x ≤ 70 The rate of change of the growth rate started to decrease after eight years.
V'(x) = 280x – 6x2
For a maximum or minimum value, let V'(x) = 0:
280x – 6x2 = 0
x(280 – 6x) = 0
280
x = 0 or x =
6
=˙ 46.7.
c. f 34. a. f(x) = 1 + (x + 3)2, –2 ≤ x ≤ 6
f'(x) = 2(x + 3)
For critical values, we solve f'(x) = 0:
2000 2(x + 3) = 0
x = –3, not in the domain.
1000
f(–2) = 1 + 1 = 2
t f(6) = 1 + 81 = 82
10
The minimum value is 2 and the maximum
value is 82.
f(x) = 1 + (x – 3)2, –2 ≤ x ≤ 6
d. Data must be collected for six more years. f'(x) = 2(x – 3)
For critical values we solve f'(x) = 0
32. f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d 2(x – 3) = 0
f'(x) = 3ax2 + 2bx + c x = 3.
f''(x) = 6ax + 2b f(–2) = 1 + 1 = 2
Relative maximum at (1, –7), therefore f'(1) = 0: f(3) = 1 + 0 = 1
3a + 2b + c = 0 (1) f(6) = 1 + 81 = 82
Point of inflection at (2, –11), therefore f ''(2) = 0: The minimum value is 1 and the maximum
12a + 2b = 0 value is 82.
6a + b = 0 (2) 1
b. f(x) = x + , 1 ≤ x ≤ 9
Since (1, –7) is on the curve, then x
a + b + c + d = –7 (3). 1 –3
f'(x) = 1 – x 2
Since (2, –11) is on the curve, then, 2
3
8a + 4b + 2c + d = –1 (4)
2x2 – 1
=
(4) – (3): 7a + 3b + c = –4 (5) 3

2x2
(5) – (1): 4a + b = –4
For critical values, we solve f'(x) = 0
6a + b = –0
or f'(x) does not exist:
–2a = –4 3

a=2 f'(x) = 0 when 2x2 – 1 = 0

3
b = –12. 1 2
x = .
Substitute in (1): 6 – 24 + c = 0 2
c = 18. Since x ≠ 0, there are no values for which f'(x)
Substitute in (3): 2 – 12 + 18 + d = – 7 does not exist. The critical value is not in the
d = –15. domain of f.
3 2
The function is f(x) = 2x – 12x + 18x – 15. 1
f (1) = 1 + = 2
1
33. y 1 1

f (9) = 9 + = 93
3
The minimum value of f is 2 and the maximum
1

value is 93.
x
12

ex
c. f (x) = , 0≤ x≤ 4 36. x2 + xy + y2 = 19
1 + ex
To find the coordinates of the points of contact of
ex(1 + ex) – ex(ex)
f'(x) = the tangents, substitute y = 2 in the equation of the
(1 + ex)2
given curve.
ex
= x2 + 2x – 15 = 0
(1 + ex)2
(x + 5)(x – 3) = 0
Since ex > 0 for all x, there are no critical values. x = –5 or x = 3
1 The points on the curve are (–5, 2) and (3, 2).
f (0) =
1+1 The slope of the tangent line at any point on the
1
= dy
2 curve is given by .
dx
e4 dy
f (4) = 4 =˙ .982 To find , we differentiate implicitly:
1+e dx
1
The minimum value of f is and the maximum dy dy
2 2x + (1)y + x + 2y = 0.
value is .982 dx dx
d. f (x) = x + ln (x), 1 ≤ x ≤ 5 dy dy
At (3, 2), 6 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 0
1 dx dx
f'(x) = 1 +
x dy 8
x+1 = –.
= dx 7
x
The equation of the tangent line to the curve at (3, 2) is
Since 1 ≤ x ≤ 5, there are no critical values.
8
f(1) = 1 + 0 = 1 y – 2 = –(x – 3) or 8x + 7y – 38 = 0.
7
f(5) = 5 + ln 5 =˙ 6.609
dy dy
The minimum value of f is 1 and the maximum At (–5, 2), –10 + 2 – 5 + 4 = 0
dx dx
value is 5 + ln5.
dy
= –8.
35. Let the number of $30 price reductions be n. dx
The resulting number of tourists will be 80 + n The equation of the tangent line to the curve at (–5, 2)
where 0 ≤ n ≤ 70. The price per tourist will be is y – 2 = –8(x + 5) or 8x + y + 38 = 0.
5000 – 30n dollars. The revenue to the travel agency
4
will be (5000 – 30n)(80 + n) dollars. The cost to the 37. y =
x2 – 4
agency will be 250 000 + 300(80 + n) dollars.
There are discontinuities at x = –2 and at x = 2.
Profit = Revenue – Cost

P(n) = (5000 – 30n)(80 + n) – 250 000 – 300(80 + n), 4
lim =∞
0 ≤ n ≤ 70 x2 – 4
x→–2–
x = –2 is a vertical asymptote.
lim = –∞
P'(n) = –30(80 + n) + (5000 – 30n)(1) – 300 4
2
= 2300 – 60n x→–2+x –4
1

P'(n) = 0 when n = 383

Since n must be an integer, we now evaluate P(n) for 4
lim 2 = –∞
n = 0, 38, 39, and 70. (Since P(n) is a quadratic function x→2 – x –4
1

x = 2 is a vertical asymptote.
lim = ∞
whose graph opens downward with vertex at 38 , we 3 4
2
know P(38) > P(39).) x→2+ x –4
P(0) = 126 000
P(38) = (3860)(118) – 250 000 – 300(118) = 170 080
P(39) = (3830)(119) – 250 000 – 300(119) = 170 070
lim
x→∞
4

= 0 = lim
x2 – 4 x→–∞
4

x2 – 4
P(70) = (2900)(150) – 250 000 – 300(150) = 140 000 Thus, y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote.
The price per person should be lowered by $1140
(38 decrements of $30) to realize a maximum profit
of $170 080.
dy –8x
= 4(–1)(x2 – 4)–2(2x) = 39. f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d
dx (x2 – 4)2
f'(x) = 3ax2 + 2bx + c
The only critical value is x = 0 (since x = ±2). Since the points (–2, 3) and (1, 0) are on the curve, we have
–8a + 4b – 2c + d = 3 (1)
Interval x < –2 –2 < x < 0 0 0<x<2 x>0 and a + b + c + d = 0. (2)
dy Since x = –2 and x = 1 are critical values and f(x) is a
>0 >0 =0 <0 <0
dx
Graph Local polynomial function, we have f'(–2) = 0 = f'. (1)
Increasing Increasing Decreasing Decreasing Thus, 12a – 4b + c = 0 (3)
of y Max
and 3a + 2b + c = 0 (4)
There is a local maximum at (0, –1). Solving the system of equations yields:
y from (1) + (2): –9a + 3b – 3c = 3
– 3a + b – c = 1 (5)
(5) + (4): 3b = 1
1
b = .
3
x
–2 –1 1 2
–1 (3) – (4): 9a – 6b = 0
9a = 2
2
a =
9
2 2 4
From (4): c = –3a – 2b = – – = –
3 3 3
38.
2 1 4
9 3 3 7

From (2): d = –(a + b + c) = – + – =
9
5w
2 1 4 7
Thus, (a, b, c, d) = , , –, .
9 3 3 9
h
w 40. a. y = x3 + 2x2 + 5x + 2, x = –1
dy
= 3x2 + 4x + 5
dh dw dx
We are given that = –2 m/week and = –3 m/week.
dt dt The slope of the tangent line at (–1, –2) is 4.
The volume of the portion of the iceberg above the water
1
is v = 5w2h. Thus, the slope of the normal line at (–1, –2) is –.
4
We differentiate the volume expression with respect to t: 1
The equation of the normal is y + 2 = –(x + 1)
4
dv dw dh or x + 4y + 9 = 0.
= 10 w h + 5w2 .
dt dt dt 1 1

2 b. y = x2 + x2, at (4, 2.5)
= –30wh – 10w
dy 1 –1 1 –3 x – 1
When h = 60 and w = 300, + x 2 – x 2 =
dx 2 2 3
2x2
dv 3
= –30(300)(60) – 10(300)2 The slope of the tangent line at (4, 2.5) is .
dt 16
= –1 440 000. 16
Thus, the slope of the normal line at (4, 2.5) is –.
The volume of the portion of the iceberg above water is 3
decreasing at the rate of 1 440 000 m3/week. The equation of the normal line is
5 16
y – = –(x – 4) or 32x + 6y – 143 = 0.
2 3

Appendix A
Exercise c. sin4x – cos4x = 1 – 2cos2 x
2 x L.S. = sin4x – cos4x

4. b. cos θ = – = and θ is an angle in the third
3 r = (sin2x + cos2x)(sin2x – cos2x)
quadrant.
= (1)(1 – cos2x – cos2x)
Since x2 + y2 = r2, 4 + y2 = 9
= 1 – 2cos2 x
y = –5. Therefore, sin4x – cos4x = 1 – 2cos2x.
5 5
Hence, sin θ = – and tan θ = . 1 tan x
3 2 d. = sec2x –
1 + sin x cos x
tan x
y R.S. = sec2x –
c. tan θ = –2 = and θ is an angle in the fourth cos x
x
quadrant.
sin x

cos
Since x2 + y2 = r2, 1 + 4 = r2
1 x
r = 5. = –
cos2x cos x
2 1
Hence, sin θ = – and cos θ = .
5 5 1 – sin x
=
cos2x
7. a. tan x + cot x = sec x csc x
L.S. = tan x + cot x
1 – sin x
=
sin x cos x 1 – sin2x
= +
cos x sin x
1 – sin x
sin2x + cos2x =
= (1 – sin x)(1 + sin x)
cos x + sin x
1
=
cos x + sin x 1
=
1 + sin x
R.S. = sec x csc x
=
1
cos x
1

1
sin x
1
1 + sin x
tan x
Therefore, = sec2x – .
cos x
= 8. a. 6 sin x – 3 = 1 – 2 sin x
cos x sin x
8 sin x = 4
Therefore, tan x + cot x = sec s csc x.
1
sin x =
sin x 2
b. tan x + sec x
1 – sin x
π 5π
sin x x = , .
L.S. = 6 6
1 – sin2x
x b. cos2x – cos x = 0
= sin
cox2x cos x (cos x – 1) = 0
R.S. = tan x sec x cos x = 0 or cos x = 1
sin x
=
cos x
1
cos x
π 3π
x = ,
2 2
or x = 0, 2π
sin x
=
cos2x
sin x
Therefore, = tan x sec x.
1 – sin2x
Appendix A 259
c. 2 sin x cos x = 0 4. sin(A – B) = sin A cos B – cos A sin B
sin 2x = 0 where 0 ≤ 2x ≤ 4π sin(A – B) = sin(A + (–B))
2x = 0, π, 2π, 3π, 4π = sin A cos(–B) + cos A sin(–B)
π 3π = sin A cos B – cos A sin B
x = 0, , π, , 2π
2 2
d. 2 sin2x – sin x – 1 = 0 5. a. cos 2A = cos2A – sin2A
(2 sin x + 1)(sin x – 1) = 0 cos 2A = cos(A + A)
= cos A cos A – sin A sin A
1
sin x = – or sin x = 1 = cos2A – sin2A
2
7π 11π π b. cos 2A = 2 cos2A – 1

x = , or x = cos 2A = cos2A – sin2A
6 6 2
= cos2A – (1 – cos2A)
e. sin x + 3 cos x = 0 = 2cos2A – 1
sin x = –3 cos x
c. cos 2A = cos2A – sin2A = 1 – sin2A – sin2A
tan x = –3
= 1 – 2sin2A
2π 5π
x = ,
3 3 7. a. cos 75° = cos (45° + 30°)
f. 2
2 sin x – 3 cos x = 0 = cos 45° cos 30° – sin 45° sin 30°
2(1 – cos2x) – 3 cos x = 0
2 – 3 cos x – 2 cos2x = 0
(2 + cos x)(1 – 2 cos x) = 0
1
=
2 3
–1
2 2 1

2
3 – 1
1 =
cos x = –2 or cos x = 22
2
π 5π
no solutions or x = , c. cos 105° = cos(60° + 45°)
3 3
= cos 60° cos 45° – sin 60° sin 45°

Exercise A1 1 3
= 1 – 1
2 2 2 2
3. a. sin(W + T) = sin W cos T + cos W sin T

1 –3
3
=
12 4
+
5
=
5 13 5 13 22
π
π π
36 + 20
= 8. a. sin + x = sin cos x + cos sin x
65 3 3 3
56
= 3 1
65 = cos x + sin x
2 2
b. cos(W – T) < sin (W + T)
3π
4 3π
4
3π
b. cos x + = cos x cos – sin x sin
4
cos(W – T) = cos W cos T + sin W sin T

1 1
4
=
12 3
+
5
= – cos x – sin x
5 13 5 13 2 2
48 + 15
=
65
63
=
65
260 Appendix A
x 1 π
9. Since cos A = = and 0 < A < , we have a. sin 2A = 2sin A cos A
r 3 2
12 + 12 + x2 = 0, so x = 8 = 22.
1 y π
1
= 2 –

10 –130
Since sin B = = and < B < π, we have
4 r 2 3
=
5
.
x2 + 12 = 16, so x = –15
b. cos 2A = 2cos2 A – 1
a. cos(A + B) = cos A cos B – sin A sin B
–15
22

3 2
1
= – 1
= 2 – – 1
3 4 3 4 10

–
15 – 22 4
=
= 5
12
Since 2π < 2A < 3π and both sin 2A and cos 2A
b. sin(A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
are positive, angle 2A must be in the first quadrant.
22
=
3
15 1
– +
4 3 1

4 11. a. cos4A – sin4A = cos 2A
L.S. = cos4 A – sin4 A
–2
30 + 1
= = (cos2 A – sin2 A)(cos2 A + sin2 A)
12
= cos2 A – sin2 A
c. cos 2A = 2cos2 A – 1 = cos 2A
= R.S.

1 2
= 2 – 1
3
The identity is true.
b. 1 + sin2α = (sin α + cos α)2

7
= – R.S. = (sin α + cos α)2
9
= sin2 α + 2sin α cos α + cos2 α
d. sin 2B = 2sin B cos B = 1 + sin 2α
= L.S.
–415
1
= 2
4 The identity is true.
–
=
8
15 c. sin(A + B)

sin(A – B) = sin2A – sin2B
L.S. = sin(A + B) sin(A – B)
= (sin A cos B + cos A sin B)(sin A cos B – cos A sin B)
y 1 3π
10. Since tan A = = and π < A < , we have = sin2 A cos2 B – cos2 A sin2 B
x 3 2
= sin2 A(1 – sin2 B) – (1 – sin2 A)sin2 B
1 + 1 + 3 = r , so r =
2 2 2 2
10, x = –3, and y = –1.
= sin2 A – sin2 A sin2 B – sin2 B + sin2 A sin2 B
y = sin2 A – sin2 B
= R.S.
A
x
0

P(–3, –1)
Appendix A 261
cos W – sin2W θ sinθ
d. = cot W f. tan =
cos2W + sinW – 1 2 1 + cosθ
sin θ
cos W – sin 2W R.S. =
L.S. = 1 + cos θ
cos 2W + sin W – 1
cos W – 2sin W cos W

=
sin 2 θ

2
= ______________

1 – 2sin2 W + sin W – 1
θ
1 + cos 2
cos W(1 – 2sin W) 2
=
sin W(1 – 2sin W) θ θ
= cot W 2 sin cos
2 2
=
= R.S. 2 θ
1 + 2cos – 1
The identity is true. 2
θ
sin2 θ sin
e. = 2csc2θ – tanθ =
2
1 – cos 2θ θ
cos
2
sin 2θ θ
L.S. = = tan
1 – cos 2θ 2
= L.S.
2sin θ cos θ
= The identity is true.
1 –(1 – 2sin2 θ)
cos θ 12. f(x) = sin 3x csc x – cos 3x sec x

=
sin θ Using the identities proven in question 12,
f(x) = sin 3x csc x – cos 3x sec x

R.S. = 2 csc 2θ – tan θ 1 1
= (3sin x – 4sin3x) – (4cos3x – 3cos x)
sin x cos x
2 sin θ
= – = 3 – 4 sin2x – 4cos2x + 3
sin 2θ cos θ
= 6 – 4(sin2x + cos2x)
2 sin2 θ = 2.
= –
2sin θ cos θ sin θ cos θ
1 + sin θ – cos θ θ
1 – sin2 θ 13. a. = tan
= 1 + sin θ + cos θ 2
sin θ cos θ
1 + sin θ – cos θ
cos2 θ L.S. =
= 1 + sin θ + cos θ
sin θ cos θ
θ θ θ
cos θ 1 + 2sin cos – (1 – 2sin2 θ )
= 2 2 2
sin θ = θ θ 2 θ
1 + 2sin cos + 2cos – 1
2 2 2
θ θ θ
2sin (cos + sin )
2 2 2
= θ θ θ
2cos (sin + cos )
2 2 2
θ
= tan
2
= R.S.
262 Appendix A
cos2W cot W – 1
b. = sin2 2β – 4sin 2β – 4 = 0, 0 ≤ 2β ≤ 4π
1 + sin2W cot W + 1
4 ± 42
cot W – 1 sin 2β =
R.S. = 2
cot W + 1
= 2 + 22, 2 – 22 (inadmissible)
cos W
– 1 sin 2 β = – 0.8284271247.
sin W
=
cos W Thus, possible values for 2β are 236°, 304°, 596°,
+ 1
sin W and 664°. Possible values for β are 118°, 152°, 298°, and

332°. Upon verification, the solutions are 152° and 298°.
cos W – sin W cos W + sin W
=
cos W + sin W cos W + sin W
15. b2 sin 2C + c2sin 2B = 2bc sinA
cos2W – sin2W In ∆ABD,BD = c cos B

=
cos W + 2sin W cos W + sin2W
2
and AD = c sin B.
In ∆ADC, DC = b cos C
cos 2W and AD = b sin C.
=
1 + sin 2W
The area of ∆ABC is
= L.S. 1
A = BCAD
The identity is true. 2
1
c. sin 3θ = 3sinθ – 4sin3θ = [C cos B + b cos C]AD
2
sin 3θ = sin(2θ + θ) 1
= c cos B
2 1
AD + b cos C
2
AD

= sin 2θ cos θ + cos 2θ sin θ 1 1
= c cos B c sin B + b cos C b sin C
= 2sin θ cos2θ + (1 – 2sin2θ)sin θ 2 2
1 1
= 2sin θ(1 – sin2θ) + sin θ – 2sin3θ = C 2 sin B cos B + b2 sin C cos C
2 2
= 3sin θ – 4sin3 θ 1 1
= C 2 sin 2B + b2 sin 2C
4 4
But, the area of ∆ABC is also
d. cos 3θ = 4cos3θ – 3cosθ
1
cos 3θ = cos(2θ + θ) A = bc sin A
2
= cos 2θ cos θ – sin 2θ cos θ 1 1 1
Thus, b2 sin 2C + C 2 sin 2B = bc sin A
4 4 2
= (2cos2θ – 1)cos θ – 2sin2θ cos θ
and b2 sin 2C + C 2 sin 2B = 2bc sin A.
= 2cos θ – cos θ – 2(1 – cos θ)cos θ
3 2
A
= 4cos3θ – 3cos θ
c b
14. sin β + cos β = sin β cos β
1

2
Thus, (sin β + cos β)2 = sin 2β
2 C
B
c cos B D b cos c
1
sin2β + 2sin β cos β + cos2β = sin2 2β
4
1
1 + sin 2β = sin2 2β
4
Appendix A 263
tan A – tan B
16. a. tan (A – B) = 18. In any ∆ABC:
1 + tan A tan B
A+B+C=π
sin(A – B) C = π – (A + B)
tan(A – B) =
cos(A – B)
sin A cos B – cos A sin B
=
C
2 π A+B
sin = sin –
2 2
cos A cos B + sin A sin B
A+B
= cos . (1)
sin A sin B 2
–
cos A cos B
=
sin A sin B
1 +
C
2
A–B
2sin sin
2
cos A cos B In
sin B
tan A – tan B
= Substitute (1) above to obtain:
1 + tan A tan B
c. tan 2A = tan(A + A)
A+B
2cos sin
.
2
A–B
2
tan A + tan A sin B
=
1 – tan A tan A
Using the identity in 17.b., this becomes
2 tan A
= sin A – sin B
1 – tan2A
sin B
sin 2A
Or, tan 2A = sin A
cos 2A = – 1.
sin B
2 sin A cos A
= a b a sin A
cos2A – sin2A But = or = .
sin A sin B b sin B
2 tan A
= .
1 – tan2 A c
Then 2sin sin
2 2
A–B

17. sin(A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B (1) a
= – 1
sin(A – B) = sin A cos B – cos A sin B (2) b
Let A + B = x and A – B = y. a–b
= .
b
x+y x–y
Thus, A = and B = .
2 2
Exercise A2
a. Adding (1) and (2) gives

x+y x–y 1. l. y = 2x3 sin x – 3x cos x
sin x + sin y = 2 sin cos .
2 2 dy
= 6x2 sin x + 2x3 cos x – 3 cos x + 3x sin x
b. Subtracting (2) from (1) gives dx

x+y x–y = (6x2 + 3x) sin x + (2x3 – 3) cos x
sin x – sin y = 2 cos sin .
2 2
cos2x
n. y =
x
dy (–2 sin 2x)(x) – (cos 2x)(1)
=
dx x2
–2x sin 2x – cos 2x

=
x2
y = cos (sin 3x)
264 Appendix A
π 3

o. y = cos(sin 2x)
At , – , the slope of the tangent line is
dy 4 2
= (–sin(sin 2x))(2 cos 2x)
dx

5π
= –2 cos 2x sin(sin 2x)
–2sin = –1.
6
2 3
q. y = tan (x )
An equation of the tangent line is
dy
= 2 tan(x3)(sec2x3)(3x2)
3
dx
= 6x2 sec2x3 tan x3 π
y + = – x – .
2 4

dy
3. b. (cos (x + y)) 1 + = 0
r. y = ex (cos x + sin x) dx
dy
dy = –1
= ex(cos x + sin x) + ex(–sin x + cos x) dx
dx

= 2ex cos x dy
c. 2 sec2 2x = (–sin 3y) 3
dx
π
2. b. f(x) = tan x, x =
4 dy 2 sec2 2x
= –
dx 3 sin 3y
π

The point of contact is , 1 .
2

dy dy
d. = (–sin(xy)) y + x
The slope of the tangent at any point is f'(x) = sec2x. dx dx

π π
At , 1 the slope of the tangent line is sec2 = 2.
4 4
dy
(1 + x sin(xy)) = –y sin(xy)
dx
π
An equation of the tangent line is y – 1 = 2 x – .
4 dy
= –
dx
y sin(xy)
1 + x sin(xy)
π

d. f(x) = sin 2x, cos x, x = dy dy
2 e. sin y + x cos y + (sin(x + y)) 1 + = 0
dx dx
dy
π

The point of contact is , 0 . The slope of the
2
(x cos y + sin(x + y)) = –sin y – sin(x + y)
dx
tangent line at any point is f '(x) = 2 cos 2x – sin x. dy sin y + sin(x + y)

= –
dx x cos y + sin(x + y)

π
At , 0 , the slope of the tangent line is
2 d
π 4. cos x = –sin x
2 cosπ – sin = –3. dx
2
π
An equation of the tangent line is y = –3 x – .
2 Consider f(x) = cos x.
cos(x + h) – cos x
Thus, f '(x) = lim
h→0 h
π
π
e. f(x) = cos 2x + , x =
3 4 cos x cos h – sin x sin h – cos x
= lim
h→0 h
π 3
4 2
The point of contact is , – . The slope of the cos x(cos h – 1) – sin x sin h
= lim
h→0 h
π
tangent line at any point is f '(x) = –2sin 2x + .
3 cos h – 1 sin h
= cos x lim – sin x lim
h h

h→0

h→0
= cos x 0 – sin x 1
= –sin x
Appendix A 265
d d 1 π 5π
5. csc x = x 0 2π
dx dx sin x 4 4
d
= (sin x)–1 f(x) 1 2 –2 1
dx
y
= –(sin x)–2 cos x
2
cos x 1
= –
sin2 x x
0 π 2π
= – csc x cot x
– 2
d d 1
sec x = π
dx dx cos x The maximum value is 2 when x = and the
4
d 5π
= (cos x)–1 minimum value is –2 when x = .
dx 4
b. y = x + 2cos x, –π ≤ x ≤ π
= –(cos x)–2(–sin x)
We use the Algorithm for Extreme Values.
sin x
= f '(x) = 1 – 2 sin x
cos2x
Solving f '(x) = 0 yields:
= sec x tan x 1 – 2 sin x = 0
1
d d cos x sin x =
cot x = 2
dx dx sin x
π 5π
x = , .
(–sin x)(sin x) – (cos x)(cos x) 6 6
=
sin2 x
sin2x + cos2x π 5π
=– x –π π
sin2x 6 6
1 f(x) –5.14 2.26 0.89 1.14
= – = –csc2x
sin2x
π 5π
f(x) –π–2 +3 –3 π–2
sin x π cos x – 1 6 6
6. a. If x is in degrees, lim = and lim = 0.
x→0 x 180 x→0 x
y
b. If x is in degrees,
d π d π
sin x = cos x and cos x = – sin x.
dx 180 dx 180
x
–π π
Exercise A3
3. a. y = cos x + sin x, ≤ x ≤ 2π –π, –2
We use the Algorithm for Extreme Values.
f '(x) = –sin x + cos x π π
The maximum value is + 3 2.26, when x =
Solving f '(x) = 0 yields: 6 6
–sin x + cos x =0 and the minimum value is –π – 2 –5.14 when x = –π.
sin x = cos x
tan x =1
π 5π
x = , .
4 4
266 Appendix A
ds π π
4. The velocity of the object at any time t is v = . Since 0 ≤ θ ≤ , we discard the second case and θ = .
dt 2 3
Thus, v = 8(cos(10πt))(10π) π π
θ 0
= 80π cos(10πt). 3 2
dv d 2s
The acceleration at any time t is a = = . 33
dt dt 2 A(θ) 0 1
4
2
Hence, a = 80π (–sin(10πt))(10π) = –800π sin(10πt).
33
d 2s Since > 1, A(θ) attains its maximum when
Now, 2 + 100π 2s = –800π2 sin(10πt) + 100π2(8sin(10πt)) = 0. 4
dt
π π
θ = . Thus, a bending angle of radians will
5. π ds
π
Since s = 5 cos 2t + , v = = 5 –sin 2t +
4 dt 4 3 3
maximize the cross-sectional area of the channel.
π

= –10 sin 2t + ,
4 7. Let l be the length of the ladder, θ be the angle between
the foot of the ladder and the ground, and x
dv
π
and a = = –10 cos 2t +
dt 4 be the distance of the foot of the ladder from the fence,
as shown.
π
4
= –20 cos 2t + . x+1
l
1.5
Thus, = cos θ and = tan θ
x
The maximum values of the displacement, velocity, 1.5
x + 1 = l cos θ where x = .
and acceleration are 5, 10, and 20, respectively. tan θ
6. Let A(θ) be the cross-sectional area when the

bending angle is θ radians. We restrict θ to the
l
π
interval 0 ≤ θ ≤ , because bending past the wall
2 1.5
vertical will reduce the area. Since the channel is symmetrical,
A(θ) = Area(rectangle ABCD + 2 ∆ADE) θ

x 1
= ABAD + DEAD
1.5
Replacing x, + 1 = l cos θ
C D E tan θ
θ
1.5 1 π
1 l= + , 0 < θ <
1 sin θ cos θ 2
θ θ
1.5 cos θ sin θ
d = –
B 1 A l
+
dθ
2
sin θ
2
cos θ
From ∆ADE, AD = sin θ and DE = cos θ.
–1.5cos3θ + sin3θ
= .
π sin2θ cos2θ
Thus, A(θ) = (1)(sin θ). + (cos θ)(sin θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤ .
4
dl
To find the maximum value of A(θ), we apply the Algorithm for Solving = 0 yields:
Extreme Values: dθ
A'(θ) = cos θ – sin2 θ + cos2 θ sin3θ – 1.5 cos3θ = 0

Solving A'(θ) = 0 yields: tan3θ = 1.5
cos2θ – sin2θ + cos θ = 0

tan θ = 1.5
3
2cos2θ + cos θ – 1 = 0 θ 0.46365.

(2cos θ – 1)(cos θ + 1) = 0
1
cos θ = or cos θ = –1.
2
Appendix A 267
The length of the ladder corresponding to this value 9. Let 0 be the centre of the circle with line segments
π – drawn and labelled, as shown.
of θ is l 4.5 m. As θ → 0+ and , l increases
2
A
without bound. Therefore, the shortest ladder that
goes over the fence and reaches the wall has a θθ
length of 4.5 m. R
8. Let P, the point on the shoreline where the light 0

beam hits, be x km from A at any time t, and θ be
x 20 R
the angle between the light beam and the line from
the lighthouse perpendicular to the shore. D
C y B
In ∆OCB, ∠COB = 2θ.

θ
1 y x
Thus, = sin 2θ and = cos 2θ,
R R
P x shoreline A so y = R sin 2θ and x = R cos 2θ.

The area A of ∆ABD is
1
A = DBAC
The relationship between x and θ is 2
= y(R + x)
x
tan θ = = x. = R sin 2θ (R + R cos 2θ)
1
We differentiate implicitly with respect to t: = R2(sin 2θ + sin 2θ cos 2θ), where 0 < 2θ < π
dA
dθ dx = R2 (2cos 2θ + 2cos 2θ cos 2θ + sin 2θ(–2 sin 2θ)).
sec2θ = . dθ
dt dt
dA
We solve = 0:
dθ 1 π dθ
We know = (2π) = radians/min,
dt 6 3 2cos2 2θ – 2sin2 2θ + 2cos 2θ = 0
dx π 2cos2 2θ + cos 2θ – 1 = 0
so = sec2θ.
dt 3 (2cos 2θ – 1)(cos 2θ + 1) = 0
L
1
θ cos 2θ = or cos 2θ = –1
2
10 1 π
2θ = or 10 = π,
3
2θ = π (not in domain).
P 3 A
As 2θ → 0, A → 0 and as 2θ → π, A → 0. The
dx 10π
and dt = 3.
When x = 3, sec θ = 10 33
maximum area of the triangle is R2
4
When the runner is illuminated by the beam of light, π π
when 2θ = , i.e., θ = .
10π 3 6
the spot is moving along the shore at km/min.
3
268 Appendix A
10. Let the distance the man is from the street light at any 11. The longest pole that can fit around the corner is
time be x m, and the angle of elevation of the man’s determined by the minimum value of x + y. Thus,
line of sight to the light be θ radians, as shown. we need to find the minimum value of l = x + y.
0.8 y
4
θ 6 θ
x
2
x θ
1
4
The relationship between x and θ is tan θ = .
x
We differentiate implicitly with respect to t:
sec2θ
dθ
dt
4
= –2
x dx
.
dt 0.8 1
From the diagram, = sin θ and = cos θ.
y x
Since the man is approaching the light, x is decreasing,
dx 1 0.8 π
so = –2. Thus, l = + , 0 ≤ θ ≤ :
dt cos θ sin θ 2

dθ 8 8 cos2θ
Thus, = 2 = . l 1 sin θ 0.8 cos θ
dt sec2θ x x2 d = –
3 dθ cos θ
2 2
sin θ
When x = 3, cos θ =
5
dθ
dt
8
9
9

25
and = = 0.32.
0.8 sin3θ – cos3θ
= .
cos2θ sin2θ
dl
Solving = 0 yields:
dθ
5 0.8 sin3θ – cos3θ = 0

4
tan3θ = 1.25

tan θ = 1.25
3
θ
3 tan θ 1.077
When the man is 3 m from the street light, the angle θ 0.822.
of elevation of his line of sight to the light is 0.8 1
Now, l = + 2.5.
increasing at the rate of 0.32 radians/s. cos(0.822) sin(0.822)
When θ = 0, the longest possible pole would have a
π
length of 0.8 m. When θ = , the longest possible pole
2
would have a length of 1 m. Therefore, the longest pole
that can be carried horizontally around the corner is one
of length 2.5 m.
Appendix A 269
12. We want to find the value of x that maximizes θ. 6 3
Let ∠ADC = α and ∠BDC = β.
Thus, θ = α – β:
α 3 3
tan θ = tan(α – β)

tan α – tan β θ
= .
1 + tan α tan β
Thus, θ = α – β:
π π π
= – =
3 6 6
1
tan β =
3
π
β =
6
9
tan α = = 3
9 3 33
From the diagram, tan α = and tan β = . π
x x α = .
9 3 3
– π
x x As x → 0, both α and β approach and θ → 0.
Hence, tan θ = 2
27
1 + As x → ∞, both α and β approach 0 and θ → 0.
x2
Thus, the maximum viewing angle for Paul Kariya
9x – 3x
=
x2 + 27 π
is or 30°.
6
6x
= .
x2 + 27
We differentiate implicitly with respect to x:
dθ 6(x2 + 27) – 6x(2x)

sec2θ =
dx (x2 + 27)2
dθ 162 – 6x2
=
dx sec2θ(x2 + 27)2
dθ
Solving = 0 yields:
dx
162 – 6x2 = 0
x2 = 27
x = 33.
270 Appendix A
Appendix B
Exercise B1 f. The general antiderivative of f(x) = cosx sin4x is
1
F(x) = (sin x)5 + C.
2. a. The general antiderivative of f(x) = 12x2 – 24x + 1 5
1

1
is F(x) = 12 x3 – 24 x2 + x + C
3 2
Since F(0) = –1, we have:
1
F(0) = (sin 0)5 + C
= 4x3 – 12x2 + x + C. 5
Since F(1) = –2, we have: = C = –1.
F(1) = 4 – 12 + 1 + C = –2.
The specific antiderivative is F(x) = sin5x – 1.
Thus, –7 + C = –2
C = 5. 3. We wish to determine a function P(t) that gives the
The specific antiderivative is F(x) = 4x3 – 12x2 + x + 5. population at any time t. We are given that the rate of
1

b. The general antiderivative of f(x) = 3x – sin x is change of the population is 3 + 4t3.
1

2 3
F(x) = 3 x2 + cos x + C
3
Using P'(t) = 3 + 4t3, we can determine P(t), the
general antiderivative:
3

= 2x2 + cos x + C.
Since F(0) = 0, we have:
3 4
P(t) = 3t + 4 t3 + C
4
4
F(0) = 0 + 1 + C = 0.
= 3t + 3t3 + C.
Thus, C = –1 and the specific antiderivative is In order to determine the specific population function,
3

F(x) = 2x2 + cos x – 1. we use the fact that the current population is 10 000,
1 i.e., P(0) = 10 000:
d. The general antiderivative of f(x) = e3x – is
2x P(0) = 10 000
1 1
F(x) = e3x – ln x + C. 0 + 0 + C = 10 000
3 2
C = 10 000.
Since F(1) = e3, we have:
Thus, the population at any time t is given by
1 1
F(1) = e3 – ln 1 + C 4

3 2 P(t) = 3t + 3t3 + 10 000. Six months from now
1 3 the population will be
= e – 0 + C = e3.
3 4

2 P(6) = 3(6) + 3(6)3 + 10 000

Thus, C = e3 and the specific antiderivative is = 10 081.
3
1 3x 1 2
F(x) = e – ln x + e3.
3 2 3 4. We first need to determine a function V(t) that gives
x2
e. The general antiderivative of f (x) = 3 is the volume of water in the tank at any time t. Since

x +1 the water is leaking from the tank at the rate of
1 3

1

F(x) = (2) (x + 1) + C.
2
t t
3 L/min, we have V' (t) = .
50 50
2 1

= (x3 + 1)2 + C 1 1
3 Thus, V(t) = – t2 + C
50 2
Since F(0) = 4, we have: 1
= –t2 + C.
2 1
100
F(0) = (0 + 1)2 + C
3 Since V = 400 L at time t = 0, C = 400.
2
= + C = 4. The volume of water in the tank at any time t is
3 1
10 V(t) = –t2 + 400.
Thus, C = and the specific antiderivative is 100
3
2 3 10
F(x) = x + 1 + .
3 3
Appendix B 271
To determine when the tank will be empty, we solve 6. Let the height of the tree at any time t be h(t).
V(t) = 0: We are given that:
1 20
– t2 + 400 = 0 h'(t) = m/year.
100 t + 30
t2 = 40 000 Thus, h(t) = 20 ln(t + 30) + C.
t = 200, t ≥ 0. Since h = 3 when t = 0:
The tank will be empty 200 min or 3 h 20 min from 3 = 20 ln(30) + C
the time at which there were 400 L of water in it. C = 3 – 20 ln(30).
Ten years later, the height of the tree will be
5. Let the measure of the inner radius of a water pipe h(10) = 20 ln(40) + 3 – 20 ln(30)

at any time t be r(t). We are given that 40
= 20 ln + 3
r'(t) = –0.02e–0.002t cm/year. 30
8.75 m.
1

a. Thus, r(t) = –0.02 e–0.002t + C
–0.002
= 10 e–0.002t + C. Exercise B2
Since r = 1 when t = 0:
1
1 = 10 e° + C 1. b. We are given v(t) = s'(t) = 3et – .
t+1
= 10 + C
Thus, s(t) = 3et – ln(t + 1) + C.
C = –9.
Since s(0) = 2:
The inner radius of a pipe at any time t is
3e° – ln(1) + C = 2
r(t) = 10e–0.002t – 9.
3–0+C=2
b. When t = 3 years, C = –1.
r(3) = 10 e(–0.002)(3) – 9 Thus, s(t) = 3et – ln(t + 1) – 1.
= 0.94
c. We are given v(t) = s'(t) = 2[1 – (t + 1)–2].
After three years, the inner radius of a pipe will
Hence, s(t) = 2[t – (–(t + 1)–1)] + C
be 0.94 cm.
c. The pipe will be completely blocked when r = 0. 1

= 2 t + + C.
t+1
To determine when this occurs, we solve r(t) = 0: Since s(0) = 0:
10 e–0.002t – 9 = 0
1

s 0 + + C = 0
1
9
e–0.002t
= 2+C=0
10
C = –2
–0.002t = ln(0.9), by definition
ln(0.9)
t =
1

and s(t) = 2 t + – 2.
t+1
–0.002
d. We are given v(t) = s'(t) = 3 cos(πt)
= 52.68.
The pipe will be completely blocked in
1

Thus, s(t) = 3 sin(πt) + C
π
approximately 52.7 years from the time when 3
= sin(πt) + C.
its inner radius is 1 cm. π
Since s(0) = –1:
3
sin(0) + C = –1
π
C = –1
3
and s(t) = sin(πt) – 1.
π
272 Appendix B
2. a. We are given a(t) = v'(t) = –2. Since s(0) = 0:
Thus, v(t) = –2t + C1. 5

4(1)2 – 0 + C2 = 0
Since v(0) = 10:
C2 = –4
0 + C1 = 10.
5

Hence, v(t) = s'(t) = –2t + 10 and s(t) = 4(t + 1)2 – 10t – 4.
and s(t) = –t2 + 10t + C2.
c. We are given that a(t) = v'(t) = cos(t) + sin(t).
Since s(0) = 0, 0 + 0 + C2 = 0.
Thus, v(t) = sin(t) – cos(t) + C1.
The velocity and position functions are
Since v(0) = 3:
v(t) = –2t + 10 and s(t) = –t2 + 10t.
sin(0) – cos(0) + C1 = 3
1

b. We are given that a(t) = v'(t) = (3t + 1)2. 0 – 1 + C1 = 3

2 1
3 C1 = 4.
Thus, v(t) = (3t + 1)2 + C1
3 3 Hence, v(t) = s'(t) = sin(t) – cos(t) + 4
2 3
and s(t) = –cos(t) – sin(t) + 4t + C2 .
= (3t + 1)2 + C1.
9 Since s(0) = 0:
Since v(0) = 0: –cos(0) – sin(0) + 4(0) + C2 = 0
2 3
(1)2 + C1 = 0 –1 + C2 = 0
9
2 C2 = 1
+ C1 = 0
9
2 and s(t) = –cos(t) – sin(t) + 4t + 1.
C1 = –.
9
2 3
2 d. We are given that a(t) = v'(t) = 4(1 + 2t)–2.
Hence, v(t) = s'(t) = (3t + 1)2 –
9 9
2 2
9 5 1
5
3
2
and s(t) = (3t + 1)2 – t + C2
9 1
2
Thus, v(t) = 4 –(1 + 2t)–1 + C1
4 5
2 = –2(1 + 2t)–1 + C1.
= (3t + 1)2 – t + C2.
135 9 Since v(0) = 0, –2(1)–1 + C1 = 0
Since s(0) = 0: C1 = 2.
4 5 2

(1) – 0 + C2 = 0
2 Hence, v(t) = s'(t) = – + 2
135 1 + 2t
4
C2 = –
135 1

and s(t) = –2 ln(1 + 2t) + 2t + C2
2
4 5
2 4
and s(t) = (3t + 1)2 – t – . = –ln(1 + 2t) + 2t + C2 .
135 9 135
Since s(0) = 8:
–ln(1) + 0 + C2 = 8
Alternate Solution
C2 = 8.
1

a(t) = v'(t) = 15(t + 1) 2
Thus, s(t) = –ln(1 + 2t) + 2t + 8.
2

3

v(t) = 15 (t + 1) + C1 2
3. a. Let the position of the stone above ground at any
3
3
time t be s(t). Since the only acceleration is due
= 10(t + 1) + C1 2
to the force of gravity, we know:
Since v(0) = 0:
a(t) = v'(t) = –9.81.
3

10(1)2 + C1 = 0 Thus, v(t) = –9.81t + C1.
C1 = –10 Since the stone is dropped, we know the initial
3

v(t) = s'(t) = 10(t + 1)2 – 10. velocity is 0 m/s:
v(0) = 0
2

5

s(t) = 10 (t + 1)2 – 10t + C2 –9.81(0) + C1 = 0
5
5
C1 = 0.
= 4(t + 1)2 – 10t + C2.
Appendix B 273
Hence, the velocity of the stone at any time t is c. The approximate velocity of the stone when it
v(t) = –9.81t. The position of the stone at any strikes the ground is
time t is the antiderivate of v(t). v(8.6) = –9.81(8.6) – 10
t2
So, s(t) = –9.81 + C2.
2
= –94.4 m/s.
Since the stone is dropped from a height of 5. a. From 3. a., v(t) = –9.81t + C1.
450 m, we know: The initial velocity is 10 m/s:
s(0) = 450 v(0) = 10
0 + C2 = 450. 0 + C1 = 10
The position of the stone at any time t is C1 = 10.
s(t) = –4.905t2 + 450. The velocity of the stone at any time t is
b. To determine when the stone reaches the ground, v(t) = –9.81t + 10. The position of the stone at
we solve s(t) = 0. any time t is the antiderivative of v(t).
–4.905t2 + 450 = 0 Thus, s(t) = –4.905t2 + 10t + C2
t2 = 91.74 Since s(0) = 450:
t = ± 9.58. 0 + 0 + C2 = 450
It takes approximately 9.58 s for the stone to C2 = 450
reach the ground.
and s(t) = –4.905t2 + 10t + 450.
c. The approximate velocity of the stone when it
b. To determine when the stone reaches the ground,
strikes the ground is
we solve:
v(9.58) = –9.81(9.58)
s(t) = 0
= –94 m/s. 2
–4.905t + 10t + 450 = 0
4. a. From 3. a., v(t) = –9.81t + C1.

100 –
t = –10 ±
4(–4.9
05)(45
0)
The initial velocity is –10 m/s: 9.81
v(0) = –10
10.7, 8.6.
0 + C1 = –10
It takes approximately 10.7 s for the stone to reach
C1 = –10.
the ground.
Hence, the velocity of the stone at any time t is
v(t) = –9.81t – 10. The position of the stone at c. The approximate velocity of the stone when it strikes
any time t is the antiderivative of v(t). the ground is
t2
Thus, s(t) = –9.81 – 10t + C2.
2
v(10.7) = –9.81(10.7) + 10
–95 m/s.
Since s(0) = 450:
0 + 0 + C2 = 450 6. Let the constant acceleration of the airplane be
2
and s(t) = –4.905t – 10t + 450. a m/s2. The velocity of the airplane at any time t is
v(t) = at + C1.
b. To determine when the stone reaches the ground,
Since the airplane starts from rest:
we solve:
v(0) = 0
s(t) = 0
2 0 + C1 = 0
–4.905t – 10t + 450 = 0
4.905t2 + 10t – 450 = 0 C1 = 0.

100
t = –10 ± 5)(–45
– 4(4.900) The velocity of the airplane at any time t is v(t) = at.
9.81
8.6, –10.7.
It takes approximately 8.6 s for the stone to reach
the ground.
274 Appendix B
The position of the plane at any time t is the Let the time it takes to stop after applying the
antiderivative of v(t). brakes be T. We know that v(T) = 0.
t2 Thus, –10T + C1 = 0
Thus, s(t) = a + C2.
2 C1 = 10T.
We know that s(0) = 0. Since the braking distance is 50 m, s(T) = 50.
Thus, 0 + C2 = 0
Thus, –5T 2 + C1T = 50
C2 = 0.
Since C1 = 10T, –5T 2 + 10T 2 = 50
The position of the airplane at any time t is
t2 5T 2 = 50
s(t) = a.
2 T 2 = 10
Let the elapsed time from start to liftoff be T. T =
10.
Thus, v(T) = aT = 28 The velocity of the car when the brakes were first
T2 applied is v(0) = C1 = 1010
and s(T)= a = 300.
2
32 m/s.
600 150
Solving for T yields T = = s.
28 7
The constant acceleration of the airplane is 9. Let the position the stone is above ground at any
time be s(t). The acceleration of the stone due to
28
a=
150 1.3 m/s2. gravity is a(t) = –9.81.
Thus, v(t) = –9.81t + C1.
7
Since the stone is dropped from rest,
80 000
7. First, change 80 km/h to = 22.2 m/s and v(0) = 0
3600
100 000 0 + C1 = 0
100 km/h =
3600 C1 = 0.
= 27.2 m/s. Thus, v(t) = –9.81t.
Let acceleration be a. Now, s(t) = –4.905t2 + C2.
Therefore, v(t) = at + C.
The initial position of the stone is s(0) = C2.
When t = 0, v = 22.2, therefore, 22.2 = 0 + C
Thus, the height of the building is C2.
or C = 22.2
Let the time it takes for the stone to reach the
v(t) = at + 22.2.
ground be T s.
When t = 5, v = 27.2, therefore, 27.2 = 5a + 22.2
We are given v(T) = –50 m/s.
a = 1.12.
2
Thus, –9.81T = –50
The acceleration is 1.1 m/s .
50
T = .
9.81
8. We are given that the acceleration of the car is
We also know that s(T) = 0.
a(t) = –10 m/s2.
Hence, –4.905T 2 + C2 = 0
Thus, the velocity of the car during the braking
period is v(t) = –10t + C1.
C2 = 4.905
50 2
9.81
The distance that the car travels during the braking 127.
interval is s(t) = –5t2 + C1t + C2. The height of the building is approximately
Since s(0) = 0: 127 m.
0 + 0 + C2 = 0
C2 = 0.
Appendix B 275
Exercise B3 We also know that P(20) = 250 000,
so 250 000 = 150 000e20k
1. a. Let P represent the population of the bacteria 5
e20k =
culture after t hours. We are given that 3
dP
= kP, where k > 0.
dt
20k = ln
5
3
The population at any time t is given by

5
P(t) = Ce kt. ln
3
We know P(0) = 200, so 200 = Cek(0) = C. k=
20
The population function is P(t) = 200ekt.
1
We also know that P = 600,
2
0.026.
k

so 600 = 200e2 Hence, the population at any time t after 1980 is
k
P(t) = 150 000e0.026t.
e =3
2
k b. In 2010, t = 30
= ln(3)
2 P(30) = 150 000e(0.026)(30)
k = 2 ln(3) 327 221.
2.2.
3. a. Let P be the amount of Polonium–210 present at
Hence, the population at any time t is given by
any time t.
P(t) = 200e2.2t.
dP
We are given that = kP, where k < 0.
b. After 20 minutes, the population is dt

1 The half-life of Polonium–210 present at any
P = 200e(2.2)(3)
1
3 time is P(t) = Cekt.

416. We know that P(0) = 200, so 200 = Cek(0) = C.
The half-life of Polonium–210 is 140 days,
c. We solve:
P(140) = 100.
P(t) = 10 000
Thus, 100 = 200e140k
200e2.2t = 10 000
1
e2.2t = 50 e140k =
2
2.2t = ln(50)
140k = ln(0.5)
ln(50)
t = ln(0.5)
2.2 k =
140
1.8.
–0.005.
The population will be 10 000 after 1.8 h.
Hence, the mass of Polonium–210 remaining
after t days is given by P(t) = 200e–0.005t.
2. a. Let P represent the population at any time t
after 1980. b. The amount of Polonium–210 remaining after
dP 50 days is
We are given that = kP, where k > 0.
dt P(50) = 200e–0.005(50)
The population at any time t is P(t) = Cekt. 156 mg.
We know that P(0) = 150 000,
so 150 000 = Cek(0) = C.
The population function is P(t) = 150 000ekt.
276 Appendix B
c. We want to determine the number of days it takes The population equation becomes
for the mass of Polonium–210 remaining to be 16 000
P(t) =
5 mg. 1 + 0.6e16 000kt
We solve: 5 = 200e–0.005t We also know that P(20) = 12 000.
5 16 000
e–0.005t = Hence, 12 000 =
200 1 + 0.6e16 000k(20)
–0.005t = 1n(0.025) 4
1 + 0.6e320 000k =
3
ln(0.025)
t = 1
–0.005
3
≅ 738. e320 000k =
0.6
It takes approximately 738 days for 200 mg of
Polonium–210 to decay to 5 mg.
1
320 000k = ln
1.8
4. Let P be the population of Central America at any
time t.
1
ln
1.8
k=
dP 320 000
We are told that = 0.035y.
dt
Thus, the population at any time t is P(t) = Ce0.035t. –1.8368 10–6.
Let the population be P0 at a given starting point 16 000
The population equation is P(t) =
in time. 1 + 0.6e–0.029389t
Hence, we know P(0) = P0, so P0 = Ce0.035(0) = C In 2005, the population of the town will be
and the population function becomes P(t) = P0e0.035t.
16 000
We want to find the value of t so that P(t) = 2P0 P(55) =
1 + 0.6e–0.029389(55)
doubles the initial population.
14 296.
Thus, 2P0 = P0e0.035t
e0.035t = 2
6. Since Easter Island has a carrying capacity of 25 000
0.035t = ln(2)
rabbits, the rabbit population at any time t is given by
ln(2)
t = the Logistic Model. The population equation is
0.035
25 000
19.8. P(t) = .
1 + Ce25 000kt
It takes approximately 20 years for the population of Using 1995 as the starting time, P(0) = 20 000 .
Central America to double. 25 000
Thus, 20 000 =
1 + Ce25 000k(0)
5. Since the town has a limiting population of 16 000, 1 + C = 1.25
the population at any time t is represented by the C = 0.25.
Logistic Model. The differential equation satisfied The population equation becomes
by the population P is 25 000
dP P(t) = .
= kP(16 000 – P). 1 + 0.25e25 000kt
dt We also know that P(3) = 22 000.
The solution to this differential equation is 25 000
16 000 Hence, 22 000 =
P(t) = . 1 + 0.25e75 000k
1 + Ce16 000kt
25
Using 1950 as our starting point in time, 1 + 0.25e75 000k =
22
P(0) = 10 000. 3

16 000 2 2 6
Thus, 10 000 = e75 000k = =
1 + Ce16 000k(0) 0.25 11
1 + C = 1.6
C = 0.6.
Appendix B 277

6 1
7500k = ln 15 ln
11 2
t= 9.46.
25 000k = ln.
1
3
6
11
1
ln
3
Note: The population equation has the value of 25 000k The server has about 9.5 min.
as part of the exponent of e. As such, we can use this
value which does not require us to find the value of k. 8. The temperature of the coil at any time t is
The rabbit population of Easter Island at T(t) = 27 + Cekt.
We know that T(0) = 684.

25 000
any time t is P(t) = .
1 6 t
Thus, 684 = 27 + Cek(0)
1 + 0.25e ( )ln
3 11
C = 657.
The temperature function becomes T(t) = 27 + 657ekt.
7. Using the given information, the differential equation We also know that T(4) = 246.
that describes the temperature of the potato at any Hence, 246 = 27 + 657e4k
time t is 1
dT e4k =
= k(T – 20). 3
dt
The general solution is T(t) = 20 + Cekt.
1
4k = ln
3
Since the initial temperature is 80°C, we know
k = ln.
1 1
T(0) = 80. 4 3
Thus, 80 = 20 + Cek(0) 1 t
The temperature function is T(t) = 27 + 657e4 ln( 3) .
1

C = 60.
To find out how long it will take the coil to cool to a
The temperature function becomes
temperature of 100°C, we solve:
T(t) = 20 + 60ekt.
T(t) = 100
We also know that T(15) = 40.
1 t
100 = 27 + 657e4 ln(3)
1

Hence, 40 = 20 + 60e15k
1
e15k = 1 1 t
1
e4 ln(3) =

3 9

1
15k = ln
3
1
1

ln t = ln
4 3
1
9
k = ln.
1 1
15 3
1 t

1
4 ln
9
The temperature function is T(t) = 20 + 60e ( )
1

15 ln 3 t = = 8.
To find how long the restaurant server has to get the
1
ln
3
potato to a customer’s table, we solve T(t) = 50:
It will take 8 min for the coil to cool from 684°C to
1 t
50 = 20 + 60e ( )
1

15 ln 3 100°C.
1 t
1
e15 ln(3) =
1

2
1
1

ln t = ln
15 3
1
2
278 Appendix B
Answers
C H A P T E R 1 P O LY N O M I A L F U N C T I O N S e. 3x3 4 (x 4)(3x 12) 44
Review of Prerequisite Skills f. x3 2x 4 (x 2)(x2 2x 2)
1. a. (P r)2 b. (4n 1)2 c. (3u 5)2 d. (v 3)(v 1) g. 4x3 6x2 6x 9 (2x 3)(2x2 3)
e. (2w 1)(w 1) f. (3k 1)(k 2) g. (7y 1)(y 2) h. 3x3 11x2 21x 7 (3x 2)(x2 3x 5) 3
h. (5x 1)(x 3) i. (3v 5)(v 2) i. (3x 2)(2x2 1) 7
2. a. (5x y)(5x y) b. (m p)(m p) c. (1 4r)(1 4r) j. 3x3 7x2 5x 1 (3x 1)(x2 2x 1)
d. (7m 8)(7m 8) e. (pr 10x)(pr 10x) 8. a. No. b. Yes. c. No. d. No. e. Yes. f. Yes. g. Yes. h. No.
f. 3(1 4y)(1 4y) g. (x n 3)(x n 3) i. No. j. Yes. The degree of the remainder is less.
h. (7u x y)(7u x y) i. (x2 4)(x 2)(x 2) 9. a. x3 3x2 14x 53, R 220
3. a. (k p)(x y) b. (f g)(x y) c. (h 1)(h2 1) b. 2x3 2x2 x 1 c. 4x2 8x 16
d. (x d)(1 x d) e. (2y z 1)(2y z 1) d. x4 x3 x2 x 1
f. (x z y)(x z y) 10. x 6, x 1
4. a. 2(2x 3)(x 1) b. 4(7s 5t)(s t) 11. x2 x 1 with R 5
c. (y r n)(y r n) d. 8(1 5m)(1 2m) 12. x2 x
e. (3x 2)(2x 3) f. (y 1)(y2 5) g. 10(3y 4)(2y 3) 13. x2 3x 2
h. 2(5x2 19x 10) i. 3(3x 4)(3x 4) 14. r(x) 0
5. a. (12x 4y 5u)(12x 16y 5u) b. g(1 x)(1 x) 15. 0, 1
c. (y 1)(y4 y2 1) d. (n2 w2)2 16. a. r 0 b. 1, 2, 3, 4; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 1, 2, 3, ..., n 1
e. (x 14y z)(7x 2y 7z) f. (u 1)(4u 3)(2u 1) 17. a. x3 4x2 5x 9 (x 2)(xv 6x 7) 5
g. (p 1 y z)(p 1 y z) h. (3y2 2)2 x2 6x 7 (x 1)(x 5) 2 b. Yes.
c. r r1 (x 2)r2 or r2x (r1 2r2)
1 2
i. (ax m)(bx n) j. x x
Exercise 1.4
Exercise 1.2 1. Find f (1).
1. f(x) x2 5x 4 47 171
2. a. 10 b. 13 c. 8 or 5.875 d. 8 or 21.375
2. f(x) 3x 4 3. a. 12 b. 3 c. 25 d. 1 e. 17 f. 16
3. f(x) 2x2 5x 3
4. a. 2 b. 58 c. 13 d. 0 e. 11 f. 5 g. 1 h. 3
4. f(x) 2x2 7x 4
5. a. 4 b. 2 c. 5
5. f(x) 2x3 5x2 21x 36
6. m 2, g 1
6. f(x) x3 15x 20 4 13
7. f(x) x3 x2 14x 24 7. m 9, g 9
8. f(x) 2x3 x2 13x 6 8. 24x 73
9. f(x) x4 10x3 35x2 52x 24 9. 42x 39
10. f(x) 2x1 10. a. 4 b. 3 c. 2 d. 1 e. 9
11. a. V 0.0374t3 0.1522t2 0.1729t 11. f(x) 2
b. maximum volume of 0.8863 L at 3.2 s 12. a. (x2 x 3)(x2 x 3) b. (3y2 2y 2)(3y2 2y 2)
12. a. f(t) t3 27t2 3t 403t b. 1999 c. 57 000 c. (x2 2x 5)(x2 2x 5)
d. (2x2 2x 3)(2x2 2x 3)
Exercise 1.3
1. a. 17 5(3) 2 b. 42 7(6) 0 c. 73 12(6) 1 Review Exercise
d. 90 6(15) 0 e. 103 10(10) 3 f. 75 15(5) 0 1. a. y b. y
2. a. The remainder is not zero. b. The remainder is zero. x
c. possible solution from Question 1: 1.d. 15; 1.f. 5 x
d. 15 f. 5 –3 2
3. The dividend equals the product of the divisor and the quotient
added to the remainder of the division.
c. y d. y
4. a. x 2 b. x2 3x 2 c. 5 d. x3 x2 8x 9
5. f(x) 3x2 8x2 8x 26
x x
6. f (x) x4 x2 0 1 3 –2 2 4
7. a. x3 3x2 x 2 (x 2)(x2 5x 11) 20
b. x3 4x2 3x 2 (x 1)(x2 5x 2)
c. 2x3 4x2 3x 5 (x 3)(2x2 2x 3) 14
d. 3x3 x2 x 6 (x 1)(3x2 2x 1) 7
Student Text Answer Key 279

e. y f. y C H A P T E R 2 P O LY N O M I A L
E Q U AT I O N S A N D I N E Q U A L I T I E S
x x
2 –4 –3 1 11
1. a. 3 b. no solution c. 4 or 2.75 d. 1
2. a. x 7
g. h. 6 7 8
y y
b. x 6
x x 5 6 7
–2 4 –1 2
c. x 4.5
–5 –4.5 –4
i. y j. d. x 2
y
–3 –2 –1
x x 3. a. 0 b. 15 c. 10 d. 0
0 53
–2 3 –2 –1 3 4 4. a. 2 b. 13 c. 52 d. 8
5. a. (x 6)(x 8) b. (y 2)(y 1) c. (3x 7)(x 1)
d. 3(x 5)(x 5) e. (3x 1)(2x 3) f. x(x 8)(x 7)
k. y l. y g. 4x(x 5) h. 3x(x 2)(x 2) i. 2(3x 2)(x 3)
4
x x
6. a. 0, 4 b. 3, 2 c. 3, 2 d. 6, 3 e. 5, 3 f. 1, 7
7 1
–3 2 –2 3 g. 1, 3 h. 3, 0, 3 i. 3, 4
1 i35

7. a. 1.5, 5.5 b. 2.3, 0.6 c. 6 d. 5.7, 0.7
f(x) x3 5x2 10x 11 3 i31

2. a. e. 3, 0.5 f. 1.5, 0.7 g. 4 h. 6, 1 i. 8.3, 0.7
b. f(x) 2x3 3x2 12x 4
c. f(x) x4 14x2 5x 1 Exercise 2.1
d. not enough information given 1. 0
e. not enough information given 2. a. (x 5) b. Divide.
3. a. x3 2x2 3x 1 (x 3)(x2 x 6) 17 3. (x 1), (x 2), (x 3)
b. 2x3 5x 4 (x 2)(2x2 4x 13) 22 4. a. Yes. b. No. c. Yes. d. No. e. No. f. Yes.
c. 4x3 8x2 x 1 (2x 1)(2x2 3x 2) 3 5. b. x 3 c. x2 x 1
d. x4 4x3 3x2 3 (x2 x 2)(x2 5x 10) 6. b. x 2 c. x2 4x 3
7. a. (x 1)(x2 x 3) b. (x 2)(x 1)(x 1)
20x 17
22 c. (y 1)(y2 20y 1) d. (x 1)(x2 x 4)
4. a. 3 b. 1 c. 33 d. 1 e. 9 e. (y 2)(y2 y 1) f. (x 4)(x2 5x 2)
5. a. x3 2x2 x 2 (x 1)(x 1)(x 2) g. (x 2)(x 3)(x2 7x 2) h. (x 2)(x 8)(x2 1)
b. x3 3x2 x 3 (x 3)(x 1)(x 1) 8. 2.5
c. 6x3 31x2 25x 12 (2x 3)(3x 1)(x 4) 9. 1.5
1
6. a. k 2 b. r 2, g 5 10. a. (x 3)(x2 3x 9) b. (y 2)(y2 2y 4)
Chapter 1 Test c. (5u 4r)(25u2 20ur 16r2)
1. a. 2(3x 56)(3x 56) b. (pm 1)(m2 1) d. 2(10w y)(100w 10wy y2)
c. 2(3x 2)(2x 3) d. (x y 3)(x y 3) e. (x y uz)(x2 2xy y2 xuz yuz u2z2)
2. a. b. f. (5)(u 4x 2y)(u2 4ux 2uy 16x2 16xy 4y2)
y y
12. b. x3 x2y xy2 y3 c. (x 3)(x3 3x2 9x 27)
x
13. b. x4 x3y x2y2 xy3 y4
x
0 c. (x 2)(x4 2x3 4x2 8x 16)
2
–2 1 3 14. b. xn1 xn2y xn3y2 ... yn1
17. If n is odd.
3. a. q(x) x2 7x 20 r(x) 44 18. (x y)(x4 x3y x2y2 xy3 y4)
b. q(x) x2 3x 3 r(x) 11 19. No.
4. Yes.
Exercise 2.2
5. 40 1 5 1 2 1 1
6. k 3 1. a. 2, 2, 1, 5 b. 3, 3 c. 1, 2, 2, 4
1 1 1 1 3
7. a. Yes. b. f(x) 2x3 3x2 5x 8 d. 1, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8 e. 1, 3, 2, 2,
14 5 1 1 1 3
8. c 3, d 3 3, 6 f. 1, 2, 3, 6, 2, 2
9. (x 3)(x 3) 2. 5(2x 3)(x 2)
3. 2(x 3)(4x 3)(x 2)
280 Student Text Answer Key

b
4. a. (2x 1)(x2 x 1) b. (x 2)(x 1)(5x 2) 16. x1 x2 x3 x4 a,
(x 2)(2x 1)(3x 1) d. (x 3)(2x 5)(3x 1) c
c. x1x2 x1x3 x1x4 x2x3 x2x4 x3x4 a,
e. (x 2)(x 2)(5x2 x 2) f. (3x 1)(2x 1)(3x 2) d e
x1x2x3 x1x2x4 x1x3x4 x2x3x4 a, x1x2x3x4 a
g. (x 2)(3x 2)(x2 x 1) h. (x 4)(4x 3)(x2 1)
5. a. (x 2)(px2 (p q) 7q) b. (x 1)(ax 2)(bx 1) Exercise 2.5
1. a. f(x) 0 for x 3, 0 x 4 f(x) 0 for 3 x 0,
Exercise 2.3 x 4 b. f(x) 0 for 2 x 1, x 4 f(x) 0
1. the factors of 8 for x 2, 1 x 4 c. f(x) 0 for x 3, 0 x 2
2. (x 1)(x 2)(x 4) 0 f(x) 0 for 3 x 0
3. a. f(x) kx(x 2)(x 3) b. f(x) 2x(x 2)(x 3) 2. a. 0 x 2 b. 3 x 1 c. 2 x 5
4. a. f(x) k(x 1)(x 1)(x 2) d. x 3 or x 0.5 e. x 2 f. x 3, 0 x 3
1
b. f(x) 2(x 1)(x 1)(x 2) g. x 1, 1 x 5 h. x 2, 0.5 x 1
5. a. f(x) k(x 2)(x 1)(x 1)(x 3) i. 3.1 x .2 or x
3.3 j. R
1
b. f(x) 2(x 2)(x 1)(x 1)(x 3) 3. a. 30 b. t 59.15 °C c. t 270.50 °C
6. (x 1)(x 2)(5x 3) 0
7. 2 –4 10
8. a. 4, 5 b. 1 3i c. 0, 2, 5 d. 0, 2, 2 e. 1, 0, 1
3 3 3i3

f. i, 1 g. 1, 0, 4 h. 2, 4 i. 2, 3, 3 –30
j. 2, 3, 4 k. 1, 1, 2 l. 3, 3, 4 m. 5, 1 3 4. between 1.96 and 4.16 s

1 33
5. 3.27 w 3.30 in cm
n. 2, 2
Exercise 2.6
7 17
1 3 1
9. a. 1, 4 b. 4, 1, 4 c. 2, 3 5 d. 0, 2, 2 1. a. 10 b. 19 c. 4 d. 6
2. a. b.
1 3
i 7 13

e. 3, 2 f. i, 7 g. 2, 2 h. 2, 2
–2 0 2 –3 0 3
2 x 2 x 3 or x 3
1 23
10. a. 1, i, 3 b. 2, 1, 1 3i,
, i3 2 c. d.
–4 0 4 –2 0 2
1 1 1 2
1 34
c. 2, 1, 2, 3 d. 3, 4, 3, 4 e. 3 ,
3 4 x 4 x
2 or x 2
f. 8, 2, 3 i21 3. a. 3 f(x) b. 5 g(x)
11. 5 cm
12. a. 7.140, 0.140 b. 2.714, 1.483, 3.231 c. 1, 0.732, 2732 x x
d. 2.278, 1.215, 1.215, 2.278 3 –5

13. 3 cm, 4 cm, 5 cm
14. 6.64 m c. d.
5 h(x) 6 m(x)
15. 3.1 s
Exercise 2.4 x x
5 9 7 8
1. a. 5, 11 b. 2, 2 c. 3, 3 –5 –2.5 2
2. a. x2 3x 7 0 b. x2 6x 4 0 c. 25x2 5x 2 0
d. 12x2 13x 3 0 e. 3x2 33x 2 0
3. a. x2 10x 21 0 b. x2 3x 40 0 e. 4 f(x) f. 1 g(x)
c. 3x2 10x 3 0 d. 8x2 10x 3 0
e. 125x2 85x 12 0 f. x2 4x 5 0 x x
4. 6 4
3
1
5. 6, k 21
6. x2 4x 13 0 4. a. b.
y y
7. 2x2 37x 137 0
8. x2 7x 9 0
x x
9. 16x2 97x 4 0
–2 2 –1 1
10. x2 10x 5 0
11. 4x2 40x 1 0
12. 8x2 40x 1 0 c. y d. y
b c d
13. x1 x2 x3 a, x1x2 x1x3 x2x3 a, x1x2x3 a
x x
14. 2x3 13x2 22x 8 0 0 0
2 –4
15. x3 10x2 31x 32 0

e. y f. y g. 2.8 x .72 or .72 x 2.8
(–1, 1) (1, 1) h. 1.44 x 1 or x 1.38
1 10
x x 17. a. 3, 4 b. 4 x 2 c. x 1 or x
4
1 18. 5 cm
Chapter 2 Test
6. a. y b. y 1. No.
2. a. (x 1)(x2 4x 2) b. (x 1)(2x 3)(x 3)
x x c. (x 1)(x 1)3
–3 3 3. (3x 2)(x2 2x 2)
3 3i3 3 i3 1
4. a. 3, 2 b. 1, 2 c. 0, 2, 3 d. 2, 1
c. y
5. x2 8x 20 0
6. Yes.
x
7. a. 2 x 3 or x 2 b. 2 x 0 or x
2
–1 1
c. x 7 or x 2
8. a. 3 zeros, positive, cubic (3rd)
4 8 b. 2 zeros, positive, quartic (4th)
7. a. x 4, 3 b. x 3, 3 c. 6 x 12
1 7 c. 3 zeros, negative, cubic (3rd)
d. x
1 or x 9 e. 2 x 2 f. no solution 9. a. 173.9 cm b. 6.52 kg
4 1 2
8. a. 1 b. 0.8 c. 4, 3 d. x 2 e. x 5
5 CHAPTER 3 INTRODUCTION TO
f. x 1 or x
3 g. 2, 4 h. 0
CALCULUS
9. none
10. Review of Prerequisite Skills
f(x) 2 2 5
1. a. 3 b. 2 c. 12 d. 1 e. 3 f. 3 g. 4 h. 4 i. 6
x 4 1
j. 1 k. 1 0 l. 1
–2 2. a. y 4x 2 b. y 2x 5
c. y 5 0 d. 2x 3y 12 0 e. 6x 5y 36 0
f. x y 2 0 g. 6x y 2 0 h. 4x y 0
Review Exercise i. 7x y 27 0 j. 3x y 6 0 k. x 3 0
1. a. (x 3) b. (3x 2) l. y 5 0
2. a. y a(x 4)(x 1)(x 2) b. y (x 4)(x 1)(x 2) 5 3 5
3. a. No. b. Yes. 3. a. 52 b. 13 c. 0 d. 52
4. (x 5)(x2 x 1) 4. a. 6 b. 3 c. 9
3 35
5. a. 4 b. 3 1
3 5. a. 2 b. 1 c. 5 d. 1 e. 106
6. a. (x 1)(x2 x 1) 52 63 6 6 43 3 3
6. a. 2 b. 3 c. 3 d. 6
b. (x 1)(x 2)(x 3) c. (2x 3y)(4x2 6xy 9y2)
d. 3(x 2x pr)(x2 4xw 4w2 prx 2wpr p2r2) 57
e.
20 15 103
f. 6 43 g.
8. a. (2x 3)(x2 x 1) b. (x 1)(3x 5)(3x 1) 9 2
9. a. Yes b. No 66 152 20 25
h. 13 i. 19
10. a. (3x 1)(x2 x 1) b. (2x 5)(x2 3x 1)
c. (5x 1)(3x 1)(2x 1) 2 3 9 13
7. a.
52 b. 63 6 c. 57 4 d. 66 152
11. a. 2.5 b. 0, 5, 5 c. 2, 1 i 3 d. 1, 3, 3
3 21
1 i3
1
e. -4, 4, 2i f. 1, 2 g. 2, 2 e. f.
1
3 7
7
23
3 3i3 1 i3 8. a. (x 2)(x 2) b. x(x 1)(x 1) c. (x 3)(x 2)
h. 1, 3, 2 , 2 i. 1 5, 1 i2

d. (2x 3)(x 2) e. x(x 1)(x 1) f. (x 2)(x2 2x 4)
12. a. x 1.414 b. x 10.196, 0.196 g. (3x 4)(9x2 12x 16) h. (x 2)(x2 3)
c. x 1.377, 0.274, 2.651 d. x 1.197 i. (x 1)(x 2)(2x 3)
e. x 2.857, 1.356 f. x 5.67 9. a. x 僆 R b. x 僆 R c. x
5, x 僆 R d. x 僆 R
13. x2 3 and k 1 e. x 1, x 僆 R f. x 僆 R g. x
9, x 僆 R h. x 0, x 僆 R
14. x2 5x 2 0 1
i. x 5, x 僆 R j. x 4, 1, 5, x 僆 R k. x 3, 2, x 僆 R
1
15. a. x1 x2 2, x1x2 2 b. 15x2 x 2 0 l. x 2, 1, 5, x 僆 R
2
c. x 6x 13 0 d. x2 3, k 1
2
e. x x 4 0 f. 4x x 2 0
2 2 Exercise 3.1
5 1
16. a. 4 x 2 b. x 2 or x
1 c. x 0 1. a. 3 b. 3 c. 3
d. 1 x 1 or x 2 e. x 0 f. R 1 7
2. a. 3 b. 13

3. a. x y 0 b. y 8x 6 c. 3x 5y 15 0 8. a. 8 b. 2 c. 2
d. x 5 0 9. 5
1 1
4. a. 4 h b. 75 15h h2 c. 108 54h 12h2 h3 10. a. 0 b. 0 c. 5 d. 2 e. 5 f. does not exist
1 3 1
1 h e. 6 3h f. 12 6h h g. 4(4 h) h. 4 2h
d. 2 11. a. does not exist b. 2 c. 2 d. does not exist
13. m 3, b 1
1 h5 1
5. a.
16 h 4

b.
h2 5
h42
c.
5 h 5
14. a 3, b 2, c 0
1 1
1 15. b. 6, 4 c. 2000 d. 22 years after the spill, or 82 years in total.
6. a. 6 3h b. 3 3h h2 c.
9h3

7. a. P(2, 8) Exercise 3.4
100
4. a. 1 b. 1 c. 9 d. 53 e. 2 f. 3
Q Slope of PQ
5. a. 2 b. 2
7 7 1 1 1
(3, 27) 19 7. a. 4 b. 4 c. 7 d. 1 e. 3 f. 27 g. 0 h. 2 i. 2 j. 4 k. 4
(2.5, 15.625) 15.25 1 1 3
l.
7

m. 2 n. 4 o. 1
(2.1, 9.261) 12.61
1 1 1 1 1
(2.01, 8.120601) 12.0601 8. a. 12 b. 27 c. 6 d. 2 e. 12 f. 12
2 1 3 1
(1, 1) 7 9. a. 0 b. 0 c. 4 d. 1 e. 0 f. 3 g. 16 h. 4 i. 2 j. 2
(1.5, 3.375) 9.25 1
k. 2x l. 3
2
(1.9, 6.859) 11.41
(1.99, 7.880599) 11.9401
10. a. does not exist b. does not exist c. does not exist d. 0
V 22.4334
11. b. V 0.08213T 22.4334 c. T 0.08213
b. 12 c. 12 6h h2 d. 12 13. a. 27 b. 1 c. 1
8. a. 12 b. 5 c. 12
1 1 5
14. a. 0 b. 0
9. a. b. c. 1
15. a. 0 b. 0 c. 2
2 4 6
1 1 16. 2
10. a. 2 b. 2 c.
25
1 1 3 1 1 17. No.
11. a. 1 b. 1 c. 9 d. 4 e. 10 f. 4 g. 6 h. 16 18. b 2
5
16. 4 19. m 6, b 9
17. 1600 papers/month
Exercise 3.5
18. (2, 4)
4. a. 3 b. 0 c. 0 d. 3 e. 3, 2 f. 3
26 28
19. 2, 3, 1, 3, 1, 3, 2, 3
28 26
5. a. x 僆 R b. x 僆 R c. x 0, 0 x 5, x 5, x 僆 R
d. x
2, x 僆 R e. x 僆 R f. x 僆 R
Exercise 3.2
7. continuous everywhere
1. 0 s and 4 s
8. No.
2. a. slope of the secant between two points (2, s(2)) and (9, s(9))
9. 0, 100, 200, and 500
b. slope of the tangent at (6, s(6))
10. Yes.
3. slope of the tangent to y x at (4, 2)
11. discontinuous at x 2
4. a. between A and B b. greater
12. k 16
7. a. 5 m/s, 25 m/s, 75 m/s b. 55 m/s c. 20 m/s
13. a 1, b 6
8. a. i) 72 km/h ii) 64.8 km/h iii) 64.08 km/h c. 64 km/h
14. a. 1, 1, does not exist b. discontinuous at x 1
9. a. 15 terms b. 16 terms/h
1
10. a. 3 mg/h Review Exercise
1
11. 5 1. a. 3 b. 7 c. 2x y 5 0
0 s/m 1 1 1 5
12 2. a. 3 b. 2 c. 27 d. 4
12. 5ºC/km
3. a. 2 b. 2
13. 2 s, 0 m/s
4. a. 5 m/s; 15 m/s b. 40 m/s c. 60 m/s
14. a. $4800 b. $80/ball c. 0 x 8
1 5. a. 0.0601 g b. 6.01 g/min c. 6 g/min
15. a. 6 b. 1 c. 10 6. a. 7 105 tonnes b. 1.8 105 tonnes/year
2
18. 200 m /m
c. 1.5 105 tonnes/year d. 7.5 years
Exercise 3.3 7. a. 10 b. 7, 0 c. t 3, t 4
8 9. a. x 1, x 1 b. do not exist
1 b.
1. a. 1
4. a. 5 b. 10 c. 100 d. 8 e. 4 f. 8 10. not continuous at x 3
2
5. 1 11. a. x 1, x 2 b. lim f(x) 3, lim f(x) does not exist
x→1 x→2
6. a. 0 b. 2 c. 1 d. 2
7. a. 2 b. 1 c. does not exist

37
12. a. does not exist b. 0 c. 7, does not exist C H A P T E R 4 D E R I VAT I V E S
1 1 Review of Prerequisite Skills
13. 3 b. 2
1
1. a. 511 b. a8 c. 418 d. 8a6 e. 6m13 f. 2p g.
a2b7 h. 48e
18
x f(x) x f(x) b
i.
2a6
1.9 0.34483 0.9 0.52632 7

2

2. a. x 6 b. 4x4 c. a 3
1.99 0.33445 0.99 0.50251
3 3
1.999 0.33344 0.999 0.50025 3. a. 2 b. 2 c. 5 d. 1
2.001 0.33322 1.001 0.49975 4. a. x 2y 5 0 b. 3x 2y 16 0 c. 4x 3y 7 0
2.01 0.33223 1.01 0.49751
5. a. 2x2 5xy 3y2 b. x3 5x2 10x 8
c. 12x2 36x 21 d. 13x 42y e. 29x2 2xy 10y2
2.1 0.32258 1.1 0.47619
f. 13x3 12x2y 4xy2
14. 15x y5 8
6. a. 2, x 2, 0 b.
4y2(y 2) , y 5 c. 9 , h k

x f(x) 2 11x 8x 7 4x 72
(x y)2 , x y e. 2x(x 1)
d. f.
–0.1 0.29112 (x 2)(x 3)
–0.01 0.28892 7. a. 2a(5a 3) b. (2k 3)(2k 3) c. (x 4)(x 8)
–0.001 0.2887 d. (y 14)(y 3) e. (3a 7)(a 1) f. (6x 5)(x 2)
0.001 0.28865 g. (x 1)(x 1)(x2 1) h. (x y)(x2 xy y2)
i. (r 1)(r 1)(r 2)(r 2)
0.01 0.28843
8. a. (a b)(a2 ab b2)
0.1 0.28631
b. (a b)(a4 a3b a2b2 ab3 b4)
c. (a b)(a6 a5b a4b2 a3b3 a2b4 ab5 b6)
15. a.
d. (a b)(an1 an2b an3b2 ... abn2 bn1)
x f(x) 32 43 6 30 172 11 46

9. a. 2 b. 3 c. 23 d. 5
2.1 0.24846
2.01 0.24984 Exercise 4.1
2.001 0.24998 1. a. x 僆 R, x 2 b. x 僆 R, x 2 c. x 僆 R d. x 僆 R, x 1
2.0001 0.25 e. x 僆 R f. x 2, x 僆 R
1
1
c. 4 4. a. 2 b. 9 c. 2

3 3
2
5. a. 2x 3 b. d.
(x 2)2 c. 2
16. a. 10, slope of the tangent to y x2 at x 5 3x 2 x3
2
1
b. 4, slope of the tangent to y x at x 4 6. a. 7 b.
(x 1)2 c. 6x
1 1 7. 4, 0, 4
c. 16, slope of the tangent to y x at x 4
8. 8 m/s, 0 m/s, 4 m/s
1 3
147 , slope of the tangent to y x at x 343
d. 9. x 6y 10 0
3 10. a. 0 b. 1 c. m d. 2ax b
17. a. 2 b. 5a2 3a 7 c. does not exist d. 1 e. 12 f. 4 12. a and e, b and f, c and d
1 3 3 3 2
3 13. 1
g. 3 h. 10a i. 7 j. 5 k. 1 l. 1 m. 2 n. 2
14. f ‘(0) 0
1 1
o.
5

p. 3 q. 0 r. 16 s. 48 t. 4 u. 2 15. 3
1
16. f (x) (x 3) 3 , answers will vary
Chapter 3 Test
5. 13 Exercise 4.2
1
4
6. 2. a. 4 b. 0 c. 4x 1 d.
2x
e. 12x2 f. 3x2 2x g. 2x 5
3
1 3
7. 2 h. 3 j. 18x k. x l. 3x4
3 2 i. x 4
8. x y 2 0 3x
dy
9. a. does not exist b. 1 c. 1 d. 1, 2 3. a. d
x
2x 3 b. f ‘(x) 6x2 10x 4
10. a. 1.8 105 b. 4000 people/year 2
c. v‘(t) 18t2 20t4 d. s‘(t) t3, t 0 e. f ‘(x) 6x5
11. a. 1 km/h b. 2 km/h ds
f. h‘(x) 4x 11 g. dt 4t3 6t2 h. g‘(x) 20x4
16 h 4

12. dy 3
h i. d
x
x4 x2 x j. g‘(x) 40x7 k. s‘(t) 2t3 2
13. 31 21 dy
7 3 1 1 l. g‘(x) 7f ‘(x) m. h‘(x) x
8 n. m
14. a. 12 b. 5 c. 4 d. 4 e. 6 f. 12 4 2
dx
5

18 4. a. 2x 5 b. 5x 3 c. 9x 2 d. 8x7 8x9
15. a 1, b 5
1 2 4 3
17. k 8 1
e. 2x 3
2x3
3x 3
f. 2x 2 6x2 g. 18x4 4x3
1 2 1 1
3 1
h. 18x3 2x 2 i. 100x4 x 3 j. 2x 2 9x 2

3
1
k. 1.5x0.5 3x1.25 l. x2 2x 2 Exercise 4.4
1
1 dy ds
5. a. 4t 7 b. 5 t2 c. 2t 6 2. f ‘(x) 1, g‘(x) 2x 3 , h‘(x)
2x6 , d
x
8x, dt 1
1 x 2x 2
13 7 2x 3x 4 2
191 11
6. a. 4 b. 2 4. a.
(x 1)2 b. (x 1)2 c. (t 5)2 d. (x 3)2 e. (2x2 1)2
4
1
7. a. 12 b. 5 c. 2 d. 12 2x 5x 6x 5 x 4x 3
2 x 6x 1
2 2
f. h.
(x2 3)2 g. (1 x2)2

(x2 3)2 i. (3x2 x)2
1
8. a. 9 b. 2 c. 4 d. 7 13 7 200 7
5. a. 4 b. 2
5 c. 841 d. 3
9. a. 6x y 4 0 b. 18x y 25 0 c. 9x 2y 9 0
6. 9
d. x y 3 0 e. 7x 2y 28 0 f. 5x 6y 11 0
7. 9, 5, (1, 5)
27 3
10. x 18y 125 0
11. 8 or 8 9. a. (0, 0), (8, 32) b. (1, 0)
12. No 10. p‘(1) 75.36, p‘(2) 63.10
14. (1, 0) 11. 4x 6y 5 0
15. (2, 10), (2, 6) 12. a. 20 m b. 1.1 m/s
17. a. y 3 0, 16x y 29 0; 13. ad bc 0
b. 20x y 47 0, 4x y 1 0
18. 7 Exercise 4.5
19. a. 50 km b. 0.12 km/m 1. a. 0 b. 0 c. 1 d. 15 e. x2 1 f. x 1
20. 0.29 min, 1.71 min 2. a. f(g(x)) x, x
0; g(f(x)) x, x 僆 R; f °g g °f
1 1
21. 20 m/s x2 1 , x 僆 R; g(f(x)) x2 1, x 0; f °g g °f
b. f(g(x))
22. (1, 3), (1, 3) 1
, x 2; g(f(x))

1 2x
c. f(g(x)) 1
23. (0, 0) x2
x , x 2 or
1 x 0; f °g g °f
25. 1 n, approaches 1
2x,1, xx 33
1
3. a. 3x 1 b. c. (3x 1)3
26. a. f ‘(x) x1

1 1
x3 e.
d. x 1
f. 3x3 1 g.
3x 2
h. 3xx 1
f ‘(x) does not exist at (3, 9).

1
6x, x 2 i.
(x 1)3
b. f ‘(x) 6x, 2 x 2

4. a. f (x) x4, g(x) 2x2 1 b. f(x) x, g(x) 5x 1
6x, x 2 1 5
c. f(x) x, g(x) x 4 d. f(x) x 2 , g(x) 2 3x
f ‘(x) does not exist at (2
, 0), (2
, 0).
e. f(x) x(x 1), g(x) x2 2

1, x 1 f. f(x) x2 9x, g(x) x 1
1, 1 x 0 5. g(x) x3
c. f ‘(x)
1, 0 x 1 6. f(x) (x 7)2
1, x 0 7. f(x) (x 3)2
f ‘(x) does not exist at (1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 0). 8. g(x) x 4 or g(x) x 4
9. u(x) 2x or u(x) 2x 4
Exercise 4.3 x 1
1. a. 2x 4 b. 6x2 2x c. 12x 17 d. 8x 26 x 1 b. x 11. 2, 3 12. a. x
10. a.
e. 45x8 80x7 2x 2 f. 8t3 2t
Exercise 4.6
2. a. 15(5x 1)2(x 4) (5x 1)3
2. a. 8(2x 3)2 b. 6(5 x)5 c. 6x(x2 4)2 d. 15x2(7 x3)4
b. 6x(3 x3)5 15x2(3x2 4)(3 x3)4
e. 4(4x 3)(2x2 3x 5)3 f. 5(5x x2)4(5 2x)
c. 8x(1 x2)3(2x 6)3 6(1 x2)4(2x 6)2
g. 6x(2 x2)2 h. 4(1 2x 3x2)(1 x x2 x3)3
4. a. 9 b. 4 c. 9 d. 6 e. 36 f. 22 g. 671 h. 12 2 5
5. 10x y 8 0 i. 12(2 x)3[(2 x)4 16]2 j. 4x 1

k. 5x 7
2
6. a. (14, 450) b. (1, 0)
x 10x x 1
7. a. 3(x 1)2(x 4)(x 3)2 (x 1)3(x 3)2 l. x2 3

m.
(x2 16)6 n.
x2 43
o.
2x(x 1)2
2(x 1)3(x 4)(x 3) 1

b. 2x(3x2 4)2(3 x3)4 12x3(3x2 4)(3 x3)4 2(1 u ) 3 5 2(x 2) (x 1) 2
p. 3 2 2x 5 r. x
q. 3 2

u
12x4(3x2 4)2(3 x3)3 6 6
1 2x
8
3. a. x
3 b. 6x
8. 30 x4 c. (x 1)2 d. (x2 4)2 e. x3 f. (9 x2)2
9. a. f ‘(x) g‘(x)g2(x) ... g11(x) g1(x) g‘2(x) g‘3(x) ... g11(x) 10x 1 4(2x 1) (1 x)2(x 2)
g.
g1(x) g2(x) g‘3(x) ... g11(x) ... (5x2 x)2 h. (x2 x 1)5 i. x3
n(n 1) (3x 1)(x 3)
g1(x) g2(x) ... gx1(x) g‘11(x) b. 2 4. a. 3(3x 5)(x 4)2(x 3)5 b.
10. f(x) 3x 6x 5
2 (1 x2)2
11. a. 1 b. f ‘(x) 2x, x 1 or x 1; c. 4(2x 1)3(2 3x)3(7 12x)
2(x
2 3x 1)
f ‘(x) 2x, 1 x 7 c. 4, 0, 6 d. (x2 1)2 e. 3x2 (3x 5)(4x 5)

(2x 1)(2x 5)
f. g. 4x3(1 4x2)2(1 10x2) 92 92
(x 2)4 14. c. (0, 0), 32, 2 , 32
, 2 d. 14
48x(x2 3)3
h. (x2 3)5 i. 6x(2x 3x 3)(x 3) (x 3)
3 2 2 3
15. a. 50
3
3.68 b. 1
1 16. a. 9, 19 b. 1.7 words/min, 2.3 words/min
j. 3
k. 12(4 3t3)3(1 2t)5(9t3 3t2 4) 30t
(1 x2) 2 17. a. 9 t2)3
(
b. Yes. The limit of N(t) as t → 0 is 0.
1
l. 18. a. x2 40 b. 6 gloves/week
(1 x)1 x2
x
91
5. a. 3
7
19. a. 750 3 2x2 b. $546.67
6 b. 48 5
20. 4
6. x 0, x 1
1 Chapter 4 Test
7. 4
3. f ‘(x) 1 2x
1 1 2
8. 60x y 119 0 4. a. x2 15x6 b. 60(2x 9)4 c.
3

x3

x2
3
9728 1
7 f. 8 g. 48608
9. a. 52 b. 78 c. 54 d. 320 e. 2 5(x2 6)4(3x2 8x 18) 16x3 14x 4x5 18x 8
d. (3x 4)6 e.

3
6x2
72
f. x 5
10. 10
42 5. 14
11. 2 40
5 6. 3
12. 6
7. 60x y 61 0
13. a. h‘(x) p‘(x)g(x)r(x) p(x)q‘(x)r(x) p(x)q(x)r‘(x) 75
8. 32 p.p.m./year
b. 344
9. 4,
256
1 1
2x(x 3x 1)(1 x)
2 2
15. (1 x)4
10. (1, 0), 3, 27
1 32
17. (a 1)d (c 1)b
11. a 1, b 1
3
b. i) 6 ii) 3 iii) 32 iv) 6 v) 4 vi) 4 vii) 6 viii) 1 Cumulative Review Chapters 1–4
1. y 2. y
Review Exercise
1 4
2. a. 4x 5 b. x6
2
c.
(4 x)2
x
x
1 –1 2
3 28 1
3. a. 2x 5 b. 3x2 c. 4x 4
d. 20x5 e.
3x5 f. (x 3)2
–3 1 4
2x 12x 1 7x 2
g. j.
(x2 5)2 h. (3 x2)3 i. 2
2x 7x2
4x 1 3. y 2x3 3x2 24
4 6x2 4. a. x2 x 2 b. 3x2 13x 50, R: 153
k. 60x3(5x4 )2 5
l. x 7

5(x3 4) 5 c. x2 x 5, R: 5x 4
2x 2
3 x 3x 2 4 5 5. 27
4. a. x3 b.
2 (7x 3) c. x2x d.
2
x3 e.
(3x 5)2 6. 6
3x 1 1 x 7. 3
f. x1
g. 3 h. x2 9
i. 1, x 4 8. (x 2) is a factor.
2 3x (
x
2)5
j. 2x 6 9. (x 3) and (x 1)
2x2 1 (2x 5)3(2x 23) 10. a. (x 4)(x 2)(x 5) b. (x 2)(x 2)(x 5)
5. a. 20x3(x 1)(2x 6)5 b. c. (x 1)4
2
x 1 c. (2x 1)(x 2)(x 2) d. (5x 2)(x2 2x 5)
1
x2 15 318(10x 1)5 1)2
12x(x2 1 11. a. 1, 2, 2 b. 2, 2, 3i, 3i c. 1, 2, 3 d. 1, 1, 2
d. 43 e. (3x 5)7 f. 3
(x2 1)4 g. 2 1 1 3i
3(x2 5)
(x 1) 2 e. 1, 1, 3 f. 3, 2
h. (x
2)2(x2 16x 27)
9)3(11x2 5
12. 4, 2
i. 6(1 x2)2(6 2x)4(3x2 6x 1) 13. x2 77x 4 0
(3x 2)(15x 62)
2 2
14. a. 2 x 3 b. 2 x 1, x
3
j. x2 5
15. a. 3 x 7
6. a. g‘(x) f (x2) • 2x b. h‘(x) 2f (x) 2xf ‘(x) 17
b. 1 x 4 c. x 5 or x 3
92 25
8 16. a. 13 m/s b. 15 m/s
7. a. 9 b.
289 c. 5
2 17. 5
8. 3
18. a. 3 b. 1 c. 3 d. 2 e. No.
9. 2 23 , 5, 1
3
19. Answers will vary.
10. a. i. 2, 0 ii. 0, 1,
3
20. at x 2
11. a. 160x y 16 0 b. 60x y 61 0
21. 2
12. 5x y 7 0
13. (2, 8), b 8 22. x3

1 1 1 1
23. a. 5 b. does not exist c. 9 d. 2 e. 1
2 f. 4 ii) 1 t 3, 7 t 9 iii) 3 t 7
24. a. 6x 1 b. x2 5. v(t) t2 4t 3, a(t) 2t 4, direction changes at t 3
1
25. a. 8x 5 b. 3x2(2x3 1) 2 c. 6(x 3)2 and t 1 returns to original position at t 3
d. 4x(x2 3)(4x5 5x 1) (20x4 5)(x2 3)2 6. a. positive at t 1, negative at t 4
(4x 1) (84x 80x 9)
2 4 2 b. neither at t 1, positive at t 4
e. (3x 2)4 c. negative at t 1, positive at t 4
f. 5[x2 (2x 1)3]4[2x 6(2x 1)2] 7. a. 2t 6 b. 3 s
26. 4x 36 10 8. a. t 4 b. 80 m
27. 8x 16y 65 0 9. a. 3 m/s b. 2 m/s2
3 5 1 3
3x2 35 7 105 35
28. 冤
(x3 2)2 (x3 2) 5冥 • (x3 2)2
18 4 10. a. v(t) 2t 2 2t 2 , a(t) 4t 2 4t 2 b. t 5 c. t 5

29. 3 d. 0 t 3 e. t 7
30. a. 4t 6 b. 46 people/year c. 2002 11. a. 25 m/s b. 31.25 m c. t 5, 25 m/s
12. a. Velocity is 98 m/s, acceleration is 12 m/s2. b. 38 m/s
C H A P T E R 5 A P P L I C AT I O N S O F 13. a. v(t) 6 2t, a(t) 2, 19 m b. v(t) 3t2 12,
D E R I VAT I V E S a(t) 6t, 25 m
14. 1 s, away
14 1
15. b. v(0) 5 3k, s(t 3k) 9k3 30k2 23k
5. a. 5 b. 13 c. 3, 1 d. 2, 3 e. 2, 6 f. 3, 0, 1 g. 0, 4 16. No.
1 1 9
h. 2, 2, 3 i. 2, 1 17. b. v(t) 1, a(t) 0
6. a. x 3 b. x 0 or x 3 c. 0 x 4 Exercise 5.3
7. a. 25 cm2 b. 48 cm2 c. 49 cm2 d. 36 cm2 dA d
S d
s
1. a. dt 4 m /s b. dt 3m /min c. dt 70 km/h, t .25
2 2
8. a. S 56 cm2, V 48 cm3 b. h 6 cm, S 80 cm2
dx d y d

c. r 6 cm, S 144 cm2 d. h 7 cm, V 175 cm3 d. dt dt e. dt 10 rad/s
9. a. V 972 cm3, S 324 cm2 2. a. decreasing at 5.9ºC/s b. 0.577 m c. let T ‘‘(x) 0.
b. V 36 cm3, S 36 cm2 c. r 3, S 36 cm2 3. 100 cm2/s, 20 cm/s
5000兹10
苶 4. a. 100 cm3/s b. 336 cm2/s
苶 cm, V
d. r 5兹10 3 cm3
9
5. 40 cm2/s
10. a. 16 cm3 b. 9 cm c. 2 cm 5 5
6. a. 6 m/s b. 3 m/s
11. a. S 54 cm2, V 27 cm3 b. S 30 cm2, V 5兹5苶 cm3
1
c. S 72 cm2, V 24兹3 苶 cm3 d. S 24k2 cm2, V 8k3 cm3 7. km/h
4
Exercise 5.1 8. 9 m/s
x x x2 y 2
3x
2. a. y b. y c. 5 9
x
y d. , y 0 e. 9. 8 m/min
2xy y2 20y3 f. 16y
10. 214 m/s
13x 3x 2y3 2x 2y x2 y
g.
48y h. 6xy2
i. j.
2y 5 k. , y 0
y2 2x x 11. 5兹苶 13 km/h
1
1 3x2y y3 兹y苶 y 12. a. 72 cm/s b. 0.01 cm/s c. 0.04 cm/s
l. 1 5y4 m. n. o.
3y2 x3 兹x苶 x 13.
1
3. a. 2x 3y 13 0 b. 2x 3y 25 0 2 m/min, 94 min
c. 3兹苶 3x 5y 15 0 d. 11x 10y 81 0 15. 0.46 m3/a
2
4. (0, 1) 16. cm/min
3兹5苶 3兹5
苶
5. a. 1 b. 冢 5 , 兹苶5冣, 冢 5 , 兹苶 5冣 5兹3
17. V
苶 2
s (s-side of triangle)
2
6. 10 兹3苶
7. 7x y 11 0 18. 4 m/min
8. x 2y 3 0 19. 144 m/min
3x2 8xy 20. 62.83 km/h
9. a. 4x2 3 4
21. 8
10. a. 1 b. 1 c. 1 d. 2 5 cm/s, 25 cm/s
l2 x2 y2
12. x 4 0, 2x 3y 10 0 22. x2 y2 4, k2
(l k)2 1

15. x2 y2 8x 2y 1 0, x2 y2 4x 10y 11 0 23. 96 m/s

1 3
2. a. 90x8 90x4 b. 4x 2 c. 2 1. a. Yes. The function is continuous.
3. a. v(t) 10t 3, a(t) 10 b. v(t) 6t2 3b, a(t) 12t b. No. There is a discontinuity at x 2.
c. v(t) 1 6t2, a(t) 12t3 d. v(t) 2t 6, a(t) 2 c. No. The left side of the domain is not defined.
1 1 1 3 d. Yes. The function is continuous on the domain given.
e. v(t) 2(t 1) 2 , a(t) 4(t 1) 2
2. Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum
27
f. v(t) 54
(t 3)2 , a(t) (t 3)3
a. 8 12
4. a. i) t 3 ii) 1 t 3 iii) 3 t 5 b. i) t 3, t 7 b. 30 5

c. 100 100 12. a. $15 b. $12.50, $825
d. 30 20 14. r 2.285 m, h 9.146 m or 915 cm
3. a. maximum 3 at x 0, minimum 1 at x 2 15. 5.91 m from stronger light
b. maximum 4 at x 0, minimum 0 at x 2 2 4 3
16. r 3r0, velocity 2
c. maximum 0 at x 0, 3, minimum 4 at x 1, 2 7 r0 A
d. maximum 0 at x 0, minimum 20 at x 2 Review Exercise
e. maximum 8 at x 1, minimum 3 at x 2 3x2 y3 2 2xy
1. a.
5y4 b. x
3 c.
3y2(x 1)2 d. 3x2 y4
16
14x6y y 5 5x 5 2
52
4. a. maximum 5 at x 10, minimum 4 at x 2 e. , y 0 f.
7y2 10x7 3
5
3x
b. maximum 4 at x 4, minimum 3 at x 9 or x 1 5
2. a. 4 b. 0
1
c. maximum 1 at x 1, minimum 2 at x 0 4 4
3. 5, 5
d. maximum 47 at x 3, minimum 169 at x 3
4. f ‘(x) 4x3 4x5, f ”(x) 12x2 20x6
e. maximum 2 at x 1, minimum 2 at x 1
8 16 5. 72x7 42x
f. maximum 5 at x 2, minimum 1
7 at x 4 1 1
4 4 7. v(t) 2t 2t 3
, a(t) 2
(2t 3
5. a. minimum velocity 5 m/s, maximum velocity 3 m/s )3
5 10
b. minimum velocity of 4 as t → 8. v(t) 1 t2, a(t) t3
6. 20
9. v(t) 0 for 0 t 2, v2 0, v(t) 0 for t 2
9 9 9
7. a. 80 km/h b. 50 km/h
8. maximum 0.0083, minimum 0.00625 10. a. maximum 0, minimum 52 b. maximum 16, minimum 65
9. 0.049 years c. maximum 20, minimum 12
10. 70 km/h, $31.50 11. a. 62 m b. yes, 2 m beyond the stop sign
11. 245 12. x y 3 0
3
12. 300 13. maximum velocity 2 33 at t 3 , minimum velocity 2 at
t0
Exercise 5.5 14. 250
1. L W 25 cm 15. a. i) $2200 ii) $5.50 iii) $3.00, $3.00 b. i) $24 640
2. If the perimeter is fixed, then the figure will be a square. ii) $61.60 iii) 43.21, $43.21 c. i) $5020 ii) $12.55
3. 300 m 150 m iii) $0.025, $0.024 98 d. i) $2705 ii) $6.762 5
4. L 82.4 cm, W 22.4 cm, h 8.8 cm iii) $4.993 75, $4.993 76
5. 10 cm 10 cm 10 cm 16. 2000
6. 100 cm2 17. a. Object is moving away from its starting position.
7. a. r 5.4 cm, h 10.8 cm b. h:d 1:1 b. Object is moving towards its starting position.
8. a. 15 cm2 b. 30 cm2 c. The largest area occurs when the 1 3
18. a.
4 m/h b. 50 m/h
length and width are each equal to one-half of the sides adjacent
to the right angle. 19. 2 cm2/s
9. a. AB 20 cm, BC AD 20 cm b. 15 3 104 cm3 20. 210
cm3/s
10. a. h 1.085 m, equal sides 0.957 m b. Yes. All the wood 85

would be used for the outer frame. 21. 5
11. t 0.36 h 22. decreasing; 3.75 m/s
50
14. a. r cm and no square b. r 7 cm, w 14 cm 2
23. a. t 3 s b. maximum c. a 0, accelerating
15. 17
2
16. Both slopes ab. 24. 27.14 cm 27.14 cm 13.57 cm
2 5 25. large: 189.9 m 63.2 m; small 37.98 m 63.2 m
17. 2
43k 3 26. base is 11.6 d 31.6 d, h 4.2 d
18. 9 27. r 4.3 cm, h 8.6 cm
28. Run the pipe 7199 m along the river from A, then cross to R.
Exercise 5.6
29. 10:35
1. a. $1.80/L b. $1.07/L c. 5625 L
30. either $204 or $206
2. a. 15 terms b. 16 term/h c. 20 terms/h
31. Run the pipe from P to a point 5669 m along the shore from A
3. a. t 1 min b. 1.5 d. maximum e. decreasing
in the direction of the refinery. Then run the pipe along the
4. h 15 000 m, C $6000/h
shore.
5. 375 m 250 m
6. W 24.0 m, L 40.8 m, h 20.4 m Chapter 5 Test
7. r 43 mm, h 172 mm x 2y
1.
y 2x
8. 10 586 m south of the power plant
9. $22.50 2. 3x 4y 7 0
10. 6 nautical miles/h
11. 139 km/h

3. a. 4 m/s b. 2 s, 4 s c. 12 m/s2 d. towards x2 3 2

b 2 1 2 25
4. 240 m2/s 3. a.
3y3 b. c. x4 d. x 3 y 12 e. f
x7y
a 3a3b
5 7 1
9
5. a. 512 cm3/min 4. a. 8x2 b. 8 c. 81 d. 8a 4 e. 3p2 f. 2a2 g. a6 h. 5 12 i. t 6
dr
b. Rate of change in volume depends on both dt and the (p q2)3 x1 3t2 2 3p5 1
dv 5. a. 12 b. a b c. q d.
2x4 e.
4 f.
t p7
radius. The larger the radius, the larger dt will be.
1 4x x x 1
6. 1.6 cm2/min 6. a. x2 x x 2
b. x2 c. x 3 d. x
9
7.
20 m/min
1 1 1
7. By the law of exponents, (am)n amn, so 64 6 (82) 6 8 3 .
8. minimum is 0.536, maximum is 1.6
9. 7.1 m/s Exercise 6.2
10. 250 m 166.7 m 1.
i) ii) iii) iv) v)
11. 162 mm 324 m 190 m
y
1 1 x
a. 1 decreasing 0 b 1 x 1, y
2 2
CHAPTER 6 THE EXPONENTIAL x 1, y 2
FUNCTION
b. 1 increasing b1 x 1, y 4 y 4x
Review of Prerequisite Skills x 1, y
1
9 4
1. a. 64 b. 9 c. 27 d. 16
y
1 1 x
1 5 1 9 c. 1 decreasing 0 b 1 x 1, y
2. a. x7 b. m2 c. 5
27b3 d. w e. 4
3 3
x 1, y 3
1 3 64 9
3. a. 2
5 b. 2 c. 27 d. 4 d. 1 increasing b1 x 1, y 8 y 8x
1 1
4. a. 2 b. 3 c. 2 x 1, y
8
5. a. y y2 5. b. i) vertical shift of 4 units
y1 ii) vertical shift of 3 units 2. a. positive b. always increases c. 1
c. vertical shift upwards of 4 3. a. positive b. always decreases c. 1
units 4. Find b in the point (1, b) on the graph
y3
d. A positive constant shifts
x Exercise 6.3
graph upwards. A negative
1.
constant shifts graph Equation of Function Is y-intercept
downwards. Asymptote
a. y 5 increasing 4
6. a. 1
y y1 6. b. i) compressed by 2 b. y4 increasing 5
ii) stretched by a factor of 2 c. y0 decreasing 4
y2
c. vertical stretch by factor of 3
d. y2 decreasing 3
x and shifted upwards 25 units
e. y 1 increasing 1
d. c 0, a reflection in the
x-axis f. y1 decreasing 6
y3 0 c 1, a compression of a 2. a. i) y 5 ii) 8 iii) increasing iv) domain: x 僆 R,
factor of c range: y 5, y 僆 R
c 1, a stretch of a factor of c 3. a. i) y 4 ii) 2 iii) decreasing iv) domain: x 僆 R,
7. a. range: y 4 y 僆 R
y 7. b. i) shift 5 units to the right
y1 y2 4. The graph of y abx c can be sketched with asymptote
ii) shift 3 units left and
y c and y-intercept y a c, and if b 1, it always
reflected in the x-axis
increases or if 0 b 1, it always decreases.
c. shift 6 units to the left
x and 7 units down Exercise 6.4
5
y3 d. A positive constant 1. 948 000
causes a shift to the left. 2. $21 600
1
A negative constant 3. a. P 5000(1.07)5 b. i) 6125 ii) 13 800 c. 10 years
4
causes a shift to the right. 4. $221 000
5. $9500
Exercise 6.1 6. $0.65
1 100 7. 0.22 g
1. a. 49 b. 0.16 c. 81 d. 125 e. 4 f. 64 g. 16 h. 1 i. 9
1 1 1 8. a. 20 days b. 5 days ago c. 10 days ago d. 25 days ago
j. 1 k. 6561 l. 3 m. 2 n. 210
1024 o. 729 9. a. $4.14 b. i) 8 years ii) 35 years ago
x2 9a 8 x 5
2. a. y2 b. x4y4 c. b
4 d. 3 6 b 5x

gh2 e. x y f. c g. 2y6 h. 4y2 10. a. 28 g b. 2 g c. 7 h
t
11. a. 15 h b. A 160 15 c. 174 mg d. 11.5 mg
1 a6b3 b3 1
i.
25x4y2 j. c3 k. a6 l. b
8
2

12. 5 h b. 320 5. a. i) y 5 ii) 3 iii) decreasing iv) domain: x 僆 R,
14. a. 783 000 b. 2032 range: y 5, y 僆 R
15. $1075 b. y
16. B 2
x
Exercise 6.5
–1 1 2
1. b. y 996.987(1.143)x c. 3794 d. 17 h 15 min
–2
2. a. y 0.660(1.462)x b. 6.45 billion c. 2061 y-intercept
of –3
3. a. y 283.843(1.032)x b. 317 348 c. 2062 –4
4. a. y 9.277(2.539)x b. 105 c. 1977
asymptote:
5. Answers will vary. –6 y = –5
6. graphing, finite differences
6. $10 330
Review Exercise 7. 2729
72 1
1. a. 1
7 b. 6 c. 27 d. 400 8. 3.5 min
1 9 1 25 9. a. y .660(1.462)x b. 43 billion c. 4.65 m2/person
2. a. 8 b. 2
5 c. 2 d. 8 d. Answers will vary.
1

3. a. a2q b. x 18 c. xb d. 27pq
2 2 10. a. f(x) 2x 3
1
4. a. 1 x1 x or x2(x 5)(x 3) b. x 2 (1 x)(1 x)
5 3
CHAPTER 7 THE LOGARITHMIC
1
FUNCTION AND LOGARITHMS

1 4 3
c. x3(x 4)(x 3) or x 1 x (1 x) d. x 2 (x 5)(x 5)
1 x Review of Prerequisite Skills
5. a. y 8x b. y 3 2. a. positive b. increasing c. 1
6. a. i) y 6 ii) 4 iii) increasing iv) x 僆 R, y 6, y 僆 R 3. a. positive b. decreasing c. 1
b. y 4. approximately 7700
5. 32 h
2
x 6. a. 6.59 g b. 520 years
–2 Exercise 7.1
–4 1 1
1. a. log39 2 b. log91 0 c. log 1 4 2 d. log365 2
–6 2
2 1
e. log279 3 f. log28 3
1 2
2. a. 53 125 b. 70 1 c. 52 25 d. 71 e. 3 9
7. a. i) y 3 ii) 8 iii) decreasing iv) domain: x 僆 R, 1 1
7
range y 3, y 僆 R 3

f. 9 2 27
b. y 3. a. 1.5682 b. 0.6198 c. 3 d. 1.7160 e. 0.1303 f. 4.7214
4. y = 5x
5.
y y
8 y = 5–x
y=3 y = log5x
x x
x
y = log 1 x
8. 1 638 400 5
9. 8 days
10. a. y 29040.595(1.0108)x b. 34 487 1 5
6. a. 3 b. 2 c. 4 d. 2 e. 3 f. 3 g. h. 4 i.
c. 2011 11. a. i) 0.8 million/year ii) 3.79 million/year 2 4
5 1 3 12 4
iii) fivefold increase b. i) 0.38 million/year 7. a. 0 b. c. d. e. f.
2 2 4 5 3
ii) 2.77 million/year iii) sevenfold increase 1
8. a. 125 b. 16 c. 3 d. 3 e. f. 16
3
Chapter 6 Test 10. y
5 1
1. a. 8 b. 25 c. 8 d. 16 e. 6 f. 5
11

8
2. a. a3 b. 9x4y2 c. x6y7 d. x2a e. xp q pq f. x 12
2 2
1
6
3. x 2 4
4. positive, b 1, increases; 0 b 1, decreases; b 1, 4 y = 3x + 3–x
constant
2
x
–4 –2 2 4
11. 23

1. a. logax logay b. logmp logmq 2. 10 times
2. a. loga(xw) b. loga(sr) 3. 60 dB
3. a. logbx logby b. logar logas 4. 5.06
1 3 5. 100 times
4. a. 4log613 b. 2log51.3 c. log7x d. loga6
3 4
5. a. logbx logby logbz b. logax logay logaz 6. 40 000 times
6. 7. a. 5 times
y c)
5 8. 5 times
4 b) 9. 32 000 times
3
a) 10. 10 000
2
1 d) 11. 10 000
12. 13
1 3 9 x 13. 3.2 107 mol/L
14. 3.2 107 mol/L
7. y c) Exercise 7.5
6
5 1. a. 1.892 b. 2.477 c. 0.656 d. 1.116
4 b) 3. a. y b. y
3 1
2 a)
1 d) x 1
x 1 2 3
1 3 9 x
–1
1
8. a. 3 b. 5 c. 2 d. 2 e. 5 f. 3 c. y d. y
9. a. 1 b. 3 c. 2 d. 3 e. 4 f. 7 g. 3 h. 2 i. 3 4
2 4 3 1
logax logay b. logax logay logaw 2
10. a. 2
3 3 2 2
23 11 5 3
c. logax logay d. logax logay x
8 3 4 4
11. a. 1.347 b. 0.1084 c. 1.4978 d. 1.8376 e. 0.1513 1 2 3 x
f. 2.0614 –2 –1 1 2
2
12. a. 2.5 b. 6.93 c. d. 0.4889 e. 2.6178 f. 0.5831
3
13. a. 2.45 b. 0.83 c. 0.09 d. 0.59 e. 5.5 f. 2.4 g. 1.93
h. 0.64 4. Graph is reflected in y-axis.
3 4
xy
5 2 ] b. log5
2
x4 Review Exercise
14. a. loga[ log5w3 2
w y
1. a. 3 b. 3 c. 2.5 d. 3
15. a. vertical translation of 1 unit up 1
2. a. 2 b. 6 c. 3 d. 5
b. vertical stretch of a factor of 2, vertical translation of 3
1 11
upwards c. vertical stretch of a factor of 3, upward vertical 3. a. 8 b. 2 c. 8 d. 3 or 2
translation of 3 units 4. twice as intense
77 23 5. 100 000 times
16. a. b.
12 12
17. a. i) increases by 3 log2 or 0.9 ii) decreases by 3log2 or 0.9 6. 2.4 106 mol/L
b. i) increases by 5log4 or 3.01 ii) decreases by 5log5 or about 7. vertical stretch by a factor 2, translated 2 units up
3.5 8. a. 1.894 b. 2.202
Exercise 7.3 Chapter 7 Test

1 2
1. a. 16 b. 81 c. 6 d. 49 1. a. 3 b. 3 c. 4 d. 4 e. t f. 3
2. a. 1.46 b. 1.11 c. 2.32 d. 1.16 2. a. 4 b. 2
4 1 1 61
3. vertically stretch by factor 2, translated 2 units up
3. a. 72 b. c. 4 d. 8
3 1 e. 64 f. 2 4. a. 8 b. 4 c. 2 d. 3
4. a. 1 b. 5 c. 2 d. 2 e. 3 5. Log of a negative number does not exist.
5. y logax is defined only if x 0 and a 0. 6. 16.87 h
6. 4 years, 3 months 7. 6.3 times
7. 2400 years 8. 1000 times
8. 6 years 9. 4.90 109 mol/L
9. 1450; no.
10. 81 Cumulative Review—Chapters 5–7
11. 2.23 1011 x x 5 2x 4x y y2 2
1. a. y b. 4
y
c. d. e.
32y 4 x2 x2
f. 3
2. a. 2x 3y 13 0 b. 27x 11y 59 0

c. x y 2 0 d. 25x 6y 37 0 4. a. y‘ 6x2ex b. y‘ e3x(1 3x)
3
2 3t2 1
4 12 c. f ‘(x) x1ex (3x2 x1) d. s‘ 2e3t t3
3
3. a. 5x4 15x2 1; 20x3 30x b. x3 ; x
4
2x 1
e. f ‘(x) ex
f. h‘(t) 2tet 3et
3
5
c. 2x 2 ; 3x 2 d. 4x3 4x5; 12x2 20x6
2
2x
4. a. 20x3 60x2 42x 6 b. 60x3 72x 2 2e2t
g. p‘ (1 ew)ewe h. g‘(t)
w

5. a. s(t) 3t3 40.5t2 162t; v(t) 9t2 81t 162; (1 e2t)2
1
a(t) 18t 81 b. stationary 3, 6; advancing 0 t 3, 5. a. p‘(1) e3 e3 b. f ‘(0) e c. h‘(1) (2 3e)
6 t 8; retreating 3 t 6 c. 4.5 d. 0 t 4.5 6. a. x 2y 2 0 b. y 0.499999958335x 1
e. 4.5 t 8 c. Clearly the calculator is giving a 12 decimal place
6. a. v(t) 6t2 6t 36 b. a(t) 12t 6 c. 61 1
approximation to slope 2, which is very awkward to use.
7. i) a. $4600 b. $5.11 c. $5.00 ii) a. $8030
7. x 3y (1 ln3) 0
b. $8.92 c. $0.02
8. y e1 0
8. a. $26, $25, $25.60, $27
4 4 9. (0, 0) and (2, 4e2)
9. a. , b. 1000 dny

3 3 11. a. 3e3x, 9e3x, 27e3x b. (1)n3ne3x
dxn
10. a. 0.2 p.p.m./year b. 0.15 p.p.m. 12. a. x y 1 0 b. 2x y 2 0
5 c. In order to use the calculator, the equations must be
11. Radius is decreasing at
64 cm/min and surface area is
reorganized to define y as a function of x. This is not easy to do
decreasing at 2.5cm2/min.
1 with the relations given in this question.
12.
10 m/h dN 102 t

13. a. 31 000 b. d t 3 e
30 c. decreasing at 17 per hour
14. a. 1 b. 2x1 c. 1 d. 243 e. e3x f. e12x d. 31 000 t
14. a. v 401 e 4 c. 40 m/s

15. a. 3 b. 1, 3 c. 9 d. 2, 3 e. 0 f. 0
16. a. 19 940 b. 80 000 d. t 4 ln20, s 160(ln20 0.95)
17. 26 15. a. 1 b. e2
18. a. C(t) P(1.05)t, 0 t 10 b. $65.07 c. $24.95 16. m 2 or 3
19. a. V(t) 30 000(0.75)t, t
0 b. $16 875 c. 8 years
20. y 1200(0.6)t, 0 t 4 Exercise 8.2
1 3
22. a. 2 b. 4 c. 5 d. 3 e. 3 f. 2 g. 1 h. 0.342 1. A natural logarithm has base e; a common logarithm has base 10.
1
i. 2 j. 7 k. l. a
310
4 2. n 100 10 000 100 000 109
23. a. log 2 log 3 b. log x log y log z c. log 5 (n + n1)n 2.70481 2.71815 2.71827 2.7182818
1 1
d. 2log(x 1) 2log(x 1)
e. 4[log(x2 4) 5logx] f. loga4 5 5 2x 15 1 3t 4t 2
3. a.
5x 8 b. x2 1 c. t d. 2(x 1) e. t3 2t2 5
x4 x3y2 9 x
3
x1
2z 3
24. a. log
3 x b. log2z c. log x2 1

d. log x5 f.
4
2(z2 3z)
25. a. 3.58 b. 0.63 c. 1.89 d. 0.6 e. 1.29 f. 3.91 4. a. 1 ln x b. x
1 2 ln x
c. 1 d. x e. et t ln t
3(ln x)2 1
24 3
1 g. 2.8 h. 1 i. 14
26. a. 3 b. 2 c. 51 d. 10 e. 2 f. 1
ze z t 1) lnu
u

2 u u
e (t ln t e
j. 105, 102 f. h. 1
ez zez g. t(ln t)2
27. a. 74 dB b. Yes. c. 1.0 107 W/m2 d. 0.1 W/m2 2x 2x 1
i.
(x2 1)(x 1)
C H A P T E R 8 D E R I VAT I V E S O F 1
5. a. g‘(1) 2e b. f ‘(5) 10 c. g‘(1) 2e 5.436563657. The
EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC
CALC button produces a value g‘(1) 5.43657, which is
FUNCTIONS
accurate to only 4 decimal places. For f ‘(5), the CALC button
Review of Prerequisite Skills produces in the first approximation x 5.042553 and
1 1 9 f ‘(x) 0.0983198. The theoretical result is 0.1. The ZOOM
1. a. 9 b. 4 c. 9 d. 4.
2. a. log5625 4 b. log41 6 2 c. logx3 3
1 must be used to improve the accuracy.
6. a. 0 b. no solution c. 0, e1
d. log10450 W e. log3z 8 f. logaT b
1
7. a. x 3y 1 0 c. The first approximation answer on a
3. a. 112 121 b. 125 3 x c. a4 1296 d. bw A window with domain 1 x 4 is y 0.31286x 0.31286.
4. a. 5 b. 4 c. 2 d. 2 e. 25 f. 6 This can be improved by using the ZOOM feature. Notice the
5. a. 6.322 b. 2.397 equation is not as easy to use as the theoretical result.
Exercise 8.1 8. x 2y (2 ln 2 4) 0
1. The graphs are identical. 9. a. (1, 0), (e1, e2) c. The theoretical approach gives more
2. The Power Rule is valid only when the function has the variable accurate values in less time.
x in the base and a constant for the exponent. 10. x 2y 2 ln 2 0
90 90
3. a. y‘ 3e3x b. s‘ 3e3t5 c. y‘ 20e10t1 d. y‘ 3e3x 11. a. 90 km/h b. c. km/h/s d. 6.36 s
3t 1 7
1
e. y‘ (2x 6)e56xx f. y‘ 2e x x 2
2
12. a. 4.2 b. 1.16
(2 ln 2)
14. a. b. 9
2

1
15. 2 4. a. 1001 b. 500
5. five hundred units
16. b. S3 2.5, S4 2.6, S5 2.7083, S6 2.716, S7 2.71805
1 2 6. 0.61
2x 1 c. 2x ln x x
17. a. x b. 3
7. at t 4h
Exercise 8.3 8. 47.25% when t 0.46h
1. a. 3 ln 2(23x) b. ln 3.1(3.1x) 3x2 c. 3 ln 10(103t5) 9. b. Growth rate in 1967 4.511 times growth rate in 1947.
3x2 4x c. Growth rate in 1967 is 7.5% of total invested.
d. ln 10(2n 6)(1056nn ) e.
2
ln 5(x3 2x2 10)
d. total $59.537 billion, growth rate 4.4849 billion per
2 2t 3
annum. e. $62.5 billion, error was 3.5% f. Total
2
f. t
ln 10(1 x2) g. 2(ln 7)t(7 ) h. 2 ln 2(t2 3t)
$570.48959 billion and the rate of growth will be
i. 2(ln 3)x(3x
2
3)
$42.97498 billion.
2 (ln 2t 1) x2 2 ln 5 ln 4
t 2 (ln b ln a)
2. a. t2 b. x ln 2 [xlog2x(ln 2) 1] c.
2 10. t
ln 3 (b a)
x
t 2 3 [x ln 3 4]
2 11. a. 478 158 at t 38.2 min b. 42.7 min
d. 2t log10(1 t)
(1 t)ln 10 x e.

2x3 12. for course one, 10 h; for course two, 20 h
2x1 13. for course one, 8.2 h; for course two, 16.8 h
f.
(x 1)1
log(3x ) 2
x ln 5 2x1 14. a. Graph P
10000
5 1 99et . b. 4.595 days, P 5000
3. a. 1 c. At t 3, growth rate is 1402 cells per day; at t 8, the
52 ln 2 b. 24 ln 2 ln 3
3ln 10 growth rate has slowed down to 311 cells per day.
4. 4
5. a. y 20 ln 10
ln 10 x 10 520 ln 10 ln 10
7 7 Exercise 8.5
1. a. 1) b. 152
10x (10 x (321) c. t(1)
c. A first approximation, using the DRAW tool, gives
y 53.05x 255.3. The theoretical calculation for the slope is d. ex(e1) ex
(x 1)(x 3)2 1 2 3
2. a. x x ln x b. x 1 x 3 x 2
2 ln x
20 ln 10 ln 10 49.091 763. To guarantee that the
7
(x 2)3
calculator is accurate to 3 decimal places, the ZOOM must be x
c. x x 2x
ln x 1
d. tt (1 ln t)
used until the x-coordinate value is accurate to 5 0.0005. x
4
6. 10 ln 10x 5y 10 10 0 3. a. 2ee b. e(e 2e1) c. 2 7
1
7. a. x 1 b. At x 2, f ‘(2) 2(ln 2)2 . c. The calculator does 4. 32(1 2 ln2)x y 16(3 8 ln 2) 0
11
not do base 2 logarithmic calculations. In this case, a double 5. 36
conversion will be required to convert the given function to 1
6. (e, e e )
base e. 7. (1, 1) and (2, 4 4 ln 2)
8. a. 3.45 cm/m b. 10 min
32(1 ln 4)2
Rate in1978 7.4 8.
Rate in 1968 1 . b. The rate of increase for
9. a. As a ratio, (2 ln 4)
1 1

t t (1 ln t)
(1 ln t)1 ln t 2t
1 ln t
tt t
1998 is 7.4 times larger than that for 1988. 9. a. v t2 a
t4
10. b. 1.24 units/s 1
11. b. Rewrite 7x as ex ln 7. c. The graph of y ex is stretched b. t e and a e e 3)
vertically by a factor of ln 7. 10. e e
1
12. c. The factor ln5 causes a vertical compression of the function Review Exercise
y lnx. 2
3t 3x2 6x6 3x 5x
t3 1 c. x3 3x2 6x d. (5 6x)e
1. a. 2e2x3 b. 2
e
x e x
Exercise 8.4 x
ex ex f. (ln 2)e 2
e. x e
1. Calculator first approximations are
2 t4

x x x ln x 1 c.
x ln x 1 1 2t3 ln (3t)
Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum 2. a. ex(x 1) b. e t
2 t4
a. 0.384 90 0 (x 2)(x 4) 1 5
(2x3 1)2 x 2 x 4 2x3 1
e. (et 1)2
5 12x 2 2e t
b. 46702.77 2.718 28 d.
c. 10.043 5961.9
x2 3 e
f. ex x2 3
x x
d. 13.8355 2.804 40 x2 3 ln
2x [1 y(x y)exy]
g. x (2 ln 30 2 2 ln x) h.
2. 30
Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum
[x(x y)exy 1]
2
a. 0.3849 0 3 23 3 23
33 3. a. 1 b. ,
e12 3 3
b. e
1 ln 12 1 10(ln 10)2
3 4. a.
109 b. 0
ln10
c. e 2e8 1
2 5. a. t b. 10e10x(10x 2)
d. 6 ln 10 ln 101 ln 99 2.810 08
3. a. 5 b. 20 c. (54.9, 10) e. P grows exponentially to point I, 6. (1 ln 4)x 8y (8 ln 4 4) 0
then the growth rate decreases and the curve becomes concave
down.

8. a. 7 b. 4, 4 c. 3, 0, 4 6. The function is increasing when x 3 or 2 x 1 or
9. 3x y 2 ln 2 2 0 x 1. The function is decreasing when 3 x 2.
10. x 1 1 2
7. The function is increasing when 2 x 3 or x 1.
11. a. day 20 b. 42 1 2
12. 2.718 h The function is decreasing when x 2 or 3 x 1.
9. f(x) x3 3x2 9x 9
13. highest at 4 years, lowest at 0.368 years
14. a. c2 b. c1 11. a. f(x) increases on x 4, decreases for x 4, x 4
15. a. T ‘(x) 10(0.9x)0.10536 x x2 b. 2.62
0.10536 1 b. f(x) increases when 1 x 1, x 1 and 1
ln 2
c. f(x) decreases when 2 x 3, x 2 and 3
16. a. 2 b. 2ln 2 1 14. strictly decreasing
17. a. 0 b. C‘(t) k(5e5t 2e2t) c. 7.32 days
Exercise 9.2
Chapter 8 Test 2. b. (0, 0), (4, 32)
2
x 3. a. (2, 16) is local minimum (10, 0) is a local maximum,
1. a. 4xe2x b. x 23x)(ln 3)(2x 3)
2
x2 6 c. (3
1 8x 2x
3 (2, 16) is a local minimum
d. 2(3e3x 3e3x) e.
(2x 1)ln 10 (12x 1)log10(2x 1)
2
b. 3, 3 is local minimum, 3, 3 is local maximum
1 1
x 3 ln(x 4)
x4
c. 4, 4e is local maximum d. 2, ln4 is local minimum
1 1 3 7
f.
x4
13 4. x-Intercept y-Intercept
2. 1
4
a. 22, 22, 0 0
3. 2
2xy 1 ln x b. 0 0
4.
3 x2 c. 0 0
5. 1 d. none ln 4
6. 2, 1 5. a. (0, 3) is a local minimum, tangent parallel to x-axis; (2, 27)
7. x (1 28 ln 3)y (4 84 ln 3) 0 is a local maximum, tangent parallel to x-axis
ln 2
8. b. 10 cm/s c. t k, a 5k cm/s2 b. (0, 0) is a local maximum, tangent parallel to t-axis;
9. a. $87.70 b. $9426.76
23, 94e2 is a local minimum, tangent parallel to t-axis
CHAPTER 9 CURVE SKETCHING c. (5, 0) is neither d. (0, 1) is a local minimum, tangent
parallel to x-axis; (1, 0) has tangent parallel to y-axis (1, 0)
3 5 5
has tangent parallel to y-axis e. (0, 0) is neither, tangent
1. a. 2, 1 b. 2, 7 c. 2, 2 d. 2, 3 1 parallel f. (0, 0) has tangent parallel to y-axis; (1.516, 11.5)
7
2. a. x 3 b. x 2 c. 1 t 3 d. x 4 or x 1 has tangent parallel to x-axis at a local minimum
4. a. 0 c. 0 d. 0 7. a. (2, 21) is a relative maximum
(x2 2x 3) b. (3, 20) is a local maximum, (3, 16) is a local minimum
5. a. x3 6x2 x2 b. c. 2xex
2

(x2 3)2
d. x4(5ln x 1) c. (2, 4) is a local maximum, (1, 5) is a local minimum
6. a. x 8
2
8 2 d. no critical points e. (1, 1) is a local minimum
x 3 b. x 7 x 1 f. (0, 0) is neither, (1, 1) is a local minimum
Exercise 9.1 1
g. (0, 1) is local maximum h. e 2 , 0.184 is local minimum
1. a. (0, 1), (4, 33) b. (0, 2) c. 2, 0, (2, 125), 4, 48.2
1 9
8. At x 6, there is a local minimum. At x 2, there is a local
d. (1,3) minimum. At x 1 there is a local maximum.
2. Function is increasing when f ‘(x) 0, whereas it is decreasing 11 22
10. y 9x2 3x 1
when f ‘(x) 0.
12. a. y 3x4 4x3 36x2 9 b. (3, 198) c. local minima at
3. a. rises up into quadrant I b. rises up into quadrant I
(2, 73), (3, 198); local maxima at (0, 9)
c. drops down into quadrant IV d. rises up into quadrant I
13. a. local maximum at (0, 4)
4. Increasing Decreasing Horizontal
b. local maximum at (2, 282); local minimum at
a. OK OK (1, 4), (2, 1)
(2, 282)
b. (1, 2), (1, 4)
c. none Exercise 9.3
d. (2, 3) 1. a. vertical asymptotes x 2, x 2; horizontal asymptote
5. Increasing Decreasing y 1 b. vertical asymptote x 0; horizontal asymptote
a. x 2 or x 0 2 x 0 y0
b. x 0 or x 4 0 x 4 5
3. a. 2 b. 5 c. 2 d.
c. x 1 or x 1 1 x 0 or 0 x 1
d. 1 x 3 x 1 or x 3
1 1
e. x e 0 x e
f. x 1 x1

4. Discontinuities Vertical Asymptotes Review Exercise
1
a. x 5 x 5 1. a. y‘ nenx, y” n2enx b. f ‘(x)
2(x 4) ,
b. x2 x2 1 2et d2S 2et(1 et)
c. t 3 t 3 f”(x)
2(x 4)2 c. s‘ (et 1)2 , s‘‘ dt2 (et 1)3

d. x3 none 1 t
d. g‘(t) , g”(t) 32
e. x ln 2 x ln 2 1 t2
(1 t2)
f. x0 no asymptotes 2. Increasing Decreasing Derivative 0
5. a. y 1 from below as x → , from above as x → a. x 1 x1 x1
b. y 0 from above as x → , from below as x → b. x 3 or x 7 1 x 3 x 1, x 7
c. y 3 from above as t → , from below as t → or 3 x 1 or 3 x 7
d. no horizontal asymptote 4. a. (0, 20), is a local minimum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
7. a. y 3x 7 b. y x 3 c. y x 2 d. y x 3 (3, 47) is a local maximum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
8. a. As x → f(x) is above the line. b. (1, e2) is a local minimum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
b. As x → f(x) is below the line.
a d
c. 1, 12 is a local minimum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
10. a. y c b. x c, c 0 and ax b k(cx d)
9 3 7, 114 is a local maximum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
11. a 5 b 5
d. (1, ln 5) is a local maximum; tangent is parallel to x-axis.
12. b. 2
5. a. a x b or x e b. b x c c. x a or d x e
14. y x 1
d. c x d
Exercise 9.4 6. Discontinuity Asymptote Left Side Right Side
1. Point A Point B Point C Point D a. at x 3 x3 y → y →
a. negative negative positive positive b. at x 5 x 5 g(x) → g(x) →
b. negative negative positive negative c. at x ln 4 x ln 4 s → s →
c. negative zero negative positive d. at x 3 none f (x) → 8 f (x) → 8
d. negative zero negative positive 3 3
7. a. e 2 , 32 b. (2, 2e2)
2. a. (1, 18) is a local maximum, (5, 90) is a local minimum e
b. 0, 4 9. a. i) Concave up on 1 x 3, concave down on x 1
8 is a local maximum
25
or x 3. b. Points of inflection when x 1 or x 3.
c. (1, 2) is a local maximum, (1, 2) is a local minimum
ii) a. Concave up on 5 x 1 or x 5, concave down
d. neither
on x 5 or 1 x 5. b. Points of inflection when
3. a. (2, 36) b. 4, 64 , 4, 64 c. no points d. (3, 8)
25 25

x 5, x 1, x 5.
4. a. 24, curve is above b. 4, curve is above c. e, curve is 10. a. a 1, b 0
910
above d.
11. a. y x 3
1000 , curve is below b. y 4x 11 13. a. 18 994 when t 5 b. when t 0
5. b. i) 1 ii) 0, 2 15. a. k 2 and x k
6. For any y f(x)
(1) evaluate y f ‘(x) and solve f ‘(x) 0 to get at least one Chapter 9 Test
solution, x1. 1. a. x 9 or 6 x 3 or 0 x 4 or x 8
(2) evaluate y f ‘‘(x) and calculate f ‘‘(x1). b. 9 x 6 or 3 x 0 or 4 x 8
(3) if f ‘‘(x1) 0, then curve is concave down; if f ‘‘(x1) 0 then c. (9, 1), (6, 2), (0, 1), (8, 2) d. x 3, x 4
curve is concave up. e. f ”(x) 0 f. 3 x 0 or 4 x 8 g. (8, 0), (10, 3)
2. a. critical points: 2, 8, 2, 8, (3, 45) b. 2, 8 is a
7. Step 4: Determine the type of critical point by using either the 1 15 1 17 1 15
first derivative test or the second derivative test.
local maximum; 2, 8 is a local minimum; (3, 45) is a
1 17
8. a. i) (2, 16), (0, 0) b. i) none c. i) none local minimum
3 82
d. i) 9 2 9
3 82
2

, ,
, 4. discontinuities at x 2, x 3; vertical asymptote is x 3;
hole in the curve is at 2, 5
3
10. f (x) 3x3 9x2 1
27 5. local minimum at (1, e ), local maximum at (2, 2e4)
2
11. 6
4 11
7. k 4
12. inflection points are (0, 0), 2
a , 16a3
b b4
8. a. f(x) x3 3x2 2
Exercise 9.5 10. k 3
1
2. y 4x3 3x
Cumulative Review Chapters 3–9
7. a. y 1 as x → , y 1 as x → 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 1. a. 2 5, 2 52 , 2 53 , 2 54 , ... 2 b. 2, 6, 12, 2
0; 0
b. y 2 as x → , y 2 as x →
2 1 2 1 1 x 1
2. a. 3 b. 2 c. 12 d. 5 e. 0 f. 4 g. 3 h.
2x
i. 2
3. 3x2 10x 10
x4
4. a. 2t 10 b. x
3

5. a. 25t4 100t3 6t2 34t 35 34. Absolute Maximum Absolute Minimum
x4 4x3 18x2 15 4 a. 82 2
b. (x2 2x 5)2 c. ew(2 w) d.
(et et)2 1
b. 93 2
1

e. ex ln x x f. (1 ln t) et(1 t)
c. e
4 1

2x 1 3x2 1 1 e4 2
6. a. (2t 5)e(t 5t) b.
2
x2 x 1 c. 2x323x2 1
d. 6.61 1
y exy
1

d. 3 2 t e(2tlnt) e.
1

3
r ln a r f. exy x

35. $1140
36. 8x y 38 0, 8x 7y 38 0
3 2y
g. x(a2 x2) 2 h.
2xy x 38. 901 800 m3/week
2 1 4 7
3
7. 4 39. f(x) 9x3 3x2 3x 9
2a 3bw 40. a. x 1 440 000 4y 9 0 b. 32x 6y 143 0
8. a. 2r(1 r ln 2) 2e2r(r2 r) b. a bw
2
18 bx 2
c. d. ex 2ex e. A P P E N D I X A D E R I VAT I V E S O F
1

3
a2y
(2 3t) 2 (2 3t) 2 TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
x(x 2y)
f.
(x2 y2)
Review Exercise
y x y
9. e (1 22)x y 23e 0
2 2
1. a. r b. r c. x
3 2 5 11
10. a. 1, 2 b. 1, 2, 2 2. a. 2 b. 4 c. 2 d. 6 e. 2 f. 3 g. 4 h. 6
10(y2 6xy x2) b
3. a. b b. a c. a d. a e. b f. b
11.
(y 3x)3
12. e 12 5
4. a. cos 1
3 , tan 12

13. x y 12 0 or x y 12 0
5 5

14. 10x y 32 0 and 2x y 8 0 b. sin
3 , tan 2
15. 6x 2y (2 ln 2 2) 0 2 1
16. a. 7 m b. 8.5 m/s, 9.3 m/s c. 1.5 m/s2, 0.4 m/s2 d. 10 m/s c. sin
5

, cos
5
17. a. 1 mm/s b. 0 c. 2 mm/s2 d. cos 0, tan is undefined
18. a. 112 mm2/s b. 56 mm/s2 5. a. per: , amp: 1 b. per: 4, amp: 2
2
33 c. per: 2, amp: 3 d. per: 6, amp: 7
19.
2 m/s 3
dr e. per: 2, amp: 5 f. per: , amp: 2
dv
20. a. dt is rate of increase of volume; dt is rate of increase of 5 3
8. a. 6 or 6 b. 0 or 2 or 2 or 2
dh 5r3
radius; dt is rate of increase of height b. V 1 2
3 7 11
c. 0 or 2 or or 2 or 2 d. 2 or 6 or 6
1
c.
9 cm/min
2 5 5
e. 3 or 3 f. 3 or 3

1
21. a
k(1 2ln v) Exercise A1
22. 14:13 2. a. sin R
23. a. (3, 91), (2, 34); 2, 282 b. (0, 3.6); , 1,
1 1 5 56
3

3. a. 65
3e3 3 27e3 5. c. 1 2 sin2A
, 1 c. e e , 2 d. 2 , 8 ; (0, 0),
5 1 1 3
3
e
, 2 2
1
3 1
3 1 3 1
3
(3 3
3 3 ) (3 3) 7. a. b. c. d.
,
3
, e 22
22
22
22
2 8
cos x sin x
3 cos x sin x cos x sin x
3 3 (3 3 3)3
8. a. b. c.
, e 3 1
2 8 d. sin x
2 2 2
e. 2 e , (2 e ), (0, 0), 6 e ,

1 1 3
, 52 , t2 2
, 56 2 2
15
22
230
1 7 15

9. a. b. c. 9 d.

3 12 12 8

6 , 5
6 e f. (1, 10e
2 1 2); (2, 20e2 2)
3 4
24. a. x 3, x 3, y 0; 0, 9 b. x 1, x 1, y 4x;
8 10. a. 5 b. 5
12. 2
, 63
(0, 0), (3 ), (3
, 63
)
13. 2
26. 14 062.5 m2 14. 2.65º and 5.2º
27. r 4.3 cm, h 8.6 cm 16. c.
2 ta
nA
1 tan2 A
28. r 6.8 cm, h 27.5 cm
29. a. h 140 2x b. V 101 629.5 cm3; x 46.7 cm, Exercise A2
h 46.6 cm 1. a. 2 cos 2x b. 2x sin x c. 2 cos x sin x
30. x 4.1 d. (3x2 2)cos(x3 2x 4) e. 8 sin(4x) f. cos x x sin x
1 1
31. a. 4000 b. 8 d. 6 g. 3 sec23x h. 9 cos(3x 2) i. 0 j. x
2 cos x
32. f(x) 2x3 12x2 18x 15 k.
1
sinx l. 6x2 sin x 2x3 cos x 3 cos x 3x sin x
2x
2x sin 2x cos 2x
m. 2 cos 2x n. x2 o. 2 cos 2x sin(sin 2x)

cos x
p. 2 q. 6x2 sec2x3 tan x3 r. 2ex cos x Exercise B2
(1 cos x)
1. a. 3t 2 4 b. 3et ln(t 1) 1 c. 2t
t 1 2
8 3 1

2 2 x 3 b. y 1 2x 4 c. y 2x
3
2. a. y 1
3
d. sin (t) 1
3

d. y 3x 2 e. y 2 x 4 2. a. 2t 10, t2 10t
1 2se
c2 2x y sin (xy)
cos y b. 1 c. 3 sin 3y d.
3. a. 2 3
2 4 5
2 4
1 x sin(xy) b. 9(3t 1) 2 9,
135 (3t 1) 9 t 135
2

sin y sin(x y) c. sin t cos t 4, cos t sin t 4t 1
e.
x cos y sin(x y) 2
d. 2, ln(1 2t) 2t 8
5. csc x cot x; sec x tan x; csc2x 1 2t
sin x d 3. a. 4.905t2 450 b. 9.58 s c. 94 m/s
6. a. lim x
180 b. dx sin x 180 cos x

x→0 4. a. 4.905t2 10t 450 b. 8.6 s c. 94.4 m/s
d cos x 5. a. 4.905t2 10t 450 b. 10.7 s c. 95 m/s
sin x
dx 180
6. 1.3 m/s2
Exercise A3 7. 1.1 m/s2

1. y x 2 8. 32 m/s
5
2. y 6 x 3 9. 127 m
3. a. maximum 2 ; minimum 2 b. maximum 2.26;
Exercise B3
minimum 5.14 1. a. 200e2•2t b. 416 c. 1.8 h
4. v 80 cos(10t); a 8002 sin(10t) 2. a. 150 000e0.026t b. 327 221
5. 5, 10, 20 3. a. 200e0.005t b. 156 mg c. 738 days

6. 3 rad 4. 20 years
7. 4.5 m 5. 14 296
10 25000
8. 3 km/min 6. 1 6
3 ln 11 t
1 0.25e
33 2
9. 4 R 7. 9.5 min
10. 0.32 rad/s 8. 8 min
11. 2.5 m

12. 6 rad
A P P E N D I X B A N T I D E R I VAT I V E S
Exercise B1
3 1
1. a. 2x c b. 2x2 4x c c. x4 3x3 c d. 2ln x c
3
3 2 1 1 1
e. 2x4 3x 2 c f. x
2x2 3x3 c g. cos 2x c

1 2 3
h. 2ex c i. 9(x3 1) 2 c j. ln(sin x) c
2
3 3 4
2. a. 4x3 12x2 x 5 b. 2x 2 cos x 1 c. 4x 4x 3 8
1 1 2 2 10 5 sin x
d. 3e3x 2 ln x 3e3 e. 3
x3 1 3 f. 1
5
3. 10 051
4. 200 min
5. a. 10e0.002t 9 cm b. 0.94 cm c. 52.7 years
6. 8.75 m

(Bookflare - Net) - Harcourt Mathematics 12

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

(Bookflare - Net) - Harcourt Mathematics 12

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

HARCOURT MATHEMATICS 12

Advanced Functions and

Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus

Harcourt Mathematics 12—Advanced Functions and Introductory Calculus has been

Performance Assessment Contributors

Canadian Cataloguing in Publication Data

Harcourt advanced functions and introductory calculus

1. Calculus. 2. Functions. I. Dunkley, Ronald G. II. Carli, E. G. III. Scoins, Ronald G.

QA303.H37 2002 515 C2002-900446-2

Project Manager: Deborah Davidson

This book is printed in Canada on acid-free paper.

Michael Cafferata Ed D’Andrea Elizabeth Fraser

Jeff Anderson Ken Billey Chris Brady

Garry Kiziak Mike Lawson Frank LoForte

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 2

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 32

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 72

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 122

Cumulative Review Chapters 1–4 … 168

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 172

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 226

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 258

Cumulative Review Chapters 5–7 … 291

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 296

Review of Prerequisite Skills … 336

Cumulative Review Chapters 3–9 … 383

Appendix A: Derivatives … 388

You will be introduced to each

CHAPTER EXPECTATIONS In this chapter, you will

Narrative and exercises allow you

Solution 1 (by decomposition) Solution 2 (by inspection)

• Because (a b)(a b) a2 b2, it is always possible to factor the difference 1 2 3 –4 4 – 20 20

REVIEW OF PREREQUISITE SKILLS 3

Lessons and investigations provide

concept. Definitions and tips are The Factor Theorem

Exercises follow each lesson, and are

mathematical skills, communicate about Understanding

mathematics, and attempt more

challenging and thought-provoking –3 0 4 –2 01 4 –3 0 2 4

mula v t 3 9t2 27t 21, where each unit of t is equivalent to 50°C.

introduced in each lesson. There

The Career Link feature at the beginning

infection. The data set in the table was used by 0 1000

think about and use prior

you through these investigations. 1.0 h point.

The polynomial function in this case is an approximation of the special function

CAREER LINK WRAP-UP

At the conclusion of the chapter,

expanded version of the real-world follows:

scenarios introduced earlier. mb (t)

where mb(t) is the mass of bacteria at time t, L is bounded/maximum mass, k is

What is the oxygen demand after five days?

CAREER LINK WRAP-UP 329

Technology features are integrated

6. Compare the values obtained in Questions 4 and 5 for each function.

At the end of each chapter, the

Basic Shapes to Remember

The chapter Review Exercise addresses

3. a. Determine if x 2 is a factor of x5 4x3 x2 3.

4. Use the Factor Theorem to factor x3 6x2 6x 5.

5. a. If x 1 is a factor of x3 3x2 4kx 1, what is the value of k?

6. Factor each of the following:

7. Use the Factor Theorem to prove that x2 4x 3 is a factor of

By graphing a quadratic function of the form f (x) ax2 bx c, a 0, we can

px ptq (x) r(x)

From this it is clear that division by x pt produces a quotient greater by